As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 7, 2020
File No. 001-39162​
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2
to
FORM 10
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION*
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
84-2745636
(I.R.S. employer
identification number)
201 Isabella Street
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
(Address of principal executive offices)
15212
(Zip code)
(412) 553-1940
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class to be so Registered
Name of Each Exchange on which
Each Class is to be Registered
Common Stock
New York Stock Exchange
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer   ☐ Accelerated filer   ☐
Non-accelerated filer   ☒ Smaller reporting company   ☐
Emerging growth company   ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transaction period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
*
The registrant is currently named Arconic Rolled Products Corporation. The registrant plans to change its name to “Arconic Corporation” prior to the effective date of the distribution described in this registration statement.

ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION
INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION
STATEMENT AND ITEMS OF FORM 10
Certain information required to be included herein is incorporated by reference to specifically identified portions of the body of the information statement filed herewith as Exhibit 99.1. None of the information contained in the information statement shall be incorporated by reference herein or deemed to be a part hereof unless such information is specifically incorporated by reference.
Item 1. Business.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Information Statement Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “The Separation and Distribution,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Where You Can Find More Information.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Risk Factors.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 2. Financial Information.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data of Arconic Corporation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Index to Financial Statements” and the financial statements referenced therein. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 3. Properties.
The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Business.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.
The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Management” and “Directors.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 6. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Management,” “Directors” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
1

Item 8. Legal Proceedings.
The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Business — Legal Proceedings.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9. Market Price of, and Dividends on, the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Dividend Policy,” “Capitalization,” “The Separation and Distribution,” and “Description of Arconic Corporation Capital Stock.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Description of Material Indebtedness” and “Description of Arconic Corporation Capital Stock — Sale of Unregistered Securities.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Dividend Policy,” “The Separation and Distribution” and “Description of Arconic Corporation Capital Stock.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Description of Arconic Corporation Capital Stock.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Index to Financial Statements” and the financial statements referenced therein. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits.
(a)
Financial Statements and Schedule
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” and “Index to Financial Statements” and the financial statements referenced therein. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
(b)
Exhibits
The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:
Exhibit 
Number
Exhibit Description
2.1 Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between Arconic Inc. and Arconic Rolled Products Corporation*
2.2 Form of Tax Matters Agreement by and between Arconic Inc. and Arconic Rolled Products Corporation*
2.3 Form of Employee Matters Agreement by and between Arconic Inc. and Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
2

Exhibit 
Number
Exhibit Description
2.4 Form of Patent Know-How and Trade Secret License Agreement by and between Arconic Inc. and Arconic Rolled Products Corporation*
2.5 Form of Patent Know-How and Trade Secret License Agreement by and between Arconic Rolled Products Corporation and Arconic Inc.*
2.6 Form of Trademark License Agreement by and between Arconic Rolled Products Corporation and Arconic Inc.*
2.7 Form of Trademark License Agreement by and between Arconic Inc. and Arconic Rolled Products Corporation*
2.8 Form of Master Agreement for Product Supply by and between Arconic Massena LLC, Arconic Lafayette LLC, Arconic Davenport LLC and Arconic Inc.*
2.9 Form of Metal Supply & Tolling Agreement by and between Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Kft and Arconic-Köfém Kft*
2.10 Form of Use Agreement by and between Arconic-Köfém Székesfehérvári Könnyűfémmű Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság and Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság.*
2.11 Form of Land Use Right Agreement by and between Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság and Arconic-Köfém Székesfehérvári Könnyűfémmű Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság*
2.12 Form of Service Level Agreement for Central Engineering and Maintenance by and between Arconic-Köfém Kft and Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Kft*
2.13 Form of Service Level Agreement for Energy, Steam and Water by and between Arconic-Köfém Kft and Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Kft*
2.14 Form of Land Use Right Agreement by and between Arconic-Köfém Székesfehérvári Könnyűfémmű Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság and Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság*
2.15 Form of Second Supplemental Tax and Project Certificate and Agreement by and among Arconic Inc., Arconic Davenport LLC and Arconic Rolled Products Corporation*
2.16 Form of Lease and Property Management Agreement by and between Arconic Inc. and Arconic Massena LLC*
3.1 Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Arconic Corporation*
3.2 Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Arconic Corporation*
10.1 Form of Arconic Corporation 2020 Stock Incentive Plan
10.2 Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Arconic Corporation and individual directors or officers*
10.3 United Company RUSAL – Trading House Agreement for the Supply of Aluminum Products by and between United Company RUSAL — Trading House and Arconic SMZ, dated December 27, 2016.*†
10.4 Form of Arconic Corporation Deferred Fee Plan for Directors*
10.5 Form of Arconic Corporation Annual Cash Incentive Plan*
10.6 Form of Arconic Corporation Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy*
10.7 Employment Letter Agreement between Arconic Inc. and Timothy D. Myers, dated as of January 13, 2020*
10.8 Employment Letter Agreement between Arconic Inc. and Erick R. Asmussen, dated as of January 29, 2020
10.9 Employment Letter Agreement between Arconic Inc. and Diana C. Toman, dated as of January 28, 2020
10.10 Form of Arconic Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan
10.11 Form of Arconic Corporation Executive Severance Plan
10.12 Arconic Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
3

Exhibit 
Number
Exhibit Description
10.13 Arconic Corporation Excess Plan C
10.14 Indenture, among Arconic Rolled Products Corporation, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent, and U.S. Bank National Association, as registrar, paying agent and authenticating agent, dated February 7, 2020
21.1 List of Subsidiaries
99.1 Information Statement of Arconic Rolled Products Corporation, preliminary and subject to completion, dated February 7, 2020
*
Previously filed.

Portions of the exhibit have been omitted to preserve confidentiality.
4

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION
By:
/s/ Peter Hong
Name: Peter Hong
Title:  Treasurer
Date: February 7, 2020
5

 

Exhibit 2.3

 

FORM OF EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

ARCONIC INC.

 

AND

 

ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION

 

DATED AS OF [ ]

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I DEFINITIONS 1
Section 1.01.   Definitions 1
Section 1.02.   Interpretation 8
Article II GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR ALLOCATION OF LIABILITIES 8
Section 2.01.   General Principles 8
Section 2.02.   Service Credit 9
Section 2.03.   Benefit Plans 10
Section 2.04.   Individual Agreements 11
Section 2.05.   Collective Bargaining 12
Section 2.06.   Non-U.S. Regulatory Compliance 12
Article III ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYEES 12
Section 3.01.   Active Employees 12
Section 3.02.   Nonsolicitation 14
Article IV EQUITY, INCENTIVE AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 14
Section 4.01.   Generally 14
Section 4.02.   Equity Incentive Awards 15
Section 4.03.   Nonequity Incentive Plans 19
Section 4.04.   Severance Benefits 19
Section 4.05.   Director Compensation 19
Article V QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS 23
Section 5.01.   Spinco Pension Plans 23
Section 5.02.   Nondivided Qualified Pension Plans 26
Section 5.03.   Spinco Savings Plans 26
Section 5.04.   Nondivided Savings Plans 28
Article VI NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS 28
Section 6.01.   Spinco Nonqualified Plans 28
Section 6.02.   Nondivided Nonqualified Plans 29
Section 6.03.   Rabbi Trust 29
Section 6.04.   Participation; Distributions 29
Article VII WELFARE BENEFIT PLANS 30
Section 7.01.   Welfare Plans 30
Section 7.02.   COBRA and HIPAA 31
Section 7.03.   Vacation, Holidays and Leaves of Absence 32

 

 

 

 

Section 7.04.   Severance and Unemployment Compensation 32
Section 7.05.   Workers’ Compensation 32
Section 7.06.   Insurance Contracts 32
Section 7.07.   Third-Party Vendors 32
Section 7.08.   Nondivided Welfare Plans 33
   
Article VIII NON-U.S. EMPLOYEES 33
   
Article IX MISCELLANEOUS 33
   
Section 9.01.   Employee Records 33
Section 9.02.   Preservation of Rights to Amend 34
Section 9.03.   Fiduciary Matters 34
Section 9.04.   Further Assurances 35
Section 9.05.   Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power 35
Section 9.06.   Governing Law 35
Section 9.07.   Assignability 35
Section 9.08.   Third-Party Beneficiaries 36
Section 9.09.   Notices 36
Section 9.10.   Severability 36
Section 9.11.   Force Majeure 36
Section 9.12.   Headings 36
Section 9.13.   Survival of Covenants 36
Section 9.14.   Waivers of Default 37
Section 9.15.   Dispute Resolution 37
Section 9.16.   Specific Performance 37
Section 9.17.   Amendments 37
Section 9.18.   Interpretation 37
Section 9.19.   Mutual Drafting 37
Section 9.20.   Provisions Incorporated by Reference 37

 

 

 

 

FORM OF EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT, dated as of [ ], 2020 (this “Agreement”), is by and between Arconic Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and Arconic Rolled Products Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Spinco”).

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of Parent (the “Parent Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of Parent and its shareholders to create a new publicly traded company that shall operate the Spinco Business;

 

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the foregoing, the Parent Board has determined that it is appropriate and desirable to separate the Spinco Business from the Parent Business (the “Separation”) and, following the Separation, make a distribution, on a pro rata basis, to holders of Parent Shares on the Record Date of all the outstanding Spinco Shares owned by Parent (the “Distribution”);

 

WHEREAS, to effectuate the Separation and Distribution, Parent and Spinco have entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2020 (the “Separation and Distribution Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, in addition to the matters addressed by the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions of certain employment, compensation and benefit matters.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

Article I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01.      Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Action” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include all Schedules hereto and all amendments, modifications, and changes hereto entered into pursuant to Section 9.17.

 

Ancillary Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

1

 

 

Assets” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Benefit Plan” shall mean any contract, agreement, policy, practice, program, plan, trust, commitment or arrangement providing for benefits, perquisites or compensation of any nature from an employer to any Employee, or to any family member, dependent, or beneficiary of any such Employee, including pension plans, thrift plans, supplemental pension plans and welfare plans, and contracts, agreements, policies, practices, programs, plans, trusts, commitments and arrangements providing for terms of employment, fringe benefits, severance benefits, change in control protections or benefits, travel and accident, life, accidental death and dismemberment, disability and accident insurance, tuition reimbursement, travel reimbursement, vacation, sick, personal or bereavement days, leaves of absences and holidays; provided, however, that the term “Benefit Plan” does not include any government-sponsored benefits, such as workers’ compensation, unemployment or any similar plans, programs or policies.

 

Cash-Settled Units” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

 

COBRA” shall mean the U.S. Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as codified in Section 601 et seq. of ERISA and in Section 4980B of the Code.

 

Code” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Delayed Transfer Employee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

 

Destination Employer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

 

Dispute” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Distribution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Distribution Ratio” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Effective Time” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Employee” shall mean any Parent Group Employee or Spinco Group Employee.

 

ERISA” shall mean the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

FICA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(f).

 

Final Trading Day” shall mean the last trading session of the New York Stock Exchange ending prior to the Effective Time during which there occurs both “ex-distribution” trading of Parent Shares and “when-issued” trading of Spinco Shares.

 

Force Majeure” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

2

 

 

Former Employees” shall mean Former Parent Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees.

 

Former Nonemployee Director” shall mean each former member of the Parent Board whose service on the Parent Board ended prior to the Effective Time.

 

Former Parent Group Employee” shall mean any individual who is a former employee of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or former Subsidiaries as of the Operational Separation Date and who is not a Former Spinco Group Employee, including any individual whose most recent employment was at a location that was sold or otherwise closed prior to the Operational Separation Date and who is identified as a Former Parent Group Employee on the master list prepared by Parent prior to the Operational Separation Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else herein to the contrary, any individual who has received a written communication from the Parent Group prior to the Operational Separation Date indicating that such individual will be classified as a former employee of the Parent Group for purposes of compensation and benefits will be treated as a Former Parent Group Employee for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Former Spinco Group Employee” shall mean (i) any individual who is a former employee of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or former Subsidiaries as of the Operational Separation Date, in each case, whose most recent employment with Parent was with a member of the Spinco Group or the Spinco Business, and (ii) any individual who is a former employee of Parent or its Subsidiaries or former Subsidiaries whose most recent employment was at a work location that has been sold or otherwise closed prior to the Operational Separation Date and who is identified as a Former Spinco Group Employee on the master list prepared by Parent prior to the Operational Separation Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else herein to the contrary, any individual who has received a written communication from the Parent Group prior to the Operational Separation Date indicating that such individual will be classified as a former employee of the Spinco Group for purposes of compensation and benefits will be treated as a Former Spinco Group Employee for purposes of this Agreement.

 

FUTA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(f).

 

Governmental Authority” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

HIPAA” shall mean the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Individual Agreement” shall mean any individual (i) employment contract, (ii)  retention, severance or change of control agreement, (iii) expatriate (including any international assignee) contract or agreement (including agreements and obligations regarding repatriation, relocation, equalization of taxes and living standards in the host country), or (iv) other agreement containing restrictive covenants (including confidentiality, noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions) between a member of the Parent Group and a Spinco Group Employee, as in effect immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date.

 

IRS” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

3

 

 

Law” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Liabilities” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Operational Separation Date” shall mean February 1, 2020, except with respect to the Arconic Retirement Plan I, Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2015 and the Arconic Retirement Plan II, Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2015 for which the Operational Separation Date shall mean January 1, 2020.

 

Parent” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Parent Annual Bonus Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).

 

Parent Awards” shall mean Parent Options, Parent RSU Awards and Parent PSU Awards, collectively.

 

Parent Benefit Plan” shall mean any Benefit Plan established, sponsored or maintained by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date, excluding any Spinco Benefit Plan.

 

Parent Board” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Parent Business” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Parent Compensation Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Parent Board.

 

Parent Deferred Fee Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

 

Parent Divided Nonqualified Plans” shall mean the Arconic Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective August 1, 2016, the Arconic Inc. Employees’ Excess Benefits Plan A, as amended and restated effective August 1, 2016, the Arconic Inc. Employees’ Excess Benefits Plan B, as amended and restated effective August 1, 2016, the Arconic Inc. Employees Excess Benefits Plan C, as amended and restated effective August 1, 2016, the Arconic Supplemental Pension Plan for Senior Executives, as amended and restated effective August 1, 2016 and the Arconic Global Pension Plan, effective August 1, 2016.

 

Parent Divided Pension Plans” shall mean the Arconic Retirement Plan I, Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2015 and the Arconic Retirement Plan II, Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2015.

 

Parent Equity Plan” shall mean any equity compensation plan sponsored or maintained by Parent immediately prior to the Effective Time, including the 2013 Arconic Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated, the RTI International Metals, Inc. 2014 Stock and Incentive Plan, as amended, the Amended and Restated 2009 Alcoa Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and the RTI International Metals, Inc. 2004 Stock Plan, as amended.

 

Parent Fee Continuation Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b).

 

4

 

 

Parent Group” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Parent Group Employees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

Parent HSA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c).

 

Parent Liability” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Parent Nonemployee Director” means each member of the Parent Board as of immediately after the Effective Time who is not a Parent Group Employee.

 

Parent Option” shall mean an option to purchase Parent Shares granted pursuant to a Parent Equity Plan that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

Parent Pension Trust” shall mean the Arconic Retirement Plans Master Trust, amended and restated effective as of August 1, 2016 by and between Arconic Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon.

 

Parent PSU Award” shall mean a performance-based restricted stock unit award granted pursuant to a Parent Equity Plan that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

Parent Ratio” shall mean the quotient obtained by dividing the Parent Stock Value by the Post-Separation Parent Stock Value.

 

Parent RSU Award” shall mean a restricted stock unit award granted pursuant to a Parent Equity Plan that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

Parent Savings Plan” shall mean the Arconic Salaried Retirement Savings Plan, as Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2015 and the Arconic Bargaining Retirement Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2015.

 

Parent Share Fund” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(b).

 

Parent Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Parent Stock Value” shall mean the per share closing trading price of Parent Shares trading “regular way” on the Final Trading Day.

  

Parent Welfare Plan” shall mean any Welfare Plan established, sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of Employees or Former Employees, including the Employees’ Group Benefits Plan of Arconic Inc., Plan I, as amended and restated effective August 1, 2016, the Employees’ Group Benefits Plan of Arconic Inc., Plan II, as amended and restated effective August 1, 2016, the Employees’ Group Benefits Plan of Arconic Inc. Plan I for Retirees, the Employees’ Group Benefits Plan of Arconic Inc. Plan II for Retirees, the Arconic Health Reimbursement Arrangement Plan for Medicare Eligible Retirees, the Arconic Medicare Part B Reimbursement Plan for Certain Eligible Retirees, the Arconic Executive Permanent Life Insurance Plan, the Optional Life Insurance Plan, the Involuntary Separation Plan, the Supplemental Unemployment Benefit Plan, the Arconic Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended and restated effective February 1, 2018, the Arconic Executive Severance Plan and the Legal Fee Reimbursement Plan, effective April 30, 2018, but excluding (i) each Welfare Plan identified in Section 7.08, and (ii) any Spinco Welfare Plan.

 

5

 

 

Party” shall mean a party to this Agreement.

 

Person” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Post-Separation Parent Awards” shall mean Post-Separation Parent Options, Post-Separation Parent RSU Awards, and the Post-Separation Parent PSU Awards, collectively.

 

Post-Separation Parent Option” shall mean a Parent Option adjusted as of the Effective Time in accordance with Section 4.02(b).

 

Post-Separation Parent PSU Award” shall mean a Parent PSU Award adjusted as of the Effective Time in accordance with Section 4.02(e).

 

Post-Separation Parent RSU Award” shall mean a Parent RSU Award adjusted as of the Effective Time in accordance with Section 4.02(c).

 

Post-Separation Parent Stock Value” shall mean the per share closing trading price of Parent Shares trading “ex-distribution” on the Final Trading Day.

 

Providing Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(b).

 

QDRO” shall mean a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 206(d) of ERISA and Section 414(p) of the Code.

 

Record Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Requesting Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(b).

 

Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Separation” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Separation and Distribution Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Severance Benefits” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.04.

 

Spinco” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Spinco Annual Bonus Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).

 

Spinco Awards” shall mean Spinco Options, Spinco RSU Awards, and Spinco PSU Awards, collectively.

 

6

 

 

Spinco Benefit Plan” shall mean any Benefit Plan established, sponsored, maintained or contributed to by a member of the Spinco Group as of or after the Operational Separation Date.

 

Spinco Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Spinco.

 

Spinco Business” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Spinco Deferred Fee Plan for Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

 

Spinco Designees” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Spinco Equity Plan” shall mean the Spinco 2020 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

Spinco Group” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Spinco Group Employees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

Spinco HSA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c).

 

Spinco Liability” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Spinco Nonemployee Director” shall mean each member of the Spinco Board as of immediately after the Effective Time who is not a Spinco Group Employee.

 

Spinco Nonqualified Plans” shall mean the plans established by the Spinco Group pursuant to Section 6.01(a) that correspond to the Parent Divided Nonqualified Plans.

 

Spinco Option” shall mean an option to purchase Spinco Shares granted by Spinco pursuant to the Spinco Equity Plan in accordance with Section 4.02(b).

 

Spinco Pension Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

 

Spinco Pension Trust” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

 

Spinco PSU Award” shall mean a performance-based restricted stock unit award granted pursuant to the Spinco Equity Plan in accordance with Section 4.02(f).

 

Spinco Ratio” shall mean the quotient obtained by dividing the Parent Stock Value by the Spinco Stock Value.

 

Spinco RSU Award” shall mean a restricted stock unit award granted pursuant to the Spinco Equity Plan in accordance with Section 4.02(d).

 

Spinco Savings Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(a).

 

Spinco Share Fund” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(c).

 

Spinco Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

7

 

 

Spinco Stock Value” shall mean the per share closing trading price of Spinco Shares trading on a “when-issued” basis on the Final Trading Day.

 

Spinco Welfare Plans” shall mean the Welfare Plans established, sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any member of the Spinco Group for the benefit of Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees, including each such Welfare Plan that corresponds to a Parent Welfare Plan.

 

Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Third Party” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Transferred Account Balances” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(d).

 

Transferred Director” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

 

Transition Services Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

U.S.” shall mean the United States of America.

 

Welfare Plan” shall mean any “welfare plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) or a “cafeteria plan” under Section 125 of the Code, and any benefits offered thereunder, and any other plan offering health benefits (including medical, prescription drug, dental, vision, mental health, substance abuse and retiree health), disability benefits, or life, accidental death and dismemberment, and business travel insurance, pre-tax premium conversion benefits, dependent care assistance programs, employee assistance programs, paid time-off programs, contribution funding toward a health savings account, flexible spending accounts or cashable credits.

 

Section 1.02.      Interpretation(a). Section 10.16 of the Separation and Distribution Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Article II
GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR ALLOCATION OF LIABILITIES

 

Section 2.01.      General Principles.

 

(a)               Acceptance and Assumption of Spinco Liabilities. On or prior to the Operational Separation Date, Spinco and the applicable Spinco Designees shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, accept, assume and agree to faithfully perform, discharge and fulfill all of the following Liabilities in accordance with their respective terms (each of which shall be considered a Spinco Liability):

 

(i)              any and all wages, salaries, incentive compensation (as the same may be modified by this Agreement), equity compensation (as the same may be modified by this Agreement), commissions, bonuses and any other employee compensation or benefits payable to or on behalf of any Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees after the Operational Separation Date, without regard to when such wages, salaries, incentive compensation, equity compensation, commissions, bonuses or other employee compensation or benefits are or may have been awarded or earned;

 

(ii)             any and all Liabilities whatsoever with respect to claims made by or with respect to any Spinco Group Employees or Former Spinco Group Employees in connection with any Benefit Plan not retained or assumed by any member of the Parent Group pursuant to this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; and

 

(iii)            any and all Liabilities expressly assumed or retained by any member of the Spinco Group pursuant to this Agreement.

 

8

 

 

(b)               Acceptance and Assumption of Parent Liabilities. On or prior to the Operational Separation Date, Parent and certain members of the Parent Group designated by Parent shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, accept, assume and agree to faithfully perform, discharge and fulfill all of the following Liabilities held by Spinco or any Spinco Designee and Parent and the applicable members of the Parent Group shall be responsible for such Liabilities in accordance with their respective terms (each of which shall be considered a Parent Liability):

 

(i)               any and all wages, salaries, incentive compensation (as the same may be modified by this Agreement), equity compensation (as the same may be modified by this Agreement), commissions, bonuses and any other employee compensation or benefits payable to or on behalf of any Parent Group Employees and Former Parent Group Employees after the Operational Separation Date, without regard to when such wages, salaries, incentive compensation, equity compensation, commissions, bonuses or other employee compensation or benefits are or may have been awarded or earned;

 

(ii)              any and all Liabilities whatsoever with respect to claims made by or with respect to any Parent Group Employees or Former Parent Group Employees in connection with any Benefit Plan not retained or assumed by any member of the Spinco Group pursuant to this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; and

 

(iii)            any and all Liabilities expressly assumed or retained by any member of the Parent Group pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)               Unaddressed Liabilities. To the extent that this Agreement does not address particular Liabilities under any Benefit Plan and the Parties later determine that they should be allocated in connection with the Distribution, the Parties shall agree in good faith on the allocation, taking into account the handling of comparable Liabilities under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.02.      Service Credit.

 

(a)               Service for Eligibility, Vesting and Benefit Purposes. The Spinco Benefit Plans shall, and Spinco shall cause each member of the Spinco Group to, recognize each Spinco Group Employee’s and each Former Spinco Group Employee’s full service with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or predecessor entities at or before the Operational Separation Date, to the same extent that such service was credited by Parent or its Subsidiary for similar purposes prior to the Operational Separation Date as if such full service had been performed for a member of the Spinco Group, for purposes of eligibility, vesting and determination of level of benefits under any such Spinco Benefit Plan. The Parent Benefit Plans shall, and Parent shall cause each member of the Parent Group to, recognize each Parent Group Employee’s and each Former Parent Group Employee’s full service with Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries or predecessor entities at or before the Operational Separation Date, to the same extent that such service was credited by Spinco or its Subsidiary for similar purposes prior to the Operational Separation Date as if such full service had been performed for a member of the Parent Group, for purposes of eligibility, vesting and determination of level of benefits under any such Parent Benefit Plan.

 

9

 

 

(b)               Evidence of Prior Service. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, but subject to Section 3.02 and applicable Law, upon reasonable request by either Party (the “Requesting Party”), the other Party (the “Providing Party”) will provide to the Requesting Party copies of any records available to the Providing Party to document the service, plan participation and membership of former Employees of the Providing Party who are then Employees of the Requesting Party, and will cooperate with the Requesting Party to resolve any discrepancies or obtain any missing data for purposes of determining benefit eligibility, participation, vesting and calculation of benefits with respect to any such Employee.

 

Section 2.03.      Benefit Plans.

 

(a)               Establishment of Plans. As of the Operational Separation Date, Spinco shall, or shall cause an applicable member of the Spinco Group to, adopt Benefit Plans (and related trusts, if applicable), with terms comparable (or such other standard as is specified in this Agreement with respect to any particular Benefit Plan) to those of the corresponding Parent Benefit Plans; provided, however, that Spinco may limit participation in any such Spinco Benefit Plan to Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees who participated in the corresponding Parent Benefit Plan immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date.

 

(b)               Information and Operation. Parent shall provide Spinco with information describing each Parent Benefit Plan election made by a Spinco Group Employee or a Former Spinco Group Employee that may have application to Spinco Benefit Plans from and after the Operational Separation Date, and Spinco shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to administer the Spinco Benefit Plans using those elections. Each Party shall, upon reasonable request, provide the other Party and the other Party’s respective Affiliates, agents, and vendors all information reasonably necessary to the other Party’s operation or administration of its Benefit Plans.

 

(c)               No Duplication or Acceleration of Benefits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, no participant in any Spinco Benefit Plan shall receive service credit or benefits to the extent that receipt of such service credit or benefits would result in duplication of benefits provided to such participant by the corresponding Parent Benefit Plan or any other plan, program or arrangement sponsored or maintained by a member of the Parent Group. Furthermore, unless expressly provided for in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement or required by applicable Law, no provision in this Agreement shall be construed to create any right to accelerate vesting or entitlements under any compensation or Benefit Plan, program or arrangement sponsored or maintained by a member of the Parent Group or member of the Spinco Group on the part of any Employee or Former Employee.

 

10

 

 

(d)               No Expansion of Participation. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, determined or agreed to by Parent and Spinco, required by applicable Law, or explicitly set forth in a Spinco Benefit Plan, a Spinco Group Employee or a Former Spinco Group Employee shall be entitled to participate in the Spinco Benefit Plans at the Operational Separation Date only to the extent that such Spinco Group Employee or a Former Spinco Group Employee was entitled to participate in the corresponding Parent Benefit Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date (to the extent that such Spinco Group Employee or a Former Spinco Group Employee does not participate in the respective Spinco Benefit Plan immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date), it being understood that this Agreement does not expand (i) the number of Spinco Group Employees or Former Spinco Group Employees entitled to participate in any Spinco Benefit Plan, or (ii) the participation rights of Spinco Group Employees or Former Spinco Group Employees in any Spinco Benefit Plans beyond the rights of such Spinco Group Employees or Former Spinco Group Employees under the corresponding Parent Benefit Plans, in each case, after the Operational Separation Date.

 

(e)               Transition Services. The Parties acknowledge that the Parent Group or the Spinco Group may provide administrative services for certain of the other Party’s compensation and benefit programs for a transitional period under the terms of the Transition Services Agreement. The Parties agree to cooperate in good faith to negotiate a business associate agreement (if required by HIPAA or other applicable health information privacy Laws) in connection with such Transition Services Agreement.

 

(f)                Beneficiaries. References to Parent Group Employees, Former Parent Group Employees, Spinco Group Employees, Former Spinco Group Employees, and nonemployee directors of either Parent or Spinco (including Transferred Directors), shall be deemed to refer to their beneficiaries, dependents, survivors and alternate payees, as applicable.

 

Section 2.04.      Individual Agreements.

 

(a)               Assignment by Parent. To the extent necessary, Parent shall assign, or cause an applicable member of the Parent Group to assign, to Spinco or another member of the Spinco Group, as designated by Spinco, all Individual Agreements, with such assignment to be effective as of the Operational Separation Date; provided, however, that to the extent that assignment of any such Individual Agreement is not permitted by the terms of such agreement or by applicable Law, effective as of the Operational Separation Date, each member of the Spinco Group shall be considered to be a successor to each member of the Parent Group for purposes of, and a third-party beneficiary with respect to, such Individual Agreement, such that each member of the Spinco Group shall enjoy all of the rights and benefits under such agreement (including rights and benefits as a third-party beneficiary), with respect to the business operations of the Spinco Group; provided, further, that in no event shall Parent be permitted to enforce any Individual Agreement (including any agreement containing noncompetition or nonsolicitation covenants) against a Spinco Group Employee or a Former Spinco Group Employee for action taken in such individual’s capacity as a Spinco Group Employee or a Former Spinco Group Employee.

 

11

 

 

(b)               Assumption by Spinco. Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, Spinco will assume and honor, or will cause a member of the Spinco Group to assume and honor, any individual agreement to which any Spinco Group Employee or Former Spinco Group Employee is a Party with any member of the Parent Group, including any Individual Agreement.

 

Section 2.05.      Collective Bargaining. Effective as of the Distribution Date, to the extent necessary, Spinco shall cause the appropriate member of the Spinco Group to (a) assume or retain all collective bargaining agreements (including any national, sector or local collective bargaining agreement) that cover Spinco Group Employees or Former Spinco Group Employees, including any such agreements negotiated in connection with the Separation, and the Liabilities arising under any such collective bargaining agreements, and (b) join any industrial, employer or similar association or federation if membership is required for the relevant collective bargaining agreement to continue to apply. In the event of any conflict between a provision of this Agreement and the requirements of a collective bargaining agreement applicable to either Party, the requirements of the collective bargaining agreement shall control and the Parties shall cooperate in good faith to modify the applicable provision of this Agreement to the minimum extent necessary to permit compliance with the applicable collective bargaining agreement requirements while preserving to the maximum extent possible the originally intended result of such modified provision.

 

Section 2.06.      Non-U.S. Regulatory Compliance. Parent shall have the authority to adjust the treatment described in this Agreement with respect to Spinco Group Employees who are located outside of the United States to ensure compliance with the applicable laws or regulations of countries outside of the United States or to preserve the tax benefits provided under such local tax law or regulation.

 

Article III
ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYEES

 

Section 3.01.      Active Employees.

 

(a)               Assignment and Transfer of Employees. Effective no later than immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date and except as otherwise required by applicable Law or agreed by the Parties, (i) the applicable member of the Parent Group shall have taken such actions as are necessary to ensure that each individual who is intended to be an employee of the Spinco Group as of the Operational Separation Date (including any such individual who is not actively working as of the Operational Separation Date as a result of an illness, injury or approved leave of absence (or leave of absence otherwise taken in accordance with applicable Law) (collectively, the “Spinco Group Employees”)) is employed by a member of the Spinco Group as of the Operational Separation Date, and (ii) the applicable member of the Parent Group shall have taken such actions as are necessary to ensure that each individual who is intended to be an employee of the Parent Group as of the Operational Separation Date (including any such individual who is not actively working as of the Operational Separation Date as a result of an illness, injury or approved leave of absence (or leave of absence otherwise taken in accordance with applicable Law)) and any other individual employed by the Parent Group as of the Operational Separation Date who is not a Spinco Group Employee (collectively, the “Parent Group Employees”) is employed by a member of the Parent Group as of the Operational Separation Date. Each of the Parties agrees to execute, and to seek to have the applicable Employees execute, such documentation, if any, as may be necessary to reflect such assignment and/or transfer.

 

12

 

 

(b)               Delayed Transfer Employees. To the extent that applicable Law prevents the Parties from causing any (i) Spinco Group Employee to be employed by a member of the Spinco Group as of the Operational Separation Date as contemplated by Section 3.01(a)(i) or (ii) Parent Group Employee to be employed by a member of the Parent Group as of the Operational Separation Date as contemplated by Section 3.01(a)(ii) (each such employee, a “Delayed Transfer Employee” and the Spinco Group or Parent Group entity to which such Delayed Transfer Employee would have been transferred under Section 3.01(a), the “Destination Employer”), the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that (A) such Delayed Transfer Employee becomes employed by the Destination Employer at the earliest time permitted by applicable Law and, with respect to any Delayed Transfer Employee who is actively employed as of the Operational Separation Date, and (B) the Destination Employer receives the benefit of such Delayed Transfer Employee’s services from and after the Operation Separation Date, including by entering into an employee leasing or similar arrangement. From and after the commencement of a Delayed Transfer Employee’s employment with the Destination Employer, such Delayed Transfer Employee shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement, including Section 2.02, as if such Delayed Transfer Employee commenced employment with the Destination Employer as of the Operational Separation Date as contemplated by Section 3.01(a).

 

(c)               At-Will Status. Nothing in this Agreement shall create any obligation on the part of any member of the Parent Group or any member of the Spinco Group to (i) continue the employment of any Employee or permit the return from a leave of absence for any period after the date of this Agreement (except as required by applicable Law), or (ii) change the employment status of any Employee from “at-will,” to the extent that such Employee is an “at-will” employee under applicable Law.

 

(d)               Severance. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Distribution and the assignment, transfer or continuation of the employment of Employees as contemplated by this Section 3.01 shall not be deemed an involuntary termination of employment that entitles any Spinco Group Employee or Parent Group Employee to severance payments or benefits.

 

(e)               Not a Change of Control/Change in Control. The Parties acknowledge and agree that neither the consummation of the Distribution nor any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement shall be deemed a “change of control,” “change in control,” or term of similar import for purposes of any Benefit Plan sponsored or maintained by any member of the Parent Group or member of the Spinco Group.

 

(f)                Payroll and Related Taxes. With respect to any Spinco Group Employee or group of Spinco Group Employees, the Parties shall, or shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, (i) treat Spinco (or the applicable member of the Spinco Group) as a “successor employer” and Parent (or the applicable member of the Parent Group) as a “predecessor,” within the meaning of Sections 3121(a)(1) and 3306(b)(1) of the Code, for purposes of taxes imposed under the United States Federal Insurance Contributions Act, as amended (“FICA”), or the United States Federal Unemployment Tax Act, as amended (“FUTA”), (ii) cooperate with each other to avoid, to the extent possible, the restart of FICA and FUTA upon or following the Operational Separation Date or the Distribution Date, as applicable, with respect to each such Spinco Group Employee for the tax year during which the Operational Separation Date or the Distribution Date, as applicable, occurs, and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the alternate procedure described in Section 5 of Revenue Procedure 2004-53; provided, however, that to the extent that Spinco (or the applicable member of the Spinco Group) cannot be treated as a “successor employer” to Parent (or the applicable member of the Parent Group) within the meaning of Sections 3121(a)(1) and 3306(b)(1) of the Code with respect to any Spinco Group Employee or group of Spinco Group Employees, (x) with respect to the portion of the tax year commencing on January 1, 2020 and ending on the Operational Separation Date or the Distribution Date, as applicable, Parent will (A) be responsible for all payroll obligations, tax withholding and reporting obligations for such Spinco Group Employees, and (B) furnish a Form W-2 or similar earnings statement to all such Spinco Group Employees for such period, and (y) with respect to the remaining portion of such tax year, Spinco will (A) be responsible for all payroll obligations, tax withholding and reporting obligations regarding such Spinco Group Employees, and (B) furnish a Form W-2 or similar earnings statement to all such Spinco Group Employees.

 

13

 

 

Section 3.02.      Nonsolicitation. Each Party agrees that, for a period of twelve (12) months from the Operational Separation Date, such Party shall not solicit for employment any individual who is a Parent Group Employee, in the case of a Spinco, or a Spinco Group Employee, in the case of Parent; provided, however, that without limiting the generality of the foregoing prohibition on solicitation of Employees of the other Party, this Section 3.02 shall not prohibit (a) generalized solicitations that are not directed to specific Persons or Employees of the other Party, (b) the solicitation of a Person whose employment was involuntarily terminated by the other Party, or (c) the solicitation of a Person after receipt by the soliciting Party (in advance of any solicitation or, in the case of a response to a general solicitation as permitted under the foregoing clause (a), in advance of any subsequent solicitation in connection with the recruiting process) of the express written consent of the Party that employs the Person who is to be solicited. Except as provided in the foregoing clause (b) with respect to involuntary terminations, without regard to the use of the term “Employee” or “employs,” the restrictions under this Section 3.02 shall be applicable to (i) Parent Group Employees whose employment terminates after the Operational Separation Date, and (ii) Spinco Group Employees whose employment terminates after the Operational Separation Date, in each case, until the date that is six (6) months after such Employee’s last date of employment with Parent or Spinco, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions under this Section 3.02 shall not apply to Former Parent Group Employees or Former Spinco Group Employees whose most recent employment with Parent and its Subsidiaries was terminated prior to the Operational Separation Date.

 

Article IV
EQUITY, INCENTIVE AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Section 4.01.      Generally. Parent Awards that are outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be adjusted as described below; provided, however, that effective immediately prior to the Effective Time, the Parent Compensation Committee may provide for different adjustments with respect to some or all Parent Awards to the extent that the Parent Compensation Committee deems such adjustments necessary and appropriate. Any adjustments made by the Parent Compensation Committee pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall be deemed incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth below and shall be binding on the Parties and their respective Affiliates. Before the Effective Time, the Spinco Equity Plan shall be established, with such terms as are necessary to permit the implementation of the provisions of Section 4.02.

 

14

 

 

Section 4.02.      Equity Incentive Awards.

 

(a)               Outstanding Parent Options Held by Parent Group Employees and Former Parent Group Employees. Each Parent Option held by a Parent Group Employee or a Former Parent Group Employee, that is outstanding and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such Parent Option immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided, however, that certain restrictions may be imposed on the Parent Option after the Effective Time if necessary and appropriate to comply with applicable Law; and further, provided, however, that from and after the Effective Time:

 

(i)              the number of Parent Shares subject to such Parent Option, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of Parent Shares subject to such Parent Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Parent Ratio; and

 

(ii)              the per share exercise price of such Parent Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of such Parent Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Parent Ratio.

 

(b)               Outstanding Parent Options Held by Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees. Each Parent Option held by a Spinco Group Employee or a Former Spinco Group Employee, that is outstanding and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be converted into a Spinco Option and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Parent Option immediately prior to the Effective Time (except that references to “Parent” in the applicable plan and award agreement shall be deemed to refer to “Spinco,” unless clearly dictated otherwise by context); provided, however, that certain restrictions may be imposed on the Spinco Option after the Effective Time if necessary and appropriate to comply with applicable Law; and further provided, however, that from and after the Effective Time:

 

(i)               the number of Spinco Shares subject to such Spinco Option, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of Parent Shares subject to the corresponding Parent Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Spinco Ratio; and

 

(ii)              the per share exercise price of such Spinco Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of the corresponding Parent Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Spinco Ratio.

 

15

 

 

(c)               Outstanding Parent RSU Awards Held by Parent Group Employees and Former Parent Group Employees. Each Parent RSU Award held by a Parent Group Employee or a Former Parent Group Employee that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such Parent RSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time, including any deferral election applicable to the delivery of vested shares; provided, however, that certain restrictions may be imposed on the Parent RSU Award after the Effective Time if necessary and appropriate to comply with applicable Law; and further, provided, however, that from and after the Effective Time, the number of Parent Shares to which such Parent RSU Award relates shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of Parent Shares to which such Parent RSU Award related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (ii) the Parent Ratio (with any resulting fractional share paid to the award holder promptly following the Effective Time in the form of a cash payment equal to the product of such fractional share and the Post-Separation Parent Stock Value; provided, however, that if the cash payment may result in adverse tax or legal treatment of the award holder, Parent or any member of the Parent Group, as determined by Parent in its sole discretion, the shares subject to the Parent RSU Award may instead be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares).

 

(d)               Outstanding Parent RSU Awards Held by Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees. Each Parent RSU Award held by a Spinco Group Employee or Former Spinco Group Employee that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be converted into a Spinco RSU Award, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Parent RSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time, including any deferral election applicable to the delivery of vested shares (except that references to Parent in the applicable plan and award agreement shall be deemed to refer to Spinco, unless clearly dictated otherwise by context); provided, however, that certain restrictions may be imposed on the Spinco RSU Award after the Effective Time if necessary and appropriate to comply with applicable Law; and further, provided, however, that from and after the Effective Time, the number of Spinco Shares to which such Spinco RSU Award relates shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of Parent Shares to which the corresponding Parent RSU Award related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (ii) the Spinco Ratio (with any resulting fractional share paid to the award holder promptly following the Effective Time in the form of a cash payment equal to the product of such fractional share and the Spinco Stock Value; provided, however, that if the cash payment may result in adverse tax or legal treatment of the award holder, Parent, any member of the Parent Group, Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group, as determined by Parent in its sole discretion, the shares subject to the Spinco RSU Award may instead be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares).

 

(e)               Outstanding Parent PSU Awards Held by Parent Group Employees and Former Parent Group Employees. Each Parent PSU Award held by a Parent Group Employee or a Former Parent Group Employee that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such Parent PSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time, including any deferral election applicable to the delivery of vested shares; provided, however, that certain restrictions may be imposed on the Parent PSU Award after the Effective Time if necessary and appropriate to comply with applicable Law; and further, provided, however, that from and after the Effective Time:

 

16

 

 

(i)              the number of Parent Shares to which such Parent PSU Award relates shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of Parent Shares to which such Parent PSU Award related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Parent Ratio (with any resulting fractional share paid to the award holder promptly following the Effective Time in the form of a cash payment equal to the product of such fractional share and the Post-Separation Parent Stock Value; provided, however, that if the cash payment may result in adverse tax or legal treatment of the award holder, Parent or any member of the Parent Group, as determined by Parent in its sole discretion, the shares subject to the Parent PSU Award may instead be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares); and

 

(ii)             the performance conditions applicable to each such Parent PSU Award shall be (A) for the 2018-2020 performance period with respect to any such Parent PSU Award, deemed achieved at the Effective Time based on the actual level of achievement of the applicable performance goals during the portion of the performance period ending on December 31, 2019, and (B) for the 2020-2022 performance period, the conditions established by the Parent Compensation Committee prior to the Effective Time. For each such Parent PSU Award held by the ParentCo Chief Executive Officer that has performance conditions based on the attainment of stock price performance goals relating to Parent, such goals shall remain in effect and measurement of the level of achievement of such goals shall be determined based on the combined value of Parent Shares and Spinco Shares (as adjusted to reflect to the Distribution Ratio) in accordance with the methodology approved by the Parent Compensation Committee prior to the Effective Time.

 

(f)                Outstanding Parent PSU Awards Held by Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees. Each Parent PSU Award held by a Spinco Group Employee or a Former Spinco Group Employee that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into a Spinco PSU Award and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Parent PSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time, including any deferral election applicable to the delivery of vested shares (except that references to Parent in the applicable plan and award agreement shall be deemed to refer to Spinco, unless clearly dictated otherwise by context); provided, however, that certain restrictions may be imposed on the Spinco PSU Award after the Effective Time if necessary and appropriate to comply with applicable Law; and further provided, however, that from and after the Effective Time:

 

(i)               the number of Spinco Shares to which such Spinco PSU Award relates shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of Parent Shares to which the corresponding Parent PSU Award related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Spinco Ratio (with any resulting fractional share paid to the award holder promptly following the Effective Time in the form of a cash payment equal to the product of such fractional share and the Spinco Stock Value; provided, however, that if the cash payment may result in adverse tax or legal treatment of the award holder, the Parent, any member of the Parent Group, Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group, as determined by the Parent in its sole discretion, the shares subject to the Spinco PSU Award may instead be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares); and

 

(ii)              the performance conditions applicable to each such Spinco PSU Award shall be (A) for the 2018-2020 performance period with respect to any such Spinco PSU Award, deemed achieved at the Effective Time based on the actual level of achievement of the applicable performance goals during the portion of the performance period ending on December 31, 2019, and (B) for the 2020-2022 performance period, the conditions established by the Parent Compensation Committee prior to the Effective Time.

 

17

 

 

(g)               Miscellaneous Award Terms. None of the Separation, the Distribution nor any employment transfer described in Section 3.01(a) shall constitute a termination of employment for any Employee for purposes of any Post-Separation Parent Award or any Spinco Award. After the Effective Time, for any award adjusted under this Section 4.02, any reference to a “change in control,” “change of control” or similar definition in an award agreement, employment agreement or Parent Equity Plan applicable to such award (i) with respect to Post-Separation Parent Awards, shall be deemed to refer to a “change in control,” “change of control” or similar definition as set forth in the applicable award agreement, employment agreement or Parent Equity Plan, and (ii) with respect to Spinco Awards, shall be deemed to refer to a “Change in Control” as defined in the Spinco Equity Plan.

 

(h)               Tax Reporting and Withholding. Unless prohibited by applicable Law, following the Effective Time, (i) Parent shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities, including all income, payroll and other tax remittance and reporting, and entitled to all tax deductions, associated with Post-Separation Parent Awards, and (ii) Spinco shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities, including all income, payroll and other tax remittance and reporting, and entitled to all tax deductions associated with, Spinco Awards. Parent and Spinco agree to enter into any necessary agreements regarding the subject matter of this Section 4.02(h) to enable Parent and Spinco to fulfill their respective obligations hereunder, including but not limited to, compliance with all applicable Laws regarding the reporting, withholding or remitting of income and/or taxes.

 

(i)                 Registration and Other Regulatory Requirements. Spinco agrees to file Forms S-1, S-3 and S-8 registration statements with respect to, and to cause to be registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the Spinco Shares authorized for issuance under the Spinco Equity Plan, as required pursuant to the Securities Act, before the date of issuance of any Spinco Shares pursuant to the Spinco Equity Plan. The Parties shall take such additional actions as are deemed necessary or advisable to effectuate the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.02(i), including compliance with securities Laws and other legal requirements associated with equity compensation awards in affected non-U.S. jurisdictions. Parent agrees to facilitate the adoption and approval of the Spinco Equity Plan consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(f)(4)(iii).

 

(j)                 Parent Awards in Certain Non-U.S. Jurisdictions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.02, the Parties may mutually agree, in their sole discretion, not to adjust certain outstanding Parent Awards held by individuals located outside of the United States pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.02, where those actions would create or trigger adverse legal, accounting or tax consequences for Parent, Spinco, and/or the affected non-U.S. award holders. In such circumstances, Parent and/or Spinco may take any action necessary or advisable to prevent any such adverse legal, accounting or tax consequences, including, but not limited to, agreeing to modify any aspect of the adjustment method set forth in this Section 4.02 or to apply an alternate adjustment method. Where and to the extent required by applicable Law or tax considerations outside the United States, the adjustments described in this Section 4.02 shall be deemed to have been effectuated immediately prior to the Distribution Date.

 

18

 

 

Section 4.03.      Nonequity Incentive Plans.

 

(a)               Annual Bonus Plans. Immediately prior to the Effective Time, Spinco Group Employees shall cease participating in each Parent annual bonus plan or policy (the “Parent Annual Bonus Plans”) and, as of the Effective Time, Spinco Group Employees who were eligible to participate in Parent Annual Bonus Plans shall be eligible to participate in the Spinco annual bonus plans or policies (the “Spinco Annual Bonus Plans”). Spinco shall be solely responsible for funding, paying and discharging all obligations under the Spinco Annual Bonus Plans in respect of the annual bonus payable to the Spinco Group Employees in respect of the calendar year in which the Effective Time occurs (and Parent shall have no liability with respect to annual bonuses for such year).

 

(b)               Incentive Plans. As of the Effective Time, (i) the Parent Group shall retain (or assume to the extent necessary) sponsorship of all commission bonus and sales incentive plans covering Parent Group Employees, and, from and after the Effective Time, all Liabilities thereunder shall be Liabilities of the Parent Group, and (ii) the Spinco Group shall retain (or assume to the extent necessary) sponsorship of all commission bonus and sales incentive plans covering Spinco Group Employees, and, from and after the Effective Time, all Liabilities thereunder shall be Liabilities of the Spinco Group.

 

Section 4.04.      Severance Benefits. Spinco shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of all of the costs of providing benefits under any applicable severance, separation, redundancy, termination or similar plan, program, practice, contract, agreement, law or regulation (such benefits to include, if applicable, any medical or other welfare benefits, outplacement benefits, accrued vacation, and taxes) (collectively, “Severance Benefits”) relating to the termination or alleged termination of employment of any Former Spinco Group Employee and of any Spinco Group Employee that occurs on or after the Operational Separation Date. Parent shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of all the costs of providing the Severance Benefits relating to the termination or alleged termination of employment of any Former Parent Group Employee and of any Parent Group Employee that occurs on or after the Operational Separation Date.

 

Section 4.05.      Director Compensation.

 

(a)               Establishment of Deferred Fee Plan for Directors. Before the Effective Time, Spinco shall establish the Spinco Deferred Fee Plan for Directors. Each Spinco Nonemployee Director who served on the Parent Board immediately prior to the Effective Time but who will no longer serve on the Parent Board following the Effective Time (a “Transferred Director”), and held a deferred fee account under the Amended and Restated Arconic Deferred Fee Plan for Directors, effective November 1, 2016, or the Arconic Deferred Fee Plan for Directors, as amended effective July 9, 1999, or the Arconic Deferred Fee Estate Enhancement Plan for Directors, effective July 10, 1998 (collectively, the “Parent Deferred Fee Plans”) immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, as of the Effective Time, be credited under the Spinco Deferred Fee Plan for Directors with the amount of his or her deferred fee account balance under the Parent Deferred Fee Plans and shall cease participation in the Parent Deferred Fee Plans as of the Effective Time (it being understood that such cessation shall not trigger any distribution of payments or benefits under the Parent Deferred Fee Plans), and, as of the Effective Time, except as otherwise provided in clause (f) below, Parent shall cease to have any Liability to any such Spinco Nonemployee Director under the Parent Deferred Fee Plans. All cash-settled Parent Shares notionally credited to each Transferred Director’s deferred fee account under the Parent Deferred Fee Plans (“Cash-Settled Units”), the liability for which is transferred to Spinco and the Spinco Deferred Fee Plan for Directors pursuant to the preceding sentence, shall be adjusted so that, from and after the Effective Time, such Cash-Settled Units relate to a number of Spinco Shares (including any resulting fractional share) equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of Parent Shares to which such Cash-Settled Units related immediately prior to the Effective Time, by (ii) the Spinco Ratio. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a Transferred Director holds, as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, Parent Shares, Parent RSU Awards, and Cash-Settled Units with a value of at least two times the stock ownership guideline under Parent’s non-employee director compensation policy, all of such Transferred Director’s Cash-Settled Units shall be adjusted so that, immediately after the Effective Time, such Cash-Settled Units relate to (A) a number of Parent Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares to which such Cash-Settled Units related immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) a number of Spinco Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares to which such Cash-Settled Units related immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Distribution Ratio, and all such adjusted Cash-Settled Units will otherwise continue to have the same terms and conditions that applied to the original Cash-Settled Units immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

19

 

 

(b)               Parent Deferred Fee Plan and Parent Fee Continuation Plan. Parent shall continue to be responsible for Liabilities in respect of the Parent Nonemployee Directors and Former Nonemployee Directors under the Parent Deferred Fee Plans and the Arconic Fee Continuation Plan for Non-Employee Directors as amended effective November 10, 1995 and September 15, 2006 (the “Parent Fee Continuation Plan”) and shall be responsible for Liabilities in respect of Transferred Directors under the Parent Deferred Fee Plans solely to the extent provided by clause (f) below.

 

(i)              All Cash-Settled Units held in the accounts of Parent Nonemployee Directors under the Parent Deferred Fee Plans immediately after the Effective Time shall be adjusted so that, from and after the Effective Time, such Cash-Settled Units relate to a number of Parent Shares (including any resulting fractional share) equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of Parent Shares to which such Cash-Settled Units related immediately prior to the Effective Time, by (B) the Parent Ratio. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a Parent Nonemployee Director holds, as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, Parent Shares, Parent RSU Awards, and Cash-Settled Units with a value of at least two times the stock ownership guideline under Parent’s non-employee director compensation policy, all of such Parent Nonemployee Director’s Cash-Settled Units shall be adjusted so that, immediately after the Effective Time, such Cash-Settled Units relate to (1) a number of Parent Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares to which such Cash-Settled Units related immediately prior to the Effective Time and (2) a number of Spinco Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares to which such Cash-Settled Units related immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Distribution Ratio, and all such adjusted Cash-Settled Units will otherwise continue to have the same terms and conditions that applied to the original Cash-Settled Units immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

20

 

 

(ii)              All cash-settled Parent Shares notionally credited to the accounts of Former Nonemployee Directors under the Parent Deferred Fee Plans immediately after the Effective Time shall be adjusted so that, from and after the Effective Time, such notionally credited shares represent (A) a number of cash-settled Parent Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares notionally credited to such account immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) a number of cash-settled Spinco Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares notionally credited to such account immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Distribution Ratio.

 

(iii)            Each Former Nonemployee Director’s share-based payment entitlement under the Parent Fee Continuation Plan shall be adjusted so that, immediately after the Effective Time, such entitlement relates to (A) a number of Parent Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares to which such payment entitlement related immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) a number of Spinco Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares to which such payment entitlement related immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Distribution Ratio.

 

(c)               Director Compensation. Parent shall be responsible for the payment of any fees for service on the Parent Board that are earned at, before, or after the Effective Time, and Spinco shall not have any responsibility for any such payments. With respect to any Spinco Nonemployee Director, Spinco shall be responsible for the payment of any fees for service on the Spinco Board that are earned at any time after the Effective Time and Parent shall not have any responsibility for any such payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Spinco shall commence paying quarterly cash retainers to Spinco Nonemployee Directors in respect of the quarter in which the Effective Time occurs; provided that (i) if Parent has already paid such quarter’s cash retainers to Parent nonemployee directors prior to the Effective Time, then within thirty (30) days after the Distribution Date, Spinco will pay Parent an amount equal to the portion of such payment that is attributable to Transferred Directors’ service to Spinco after the Distribution Date (other than any amount that is subject to a deferral election and is credited or to be credited to any such director’s account under the Spinco Deferred Fee Plan for Directors), and (ii) if Parent has not yet paid such quarter’s cash retainers to Parent Nonemployee Directors prior to the Effective Time, then within thirty (30) days after the Distribution Date, Parent will pay Spinco an amount equal to the portion of such payment that is attributable to Transferred Directors’ service to Parent on and prior to the Distribution Date.

 

(d)               Outstanding Parent RSU Awards Held by Parent Nonemployee Directors. Each vested, unvested and/or deferred (including under the Parent Deferred Fee Plans) Parent RSU Award held by a Parent Nonemployee Director that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such Parent RSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time, including any deferral election applicable to the delivery of vested shares; provided, however, that certain restrictions may be imposed on the Parent RSU Award after the Effective Time if necessary and appropriate to comply with applicable Law; and further, provided, however, that from and after the Effective Time, the number of Parent Shares to which such Parent RSU Award relates shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of Parent Shares to which such Parent RSU Award related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (ii) Parent Ratio (with any resulting fractional share paid to the award holder promptly following the Effective Time in the form of a cash payment equal to the product of such fractional share and the Post-Separation Parent Stock Value; provided, however, that if the cash payment may result in adverse tax or legal treatment of the award holder, Parent or any member of the Parent Group, as determined by Parent in its sole discretion, the shares subject to the Parent RSU Award may instead be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares).

 

21

 

 

(e)               Outstanding Parent RSU Awards Held by Transferred Nonemployee Directors. Each vested, unvested and/or deferred (including under the Parent Deferred Fee Plans) Parent RSU Award held by a Transferred Nonemployee Director that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be converted into a Spinco RSU Award, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to the corresponding Parent RSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time, including any deferral election applicable to the delivery of vested shares (except that references to Parent in the applicable plan and award agreement shall be deemed to refer to Spinco, unless clearly dictated otherwise by context); provided, however, that certain restrictions may be imposed on the Spinco RSU Award after the Effective Time if necessary and appropriate to comply with applicable Law; and further provided, however, that from and after the Effective Time, the number of Spinco Shares to which such Spinco RSU Award relates shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of Parent Shares to which the corresponding Parent RSU Award related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (ii) the Spinco Ratio (with any resulting fractional share paid to the award holder promptly following the Effective Time in the form of a cash payment equal to the product of such fractional share and the Spinco Stock Value; provided, however, that if the cash payment may result in adverse tax or legal treatment of the award holder, Parent, any member of the Parent Group, Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group, as determined by Parent in its sole discretion, the shares subject to the Spinco RSU Award may instead be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares).

 

(f)                Outstanding Parent RSU Awards Held by Former Nonemployee Directors. Each Former Nonemployee Director who holds a vested Parent RSU Award that is deferred under the Parent Deferred Fee Plans as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall receive, as of the Effective Time, a vested Spinco RSU Award for a number of Spinco Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares subject to such award immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Distribution Ratio. Except as set forth in this Section 4.05(f), the vested Parent RSU Award and vested Spinco RSU Award issued in accordance with this Section 4.05(f) shall, from and after the Effective Time, each be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to payment timing) as were applicable to the vested Parent RSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

(g)               Tax Reporting and Withholding.

 

(i)                 Unless prohibited by applicable Law, following the Effective Time, (A) Parent shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities, including all income, payroll and other tax remittance and reporting, associated with compensation and benefits for Parent Nonemployee Directors and Former Nonemployee Directors (including, without limitation, with respect to Spinco RSU Awards held by Former Nonemployee Directors), and (B) Spinco shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities, including all income, payroll and other tax remittance and reporting, associated with compensation and benefits for Transferred Directors. Parent and Spinco agree to enter into any necessary agreements regarding the subject matter of this Section 4.05(g) to enable Parent and Spinco to fulfill their respective obligations hereunder, including but not limited to, compliance with all applicable Laws regarding the reporting, withholding or remitting of income and/or taxes.

 

22

 

 

(ii)              After the Effective Time, Parent RSU Awards, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by Parent, and Spinco RSU Awards, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by Spinco.

 

(iii)            Cooperation. Each of the Parties shall establish an appropriate administration system in order to administer, in an orderly manner, (A) the settlement of SpinCo RSU Awards held by Former Nonemployee Directors, and (B) the reporting requirements with respect to such Spinco RSU Awards.

 

Article V
QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS

 

Section 5.01.      Spinco Pension Plans.

 

(a)               Establishment and Retention of Spinco Pension Plans. As of the Operational Separation Date, Spinco shall establish Spinco pension plans and a Spinco pension trust, each of which shall initially have substantially the same terms as those of the corresponding Parent Divided Pension Plan and Parent Pension Trust, respectively, as in effect immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date (such plans shall be referred to as the “Spinco Pension Plans” and the “Spinco Pension Trust,” respectively). At least thirty (30) days prior to the Operational Separation Date, Parent shall have filed the notice required under Section 6058(b) of the Code. On, or as soon as practicable after, the Operational Separation Date and after receipt by Parent of (i) a copy of the Spinco Pension Plans; and (ii) a copy of certified resolutions of the Spinco Board (or its authorized committee or other delegate) evidencing adoption of the Spinco Pension Plans and the Spinco Pension Trust and the assumption by the Spinco Pension Plans of the Liabilities described in Section 5.01(b), Parent shall direct the trustee of the Parent Pension Trust to transfer assets of the Spinco Pension Plans to the Spinco Pension Trust in the amounts described in Section 5.01(b).

 

(b)               Assumption of Liabilities; ERISA Section 4044 Transfer.

 

(i)                 Parent Divided Pension Plans. As of the Operational Separation Date, Spinco shall cause each Spinco Pension Plan to assume Liabilities for Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees under the corresponding Parent Divided Pension Plan and shall cause the Spinco Pension Trust to accept Assets with respect to such assumed Liabilities (including Assets and Liabilities in respect of beneficiaries and/or alternate payees). In accordance with the rules set forth in Section 5.01(b)(ii), the Parent Pension Trust shall transfer such Assets to the Spinco Pension Trust and, upon completion of such Asset transfer, the Parent Divided Pension Plans and the Parent Group shall be relieved of such Liabilities.

 

23

 

 

(ii)              Transfer of Assets. The amount of Assets (whether in cash or kind, as determined by Parent’s Benefits Management Committee) to be transferred from the Parent Pension Trust to the Spinco Pension Trust in respect of the assumption of Liabilities by Spinco under Section 5.01(b)(i) shall be determined as of the Operational Separation Date in accordance with, and shall comply with, Section 414(l) of the Code and, to the extent deemed applicable by the Parties, ERISA Section 4044. Assumptions used to determine the value (or amount) of the Assets to be transferred shall be the safe harbor assumptions specified for valuing benefits in trusteed plans under Department of Labor Regulations Section 4044.51-57 and, to the extent not so specified, shall be based on the assumptions used in the annual valuation report to determine minimum funding requirements most recently prepared before the transfer by the actuary for the Parent Divided Pension Plans. The transfer amounts described above shall be credited or debited, as applicable, with a pro rata share of the actual investment earnings or losses allocable to the transfer amount for the period between the Operational Separation Date and an assessment date set by Parent that is as close as practicable, taking into account the timing and reporting of valuation of Assets in the Parent Pension Trust, to the date upon which Assets equal in value to the transfer amount are actually transferred from the Parent Pension Trust to the Spinco Pension Trust. During the time before such transfer, benefits for Spinco Group Employees who terminate employment with the Spinco Group shall be paid from the Parent Pension Trust. The ultimate transfer amount shall be reduced by the amount of these benefits and credited or debited by the actual investment earnings or losses from the payment date to the assessment date set above by Parent. In addition, during this period, Spinco will be responsible for a pro rata share of third party fees, costs and expenses, including investment management, trustee and administration fees attributable to the Assets of the Spinco Pension Plan that remain in the Parent Pension Trust. The entries in the Parent Divided Pension Plan funding standard accounts shall be divided between the Parent Divided Pension Plan and the Spinco Pension Plan based on the guidance provided in Revenue Rulings 81-212 and 86-47. The Parties agree that to the extent necessary to effectuate the provisions of this Section 5.01(b), there may be additional transfers of Assets between the Parent Pension Trust and Spinco Pension Trust on such dates as agreed by the Parties.

 

(c)               Spinco Pension Plan Provisions. The Spinco Pension Plans shall provide that:

 

(i)                 Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees shall (A) be eligible to participate in the corresponding Spinco Pension Plan as of the Operational Separation Date to the extent that they were eligible to participate in the applicable Parent Divided Pension Plan as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date, and (B) receive credit for vesting, eligibility and benefit service for all service credited for those purposes under the applicable Parent Divided Pension Plan as of the Operational Separation Date;

 

(ii)              the compensation paid by the Parent Group to a Spinco Group Employee or a Former Spinco Group Employee that is recognized under the applicable Parent Divided Pension Plan as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date shall be credited and recognized for all applicable purposes under the corresponding Spinco Pension Plan;

 

24

 

 

(iii)            the accrued benefit of each Spinco Group Employee or Former Spinco Group Employee under the applicable Parent Divided Pension Plan as of the Operational Separation Date shall be payable under the corresponding Spinco Pension Plan at the time and in a form that would have been permitted under the corresponding Parent Divided Pension Plan as in effect as of the Operational Separation Date to the extent required by Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, with employment by the Parent Group before the Operational Separation Date treated as employment by the Spinco Group under the applicable Spinco Pension Plan for purposes of determining eligibility for optional forms of benefit, early retirement benefits, or other benefit forms; and

 

(iv)             each Spinco Pension Plan shall assume and honor the terms of all QDROs, beneficiary designations and benefit elections in effect under the corresponding Parent Divided Pension Plan as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date with respect to Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees.

 

(d)               Determination Letter Request. Spinco shall submit an application to the IRS as soon as practicable after the Operational Separation Date (but no later than the last day of the applicable remedial amendment period as defined in applicable Code provisions) requesting a determination letter regarding the qualified status of the Spinco Pension Plans under Section 401(a) of the Code and the tax-exempt status of the Spinco Pension Trust under Section 501(a) of the Code as of the Operational Separation Date and shall make any amendments reasonably requested by the IRS to receive such a favorable determination letter.

 

(e)               Parent Divided Pension Plans after Operational Separation Date. From and after the Operational Separation Date, (i) the Parent Divided Pension Plans shall continue to be responsible for Liabilities in respect of Parent Group Employees and Former Parent Group Employees, and (ii) no Spinco Group Employees or Former Spinco Group Employees shall accrue any benefits under the Parent Divided Pension Plans. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Spinco Group Employees or Former Spinco Group Employees shall cease to be participants in the Parent Divided Pension Plans, effective as of the Operational Separation Date.

 

(f)                Plan Fiduciaries. For all periods after the Operational Separation Date, the Parties agree that the applicable fiduciaries of each of the Parent Divided Pension Plans and the Spinco Pension Plans, respectively, shall have the authority with respect to the Parent Divided Pension Plans and the Spinco Pension Plans, respectively, to determine the plan investments and such other matters as are within the scope of their duties under ERISA and the terms of the applicable plan documents.

 

(g)               No Loss of Unvested Benefits; No Distributions. The transfer of any Spinco Group Employee’s employment to the Spinco Group will not result in the loss of that Spinco Group Employee’s unvested accrued benefits (if any) under the Parent Divided Pension Plans, the Liability for which benefits shall be assumed under the Spinco Pension Plans as provided herein. No Spinco Group Employee shall be entitled to a distribution of his or her benefit under the applicable Parent Divided Pension Plan or the applicable Spinco Pension Plan as a result of such transfer of employment.

 

25

 

 

Section 5.02.      Nondivided Qualified Pension Plans. As of the Operational Separation Date, the Parent Group shall retain (or assume to the extent necessary) sponsorship of the Howmet Corporation Pension Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2015, the Howmet Corporation Muskegon County Operations Hourly Employees Pension Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2015, the Huck International, Inc. Retirement Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2015, the Pension Plan of RMI Titanium Co. as amended and restated effective January 1, 2013 and the Pension Plan for Salaried Employees of RMI Titanium Co. as amended and restated effective January 1, 2013, and, from and after the Operational Separation Date, all Assets and Liabilities thereunder shall be Assets and Liabilities of the Parent Group.

 

Section 5.03.      Spinco Savings Plans.

 

(a)               Establishment of Plans. As of the Operational Separation Date, Spinco shall establish the Spinco savings plans (the “Spinco Savings Plans”), each of which shall initially have substantially the same terms as those of the corresponding Parent Savings Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date. As of the Operational Separation Date, Spinco shall provide Parent with (i) a copy of the Spinco Savings Plans; and (ii) a copy of certified resolutions of the Spinco Board (or its authorized committee or other delegate) evidencing adoption of the Spinco Savings Plans and the related trust(s) and the assumption by the Spinco Savings Plan of the Liabilities described in Section 5.03(b).

 

(b)               Transfer of Account Balances. Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, Parent shall cause the trustee(s) of the Parent Savings Plans to transfer from the trust(s) which forms a part of the Parent Savings Plans to the trust(s) which forms a part of the Spinco Savings Plans the account balances of the Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees under the Parent Savings Plans, determined as of the date of the transfer. Such transfers shall be made in kind, including promissory notes evidencing the transfer of outstanding loans, and, with respect to unitized investments in the Parent Common Stock Fund (the “Parent Share Fund”), Parent Shares. Any Asset and Liability transfers pursuant to this Section 5.03(b) shall comply in all respects with Sections 414(l) and 411(d)(6) of the Code.

 

(c)               Spinco Share Fund in Spinco Savings Plan. The Spinco Savings Plan will provide, effective as of the Effective Time: (i) for the establishment of a share fund for Spinco Shares (the “Spinco Share Fund”); (ii) that such Spinco Share Fund shall receive a transfer of and hold all Spinco Shares distributed in connection with the Distribution in respect of Parent Shares held in Parent Savings Plan accounts of Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees participating in the Spinco Savings Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time; and (iii) that, following the Effective Time, contributions made by or on behalf of such participants shall be allocated to the Spinco Share Fund, if so directed in accordance with the terms of the Spinco Savings Plan.

 

(d)               Parent Share Fund in Spinco Savings Plan. Participants in the Spinco Savings Plans will be prohibited from increasing their holdings in the Parent Share Fund under the Spinco Savings Plans and may elect to liquidate their holdings in the Parent Share Fund and invest those monies in any other investment fund offered under the Spinco Savings Plan. After the Effective Time, but in no event earlier than the date that is six (6) months following the Effective Time or later than approximately the first anniversary of the Effective Time, all outstanding investments in the Parent Share Fund under the Spinco Savings Plans shall be liquidated and reinvested in other investment funds offered under the Spinco Savings Plans, on such dates and in accordance with such procedures as are determined by the administrator and the named fiduciary of the Spinco Savings Plans.

 

26

 

 

(e)               Spinco Share Fund in Parent Savings Plan. Spinco Shares distributed in connection with the Distribution in respect of Parent Shares held in Parent Savings Plans accounts of Parent Group Employees or Former Parent Group Employees who participate in the Parent Savings Plans shall be deposited in a Spinco Share Fund under the Parent Savings Plans, and such participants in the Parent Savings Plans will be prohibited from increasing their holdings in such Spinco Share Fund under the Parent Savings Plans and may elect to liquidate their holdings in such Spinco Share Fund and invest those monies in any other investment fund offered under the Parent Savings Plans. After the Effective Time, but in no event earlier than the date that is six (6) months following the Effective Time or later than approximately the first anniversary of the Effective Time, all outstanding investments in the Spinco Share Fund under the Parent Savings Plans shall be liquidated and reinvested in other investment funds offered under the Parent Savings Plans, on such dates and in accordance with such procedures as are determined by the administrator and the named fiduciary of the Parent Savings Plans.

 

(f)                Spinco Savings Plans Provisions. The Spinco Savings Plans shall provide that:

 

(i)                 Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees shall (A) be eligible to participate in the corresponding Spinco Savings Plan as of the Operational Separation Date to the extent that they were eligible to participate in the applicable Parent Savings Plan as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date, and (B) receive credit for all service credited for that purpose under the Parent Savings Plans as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date as if that service had been rendered to Spinco; and

 

(ii)              the account balance of each Spinco Group Employee and Former Spinco Group Employee under the applicable Parent Savings Plan as of the date of the transfer of Assets from such Parent Savings Plan (including any outstanding promissory notes) shall be credited to such individual’s account balance under the corresponding Spinco Savings Plan.

 

(g)               Determination Letter Request. Spinco shall submit an application to the IRS as soon as practicable after the Operational Separation Date (but no later than the last day of the applicable remedial amendment period as defined in applicable Code provisions) requesting a determination letter regarding the qualified status of the Spinco Savings Plans under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code and the tax-exempt status of their related trust under Section 501(a) of the Code and shall make any amendments reasonably requested by the IRS to receive such a favorable determination letter.

 

(h)               Parent Savings Plans after Operational Separation Date. From and after the Operational Separation Date, (i) the Parent Savings Plans shall continue to be responsible for Liabilities in respect of Parent Group Employees and Former Parent Group Employees, and (ii) no Spinco Group Employees or Former Spinco Group Employees shall accrue any benefits under the Parent Savings Plans. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees shall cease to be participants in the Parent Savings Plans effective as of the Operational Separation Date.

 

27

 

 

(i)                 Plan Fiduciaries. For all periods after the Operational Separation Date, the Parties agree that the applicable fiduciaries of each of the Parent Savings Plan and the Spinco Savings Plan, respectively, shall have the authority with respect to the Parent Savings Plan and the Spinco Savings Plan, respectively, to (subject to Sections 5.03(d) and 5.03(e)) determine the investment alternatives, the terms and conditions with respect to those investment alternatives and such other matters as are within the scope of their duties under ERISA and the terms of the applicable plan documents.

 

(j)                 No Loss of Unvested Benefits; No Distributions. The transfer of any Spinco Group Employee’s employment to the Spinco Group will not result in the loss of that Spinco Group Employee’s unvested benefits (if any) under the applicable Parent Savings Plan, the Liability for which benefits will be assumed under the corresponding Spinco Savings Plan as provided herein. No Spinco Group Employee shall be entitled to a distribution of his or her benefit under the Parent Savings Plan or Spinco Savings Plan as a result of such transfer of employment.

 

Section 5.04.      Nondivided Savings Plans. As of the Operational Separation Date, the Parent Group shall retain (or assume to the extent necessary) sponsorship of Arconic Retirement Savings Plan for ATEP Bargaining Employees, effective January 1, 2017, as amended, and, from and after the Operational Separation Date, all Assets and Liabilities thereunder shall be Assets and Liabilities of the Parent Group.

 

Article VI
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

Section 6.01.      Spinco Nonqualified Plans.

 

(a)               Establishment of Spinco Nonqualified Plans. Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, Spinco shall establish the Spinco Nonqualified Plans. Each of the Spinco Nonqualified Plans shall initially have substantially the same terms as those of the corresponding Parent Divided Nonqualified Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date.

 

(b)               Assumption of Liabilities from Parent. As of the Operational Separation Date, Spinco shall, and shall cause each Spinco Nonqualified Plan to, assume all Liabilities under the corresponding Parent Divided Nonqualified Plan for the account balances and accrued benefits of Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees and their respective beneficiaries and/or alternate payees determined as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date, and the Parent Group and the Parent Divided Nonqualified Plans shall be relieved of all such Liabilities. All Parent Shares notionally credited to participants’ accounts under the Parent Divided Nonqualified Plans, the liability for which is transferred to Spinco, and the Spinco Nonqualified Plans pursuant to the preceding sentence, shall be adjusted so that, from and after the Effective Time, such notionally credited shares represent: (i) a number of Parent Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares notionally credited to such account immediately prior to the Effective Time and (ii) a number of Spinco Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares notionally credited to such account immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Distribution Ratio.

 

28

 

 

(c)               Parent Divided Nonqualified Plans. Parent shall retain all Liabilities under the Parent Divided Nonqualified Plans for the benefits for Parent Group Employees and Former Parent Group Employees and their respective beneficiaries and/or alternate payees. From and after the Operational Separation, Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees shall cease to be participants in the Parent Divided Nonqualified Plans. All Parent Shares notionally credited to participants’ accounts under the Parent Divided Nonqualified Plans shall be adjusted so that, from and after the Effective Time, such notionally credited shares represent: (i) a number of Parent Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares notionally credited to such account immediately prior to the Effective Time and (ii) a number of Spinco Shares equal to the number of Parent Shares notionally credited to such account immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Distribution Ratio.

 

Section 6.02.      Nondivided Nonqualified Plans. As of the Operational Separation Date, (a) the Parent Group shall retain (or assume to the extent necessary) sponsorship of the Howmet Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective November 1, 2016, the Howmet Corporation Retirement Income Make-Up Plan “B”, as amended and restated effective November 1, 2016, the Huck International, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan for Selected Employees, as amended and restated effective November 1, 2016, the Howmet (Pechiney) Deferred Compensation Plan and the RTI International Metals, Inc. Supplemental Pension Program, as amended and restated effective January 30, 2015 and, from and after the Operational Separation Date, all Assets and Liabilities thereunder shall be Assets and Liabilities of the Parent Group, and (b) the Spinco Group shall retain (or assume to the extent necessary) sponsorship of the Alumax Deferred Compensation Plan and the Alumax LLC Excess Benefit Plan, as amended and restated August 1, 2016 and, from and after the Operational Separation Date, all Assets and Liabilities thereunder shall be Assets and Liabilities of the Spinco Group.

 

Section 6.03.      Rabbi Trust. From and after the Operational Separation Date, that certain grantor trust sponsored by Alumax Inc. (or a Subsidiary thereof) and relating to certain deferred compensation obligations shall be retained by the Spinco Group.

 

Section 6.04.      Participation; Distributions. The Parties acknowledge that none of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement will trigger a payment or distribution of compensation under any of the Parent Divided Nonqualified Plans or Spinco Nonqualified Plans for any participant and, consequently, that the payment or distribution of any compensation to which such participant is entitled under any of the Parent Divided Nonqualified Plans or Spinco Nonqualified Plans will occur upon such participant’s separation from service from the Spinco Group or at such other time as provided in the applicable Spinco Nonqualified Plan or participant’s deferral election.

 

29

 

 

Article VII
WELFARE BENEFIT PLANS

 

Section 7.01.      Welfare Plans.

 

(a)               Establishment of Spinco Welfare Plans. As of the Operational Separation Date, Spinco shall, or shall cause the applicable member of the Spinco Group to, establish the Spinco Welfare Plans, which shall initially have terms substantially similar in the aggregate to those of the corresponding Parent Welfare Plans as in effect immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date.

 

(b)               Waiver of Conditions; Benefit Maximums. Spinco shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Spinco Welfare Plans to:

 

(i)                 with respect to initial participation as of the Operational Separation Date, waive (A) all limitations as to preexisting conditions, exclusions, and service conditions with respect to participation and coverage requirements applicable to any Spinco Group Employee or Former Spinco Group Employee, other than limitations that were in effect with respect to such Spinco Group Employee or Former Spinco Group Employee under the applicable Parent Welfare Plan as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date, and (B) any waiting period limitation or evidence of insurability requirement applicable to a Spinco Group Employee or Former Spinco Group Employee other than limitations or requirements that were in effect with respect to such Spinco Group Employee or Former Spinco Group Employee under the applicable Parent Welfare Plans as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date; and

 

(ii)              take into account (A) with respect to aggregate annual, lifetime, or similar maximum benefits available under the Spinco Welfare Plans, any Spinco Group Employee’s or Former Spinco Group Employee’s prior claim experience under the Parent Welfare Plans and any Benefit Plan that provides leave benefits; and (B) any eligible expenses incurred by a Spinco Group Employee or Former Spinco Group Employee and his or her covered dependents during the portion of the plan year of the applicable Parent Welfare Plan ending as of the Operational Separation Date to be taken into account under such Spinco Welfare Plan for purposes of satisfying all deductible, coinsurance, and maximum out-of-pocket requirements applicable to such Spinco Group Employee or Former Spinco Group Employee and his or her covered dependents for the applicable plan year to the same extent as such expenses were taken into account by Parent for similar purposes prior to the Operational Separation Date as if such amounts had been paid in accordance with such Spinco Welfare Plan.

 

(c)               Health Savings Accounts. As of the Operational Separation Date, Spinco shall, or shall cause a member of the Spinco Group to, establish a Spinco Welfare Plan that will provide health savings account benefits to Spinco Group Employees on and after the Operational Separation Date (an “Spinco HSA”). It is the intention of the Parties that all activity under a Spinco Group Employee’s health savings account under a Parent Welfare Plan (a “Parent HSA”) for the year in which the Operational Separation Date occurs be treated instead as activity under the corresponding account under the Spinco HSA, such that (i) any period of participation by a Spinco Group Employee in a Parent HSA during the year in which the Operational Separation Date occurs will be deemed a period when such Spinco Group Employee participated in the corresponding Spinco HSA; (ii) all expenses incurred during such period will be deemed incurred while such Spinco Group Employee’s coverage was in effect under the corresponding Spinco HSA; and (iii) all elections and reimbursements made with respect to such period under the Parent HSA will be deemed to have been made with respect to the corresponding Spinco HSA.

 

30

 

 

(d)               Flexible Spending Accounts. The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that as of the Operational Separation Date any health or dependent care flexible spending accounts of Spinco Group Employees (whether positive or negative) (the “Transferred Account Balances”) under Parent Welfare Plans that are health or dependent care flexible spending account plans are transferred, as soon as practicable after the Operational Separation Date, from the Parent Welfare Plans to the corresponding Spinco Welfare Plans. Such Spinco Welfare Plans shall assume responsibility as of the Operational Separation Date for all outstanding health or dependent care claims under the corresponding Parent Welfare Plans of each Spinco Group Employee for the year in which the Operational Separation Date occurs and shall assume and agree to perform the obligations of the corresponding Parent Welfare Plans from and after the Operational Separation Date. As soon as practicable after the Operational Separation Date, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the amount of the Transferred Account Balances is determined or such later date as mutually agreed upon by the Parties, Spinco shall pay Parent the net aggregate amount of the Transferred Account Balances, if such amount is positive, and Parent shall pay Spinco the net aggregate amount of the Transferred Account Balances, if such amount is negative.

 

(e)               Allocation of Welfare Assets and Liabilities. Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, the Spinco Group shall assume all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of Spinco Group Employees or Former Spinco Group Employees or their covered dependents under the Parent Welfare Plans or Spinco Welfare Plans before, at or after the Operational Separation Date. No Parent Welfare Plan shall provide coverage to any Spinco Group Employee or Former Spinco Group Employee after the Operational Separation Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else herein to the contrary, with respect to Employees and Former Employees who provide or provided services in Brazil, (i) Parent shall retain all Liabilities relating to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or predecessor entities in Brazil, and (ii) Spinco shall assume (A) the Liability for compensation and benefits required to be provided to certain Former Spinco Group Employees located in Brazil in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 7.01(e) and (B) all other Employee and Former Employee health and welfare Liabilities relating to operations in Brazil prior to the Separation.

 

Section 7.02.      COBRA and HIPAA. The Parent Group shall continue to be responsible for complying with, and providing coverage pursuant to, the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the Parent Welfare Plans with respect to any Parent Group Employees and any Former Parent Group Employees (and their covered dependents) who incur a qualifying event under COBRA before, as of, or after the Operational Separation Date. Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, the Spinco Group shall assume responsibility for complying with, and providing coverage pursuant to, the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the Spinco Welfare Plans with respect to any Spinco Group Employees or Former Spinco Group Employees (and their covered dependents) who incur a qualifying event or loss of coverage under the Parent Welfare Plans and/or the Spinco Welfare Plans before, as of, or after the Operational Separation Date. The Parties agree that the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement shall not constitute a COBRA qualifying event for any purpose of COBRA.

 

31

 

 

Section 7.03.      Vacation, Holidays and Leaves of Absence. Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, the Spinco Group shall assume all Liabilities of the Parent Group with respect to vacation, holiday, annual leave or other leave of absence, and required payments related thereto, for each Spinco Group Employee. The Parent Group shall retain all Liabilities with respect to vacation, holiday, annual leave or other leave of absence, and required payments related thereto, for each Parent Group Employee.

 

Section 7.04.      Severance and Unemployment Compensation. Without limiting the generality of Section 4.04, effective as of the Operational Separation Date, the Spinco Group shall assume any and all Liabilities to, or relating to, Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees in respect of severance and unemployment compensation, regardless of whether the event giving rise to the Liability occurred before, at, or after the Operational Separation Date. The Parent Group shall be responsible for any and all Liabilities to, or relating to, Parent Group Employees and Former Parent Group Employees in respect of severance and unemployment compensation, regardless of whether the event giving rise to the Liability occurred before, at or after the Operational Separation Date.

 

Section 7.05.      Workers’ Compensation. With respect to claims for workers’ compensation in the United States, (a) the Spinco Group shall be responsible for claims in respect of Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees, whether occurring before, at or after the Operational Separation Date, and (b) the Parent Group shall be responsible for all claims in respect of Parent Group Employees and Former Parent Group Employees, whether occurring before, at or after the Operational Separation. The treatment of workers’ compensation claims by Spinco with respect to Parent insurance policies shall be governed by Section 5.1 of the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Section 7.06.      Insurance Contracts. To the extent that any Parent Welfare Plan is funded through the purchase of an insurance contract or is subject to any stop loss contract, the Parties will cooperate and use their commercially reasonable efforts to replicate such insurance contracts for Spinco (except to the extent that changes are required under applicable state insurance Laws or filings by the respective insurers) and to maintain any pricing discounts or other preferential terms for both Parent and Spinco for a reasonable term. Neither Party shall be liable for failure to obtain such insurance contracts, pricing discounts, or other preferential terms for the other Party. Each Party shall be responsible for any additional premiums, charges, or administrative fees that such Party may incur pursuant to this Section 7.06.

 

Section 7.07.      Third-Party Vendors. Except as provided below, to the extent that any Parent Welfare Plan is administered by a third-party vendor, the Parties will cooperate and use their commercially reasonable efforts to replicate any contract with such third-party vendor for Spinco and to maintain any pricing discounts or other preferential terms for both Parent and Spinco for a reasonable term. Neither Party shall be liable for failure to obtain such pricing discounts or other preferential terms for the other Party. Each Party shall be responsible for any additional premiums, charges, or administrative fees that such Party may incur pursuant to this Section 7.07.

 

32

 

 

Section 7.08.      Nondivided Welfare Plans. As of the Operational Separation Date, (a) the Parent Group shall retain (or assume to the extent necessary) sponsorship of the Howmet Severance Pay Plan, the Occupational Injury Benefit Plan for Texas Employees of Howmet Corp., the Program of Insurance Benefits for Employees of RMI Titanium Co. Hourly Employees-Niles & Extrusion and the Supplemental Unemployment Benefit-Niles Plant, and, from and after the Operational Separation Date, all Assets and Liabilities thereunder shall be Assets and Liabilities of the Parent Group, and (b) the Spinco Group shall retain (or assume to the extent necessary) sponsorship of the Kawneer Severance Pay Plan, the Alumax Executive Post Retirement Life Program and the Alumax Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan, and, from and after the Operational Separation Date, all Assets and Liabilities thereunder shall be Assets and Liabilities of the Spinco Group.

 

Article VIII
NON-U.S. EMPLOYEES

 

Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees who reside outside of the United States or otherwise are subject to non-U.S. Law and their related benefits and Liabilities shall be treated in the same manner as the Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees, respectively, who are residents of the United States and are not subject to non-U.S. Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all actions taken with respect to non-U.S. Employees or U.S. Employees working in non-U.S. jurisdictions shall be subject to and accomplished in accordance with applicable Law in the custom of the applicable jurisdictions.

 

Article IX
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.01.      Employee Records.

 

(a)               Sharing of Information. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable Law, Parent and Spinco (acting directly or through members of the Parent Group or the Spinco Group, respectively) shall provide to the other and their respective authorized agents and vendors all information necessary for the Parties to perform their respective duties under this Agreement. The provision of any information pursuant to Section 9.1 shall not affect the ownership of such information (which shall be determined solely in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Separation and Distribution Agreement), or constitute a grant of rights in or to any such information.

 

(b)               Transfer of Personnel Records and Authorization. Subject to any limitation imposed by applicable Law and to the extent that it has not done so before the Operational Separation Date, (i) Parent shall transfer to Spinco any and all employment records (including any Form I-9, Form W-2 or other IRS forms) with respect to Spinco Group Employees and Former Spinco Group Employees and other records reasonably required by Spinco to enable Spinco properly to carry out its obligations under this Agreement, and (ii) Spinco shall transfer to Parent any and all employment records (including any Form I-9, Form W-2 or other IRS forms) with respect to Parent Group Employees and Former Parent Group Employees and other records reasonably required by Parent to enable Parent properly to carry out its obligations under this Agreement. Such transfer of records generally shall occur as soon as administratively practicable at or after the Operational Separation Date; provided that the Parties shall cooperate, subject to applicable Law, to effectuate such transfer at such later date as may be necessary or appropriate with respect to any Delayed Transfer Employee. Each Party will permit the other Party reasonable access to Employee records, to the extent reasonably necessary for such accessing Party to carry out its obligations hereunder.

 

33

 

 

(c)               Access to Records. To the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any applicable privacy protection Laws or regulations, reasonable access to Employee-related records after the Operational Separation Date will be provided to members of the Parent Group and members of the Spinco Group pursuant to the terms and conditions of Article VI of the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

(d)               Maintenance of Records. With respect to retaining, destroying, transferring, sharing, copying and permitting access to all Employee-related information, Parent and Spinco shall comply with all applicable Laws, regulations and internal policies, and shall indemnify and hold harmless each other from and against any and all Liability, claims, actions, and damages that arise from a failure (by the indemnifying Party or its Subsidiaries or their respective agents) to so comply with all applicable Laws, regulations and internal policies applicable to such information.

 

(e)               Cooperation. After the Effective Time, except in the case of an adversarial Action or Dispute between Parent and Spinco, or any members of their respective groups, each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and work together to unify, consolidate and share (to the extent permissible under applicable privacy/data protection laws) all relevant documents, resolutions, government filings, data, payroll, employment and benefit plan information on regular timetables and cooperate as needed with respect to (i) any litigation with respect to any employee benefit plan, policy or arrangement contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) efforts to seek a determination letter, private letter ruling or advisory opinion from the IRS or U.S. Department of Labor on behalf of any employee benefit plan, policy or arrangement contemplated by this Agreement, and (iii) any filings that are required to be made or supplemented to the IRS, U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, U.S. Department of Labor or any other Governmental Authority; provided, however, that requests for cooperation must be reasonable and not interfere with daily business operations.

 

(f)                Confidentiality. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all confidential records and data relating to Employees to be shared or transferred pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to Section 6.9 of the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the requirements of applicable Law.

 

Section 9.02.      Preservation of Rights to Amend. The rights of each member of the Parent Group and each member of the Spinco Group to amend, waive, or terminate any plan, arrangement, agreement, program, or policy referred to herein shall not be limited in any way by this Agreement.

 

Section 9.03.      Fiduciary Matters. Parent and Spinco each acknowledges that actions required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement may be subject to fiduciary duties or standards of conduct under ERISA or other applicable Law, and no Party shall be deemed to be in violation of this Agreement if it fails to comply with any provisions hereof based upon its good-faith determination (as supported by advice from counsel experienced in such matters) that to do so would violate such a fiduciary duty or standard. Each Party shall be responsible for taking such actions as are deemed necessary and appropriate to comply with its own fiduciary responsibilities and shall fully release and indemnify the other Party for any Liabilities caused by the failure to satisfy any such responsibility.

 

34

 

 

Section 9.04.      Further Assurances. Each Party hereto shall take, or cause to be taken, any and all reasonable actions, including the execution, acknowledgment, filing and delivery of any and all documents and instruments that any other Party hereto may reasonably request in order to effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 9.05.      Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power.

 

(a)               This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Party.

 

(b)               This Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the Exhibits, Schedules and appendices hereto and thereto contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersede all previous agreements, negotiations, discussions, writings, understandings, commitments and conversations with respect to such subject matter, and there are no agreements or understandings between the Parties other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein.

 

Section 9.06.      Governing Law. Section 10.2 (Governing Law) of the Separation and Distribution Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall apply as if fully set forth herein mutatis mutandis.

 

Section 9.07.      Assignability. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither Party may assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Agreement without the express prior written consent of the other Party hereto; provided, however, that each Party may assign all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Subsidiaries; and provided, further, that no such assignment shall release the assigning Party from any of its liabilities or obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no consent for assignment shall be required for the assignment of a Party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement and all other Ancillary Agreements in whole (i.e., the assignment of a Party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements all at the same time) in connection with a change of control of a Party so long as the resulting, surviving or transferee Person assumes all the obligations of the relevant Party by operation of Law or pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the other Party. Nothing herein is intended to, nor shall be construed to, prohibit either Party or any of its Subsidiaries from being party to or undertaking a transaction that would result in a change of control.

 

35

 

 

Section 9.08.      Third-Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Parties and are not intended to confer upon any other Person except the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder. There are no other third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement and this Agreement shall not provide any other Third Party with any remedy, claim, Liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to amend any employee benefit plan or affect the applicable plan sponsor’s right to amend or terminate any employee benefit plan pursuant to the terms of such plan. The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Parties, and no current or former Employee, officer, director, or independent contractor or any other individual associated therewith shall be regarded for any purpose as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be assigned by any Party, except with the prior written consent of the other Parties.

 

Section 9.09.      Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands or other communications under this Agreement shall be delivered in accordance with Section 10.5 of the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

Section 9.10.      Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of any such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby. Upon such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the Parties.

 

Section 9.11.      Force Majeure. No Party shall be deemed to be in default of this Agreement or, unless otherwise expressly provided therein, any Ancillary Agreement for any delay or failure to fulfill any obligation hereunder or thereunder so long as and to the extent to which any delay or failure in the fulfillment of such obligations is prevented, frustrated, hindered or delayed as a consequence of circumstances of Force Majeure. In the event of any such excused delay, the time for performance shall be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the delay. A Party claiming the benefit of this provision shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of any such event, (a) provide written notice to the other Party of the nature and extent of any such Force Majeure condition; and (b) use commercially reasonable efforts to remove any such causes and resume performance under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, as applicable, as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

Section 9.12.      Headings. The Article, Section and Paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.13.      Survival of Covenants. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the covenants, representations and warranties and other agreements contained in this Agreement, and Liability for the breach of any obligations contained herein, shall survive the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect thereafter.

 

36

 

 

Section 9.14.      Waivers of Default. Waiver by any Party of any default by the other Party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving Party of any subsequent or other default, nor shall it prejudice the rights of the waiving Party. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof prejudice any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

Section 9.15.      Dispute Resolution. The dispute resolution procedures set forth in Article VII of the Separation and Distribution Agreement shall apply to any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

Section 9.16.      Specific Performance. Subject to Article VII of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, in the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the Party or Parties who are, or are to be, thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief (on an interim or permanent basis) in respect of its rights or their rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at Law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. The Parties agree that the remedies at Law for any breach or threatened breach, including monetary damages, may be inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any Action for specific performance that a remedy at Law would be adequate is waived. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are hereby waived by each of the Parties.

 

Section 9.17.      Amendments. No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, amended, supplemented or modified by a Party, unless such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification is in writing and signed by the authorized representative of the Party against whom it is sought to enforce such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification.

 

Section 9.18.      Interpretation. Section 10.6 (Interpretation) of the Separation and Distribution Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall apply as if fully set forth herein mutatis mutandis.

 

Section 9.19.      Mutual Drafting(a). This Agreement shall be deemed to be the joint work product of the Parties and any rule of construction that a document shall be interpreted or construed against a drafter of such document shall not be applicable to this Agreement.

 

Section 9.20.      Provisions Incorporated by Reference. The following provisions of the Separation and Distribution Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall apply as if fully set forth herein mutatis mutandis: (a) Section 6.3 (Compensation for Providing Information), (b) Section 6.5 (Limitations of Liability); and (c) Section 6.9 (Confidentiality).

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

37

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Employee Matters Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

  ARCONIC INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Employee Matters Agreement]

 

38

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Form of Arconic Corporation

 

2020 Stock Incentive Plan

 

SECTION 1. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Arconic Corporation 2020 Stock Incentive Plan is to encourage selected Directors and Employees to acquire a proprietary interest in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company and to further link the interests of such individuals to the long-term interests of shareholders.

 

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS. As used in the Plan, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 under Section 12 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Unit, Converted Award, or any other right, interest, or option relating to Shares or other property granted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

 

Award Agreement” means any written or electronic agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing any Award granted by the Committee hereunder (and, in the case of a Converted Award, originally between Arconic Inc. and the Participant), which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by both the Company and the Participant. For avoidance of doubt, any Converted Award will be governed by the provisions of the original Award Agreement applicable to such Converted Award, except for any adjustment pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement.

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Change in Control” means the occurrence of an event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs:

 

(a) any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (a “Person”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of 30% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding Shares (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that, for purposes hereof, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iv) any acquisition of all or a portion of the Shares by the shareholders of Arconic Inc. as a result of the Distribution or (v) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (c) of this definition;

 

(b) individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constituted the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided, further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be considered a member of the Incumbent Board unless and until such individual is elected to the Board at an annual meeting of the Company occurring after the date such individual initially assumed office, so long as such election occurs pursuant to a nomination approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board, which nomination is not made pursuant to a Company contractual obligation;

 

1

 

 

(c) consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 55% or more of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such entity entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities), except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(d) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including rules, regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder and successor provisions and rules and regulations thereto (except as otherwise specified herein).

 

Committee” means the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board, any successor to such committee or a subcommittee thereof or, if the Board so determines, another committee of the Board, in each case composed of no fewer than two directors, each of whom is a Non-Employee Director. In accordance with Section 3(b) of the Plan, “Committee” shall include the Board for purposes of Awards granted to Directors.

 

Company” means Arconic Corporation, a Delaware corporation, including any successor thereto.

 

Contingency Period” has the meaning set forth in SECTION 8.

 

2

 

 

Converted Award” means an Award that is granted under the Plan to satisfy the automatic adjustment and conversion, in accordance with the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement, of awards granted by Arconic Inc. over Arconic Inc. common stock prior to the Distribution. Converted Awards may be in the form of Options or Restricted Share Units, including Restricted Share Units that are Performance Awards.

 

Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

 

Distribution” means Arconic Inc.’s distribution of all or a portion of the Shares held by Arconic Inc. to holders of its common stock, in order to effect the separation of the Company from Arconic Inc.

 

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in SECTION 16.

 

Employee” means any employee (including any officer or employee director) of the Company or of any Subsidiary.

 

Employee Matters Agreement” means the Employee Matters Agreement dated [_______] by and between Arconic Inc. and the Company and entered into in connection with the separation of the Company from Arconic Inc. The number of Shares subject to a Converted Award and the other terms and conditions of each Converted Award shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement.

 

Equity Restructuring” means a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its shareholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split (including a reverse stock split), spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the price of Shares (or other securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Shares underlying outstanding Awards.

 

Executive Officer” means an officer who is designated as an executive officer by the Board or by its designees in accordance with the definition of executive officer under Rule 3b-7 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exercisable Time-Based Award” has the meaning set forth in SECTION 12.

 

Fair Market Value” with respect to Shares on any given date means the closing price per Share on that date as reported on the New York Stock Exchange or other stock exchange on which the Shares principally trade. If the New York Stock Exchange or such other exchange is not open for business on the date fair market value is being determined, the closing price as reported for the immediately preceding business day on which that exchange is open for business will be used. For avoidance of doubt, for tax purposes upon settlement of an Award, the fair market value of the Shares may be determined using such other methodology as may be required by applicable laws or as appropriate for administrative reasons.

 

Family Member” has the same meaning as such term is defined in Form S-8 (or any successor form) promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Non-Employee Director” has the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor definition adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Option” means any right granted to a Participant under the Plan allowing such Participant to purchase Shares at such price or prices and during such period or periods as the Committee shall determine. All Options granted under the Plan are intended to be nonqualified stock options for purposes of the Code.

 

Other Awards” has the meaning set forth in SECTION 10.

 

3

 

 

Participant” means an Employee or a Director who is selected to receive an Award under the Plan.

 

Performance Award” means any award granted pursuant to SECTION 11 and, as applicable, SECTION 13 hereof in the form of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Share Units, Restricted Shares or other awards of property, including cash, that have a performance feature described in SECTION 11 and/or SECTION 13.

 

Performance Period” means that period established by the Committee at the time any Performance Award is granted or at any time thereafter during which any performance goals specified by the Committee with respect to such Award are to be measured. A Performance Period may not be less than one year, except with respect to Converted Awards.

 

Plan” means this Arconic Corporation 2020 Stock Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

 

Replacement Award means an Award resulting from adjustments or substitutions referred to in Section 4(f) herein, provided that such Award is issued by a company (foreign or domestic) the majority of the equity of which is listed under and in compliance with the domestic company listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange or with a similarly liquid exchange which has comparable standards to the domestic company listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Restricted Shares” has the meaning set forth in SECTION 8.

 

Restricted Share Unit” has the meaning set forth in SECTION 9.

 

Shares” means the shares of common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value per share.

 

Stock Appreciation Right” means any right granted under SECTION 7.

 

Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in such corporation or entity, and any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity as to which the Company possesses a significant ownership interest, directly or indirectly, as determined by the Committee.

 

Substitute Awards” means Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, by a company acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or with which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries combines.

 

Time-Based Award means any Award granted pursuant to the Plan that is not a Performance Award.

 

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a) Administration by the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full power and authority, subject to such orders or resolutions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as may from time to time be adopted by the Board, to: (i) select the Employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder; (ii) determine the type or types of Award to be granted to each Employee Participant hereunder; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Employee Award granted hereunder; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Employee Award granted hereunder, and make modifications to such terms and conditions with respect to any outstanding Employee Award, in each case, which are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan; (v) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Employee Awards may be settled in cash, Shares or other property or canceled or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares and other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Employee Award under this Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant; (vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement entered into under the Plan; (viii) determine whether any corporate transaction, such as a sale or spin-off of a division or business unit, or a joint venture, shall be deemed to result in a Participant’s termination of service for purposes of Awards granted under the Plan; (ix) establish such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for administration of the Plan, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, make any determinations necessary to effectuate the purpose of Section 12(a)(v) below. Decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons, including the Company, any Participant and any shareholder; provided that the Board shall approve any decisions affecting Director Awards.

 

4

 

 

(b) Administration by the Board. The Board shall have full power and authority, upon the recommendation of the Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board to: (i) select the Directors of the Company to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder; (ii) determine the type or types of Award to be granted to each Director Participant hereunder; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Director Award granted hereunder; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Director Award granted hereunder, and make modifications to such terms and conditions with respect to any outstanding Director Award, in each case, which are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan; (v) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Director Awards may be settled in cash, Shares or other property or canceled or suspended; and (vi) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares and other property and other amounts payable with respect to a Director Award under this Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Director. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan or in any policy of the Company regarding compensation payable to a Director, the sum of the grant date fair value (determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of all Awards payable in Shares and the maximum cash value of any other Award granted under the Plan to an individual as compensation for services as a Director, together with cash compensation paid to the Director in the form of Board and Committee retainer, meeting or similar fees, during any calendar year shall not exceed $750,000. For avoidance of doubt, compensation shall count towards this limit for the calendar year in which it was granted or earned, and not later when distributed, in the event it is deferred.

 

SECTION 4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

 

(a) Number of Shares Reserved under the Plan. Subject to the adjustment provisions of Section 4(f) below and the provisions of Section 4(b), up to 8,500,000 Shares may be issued under the Plan. Each Share issued pursuant to an Award other than an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right shall count as [______] Shares for purposes of the foregoing authorization. Each Share issued pursuant to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be counted as one Share for each Option or Stock Appreciation Right. Any Shares issued pursuant to a Converted Award shall reduce the maximum number of Shares issuable under this Section 4(a) in accordance with its provisions.

 

(b) Share Replenishment. In addition to the Shares authorized by Section 4(a), Shares underlying Awards (including Converted Awards) that are granted under the Plan, which are subsequently forfeited, cancelled or expire in accordance with the terms of the Award shall become available for issuance under the Plan. The following Shares shall not become available for issuance under the Plan: (x) Shares tendered in payment of an Option or other Award, and (y) Shares withheld for taxes. Shares purchased by the Company using Option proceeds shall not be added to the Plan limit and if Stock Appreciation Rights are settled in Shares, each Stock Appreciation Right shall count as one Share whether or not Shares are actually issued or transferred under the Plan.

 

5

 

 

(c) Issued Shares. Shares shall be deemed to be issued hereunder only when and to the extent that payment or settlement of an Award is actually made in Shares. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Committee may at any time authorize a cash payment in lieu of Shares, including without limitation if there are insufficient Shares available for issuance under the Plan to satisfy an obligation created under the Plan.

 

(d) Source of Shares. Any Shares issued hereunder may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased in the open market or otherwise.

 

(e) Substitute Awards. Shares issued or granted in connection with Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares available for issuance under the Plan or to a Participant in any calendar year.

 

(f) Adjustments. Subject to SECTION 12:

 

(i) Corporate Transactions other than an Equity Restructuring. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to shareholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the price of the Shares other than an Equity Restructuring, the Committee shall make such adjustments, if any, as the Committee in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such change with respect to (i) the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Sections 4(a) and 13(d) hereof); (ii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (iii) the grant or exercise price per Share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.

 

In the event of any transaction or event described above in this Section 4(f)(i) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, the Committee, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (except that action to give effect to a change in applicable laws or accounting principles may be made within a reasonable period of time after such change), is hereby authorized to take actions, including but not limited to any one or more of the following actions, whenever the Committee determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles, provided that the number of Shares subject to any Award will always be a whole number:

 

(A) To provide for either (I) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described above in this Section 4(f)(i) the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (II) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion;

 

6

 

 

(B) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

 

(C) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Restricted Shares and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding options, rights and awards;

 

(D) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all Shares covered thereby; or

 

(E) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

 

(ii) Equity Restructuring. In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4(f), the Committee will adjust the terms of the Plan and each outstanding Award as it deems equitable to reflect the Equity Restructuring, which may include (i) adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Sections 4(a) and 13(d) hereof); (ii) adjusting the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the performance targets or other criteria included in, outstanding Awards; and (iii) granting new Awards or making cash payments to Participants. The adjustments provided under this Section 4(f)(ii) will be nondiscretionary and final and binding on all interested parties, including the affected Participant and the Company; provided that the Committee will determine whether an adjustment is equitable and the number of Shares subject to any Award will always be a whole number.

 

SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS.

 

(a) Eligibility. Any Director or Employee shall be eligible to be selected as a Participant.

  

(b) Minimum Vesting. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Awards granted under the Plan shall have a minimum vesting period of one year measured from the date of grant; provided, however, that up to 5% of the Shares available for distribution under the Plan may be granted without such minimum vesting requirement. Nothing in this Section 5(b) shall limit the Company’s ability to grant Awards that contain rights to accelerated vesting on a termination of employment or service (or to otherwise accelerate vesting), or limit any rights to accelerated vesting in connection with a Change in Control, as provided in SECTION 12 of the Plan. In addition, the minimum vesting requirement set forth in this Section 5(b) shall not apply to Converted Awards or Substitute Awards or to Director Awards which vest on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the next annual meeting of the Company’s shareholders (which is at least 50 weeks after the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting) and shall not limit the adjustment provisions of Section 4(f).

 

7

 

 

SECTION 6. STOCK OPTIONS. Options may be granted hereunder to Participants either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Any Option granted under the Plan may be evidenced by an Award Agreement in such form as the Committee from time to time approves. Any such Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions required by this SECTION 6 and to such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee may deem appropriate in each case.

 

(a) Option Price. The purchase price (or Option price) per Share purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided that, except in connection with an adjustment provided for in Section 4(f) or with respect to Converted Awards or Substitute Awards, such purchase price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of the grant of the Option. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, establish a limit on the amount of gain that can be realized on an Option.

 

(b) Option Period. The term of each Option granted hereunder shall not exceed ten years from the date the Option is granted.

 

(c) Exercisability. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times as determined by the Committee at or subsequent to grant, subject to Section 5(b).

 

(d) Method of Exercise. Subject to the other provisions of the Plan, any Option may be exercised by the Participant in whole or in part at such time or times, and the Participant may make payment of the Option price in such form or forms, including, without limitation, payment by delivery of cash, Shares or other consideration (including, where permitted by law and the Committee, Awards) having a fair market value on the exercise date equal to the total Option price, or by any combination of cash, Shares and other consideration as the Committee may specify in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

SECTION 7. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to Participants on such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, subject to the requirements of the Plan. A Stock Appreciation Right shall confer on the holder a right to receive, upon exercise, the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise or, if the Committee shall so determine, at any time during a specified period before the date of exercise over (ii) the grant price of the right on the date of grant, or if granted in connection with an outstanding Option on the date of grant of the related Option, as specified by the Committee in its sole discretion, which, except in the case of Converted Awards or Substitute Awards or in connection with an adjustment provided in Section 4(f), shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of one Share on such date of grant of the right or the related Option, as the case may be. Any payment by the Company in respect of such right may be made in cash, Shares, other property or any combination thereof, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, establish a limit on the amount of gain that can be realized on a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(a) Grant Price. The grant price for a Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee, provided, however, and except as provided in Section 4(f) or with respect to Converted Awards or Substitute Awards, that such price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(b) Term. The term of each Stock Appreciation Right shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant, or if granted in tandem with an Option, the expiration date of the Option.

 

(c) Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall establish the time or times at which a Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part.

 

8

 

 

SECTION 8. RESTRICTED SHARES.

 

(a) Definition. A Restricted Share means any Share issued with the contingency or restriction that the holder may not sell, transfer, pledge or assign such Share and with such other contingencies or restrictions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may impose (including, without limitation, any contingency or restriction on the right to vote such Share), which contingencies and restrictions may lapse separately or in combination, at such time or times, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

 

(b) Issuance. A Restricted Share Award shall be subject to contingencies or restrictions imposed by the Committee during a period of time specified by the Committee (the “Contingency Period”). Restricted Share Awards may be issued hereunder to Participants, for no cash consideration or for such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law, either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Restricted Share Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

 

(c) Registration. Any Restricted Share issued hereunder may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee in its sole discretion shall deem appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of a stock certificate or certificates. In the event any stock certificate is issued in respect of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, contingencies and restrictions applicable to such Award.

 

(d) Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or thereafter or as otherwise set forth in the terms and conditions of an Award, upon termination of service for any reason during the Contingency Period, all Restricted Shares still subject to any contingency or restriction shall be forfeited by the Participant and reacquired by the Company.

 

(e) Section 83(b) Election. A Participant may, with the consent of the Company, make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to report the value of Restricted Shares as income on the date of grant.

 

SECTION 9. RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS.

 

(a) Definition. A Restricted Share Unit is an Award of a right to receive, in cash or Shares, as the Committee may determine, the Fair Market Value of one Share, the grant, issuance, retention and/or vesting of which is subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine at the time of the grant, which shall not be inconsistent with this Plan.

 

(b) Terms and Conditions. In addition to the terms and conditions that may be established at the time of a grant of Restricted Share Unit Awards, the following terms and conditions apply:

 

(i) Restricted Share Unit Awards may not be sold, pledged (except as permitted under Section 15(a)) or otherwise encumbered prior to the date on which the Shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable contingency, restriction or performance period lapses.

 

(ii) Shares (including securities convertible into Shares) subject to Restricted Share Unit Awards may be issued for no cash consideration or for such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law. Shares (including securities convertible into Shares) purchased pursuant to a purchase right granted under this SECTION 9 thereafter shall be purchased for such consideration as the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine, which shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of such Shares or other securities as of the date such purchase right is granted.

 

(iii) The terms and conditions of Restricted Share Unit Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

 

9

 

 

SECTION 10. OTHER AWARDS. Other Awards of Shares and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property (“Other Awards”) may be granted to Participants. Other Awards may be paid in Shares, cash or any other form of property as the Committee shall determine. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom, and the time or times at which, such Awards shall be made, the number of Shares to be granted pursuant to such Awards and all other conditions of the Awards. The terms and conditions of Other Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

 

SECTION 11. PERFORMANCE AWARDS. Awards with a performance feature are referred to as “Performance Awards”. Performance Awards may be granted in the form of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Share Units, Restricted Shares or Other Awards with the features and restrictions applicable thereto. The performance criteria to be achieved during any Performance Period and the length of the Performance Period shall be determined by the Committee upon the grant of each Performance Award, provided that the minimum performance period shall be one year, except with respect to Converted Awards. Performance Awards may be paid in cash, Shares, other property or any combination thereof in the sole discretion of the Committee. The performance levels to be achieved for each Performance Period and the amount of the Award to be paid shall be conclusively determined by the Committee. Except as provided in SECTION 12, each Performance Award shall be paid following the end of the Performance Period or, if later, the date on which any applicable contingency or restriction has ended. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Performance Awards granted to Executive Officers will be subject to the additional terms set forth in SECTION 13.

 

SECTION 12. CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS.

 

(a) Effect of a Change in Control on Existing Awards under this Plan. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless the Committee shall determine otherwise at the time of grant with respect to a particular Award, in the event of a Change in Control:

 

(i) any Time-Based Award consisting of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights or any other Time-Based Award in the form of rights that are exercisable by Participants upon vesting (“Exercisable Time-Based Award”), that is outstanding as of the date on which a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred and that is not then vested, shall become vested and exercisable, unless replaced by a Replacement Award;

 

(ii) any Time-Based Award that is not an Exercisable Time-Based Award that is outstanding as of the date on which a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred and that is not then vested, shall become free of all contingencies, restrictions and limitations and shall become vested and transferable, unless replaced by a Replacement Award;

 

(iii) any Replacement Award for which an Exercisable Time-Based Award has been exchanged upon a Change in Control shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule and term for exercisability that applied to the corresponding Exercisable Time-Based Award immediately prior to such Change in Control, provided, however, that if within twenty four (24) months of such Change in Control, the Participant’s service with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated without Cause (as such term is defined in the Arconic Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan) or by the Participant for Good Reason (as such term is defined in the Arconic Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan), such Award shall become vested and exercisable to the extent outstanding at the time of such termination of service. Any Replacement Award that has become vested and exercisable pursuant to this paragraph shall expire on the earlier of (A) thirty six (36) months following the date of termination of such Participant’s service (or, if later, the conclusion of the applicable post-termination exercise period pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement) and (B) the last day of the term of such Replacement Award;

 

10

 

 

(iv) any Replacement Award for which a Time-Based Award that is not an Exercisable Time-Based Award has been exchanged upon a Change in Control shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule that applied to the corresponding Time-Based Award immediately prior to such Change in Control, provided, however, that if within twenty four (24) months of such Change in Control, the Participant’s service with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated without Cause (as such term is defined in the Arconic Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan) or by the Participant for Good Reason (as such term is defined in the Arconic Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan), such Award shall become free of all contingencies, restrictions and limitations and become vested and transferable to the extent outstanding;

 

(v) any Performance Award shall be converted so that such Award is no longer subject to any performance condition referred to in SECTION 11 above, but instead is subject to the passage of time, with the number or value of such Replacement Award determined as follows: (A) if 50% or more of the Performance Period has been completed as of the date on which such Change in Control is deemed to have occurred, the number or value of such Award shall be based on actual performance during the Performance Period; or (B) if less than 50% of the Performance Period has been completed as of the date on which such Change in Control is deemed to have occurred, the number or value of such Award shall be the target number or value. Paragraphs (i) through (iv) above shall govern the terms of such Time-Based Award.

 

(b) Change in Control Settlement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if approved by the Committee, upon a Change in Control, a Participant may receive a cash settlement under clauses (i) and (ii) below of existing Awards that are vested and exercisable as of the date on which such Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred:

 

(i) a Participant who holds an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may, in lieu of the payment of the purchase price for the Shares being purchased under the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, surrender the Option or Stock Appreciation Right to the Company and receive cash, within 30 days of the Change in Control in an amount equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of the Change in Control exceeds the purchase price per Share under the Option or Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of Shares granted under the Option or Stock Appreciation Right; and

 

(ii) a Participant who holds Restricted Share Units may, in lieu of receiving Shares which have vested under Section 12(a)(ii) of this Plan, receive cash, within 30 days of a Change in Control (or at such other time as may be required to comply with Section 409A of the Code), in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of the Change in Control multiplied by the number of Restricted Share Units held by the Participant.

 

SECTION 13. PERFORMANCE AWARDS GRANTED TO EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.

 

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if the Committee grants a Performance Award to a Participant who is an Executive Officer, such Performance Award will be subject to the terms of this SECTION 13, unless otherwise expressly determined by the Committee.

 

(b) If an Award is subject to this SECTION 13 and is not an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right, then the lapsing of contingencies or restrictions thereon and the distribution of cash, Shares or other property pursuant thereto, as applicable, shall be subject to the achievement by the Company on a consolidated basis, by specified Subsidiaries or divisions or business units of the Company, and/or by the individual Participant, as appropriate, of one or more performance goals established by the Committee. Performance goals shall be based on such measures as selected by the Committee in its discretion, including, without limitation, (i) GAAP or non-GAAP metrics, (ii) total shareholder return or other return-based metrics, (iii) operational, efficiency-based, strategic corporate or personal professional objectives, (iv) sustainability or compliance targets or (v) any other metric that is capable of measurement as determined by the Committee. Performance goals may be calculated to exclude special items, unusual or infrequently occurring items or nonrecurring items or may be normalized for fluctuations in market forces, including, but not limited to, foreign currency exchange rates and the price of aluminum on the London Metal Exchange. Performance goals shall be set by the Committee (and any adjustments shall be made by the Committee, subject to Section 15(d)) within the first 25% of the Performance Period.

 

11

 

 

(c) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan other than Section 4(f) and SECTION 12, with respect to any Award that is subject to this SECTION 13 (other than an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right), the Committee may adjust downwards, but not upwards, the amount payable pursuant to such Award, and the Committee may not waive the achievement of the applicable performance goals.

 

(d) Subject to the adjustment provisions of Section 4(f), with respect to Awards subject to this SECTION 13, no Participant may be granted Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights in any calendar year with respect to more than 2,500,000 Shares, or Restricted Share Awards or Restricted Share Unit Awards covering more than 750,000 Shares. The maximum dollar value payable with respect to Performance Awards that are valued with reference to property other than Shares and granted to any Participant in any one calendar year is $15,000,000. The foregoing limits shall apply to any Awards made under this SECTION 13, other than to Converted Awards which shall be disregarded for purposes of applying such limits.

 

SECTION 14. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made: (a) without shareholder approval, if such approval would be required pursuant to applicable law or the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange or such other stock exchange on which the Shares trade; or (b) without the consent of the affected Participant, if such action would materially impair the rights of such Participant under any outstanding Award, except as provided in Sections 15(e) and 15(f). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Committee may amend the Plan in such manner as may be necessary so as to have the Plan conform to local rules and regulations in any jurisdiction outside the United States or to qualify for or comply with any tax or regulatory requirement for which or with which the Board or Committee deems it necessary or desirable to qualify or comply.

 

SECTION 15. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

(a) Transferability of Awards. Awards may be transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Except as set forth herein, awards shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee or limited by applicable laws, a Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant with respect to any Award upon the death of the Participant. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee or limited by applicable laws, Awards may be transferred to one or more Family Members, individually or jointly, or to a trust whose beneficiaries include the Participant or one or more Family Members under terms and conditions established by the Committee. The Committee shall have authority to determine, at the time of grant, any other rights or restrictions applicable to the transfer of Awards; provided however, that no Award may be transferred to a third party for value or consideration. Except as provided in this Plan or the terms and conditions established for an Award, any Award shall be null and void and without effect upon any attempted assignment or transfer, including, without limitation, any purported assignment, whether voluntary or by operation of law, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition, attachment, divorce or trustee process or similar process, whether legal or equitable.

 

12

 

 

(b) Award Entitlement. No Employee or Director shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Employees or Directors under the Plan.

 

(c) Terms and Conditions of Award. The prospective recipient of any Award under the Plan shall be deemed to have become a Participant subject to all the applicable terms and conditions of the Award upon the grant of the Award to the prospective recipient, unless the prospective recipient notifies the Company within 30 days of the grant that the prospective recipient does not accept the Award. This Section 15(c) is without prejudice to the Company’s right to require a Participant to affirmatively accept the terms and conditions of an Award.

 

(d) Award Adjustments. The Committee shall be authorized to make adjustments in Performance Award criteria or in the terms and conditions of other Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its financial statements or changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry it into effect.

 

(e) Committee Right to Cancel. The Committee shall have full power and authority to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances any Award shall be canceled or suspended at any time prior to a Change in Control: (i) if an Employee, without the consent of the Committee, while employed by the Company or a Subsidiary or after termination of such employment, becomes associated with, employed by, renders services to or owns any interest (other than an interest of up to 5% in a publicly traded company or any other nonsubstantial interest, as determined by the Committee) in any business that is in competition with the Company or any Subsidiary; (ii) in the event of the Participant’s willful engagement in conduct which is injurious to the Company or any Subsidiary, monetarily, reputationally or otherwise; (iii) in the event of an Executive Officer’s misconduct described in Section 15(f); or (iv) in order to comply with applicable laws as described in Section 15(h) below. For purposes of clause (ii), no act, or failure to act, on the Participant’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Participant’s act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Company or a Subsidiary. In the event of a dispute concerning the application of this Section 15(e), no claim by the Company shall be given effect unless the Board determines that there is clear and convincing evidence that the Committee has the right to cancel an Award or Awards hereunder, and the Board finding to that effect is adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three quarters of the entire membership of the Board (after reasonable notice to the Participant and an opportunity for the Participant to provide information to the Board in such manner as the Board, in its sole discretion, deems to be appropriate under the circumstances).

 

(f) Clawback. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in accordance with the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, if the Board learns of any misconduct by an Executive Officer that contributed to the Company having to restate all or a portion of its financial statements, the Board will, to the full extent permitted by governing law, in all appropriate cases, effect the cancellation and recovery of Awards (or the value of Awards) previously granted to the Executive Officer if: (i) the amount of the Award was calculated based upon the achievement of certain financial results that were subsequently the subject of a restatement, (ii) the executive engaged in intentional misconduct that caused or partially caused the need for the restatement, and (iii) the amount of the Award had the financial results been properly reported would have been lower than the amount actually awarded. Furthermore, all Awards (including Awards that have vested in accordance with the Award Agreement) shall be subject to the terms and conditions, if applicable, of any other recoupment policy adopted by the Company from time to time or any recoupment requirement imposed under applicable laws, rules, regulations or stock exchange listing standards, including, without limitation, recoupment requirements imposed pursuant to Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any regulations promulgated thereunder, or recoupment requirements under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

13

 

 

(g) Stock Certificate Legends. All certificates for Shares delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award shall be subject to such stock transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Shares are then listed and any applicable Federal or state securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

(h) Compliance with Securities Laws and Other Requirements. No Award granted hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Company in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of the U.S. Federal securities laws and any other laws, rules, regulations, stock exchange listing or other requirements to which such offer, if made, would be subject. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver Shares pursuant to Awards granted hereunder prior to: (i) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable, and (ii) completion of any registration or other qualification with respect to the Shares under any applicable law in the United States or in a jurisdiction outside of the United States or procurement of any ruling or determination of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable or at a time when any such registration, qualification or determination is not current, has been suspended or otherwise has ceased to be effective. The inability or impracticability of the Company to obtain or maintain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained, and shall constitute circumstances in which the Committee may determine to amend or cancel Awards pertaining to such Shares, with or without consideration to the affected Participants.

 

(i) Dividends. No Award of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights shall have the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents. A recipient of an Award of Restricted Shares shall receive dividends on the Restricted Shares, subject to this Section 15(i) and such other contingencies or restrictions, if any, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may impose. Dividend equivalents shall accrue on Restricted Share Units (including Restricted Share Units that have a performance feature) and shall only be paid if and when such Restricted Share Units vest. Dividend equivalents that accrue on Restricted Share Units will be calculated at the same rate as dividends paid on the common stock of the Company. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Restricted Share Units that have not vested or on Restricted Share Units that have not been earned during a Performance Period and in no event shall any other Award provide for the Participant’s receipt of dividends or dividend equivalents in any form prior to the vesting of such Award or applicable portion thereof.

 

14

 

 

(j) Consideration for Awards. Except as otherwise required in any applicable Award Agreement or by the terms of the Plan, recipients of Awards under the Plan shall not be required to make any payment or provide consideration other than the rendering of services.

 

(k) Delegation of Authority by Committee. The Committee may delegate to one or more Executive Officers or a committee of Executive Officers the right to grant Awards to Employees who are not Executive Officers or Directors of the Company and to cancel or suspend Awards to Employees who are not Executive Officers or Directors of the Company. The Committee may delegate other of its administrative powers under the Plan to the extent not prohibited by applicable laws.

 

(l) Tax Obligations. The Company shall be authorized to withhold from any Award granted or payment due under the Plan the amount of Tax Obligations due in respect of an Award or payment hereunder and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such Tax Obligations, including without limitation requiring the Participant to pay cash, withholding otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld, forcing the sale of Shares issued pursuant to an Award (or exercise or vesting thereof) having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or requiring the Participant to deliver to the Company already-owned Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld. For purposes of the foregoing, “Tax Obligations” means tax, social insurance and social security liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Awards, including, without limitation, (i) all U.S. Federal, state, and local income, employment and any other taxes (including the Participant’s U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligation) that are required to be withheld by the Company (or a Subsidiary, as applicable), (ii) the Participant’s and, to the extent required by the Company (or a Subsidiary, as applicable), the Company’s (or a Subsidiary’s) fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or exercise of an Award or sale of Shares issued under the Award, and (iii) any other taxes, social insurance, social security liabilities or premium for which the Participant has an obligation, or which the Participant has agreed to bear, with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof or issuance of Shares or other consideration thereunder). Furthermore, the Committee shall be authorized to, but is not required to, establish procedures for election by Participants to satisfy such obligations for the payment of such taxes by delivery of or transfer of Shares to the Company or by directing the Company to retain Shares otherwise deliverable in connection with the Award. All personal taxes applicable to any Award under the Plan are the sole liability of the Participant.

 

(m) Other Compensatory Arrangements. Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to shareholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

(n) Governing Law. The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken thereunder, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, without reference to principles of conflict of laws, and construed accordingly.

 

15

 

 

(o) Severability. If any provision of this Plan is or becomes or is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan, it shall be stricken and the remainder of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(p) Awards to Non-U.S. Employees. Awards may be granted to Employees and Directors who are foreign nationals or residents or employed outside the United States, or both, on such terms and conditions different from those applicable to Awards to Employees and Directors who are not foreign nationals or residents or who are employed in the United States as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable in order to recognize differences in local law, regulations or tax policy. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee or the Board, as applicable, are specifically authorized to (i) adopt rules and procedures regarding the conversion of local currency, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates which vary with local requirements and (ii) adopt sub-plans, Award Agreements and Plan and Award Agreement addenda as may be deemed desirable to accommodate foreign laws, regulations and practice. The Committee also may impose conditions on the exercise or vesting of Awards in order to minimize the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s obligation with respect to tax equalization for Employees on assignments outside their home countries. Notwithstanding the discretion of the Committee under this section, the Participant remains solely liable for any applicable personal taxes.

 

(q) Repricing Prohibited. Except as provided in Section 4(f), the terms of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may not be amended, and action may not otherwise be taken without shareholder approval, to: (i) reduce the exercise price of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, (ii) cancel outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, or (iii) replace outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for other Awards or cash at a time when the exercise price of such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights is higher than the Fair Market Value of a Share. Nothing in this Section 15(q) shall be construed to apply to the issuance of Converted Awards.

 

(r) Deferral. The Committee may require or permit Participants to elect to defer the issuance of Shares or the settlement of Awards in cash or other property to the extent that such deferral complies with Section 409A of the Code. The Committee may also authorize the payment or crediting of interest, dividends or dividend equivalents on any deferred amounts.

 

16

 

 

(s) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Except to the extent specifically provided otherwise by the Committee and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Awards under the Plan are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code so as to avoid the imposition of any additional taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. If the Committee determines that an Award, payment, distribution, transaction or any other action or arrangement contemplated by the provisions of the Plan would, if undertaken, cause a Participant to become subject to any additional taxes or other penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then unless the Committee specifically provides otherwise, such Award, payment, distribution, transaction or other action or arrangement shall not be given effect to the extent it causes such result and the related provisions of the Plan and/or Award Agreement will be deemed modified, or, if necessary, suspended in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent determined appropriate by the Committee, in each case without the consent of or notice to the Participant. No payment that constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code that would otherwise be made under the Plan or an Award Agreement upon a Participant’s termination of employment will be made or provided unless and until such termination is also a “separation from service,” as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything elsewhere in the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code at the time of termination of employment with respect to an Award, then solely to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of any additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, the commencement of any payments or benefits under the Award shall be delayed to the extent required by Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). Further notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent required under Section 409A of the Code in order to make payment of an Award upon a Change in Control, the applicable transaction or event described in SECTION 2 must qualify as a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or as a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, and if it does not, then unless otherwise specified in the applicable Award Agreement, payment of such Award will be made on the Award’s original payment schedule or, if earlier, upon the death of the Participant. Although the Company may attempt to avoid adverse tax treatment under Section 409A of the Code, the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment. The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on holders of Awards under the Plan.

 

(t) Effect of Headings. The Section headings and subheadings herein are for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 16. TERM OF PLAN. No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after the 10th anniversary of the Effective Date, but any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond that date. The Plan was approved by Arconic Inc., as the sole shareholder of the Company, prior to the separation of the Company from Arconic Inc. and became effective as of the date of such separation on [DATE], 2020 (the “Effective Date”).

 

17

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

 

 

Arconic
201 Isabella Street
Pittsburgh, PA 15212-5858

 

Tim Myers
EVP & Group
President Global
Rolled Products,
Extrusion, and
Building &
Construction Systems

 

 

January 29, 2020

 

Erick Asmussen

200 Morning Mist Lane

Franklin, TN 37064

 

Dear Erick:

 

As we have discussed, on behalf of Arconic Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to offer you the position of Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer Designate of Arconic Corporation based in Pittsburgh, PA and reporting directly to me. You will become Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of Arconic Corporation upon the legal separation of Arconic Corporation from Arconic Inc. (such separation, the “Spinoff,” and the date of such separation, “Legal Day 1”), and, from and after the Spinoff, references herein to the Company shall be deemed to refer to Arconic Corporation, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

During your employment with the Company, you will devote substantially all of your working time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company (excluding any vacation to which you are entitled) and you will comply with the Company’s policies and rules, as in effect from time to time.

 

Set forth below is your total compensation package, together with other important information.

 

Base Salary:

 

Your annual base salary will initially be $530,000 paid on a monthly basis in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, and subject to all applicable taxes and withholdings.

 

Incentive Compensation:

 

You will initially be eligible for a target annual cash incentive compensation opportunity of 85% of your base salary (i.e., $450,500 based on your initial base salary) for a full year, if individual and business performance targets are met. Actual payouts could be higher or lower than target depending on individual and business performance. Your annual cash incentive compensation opportunity and award for 2020 will also be prorated to reflect the portion of the year that you are employed with the Company.

 

 

 

 

Equity Compensation:

 

You will be eligible for annual equity compensation awards in connection with the Company’s regular annual grant cycles.  Your first such award will be granted on the date that the Company makes its 2020 annual equity awards grants to Company executives generally, which is anticipated to be within the first month after Legal Day 1, and will consist of (i) a restricted share unit award with a grant date value of $380,000, which will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to your continued employment with the Company through such date and (ii) a performance-based restricted share unit award with a grant date value (at target) of $570,000, which will be subject to performance goals applicable to Arconic Corporation, as well as to your continued employment with the Company through the third anniversary of the grant date (together, the “RSUs”).

 

For each subsequent calendar year (starting in 2021) in which you are employed by the Company, you shall be eligible to receive additional grants of equity-based and other long-term incentives offered to senior executives generally, at a level, and on terms and conditions, that are commensurate with your positions and responsibilities at the Company, and appropriate in light of your performance and of corresponding awards (if any) to other senior executives of the Company (in all cases, as determined in good faith by the Board or a committee thereof).

 

Equity Ownership Requirements:

 

Consistent with Arconic Inc.’s efforts to align the interests of its senior leadership with the interests of Arconic shareholders, Arconic Inc. has adopted equity ownership requirements for senior Arconic Inc. executives and it is anticipated that Arconic Corporation will adopt similar requirements. You will be subject to these requirements, currently 3.0 times base salary for the Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer, during your employment with the Company. Until equity ownership requirements are met, you are required to retain 50% of shares acquired upon vesting of restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units or upon exercise of stock options, after deducting those used to pay for applicable taxes and/or the exercise price.

 

Relocation:

 

No later than September 30, 2020, you will relocate and establish a permanent residence in the Pittsburgh, PA metropolitan area. The Company provides a Transfer and Relocation Plan, the terms of which are determined by the Company in its discretion from time to time, to help facilitate your permanent relocation. Should you voluntarily elect to leave Arconic in the first 24 months of employment (other than your voluntary termination within 30 days after August 1, 2020 if the Spinoff has not occurred by July 31, 2020), you agree to reimburse the company for the cost incurred for the Transfer and Relocation Plan. Details of this Plan will be sent to you separately.

 

Benefits:

 

During your employment with the Company, you will be eligible to participate in Company benefit plans as in effect from time to time on the terms applicable to Company senior executives generally (subject to the applicable eligibility and other requirements set forth therein), including health care, life insurance, and disability coverage.

 

You will be eligible for the Company’s Executive Preventative Health Evaluation Program. Since you play such a vital role within the Company and your well-being is important to the Company’s success, the Company has established this program to help protect your health through regular health evaluations. All costs of regular evaluations are fully paid by the Company.

 

   A-2  

 

 

Retirement Savings Plan:

 

The Company offers a tax qualified 401(k) savings plan and a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to help you save toward retirement. Current Company contributions are:

 

· 3% of your base salary and incentive compensation, and
· a match of your deferred pre-tax savings dollar-for-dollar up to 6% of your base pay.

 

Company contributions in excess of IRS limits will be made to the non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

 

Vacation:

 

During your employment with the Company, you will be entitled to such vacation benefits as are available to similarly situated Company senior executives from time to time (but not less than four (4) weeks per year), in addition to Company-recognized holidays.

 

Confidentiality, Developments, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement:

 

In consideration of your employment with the Company, you agree to execute the Confidentiality, Developments, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement attached hereto as Annex A.

 

Severance:

 

You will be designated as a Tier II Employee under each of the Company’s Executive Severance Plan and Change in Control Severance Plan (together, the “Severance Plans”) and you will participate at the same level under the corresponding plans anticipated to be adopted by Arconic Corporation (it being understood that following the Spinoff, references in this letter to the Severance Plans or either Severance Plan shall be deemed to refer to such corresponding plans of Arconic Corporation).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other notice requirements, if the Spinoff has not occurred by July 31, 2020, you and we agree that (i) you will cease to be a participant in the Severance Plans as of such date, and (ii) either you or the Company may, during the 30-day period commencing on August 1, 2020, terminate your employment without advance notice, in which case (unless such termination is by the Company under circumstances that would have constituted Cause under the Company’s Executive Severance Plan), subject to your executing a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates in a form similar to the form of release required under the Severance Plans (as modified by this letter) and such release becoming effective and irrevocable no later than the date that is 60 days following the date of termination, the Company will make a lump sum payment to you on the 60th day following such date of termination equal to the product of (x) 1.0 multiplied by (y) the sum of your annual base salary and your target annual bonus.

 

Indemnification:

You will be covered as an insured officer under the Company’s director and officer liability insurance policy, as in effect from time to time, to the same extent, and on the same terms, as other executive officers of the Company, and the Company will indemnify you (and advance expenses) to the fullest extent permitted by the Bylaws of the Company and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

   A-3  

 

 

Section 409A:

 

The payments and benefits provided under this letter are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the provisions of this letter shall be interpreted and applied consistently with such intent. All reimbursements under this letter that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A will be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, without limitation, that (i) in no event will any reimbursement payments be made later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable expenses were incurred; (ii) the amount of reimbursement payments that the Company is obligated to pay in any given calendar year shall not affect the amount of reimbursement payments that the Company is obligated to pay in any other calendar year; and (iii) your right to have the Company pay such reimbursements may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit.

 

Miscellaneous:

 

Your employment with the Company will at all times be at-will. Subject to your rights to the payments and benefits upon certain termination of employment in accordance with the terms of the Executive Severance Plan and the Change in Control Severance Plan, in each case, as in effect from time to time (and subject to the terms set forth above with respect to your ceasing participation in such plans if the Spinoff has not occurred as of July 31, 2020), and this letter, nothing herein will confer upon you any right to continue in the employment of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company or you to terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Upon your termination of employment for any reason and as a condition to any payments and benefits to which you may become entitled under the Company’s Executive Severance Plan, Change in Control Severance Plan, or this letter, at the request of the Board you will immediately resign your position as an officer of the Company and all offices and directorships of all subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company. Any waiver of any breach of this letter shall not be construed to be a continuing waiver or consent to any subsequent breach on the part of either you or the Company. All payments hereunder shall be subject to applicable tax withholding.

 

Successors:

 

This Agreement shall be assigned to Arconic Corporation, effective Legal Day 1. Other than Arconic Inc.’s assignment of this Agreement to Arconic Corporation on Legal Day 1, neither party hereto may assign any rights or delegate any duties under this letter without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that this letter shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company upon any sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or upon any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation, all as though such successors and assigns of the Company and their respective successors and assigns were the Company.

 

Entire Agreement:

 

Except as otherwise contemplated herein, this letter contains the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof. No modification or termination of this letter may be made orally, but must be made in writing and signed by you and the Company.

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction:

 

This letter will be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its choice of law principles. Any action arising out of or related to this letter will be brought in the state or federal courts with jurisdiction in Delaware, and you and the Company consent to the jurisdiction and venue of such courts.

 

   A-4  

 

 

This offer is contingent upon the following conditions:

 

v Your successful completion of a pre-employment drug screen.
v Providing authorization and release for the Company to conduct a comprehensive review of your background, the result of which is satisfactory to the Company. The authorization and release will also be valid for subsequent reports during your period of employment with the Company.
v Providing us with documentation in the original form establishing both your identity and your employment eligibility in the U.S.
v Signing the attached Confidentiality, Developments, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement.
v Your truthful representation that you are not subject or party to any agreement, understanding or undertaking, including any restrictive covenant with any prior employer, that would prohibit or restrict you from accepting the position of Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer Designate of Arconic Corporation or Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of Arconic Corporation or from performing your duties with the Company.
v Your availability to commence employment with the Company no later than February 17, 2020.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

   A-5  

 

 

To accept our offer, please sign and date the bottom of this letter and return it to me by February 4, 2020. If you have any questions, please feel free to call me.

 

I look forward to officially welcoming you to the Company.

 

Best Regards,

/s/ Melissa Miller

Tim Myers (Melissa Miller on behalf of T. Myers)

EVP & Group President Arconic Global Rolled Products, Extrusions and Building and Construction Systems

 

 

cc: Neil Marchuk, Melissa Miller

 

 

Attachments:

Confidentiality, Developments, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement

 

 

 

 

I, Erick Asmussen, am pleased to accept your offer of employment dated January 29, 2020, for the position of Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer Designate in the terms detailed in the offer letter.

 

 

 

Accepted by:   Date:  
       
       
/s/ Erick Asmussen   1/31/20  
Erick Asmussen      

 

   A-6  

 

 

SENSITIVE

 

Exhibit A

 

Confidentiality, Developments, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement

 

As an employee of Arconic Inc. (“Arconic”) or one of its subsidiaries (Arconic collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), you (“you” or “Employee”) will have access to or may develop confidential and proprietary information (as defined below) of the Company. Therefore, in consideration of your employment, and recognizing the highly competitive nature of the Company’s business, you enter into this Confidentiality, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement (this “Agreement”) intending to be legally bound.

 

Confidentiality

 

You acknowledge that, as an employee of the Company, you have access, and are privy, to information which is confidential and proprietary to the Company and which is not generally available to the public from sources outside of the Company.

 

You agree to regard and preserve as confidential any and all Confidential Information pertaining to the Company’s operations and affairs and all information which is either learned or obtained by you during your employment, and which you know, or have reason to believe, includes Confidential Information. You agree that you will use Confidential Information only for the performance of your duties for the Company and you agree not to disclose any Confidential Information you acquire, except as expressly permitted below. You understand and agree that this obligation of confidentiality shall continue indefinitely following the termination of your employment with the Company.

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict you from: (i) making any disclosure of relevant and necessary information or documents in any action, investigation, or proceeding relating to this Agreement, or as required by law or legal process; or (ii) participating, cooperating, or testifying in any action, investigation, or proceeding with, or reporting possible violations or providing information to, any governmental agency or legislative body regarding this Agreement or the Company, including, but not limited to, the Company’s Legal Department, the Securities & Exchange Commission, and/or pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act (including without limitations the whistleblower provisions thereof) or Sarbanes-Oxley Act; provided that, other than with respect to providing information to a governmental agency and to the extent permitted by law, upon receipt of any subpoena, court order or other legal process compelling the disclosure of any such information or documents, you will give the General Counsel of the Company prompt written notice so as to permit the Company to protect its interests in confidentiality to the fullest extent possible. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement are not intended to, and shall be interpreted in a manner that does not, limit or restrict you from exercising any legally protected whistleblower rights (including pursuant to Rule 21F under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

 

Upon termination of your employment or at any time requested by the Company, you will deliver promptly to the Company all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (whether in paper or electronic form and all copies thereof) relating to the business of the Company and all other Company property which you obtained or developed while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which you may then possess or have under your control, whether directly or indirectly.

 

   A-1  

 

 

SENSITIVE

 

Disclosure of Developments and Other Inventions

 

Without disclosing any third party confidential information, Employee shall promptly disclose to Company all Developments and any inventions or developments that Employee believes do not constitute a Development, so that Company can make an independent assessment. Employee represents and warrants that if Employee developed, conceived or created any Development or other Intellectual Property prior to the date hereof that relates to Company’s Business, Employee has listed such Intellectual Property on Appendix 1 in a manner that does not violate any third party rights or disclose any third party confidential information.

 

Ownership of Developments

 

Ownership: All right, title and interest (including all Intellectual Property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all Developments (other than Employee Statutorily Exempt Developments) shall be the exclusive property of Company.

 

Assignment of Rights: In consideration of Employee’s employment by Company as set forth in the Employment Agreement, Employee hereby assigns to Company or its designee any and all right, title and/or interest (including all Intellectual Property rights of any sort throughout the world) in and to any Developments that Employee has or may in the future acquire with respect to any Developments, provided that this section shall not apply to any Employee Statutorily Exempt Developments.

 

Further Assistance and Assurances: Employee shall, both during and after his/her employment by Company, at the expense of Company, perform all lawful acts requested by, or on behalf of, Company to enable Company to obtain, perfect, sustain, and enforce its ownership interest in any Development(s) in accordance with this Section and to obtain and maintain patents, copyrights and other Intellectual Property rights for such Development(s) throughout the world.

 

Attorney-In-Fact: Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Company as Employee’s agent and attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest and with full power of substitution, to act for and on Employee’s behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of this Section with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

 

Acknowledgement of Employee Statutorily Exempt Developments: Employee acknowledges and agrees that, by executing this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement is intended to expand the scope of protection provided to Employee by Sections 2870 through 2872 of the California Labor Code or any other statute of like effect. Employee agrees to promptly advise the Company in writing of any developments that Employee believes may qualify under Sections 2870 through 2872 of the California Labor Code or any other statute of like effect.

 

Records: Employee agrees to keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, and in any other form that may be required by the Company) of all Developments made, written, conceived and/or reduced to practice by Employee during the period of employment by Company, which records shall be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

 

Employee IP – Ownership and Restrictions; License: Any discovery, invention, improvement, computer program and related documentation or other work that (i) is created during the term of Employee’s employment with the Company and does not fall within the definition of the term “Development” as defined herein, (ii) is an Employee Statutorily Exempt Development, or (iii) was developed, created, or conceived prior to Employee’s employment with Company shall, as between Company and Employee, belong to Employee and shall not be used by Employee in his or her performance on behalf of the Company. Without limiting Company’s other rights and remedies, if, when acting within the scope of Employee’s employment or otherwise on behalf of Company, Employee uses or discloses Employee’s own or any third party’s confidential information or other Intellectual Property in violation of this Agreement (or if any Development cannot be fully made, used, reproduced, distributed and otherwise exploited without using or violating the foregoing), Employee hereby: (a) grants to Company a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, fully-paid, royalty-free, non-exclusive, sub-licensable right and license to use, exploit and exercise all such confidential information and/or Intellectual Property rights; and (b) warrants that he/she is entitled to grant such license to the extent the confidential information or Intellectual Property used by Employee in violation of this Section belongs to a third party.

 

   A-2  

 

 

SENSITIVE

 

Restrictive Covenants

 

Non-Competition: During your employment and for a period of one year thereafter (regardless of whether the termination of your employment is voluntary or involuntary), you will not directly or indirectly (i) engage in, carry on, or provide services (paid or unpaid) whether as a director, officer, partner, owner, employee, inventor, consultant, advisor, or agent, to any Competitive Business (as defined below) or (ii) hold any economic interest in any Competitive Business. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, you may own up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding securities of any publicly traded company and you shall not be prohibited from becoming employed by, or associated with, a private equity firm or hedge fund (or one of their portfolio companies) that has an investment in a Competitive Business as long as you have no involvement whatsoever with such Competitive Business (including the formation, planning, or acquisition of, or investment in, any such Competitive Business).

 

It is not the Company’s intention to restrict or limit your activities following your termination of employment with the Company unless it is believed that there is a substantial possibility that your future services or activities in any of the lines of business in which the Company is engaged may be detrimental to the Company. So as to not unduly restrict your future employment, if you desire to enter into any employment arrangement or relationship with any potential Competitive Business within the one-year restricted period, please consult with the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of Arconic/Howmet to discuss your intended relationship with the entity. Due to the many different businesses in which the Company presently engages, or which in the future the Company may engage, we will discuss your desire to enter into a business or professional relationship with any manufacturer or firm which is a Competitive Business. The Company’s consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Also, as a reminder, Arconic/Howmet stock incentive awards continue to be subject to forfeiture, under the terms of that program, to the extent you become associated with, employed by, render services to, or own any interest in any business that is in competition with the Company or if you engage in willful conduct that is injurious to the Company.

 

Non-Solicitation: During your employment and for a period of one year thereafter (regardless of whether the termination of your employment was voluntary or involuntary), you will not directly or indirectly (i) solicit, induce or attempt to solicit or induce any employee of the Company to leave the Company for any reason; (ii) hire or attempt to hire any employee of the Company; or (iii) solicit business from, or engage in business with, any customer or supplier of the Company that you met and/or dealt with during your employment with the Company for any purpose. In the event that you become aware that any employee of the Company has been hired by any business or firm with which you are then affiliated, you will immediately notify the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of Arconic/Howmet to confirm your non-solicitation of said employee

   A-3  

 

 

SENSITIVE

 

You acknowledge and agree that given the nature of the Company’s business, which is conducted throughout the world, the unique and extraordinary services you will be providing to the Company and your position of confidence and trust with the Company, the scope and duration of the covenants included in this Agreement (the “Restrictive Covenants”) are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company. You further acknowledge that you have received substantial consideration from the Company and that your general skills and abilities are such that you can be gainfully employed in noncompetitive employment, and that this Agreement will in no way prevent you from earning a living following your employment with the Company.

 

You also recognize and agree that any breach or threatened or anticipated breach of any part of these Restrictive Covenants will result in irreparable harm to the Company, and that the remedy at law for any such breach or threatened breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies that may be available to the Company, you agree that the Company will be entitled to obtain an injunction, without posting a bond, to prevent any breach or threatened breach of any part of these Restrictive Covenants.

 

In the event that any court of competent jurisdiction finds that the limitations set forth in these Restrictive Covenants are overly broad with respect to duration, geographic scope or scope of prohibited activities, such court will have the authority to reduce the duration, area or activities of such provisions so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with applicable law, and such provisions will then be enforced as modified.

 

Notice of Immunity – Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016

 

Company employees, contractors, and consultants may disclose Trade Secrets in confidence, either directly or indirectly, to a Federal, State, or local government official, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Additionally, Company employees, contractors, and consultants who file retaliation lawsuits for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose related Trade Secrets to their attorney and use them in related court proceedings, as long as the individual files documents containing the Trade Secret under seal and does not otherwise disclose the Trade Secret except pursuant to court order.

 

Definitions for Purposes of this Agreement

 

“Business” means areas of actual or demonstrably anticipated research and development conducted (or to be conducted) by, or for the benefit of, Company as well as all products or services sold by, on behalf of, or for the benefit of Company worldwide.

 

“Competitive Business” means any domestic or international business or firm (including any business in the process of being formed or planned) that is engaged, or has active plans to become engaged, in any line of business of the Company with which you have had direct functional accountability, or for which you provided leadership or support, during your last eighteen (18) months of employment with the Company.

 

“Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to strategic plans, trade secrets, inventions, discoveries, technical and operating know-how, accounting information, product information, marketing and sales data, business strategies, customer information, and employee data of the Company that is proprietary in nature, and any similar information, data or materials of third parties that the Company has a duty to keep confidential

 

   A-4  

 

 

SENSITIVE

 

“Developments” means all discoveries, inventions, innovations, improvements, computer programs and related documentation, and other works of authorship, mask works, designs, know-how, ideas and information made, written, conceived and/or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, (whether or not patentable or subject to other forms of protection) by Employee, individually or with any other person, during and after the period of Employee’s employment by Company that: (a) relate in any manner to the Business or activities of Company; and/or (b) are created: (i) at any time using Company resources, including, but not limited to, Company computers, cellphones, smartphones, etc.; (ii) during working hours; (iii) at a Company facility; (iv) by, or on behalf of, Company; and/or (v) using Confidential Information.

 

“Employee Statutorily Exempt Developments” means any Developments which qualify fully under the provisions of any applicable statute (including, e.g., Section 2870 of the California Labor Code) that prohibits the assignment to Company of Employee’s rights in any inventions developed entirely on Employee’s own time without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, resources, trade secrets or Confidential Information (i.e., excluding inventions that either (i) relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the Company’s Business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or (ii) result from any work performed by Employee for the Company).

 

“Intellectual Property” means any intellectual and industrial property and all rights thereof, including, but not limited to, patents, utility models, semi-conductor topography rights; copyrights, mask works, authors’ rights, registered and unregistered trademarks, brands, domain names, trade secrets, know-how and other rights in information, drawings, logos, plans, database rights, technical notes, prototypes, processes, methods, algorithms, any technical-related documentation, any software, registered designs and other designs, in each case, whether registered or unregistered and including applications for registration, and all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or similar effect anywhere in the world.

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

 

This Agreement will be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its choice of law principles. Any action arising out of or related to this Agreement will be brought in the state or Federal courts located in Delaware, and you and the Company consent to the jurisdiction and venue of such courts.

 

Amendment; Waiver

 

No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is in writing. Any failure by you or the Company to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement should not be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or any right to enforce each and every provision in the future. A waiver of any breach of this Agreement will not be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

Successors; Binding Agreement

 

Upon the legal separation of Arconic Corporation from Arconic Inc. (such separation, the “Spinoff”), this Agreement will be assigned to Arconic Corporation and, from and after the Spinoff, all references herein to “Arconic” shall be deemed to refer to Arconic Corporation and all references herein to the “Company” shall be deemed to refer to Arconic Corporation collectively with its subsidiaries, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

  

   A-5  

 

 

The Company has the right to assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any entity that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the business for which you work, and continues your employment. The rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement will inure to the benefit and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

SENSITIVE

 

Severability

 

In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

This Agreement is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement and it replaces all previous agreements, oral or written, between the parties regarding such matters. PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY NOT BE WAIVED OR CHANGED EXCEPT BY A SUBSEQUENT AGREEMENT SIGNED BY YOU AND AN OFFICER OF THE COMPANY.

 

If you agree to the terms of this Agreement, please sign on the line provided below and return two signed copies. A fully executed copy will be returned to you for your files after it is signed by the Company.

  

ARCONIC INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Melissa M. Miller   

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED AS OF THIS         31st        DAY OF        January      , 2020:

 

 

/s/ Erick Asmussen  
Erick Asmussen  

 

   A-6  

 

 

SENSITIVE

 

Appendix 1

 

Prior Employee Inventions

 

   A-7  

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

 

Arconic

201 Isabella Street

Pittsburgh, PA 15212-

5858

 

Tim Myers

EVP & Group

President Global

Rolled Products,

Extrusion, and

Building &

Construction Systems

 

January 28, 2020

 

Diana Toman

Overland Park, KS 66

 

Dear Diana:

 

As we have discussed, on behalf of Arconic Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to offer you the position of Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary Designate of Arconic Corporation based in Pittsburgh, PA and reporting directly to me. You will become Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary of Arconic Corporation upon the legal separation of Arconic Corporation from Arconic Inc. (such separation, the “Spinoff,” and the date of such separation, “Legal Day 1”), and, from and after the Spinoff, references herein to the Company shall be deemed to refer to Arconic Corporation, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

During your employment with the Company, you will devote substantially all of your working time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company (excluding any vacation to which you are entitled) and you will comply with the Company’s policies and rules, as in effect from time to time.

 

Set forth below is your total compensation package, together with other important information.

 

Base Salary:

 

Your annual base salary will initially be $475,000 paid on a monthly basis in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, and subject to all applicable taxes and withholdings.

 

Incentive Compensation:

 

You will initially be eligible for a target annual cash incentive compensation opportunity of 65% of your base salary (i.e., $308,750 based on your initial base salary) for a full year, if individual and business performance targets are met. Actual payouts could be higher or lower than target depending on individual and business performance. Your annual cash incentive compensation opportunity and award for 2020 will also be prorated to reflect the portion of the year that you are employed with the Company.

 

 

 

 

Equity Compensation:

 

You will be eligible for annual equity compensation awards in connection with the Company’s regular annual grant cycles.  Your first such award will be granted on the date that the Company makes its 2020 annual equity awards grants to Company executives generally, which is anticipated to be within the first month after Legal Day 1, and will consist of (i) a restricted share unit award with a grant date value of $290,000, which will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to your continued employment with the Company through such date and (ii) a performance-based restricted share unit award with a grant date value (at target) of $435,000, which will be subject to performance goals applicable to Arconic Corporation, as well as to your continued employment with the Company through the third anniversary of the grant date (together, the “RSUs”).

 

For each subsequent calendar year (starting in 2021) in which you are employed by the Company, you shall be eligible to receive additional grants of equity-based and other long-term incentives offered to senior executives generally, at a level, and on terms and conditions, that are commensurate with your positions and responsibilities at the Company, and appropriate in light of your performance and of corresponding awards (if any) to other senior executives of the Company (in all cases, as determined in good faith by the Board or a committee thereof).

 

Equity Ownership Requirements:

 

Consistent with Arconic Inc.’s efforts to align the interests of its senior leadership with the interests of Arconic shareholders, Arconic Inc. has adopted equity ownership requirements for senior Arconic Inc. executives and it is anticipated that Arconic Corporation will adopt similar requirements. You will be subject to these requirements, currently 3.0 times base salary for the Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary, during your employment with the Company. Until equity ownership requirements are met, you are required to retain 50% of shares acquired upon vesting of restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units or upon exercise of stock options, after deducting those used to pay for applicable taxes and/or the exercise price.

 

Relocation:

 

No later than September 30, 2020, you will relocate and establish a permanent residence in the Pittsburgh, PA metropolitan area. The Company provides a Transfer and Relocation Plan, the terms of which are determined by the Company in its discretion from time to time, to help facilitate your permanent relocation. Should you voluntarily elect to leave Arconic in the first 24 months of employment (other than your voluntary termination within 30 days after August 1, 2020 if the Spinoff has not occurred by July 31, 2020), you agree to reimburse the company for the cost incurred for the Transfer and Relocation Plan. Details of this Plan will be sent to you separately.

 

Benefits:

 

During your employment with the Company, you will be eligible to participate in Company benefit plans as in effect from time to time on the terms applicable to Company senior executives generally (subject to the applicable eligibility and other requirements set forth therein), including health care, life insurance, and disability coverage.

 

You will be eligible for the Company’s Executive Preventative Health Evaluation Program. Since you play such a vital role within the Company and your well-being is important to the Company’s success, the Company has established this program to help protect your health through regular health evaluations.  All costs of regular evaluations are fully paid by the Company.

 

  A-2  

 

 

Retirement Savings Plan:

 

The Company offers a tax qualified 401(k) savings plan and a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to help you save toward retirement. Current Company contributions are:

 

· 3% of your base salary and incentive compensation, and
· a match of your deferred pre-tax savings dollar-for-dollar up to 6% of your base pay.

 

Company contributions in excess of IRS limits will be made to the non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

 

Vacation:

 

During your employment with the Company, you will be entitled to such vacation benefits as are available to similarly situated Company senior executives from time to time (but not less than four (4) weeks per year), in addition to Company-recognized holidays.

 

Confidentiality, Developments, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement:

 

In consideration of your employment with the Company, you agree to execute the Confidentiality, Developments, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement attached hereto as Annex A.

 

Severance:

 

You will be designated as a Tier II Employee under each of the Company’s Executive Severance Plan and Change in Control Severance Plan (together, the “Severance Plans”) and you will participate at the same level under the corresponding plans anticipated to be adopted by Arconic Corporation (it being understood that following the Spinoff, references in this letter to the Severance Plans or either Severance Plan shall be deemed to refer to such corresponding plans of Arconic Corporation).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other notice requirements, if the Spinoff has not occurred by July 31, 2020, you and we agree that (i) you will cease to be a participant in the Severance Plans as of such date, and (ii) either you or the Company may, during the 30-day period commencing on August 1, 2020, terminate your employment without advance notice, in which case (unless such termination is by the Company under circumstances that would have constituted Cause under the Company’s Executive Severance Plan), subject to your executing a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates in a form similar to the form of release required under the Severance Plans (as modified by this letter) and such release becoming effective and irrevocable no later than the date that is 60 days following the date of termination, the Company will make a lump sum payment to you on the 60th day following such date of termination equal to the product of (x) 1.0 multiplied by (y) the sum of your annual base salary and your target annual bonus

 

Indemnification:

You will be covered as an insured officer under the Company’s director and officer liability insurance policy, as in effect from time to time, to the same extent, and on the same terms, as other executive officers of the Company, and the Company will indemnify you (and advance expenses) to the fullest extent permitted by the Bylaws of the Company and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

  A-3  

 

 

Section 409A:

 

The payments and benefits provided under this letter are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the provisions of this letter shall be interpreted and applied consistently with such intent. All reimbursements under this letter that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A will be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, without limitation, that (i) in no event will any reimbursement payments be made later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable expenses were incurred; (ii) the amount of reimbursement payments that the Company is obligated to pay in any given calendar year shall not affect the amount of reimbursement payments that the Company is obligated to pay in any other calendar year; and (iii) your right to have the Company pay such reimbursements may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit.

 

Miscellaneous:

 

Your employment with the Company will at all times be at-will. Subject to your rights to the payments and benefits upon certain termination of employment in accordance with the terms of the Executive Severance Plan and the Change in Control Severance Plan, in each case, as in effect from time to time (and subject to the terms set forth above with respect to your ceasing participation in such plans if the Spinoff has not occurred as of July 31, 2020), and this letter, nothing herein will confer upon you any right to continue in the employment of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company or you to terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Upon your termination of employment for any reason and as a condition to any payments and benefits to which you may become entitled under the Company’s Executive Severance Plan, Change in Control Severance Plan, or this letter, at the request of the Board you will immediately resign your position as an officer of the Company and all offices and directorships of all subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company. Any waiver of any breach of this letter shall not be construed to be a continuing waiver or consent to any subsequent breach on the part of either you or the Company. All payments hereunder shall be subject to applicable tax withholding.

 

Successors:

 

This Agreement shall be assigned to Arconic Corporation, effective Legal Day 1. Other than Arconic Inc.’s assignment of this Agreement to Arconic Corporation on Legal Day 1, neither party hereto may assign any rights or delegate any duties under this letter without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that this letter shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company upon any sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or upon any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation, all as though such successors and assigns of the Company and their respective successors and assigns were the Company.

 

Entire Agreement:

 

Except as otherwise contemplated herein, this letter contains the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof. No modification or termination of this letter may be made orally, but must be made in writing and signed by you and the Company.

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction:

 

This letter will be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its choice of law principles. Any action arising out of or related to this letter will be brought in the state or federal courts with jurisdiction in Delaware, and you and the Company consent to the jurisdiction and venue of such courts.

 

  A-4  

 

 

This offer is contingent upon the following conditions:

 

v Your successful completion of a pre-employment drug screen.
v Providing authorization and release for the Company to conduct a comprehensive review of your background, the result of which is satisfactory to the Company. The authorization and release will also be valid for subsequent reports during your period of employment with the Company.
v Providing us with documentation in the original form establishing both your identity and your employment eligibility in the U.S.
v Signing the attached Confidentiality, Developments, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement.
v Your truthful representation that you are not subject or party to any agreement, understanding or undertaking, including any restrictive covenant with any prior employer, that would prohibit or restrict you from accepting the position of Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary Designate of Arconic Corporation or Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary of Arconic Corporation or from performing your duties with the Company.
v Your availability to commence employment with the Company no later than February 15, 2020.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

  A-5  

 

 

To accept our offer, please sign and date the bottom of this letter and return it to me by January 31, 2020. If you have any questions, please feel free to call me.

 

I look forward to officially welcoming you to the Company.

 

Best Regards,

 

/s/ Tim Myers

 

Tim Myers

EVP & Group President Arconic Global Rolled Products, Extrusions and Building and Construction Systems

 

cc:     Neil Marchuk, Melissa Miller

 

Attachments:

Confidentiality, Developments, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement

 

 

I, Diana Toman, am pleased to accept your offer of employment dated January 28, 2020, for the position of Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary Designate in the terms detailed in the offer letter.

 

Accepted by:   Date:  
       
       
      /s/ Diana Toman   1/30/20  

Diana Toman

 

  A-6  

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Confidentiality, Developments, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement

 

As an employee of Arconic Inc. (“Arconic”) or one of its subsidiaries (Arconic collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), you (“you” or “Employee”) will have access to or may develop confidential and proprietary information (as defined below) of the Company. Therefore, in consideration of your employment, and recognizing the highly competitive nature of the Company’s business, you enter into this Confidentiality, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement (this “Agreement”) intending to be legally bound.

 

Confidentiality

 

You acknowledge that, as an employee of the Company, you have access, and are privy, to information which is confidential and proprietary to the Company and which is not generally available to the public from sources outside of the Company.

 

You agree to regard and preserve as confidential any and all Confidential Information pertaining to the Company’s operations and affairs and all information which is either learned or obtained by you during your employment, and which you know, or have reason to believe, includes Confidential Information. You agree that you will use Confidential Information only for the performance of your duties for the Company and you agree not to disclose any Confidential Information you acquire, except as expressly permitted below. You understand and agree that this obligation of confidentiality shall continue indefinitely following the termination of your employment with the Company.

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict you from: (i) making any disclosure of relevant and necessary information or documents in any action, investigation, or proceeding relating to this Agreement, or as required by law or legal process; or (ii) participating, cooperating, or testifying in any action, investigation, or proceeding with, or reporting possible violations or providing information to, any governmental agency or legislative body regarding this Agreement or the Company, including, but not limited to, the Company’s Legal Department, the Securities & Exchange Commission, and/or pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act (including without limitations the whistleblower provisions thereof) or Sarbanes-Oxley Act; provided that, other than with respect to providing information to a governmental agency and to the extent permitted by law, upon receipt of any subpoena, court order or other legal process compelling the disclosure of any such information or documents, you will give the General Counsel of the Company prompt written notice so as to permit the Company to protect its interests in confidentiality to the fullest extent possible. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement are not intended to, and shall be interpreted in a manner that does not, limit or restrict you from exercising any legally protected whistleblower rights (including pursuant to Rule 21F under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

 

Upon termination of your employment or at any time requested by the Company, you will deliver promptly to the Company all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (whether in paper or electronic form and all copies thereof) relating to the business of the Company and all other Company property which you obtained or developed while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which you may then possess or have under your control, whether directly or indirectly.

 

  A-7  

 

 

Disclosure of Developments and Other Inventions

 

Without disclosing any third party confidential information, Employee shall promptly disclose to Company all Developments and any inventions or developments that Employee believes do not constitute a Development, so that Company can make an independent assessment. Employee represents and warrants that if Employee developed, conceived or created any Development or other Intellectual Property prior to the date hereof that relates to Company’s Business, Employee has listed such Intellectual Property on Appendix 1 in a manner that does not violate any third party rights or disclose any third party confidential information.

 

Ownership of Developments

 

Ownership: All right, title and interest (including all Intellectual Property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all Developments (other than Employee Statutorily Exempt Developments) shall be the exclusive property of Company.

 

Assignment of Rights: In consideration of Employee’s employment by Company as set forth in the Employment Agreement, Employee hereby assigns to Company or its designee any and all right, title and/or interest (including all Intellectual Property rights of any sort throughout the world) in and to any Developments that Employee has or may in the future acquire with respect to any Developments, provided that this section shall not apply to any Employee Statutorily Exempt Developments.

 

Further Assistance and Assurances: Employee shall, both during and after his/her employment by Company, at the expense of Company, perform all lawful acts requested by, or on behalf of, Company to enable Company to obtain, perfect, sustain, and enforce its ownership interest in any Development(s) in accordance with this Section and to obtain and maintain patents, copyrights and other Intellectual Property rights for such Development(s) throughout the world.

 

Attorney-In-Fact: Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Company as Employee’s agent and attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest and with full power of substitution, to act for and on Employee’s behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of this Section with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

 

Acknowledgement of Employee Statutorily Exempt Developments: Employee acknowledges and agrees that, by executing this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement is intended to expand the scope of protection provided to Employee by Sections 2870 through 2872 of the California Labor Code or any other statute of like effect. Employee agrees to promptly advise the Company in writing of any developments that Employee believes may qualify under Sections 2870 through 2872 of the California Labor Code or any other statute of like effect.

 

Records: Employee agrees to keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, and in any other form that may be required by the Company) of all Developments made, written, conceived and/or reduced to practice by Employee during the period of employment by Company, which records shall be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

 

  A-8  

 

 

Employee IP – Ownership and Restrictions; License: Any discovery, invention, improvement, computer program and related documentation or other work that (i) is created during the term of Employee’s employment with the Company and does not fall within the definition of the term “Development” as defined herein, (ii) is an Employee Statutorily Exempt Development, or (iii) was developed, created, or conceived prior to Employee’s employment with Company shall, as between Company and Employee, belong to Employee and shall not be used by Employee in his or her performance on behalf of the Company. Without limiting Company’s other rights and remedies, if, when acting within the scope of Employee’s employment or otherwise on behalf of Company, Employee uses or discloses Employee’s own or any third party’s confidential information or other Intellectual Property in violation of this Agreement (or if any Development cannot be fully made, used, reproduced, distributed and otherwise exploited without using or violating the foregoing), Employee hereby: (a) grants to Company a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, fully-paid, royalty-free, non-exclusive, sub-licensable right and license to use, exploit and exercise all such confidential information and/or Intellectual Property rights; and (b) warrants that he/she is entitled to grant such license to the extent the confidential information or Intellectual Property used by Employee in violation of this Section belongs to a third party.

 

Restrictive Covenants

 

Non-Competition: During your employment and for a period of one year thereafter (regardless of whether the termination of your employment is voluntary or involuntary), you will not directly or indirectly (i) engage in, carry on, or provide services (paid or unpaid) whether as a director, officer, partner, owner, employee, inventor, consultant, advisor, or agent, to any Competitive Business (as defined below) or (ii) hold any economic interest in any Competitive Business. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, you may own up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding securities of any publicly traded company and you shall not be prohibited from becoming employed by, or associated with, a private equity firm or hedge fund (or one of their portfolio companies) that has an investment in a Competitive Business as long as you have no involvement whatsoever with such Competitive Business (including the formation, planning, or acquisition of, or investment in, any such Competitive Business).

 

It is not the Company’s intention to restrict or limit your activities following your termination of employment with the Company unless it is believed that there is a substantial possibility that your future services or activities in any of the lines of business in which the Company is engaged may be detrimental to the Company. So as to not unduly restrict your future employment, if you desire to enter into any employment arrangement or relationship with any potential Competitive Business within the one-year restricted period, please consult with the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of Arconic/Howmet to discuss your intended relationship with the entity. Due to the many different businesses in which the Company presently engages, or which in the future the Company may engage, we will discuss your desire to enter into a business or professional relationship with any manufacturer or firm which is a Competitive Business. The Company’s consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Also, as a reminder, Arconic/Howmet stock incentive awards continue to be subject to forfeiture, under the terms of that program, to the extent you become associated with, employed by, render services to, or own any interest in any business that is in competition with the Company or if you engage in willful conduct that is injurious to the Company.

 

Non-Solicitation: During your employment and for a period of one year thereafter (regardless of whether the termination of your employment was voluntary or involuntary), you will not directly or indirectly (i) solicit, induce or attempt to solicit or induce any employee of the Company to leave the Company for any reason; (ii) hire or attempt to hire any employee of the Company; or (iii) solicit business from, or engage in business with, any customer or supplier of the Company that you met and/or dealt with during your employment with the Company for any purpose. In the event that you become aware that any employee of the Company has been hired by any business or firm with which you are then affiliated, you will immediately notify the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of Arconic/Howmet to confirm your non-solicitation of said employee

 

  A-9  

 

 

You acknowledge and agree that given the nature of the Company’s business, which is conducted throughout the world, the unique and extraordinary services you will be providing to the Company and your position of confidence and trust with the Company, the scope and duration of the covenants included in this Agreement (the “Restrictive Covenants”) are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company. You further acknowledge that you have received substantial consideration from the Company and that your general skills and abilities are such that you can be gainfully employed in noncompetitive employment, and that this Agreement will in no way prevent you from earning a living following your employment with the Company.

 

You also recognize and agree that any breach or threatened or anticipated breach of any part of these Restrictive Covenants will result in irreparable harm to the Company, and that the remedy at law for any such breach or threatened breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies that may be available to the Company, you agree that the Company will be entitled to obtain an injunction, without posting a bond, to prevent any breach or threatened breach of any part of these Restrictive Covenants.

 

In the event that any court of competent jurisdiction finds that the limitations set forth in these Restrictive Covenants are overly broad with respect to duration, geographic scope or scope of prohibited activities, such court will have the authority to reduce the duration, area or activities of such provisions so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with applicable law, and such provisions will then be enforced as modified.

 

Notice of Immunity – Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016

 

Company employees, contractors, and consultants may disclose Trade Secrets in confidence, either directly or indirectly, to a Federal, State, or local government official, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Additionally, Company employees, contractors, and consultants who file retaliation lawsuits for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose related Trade Secrets to their attorney and use them in related court proceedings, as long as the individual files documents containing the Trade Secret under seal and does not otherwise disclose the Trade Secret except pursuant to court order.

 

Definitions for Purposes of this Agreement

 

“Business” means areas of actual or demonstrably anticipated research and development conducted (or to be conducted) by, or for the benefit of, Company as well as all products or services sold by, on behalf of, or for the benefit of Company worldwide.

 

“Competitive Business” means any domestic or international business or firm (including any business in the process of being formed or planned) that is engaged, or has active plans to become engaged, in any line of business of the Company with which you have had direct functional accountability, or for which you provided leadership or support, during your last eighteen (18) months of employment with the Company.

 

“Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to strategic plans, trade secrets, inventions, discoveries, technical and operating know-how, accounting information, product information, marketing and sales data, business strategies, customer information, and employee data of the Company that is proprietary in nature, and any similar information, data or materials of third parties that the Company has a duty to keep confidential

 

  A-10  

 

 

“Developments” means all discoveries, inventions, innovations, improvements, computer programs and related documentation, and other works of authorship, mask works, designs, know-how, ideas and information made, written, conceived and/or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, (whether or not patentable or subject to other forms of protection) by Employee, individually or with any other person, during and after the period of Employee’s employment by Company that: (a) relate in any manner to the Business or activities of Company; and/or (b) are created: (i) at any time using Company resources, including, but not limited to, Company computers, cellphones, smartphones, etc.; (ii) during working hours; (iii) at a Company facility; (iv) by, or on behalf of, Company; and/or (v) using Confidential Information.

 

“Employee Statutorily Exempt Developments” means any Developments which qualify fully under the provisions of any applicable statute (including, e.g., Section 2870 of the California Labor Code) that prohibits the assignment to Company of Employee’s rights in any inventions developed entirely on Employee’s own time without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, resources, trade secrets or Confidential Information (i.e., excluding inventions that either (i) relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the Company’s Business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or (ii) result from any work performed by Employee for the Company).

 

“Intellectual Property” means any intellectual and industrial property and all rights thereof, including, but not limited to, patents, utility models, semi-conductor topography rights; copyrights, mask works, authors’ rights, registered and unregistered trademarks, brands, domain names, trade secrets, know-how and other rights in information, drawings, logos, plans, database rights, technical notes, prototypes, processes, methods, algorithms, any technical-related documentation, any software, registered designs and other designs, in each case, whether registered or unregistered and including applications for registration, and all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or similar effect anywhere in the world.

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

 

This Agreement will be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its choice of law principles. Any action arising out of or related to this Agreement will be brought in the state or Federal courts located in Delaware, and you and the Company consent to the jurisdiction and venue of such courts.

 

Amendment; Waiver

 

No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is in writing. Any failure by you or the Company to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement should not be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or any right to enforce each and every provision in the future. A waiver of any breach of this Agreement will not be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

Successors; Binding Agreement

 

Upon the legal separation of Arconic Corporation from Arconic Inc. (such separation, the “Spinoff”), this Agreement will be assigned to Arconic Corporation and, from and after the Spinoff, all references herein to “Arconic” shall be deemed to refer to Arconic Corporation and all references herein to the “Company” shall be deemed to refer to Arconic Corporation collectively with its subsidiaries, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

  A-11  

 

 

The Company has the right to assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any entity that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the business for which you work, and continues your employment. The rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement will inure to the benefit and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company

 

Severability

 

In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

This Agreement is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement and it replaces all previous agreements, oral or written, between the parties regarding such matters. PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY NOT BE WAIVED OR CHANGED EXCEPT BY A SUBSEQUENT AGREEMENT SIGNED BY YOU AND AN OFFICER OF THE COMPANY.

 

If you agree to the terms of this Agreement, please sign on the line provided below and return two signed copies. A fully executed copy will be returned to you for your files after it is signed by the Company.

 

ARCONIC INC.

 

 

By:  /s/ Melissa M. Miller

 

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED AS OF THIS 6TH DAY OF FEBRUARY, 2020:

 

 

/S/ Diana Toman  

Diana Toman

 

  A-12  

 

 

Appendix 1

 

Prior Employee Inventions

 

  A-13  

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

Form of

 

ARCONIC CORPORATION

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN

 

The Company hereby amends and restates, effective as of [ ], 2020 (the “Effective Date”), the Arconic Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan (this “Plan”). All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein are defined in Section 1 hereof.

 

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS. As hereinafter used:

 

1.1              Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

 

1.2              Applicable Multiplier” shall mean (a) in the case of a Tier I Employee, three (3), (b) in the case of a Tier II Employee, two (2), and (c) in the case of a Tier III Employee, one and one-half (1.5); provided, however, that, with respect to an Eligible Employee who incurs a Severance Event during the three-year period immediately preceding such individual’s Mandatory Retirement Age, such multiplier shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full and partial months remaining until such Eligible Employee attains Mandatory Retirement Age, and the denominator of which is thirty-six (36).

 

1.3              Applicable Period” shall mean (a) in the case of a Tier I Employee, the thirty-six (36)-month period immediately following such Tier I Employee’s Severance Date, (b) in the case of a Tier II Employee, the twenty-four (24)-month period immediately following such Tier II Employee’s Severance Date, and (c) in the case of a Tier III Employee, the eighteen (18)-month period immediately following such Tier III Employee’s Severance Date; provided, however, that, with respect to an Eligible Employee who incurs a Severance Event during the three-year period immediately preceding such individual’s Mandatory Retirement Age, such period shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full and partial months remaining until such Eligible Employee attains Mandatory Retirement Age, and the denominator of which is thirty-six (36).

 

1.4              Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

1.5              Board” means (a) prior to a Change in Control, the Board of Directors of the Company and (b) following a Change in Control, if the Company is not the ultimate parent corporation of the group that includes the Company and all of its Affiliates and is not publicly traded, the board of directors of the ultimate parent company of such group.

 

1.6              Business Combination” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8(c).

 

 

 

 

1.7              Cause” means: (a) the willful and continued failure by the Eligible Employee to substantially perform the Eligible Employee’s duties with the Employer that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Eligible Employee by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that the Eligible Employee has not substantially performed the Eligible Employee’s duties, or (b) the willful engaging by the Eligible Employee in conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of clauses (a) and (b) of this definition, (i) no act, or failure to act, on the Eligible Employee’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Eligible Employee not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Eligible Employee’s act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Company and (ii) in the event of a dispute concerning the application of this provision, no claim by the Company that Cause exists shall be given effect unless the Board determines that it has been established by clear and convincing evidence that Cause exists and a resolution to that effect is adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three quarters (¾) of the entire membership of the Board (after reasonable notice to the Eligible Employee and an opportunity for the Eligible Employee, together with the Eligible Employee’s counsel, to be heard by the Board).

 

1.8              Change in Control” means the occurrence of an event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs:

 

(a)                any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “Person”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section 1.8, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates or (iv) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 1.8(c)(i), 1.8(c)(ii) and 1.8(c)(iii);

 

(b)                individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constituted the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (⅔) of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided, further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be considered a member of the Incumbent Board unless and until such individual is elected to the Board at an annual meeting of the Company occurring after the date such individual initially assumed office, so long as such election occurs pursuant to a nomination approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (⅔) of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board, which nomination is not made pursuant to a Company contractual obligation;

 

-2-

 

 

(c)                consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 55% or more of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such entity entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities), except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(d)               the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

1.9              Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.10            Committee” means the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board.

 

1.11            Company” means Arconic Corporation or any successors thereto.

 

1.12            DB Pension Plan” means any tax-qualified, supplemental or excess defined benefit pension plan maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates and any other defined benefit plan or agreement entered into between the Eligible Employee and the Company or any of its Affiliates which is designed to provide the Eligible Employee with supplemental defined benefit retirement benefits.

 

-3-

 

 

1.13            DC Pension Plan” means any tax-qualified, supplemental or excess defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates and any other defined contribution plan or agreement entered into between the Eligible Employee and the Company or any of its Affiliates which is designed to provide the Eligible Employee with supplemental defined contribution retirement benefits.

 

1.14            Delayed Payment Date” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1(g).

 

1.15            Eligible Employee” means any Tier I, Tier II, or Tier III Employee. An Eligible Employee becomes a “Severed Employee” once he or she incurs a Severance Event.

 

1.16            Employer” means the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that employs the applicable Eligible Employee.

 

1.17            Entity” means any individual, entity, person (within the meaning of Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act), or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than (a) an employee plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (b) any Affiliate of the Company, (c) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (d) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company.

 

1.18            Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

1.19            Excise Tax” shall mean any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

1.20            Good Reason” in respect of an Eligible Employee means the occurrence, after a Change in Control (or prior to a Change in Control, under the circumstances described in the second sentence of Section 1.29 hereof, treating all references below to a “Change in Control” as references to the date that the Company enters into an agreement the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control), of:

 

(a)                the assignment to the Eligible Employee of any duties inconsistent with the Eligible Employee’s employment status with the Employer immediately prior to the Change in Control or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of the Eligible Employee’s responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, including, but not limited to, (i) with respect to a Tier I Employee, the Eligible Employee’s ceasing to hold the office as the sole chief executive officer of the Company (or its parent or successor) and to function in that capacity, reporting directly to the board of directors of a public company, and (ii) with respect to a Tier II Employee, the Eligible Employee’s ceasing to report directly to the chief executive officer of a public company;

 

(b)               a reduction by the Company in the Eligible Employee’s total compensation and benefits in the aggregate from that in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. Total compensation and benefits includes, but is not limited to (i) annual base salary, annual variable compensation opportunity (taking into account applicable performance criteria and the target bonus amount of annual variable compensation); (ii) long-term stock-based and cash incentive opportunity (taking into account applicable performance criteria and the target equity compensation amount); and (iii) benefits and perquisites under pension, savings, life insurance, medical, health, disability, accident and material fringe benefit plans of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in which the Eligible Employee was participating immediately before the Change in Control;

 

-4-

 

 

(c)                the relocation of the Eligible Employee’s principal place of employment to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Eligible Employee’s principal place of employment immediately prior to the Change in Control; or

 

(d)               the failure by the Employer to pay to the Eligible Employee any portion of the Eligible Employee’s compensation, within fourteen (14) days of the date such compensation is due.

 

The Eligible Employee’s right to terminate the Eligible Employee’s employment for Good Reason shall not be affected by the Eligible Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness. The Eligible Employee’s continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder. For purposes of any determination regarding the existence of Good Reason, any good faith determination by the Eligible Employee that Good Reason exists shall be conclusive.

 

1.21            Incumbent Board” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8(b).

 

1.22            Mandatory Retirement Age” means, solely for purposes of this Plan, age seventy-five (75).

 

1.23            Notice of Termination” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.

 

1.24            Outstanding Company Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8(a).

 

1.25            Outstanding Company Voting Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8(a).

 

1.26            Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8(a).

 

1.27            Plan Payments” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.2(a).

 

1.28            A “Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

-5-

 

 

1.29            Severance Event” means an Eligible Employee’s Separation from Service on or within two (2) years immediately following the date of a Change in Control, (a) by the Employer other than for Cause, or (b) by the Eligible Employee for Good Reason. In addition, for purposes of this Plan, the Eligible Employee shall be deemed to have incurred a Severance Event, if (i) the Eligible Employee’s Separation from Service occurs because his employment is terminated by the Employer without Cause prior to a Change in Control (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs) and such termination was at the request or direction of an Entity that has entered into an agreement with the Company the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control or (ii) the Eligible Employee’s Separation from Service occurs because he terminates his employment for Good Reason prior to a Change in Control (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs) and the circumstance or event which constitutes Good Reason occurs at the request or direction of such an Entity. For purposes of any determination regarding the applicability of the immediately preceding sentence, any position taken by the Eligible Employee shall be presumed to be correct unless the Board affirmatively determines that it has been established by clear and convincing evidence that such position is not correct. An Eligible Employee will not be considered to have incurred a Severance Event if his or her employment is discontinued by reason of the Eligible Employee’s death or a physical or mental condition causing such Eligible Employee’s inability to substantially perform his or her duties with the Employer, including, without limitation, such condition entitling him or her to benefits under any sick pay or disability income policy or program of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

1.30            Severance Date” means the date on which an Eligible Employee’s Severance Event takes place.

 

1.31            Severance Pay” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

1.32            Severed Employee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.15.

 

1.33            Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

 

1.34            Tier I Employee” means each employee of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof who is designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in this Plan as a Tier I Employee.

 

1.35           Tier II Employee” means (a) each employee of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof who participated in the Arconic Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan as a Tier II Employee as of immediately prior to the Effective Date and who has not waived in writing the right to participate in this Plan, and (b) each other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof who is designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in this Plan as a Tier II Employee.

 

1.36           Tier III Employee” means (a) each employee of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof who participated in the Arconic Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan as a Tier III Employee as of immediately prior to the Effective Date and who has not waived in writing the right to participate in this Plan, and (b) each other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof who is designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in this Plan as a Tier III Employee.

 

SECTION 2. BENEFITS.

 

2.1              Severance Payments and Benefits. Each Severed Employee shall be entitled, subject to Section 2.4, to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company.

 

-6-

 

 

(a)                Severance Pay. A lump sum cash amount (the “Severance Pay”) equal to the sum of (i) the product of (A) the sum of (1) the Severed Employee’s annual base salary, and (2) the Severed Employee’s target annual cash incentive compensation as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, and (B) the Applicable Multiplier, and (ii) the product of (A) such target annual cash incentive compensation and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed through the Severance Date in the fiscal year during which the Severance Date occurs and the denominator of which is 365 (or 366, if such fiscal year is a leap year). For purposes of this Section 2.1(a), annual base salary shall be the higher of the Severed Employee’s (x) base monthly salary in the calendar month immediately preceding a Change in Control and (y) base monthly salary in the calendar month immediately preceding the Severed Employee’s Severance Date (in each case, without regard to any reductions therein which constitute Good Reason), multiplied by twelve (12).

 

(b)                Benefits. During the Applicable Period, the Company shall arrange to provide the Severed Employee and anyone entitled to claim through the Severed Employee life, accident and health (including medical, behavioral, prescription drug, dental and vision) benefits substantially similar to those provided to the Severed Employee and anyone entitled to claim through the Severed Employee immediately prior to the Severed Employee’s Severance Date or, if more favorable to the Severed Employee, those provided to the Severed Employee and those entitled to claim through the Severed Employee immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason, at no greater after-tax cost to the Severed Employee than the after tax cost to the Severed Employee immediately prior to such Severance Date or occurrence.

 

(c)                DC Pension Plans. In addition to the retirement benefits to which the Severed Employee is entitled under each DC Pension Plan, the Company shall pay the Severed Employee a lump sum cash amount equal to the product of (i) the annual value of Company contributions or allocations (excluding any employee deferrals or contributions, and earnings) to all DC Pension Plans, on behalf of the employee (determined based on the rate of contributions and allocations in effect as of immediately prior to such Change in Control, but assuming such contributions and allocations are applied to the annualized base salary plus target annual cash incentive compensation as determined in Section 2.1(a)) and (ii) the Applicable Multiplier.

 

-7-

 

 

(d)                DB Pension Plans. If the Severed Employee would have become eligible for an early retirement subsidy with respect to such Severed Employee’s retirement benefits under any DB Pension Plan had the Severed Employee remained employed through the end of the Applicable Period, in addition to the retirement benefits to which the Severed Employee is entitled under each DB Pension Plan, the Company shall pay the Severed Employee a lump sum cash amount equal to the excess of the actuarial equivalent of the aggregate retirement pension (taking into account any early retirement subsidies associated therewith and determined in accordance with the normal form of payment under each DB Pension Plan, commencing at the date on or after the last day of the Applicable Period as of which the actuarial equivalent of such form of payment is greatest) which the Severed Employee would have accrued and vested in under the terms of all DB Pension Plans determined: 

 

(i)               without regard to any amendment to any DB Pension Plan made subsequent to a Change in Control and on or prior to the date of the Severed Employee’s Severance Date, which amendment adversely affects in any manner the computation of retirement benefits thereunder, and

 

(ii)              solely for purposes of determining eligibility for pension benefits, including all applicable retirement subsidies, as if the Severed Employee had accumulated (after the Severed Employee’s Severance Date) the number of additional months of age and service credit thereunder that the Severed Employee would have accumulated had the Severed Employee remained employed by the Company during the Applicable Period;

 

over the actuarial equivalent of the aggregate retirement pension (taking into account any early retirement subsidies associated therewith and determined in accordance with the normal form of payment under each DB Pension Plan, commencing at the date on or after the Severed Employee’s Severance Date as of which the actuarial equivalent of such form of payment is greatest) that the Severed Employee had accrued and vested in pursuant to the provisions of the DB Pension Plans as of the Severed Employee’s Severance Date.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.1(d), “actuarial equivalent” shall be determined based upon the Severed Employee’s age as of the Severed Employee’s Severance Date using the same assumptions utilized under the Arconic Corp. Pension Plan A, Section 8.3(d)(ii) or the successor to such provision (without regard to applicable dollar limitations ($5,000 as of January 1, 2020)) immediately prior to the Severed Employee’s Severance Date or, if more favorable to the Severed Employee, immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason.

 

(e)                Post-Retirement Benefit Plans. If the Severed Employee would have become entitled to benefits under the Company’s post-retirement health care plans, as in effect immediately prior to the Severed Employee’s Severance Date or, if more favorable to the Severed Employee, as in effect immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason, had the Severed Employee’s employment terminated at any time during the Applicable Period, the Company shall provide such post-retirement health care benefits to the Severed Employee and the Severed Employee’s dependents commencing on the later of (i) the date on which such coverage would have first become available in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and (ii) the date on which benefits described in Section 2.1(b) terminate, and ending upon the death of the Eligible Employee. Any such benefit that is dependent on service or compensation shall be determined as if the Severed Employee had accumulated (after the Severed Employee’s Severance Date) the number of additional months of age and service credit thereunder that the Severed Employee would have accumulated had the Severed Employee remained employed by the Company through the end of the Applicable Period, and as if the Severed Employee had been credited with compensation for each full calendar month following the calendar month of the Severed Employee’s Severance Date up to the end of the Applicable Period equal to the Severed Employee’s annualized based salary as determined in Section 2.1(a), plus the Severed Employee’s target annual cash incentive compensation as determined in Section 2.1(a), divided by twelve (12). Except for the additional service and compensation credit during the Applicable Period, nothing herein is intended to provide the Severed Employee with benefits that exceed the benefits provided to other participants in the applicable post-retirement health care plans, as in effect from time to time.

 

-8-

 

 

(f)                 The Company shall provide the Severed Employee with reasonable outplacement services suitable to the Severed Employee’s position through the date that is six (6) months following the Severed Employee’s Severance Date or, if earlier, the date on which the Severed Employee first accepts an offer of employment from a new employer.

 

(g)                The amounts described in Sections 2.1(a), (c) and (d) shall be paid to the Eligible Employee in a cash lump sum as soon as practicable after the Severance Date but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Severance Date; provided that, if the Severed Employee is, as of the Severance Date, a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code as determined in accordance with the methodology duly adopted by the Company as in effect on the Severance Date, then such lump sum amounts shall instead be paid on the first business day that is at least six (6) months after the Severance Date (or if sooner, upon the death of the Severed Employee) (the “Delayed Payment Date”), with interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code, from the first business day after the Severance Date through the Delayed Payment Date.

 

2.2              Reduction of Certain Payments.

 

(a)               Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Accounting Firm (as defined below) shall determine that receipt of all Payments (as defined below) of any Severed Employee would subject the Severed Employee to the Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine whether to reduce any of the Payments paid or payable pursuant to this Plan (the “Plan Payments”) so that the Parachute Value (as defined below) of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount (as defined below). The Plan Payments shall be so reduced only if the Accounting Firm determines that the Severed Employee would have a greater Net After-Tax Receipt (as defined below) of aggregate Payments if the Plan Payments were so reduced. If the Accounting Firm determines that the Severed Employee would not have a greater Net After-Tax Receipt of aggregate Payments if the Plan Payments were so reduced, the Severed Employee shall receive all Plan Payments to which the Participant is entitled hereunder.

 

(b)               If the Accounting Firm determines that aggregate Plan Payments should be reduced so that the Parachute Value of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount, the Company shall promptly give the Severed Employee notice to that effect and a copy of the detailed calculation thereof. All determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 2.2 shall be binding upon the Company, its Affiliates and the Severed Employee and shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than fifteen (15) days following the Severance Date. For purposes of reducing the Plan Payments so that the Parachute Value of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount, only amounts payable under the Plan (and no other Payments) shall be reduced. The reduction of the amounts payable hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by reducing the Plan Payments that have a Parachute Value in the following order: Section 2.1(c), Section 2.1(d), Section 2.1(a), Section 2.1(b), Section 2.1(e), Section 2.1(f), in each case, beginning with payments or benefits that do not constitute non-qualified deferred compensation and reducing payments or benefits in reverse chronological order beginning with those that are to be paid or provided the farthest in time from the Severance Date, based on the Accounting Firm’s determination. All reasonable fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.

 

-9-

 

 

(c)                To the extent requested by the Severed Employee, the Company and its Affiliates shall cooperate with the Severed Employee in good faith in valuing, and the Accounting Firm shall take into account the value of, services provided or to be provided by the Severed Employee (including, without limitation, the Severed Employee’s agreeing to refrain from performing services pursuant to a covenant not to compete or similar covenant, before, on or after the date of a change in ownership or control of the Company (within the meaning of Q&A-2(b) of the final regulations under Section 280G of the Code)), such that payments in respect of such services may be considered reasonable compensation within the meaning of Q&A-9 and Q&A-40 to Q&A-44 of the Treasury Regulations under Section 280G of the Code and/or exempt from the definition of the term “parachute payment” within the meaning of Q&A-2(a) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 280G of the Code in accordance with Q&A-5(a) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 280G of the Code.

 

(d)                The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Section 2.2:

 

Accounting Firm” shall mean a nationally recognized certified public accounting firm or other professional organization that is a certified public accounting firm recognized as an expert in determinations and calculations for purposes of Section 280G of the Code that is selected by the Company prior to a Change in Control for purposes of making the applicable determinations hereunder.

 

Net After-Tax Receipt” shall mean the present value (as determined in accordance with Sections 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) and 280G(d)(4) of the Code) of a Payment net of all taxes imposed on the Participant with respect thereto under Sections 1 and 4999 of the Code and under applicable state and local laws, determined by applying the highest marginal rate under Section 1 of the Code and under state and local laws which applied to the Severed Employee’s taxable income for the immediately preceding taxable year, or such other rate(s) as the Accounting Firm determines to be likely to apply to the Severed Employee in the relevant tax year(s).

 

Parachute Value” of a Payment shall mean the present value as of the date of the change in control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a “parachute payment” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, as determined by the Accounting Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.

 

-10-

 

 

Payment” shall mean any payment or distribution in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) to or for the benefit of the Severed Employee, whether paid or payable pursuant to this Plan or otherwise.

 

Safe Harbor Amount” shall mean the maximum Parachute Value of all Payments that the Severed Employee can receive without any Payments being subject to the Excise Tax.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall survive the expiration or termination of the Plan.

 

2.3              Legal Fees. The Company shall pay to any Eligible Employee all legal fees and expenses incurred by such Eligible Employee in disputing in good faith any issue hereunder or in seeking in good faith to obtain or enforce any benefit or right provided by this Plan; provided, that the payment of legal fees hereunder by the Company shall not be required if the Eligible Employee pursues such dispute in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of Section 3.3 hereof; and provided further, that the Eligible Employee shall be required to repay any such amounts to the Company to the extent that an arbitrator issues a final, unappealable order setting forth a determination that the position taken by the Eligible Employee was frivolous or advanced in bad faith. The Company shall pay to the Eligible Employee all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any payment or benefit provided hereunder. All payments for legal fees and expenses shall be made within fourteen (14) business days after delivery of the Eligible Employee’s written requests for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require. In order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall the payments by the Company under this Section 2.3 be made later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such fees and expenses were incurred, provided, that the Eligible Employee shall have submitted an invoice for such fees and expenses at least fourteen (14) business days before the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such fees and expenses were incurred. The amount of such legal fees and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in any given calendar year shall not affect the legal fees and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in any other calendar year, and the Eligible Employee’s right to have the Company pay such legal fees and expenses may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit.

 

2.4              Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from amounts to be paid to any Eligible Employee hereunder any federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges (or foreign equivalents of such taxes or charges) which it is from time to time required to withhold under applicable law or regulation.

 

2.5              Status of Plan Payments. No payments or benefits pursuant to this Plan shall constitute “compensation” (or similar term) under any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates, including any DB Pension Plan or DC Pension Plan.

 

-11-

 

 

2.6              Mitigation; Setoff. A Severed Employee is not required to seek other employment or attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Severed Employee under the Plan. Further, no payment or benefit provided for in this Plan shall be reduced by any compensation earned by the Severed Employee as a result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Severed Employee to the Company or its Affiliates, or otherwise.

 

SECTION 3. PLAN ADMINISTRATION; CLAIMS PROCEDURES.

 

3.1              The Committee shall administer the Plan and, prior to a Change in Control:

 

(a)                the Committee may interpret and construe the terms of the Plan, prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations under the Plan and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, subject to all of the provisions of the Plan;

 

(b)                any determination by the Committee shall be final and binding with respect to the subject matter thereof on all Eligible Employees and all other persons;

 

(c)                the Committee may delegate any of its duties hereunder to such person or persons from time to time as it may designate.

 

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, after a Change in Control, neither the Committee nor any other person shall have discretionary authority in the administration of the Plan, and any arbitrator, court or tribunal that adjudicates any dispute, controversy, or claim in connection with benefits under Section 2 will apply a de novo standard of review to any determinations made by the Committee or the Company. Such de novo standard shall apply notwithstanding the grant of full discretion hereunder to the Committee or any person or characterization of any decision by the Committee or by such person as final, binding or conclusive on any party.

 

3.2              The Committee is empowered, on behalf of the Company, to engage accountants, legal counsel and such other personnel as it deems necessary or advisable to assist it in the performance of its duties under the Plan. The functions of any such persons engaged by the Committee shall be limited to the specified services and duties for which they are engaged, and such persons shall have no other duties, obligations or responsibilities under the Plan. Such persons shall exercise no discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting the management of the Plan. All reasonable expenses thereof shall be borne by the Company.

 

3.3              Claims Procedure.

 

(a)                In the event of a claim by an Eligible Employee, such Eligible Employee shall present the reason for his or her claim in writing to the Committee. The Committee shall, within ninety (90) days after receipt of such written claim (unless special circumstances require an extension of up to ninety (90) days, in which case written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Eligible Employee prior to the end of the initial ninety (90)-day period, indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision), send a written notification to the Eligible Employee as to its disposition. In the event the claim is wholly or partially denied, such written notification shall (i) state the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) make specific reference to the relevant Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) provide a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Eligible Employee to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) describe the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including the Eligible Employee’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a full or partial denial of the claim on review.

 

-12-

 

 

(b)                In the event that an Eligible Employee wishes to appeal the denial of his or her claim he or she may request a review of such denial by making application in writing to the Committee within sixty (60) days after receipt of such denial. An Eligible Employee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) shall be provided, upon written request to the Committee and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records or other information in the Company’s possession relevant to his or her claim and may submit comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim, which shall be taken into account by the Committee in reviewing its denial of the Eligible Employee’s claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial claim.

 

(c)                Within sixty (60) days after receipt of a written appeal (unless special circumstances require an extension of up to sixty (60) days, in which case written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Eligible Employee prior to the end of the initial sixty (60)-day period, indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision on review), the Committee shall notify the Eligible Employee of the final decision in writing. In the event the claim is wholly or partially denied on review, such written notification shall (i) state the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) make specific reference to the relevant Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a statement of the Eligible Employee’s entitlement, upon written request to the Committee and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records or other information in the Company’s possession relevant to his or her claim, and (iv) describe the Eligible Employee’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

(d)                Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the mutual agreement of the Eligible Employee and the Committee, any claim, dispute or controversy that has been submitted by the Eligible Employee in writing to the Committee may be submitted directly to arbitration in accordance with Section 3.4.

 

3.4              Any claim, dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Plan, and which is not resolved in accordance with Section 3.3, shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Wilmington, Delaware. All claims, disputes and controversies shall be submitted to the CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution (“CPR”) in accordance with the CPR’s rules then in effect; provided, however, that the evidentiary standards set forth in this Agreement shall apply. The claim, dispute or controversy shall be heard and decided by three (3) arbitrators selected from CPR’s employment panel. The arbitrators’ decision shall be final and binding on all parties. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

-13-

 

 

3.5              Any purported termination of an Eligible Employee’s employment shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party in accordance with Section 4.7. For purposes of this Plan, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Plan relied upon, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Eligible Employee’s employment under the provision so indicated, and shall specify the Severance Date (which, in the case of a termination by the Company, shall not be less than thirty (30) days, and, in the case of a termination by the Eligible Employee, shall not be less than fifteen (15) days nor more than sixty (60) days, respectively, after the date such Notice of Termination is given).

 

3.6              PLAN MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION.

 

The Plan may be amended or terminated by the Board at any time; provided, however, that the Committee may make amendments to the Plan (a) that are required by applicable law, (b) that will have minimal effect upon the Company’s cost of providing benefits under the Plan, or (c) that do not change or alter the character and intent of the Plan; and provided, further that the Plan may not be terminated, or amended in any manner that adversely affects any Eligible Employee (other than an Eligible Employee whose employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries commences subsequent to the applicable Change in Control), (i) within two (2) years immediately following a Change in Control, or (ii) in anticipation of a specific contemplated Change in Control.

 

SECTION 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

4.1              Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, no right or interest of any Eligible Employee under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including, without limitation, by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or in any manner. No attempted assignment or transfer of any such right or interest shall be effective, and no right or interest of any Eligible Employee under the Plan shall be liable for, or subject to, any obligation or liability of such Eligible Employee. The Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform the obligations set forth in the Plan in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to do so.

 

4.2              Neither the establishment of the Plan, nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of any fund, trust or account, nor the payment of any benefits shall be construed as giving any Eligible Employee, or any person whomsoever, the right to be retained in the service of the Company, and all Eligible Employees shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan had never been adopted.

 

-14-

 

 

4.3              If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

 

4.4              If a Severed Employee dies while any amount is still payable to such Severed Employee, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Plan to the executor, personal representative or administrators of the Severed Employee’s estate.

 

4.5              The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

 

4.6              The Plan shall not be funded. No Eligible Employee shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Company which may be applied by the Company to the payment of benefits or other rights under this Plan.

 

4.7              Any notice or other communication required or permitted pursuant to the terms hereof shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight courier, postage prepaid, to the Company at its corporate headquarters address, to the attention of the Chief Legal Officer of the Company, or to the Eligible Employee at the Eligible Employee’s most recent home address reflected on the books and records of the Company.

 

4.8              This Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its principles of conflicts of law.

 

4.9              Payments to a Severed Employee under this Plan shall be in lieu of any severance or similar payments that otherwise might be payable under any plan, program, policy or agreement sponsored or maintained by the Company that provides severance benefits to employees upon termination of employment, except that the payment or acceleration of equity or equity-based awards shall be in addition to, rather than in lieu of, any payment or benefits due under the Plan.

 

4.10            The obligations under this Plan are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or an exemption or exclusion therefrom and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment of compensation under this Plan shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation for purposes of applying Section 409A of the Code. All payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Plan may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code to the extent necessary in order to avoid the imposition of penalty taxes on a Severed Employee pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. In no event may a Severed Employee, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment under this Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, all reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Plan that are subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation, where applicable, the requirement that (a) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year; (b) the reimbursement of any eligible fees and expenses shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the applicable fees and expenses were incurred; and (c) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

-15-

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Plan to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

  ARCONIC CORPORATION
   
  By:  
    Name: [ ]
    Title: [ ]

 

[Signature Page]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

Form of

 

ARCONIC CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN

 

The Company hereby adopts, effective as of [ ], 2020 (the “Effective Date”), the Arconic Corporation Executive Severance Plan (this “Plan”). All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein are defined in Section 1 hereof.

 

Section 1.         DEFINITIONS. As hereinafter used:

 

1.1           Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

 

1.2          Applicable Period” shall mean (a) in the case of a Tier I Employee or a Tier II Employee, the twenty-four (24)-month period immediately following such Tier I or Tier II Employee’s Severance Date, and (b) in the case of a Tier III Employee, the twelve (12)-month period immediately following such Tier III Employee’s Severance Date.

 

1.3           Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

1.4          Cause” means: (a) the willful and continued failure by the Eligible Employee to substantially perform the Eligible Employee’s duties with the Employer that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Eligible Employee by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that the Eligible Employee has not substantially performed the Eligible Employee’s duties, or (b) the willful engaging by the Eligible Employee in conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise.

 

1.5           Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.6           Committee” means the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board.

 

1.7           Company” means Arconic Corporation or any successors thereto.

 

1.8           DB Pension Plan” means any tax-qualified, supplemental or excess defined benefit pension plan maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates and any other defined benefit plan or agreement entered into between the Eligible Employee and the Company or any of its Affiliates which is designed to provide the Eligible Employee with supplemental defined benefit retirement benefits.

 

1.9          DC Pension Plan” means any tax-qualified, supplemental or excess defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates and any other defined contribution plan or agreement entered into between the Eligible Employee and the Company or any of its Affiliates which is designed to provide the Eligible Employee with supplemental defined contribution retirement benefits.

 

 

 

 

1.10         Delayed Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e).

 

1.11        Eligible Employee” means any Tier I, Tier II or Tier III Employee; provided that, any Tier I, Tier II or Tier III Employee who is party to an individual agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates that provides for severance benefits upon an involuntary termination shall not be considered an “Eligible Employee” while such agreement is in effect. An Eligible Employee becomes a “Severed Employee” once he or she incurs a Severance Event.

 

1.12         Employer” means the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that employs the applicable Eligible Employee.

 

1.13         Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

1.14         Notice of Termination” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.

 

1.15         Plan” shall have the meaning given in the preamble hereto.

 

1.16         Release Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

1.17          A “Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

1.18        Severance Event” means an Eligible Employee’s Separation from Service by the Employer other than for Cause. An Eligible Employee will not be considered to have incurred a Severance Event if his or her employment is discontinued by reason of the Eligible Employee’s death or a physical or mental condition causing such Eligible Employee’s inability to substantially perform his or her duties with the Employer, including, without limitation, such condition entitling him or her to benefits under any sick pay or disability income policy or program of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

1.19         Severance Date” means the date on which an Eligible Employee’s Severance Event takes place.

 

1.20         Severance Pay” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

1.21         Severed Employee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.11.

 

1.22         Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

 

1.23         Tier I Employee” means each employee of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof who is designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in this Plan as a Tier I Employee.

 

1.24         Tier II Employee” means (a) employee of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof who participated in the Arconic Inc. Executive Severance Plan as a Tier II Employee as of immediately prior to the Effective Date and who has not waived in writing the right to participate in this Plan, and (b) each other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof who is designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in this Plan as a Tier II Employee.

 

  -2-  

 

 

1.25         Tier III Employee” means (a) each employee of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof who participated in the Arconic Inc. Severance Plan as a Tier III Employee as of immediately prior to the Effective Date and who has not waived in writing the right to participate in this Plan, and (b) each other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof who is designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in this Plan as a Tier III Employee.

 

Section 2.        BENEFITS.

 

2.1          Severance Payments and Benefits. Each Severed Employee shall be entitled, subject to Section 2.2, and subject to the Severed Employee executing a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its Affiliates in a form satisfactory to the Company and such release becoming effective and irrevocable no later than the date that is sixty (60) days following the Severance Date (the “Release Date”), to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company. If the Severed Employee does not satisfy such release requirement, then the Severed Employee shall not be entitled to receive the payments described in Sections 2.1(a), (c) and (d) and the Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits described in Section 2.1(b) after the end of the month in which the Release Date occurs.

 

(a)               Severance Pay. A lump sum cash amount (the “Severance Pay”) equal to (i) in the case of a Tier I Employee, two times the sum of the Severed Employee’s (A) annual base salary as of the Severance Date, and (B) target annual cash incentive compensation with respect to the fiscal year of the Company in which the Severance Date occurs, (ii) in the case of a Tier II Employee, one times the sum of the Severed Employee’s (A) annual base salary as of the Severance Date, and (B) target annual cash incentive compensation with respect to the fiscal year of the Company in which the Severance Date occurs, and (iii) in the case of a Tier III Employee, the Severed Employee’s annual base salary as of the Severance Date; provided that, if the amount of the cash severance pay for such Severed Employee calculated under the Arconic Corp. Involuntary Separation Pay Plan, as in effect from time to time, or any successor plan, is greater than the amount calculated in accordance with this Section 2.1(a), then such Severed Employee’s Severance Pay shall equal such greater amount.

 

(b)              Benefits. During the Applicable Period, the Company shall arrange to provide the Severed Employee and anyone entitled to claim through the Severed Employee life, accident and health (including medical, behavioral, prescription drug, dental and vision) benefits substantially similar to those provided to the Severed Employee and anyone entitled to claim through the Severed Employee immediately prior to the Severed Employee’s Severance Date or, if more favorable to the Severed Employee, those provided to the Severed Employee and those entitled to claim through the Severed Employee immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason, at no greater after-tax cost to the Severed Employee than the after-tax cost to the Severed Employee immediately prior to such Severance Date or occurrence.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(c)               Defined Contribution Pension Plans. For a Severed Employee who is eligible to receive the Employer Retirement Income Contributions (ERIC) under any DC Pension Plan, in addition to the retirement benefits to which the Severed Employee is entitled under each DC Pension Plan or any successor plan thereto, the Company shall pay the Severed Employee a lump sum cash amount equal to the product of (i) the ERIC contribution percentage in effect for the Severed Employee on the Severance Date, multiplied by (ii) the Severed Employee’s annual base salary plus target annual cash incentive compensation as determined in Section 2.1(a)), multiplied by (iii) the number of years during the Applicable Period.

 

(d)              Defined Benefit Pension Plans. For a Severed Employee who participates in any DB Pension Plan, in addition to the retirement benefits to which the Severed Employee is entitled under each DB Pension Plan, the Company shall pay the Severed Employee a lump sum cash amount equal to the excess of (i) the actuarial equivalent of the aggregate retirement pension (taking into account any early retirement subsidies associated therewith and determined in accordance with the normal form of payment under each DB Pension Plan, commencing at the date on or after the last day of the Applicable Period as of which the actuarial equivalent of such form of payment is greatest) which the Severed Employee would have accrued and vested in under the terms of all DB Pension Plans determined for all purposes of determining pension benefits and eligibility for such benefits, including all applicable retirement subsidies, as if the Severed Employee had accumulated (after the Severed Employee’s Severance Date) the number of additional months of age and service credit thereunder that the Severed Employee would have accumulated had the Severed Employee remained employed by the Company during the Applicable Period, over (ii) the actuarial equivalent of the aggregate retirement pension (taking into account any early retirement subsidies associated therewith and determined in accordance with the normal form of payment under each DB Pension Plan, commencing at the date on or after the Severed Employee’s Severance Date as of which the actuarial equivalent of such form of payment is greatest) that the Severed Employee had accrued and vested in pursuant to the provisions of the DB Pension Plans as of the Severed Employee’s Severance Date.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.1(d), “actuarial equivalent” shall be determined based upon the Severed Employee’s age as of the Severed Employee’s Severance Date using the same assumptions utilized under the Arconic Corp. Pension Plan A, Section 8.3(d)(ii) or the successor to such provision (without regard to applicable dollar limitations ($5,000 as of January 1, 2020)) immediately prior to the Severed Employee’s Severance Date.

 

(e)               The amounts described in Sections 2.1(a), (c) and (d) shall be paid to the Eligible Employee in a cash lump sum on the Release Date; provided that, if the Severed Employee is, as of the Severance Date, a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code as determined in accordance with the methodology duly adopted by the Company as in effect on the Severance Date, then, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the excise tax under Section 409A of the Code, such lump sum amounts shall instead be paid on the first business day that is at least six (6) months after the Severance Date (or if sooner, upon the death of the Severed Employee) (the “Delayed Payment Date”), with interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code, from the first business day after the Severance Date through the Delayed Payment Date.

 

  -4-  

 

 

2.2           Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from amounts to be paid to any Eligible Employee hereunder any federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges (or foreign equivalents of such taxes or charges) which it is from time to time required to withhold under applicable law or regulation.

 

2.3           Status of Plan Payments. No payments or benefits pursuant to this Plan shall constitute “compensation” (or similar term) under any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates, including any DB Pension Plan or DC Pension Plan.

 

2.4          Mitigation; Setoff. A Severed Employee is not required to seek other employment or attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Severed Employee under the Plan. Further, no payment or benefit provided for in this Plan shall be reduced by any compensation earned by the Severed Employee as a result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Severed Employee to the Company or its Affiliates, or otherwise.

 

Section 3.         PLAN ADMINISTRATION; CLAIMS PROCEDURES.

 

3.1           The Committee shall administer the Plan and:

 

(a)               the Committee may interpret and construe the terms of the Plan, prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations under the Plan and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, subject to all of the provisions of the Plan;

 

(b)               any determination by the Committee shall be final and binding with respect to the subject matter thereof on all Eligible Employees and all other persons;

 

(c)               the Committee may delegate any of its duties hereunder to such person or persons from time to time as it may designate.

 

3.2          The Committee is empowered, on behalf of the Company, to engage accountants, legal counsel and such other personnel as it deems necessary or advisable to assist it in the performance of its duties under the Plan. The functions of any such persons engaged by the Committee shall be limited to the specified services and duties for which they are engaged, and such persons shall have no other duties, obligations or responsibilities under the Plan. Such persons shall exercise no discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting the management of the Plan. All reasonable expenses thereof shall be borne by the Company.

 

3.3          Claims Procedure.

 

(a)               In the event of a claim by an Eligible Employee, such Eligible Employee shall present the reason for his or her claim in writing to the Committee. The Committee shall, within ninety (90) days after receipt of such written claim (unless special circumstances require an extension of up to ninety (90) days, in which case written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Eligible Employee prior to the end of the initial ninety (90)-day period, indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision), send a written notification to the Eligible Employee as to its disposition. In the event the claim is wholly or partially denied, such written notification shall (i) state the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) make specific reference to the relevant Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) provide a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Eligible Employee to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) describe the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including the Eligible Employee’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a full or partial denial of the claim on review.

 

  -5-  

 

 

(b)               In the event that an Eligible Employee wishes to appeal the denial of his or her claim he or she may request a review of such denial by making application in writing to the Committee within sixty (60) days after receipt of such denial. An Eligible Employee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) shall be provided, upon written request to the Committee and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records or other information in the Company’s possession relevant to his or her claim and may submit comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim, which shall be taken into account by the Committee in reviewing its denial of the Eligible Employee’s claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial claim.

 

(c)               Within sixty (60) days after receipt of a written appeal (unless special circumstances require an extension of up to sixty (60) days, in which case written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Eligible Employee prior to the end of the initial sixty (60)-day period, indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision on review), the Committee shall notify the Eligible Employee of the final decision in writing. In the event the claim is wholly or partially denied on review, such written notification shall (i) state the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) make specific reference to the relevant Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a statement of the Eligible Employee’s entitlement, upon written request to the Committee and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records or other information in the Company’s possession relevant to his or her claim, and (iv) describe the Eligible Employee’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

(d)                Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the mutual agreement of the Eligible Employee and the Committee, any claim, dispute or controversy that has been submitted by the Eligible Employee in writing to the Committee may be submitted directly to arbitration in accordance with Section 3.4.

 

3.4           Any claim, dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Plan, and which is not resolved in accordance with Section 3.3, shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Wilmington, Delaware. All claims, disputes and controversies shall be submitted to the CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution (“CPR”) in accordance with the CPR’s rules then in effect. The claim, dispute or controversy shall be heard and decided by three (3) arbitrators selected from CPR’s employment panel. The arbitrators’ decision shall be final and binding on all parties. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

  -6-  

 

 

3.5           Any purported termination of an Eligible Employee’s employment shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from the Company to the Eligible Employee in accordance with Section 5.7. For purposes of this Plan, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall specify the Severance Date (which shall not be more than thirty (30) days after the date such Notice of Termination is given).

 

Section 4.        PLAN MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION.

 

The Plan may be amended or terminated by the Board at any time; provided, however, that the Committee may make amendments to the Plan (a) that are required by applicable law, (b) that will have minimal effect upon the Company’s cost of providing benefits under the Plan, or (c) that do not change or alter the character and intent of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any termination of the Plan, or amendment that materially adversely affects any Eligible Employee, shall not be effective as to such Eligible Employee until the first anniversary of the date that such Eligible Employee receives written notice from the Company of such termination or amendment.

 

Section 5.       GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

5.1         Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, no right or interest of any Eligible Employee under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including, without limitation, by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or in any manner. No attempted assignment or transfer of any such right or interest shall be effective, and no right or interest of any Eligible Employee under the Plan shall be liable for, or subject to, any obligation or liability of such Eligible Employee. The Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

5.2         Neither the establishment of the Plan, nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of any fund, trust or account, nor the payment of any benefits shall be construed as giving any Eligible Employee, or any person whomsoever, the right to be retained in the service of the Company, and all Eligible Employees shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan had never been adopted.

 

5.3         If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

 

5.4         If a Severed Employee dies while any amount is still payable to such Severed Employee, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Plan to the executor, personal representative or administrators of the Severed Employee’s estate.

 

5.5         The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

 

  -7-  

 

 

5.6           The Plan shall not be funded. No Eligible Employee shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Company which may be applied by the Company to the payment of benefits or other rights under this Plan.

 

5.7           Any notice or other communication required or permitted pursuant to the terms hereof shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight courier, postage prepaid, to the Company at its corporate headquarters address, to the attention of the Chief Legal Officer of the Company, or to the Eligible Employee at the Eligible Employee’s most recent home address reflected on the books and records of the Company.

 

5.8           This Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its principles of conflicts of law.

 

5.9          Payments to a Severed Employee under this Plan shall be in lieu of any severance or similar payments that otherwise might be payable under any plan, program, policy or agreement sponsored or maintained by the Company that provides severance benefits to employees upon termination of employment, except that (a) the payment or acceleration of equity or equity-based awards shall be in addition to, rather than in lieu of, any payment or benefits due under the Plan and (b) if a Severed Employee receives severance payments under the Company’s Change in Control Severance Plan in connection with such Severed Employee’s Severance Event, then no payments will be provided to such Severed Employee under this Plan.

 

5.10         The obligations under this Plan are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or an exemption or exclusion therefrom and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment of compensation under this Plan shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation for purposes of applying Section 409A of the Code. All payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Plan may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code to the extent necessary in order to avoid the imposition of penalty taxes on a Severed Employee pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. In no event may a Severed Employee, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment under this Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, all reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Plan that are subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation, where applicable, the requirement that (a) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year; (b) the reimbursement of any eligible fees and expenses shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the applicable fees and expenses were incurred; and (c) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

  -8-  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Plan to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

  ARCONIC CORPORATION

 

  By:  
       Name:
       Title:

 

[Signature Page]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

ARCONIC CORP. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 1, 2020)

 

Arconic Rolled Products Corporation has adopted the following Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan (“Excess Plan”), effective February 1, 2020. Effective February 1, 2020, in anticipation of its separation into two separate publicly-traded companies, Arconic Inc. separated the Howmet Aerospace Deferred Compensation Plan (formerly known as the Arconic Deferred Compensation Plan) (the “Predecessor Plan”) into two separate plans: this Plan and the Predecessor Plan. Effective February 1, 2020, Arconic Inc. spun off certain account credit balances and liabilities from the Howmet Aerospace Deferred Compensation Plan to form this Plan. Prior to the Separation Date, no person may participate concurrently in both plans. This Plan is intended as a continuation of the Predecessor Plan for the Participants covered by this Plan and recognizes elections and Retirements under the Predecessor Plan. References in this Plan to dates and actions prior to February 1, 2020 refer to the Predecessor Plan.

 

The Predecessor Plan was adopted for the exclusive benefit of select management and highly compensated employees (1) who are actively at work for the Company (defined below) or a subsidiary on or after June 1, 1990, (2) who meet the requirements for participation hereunder, and (3) who are not in a collective bargaining unit.

 

The purposes of this Plan are to promote the growth and profitability of the Company, to attract and retain employees and to provide eligible employees with certain benefits under the terms and conditions as set forth herein. In order to enhance the benefits provided under this Plan, the Predecessor Plan was amended and restated effective October 30, 1992. All Credits in Participants’ accounts as of December 31, 2004, including any Earnings Credits thereon after December 31, 2004, shall continue to be subject to all Plan provisions in effect as of that date.

 

Effective January 1, 2009, the AFL Deferred Compensation and Excess Plan, (which was created by the merger of the Alcoa Fujikura Ltd. Telecommunications Division Deferred Compensation Plan and Alcoa Fujikura Ltd. Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 1, 1993) (“AFL Plan”) was merged into the Predecessor Plan and the Predecessor Plan was the surviving plan. All Pre-2005 Credits from the AFL Plan and earnings thereon continued to be treated as Pre-2005 Credits under the Predecessor Plan and this Plan. All Post-2004 Credits from the AFL Plan and earnings thereon, including all account balances of any Participant with less than three (3) years of Continuous Service as of January 1, 2005, are treated as Post-2004 Credits under this Plan and the Predecessor Plan.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

 

1.1            The following terms have the specified meanings.

 

“Additional Salary Reduction Credits” means any amounts deemed to be credited to a Participant's account equivalent to the dollar amount by which a Participant elected to reduce his or her salary up to a whole percentage of not more than 25%; provided however that a Participant who has elected and is contributing a portion of his or her Salary under the Savings Plan, may not elect to defer any percentage of said Salary as an Additional Salary Reduction Credit under this Plan, except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2 but only up to the foregoing limitation. In no circumstance shall any portion of an Employee’s sales incentive payments be included for the preceding purposes.

 

“Affiliate” means any corporate or non-corporate business entity which the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries control in fact.

 

“Award Year” means the calendar year for which awards are made under the provisions of the Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

“Award Date” means February of the calendar year following the Award Year except as may be otherwise designated in accordance with the provisions of the Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

“Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated in writing by a Participant, in accordance with Article VII of this Plan, to receive benefits in the event of the Participant's death. Beneficiary also includes any person or persons designated in writing by a Participant’s Beneficiary, to receive benefits in the event of the Participant’s Beneficiary’s death. Beneficiary designations made under the Predecessor Plan will be honored under this Plan.

 

“Benefits Investments Committee” means the Benefits Investments Committee of the Company (or prior to the Separation Date, Benefits Investments Committee of Arconic Inc.), which shall have authority over the investment and management of any and all corporate assets attributable or allocated to this Plan (to the extent that this Plan becomes funded and only to the extent that Participants do not exercise such control).

 

“Benefits Management Committee” means the Benefits Management Committee of the Company (or prior to the Separation Date, Benefits Management Committee of Arconic Inc.), which shall have powers over administration of this Plan as provided herein.

 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Company” means Arconic Rolled Products Corporation (anticipated to be renamed Arconic Corporation at Separation Date). Prior to February 1, 2020, references to Company shall mean Arconic Inc.

 

“Company Stock” means Company Stock as defined in the Savings Plan.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  2  

 

 

“Continuous Service” means, except as modified by the balance of this definition, the period of continuous employment with the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate, either as a salaried employee or as an hourly-rated employee, subject to such rules as may be adopted from time to time by the Benefits Management Committee. Continuous Service shall terminate upon any quit, dismissal, discharge or any other termination of employment with the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate; any determination by the Benefits Management Committee that employment with these entities has terminated shall be conclusive. Continuous Service upon reemployment does not include any Continuous Service accrued prior to a termination of Continuous Service, except that if a Participant's Continuous Service is terminated by reason of Retirement, Continuous Service at the time of such termination shall be reinstated upon the date of his or her reemployment with the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate. Effective January 1, 2009, absences from such employment due to inactive status, sick leave, leave of absence or layoff shall constitute a termination of Continuous Service after such status has continued for 6 months, except to the extent the Participant has the legal right to be reemployed either through contract or statute. Effective as of July 1, 1998, all years of service accrued with Alumax, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries (“Alumax”) on and after June 16, 1998, by any Participant who was actively employed with Alumax on June 16, 1998, will be taken into account to determine Continuous Service. Continuous Service shall include service as recognized prior to February 1, 2020 under the Predecessor Plan.

 

“Credits” means the Salary Reduction Credits, Additional Salary Reduction Credits, Incentive Compensation Deferral Credits, Employer Contribution Credits, Excess D Deferral Credits and Matching Company Credits credited to a Participant's account with a deemed value equivalent to the unit value of the Investment Option in which each Credit is deemed to be invested. In no circumstance shall any portion of an Employee’s sales incentive payments be included for the preceding purposes.

 

“Earnings Credits” mean:

 

(a)            the interest deemed to be credited to the accounts of Participants in the Equivalent Fixed Income Investment Fund,

 

(b)            the amount of the increase or decrease in the deemed value of Participant's investments in the Equivalent Equity Investment Fund, and

 

(c)            the deemed amount of dividends received, and gain or loss realized on, Equivalent Company Stock.

 

“Eligible Employee” means any employee who is a member of the group of select management and highly compensated employees, who is eligible for participation in the Arconic Corp. Salaried 401(k) Plan, and who is in a job band of 40 or higher, as determined by the Company. All Credits, including Earnings Credits in the accounts of former Eligible Employees (who are not in a job grade of 21 or higher or effective August 11, 2014, a job band of 40 or higher) will continue to be maintained under all Plan provisions. “Eligible Employee” shall not include any person who is eligible to participate in the Howmet Aerospace Deferred Compensation Plan or who is employed by Howmet Aerospace Inc. or a subsidiary or affiliate on or after the Separation Date.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  3  

 

 

“Employer Contribution Credits” means an amount deemed to be equivalent to the dollar amount that otherwise would have been contributed by the Company to the Participant's account under the Savings Plan as either a Discretionary Contribution, Restricted Discretionary Contribution or an Employer Retirement Income Contribution, had the contribution under the Savings Plan not been limited by the Code's limits on contributions to the Savings Plan. In no circumstance shall any portion of an Employee’s sales incentive payments be included for the preceding purposes.

 

“Equivalent Company Stock” means the number of shares of Company Stock deemed to be credited to a Participant's account.

 

“Equivalent Equity Investment Fund” means the phantom investment vehicle which is deemed to be equivalent in all respects, including value, to the Equity Investment Fund established under the Savings Plan.

 

“Equivalent Fixed Income Fund” means the phantom investment vehicle which is deemed to be equivalent in all respects, including value, to the Fixed Income Fund established under the Savings Plan.

 

“Excess D Deferral Credits” means any amounts on and after January 1, 1993 deemed to be credited to a Participant's account equivalent to the dollar amount which the Participant will have automatically credited to the Plan in accordance with the Company's Employees' Excess Benefits Plan D.

 

“Incentive Compensation Plan” means the Incentive Compensation Plan of the Company.

 

“Incentive Compensation Deferral Credits” means any amounts deemed to be credited to a Participant's account on the applicable Award Date equivalent to the percentage that the Participant has elected to defer from an award which he or she is eligible to receive under the Company's Incentive Compensation Plan for the Award Year. Any such deferrals must be in an amount equal to 25%, 50%, 75%, or 100% of such award.

 

“Investment Options” means the phantom investment vehicles established hereunder for either Salary Reduction Credits, Additional Salary Reduction Credits, Matching Company Credits, Incentive Compensation Deferral Credits, Employer Contribution Credits, and/or Excess D Deferral Credits with reference to the equivalent investment options under the Savings Plan, or any other such equivalent investment option added to the Savings Plan after February 1, 2020 unless otherwise determined by the Benefits Investments Committee.

 

“Matching Company Credits” means an amount deemed to be equivalent to the dollar amount that otherwise would have been contributed by the Company to the Participant's account under the Savings Plan, had the Participant elected to contribute to the Savings Plan an amount equivalent to the Participant's elected Salary Reduction Credits under this Plan and the Participant's contribution under the Savings Plan had not been limited by the Code's limits on contributions to the Savings Plan. In no circumstance shall any portion of an Employee’s sales incentive payments be included for the preceding purposes.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  4  

 

 

“Other Plan” means any cash or deferred arrangements established under Section 401(k) of the Code, other than the Savings Plan, under which a Participant may elect to have a portion of his or her Salary reduced.

 

“Participant” means any Eligible Employee who commences participation in this Plan as provided in Article II. Effective February 1, 2020, “Participant” shall not include any person who is a participant in the Predecessor Plan prior to the Separation Date. Participants associated with one of the companies, locations and location business code combinations identified in Schedules A-1 and A-2 had their entire account credit balances and liabilities transferred to this Plan, effective February 1, 2020.

 

Effective February 1, 2020, “Participant” shall not include any person who is a participant in the Predecessor Plan prior to the Separation Date.

 

“Plan” means the Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan, adopted by the Company as described herein or as from time to time hereafter amended.

 

“Post-2004 Credits” means Salary Reduction Credits, Additional Salary Reduction Credits, Incentive Compensation Deferral Credits, and Matching Company Credits credited to a Participant’s account on and after January 1, 2005, including any Earnings Credits on such amounts. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Post-2004 Credits also include all Credits of any Participant with less than three (3) years of Continuous Service as of January 1, 2005. In no circumstance shall any portion of an Employee’s sales incentive payments be included for the preceding purposes.

 

“Predecessor Plan” means Arconic Deferred Compensation Plan, renamed effective February 1, 2020, as Howmet Aerospace Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended.

 

“Retirement” means termination of employment after either:

 

(a) becoming eligible for a normal or early Retirement type under a qualified pension plan of the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate; or

 

(b) if not eligible to participate in a qualified pension plan pursuant to the above subsection (a) , attaining either:

 

(i) age 55 and completing 10 or more years of Continuous Service; or

 

(ii) age 65.

 

“Salary” means “Eligible Compensation” as defined in the Savings Plan without regard to the limitations imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. In no circumstance shall any portion of an Employee’s sales incentive payments be included for the preceding purposes.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  5  

 

 

“Salary Reduction Credits” means any amounts deemed to be credited to a Participant's account equivalent to the dollar amount by which a Participant elected to reduce his or her Salary by a whole percentage of not more than 6%; provided, however, a Participant who has elected and is contributing a portion of his or her Salary under the Savings Plan, may not elect to defer any percentage of said Salary as a Salary Reduction Credit under this Plan except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2 but only up to the foregoing limitation. In no circumstance shall any portion of an Employee’s sales incentive payments be included for the preceding purposes.

 

“Savings Plan” means the Arconic Corp. Salaried 401(k) Plan or the Arconic Corp. Hourly 401(k) Plan, as they are now in existence or as hereafter amended. Prior to February 1, 2020, “Savings Plan” refers to the Howmet Aerospace Salaried Retirement Savings Plan (formerly known as the Arconic Salaried Retirement Savings Plan), and the Howmet Aerospace Hourly Retirement Savings Plan (formerly known as the Arconic Hourly Non-Bargaining Retirement Savings Plan), as they are now in existence or as hereafter amended.

 

“Separation Date” means the date of the legal separation of Arconic Inc. into two separate publicly-traded companies (Howmet Aerospace Inc. and Arconic Corporation).

 

“Specified Employee” means a “specified employee” as defined under written guidelines adopted by the Company, which comply with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Subsidiary” means a corporation at least 50% of whose outstanding voting stock is owned or controlled by the Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries, and any non-corporate business entity in which the Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries have at least a 50% interest in capital or profits.

 

“Year of Plan Participation” means any 12-month period extending from the first day of the month a Participant begins participation in the Savings Plan and/or this Plan if the Participant has maintained an account in the Savings Plan and/or this Plan for such 12-month period.

 

ARTICLE II - PARTICIPATION

 

2.1            An Eligible Employee shall commence participation in this Plan upon the first day of his or her first full payroll period following the receipt of his or her application or request for participation by the Company or its designee. Such Eligible Employee may only become a Participant after executing the appropriate form for authorizing payroll deductions from his or her Salary and for selecting investment options. An Eligible Employee shall also commence participation on the Award Date applicable to the portion of any award which he or she is eligible to receive under the provisions of the Incentive Compensation Plan and has deferred for the Award Year, or on such date that his or her account would have been credited with Excess D Deferral Credits.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  6  

 

 

If a Participant ceases to participate in this Plan as a result of the transfer of such Participant’s employment to a company whose employees participate in the Predecessor Plan after February 1, 2020, but before the Separation Date, the account credit balance of such Participant shall automatically be transferred from this Plan to the Predecessor Plan and such person shall cease to be a Participant in this Plan. If a participant in the Predecessor Plan transfers employment to the Company (or an Affiliate or Subsidiary) after February 1, 2020, but before the Separation Date, the Predecessor Plan account credit balance of such Participant shall be accepted by this Plan.

 

Effective February 1, 2020, the account credit balance and liabilities of Participants who were spun-off by Arconic Inc. to form this Plan (see Schedules A-1 and A-2) shall be accepted by this Plan and such individuals shall become Participants under this Plan.

 

ARTICLE III - PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS

 

3.1            A Participant may by proper election reduce his or her Salary each month in an amount up to, but not more than 6% of his or her Salary, which shall be deemed to be credited to his or her account as Salary Reduction Credits. Whether or not the Participant elects any Salary Reduction Credits, Participant may by proper election reduce his or her Salary each month in an amount up to, but not more than 25% of said Salary, which shall be credited to his or her account as Additional Salary Reduction Credits.

 

A Participant may change a previously elected percentage of Salary reduction or terminate further deferrals in this Plan effective for the first full payroll period following the date the Company or its designee is advised of such request either orally or in writing in accordance with uniform rules established by the Benefits Management Committee. Elections for salary reductions must be received by the Plan in the year before such salary is earned, and such election is irrevocable.

 

Elections made under the Predecessor Plan as of February 1, 2020, are recognized under the Plan, and Participants do not have the ability to change such elections unless they otherwise would have had such right under the Predecessor Plan.

 

3.2            In accordance with uniform rules established by the Benefits Management Committee, Salary Reduction Credits and Additional Salary Reduction Credits shall be deemed to be credited to the Participant's account equivalent to the amount by which the Participant's Salary is reduced in each category.

 

Only Eligible Employees, including any promotions, new hires or rehires, who are in a job band of 60 or above at the time of election may elect or remove a “spill over” election. An Eligible Employee who is in a job band 60 or above, who has elected and is contributing a portion of his or her Salary under the Savings Plan, but has been limited by Code limits on their contributions to the Savings Plan, and who has elected to make a “spill-over” election to this Plan will be credited with Salary Reduction Credits or Additional Salary Reduction Credits, as applicable, up to the amount that their election to the Savings Plan was limited. An Eligible Employee, who is in a job band 50 will not be eligible to elect a “spill-over” election. Notwithstanding the forgoing, any Participant who was in a job band 50 , and who was eligible to make a “spill-over” election to the Predecessor Plan, on December 31, 2012, will remain eligible to do so in the future as long as they have not incurred a severance from service.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  7  

 

 

3.3            A Participant who by proper election has deferred under the Incentive Compensation Plan all or a portion of an award which he or she is eligible to receive under said Plan, shall have his or her account deemed to be credited with Incentive Compensation Deferred Credits in an amount equal to the amount of such deferral. Such Incentive Compensation Deferral Credit elections must be received by the Plan at least 6 months before the end of the year in which they are earned, and such election is irrevocable.

 

3.4            Excess D Deferral Credits shall be credited to Participants' accounts as applicable.

 

3.5            A Participant who is authorized by the Benefits Management Committee and who by proper election has deferred the receipt of any “special payments” (as determined by the Company), shall have his or her account credited in an amount equal to the amount of such deferral. Such special payment credits shall be treated as Incentive Compensation Deferral Credits. Participant elections related to the deferrals of “special payments,” which were elected prior to the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, will be credited to the Participant’s Plan account at the time payment would otherwise have been made.

 

3.6            To the extent the Company agrees to contribute an amount(s) to a Participant’s account pursuant to an employment agreement approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board, the Participant shall have his or her account credited with such amount(s). Any vesting contingencies related to such amount(s) that are provided for in such employment agreement will continue to apply to any such amount(s) pursuant to the terms of such employment agreement. Except for the vesting contingencies, which will continue to apply, any such contributed amount(s) will be treated the same as an Employer Contribution Credit.

 

ARTICLE IV - MATCHING COMPANY CREDIT

 

4.1            A Participant who has elected to reduce his or her Salary under this Plan shall have his or her account deemed to be credited with Matching Company Credits for which he or she is eligible.

 

ARTICLE V – INVESTMENTS

 

5.1            (a)         Employer Contribution Credits, Salary Reduction Credits, Additional Salary Reduction Credits, Excess D Deferral Credits and Incentive Compensation Deferral Credits shall be deemed to be invested in 1% increments, at the election of the Participant, in one or more of the Investment Options. A Participant may change his or her investment election, effective for the first full payroll period following the date the appropriate direction has been properly received by the Company or its designee, in accordance with uniform rules established by the Benefits Management Committee.

 

(b)            Matching Company Credits shall be deemed to be invested in the phantom investment vehicle which is equivalent to the investment vehicle under the Savings Plan in which the Company's matching contributions to Participants' accounts are invested.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  8  

 

 

5.2.           The Benefits Investments Committee shall have the power and authority to select the Investment Options. To the extent that this Plan becomes funded in the future, the Benefits Investments Committee shall have authority over the investment and management of any and all corporate assets attributable or allocated to this Plan, except to the extent that any such assets are allocated to an account in which a Participant exercises investment authority. In this regard, the Benefits Investments Committee shall have the authority to approve, to adopt, to amend, to merge and to terminate any trust established to secure any such assets.

 

ARTICLE VI - TRANSFER OF CREDITS

 

6.1           (a)           A Participant may, by appropriate direction which is properly received by the Company or its designee, in accordance with uniform rules established by the Company, elect to transfer in increments of 1% or $1.00 all or part of the deemed value of his or her Salary Reduction Credits, Additional Salary Reduction Credits, Incentive Compensation Deferral Credits, Matching Company Credits, Excess D Deferral Credits, except as may be limited by the Benefits Management Committee, from any one or more investment Options to any one or more other such Investment Options. Such a transfer may be made daily.

 

(b)           Effective Date of Transfer. The effective date of any transfer under paragraph (a) above shall be the date for which the Appropriate Direction to the Company or its designee has been properly received in accordance with uniform rules established by the Company.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Participant's termination of employment, for any reason other than Retirement, he or she may not elect to transfer any part of his or her Salary Reduction Credits, Additional Salary Reduction Credits, Matching Company Credits, Incentive Compensation Deferral Credits, Excess D Deferral Credits and Earnings Credits from the investment vehicle in which such Credits were deemed to be invested on the date employment was terminated, to any other investment vehicle.

 

(d)           The Company reserves the right to refuse to honor any Participant direction related to investments or withdrawals, including transfers among investment options, where necessary or desirable to assure compliance with applicable law including U.S. and other Securities laws. However, the Company does not assume any responsibility for compliance by officers or others with any such laws, and any failure by the Company to delay or dishonor any such direction shall not be deemed to increase the Company's legal exposure to the Participant or third parties.

 

ARTICLE VII - DISTRIBUTIONS

 

7.1           Except as otherwise specified in this Article VII, the amount of Credits in a Participant's account shall be distributed to the Participant upon his or her termination of Continuous Service, unless the Participant has the legal right to be reemployed either through contract or statute.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  9  

 

 

Any transfer of employment to a subsidiary or affiliate in which the Company and/or any one or more Subsidiaries have at least a 20% ownership interest will not be considered a termination in Continuous Service for purposes of this Article VII - Distributions.

 

Participants, whose employment is with such a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company in which the Company and/or any one or more Subsidiaries have at least a 20% ownership interest but less than a majority ownership interest, must notify the Company upon his or her termination of Continuous Service with such subsidiary or affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any contributions made pursuant to Section 3.6 will be subject to the vesting contingencies related thereto.

 

7.2            All distributions made pursuant to the termination of the Participant's Continuous Service by reason other than death or Retirement shall be paid to the Participant as soon as administratively practical in a lump sum. All distributions of Post-2004 Credits made pursuant to the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service by reason other than Retirement, or to the extent such Post-2004 Credits are valued equal or less than $50,000, shall be paid to the Participant as soon as administratively practical in a lump sum. The term “as soon as administratively practical” for purposes of this paragraph means within the later of: (a) 90 days of Retirement or termination or (b) 2 ½ months after the year of Retirement or termination.

 

7.3            For Pre-2005 Credits, prior to his or her Retirement date, a Participant may elect that the value of his or her account be distributed either in a lump sum at Retirement or in annual installments of any number designated by the Participant up to, but not more than ten (10) following his or her Retirement, commencing the January 31 of the first calendar year following such Retirement and each January 31 thereafter until he or she has received all installments. A Participant's election to receive installments must be made at least 6 months prior to his or her Retirement date. The Participant's election to receive either a lump sum or annual installments shall become irrevocable 6 months prior to the Participant's Retirement date, or at such other time as may be approved by the Benefits Management Committee. In the event the Participant fails to make such an election, all amounts in his or her account shall be distributed as a lump sum distribution as soon as administratively practical after his or her Retirement. All distributions of Post-2004 Credits made pursuant to the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service by reason of Retirement and to the extent such Post-2004 Credits are valued more than $50,000, shall be paid to the Participant in ten (10) annual installments, unless the Participant made an irrevocable election for a different distribution option as of the later of: i. June 30, 2005 or ii. within 30 days after becoming a Eligible Participant. The term “as soon as administratively practical” for purposes of this paragraph means within the later of: (a) 90 days of Retirement or (b) 2 ½ months after the year of Retirement.

 

If a Participant has irrevocably elected to receive annual installments following Retirement or is receiving annual installments, for either Pre-2005 or Post-2004 Credits, and is subsequently reemployed by the Company on or after January 1, 2009, such annual installments shall continue regardless of reemployment or reinstatement of Continuous Service. Credits and Earnings Credits thereon accrued during the term of reemployment will be distributed separately upon subsequent termination.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  10  

 

 

7.4            The Beneficiary under this Plan shall be the Participant's spouse unless otherwise designated in writing by the Participant and such other designated Beneficiary has been agreed to in writing by the Participant's spouse on a form approved by the Benefits Management Committee.

 

Distributions from this Plan to a Beneficiary shall be in a lump sum or in annual installments of any number designated by the Participant up to, but not more than ten (10) following his or her death commencing the first January 31 after the Participant's death and each January 31 thereafter until all installments have been distributed.

 

In the event a Beneficiary dies prior to receiving all the annual installments which he or she is entitled to receive from this Plan, any remaining installments will be distributed as soon as administratively practical in a lump sum to the Beneficiary's designated Beneficiary, or if there is no designated Beneficiary, then to the Beneficiary’s estate, The term “as soon as administratively practical” for purposes of this paragraph means within the later of: (a) 90 days of death or (b) 2 ½ months after the year of death.

 

7.5            This Plan shall not be construed as conferring any rights upon any Participant for continuation of employment with the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate, nor shall it interfere with the rights of the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any Participant and/or to take any personnel action affecting any Participant without regard to the effect which such action may have upon such Participant as to recipient of benefits under this Plan.

 

7.6            No benefit under this Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered or be subject in any manner to alienation or anticipation except as provided in a qualified domestic relations order.

 

7.7            (a)            Benefits payable hereunder shall be payable out of the general assets of the Company or a participating Subsidiary, and no segregation of assets for such benefits shall be made. The right of a Participant or any Beneficiary to receive benefits under this Plan shall be an unsecured claim against said assets and shall be no greater than the rights of an unsecured general creditor to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Company establishes a trust, to which it may, but shall not be required to contribute money or other property of the Company in contemplation of paying benefits under this Plan, such money or other property shall remain subject to the claims of creditors of the Company.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, if any amounts held in a trust of the above described nature are found, due to the creation or operation of said trust, in a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction, or under a “determination” by the Internal Revenue Service in a closing agreement in audit or a final refund disposition (within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code), to have been includable in the gross income of a Participant or Beneficiary prior to payment of such amounts from said trust, the trustee for the trust shall, as soon as administratively practicable, pay to such Participant or Beneficiary an amount equal to the amount determined to have been includable in gross income in such determination, and shall accordingly reduce the Participant's or Beneficiary's future benefits payable under this Plan. The trustee shall not make any distribution to a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to this paragraph 8.7(b) unless it has received a copy of the written determination described above together with any legal opinion which it may request as to the applicability thereof. The term “as soon as administratively practical” in this Section means within the later of: (a) 90 days of the trustee’s determination or (b) 2 ½ months after the year of the trustee’s determination.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  11  

 

 

7.8            To the extent a Participant is a Specified Employee, any distribution to the Participant, will be delayed until the first day of the seventh month following the date that the distribution would otherwise have begun. Other than Earnings Credits, no other Credits will be applied to the Participant’s account during that time.

 

ARTICLE VIII - ADMINISTRATION AND EXPENSES OF THE PLAN

 

8.1            The general administration of this Plan shall be by the Benefits Management Committee. The Benefits Management Committee's discretion with respect to this Plan includes the authority to determine eligibility under all provisions, correct all defects, supply all omissions, reconcile all inconsistencies in the Plan, ensure all benefits are paid in accordance to the Plan, interpret Plan provisions for all Participants or Beneficiaries, and decide all issues of credibility necessary to carry out and operate the Plan. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Benefits Management Committee in its sole and absolute discretion decides that the applicant is entitled to them. All actions, decisions, or interpretations of the Benefits Management Committee are conclusive, final, and binding.

 

All costs and expenses incurred in administering the Plan, including the expenses of the Benefits Management Committee, the fees and expenses of the Trustee, the fees and charges payable under the investment arrangements, and other legal and administrative expenses, shall be paid by the Plan. Notwithstanding, for any Affiliate of which the Company owns less than an 80% interest as defined under Code Section 1504, the obligation of and liability for the deferred compensation benefits accrued under this Plan for Participants employed by such an Affiliate, shall remain the sole obligation and liability of the Affiliate by express resolution of its board or other governing body.

 

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

9.1            This Plan may be amended, suspended or terminated at any time by the Board or any other entity approved by the Board, including the Benefits Management Committee, provided that no such amendment, suspension or termination shall reduce or in any manner adversely affect any Participant's or Board's rights with respect to benefits that are payable or may become payable under this Plan based upon said Participant's Credits as of the date of such amendment, suspension or termination.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  12  

 

 

ARTICLE X - CONSTRUCTION

 

10.1            This Plan shall be construed, regulated and administered under the laws of the state of Delaware, including its choice of law provisions and applicable statute of limitations.

 

ARTICLE XI – CLAIMS AND APPEALS

 

11.1            If a claim by a Participant or Beneficiary is denied, in whole or in part the Participant or Beneficiary, or their representative will receive written notice from the plan administrator. This notice will include the reasons for denial, the specific plan provision involved, an explanation of how claims are reviewed, the procedure for requesting a review of the denied claim, and a description of the information that must be submitted with the appeal. The Participant or Beneficiary, or their representative, may file a written appeal for review of a denied claim to the Benefits Management Committee or its delegate. The process and the time frames for the determination claims and appeals are as follows:

 

(a)              The plan administrator reviews initial claim and makes determination within 90 days of the date the claim is received.

 

(b)              The plan administrator may extend the above 90-day period an additional 90 days if required due to special circumstances beyond control of plan administrator.

 

(c)              The Participant or Beneficiary, or their representative, may submit an appeal of a denied claim within 60 days of receipt of the denial.

 

(d)              The Benefits Appeals Committee (persons designated by the plan administrator to administer the claims appeals procedures of the Plan) reviews and makes a determination on the appeal within 60 days of the date the appeal was received.

 

(e)              The Benefits Appeals Committee may extend the above 60-day period an additional 60 days if required by special circumstances beyond the control of the plan administrator.

 

11.2            In the case where the plan administrator requires an extension of the period to provide a determination on an initial claim or where the Benefits Appeals Committee requires an extension of the period to provide a determination on an appeal, the Plan will notify the Participant or Beneficiary, or their representative, prior to the expiration of the initial determination period. The notification will describe the circumstances requiring the extension and the date a determination is expected to be made. If additional information is required from the Participant or Beneficiary, the determination period will be suspended until the earlier of i) the date the information is received by the plan administrator or the Benefits Appeals Committee, as applicable or ii) 45 days from the date the information was requested.

 

11.3            Participants or Beneficiaries, or their representative, who having received an adverse appeal determination and thereby exhausted the remedies provided under the this Plan, proceed to file suit in state or federal court, must file such suit within 180 days from the date of the adverse appeal determination notice or any right to file such suit will be permanently foreclosed.

 

Arconic Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  13  

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

ARCONIC CORP. EXCESS PLAN C
(Effective February 1, 2020)

 

Arconic Rolled Products Corporation has adopted the following Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C (“Excess Plan”), effective February 1, 2020. Effective February 1, 2020, in anticipation of its separation into two separate publicly-traded companies, Arconic Inc. separated the Howmet Aerospace Excess Benefits Plan C (formerly known as the Arconic Employees’ Excess Benefits Plan C) (the “Predecessor Plan”) into two separate plans: this Excess Plan and the Predecessor Plan. No person is entitled to a benefit under both plans. This Excess Plan is intended as a continuation of the Predecessor Plan for the Participants covered by this Excess Plan and recognizes Retirements and service accrued under the Predecessor Plan.

 

This Excess Plan is for the exclusive benefit of selected management and highly compensated employees, whose pension benefits calculated under certain qualified and non-qualified plans does not take into account certain deferred compensation amounts.

 

Effective after March 31, 2018, the Predecessor Plan was frozen, no additional Participants became eligible to participate in the Predecessor Plan, and no additional benefit accrued except in the limited circumstances described in Section 2.10 of the Predecessor Plan. Effective at 11:59 p.m. on December 31, 2019, benefits, assets and liabilities attributable to Plan A were spun-off and transferred to Plan A from the Arconic Retirement Plan I (now known as the Howmet Aerospace Retirement Plan). Effective February 1, 2020, Participants whose benefits, assets and liabilities were spun-off and transferred from the Arconic Retirement Plan I to Plan A ceased to be participants in the Predecessor Plan, had their benefits and liabilities transferred from the Predecessor Plan to this Excess Plan, and became Participants in this Excess Plan. No additional benefits shall accrue, and no new participants shall become eligible to participate in the Excess Plan.

 

ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

 

1.1           The following terms have the specified meanings:

 

“Additional Compensation” means any amount which the Participant has irrevocably elected to defer prior to April 1, 2018 under one or more of the following: (1) the Incentive Compensation Plan of Arconic Inc., not including any gain or loss thereon, (2) the Arconic Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, not including any gain or loss thereon, or (3) the Performance Pay Plan of Arconic Inc., not including any gain or loss thereon.

 

“Annual Compensation” means prior to April 1, 2018, the total payments made by Arconic Inc. and by any subsidiaries during a calendar year for services rendered as an employee, except as otherwise provided by contractual agreement, other than living and similar allowances and premium pay and payments made for specific purposes as determined under supplemental rules adopted by the Company. Annual Compensation will include any amounts by which the Participant has elected to reduce his or her salary prior to April 1, 2018 under the Howmet Aerospace Hourly Retirement Savings Plan (previously known as the Arconic Hourly Retirement Savings Plan) or under any cash or deferred arrangement established under Section 401(k) of the Code, and will include any Additional Compensation. “Special Payments” within the meaning of the Arconic Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan are not treated as Annual Compensation.

 

Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  -1-  

 

 

“Average Final Compensation” means the average Annual Compensation as determined under the Rule of Plan A in which the Participant participates. Average Final Compensation was frozen effective as of March 31, 2018 under the Predecessor Plan, and shall not be increased under this Plan or the Predecessor Plan to reflect any additional earnings after March 31, 2018, under any circumstances.

 

“Benefits Investments Committee” means the Benefits Investments Committee of the Company (or prior to the Separation Date, Benefits Investments Committee of Arconic Inc.)., which shall have authority over the investment and management of any and all corporate assets attributable or allocated to this Excess Plan (to the extent that this Excess Plan becomes funded).

 

“Benefits Management Committee” means the Benefits Management Committee of the Company (or prior to the Separation Date, Benefits Management Committee of Arconic Inc.), which shall have powers over administration of this Excess Plan as provided herein.

 

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Company” means Arconic Rolled Products Corporation (anticipated to be renamed Arconic Corporation at Separation Date).

 

“Excess Plan” or “Plan” means this Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C, adopted by the Company as described herein or as from time to time hereafter amended.

 

“Other Plans” means Plan A, any defined benefit retirement plan of any Subsidiary, Arconic Corp. Excess Plan A (“Excess A”) and the Arconic Corp. Excess Plan B (“Excess B”), or such similar plan of any Subsidiary, as any presently exist or may exist in the future.

 

“Participant” means, any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary whose account balance was transferred from the Howmet Aerospace Excess Benefits Plan C and who meets one or more of the following requirements:

 

(1) retires or dies while covered under Excess B, or

 

(2) has Additional Compensation and is a participant in Plan A, or

 

(3) on or after January 1, 1989, and before August 11, 2014, retired, died or terminated employment from Arconic Inc. or a subsidiary while covered under the Plan A, and immediately prior to retirement, death or termination was in a job grade of 19 or above, or

 

(4) on or after August 11, 2014, retires, dies or terminates while covered under Plan A, and immediately prior to retirement, death or termination is in a job band of 35 or above, or an equivalent of such job bands as determined by the Company (or Arconic Inc. prior to the Separation Date).

 

Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  -2-  

 

 

Any employee who as of December 31, 2007 was a participant in Rule IC of Plan A and was in a job grade of 27 or above (currently the equivalent of job band 70 or above), or an equivalent of such job grade as determined by the Company, is excluded from participation in this Excess Plan.

 

Effective as of 11:59 p.m. on December 31, 2019, benefits, assets and liabilities attributable to Plan A were spun-off and transferred from the Arconic Retirement Plan I (now referred to as the Howmet Aerospace Retirement Plan) to Plan A. Participants in the Predecessor Plan whose benefits, assets and liabilities were spun-off and transferred from the Arconic Retirement Plan I to Plan A ceased to be participants in the Predecessor Plan, effective February 1, 2020, and had their benefits and liabilities transferred to the Excess Plan. Effective February 1, 2020, the term “Participant” shall not include any person entitled to a benefit under the Howmet Aerospace Excess Plan C. Because the Predecessor Plan was frozen, effective April 1, 2018, no new Participants are eligible to begin participation in this Excess Plan.

 

“Pension Service” means the service used to calculate the Participant’s monthly retirement benefit under Plan A. No Pension Service was earned or accrued after March 31, 2018 under the Predecessor Plan except as provided in the limited circumstances described under Section 2.10 of the Predecessor Plan. No Pension Service shall be earned or accrued under the Excess Plan except as provided in the limited circumstances described under Section 2.10 herein.

 

“Plan A” means Arconic Corp. Pension Plan A as now in effect and as from time to time hereafter amended. References to Plan A prior to January 1, 2020, shall be references to Arconic Retirement Plan I, as amended and renamed effective January 1, 2020, as Howmet Aerospace Retirement Plan.

 

“Predecessor Plan” means Arconic Employees’ Excess Benefits Plan C, renamed effective February 1, 2020, as Howmet Aerospace Excess Plan C, as amended.

 

“Reduced Average Final Compensation” means Average Final Compensation which is calculated by reducing each year’s Annual Compensation used by one-half of the amount, if any, received by a Participant from the Incentive Compensation Plan and the Performance Pay Plan of Arconic Inc.

 

“Retirement” or “Retires” means the termination of employment after attainment of a specified age and specified service as determined under Normal or Early Retirement type under Plan A Rules or Excess B. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Retirement” also includes termination of active employment under a Disability Retirement under the Plan A Rules, and such disability must also comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder for purposes of this Excess Plan. “Retirement” shall also mean any retirement as may be defined under any executive severance agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant to the extent it otherwise complies with termination of employment for purposes of Section 409(A) of the Code.

 

Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  -3-  

 

 

“Separation Date” means the date of the legal separation of Arconic Inc. into two separate publicly-traded companies (Howmet Aerospace Inc. and Arconic Corporation).

 

“Short Term Applicable Rate of Interest” shall mean the rate prescribed for January of the year of retirement under Section 1274(d) of the Code.

 

“Specified Employee” means an employee as defined under written guidelines adopted by the Company, which comply with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Subsidiary” means a corporation at least 50% of whose outstanding voting stock is owned or controlled by the Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries, and any non-corporate business entity in which the Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries have at least a 50% interest in capital or profits.

 

“Surviving Spouse” means a deceased Participant’s spouse who is entitled to receive surviving spouse benefits under Plan A or Excess B. For any Participant retiring with a benefit under this Excess Plan, the term Surviving Spouse in the Plan and the Predecessor Plan includes a Surviving Domestic Partner as defined in Plan A who is designated as a beneficiary under Plan A.

 

ARTICLE II - BENEFITS

 

2.1              The benefit payable under this Excess Plan to a Participant who retires or terminates with a vested benefit under the Plan A - Rules IC, ID, IG, IH, IM, IN, IP or Excess B as it relates to the foregoing Rules, is equal to the portion of pension benefits in pay status that would have been payable had Plan A used Annual Compensation in determining the pension benefit, without regard to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The pension otherwise payable under this Excess Plan will be subject to offsets for payments made from Other Plans.

 

Effective at the close of business on December 31, 2011, Plan A, Rule IC was amended to stop future accruals of age and service for purposes of calculating the amount of a 70/80 Retirement or a Rule of 65 Retirement for any Participant in a job grade 19 (the equivalent of job band 35) or above on October 1, 2012. Effective January 1, 2012, the Predecessor Plan was amended to provide a 70/80 Retirement for age and service accrued on or after January 1, 2012, including any applicable Supplemental Pension (as such terms are described under Plan A, Rule IC), for any such impacted Participant who meets the age, service and other contingent eligibility requirements for such Retirement and Supplement on or after that date under this nonqualified Plan; subject to any offset for 70/80 Retirement made under Rule IC (including an offset for any 70/80 Retirement provided due to a Change in Control).

 

2.2              Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 2.1, the following formulas continued to apply through December 31, 2012 under the Predecessor Plan, for anyone who was a Participant as of December 31, 2007. Effective December 31, 2012, the formulas under the Predecessor Plan were frozen as to any additional accruals. Anyone who became a Participant after December 31, 2007 in the Predecessor Plan, will only receive accruals under Section 2.1 of the Excess Plan, and is ineligible for the following formulas:

 

Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  -4-  

 

 

A.            FORMULA 1 –

 

(1)           for participants who retire on or after January 1, 1989 and are eligible under Plan A - Rules IC, ID, IG, or IH, or Excess B as it relates to the foregoing Rules, the portion of pension benefits in pay status that would have been payable for that month to a Participant under Plan A at the time Pension Service terminates, had Plan A used Annual Compensation in determining the pension benefit; however, Annual Compensation is subject to the limits provided for in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code through 1993, and $250,000 thereafter, or

 

(2)           for participants who retire under Plan A – Rules IM, IN, or IP, or Excess B as it relates to Rules IM, IN, or IP, the portion of pension benefits in pay status that would have been payable for that month to a Participant under Plan A at the time Pension Service terminates, had Plan A used Annual Compensation in determining the pension benefit, without regard to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

 

B.            FORMULA 2 - for participants who retire on or after January 1, 1989, and are eligible under Plan A, Rule IC, or Excess B as it relates to Rule IC, the amount of pension benefits which would have been payable to the Participant using the formula contained in Plan A, Rule IC, effective December 31, 1988, had Plan A, Rule IC used Annual Compensation in determining the pension benefit, or

 

C.            FORMULA 3 - for participants who retire on or after January 1, 1989 under Plan A, Rule IC, or Excess B as it relates to Rule IC, one-twelfth of the following:

 

(1)          a.                   1.7% of Reduced Average Final Compensation for each year of Pension Service up to 30 years, plus

 

b.                  1.3% of Reduced Average Final Compensation for each year of Pension Service in excess of 30, less

 

c.                   the projected earnings Social Security offset as defined in Plan A, Rule IC as of December 31, 1988,

 

less the amount determined in the following paragraph (2) a. and b, or (3) a. and b., as applicable.

 

(2)           a.                for Participants who retire prior to attaining age 62 on any type of pension provided under Plan A, Rule IC, or pension equivalent under Excess B as it relates to Rule IC (other than a 55/10 pension or deferred vested pension), a reduction which equals one percent (1%) for each year, and prorated monthly for a partial year, said retirement precedes age 62, times the amount calculated in the foregoing paragraph (1), plus

 

b.                 any and all applicable reductions and offsets in accordance with the provisions of Plan A, Rule IC, or of Excess B as it relates to Rule IC, (i.e., actuarial reductions and any other percentage reduction made in order to create a joint and survivor annuity).

 

Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  -5-  

 

 

(3)           a.                   for Participants who retire prior to attaining age 62 on a 55/10
pension or deferred vested pension, the Plan A, Rule IC, actuarial reduction to provide for payment prior to age 62, times the amount calculated in the foregoing paragraph (1), plus

 

b.                  any and all applicable reductions and offsets in accordance with the provisions of Plan A, Rule IC, or Excess B as it relates to Rule IC (i.e., actuarial reductions and any other percentage reduction made in order to create a joint and survivor annuity).

 

D.            The pension otherwise payable under Formulas 1, 2 or 3 will be subject to offsets for payments made from Other Plans.

 

2.3           A benefit payable under this Excess Plan to the Surviving Spouse:

 

A.            of a deceased retiree, will be 50% of the pension payable to the retiree on the retiree’s date of death, subject to offset for payments made from Other Plans.

 

B.            of an employee who dies while accruing Pension Service, will be 50% of the pension calculated under paragraph 2.1, (or if applicable, the greater of: Formula 1, Formula 2 or Formula 3 (excluding paragraphs 2.2 C. (2), as applicable) on the employee’s date of death, subject to the offset for payments made under Other Plans.

 

C.            of an employee who terminates with only rights to a deferred vested pension, will be 50% of the pension calculated under paragraph 2.1, (or if applicable, the greater of Formula 1, Formula 2 or Formula 3, as applicable) on the date that the employee’s Pension Service is terminated, subject to the offset of payments made under Other Plans.

 

2.4           Where the benefits under the Other Plans are not payable solely in the form of monthly pension benefits over the same time period, the Benefits Management Committee will, if necessary, adjust the benefits payable under this Excess Plan so that the Participant or Surviving Spouse is neither advantaged nor disadvantaged for pension purposes.

 

2.5           Benefits payable to a Participant who retires or to a Surviving Spouse under this Excess Plan in conjunction with benefits payable under any specific Other Plans will commence concurrently with benefits payable to said Participant or Surviving Spouse under such Other Plans. Upon the cessation of payment of benefits to a Participant or Surviving Spouse under any Other Plans, benefits payable under this Excess Plan in conjunction with benefits payable under said Other Plans will concurrently cease.

 

2.6           This Excess Plan will not be construed as conferring any rights upon any Participant for continuation of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere with the rights of the Company or Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any Participant and/or to take any personnel action affecting any Participant without regard to the effect which such action might have upon such Participant as a prospective recipient of benefits under this Excess Plan.

 

Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  -6-  

 

 

2.7           No benefit under this Excess Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered or be subject in any manner to alienation or anticipation, except that any exceptions to the non-alienation provisions in Plan A, will also apply to benefits hereunder.

 

2.8           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article II, effective January 1, 2009 under the Predecessor Plan, all Benefits not in pay status, will be payable in monthly installments as provided below:

 

a. Benefits will be payable commencing on the last day of the month of

 

i) a Participant’s Retirement, or

 

ii) to the extent the Participant is not eligible for Retirement, but is otherwise vested in Plan A, the later of:

 

x) termination of vesting service as provided in Plan A, or

 

y) attainment of age 55, or

 

z) such other date as irrevocably elected in writing by the Participant under the Predecessor Plan prior to December 31, 2008.

 

b. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Participant is a Specified Employee, such monthly installment will commence on the last day of the seventh month following the date determined in a. above, and will be paid retroactively to the date determined in a. above, and will include interest accrued on the missed payments. “Interest” means the interest calculated using the Short Term Applicable Rate of Interest in effect as of January of the year of retirement.

 

c. The determination of any Benefit payable with respect to Participant who Retires pursuant to the terms of an executive severance agreement, will include any service credit provided by such agreement for purposes of determining vesting and eligibility, but not benefit accrual.

 

d. i)      The form of payment of Benefit paid to a Participant who has a Surviving Spouse as defined under Plan A, is a joint and survivor annuity, in which the Participant’s Benefit paid during his or her lifetime is reduced, and an amount equal to 50% of the Benefit amount received by the Participant is paid to the Surviving Spouse. There are no optional forms of payment or Qualified Optional Survivor Annuities (as that term is described in Plan A) under this Excess Plan.

 

Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  -7-  

 

 

To the extent a Participant dies before his or her payments have begun, payments to the Surviving Spouse will be as follows:

 

1)      If the Participant was a Participant in Rule IM of Plan A, and dies while accruing pension service, the survivor annuity under this Excess Plan will begin the later of: a) the month following the Participant’s death or b) the month after the Participant would have turned age 55.

 

2)      If the Participant was a Participant in Rule IC or Rule IN of Plan A, and dies while accruing pension service, the survivor annuity under this Excess Plan will begin the month following the Participant’s death.

 

3)      If the Participant dies after pension service has terminated, the survivor annuity under this Excess Plan will begin the later of: the month following the Participant’s death or the month after the Participant would have turned age 55.

 

ii)               The form of payment of Benefits paid to a Participant who has no Surviving Spouse on the date payment of Benefits commence is a single life annuity as described in Plan A.

 

e.             If a Participant is receiving payments under this Excess Plan and is subsequently reemployed by the Company, payments under this Excess Plan shall continue regardless of the cessation of the Participant’s monthly Pension payments due to such reemployment under the Plan A.

 

2.9           Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Excess Plan, if at any time the present value of a Participant’s nonqualified benefits under all nonqualified defined benefit plans of the Company and all members of its controlled group of corporations, not otherwise payable under the provisions of the Plan, shall be equal to or less than the Code Section 402(g) limit in effect at the time of any payment event (for 2020, $19,500 or less and as adjusted from time to time by the Internal Revenue Service):

 

i) The Company may, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Company, elect to distribute the entire benefit to the Participant in the form of a lump sum payment, in lieu of any other benefit payable under the Plan.

 

ii) If the participant terminates employment with the Company, the Participant’s entire benefit under this Plan shall be distributed immediately in the form of a lump sum, in lieu of any other benefit payable under the Plan.

 

The present value shall be determined by the Company, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, using reasonable actuarial assumptions. The distribution of the lump sum shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than ninety (90) days after a payment event or two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the year of the payment event, whichever is later. Any payment under this subsection shall extinguish any and all liability under this Excess Plan and any and all the plans from which the lump sum is provided.

 

Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  -8-  

 

 

2.10          Effective after March 31, 2018, the Predecessor Plan was frozen, and no additional benefits were earned under the Predecessor Plan after that date, except to the extent that a participant under the Predecessor Plan was on layoff prior to March 31, 2018 that continued after March 31, 2018, and the participant under the Predecessor Plan continued to earn Pension Service under Plan A. Under no circumstance will any Pension Service be earned after March 31, 2019 under the Predecessor Plan or this Plan for participants who were on layoff under any circumstances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, service with the Company (or Arconic Inc. prior to the Separation Date) after March 31, 2018 shall be used solely for purposes of determining vesting and eligibility for Early Retirement benefits.

 

ARTICLE III - CONTRIBUTIONS

 

3.1            Benefits payable hereunder will be payable out of general assets of the Company or a participating Subsidiary, and no segregation of assets for such benefits will be made. The right of a Participant or a Surviving Spouse to receive benefits under this Excess Plan will be an unsecured claim against said assets.

 

To the extent that this Excess Plan becomes funded in the future, the Benefits Investments Committee shall have authority over the investment and management of any and all corporate assets attributable or allocated to this Excess Plan. In this regard, the Benefits Investments Committee shall have the authority to approve, to adopt, to amend, to merge and to terminate any trust established to secure any such assets.

 

ARTICLE IV - ADMINISTRATION OF EXCESS PLAN

 

4.1           The general administration of this Excess Plan will be by the Benefits Management Committee. The Benefits Management Committee’s discretion with respect to this Excess Plan includes the authority to determine eligibility under all provisions, correct all defects, supply all omissions, reconcile all inconsistencies in plan, ensure all benefits are paid in accordance to this Excess Plan, interpret plan provisions for all Participants or Surviving Spouses, and decide all issues of credibility necessary to carry out and operate this Excess Plan. Benefits under this Excess Plan will be paid only if the Benefits Management Committee in its sole and absolute discretion decides that the applicant is entitled to them. All actions, decisions, or interpretations of the Benefits Management Committee are conclusive, final, and binding.

 

ARTICLE V - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

5.1           This Excess Plan may be amended, suspended or terminated at any time by the Board of Directors or any other entity approved by the Board of Directors, including the Benefits Management Committee, provided, however, that no amendment, suspension or termination will reduce or in any manner adversely affect any Participant’s rights with respect to benefits that are payable or may become payable under Article II hereof based upon said Participant’s Additional Compensation as of the date of such amendment, suspension termination.

 

ARTICLE VI - CONSTRUCTION

 

6.1           This Excess Plan will be construed, regulated and administered under the laws of the state of Delaware except as modified by any applicable law.

 

Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  -9-  

 

 

ARTICLE VII - CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

7.1         Provisions Upon Change in Control. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, as that term is defined in Plan A, neither the Company, the Board of Directors, the Benefits Management Committee, or other designee of the Board of Directors, may, during the three-year period commencing on the date that the Change in Control occurs:

 

a. Amend, modify, or terminate this Excess Plan, except to the extent as may be legally required by any law or regulations prescribed thereunder, or any provision of the Code or any regulation prescribed thereunder; or

 

b. Reduce future Excess Plan benefits of any Participant.

 

ARTICLE VIII - CLAIMS AND APPEALS

 

8.1          If a claim by a Participant or Surviving Spouse is denied in whole or in part, the Participant or Surviving Spouse, or their representative will receive written notice from the plan administrator. This notice will include the reasons for denial, the specific Plan provision involved, an explanation of how claims are reviewed, the procedure for requesting a review of the denied claim, and a description of the information that must be submitted with the appeal. The Participant or Surviving Spouse, or their representative, may file a written appeal for review of a denied claim to the Benefits Management Committee or its delegate. The process and the time frames for the determination claims and appeals are as follows:

 

a. The plan administrator reviews initial claim and makes determination within 90 days (45 days if the claim relates to a disability determination) of the date the claim is received.

 

b. The plan administrator may extend the above 90-day period (45 days if the claim relates to a disability determination) by an additional 90 days (30 additional days if the claim relates to a disability determination) if required due to special circumstances beyond control of plan administrator. If the claim relates to a disability determination, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to an additional 30 days if the plan administrator notifies the Participant or Surviving Spouse prior to the expiration of the first 30-day extension period.

 

c. The Participant or Surviving Spouse, or their representative, may submit an appeal of a denied claim within 60 days of receipt of the denial (180 days if the claim relates to a disability determination).

 

d. The Benefits Appeals Committee (persons designated by the plan administrator to administer the claims appeals procedures of the Plan) reviews and makes a determination on the appeal within 60 days of the date the appeal was received (45 days of the date the appeal was received for a disability determination).

 

e. The Benefits Appeals Committee may extend the above 60-day period (or 45 day period for a disability determination) by an additional 60 days (45 days for a disability determination) if required by special circumstances beyond the control of the Benefits Appeals Committee.

 

Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  -10-  

 

 

8.2           In the case where the plan administrator requires an extension of the period to provide a determination on an initial claim or where the Benefits Appeals Committee requires an extension of the period to provide a determination on an appeal, the plan will notify the Participant or Surviving Spouse, or their representative, prior to the expiration of the initial determination period. The notification will describe the circumstances requiring the extension and the date a determination is expected to be made. If additional information is required from the Participant or Surviving Spouse, the determination period will be suspended until the earlier of i) the date the information is received by the plan administrator or the Benefits Appeals Committee, as applicable or ii) 45 days from the date the information was requested.

 

8.3           Participants or Surviving Spouses, or their representative, who having received an adverse appeal determination and thereby exhausted the remedies provided under the Excess Plan, proceed to file suit in state or federal court, must file such suit within 180 days from the date of the adverse appeal determination notice or any right to file such suit will be permanently foreclosed.

 

Arconic Corp. Excess Plan C

Effective February 1, 2020

 

  -11-  

 

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

 

ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION,
as Issuer

 

THE GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
as Guarantors

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Second Priority Collateral Agent

 

AND

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Registrar, Paying Agent
and Authenticating Agent

 

6.125% SENIOR SECURED SECOND-LIEN NOTES DUE 2028

 

INDENTURE DATED AS OF

 

February 7, 2020

  

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

ARTICLE I
ESTABLISHMENT; DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.01.   Definitions 1
SECTION 1.02.   Other Definitions 46
SECTION 1.03.   U.S. Dollar Equivalents 47
SECTION 1.04.   Rules of Construction 47
SECTION 1.05.   Limited Condition Transactions 48
SECTION 1.06.   Transactions 48

 

ARTICLE II
THE NOTES
SECTION 2.01.   Form and Dating 49
SECTION 2.02.   Execution and Authentication 49
SECTION 2.03.   Registrar and Paying Agent 50
SECTION 2.04.   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust 50
SECTION 2.05.   Holder Lists 51
SECTION 2.06.   Transfer and Exchange 51
SECTION 2.07.   Replacement Notes 62
SECTION 2.08.   Outstanding Notes 63
SECTION 2.09.   Treasury Notes 63
SECTION 2.10.   Temporary Notes 63
SECTION 2.11.   Cancellation 63
SECTION 2.12.   Defaulted Interest 64
SECTION 2.13.   CUSIP or ISIN Numbers 64
SECTION 2.14.   Additional Notes 65

  

ARTICLE III
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
SECTION 3.01.   Notices to Trustee 65
SECTION 3.02.   Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed 65
SECTION 3.03.   Notice of Redemption 66
SECTION 3.04.   Effect of Notice Upon Redemption 67
SECTION 3.05.   Deposit of Redemption Price 68
SECTION 3.06.   Notes Redeemed in Part 68
SECTION 3.07.   Optional Redemption 68
SECTION 3.08.   [Reserved.] 69
SECTION 3.09.   Special Mandatory Redemption 69
SECTION 3.10.   Mandatory Redemption 70

 

i

 

 

ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS
SECTION 4.01.   Payment of Notes 70
SECTION 4.02.   Maintenance of Office or Agency 70
SECTION 4.03.   Reports 71
SECTION 4.04.   Compliance Certificate 72
SECTION 4.05.   [Reserved.] 72
SECTION 4.06.   [Reserved.] 72
SECTION 4.07.   Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock 72
SECTION 4.08.   Limitation on Incurrence of Layered Indebtedness 79
SECTION 4.09.   Limitation on Restricted Payments 79
SECTION 4.10.   Liens 86
SECTION 4.11.   Change of Control 87
SECTION 4.12.   Company Existence 90
SECTION 4.13.   Future Guarantors 90
SECTION 4.14.   Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries 90
SECTION 4.15.   Asset Sales 92
SECTION 4.16.   [Reserved] 96
SECTION 4.17.   Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates 96
SECTION 4.18.   Suspension of Covenants 98

  

ARTICLE V
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS
SECTION 5.01.   The Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms 100
SECTION 5.02.   Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms 102

  

ARTICLE VI
REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01.   Events of Default 103
SECTION 6.02.   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment 105
SECTION 6.03.   Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee 107
SECTION 6.04.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 107
SECTION 6.05.   Application of Money Collected 107
SECTION 6.06.   Limitation on Suits 108
SECTION 6.07.   Control by Holders 108
SECTION 6.08.   Waiver of Past Defaults 108
SECTION 6.09.   Undertaking for Costs 109
SECTION 6.10.   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws 109

 

ii

 

 

ARTICLE VII
TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.01.   Duties of Trustee 109
SECTION 7.02.   Rights of the Trustee 111
SECTION 7.03.   Individual Rights of Trustee 113
SECTION 7.04.   Trustee’s Disclaimer 113
SECTION 7.05.   Notice of Defaults 113
SECTION 7.06.   [Reserved] 114
SECTION 7.07.   Compensation and Indemnity 114
SECTION 7.08.   Replacement of Trustee 115
SECTION 7.09.   Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc 116
SECTION 7.10.   Eligibility; Disqualification 116

  

ARTICLE VIII
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.01.   Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 116
SECTION 8.02.   Legal Defeasance and Discharge 117
SECTION 8.03.   Covenant Defeasance 117
SECTION 8.04.   Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance 118
SECTION 8.05.   Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions 118
SECTION 8.06.   Satisfaction and Discharge 119
SECTION 8.07.   Repayment to Issuer 120
SECTION 8.08.   Reinstatement 120
SECTION 8.09.   Survival 121
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
SECTION 9.01.   Without Consent of Holder 121
SECTION 9.02.   With Consent of Holders of Notes 123
SECTION 9.03.   Payments for Consent 124
SECTION 9.04.   Revocation and Effect of Consents 124
SECTION 9.05.   Trustee and Agents to Sign Amendments 125
ARTICLE X
GUARANTEES
SECTION 10.01.   Guarantees 125
SECTION 10.02.   Limitation on Liability 126
SECTION 10.03.   Successors and Assigns 126
SECTION 10.04.   No Waiver 127
SECTION 10.05.   Release of Guarantor 127
SECTION 10.06.   Contribution 128

 

iii

 

 

ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 11.01.   [Reserved] 128
SECTION 11.02.   Notices 128
SECTION 11.03.   [Reserved] 129
SECTION 11.04.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent 129
SECTION 11.05.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion 130
SECTION 11.06.   Rules by Trustee and Agents 130
SECTION 11.07.   Business Days 130
SECTION 11.08.   No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees and Stockholders 130
SECTION 11.09.   Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial 130
SECTION 11.10.   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements 131
SECTION 11.11.   Successors 131
SECTION 11.12.   Severability 131
SECTION 11.13.   Counterpart Originals 131
SECTION 11.14.   Table of Contents, Headings, Etc 131
SECTION 11.15.   Force Majeure 131
SECTION 11.16.   Patriot Act Compliance 132
ARTICLE XII
ESCROW MATTERS
SECTION 12.01.   Escrow Account 132
SECTION 12.02.   Special Mandatory Redemption 132
SECTION 12.03.   Release of Escrowed Property 133
SECTION 12.04.   Trustee Direction to Execute Escrow Agreement 133
ARTICLE XIII
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY
SECTION 13.01.   Collateral and Notes Collateral Documents 133
SECTION 13.02.   Further Assurances 134
SECTION 13.03.   After Acquired Property 134
SECTION 13.04.   Release 134
SECTION 13.05.   Second Priority Collateral Agent 135
SECTION 13.06.   Intercreditor Agreements 139

 

iv

 

  

EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit A Form of Note
Exhibit B Form of Certificate of Transfer Exhibit
Exhibit C Form of Certificate of Exchange Exhibit
Exhibit D Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
Exhibit E Form of Collateral Agreement
Exhibit F Form of First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement

 

v

 

 

This INDENTURE, dated as of February 7, 2020 (this “Indenture”), is by and among Arconic Rolled Products Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors from time to time party hereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as second priority collateral agent (the “Second Priority Collateral Agent”), registrar (“Registrar”), paying agent (“Paying Agent”) and authenticating agent (“Authenticating Agent”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer is entering into this Indenture to establish the form and terms of its 6.125% Senior Secured Second-Lien Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”); and

 

WHEREAS, all conditions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Indenture and to make it a valid and binding obligation of the Issuer have been done or performed.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE I
ESTABLISHMENT; DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.01.        Definitions.

 

(a)               The following are definitions used in this Indenture.

 

144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Acceptable Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 4.15.

 

Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person. Such Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Additional Assets” means (i) any property or assets (other than current assets (as determined in accordance with GAAP), Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business; (ii) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii) Capital Stock of any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a third party.

 

 

 

 

Additional Notes” means 6.125% Senior Secured Second-Lien Notes due 2028 issued from time to time after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.14 of this Indenture, and any Notes issued in exchange or replacement therefor.

 

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 4.17.

 

Agent” means any Collateral Agent, Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent or other agent appointed in accordance with this Indenture to perform any function that this Indenture authorized such agent to perform.

 

Applicable Measurement Period” means the most recently ended four fiscal quarters immediately preceding the applicable date of determination for which internal financial statements are available.

 

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

(1)       1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

(2)       the excess, if any, of:

 

(a)       the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price (such redemption price being set forth in the table in Section 3.07(b)) of such Note at February 15, 2023, plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date) through February 15, 2023, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(b)       the principal amount of such Note.

 

Calculation of the Applicable Premium shall be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

 

Applicable Premium Deficit” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04.

 

2

 

 

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.

 

Approved Asset Disposition” means certain sales, dispositions or other transactions that are expressly permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities as of the Distribution Date as “Approved Assets Dispositions” thereunder.

 

Arconic” means Arconic Inc. (to be renamed Howmet Aerospace Inc.), a Delaware corporation.

 

Asset Sale” means:

 

(1)       the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) other than Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”), or

 

(2)       the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.07), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in each case, other than:

 

(A)       any disposition of (i) Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities, (ii) property or other assets no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, in the conduct of the business of the Issuer (including allowing any intellectual property that is no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, to lapse, go abandoned, or be invalidated), (iii) inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business or (iv) charitable donations or contributions in the ordinary course of business;

 

(B)       the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture for which a Change of Control Offer is made;

 

(C)       the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.09 or any Permitted Investment;

 

(D)       any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $40 million;

 

(E)       any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(F)       any exchange of like property under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any comparable or successor provision, or any exchange of equipment to be used in a Similar Business;

 

3

 

 

(G)       the lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(H)       any issuance, sale or pledge of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(I)       foreclosures, condemnation, eminent domain or any similar action on assets;

 

(J)       (i) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, and related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility or in factoring or similar transactions and (ii) any other dispositions of accounts receivable and related assets in connection with a Receivables Facility (it being understood that for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture, the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may participate in any customer supply chain financing programs in the ordinary course of business and shall not constitute an Asset Sale);

 

(K)       any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions;

 

(L)       any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(M)       the sale, lease, assignment, license, sublease or discount of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, notes receivable or other current assets in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable or other dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

 

(N)       the licensing, sub-licensing or similar grants of rights of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

 

(O)       the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

 

(P)       sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

(Q)       the lapse or abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business;

 

(R)       the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties as required by applicable law;

 

4

 

 

 

(S)       a disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), entered into in connection with such acquisition;

 

(T)        to the extent constituting a disposition, the unwinding or early termination or settlement of any hedging agreement or any bond hedge transaction or other option, forward or other derivative contract;

 

(U)       any Approved Asset Disposition; and

 

(V)       any other disposition pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 4.15(c).

 

Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period” has the meaning specified in Section 4.15(b).

 

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar United States federal or state law for the relief of debtors, or the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or the relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any law.

 

Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the Board of Directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person does not have such a Board of Directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a single entity, the Board of Directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in any such case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors or other governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Issuer.

 

Board Resolution” means with respect to the Issuer, a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof.

 

Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

 

Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)       in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,

 

(2)       in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock,

 

(3)       in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and

 

5

 

 

(4)       any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital or finance lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)       United States dollars,

 

(2)       Canadian dollars,

 

(3)       (A) euro, pounds sterling or any national currency of any participating member state in the European Union or (B) local currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

 

(4)       securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by (a) the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, (b) any country that is a member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof or (c) any foreign country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization), the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government,

 

(5)       certificates of deposit, time deposits and dollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year, overnight bank deposits and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments), in each case with (i) any lender under the Senior Credit Facilities or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. Dollar Equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of foreign banks,

 

(6)       repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (4) and (5) above, entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (5) above,

 

(7)       commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(8)       marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating organization) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof,

 

6

 

 

(9)       (a) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above and (10) through (12) below and (b) “money market funds” that invest 90% or more of their assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (10) through (12) below or that are rated AAA by S&P or Aaa by Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, if both of the two named nationally recognized statistical rating organizations above cease publishing ratings of such investments,

 

(10)       readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, and in each such case with a “stable” or better outlook with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(11)       Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(12)       Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, and

 

(13)       in the case of Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, Investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (12) customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for cash management purposes.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) through (3) and (13) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) through (3) or (13) above, as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

Cash Management Services” means any of the following: ACH transactions, treasury or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, netting services, automated clearing house arrangements, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.

 

Certificated Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Distribution Date, in each case excluding any of the Transactions:

 

7

 

 

(1)       the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation) in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than to the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries;

 

(2)       the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation or purchase of Capital Stock) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer, or other Voting Stock into which the Voting Stock of the Issuer is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, provided, however, that this clause (2) shall not include any transaction where (x) the Issuer becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, and (y) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Issuer’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction; or

 

(3)       the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer.

 

Change of Control Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 4.11.

 

Change of Control Payment has the meaning specified in Section 4.11.

 

Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.11.

 

Collateral” means all assets and properties subject to Liens created pursuant to any Notes Collateral Document to secure the Obligations in respect of the Notes (including the Guarantees), the Notes Collateral Documents and this Indenture.

 

Collateral Agreement” means the Collateral Agreement (substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto) to be dated as of the Escrow Release Date, by and between the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Second Priority Collateral Agent, together with the documents related thereto (including the supplements thereto and any certificates delivered thereunder designating indebtedness and other obligations as “Second Priority Obligations” thereunder), as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Notes Collateral Documents and the Senior Credit Facilities Collateral Documents.

 

Commercial Agreement” means any commodity prepayment contract, contract with payment or performance delays or any other equivalent agreement, in each case, relating to a commodity transaction that does not constitute a Hedging Obligation, resulting in a performance risk or credit exposure, as applicable.

 

consolidated” or “Consolidated” means, unless otherwise specifically indicated, with respect to any Person, such Person on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, but excluding from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not a Subsidiary of, an Affiliate of, or otherwise owned by, such Person.

 

8

 

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization or write-off of financing costs and expenses and capitalized expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)       consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including all cash dividends paid or payable during such period in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer, and excluding (i) any one-time cash costs associated with breakage in respect interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, (ii) penalties and interest relating to Taxes, (iii) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (iv) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, (v) amortization or “write-off” of financing costs and expenses, (vi) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (vii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility), (viii) premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses incurred in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of asset and (ix) payments under the Tax Matters Agreement; less

 

(2)       interest income for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss), of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP as set forth on the consolidated financial statements of such Person for such period but (x) excluding (other than for purposes of calculating the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C)(i) of Section 4.09(a)) any impact of costs and expenses (including legal fees) or gain or loss (including as the result of insurance recoveries received directly from an insurance company or indirectly from Howmet Aerospace Inc.) in each case arising from or attributable to the Grenfell Tower Fire and (y) reduced (other than for purposes of calculating the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C)(i) of Section 4.09(a) for any cash payments made during such period, whether or not such cash payments would be required to reduce net income in accordance with GAAP, resulting from costs and expenses (including legal fees) arising from or attributable to the Grenfell Tower Fire except to the extent such payments either (i) have been reimbursed in cash directly from an insurance provider or indirectly from Howmet Aerospace Inc. or (ii) are expected to be covered and reimbursed (A) in cash within 365 days directly by an insurance provider that is financially sound and reputable and has not disputed coverage or (B) indirectly by Howmet Aerospace Inc. (in each case of (A) and (B), as determined by the Issuer in good faith); provided that to the extent such amounts are not so reimbursed within such 365 day period or are no longer expected to be covered and reimbursed or are disputed, then such unreimbursed amount shall reduce net income for such period); provided that, without duplication,

 

9

 

 

(1)       any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions), severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefits plans, start-up, transition, integration and other restructuring and business optimization costs, charges, reserves or expenses (including related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and to the start-up, closure or consolidation of facilities), new product introductions, and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded,

 

(2)       the net income (loss) for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period,

 

(3)       any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4)       any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

 

(5)       the net income (loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6)       solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C)(i) of Section 4.09(a), the net income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

10

 

 

(7)       effects of adjustments in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting, including in relation to the Transactions, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of Taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(8)       (i) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid), (ii) any non-cash income (or loss) related to currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances and other balance sheet items and to Hedging Obligations pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging (formerly Financing Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133) and its related pronouncements and interpretations (or any successor provision) and (iii) any non-cash expense, income or loss attributable to the movement in mark-to-market valuation of foreign currencies, Indebtedness or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(9)       any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141) shall be excluded,

 

(10)       (i) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock, units or other rights to officers, directors, managers or employees and (ii) non-cash income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts, shall be excluded,

 

(11)       any fees, costs and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, recapitalization, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed), including all fees, costs and expenses incurred or payable by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12)       accruals and reserves, contingent liabilities and any gains or losses on the settlement of any pre-existing contractual or non-contractual relationships that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Distribution Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded,

 

(13)       to the extent covered by insurance or indemnification and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount shall in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier or indemnifying party in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded, and

 

11

 

 

(14)       any unrealized or realized gain or loss due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects, determined in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.09 only (other than clause (C)(iv) of Section 4.09(a)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any dividends, distributions, interest payments, return of capital, repayments or other transfers of assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (C)(iv) of Section 4.09(a).

 

Consolidated Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer.

 

Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) the sum of (x) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of determination and (y) the Reserved Indebtedness Amount minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date (excluding the amounts of cash and Cash Equivalents which are listed as “Restricted” on such balance sheet or which consisted of the proceeds of Indebtedness, the incurrence of which the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio is being determined) to (2) EBITDA of the Issuer for the Applicable Measurement Period, with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness, Cash Equivalents and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (and excluding Hedging Obligations) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (without double-counting) all preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and preferred stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and their Maximum Fixed Repurchase Prices, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “Maximum Fixed Repurchase Price” of any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock means the maximum price, if any, at which such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock may be required to be redeemed or repurchased by the issuer thereof in accordance with its terms.

 

12

 

 

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Issuer.

 

Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 8.03.

 

Covenant Suspension Event” has the meaning specified in Section 4.18(a).

 

Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that Refinance any part of the loans, notes or other securities, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.07) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

Custodian” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(c) as Custodian with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(b) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

13

 

 

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event, in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

Distribution Date” means the date of the distribution of the shares of common stock of the Issuer to shareholders of record of Arconic pursuant to the Spin-Off.

 

Distribution Date Payment” means the payment, on or about the Distribution Date, of a cash dividend or other cash transfer or debt repayment by the Issuer to Arconic or one of its subsidiaries of a portion of the Net Proceeds of the Senior Credit Facilities and the Notes as described in the Offering Memorandum under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Division” means the division of the assets, liabilities and/or obligations of a Person (the “Dividing Person”) among two or more Persons (whether pursuant to a “plan of division” or similar arrangement), which may or may not include the Dividing Person and pursuant to which the Dividing Person may or may not survive.

 

EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, (1) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, increased (without duplication) by:

 

(A)       provision for Taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, U.S. federal, state, non-U.S., franchise, excise, value added and similar Taxes and foreign withholding Taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to such Taxes or arising from any Tax examinations deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(B)       Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses 1(ii) through 1(viii) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

14

 

 

(C)       Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(D)       any fees, expenses, charges or losses (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering or other capital markets transaction, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including such fees, expenses, charges or losses related to (i) the Transactions and any transactions pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents, including but not limited to severance, relocation costs, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses and operating improvements and establishment costs, recruiting fees, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities, internal costs in respect of Spin-Off related initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), contract terminations and professional and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any costs or expenses arising out of or relating to the Grenfell Tower Fire), (ii) the offering of the Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities and (iii) any amendment or other modification of the Spin-Off Documents, the Notes, the Senior Credit Facilities or other Indebtedness and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(E)       any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs, write-downs, expenses, losses or items, including any non-cash loss attributable to the mark to market movement in the valuation of any Equity Interests, and hedging obligations or other derivative instruments, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be deducted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus

 

(F)       the amount of any minority interest expense deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(G)       litigation costs and expenses for non-ordinary course litigation;

 

less,

 

(2)       (a) without duplication and to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, any non-cash gains for such period (other than any such non-cash gains (i) in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or shall be received in a future period and (ii) that represent the reversal of any accrual in a prior period for, or the reversal of any cash reserves established in a prior period for, anticipated cash charges), plus

 

15

 

 

(b) without duplication and to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, any losses and expenses (to the extent not covered by insurance or indemnification and not reimbursed) with respect to liability or casualty events in connection with or relating to the Grenfell Tower Fire.

 

Employee Matters Agreement” means the Employee Matters Agreement between the Issuer and Arconic, to be dated on or prior to the Distribution Date.

 

Equity Interest” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common equity or preferred stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

 

(1)       public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any of its direct or indirect parent company’s common equity registered on Form S-8; and

 

(2)       issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer or any employee benefit plan of the Issuer.

 

euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the Economic and Monetary Union.

 

Escrow Account” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Agent” means SunTrust Bank, a Georgia banking corporation, as agent under the Escrow Agreement, and any and all successors thereto appointed pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Agreement” means the Escrow Agreement dated the date hereof by and among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, relating to the Initial Notes, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Escrow Outside Date” means August 1, 2020.

 

Escrowed Property” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Release” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Release Date” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Release Request” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

 

16

 

 

Excess Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 4.15(c).

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Excluded Contribution” means any net cash proceeds and marketable securities (valued at their Fair Market Value as determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Issuer) received by the Issuer from:

 

(1)       contributions to its common equity capital; or

 

(2)       the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer,

 

in each case designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, and which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.09(a)(3) and are not applied pursuant to Section 4.09(b) (2), (4) or (19).

 

Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date or the Distribution Date or incurred pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum, plus interest accruing (or the accretion of discount) thereon.

 

Excluded Property” has the meaning specified in the Collateral Agreement.

 

Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any Investment, asset or property, the fair market value of such Investment, asset or property, determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive for all purposes under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

First Lien Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement” means an agreement entered into by the First Priority Collateral Agent and the representative of the holders of additional First Priority Obligations, in substantially the form agreed and authorized by the First Priority Secured Parties.

 

First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means an agreement entered into by the First Priority Collateral Agent and the Second Priority Collateral Agent substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F hereto.

 

First Priority” means, with respect to any Permitted Lien, a Lien that is senior or prior to the Liens securing the Notes.

 

First Priority Collateral Agreement” means that certain Collateral Agreement to be entered into among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the First Priority Collateral Agent.

 

17

 

 

First Priority Collateral Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and any successor collateral agent under the First Priority Collateral Agreement.

 

First Priority Documents” means the Credit Agreement evidencing the Senior Credit Facilities, the First Priority Collateral Agreement and all other agreements or instruments evidencing or creating any security interest or Lien in favor of the First Priority Collateral Agent, each guarantee by any Grantor of any or all of the First Priority Obligations and any First Lien Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with their respective terms.

 

First Priority Lien” means any Lien created by the First Priority Documents.

 

First Priority Obligations” means (1) all Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Senior Credit Facilities and the First Priority Security Documents and (2) any other Senior Indebtedness and related Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors incurred subsequent to the Issue Date and outstanding from time to time that is designated as First Priority Obligations in writing by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the First Priority Documents and that by its terms is secured (and is permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities and the First Priority Documents to be secured) by a Permitted Lien on any or all of the Collateral having First Priority.

 

First Priority Secured Parties” means each Person holding First Priority Obligations.

 

First Priority Security Documents” means the First Priority Collateral Agreement and all other agreements or instruments evidencing or creating any security interest or Lien in favor of the First Priority Collateral Agent, in any or all of the Collateral, as amended from time to time in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Ltd. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person as of any applicable date of determination, the ratio of (1) EBITDA of such Person for the Applicable Measurement Period to (2) the Fixed Charges of such Person for such Applicable Measurement Period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock subsequent to the commencement of the Applicable Measurement Period but on or prior to the applicable date of determination, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock (in each case, including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period; provided, however, that, for purposes of the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, in connection with the incurrence of any Ratio Indebtedness, the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness which is to be incurred, as being incurred as of the applicable date of determination and any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment that was so treated shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence of additional Indebtedness.

 

18

 

 

For purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary during the Applicable Measurement Period or subsequent to such Applicable Measurement Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the applicable date of determination shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charges and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Applicable Measurement Period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such Applicable Measurement Period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the applicable date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account for such entire period, any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of 12 months or longer, and in the case of any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of less than 12 months, taking into account such Hedging Obligation to the extent of its remaining term). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon (A) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period or (B) if such facility was created after the end of the applicable period, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of determination; or, if lower, the maximum commitments under such revolving credit facility as of the applicable date of determination. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

 

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of

 

(1)       Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, and

 

(2)       all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made during such period.

 

19

 

 

Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company” means any U.S. Subsidiary that has no material assets other than 65% or more of the Equity Interests (or Equity Interests and/or debt) of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries or other Foreign Subsidiary Holding Companies.

 

Form 10” means the registration statement on Form 10, originally filed publicly by the Issuer with the SEC on December 17, 2019, as amended.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, provided, however, that the Issuer may with notice to the Trustee elect to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Issue Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn by notice to the Trustee. At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS”) accounting principles as in effect on the date of such election in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP and GAAP concepts shall thereafter be construed to refer to IFRS and corresponding IFRS concepts as of such date (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided further, any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer shall give written notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, solely making the IFRS election (without any other action) referred to in this definition shall not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (a) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to Accounting Standard Codifications), to value any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value”, as defined therein and (b) all obligations of any person that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of an Accounting Standards Update (the “ASU”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for any determinations under this Indenture other than Section 4.03 (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as capitalized lease obligations in the Issuer’s financial statements.

 

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

20

 

 

Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof.

 

Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

Grantor” means the Issuer and the Guarantors.

 

Grenfell Tower Fire” means the June 2017 fire at the Grenfell Tower in London, England.

 

guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

 

Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 10.

 

Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes under this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

Holder” means a registered holder of the Notes.

 

incur” has the meaning specified in Section 4.07.

 

incurrence” has the meaning specified in Section 4.07.

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)       any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

21

 

 

(A)       in respect of borrowed money,

 

(B)       evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

 

(C)       representing the balance, deferred and unpaid, of the purchase price of any property or services, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation, after 60 days of becoming due and payable, has not been paid and is reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP,

 

(D)       representing Capitalized Lease Obligations, or

 

(E)       representing any Hedging Obligations,

 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

 

(2)       to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(3)       to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person secured by a Lien on any assets owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such assets at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

 

provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(a)       obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities;

 

(b)       deferred or prepaid revenue;

 

(c)       purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty, indemnity or other unperformed obligations of the seller,

 

(d)       any obligations attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto;

 

22

 

 

(e)       obligations in respect of any residual value guarantees on equipment leases;

 

(f)       any take-or-pay or similar obligation to the extent such obligation is not shown as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(g)       asset retirement obligations and obligations in respect of reclamation and workers’ compensation (including pensions and retiree medical care).

 

Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed (including the appendices and exhibits) and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

 

Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, not an Affiliate of the Issuer and qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Initial Notes” means $600,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

 

Intercreditor Agreements” means the First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Second Lien Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

 

interest means, with respect to the Notes, interest on the Notes.

 

Interest Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of the applicable Notes.

 

inventory” means goods held for sale or lease by a Person in the ordinary course of business, net of any reserve for goods that have been segregated by such Person to be returned to the applicable vendor for credit, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

(1)       securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),

 

23

 

 

(2)       debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries,

 

(3)       investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) above, which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution, and

 

(4)       corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

 

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.09,

 

(1)       “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

(A)       the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

 

(B)       the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)       any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

 

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

Issue Date” means February 7, 2020.

 

Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required or authorized by law to be open in the State of New York.

 

24

 

 

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Limited Condition Transaction” means (i) any acquisition or other similar investment, including by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, Division or similar transaction, by the Issuer or one or more of its Subsidiaries, the consummation of which is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing or in connection with which any fee or expense would be payable by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries to the seller or target in the event financing to consummate the acquisition is not obtained as contemplated by the definitive acquisition agreement or (ii) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Fair Market Value of any Cash Equivalents received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of (i) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including legal, accounting, consultant and investment banking fees and discounts, brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses and other fees, expenses and charges incurred as a result thereof, Taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (including in connection with any repatriation of funds and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), (ii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor required (other than pursuant to Section 4.15 (b)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, (iii) any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such transaction, (iv) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale, or to any other Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets disposed of in such Asset Sale and (v) any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, as determined in good faith by the Issuer.

 

Notes Collateral Documents” means the Collateral Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreements, the intellectual property security agreements, the mortgages and each other agreement, instrument or other document entered into in favor of the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any other holders of Obligations in respect of the Notes, including the Guarantees (and the successors and assigns of each of the Notes and the Guarantees), for purposes of securing the Obligations in respect of the Notes (including the Guarantees) and this Indenture, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

25

 

 

Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum dated February 4, 2020 relating to the Initial Notes.

 

Officer” means, with respect to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

 

Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee from legal counsel (which may be subject to customary assumptions, exclusions, limitations and exceptions). The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or other counsel.

 

Outstanding, when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(1)       Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(2)       Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer) or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer shall act as their own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes in accordance with any applicable provisions of this Indenture; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, written notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Paying Agent has been made;

 

(3)       Notes, except to the extent provided in Sections 8.02 and 8.03, with respect to which the Issuer has effected Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as provided in Article 8; and

 

(4)       Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 2.07 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate that such Notes are held by a Protected Purchaser in whose hands the Notes are valid obligations of the Issuer; provided that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, notice or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or any such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received written notice at its address specified herein of being so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

26

 

 

Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary.

 

Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.15.

 

Permitted Investments” means:

 

(1)       any Investment in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)       any Investment in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(3)       any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment

 

(A)       such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or

 

(B)       such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, divided from in a Division or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

(4)       any Investment in securities or other property or assets received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.15, or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(5)       any Investment existing on the Issue Date or the Distribution Date and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof (including any capitalization of intercompany loans to equity), and any Investment made pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum;

 

(6)       any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(A)       (i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (ii) in settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business, or

 

27

 

 

(B)       as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(7)       Hedging Obligations and Commercial Agreements permitted under Section 4.07(b)(10);

 

(8)       [Reserved];

 

(9)       Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C) of Section 4.09(a);

 

(10)       (i) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.07 and (ii) guarantees of leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)       any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 4.17(b) (except transactions described in Section 4.17(b)(2), (4), (7) and (12));

 

(12)       Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or other similar assets in the ordinary course of business, or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

 

(13)       additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $450 million and (y) 57.5% of EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (13) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (13) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(14)       customary Investments in connection with Receivables Facilities or any repurchases in connection therewith;

 

28

 

 

(15)       loans or advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, directors, officers, consultants or employees in the aggregate not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (x) $20 million and (y) 2.5% of EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at the time of such advance or guarantee;

 

(16)       loans and advances to officers, directors, managers and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses, payroll expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer;

 

(17)       advances, loans, extensions of trade credit, secured deposits or prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(18)       intercompany current liabilities owed by Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

(19)       Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;

 

(20)       Investments of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or consolidates or merges with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Investments were not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or of such consolidation or merger;

 

(21)       Investments resulting from pledges or deposits described in clause (2) of the definition of the term “Permitted Liens”;

 

(22)       Investments that result solely from the receipt by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any of its Subsidiaries of a dividend or other Restricted Payment in the form of Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities;

 

(23)       Investments in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

 

(24)       non-cash Investments in connection with tax planning and reorganization activities;

 

(25)       Investments made in the form of loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business;

 

29

 

 

(26)       to the extent they constitute Investments, guarantees in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees of the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(27)       any Investment so long as immediately after giving effect to the making thereof, the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or less than 1.25 to 1.00; and

 

(28)       loans and advances to customers; provided that the aggregate principal amount of loans and advances outstanding under this clause (28) at any time shall not exceed the greater of (x) $15 million and (y) 2.0% of EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at the time of the making of such loans or advances.

 

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)       Liens:

 

(a) on property (including Collateral) securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(1) (and any related guarantee incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(17)) (including, in each case, Liens securing Hedging Obligations, Commercial Agreements, Supply Chain Financing and banking services or cash management and credit card obligations and related guarantees thereof to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness and other obligations incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(1) permit such Hedging Obligations, Commercial Agreements, Supply Chain Financing and banking services or cash management and credit card obligations to be so secured); provided, however, that in the case of Liens on any or all of the Collateral securing Indebtedness constituting First Priority Obligations or Second Priority Obligations, the holders of such Indebtedness, or their duly appointed agent, are or shall become party to the First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or a Second Lien Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable;

 

(b) on Collateral securing Indebtedness incurred as Ratio Indebtedness (and any related guarantee incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(17)); provided, however, that such Indebtedness constitutes Second Lien Obligations and the holders of such Indebtedness, or their duly appointed agent, are or shall become party to a Second Lien Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(c) on Collateral securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(2) (and any related Guarantee);

 

(d) on property securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(4); provided, however, that such Lien may not extend to any assets other than the assets acquired, leased, constructed, installed, repaired, replaced or improved with the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to such Section 4.07(b)(4) or the proceeds thereof and, in each case, not constituting Collateral;

 

30

 

 

(e) on property securing Indebtedness incurred by any Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Lien may not extend to any assets other than the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries;

 

(f) on property (including Collateral) securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(12) (and any related guarantee incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(17)); provided, however, that in the case of Liens on Collateral, such Indebtedness constitutes Second Lien Obligations and the holders of such Indebtedness, or their duly appointed agent, are or shall become party to a Second Lien Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(g) on property securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (10), (15), (16) and (18) of Section 4.07(b);

 

(2)       pledges, deposits or security by such Person (i) under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health Tax, and other social security laws or similar legislation or other insurance related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or indemnification obligations of insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, stay, customs or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested Taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of such type, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3)       Liens imposed by law or regulation, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, mechanics’, contractors’, landlords’, architects’ and other similar Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(4)       Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property Taxes on property such Person or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

 

(5)       Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

31

 

 

(6)       survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(7)       Liens existing on the Issue Date or the Distribution Date or under the Spin-Off Documents (other than Liens securing or to secure obligations in respect of the Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities);

 

(8)       Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor (other than after-acquired property that is (a) affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, (b) subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property and (c) the proceeds and products thereof);

 

(9)       Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired, constructed, repaired or improved the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(10)       Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.07;

 

(11)       Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services incurred in compliance with Section 4.07;

 

(12)       Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

32

 

 

(13)       leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including of intellectual property and other similar grants of intellectual property) to or from third parties granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

(14)       Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)       Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(16)       Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiaries’ client at which such equipment is located;

 

(17)       Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred pursuant to a Receivables Facility or other receivables financing (provided that, in the case of such other receivables financing, the Obligations secured by such Lien are non-recourse to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Receivables Subsidiaries) other than pursuant to standard securitization undertakings);

 

(18)       Liens to secure any Refinancing of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clause (1)(a) (solely with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses 1(B)(y) of Section 4.07(b) and related guarantees incurred pursuant to clause (17) thereof), (1)(b), 1(c), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (18) and (21) of this definition of “Permitted Liens”; provided that

 

(X)       such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus accessions, additions and improvements on such property and after-acquired property that is (a) affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, (b) subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property and (c) the proceeds and products thereof),

 

(Y)       the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, Reserved Indebtedness Amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (1)(a) (solely with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1)(B)(y) of Section 4.07(b) and related guarantees incurred pursuant to clause (17) thereof), (1)(b), (1)(c), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (18) and (21) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, and accrued and unpaid interest related to such Refinancing; and

 

(Z)       such new Lien shall have no greater priority relative to the Notes and the Guarantees and the holders of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall have no greater intercreditor rights relative to the Notes and the Guarantees and the holders thereof than the original Liens and the related Indebtedness;

 

33

 

 

(19)       deposits made or other security provided to secure liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20)       [Reserved];

 

(21)       Liens securing Indebtedness at any one time outstanding not to exceed (together with any Liens securing any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof incurred pursuant to clause (18) of this definition of “Permitted Liens”) the greater of (x) $100 million and (y) 12.5% of EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at the time of incurrence;

 

(22)       Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards in respect of which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

 

(23)       Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(24)       Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4- 208 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in New York, or Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in another jurisdiction other than New York or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to pooling, commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking or other financial institutions or electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry;

 

(25)       Liens deemed to exist in connection with repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.07; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(26)       Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(27)       Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

34

 

 

 

(28)       Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

 

(29)       the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

(30)       restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided that the covenants are complied with;

 

(31)       security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

 

(32)       zoning by-laws and other land use restrictions, including, without limitation, site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements;

 

(33)       Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(34)       any Lien granted pursuant to a security agreement between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and a licensee of their intellectual property to secure the damages, if any, of such licensee resulting from the rejection by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such licensee in a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do not cover any assets other than the intellectual property subject to such license;

 

(35)       Liens on the Equity Interests and Indebtedness of Persons that are (i) joint ventures or (ii) not Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Obligations secured by such Lien are non-recourse to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(36)       in the case of (A) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or (B) the Equity Interests in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction, including any put and call arrangements, related to Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary or such other Person set forth in the organizational documents of such Restricted Subsidiary or such other Person or any related joint venture, shareholders’ or similar agreement;

 

(37)       Liens on property or assets used to defease or to irrevocably satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

35

 

 

(38)       Liens on and security interests in the Escrow Account and the Escrowed Property, and all deposits and investment property therein in favor of the Trustee, for its benefit and the benefit of the Holders;

 

(39)       Sale and Lease-Back Transactions (i) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries to permanently repay outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) with a term of not more than three years or (iii) incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(4);

 

(40)       Liens on property of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of the United States of America or any State thereof or the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Subsidiary, or any department, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision of the United States of America or any State thereof or the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Subsidiary, to secure partial, progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any contract or statute;

 

(41)       banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions and securities accounts and other financial assets maintained with a securities intermediary; provided that such deposit accounts or funds and securities accounts or other financial assets are not established or deposited for the purpose of providing collateral for any Indebtedness;

 

(42)       in connection with the sale or transfer of any Equity Interests or other assets in a transaction permitted under this Indenture, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

 

(43)       Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents securing (i) letters of credit and other credit support obligations in the ordinary course of business and (ii) letters of credit of the Issuer or any Guarantor that are cash collateralized on the Issue Date or the Distribution Date in an amount of cash or Cash Equivalents with a fair market value of up to 105% of the face amount of such letters of credit being secured;

 

(44)       any Liens arising by operation of law;

 

(45)       Liens securing the Initial Notes (and the Guarantees thereof);

 

(46)       Liens on the Collateral in favor of any Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders relating to such Collateral Agent’s administrative expenses with respect to the Collateral;

 

(47)       deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance brokers, carriers, underwriters or under self-insurance arrangements in respect of such obligations;

 

(48)       Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto or on funds received from insurance companies on account of third party claims handlers and managers;

 

36

 

 

(49)       Liens arising pursuant to Section 107(l) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act or similar lien provision of any other environmental statute; and

 

(50)       rights of recapture of unused real property (other than any Material Real Property (as defined under the Senior Credit Facilities) of Grantors) in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase agreements and related arrangements with any governmental authority.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

preferred stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

principal” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.

 

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Protected Purchaser” has the definition provided in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Rating Agencies” means (a) so long as one or both of Moody’s and S&P shall make a rating on the Notes publicly available, Moody’s, S&P and Fitch (or, if Fitch shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Fitch) or (b) if neither Moody’s nor S&P (or none of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch) shall make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for any of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch or all of them, as the case may be.

 

Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary factors, sells or pledges its accounts receivable or loans secured by accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase by purporting to sell or pledge its accounts receivable or such loans to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.

 

37

 

 

Receivables Fee” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

 

Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred or issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that serves to Refinance within 120 days following the date of the incurrence or issuance thereof any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as permitted under this Indenture or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued to so Refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock prior to its maturity, provided that:

 

(1)         such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced; provided that this subclause (1) shall not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness incurred and outstanding under Section 4.07(b)(1);

 

(2)         to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Refinanced or (ii) Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, respectively;

 

(3)         such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Guarantor or (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

(4)         the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced except by an amount no greater than accrued and unpaid interest with respect to such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock and any reasonable fees, premium and expenses relating to such Refinancing.

 

38

 

 

Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the applicable date specified as a “Record Date” on the face of the Note.

 

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

 

Regulation S Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

 

Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of Capital Stock of a Person, unless upon receipt of the Capital Stock of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Restricted Certificated Note” means a Certificated Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Period” means, in respect of any Note issued pursuant to Regulation S, the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S applicable to such Note.

 

Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P” means S&P Ratings Services, a division of S&P Global Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

39

 

 

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Second Lien Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement” means a customary agreement to be entered into by the Second Priority Collateral Agent and the representative of the holders of additional Second Priority Obligations, in substantially the form as permitted by this Indenture and as may be reasonably agreed between the Issuer and the representative of the holders of additional Second Priority Obligations.

 

Second Priority Collateral Agent” means U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as the “Second Priority Collateral Agent” under this Indenture and the Notes Collateral Documents, and any successor thereto in such capacity.

 

Second Priority Documents” means this Indenture, the Notes Collateral Documents and all other agreements or instruments evidencing or creating any security interest or Lien in favor of the Second Priority Collateral Agent for this Indenture, the Notes, each guarantee by any Grantor of any or all of the Second Priority Obligations and any Second Lien Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Second Priority Lien” means any Lien created by the Notes Collateral Documents.

 

Second Priority Obligations” means (1) the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors issued or arising under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents related thereto and (2) any other Indebtedness and related obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors incurred subsequent to the Issue Date and outstanding from time to time that is designated as Second Priority Obligations in writing by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Second Priority Documents and that by its terms is secured (and is permitted by this Indenture and the First Priority Documents to be secured) by a Permitted Lien on any or all of the Collateral that has equal priority to the Liens securing the Notes.

 

Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Senior Credit Facilities” means the credit facilities provided under the Credit Agreement to be entered into on or prior to the Escrow Release Date among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto from time to time in their capacities as lenders thereunder, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

40

 

 

Senior Credit Facilities Collateral Documents” means the First Priority Collateral Agreement, the intellectual property security agreements, the mortgages and each other agreement, instrument or other document entered into in favor of the First Priority Collateral Agent or any other holders of Senior Credit Facilities Obligations, for purposes of securing the Senior Credit Facilities Obligations (including any guarantees thereof), as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Senior Credit Facilities Obligations” means the Obligations in respect of the Senior Credit Facilities.

 

Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person:

 

(1)       Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred; and

 

(2)       all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above in the case of both clauses (1) and (2), to the extent permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be;

 

provided that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(1)       any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than loans of proceeds from Indebtedness constituting Senior Indebtedness securing Senior Indebtedness;

 

(2)       any liability for Federal, state, local or other Taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

(3)       any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(4)       any Capital Stock;

 

(5)       Subordinated Indebtedness; or

 

41

 

 

(6)       that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

 

Separation and Distribution Agreement” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement between Arconic and the Issuer, to be dated on or prior to the Distribution Date.

 

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Distribution Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto or extensions, developments or expansions thereof.

 

Special Mandatory Redemption” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.09.

 

Special Mandatory Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.09.

 

Special Mandatory Redemption Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.09.

 

Special Mandatory Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.09.

 

Specified Cash Equivalents” means (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided, that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having repricings or maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit and time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any United States commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million; (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 14 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above; and (d) money market funds that invest solely in Specified Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) above.

 

Spin-Off” means the spin-off of the Issuer from Arconic, as more fully described in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Spin-Off Documents” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement, the Intellectual Property Agreements, the Master Agreement for Product Supply by and between Arconic Massena LLC, Arconic Lafayette LLC, Arconic Davenport LLC and Arconic Inc., the Metal Supply & Tolling Agreement by and between Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Kft and Arconic-Köfém Kft, the Use Agreement by and between Arconic-Köfém Székesfehérvári Könnyűfémmű Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság and Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság, the Land Use Right Agreement by and between Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság and Arconic-Köfém Székesfehérvári Könnyűfémmű Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság, the Service Level Agreement for Central Engineering and Maintenance by and between Arconic-Köfém Kft and Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Kft, the Service Level Agreement for Energy, Steam and Water by and between Arconic-Köfém Kft and Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Kft, the Land Use Right Agreement by and between Arconic-Köfém Székesfehérvári Könnyűfémmű Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság and Arconic-Köfém Mill Products Hungary Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság, the Second Supplemental Tax and Project Certificate and Agreement by and among Arconic Inc., Arconic Davenport LLC and Arconic Rolled Products Corporation, the Lease and Property Management Agreement by and between Arconic Inc. and Arconic Massena LLC and the documents evidencing Indebtedness in respect of the Distribution Date Payment together with any other agreements, instruments or other documents entered into in connection with any of the foregoing, each as amended from time to time.

 

42

 

 

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

 

Subordinated Indebtedness” means:

 

(1)       with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 

(2)       with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor under this Indenture.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held (unless parent does not control such entity), or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent; provided, however, that a joint venture shall not be deemed to be a subsidiary solely as a result of this clause (b). For purposes of this definition, control means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, or the dismissal or appointment of the management, of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.

 

Successor Issuer” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

 

Suspended Covenants” has the meaning specified in Section 4.18.

 

43

 

 

Suspension Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.18.

 

Suspension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 4.18.

 

Supply Chain Financing” means any agreement under which any bank, financial institution or other Person may from time to time provide any financial accommodation to any of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with trade payables of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case issued for the benefit of any such bank, financial institution or such other person that has acquired such trade payables pursuant to “supply chain” or other similar financing for vendors and suppliers of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Tax” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment, fee or other governmental charge, in each case in the nature of a tax (including penalties, interest and any additions thereto, and, for the avoidance of doubt, including any withholding or reduction for or on account thereof).

 

Tax Matters Agreement” means the Tax Matters Agreement between Arconic and the Issuer, to be dated on or prior to the Distribution Date.

 

Test Period” means at date of determination, the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Issuer then last ended as of such time for which financial statements are internally available.

 

Transactions” means the issuance of the Notes, the borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities on or around the Distribution Date in connection with the Spin-off, the consummation of the Spin-Off and the transactions contemplated by the foregoing, together with the reorganization and all other transactions pursuant to, and the performance of all other obligations under, the Spin-Off Documents.

 

Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the date of the applicable redemption notice (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to February 15, 2023; provided that if the period from the redemption date to February 15, 2023 is not equal to the constant maturity of the United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of the United States Treasury securities for which such yield are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to February 15, 2023 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

Trust Officer” means any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association until a successor or assignee replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor or assignee.

 

44

 

 

Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the terms “Uniform Commercial Code” and “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, priority or remedies.

 

Unrestricted Certificated Note” means one or more Certificated Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(1)       any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as provided below) and

 

(2)       any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that such designation would be permitted by Section 4.09 and the definition of “Investments”;

 

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

(1)       the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.07(a), or

 

(2)       the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation,

 

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

45

 

 

U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

 

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is normally entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing

 

(1)       the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

 

(2)       the sum of all such payments.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

SECTION 1.02.        Other Definitions.

 

Term   Defined in Section
Authenticating Agent   Preamble
Authentication Order   2.02(d)
DTC   2.03(b)
Eligible Collateral Agent   13.05(e)
Fixed Amounts   4.07(f)
Incurrence-Based Amounts   4.07(f)
Indenture   Preamble
Initial Lien   4.10
Issuer   Preamble
LCT Election   1.05(a)
LCT Test Date   1.05(a)
Legal Defeasance   8.02
Notes   Recitals
Note Register   2.03(a)
Paying Agent   2.03(a)
Ratio Indebtedness   4.07(a)
Redemption Date   2.08(d)
Registrar   2.03(a)
Reserved Indebtedness Amount   4.07(c)(4)

 

46

 

 

SECTION 1.03.        U.S. Dollar Equivalents.

 

Except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.07(e), whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Issuer has complied with any covenant in this Indenture or a Default has occurred and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount shall be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

 

SECTION 1.04.        Rules of Construction.

 

(a)           Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(i)               a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(ii)              an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(iii)            “or” is not exclusive;

 

(iv)             words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(v)             all references in this instrument to “Articles,” “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed;

 

(vi)             the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(vii)          “including” means “including without limitation”;

 

(viii)        provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

(ix)             references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time thereunder.

 

(b)           Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Indenture and not to any other document.

 

47

 

 

SECTION 1.05.        Limited Condition Transactions.

 

(a)           Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, when calculating any applicable financial ratio or test or determining other compliance with this Indenture or the Notes (including the determination of compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes which requires that no Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom) in connection with the consummation of a Limited Condition Transaction, the date of determination of such ratio or test and determination of whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom or other applicable covenant shall, at the option of the Issuer (the Issuer’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (the “LCT Test Date”) and if, after such financial ratios and tests and other provisions are measured on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the relevant test period being used to calculate such financial ratio ending prior to the LCT Test Date, the Issuer could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratios and provisions, such provisions shall be deemed to have been complied with; provided that, at the option of the Issuer, the relevant ratios and baskets may be recalculated at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any of such financial ratios or tests are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio or test (including due to fluctuations in EBITDA of the Issuer) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Transaction, such financial ratios and tests and other provisions shall not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Transaction is permitted under this Indenture and the Notes and (y) such financial ratios and tests and other provisions shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction or related transactions.

 

(b)           For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any financial ratio or test or basket availability with respect to any other transaction on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining whether such subsequent transaction is permitted under this Indenture or the Notes, any such ratio, test or basket shall be required to comply with any such ratio, test or basket on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and any other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

 

SECTION 1.06.        Transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture, the Escrow Agreement or the Notes Collateral Documents, no provision of this Indenture, the Escrow Agreement or the Notes Collateral Documents will prevent or restrict the consummation of any of the Transactions, nor will the Transactions give rise to any Default or constitute the utilization of any basket under this Indenture or the Notes except for the issuance of the Notes, the borrowings pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the Liens securing the foregoing.

 

48

 

 

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 2.01.        Form and Dating.

 

(a)           General. The Authenticating Agent shall initially authenticate the Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $600,000,000, upon a written order of the Issuer (other than as provided in Section 2.07 hereof). The Notes and the Authenticating Agent’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the date of original issuance thereof or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. The Notes shall be issued initially in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

 

(b)           Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in certificated form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges, repurchases and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Registrar or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

(c)            Regulation S Global Note and 144A Global Note. Notes offered and sold in reliance on (i) Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Global Note and (ii) Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of the 144A Global Note; each such Global Note shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Authenticating Agent as hereinafter provided.

 

The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Global Note or 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

 

SECTION 2.02.        Execution and Authentication.

 

(a)           One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

49

 

 

(b)           If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

(c)           A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

(d)           The Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes.

 

(e)           The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries. The Trustee hereby appoints U.S. Bank National Association as Authenticating Agent and U.S. Bank National Association hereby accepts such appointment.

 

SECTION 2.03.        Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

(a)           The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (Note Register) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

(b)           The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

(c)           The Issuer initially appoints U.S. Bank National Association to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and U.S. Bank National Association hereby initially agrees so to act. The Registrar and Paying Agent have engaged, currently are engaged, and may in the future engage in financial or other transactions with the Issuer and the other Guarantors and their and our affiliates in the ordinary course of their respective businesses.

 

SECTION 2.04.        Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as Paying Agent (which by its execution of this Indenture hereby agrees) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.

 

50

 

 

Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.05.        Holder Lists.

 

The Trustee shall preserve, or shall cause the Registrar to preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Paying Agent is not the same entity as the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Paying Agent, at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Paying Agent may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Registrar may allow, as the Paying Agent may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders.

 

SECTION 2.06.        Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)           Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor thereto or a nominee of such successor thereto. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Certificated Note of the same series unless (A) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (B) upon the request of a Holder if there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (A) above, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note of the same series or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Certificated Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (A) or (B) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

 

(b)           Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

 

51

 

 

(i)               Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided that prior to the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person other than pursuant to Rule 144A; provided that such interest is then transferred to the 144A Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

(ii)             All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A)(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant or Indirect Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B)(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Certificated Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Certificated Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Certificated Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note prior to the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period therefor. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

 

(iii)            Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)               if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

 

52

 

 

(2)               if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(iv)             Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)               if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(2)               if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv).

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)            Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Certificated Notes.

 

(i)               Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Certificated Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Certificated Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Certificated Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (A) or (B) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

53

 

 

(1)               if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(2)               if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(3)               if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Person that is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(4)               if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

 

(5)               if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this Section 2.06(c)(i), the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Certificated Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall mail such Certificated Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(ii)              Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Global Note to Certificated Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(1) and (3) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Certificated Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Certificated Note prior to the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period therefor, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S.

 

54

 

 

(iii)            Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Certificated Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (A) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)               if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(2)               if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iv)             Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Certificated Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Certificated Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (A) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Certificated Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall mail such Certificated Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(d)               Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Beneficial Interests.

 

55

 

 

(i)               Restricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Certificated Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Certificated Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(1)               if the Holder of such Restricted Certificated Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(2)               if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(3)               if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(4)               if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

 

(5)               if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this Section 2.06(d)(i) the Registrar shall cancel the Restricted Certificated Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (1), (4), or (5) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (2) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (3) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

 

(ii)              Restricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Certificated Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Certificated Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)               if the Holder of such Certificated Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

(2)               if the Holder of such Certificated Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

56

 

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Registrar shall cancel the Restricted Certificated Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(iii)            Unrestricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Certificated Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Certificated Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Registrar shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Certificated Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Certificated Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Certificated Notes so transferred.

 

(e)            Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Certificated Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Certificated Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Certificated Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Certificated Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

 

(i)               Restricted Certificated Notes to Restricted Certificated Notes. Any Restricted Certificated Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Certificated Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)               if the transfer shall be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

57

 

 

(2)               if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(3)               if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(ii)              Restricted Certificated Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes. Any Restricted Certificated Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Certificated Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)               if the Holder of such Restricted Certificated Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(2)               if the Holder of such Restricted Certificated Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iii)            Unrestricted Certificated Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Certificated Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Certificated Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(f)            [Reserved].

 

(g)           Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

 

(i)               Private Placement Legend.

 

(1)               Except as permitted by subparagraph (2) below, each Global Note and each Certificated Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “Private Placement Legend):

 

58

 

 

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF SO REQUEST), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

(2)               Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Certificated Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c) (iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. In addition, the Issuer may remove the Private Placement Legend from any Note if it determines that such legend is no longer required to comply with the securities laws of the United States.

 

(ii)              Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (with appropriate changes in the last sentence if DTC is not the Depositary) (the “Global Note Legend”):

 

59

 

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE REGISTRAR FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(iii)            Regulation S Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “Regulation S Global Note Legend”):

 

“BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

(h)           Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Certificated Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Registrar in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Certificated Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such increase.

 

60

 

 

(i)            Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

 

(i)               To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate Certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

 

(ii)              No service charge shall be made to Holders of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Certificated Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

(iii)            The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (b) any Note for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes or 15 days before an Interest Payment Date (whether or not an Interest Payment Date or other date determined for the payment of interest), and ending on such mailing date or Interest Payment Date, as the case may be.

 

(iv)             Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(v)               All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(j)            No Obligation of the Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

(i)               The Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note in global form shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent may rely and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

61

 

 

(ii)              The Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including without limitation any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

SECTION 2.07.        Replacement Notes.

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Issuer and the Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Authenticating Agent, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Registrar’s requirements are met. If required by the Registrar or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Registrar and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note had become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer, in its discretion, may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the preceding paragraph.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies of any Holder with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

 

62

 

 

SECTION 2.08.        Outstanding Notes.

 

(a)            The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Authenticating Agent except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Registrar in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 2.09 hereof.

 

(b)           If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Registrar receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a “protected purchaser” as defined in the UCC.

 

(c)           If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

(d)           If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof) segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a date of redemption (a “Redemption Date) or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

SECTION 2.09.        Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, amendment, supplement, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, amendment, supplement, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

SECTION 2.10.        Temporary Notes.

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Authenticating Agent, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.11.        Cancellation.

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Registrar for cancellation. The Trustee and Paying Agent shall forward to the Registrar any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Registrar, upon written direction by the Issuer and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer from time to time upon written request. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Registrar for cancellation.

 

63

 

 

SECTION 2.12.        Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee and Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of any such special record date. At least 15 days before any such special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

SECTION 2.13.        CUSIP or ISIN Numbers.

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee and Registrar, as applicable, shall use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and Registrar of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

 

64

 

 

SECTION 2.14.        Additional Notes.

 

Subject to compliance with Sections 4.07 and 4.10, the Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, each of which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, respectively, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price and first payment of interest (and, if such Additional Notes shall be issued in the form of Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Certificated Notes, other than with respect to transfer restrictions with respect thereto). The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class, in each case for all purposes under this Indenture, including without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided, however, that Additional Notes shall be issued under a separate CUSIP and ISIN unless the Additional Notes are issued pursuant to a “qualified reopening” of the Initial Notes, are otherwise treated as part of the same “issue” of debt instruments as the Initial Notes or are issued with less than a de minimis amount of original issue discount, in each case for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Holders of Additional Notes actually issued shall share equally and ratably in the Collateral with the Holders of the Notes issued on the Issue Date. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of this Indenture include any Additional Notes that are actually issued.

 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors and an Officer’s Certificate, a copy of each which shall be delivered to the Trustee and the Agent, the following information:

 

(a)           the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; and

 

(b)           the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and/or ISIN number(s) (if then generally in use) of such Additional Notes.

 

ARTICLE III
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

SECTION 3.01.        Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem any Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee and the applicable Agent an Officer’s Certificate (with no requirement for delivery of an Opinion of Counsel) setting forth (i) the Redemption Date, (ii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, and (iii) the redemption price. The Issuer shall furnish such Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee and the applicable Agent at least three (3) days prior to the delivery of a notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee). Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall, therefore, be void and of no effect.

 

SECTION 3.02.        Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all of any series of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Paying Agent or Registrar shall select the Notes for redemption, on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or such other method that the Trustee deems fair and appropriate and is in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, if applicable, subject to adjustments so that no Note in an unauthorized denomination remains outstanding after such redemption; provided, however, that no Note of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part and only Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 shall be redeemed. The Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar shall not be liable for selections made under this Section 3.02.

 

65

 

 

 

The Trustee or the Registrar shall promptly notify the Issuer of, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, except that if all the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 (in excess of $2,000) shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

SECTION 3.03.        Notice of Redemption.

 

At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed (with a copy to the Trustee) at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary except that (i) a notice of redemption may be mailed or sent more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and (ii) notice of Special Mandatory Redemption shall be mailed or sent as set forth in Section 3.09.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) and shall state:

 

(a)               the Redemption Date;

 

(b)               the redemption price;

 

(c)               any condition to such redemption;

 

(d)               if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(e)               the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(f)                that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(g)               that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment and subject to satisfaction of any conditions specified therein, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

 

66

 

 

(h)               the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(i)                 that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

At the Issuer’s request, the Registrar shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense, provided, however, that the Issuer gives the Registrar at least three Business Days’ (or such shorter period reasonably agreed to by the Registrar) prior notice of such request and provision of the notice information.

 

Any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, which shall be set forth in the related notice of redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or financing or other transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time (provided, however, that any redemption date shall not be more than 60 days after the date of the notice of redemption) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed.

 

If any such condition precedent has not been satisfied, the Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee prior to the close of business one Business Day prior to the Redemption Date. Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded or delayed, and the redemption of the Notes shall be rescinded or delayed as provided in such notice. Upon receipt, the Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder of the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given.

 

The Issuer and its Affiliates may acquire the Notes by means other than a redemption pursuant to this Article 3, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 3.04.        Effect of Notice Upon Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price stated in the notice except that any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent in accordance with Section 3.03. Subject to the foregoing, upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the related Interest Payment Date). Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

 

67

 

 

SECTION 3.05.        Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

On or before 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on any Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions of Notes) to be redeemed on that date. Upon written instructions of the Issuer, the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

 

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

SECTION 3.06.        Notes Redeemed in Part.

 

In the case of Certificated Notes, any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at an office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 4.02 (with, if the Issuer or the Trustee so require, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuer shall execute, and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Issuer, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.

 

SECTION 3.07.        Optional Redemption.

 

(a)               At any time prior to February 15, 2023, the Issuer may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, upon notice as set forth in Section 3.03, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

(b)               On and after February 15, 2023, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as set forth in Section 3.03, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

68

 

 

Year   Percentage  
2023     103.063 %
2024     101.531 %
2025 and thereafter     100.000 %

 

(c)               In addition, until February 15, 2023, the Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as set forth in Section 3.03, on one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 106.125% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 60% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided, further, that each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

SECTION 3.08.        [Reserved.]

 

SECTION 3.09.        Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

(a)               If (i) the Spin-Off has not been completed on or before the Escrow Outside Date or the other conditions to the Escrow Release have not been satisfied by such date, or (ii) prior to the Escrow Outside Date, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Spin-Off has been abandoned or that the conditions for the Escrow Release shall not be satisfied (the earlier to occur of (1) or (2), the “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”), then the Issuer shall, on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, redeem the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a redemption price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to (x) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes if the Special Mandatory Redemption Event occurs on or before June 6, 2020 or (y) 101% of the principal amount of the Notes otherwise, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). “Special Mandatory Redemption Date” means the date that is five Business Days after the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice Date.

 

(b)               The Issuer shall cause a notice of Special Mandatory Redemption to be mailed to the Trustee and the Paying Agent and mailed, or delivered electronically if the Notes are held by any Depositary, to the Holders at their registered addresses no later than three Business Days following the Special Mandatory Redemption Event to each Holder at its registered address and the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Escrow Agent (such date of mailing, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice Date”), which shall provide for the redemption of the Notes on no later than the Special Mandatory Redemption Date.

 

69

 

 

(c)               Upon the deposit of funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of all Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date with the applicable paying agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, all rights of the Holders under the Notes shall terminate. Upon the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Notes shall cease to bear interest. After payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price to the Holders, any excess Escrowed Property shall be paid to or at the direction of the Issuer upon the Issuer’s request.

 

(d)               Notice of a Special Mandatory Redemption shall state:

 

(1)                             the Special Mandatory Redemption Date;

 

(2)                             the Special Mandatory Redemption Price;

 

(3)                             that on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Special Mandatory Redemption Price shall become due and payable;

 

(4)                             that the Notes shall cease to bear interest on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date; and

 

(5)                             the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

SECTION 3.10.        Mandatory Redemption.

 

Except as set forth in Sections 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.01.        Payment of Notes.

 

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 4.02.        Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

(a)               The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints U.S. Bank National Association as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

70

 

 

(b)               The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

(c)               The Issuer hereby designates the address of U.S. Bank National Association set forth in Exhibits B and C as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 4.02(a).

 

SECTION 4.03.        Reports.

 

(a)               The Issuer shall file with the SEC or post on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Issuer or a third party) to which access shall be given to the Trustee and Holders, the annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Issuer is required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) within the time periods applicable to non-accelerated filers or would be so required to file if the Issuer were so subject; provided that the Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine whether such filing has occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this covenant does not require any such reports to include information required under Rule 3-09, 3-10 or 3-16 of Regulation S-X (or any equivalent or successor provisions), Items 2.02 or 2.03 or Sections 3, 5 (except Item 5.01 and 5.02(b) and (c)) or 9 of Form 8-K (or any equivalent or successor provisions) or separate financial statements of Guarantors or the filing or provision of proxy statements or exhibits.

 

(b)               Prior to the Distribution Date, the Issuer shall be deemed to be in compliance with such reporting requirements by virtue of the filing of the Form 10 containing all the information, audit reports and exhibits required for such report.

 

(c)               Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer becomes a Guarantor, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations pursuant to this Section 4.03 by furnishing or filing the financial information specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 relating to such direct or indirect parent company.

 

(d)               Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuer shall not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations hereunder for purposes of Section 6.01(4) until 90 days after the date any report hereunder is due.

 

(e)               Delivery of such statements, reports, notices and other information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 4.03 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice or knowledge of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

71

 

 

SECTION 4.04.        Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)               The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020), an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether each of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to the Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge each of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, during such preceding fiscal year, has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action each of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action each of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. For the purposes of this paragraph, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture.

 

(b)               The Issuer shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee within ten Business days upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action each of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 4.05.        [Reserved.].

 

SECTION 4.06.        [Reserved.].

 

SECTION 4.07.        Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock.

 

(a)               The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or, in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, preferred stock; provided that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of preferred stock (any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred pursuant to this paragraph, “Ratio Indebtedness”) if, after giving effect thereto, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be at least 2.00 to 1.00; provided, further, that the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing, together with (i) any amounts incurred and outstanding pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(14)(x) and (ii) any amounts incurred and outstanding pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(13) (but solely to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness is in respect of (x) Ratio Indebtedness or (y) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(14)(x)) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (x) $200 million and (y) 25.0% of EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at any one time outstanding.

 

72

 

 

(b)       The foregoing limitations shall not apply to:

 

(1)       Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the then-outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (1) (in the case of clause (B), taken together with the amount of any outstanding Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (13) below in respect of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (B)) does not exceed at any one time the sum of (A) $2,000 million and (B) an amount equal to the greater of (x) $400 million and (y) 50.0% of EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at the time of the incurrence;

 

(2)       Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee thereof, but excluding Indebtedness represented by Additional Notes, if any, or guarantees with respect thereto);

 

(3)       Existing Indebtedness, including Indebtedness (or guarantees thereof) of Arconic that shall become an obligation of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents as in effect on the Escrow Release Date or the Distribution Date and to the extent described in the Form 10 (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above);

 

(4)       Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance the purchase, lease, construction, installation, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, including through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, and outstanding Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4), in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $125 million and (y) 17.5% of EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at the time of incurrence; provided that such Indebtedness (other than Refinancing Indebtedness) exists at the date of such purchase, lease, construction, installation, repair, replacement or improvement or is created prior to or within 270 days of the completion thereof; provided, further that Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (4) in connection with a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation so long as the proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction are used by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to permanently repay outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

73

 

 

(5)           (A) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar facilities issued or entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement or indemnification obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

 

(B)       (x) Indebtedness in respect of obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services; provided that such obligations are incurred in connection with open accounts extended by suppliers on customary trade terms in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money and (y) Indebtedness in respect of intercompany obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of accounts payable incurred in connection with goods sold or services rendered in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;

 

(C)       Indebtedness to a customer to finance the acquisition of any equipment necessary to perform services for such customer; provided that the terms of such Indebtedness are consistent with those entered into with respect to similar Indebtedness prior to the Distribution Date, including that (x) the repayment of such Indebtedness is conditional upon such customer ordering a specific volume of goods and (y) such Indebtedness does not bear interest or provide for scheduled amortization or maturity;

 

(D)       to the extent constituting Indebtedness, guaranties in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees of the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(E)       Indebtedness in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business on arm’s length commercial terms.

 

(6)       Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

 

74

 

 

(7)       Indebtedness (i) of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred by the Issuer or a Guarantor owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the relevant Guarantee; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary to which such indebtedness is owed ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

 

(8)       Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding the greater of (x) $100 million and (y) 12.5% of EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at the time of incurrence;

 

(9)       shares of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of preferred stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of preferred stock not permitted by this clause;

 

(10)       Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk, Commercial Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes and Supply Chain Financings;

 

(11)       Obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)       Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $250 million and (y) 32.5% of EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at the time of incurrence;

 

(13)       Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as Ratio Indebtedness or pursuant to clauses (1)(B)(y), (2), (3), (13) or (14) of this Section 4.07(b);

 

(14)       Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (in aggregate principal amount not to exceed the purchase price of such acquisition) or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including designating an Unrestricted Subsidiary a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either:

 

75

 

 

(1)       the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.07(a); or

 

(2)       the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

(15)       Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

 

(16)       Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

(17)         (1) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of a guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness could have been incurred directly by the Restricted Subsidiary providing such guarantee, or

 

(2)       any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.13;

 

(18)       Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)       Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with Cash Management Services and related activities for the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any joint venture to which they are a party in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20)       Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in Section 4.09(b)(4);

 

(21)       Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries representing deferred compensation to officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees thereof incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(22)       Indebtedness consisting of Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (35) of the definition thereof; and

 

76

 

 

(23)       Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any Receivables Facilities.

 

(c)         For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07,

 

(1)                             in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in clauses (1) through (23) of Section 4.07(b) or is entitled to be incurred as Ratio Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.07(a), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may divide, classify or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in one of the above clauses of Section 4.07(a) or Section 4.07(b); provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities on the Distribution Date after giving effect to the Transactions shall be treated as having been incurred on the Distribution Date pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(1) and may not be reclassified; provided further that the Issuer shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of any Secured Indebtedness unless the Lien is also permitted to be incurred, and is incurred, with respect to such Secured Indebtedness as so reclassified;

 

(2)                             at the time of incurrence, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.07(a) and 4.07(b) above;

 

(3)                             if obligations in respect of letters of credit are incurred pursuant to a credit agreement and are being treated as incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(1) and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then the corresponding amount of such other Indebtedness shall not be included; and

 

(4)                             in the event that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into or increases commitments under a revolving credit facility, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for borrowings and reborrowings thereunder (and including issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) shall, at the Issuer’s option as elected on the date the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, enters into or increases such commitments, either (i) be determined on the date such revolving credit facility or such increase in commitments first becomes effective (assuming that the full amount thereof has been borrowed as of such date), and, if such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test is satisfied with respect thereto at such time, any borrowing or reborrowing thereunder (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) shall be permitted under this Section 4.07 irrespective of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio at the time of any borrowing or reborrowing (or issuance or creation of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances thereunder) (the committed amount permitted to be borrowed or reborrowed (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances) on a date pursuant to the operation of this clause (i) shall be the “Reserved Indebtedness Amount” as of such date for purposes of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or (ii) be determined on the date such amount is actually borrowed pursuant to any such facility or increased commitment.

 

77

 

 

(d)         Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this Section 4.07. Any Refinancing Indebtedness and any Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1), (8) and (12) of Section 4.07(b) above shall be permitted to include additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued and unpaid interest, fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing. In the case of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred to refinance Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock initially incurred in reliance on the proviso in Section 4.07(a) or clauses (1), (4), (8) or (12) of Section 4.07(b), measured by reference to a percentage of EBITDA, at the time of incurrence, where such refinancing would cause such percentage of EBITDA restriction to be exceeded if calculated based on the percentage of EBITDA on the date of such refinancing, such percentage of EBITDA restriction shall not be deemed to be exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus any additional amounts permitted pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence in connection with such refinancing.

 

(e)         For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens or the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investments, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of the relevant Indebtedness, Restricted Payment or Investment denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness or Lien was incurred , in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt or such Restricted Payment or Investment was made; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in another currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing.

 

(f)          The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing.

 

(g)         With respect to any Indebtedness, Liens, Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments incurred or made in reliance on a provision that does not require compliance with a financial ratio or test (including, without limitation, any tests based on the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio) (any such amounts, the “Fixed Amounts”) substantially concurrently with any Indebtedness, Liens, or Restricted Payments or Investments incurred or made in reliance on a provision under this Indenture that requires compliance with a financial ratio or test (any such amounts, the “Incurrence-Based Amounts”), the Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to the incurrence of the Incurrence-Based Amounts. This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral.

 

78

 

 

SECTION 4.08.        Limitation on Incurrence of Layered Indebtedness.

 

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) subordinated in right of payment to any other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or of such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to such other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 4.09.        Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 

(a)               The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

 

(1)                             declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests other than:

 

(A)       dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, or

 

(B)       dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

(2)                             purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation, in each case held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)                             make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than:

 

(A)       Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.07(b); or

 

(B)       the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

79

 

 

(4)                             make any Restricted Investment.

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exception thereto) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(A)       no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(B)       immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.07(a); and

 

(C)       such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (B) thereof only) and (6) of Section 4.09(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.09(b)), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

(i)       50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

 

80

 

 

(ii)       100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation, since immediately after the Issue Date (other than in connection with the Transactions) from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer, but excluding (x) cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of Equity Interests to any employee, director, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.09(b)(4), (y) net cash proceeds received from any public offering of common stock or contributed to the Issuer by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer from any public offering of common stock that occurs following the Distribution Date to the extent such amounts have been used for the payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer of dividends on such entity’s common stock) made in accordance with Section 4.09(b)(19), and, (z) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (excluding contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.09(b)(4)); provided that this clause (ii) shall not include the proceeds from (a) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (b) Equity Interests (or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged for Equity Interests) of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or any employee plan of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (c) Disqualified Stock (or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged into Disqualified Stock) or (d) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

(iii)       the amount by which Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness held by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer (less the amount of any cash, or the Fair Market Value of any other property, distributed by the Issuer upon such conversion or exchange); plus

 

(iv)       the aggregate amount equal to the net reduction in Investments resulting from (x) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, after the Issue Date, not to exceed in any such case the aggregate amount of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date or (y) dividends, distributions, interest payments, return of capital, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, or the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”), not to exceed in the case of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary the aggregate amount of Investments made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus

 

81

 

 

(v)       $75 million; provided, however, that the calculation pursuant to the immediately preceding clauses (i) through (iv) shall not include any amounts attributable to, or arising in connection with, the Transactions.

 

(b)               The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit:

 

(1)                              the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(2)                            (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (Retired Capital Stock”) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) made within 120 days of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (Refunding Capital Stock”) and

 

(B)       if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted pursuant to clause (6) of this Section 4.09(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that was declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

(3)                             the prepayment, exchange, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 120 days of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is incurred in compliance with Section 4.07 so long as:

 

(A)       the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness,

 

(B)       such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value,

 

(C)       such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date, or mandatory redemption date, as applicable, equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date, or mandatory redemption date, of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired, and

 

82

 

 

(D)       such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

 

(4)                              a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, cancellation or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, any Subsidiary of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager, officer or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer pursuant to any equity plan or stock option plan or any other benefit plan or agreement, any stock based compensation plan or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement (including any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), including any Equity Interests rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions; provided, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year the greater of (x) $30 million and (y) 4.0 % of EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (with unused amounts being carried over to the succeeding fiscal years); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(A)       the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (C) of Section 4.09(a); plus

 

(B)       the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, less

 

(C)       the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this Section 4.09(b)(4);

 

provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) of this Section 4.09(b)(4) in any calendar year;

 

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Issuer (or any permitted transferee thereof), any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

83

 

 

(5)                             the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any class or series of preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, issued in accordance with Section 4.07 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;

 

(6)                             the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is preferred stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(2); provided that, for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

(7)                             Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding (the amount at the time outstanding calculated without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $45 million and (y) 5.75% of EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(8)                             payments made or expected to be made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

(9)                             [Reserved];

 

(10)                           other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed the greater of (x) $75 million and (y) 10.0% of the EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period;

 

(11)                           distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

 

(12)                           (x) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of stock options, warrants, other rights to acquire Capital Stock or other convertible or exchangeable securities if such Capital Stock represents all or portion of the exercise price thereof or withholding Taxes payable with respect thereto, (y) cash payments in connection with any conversion or exchange of convertible indebtedness in amount equal to the sum of (i) the principal amount of such convertible indebtedness and (ii) the proceeds of any payments received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the exercise, settlement or termination of any related bond hedge transaction or (z) payments in connection with a permitted bond hedge transaction (i) by delivery of shares of the Issuer’s Equity Interests upon net share settlement thereof or (ii) by (A) set-off against the related bond hedge transaction and (B) payment of an early termination amount thereof in common Equity Interests of the Issuer upon any early termination thereof;

 

84

 

 

(13)                           the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Issuer, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any stock options, warrants, other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible or exchangeable securities, in each case, permitted under this Indenture;

 

(14)                           the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock or other securities of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash or Cash Equivalents);

 

(15)                           [reserved];

 

(16)                           payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with Article 5 hereof;

 

(17)                           any Restricted Payments attributable to, or arising in connection with, (i) the Transactions, including, without limitation, the Distribution Date Payment, and (ii) any other transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Distribution Date on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum or any amendment, modification or supplement thereto or replacement thereof, as long as the terms of such agreement or arrangement, as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced is not materially more disadvantageous to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, than the terms of such agreement or arrangement described in the Offering Memorandum;

 

(18)                           [reserved];

 

(19)                           the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any public offering of common stock or contributed to the Issuer by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer from any public offering of common stock that occurs following the Distribution Date, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form thereto and other than any public sale constituting Excluded Contributions;

 

(20)                           Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

85

 

 

(21)                           any Restricted Payment so long as immediately after giving effect to the making thereof, the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or less than 1.00 to 1.00; and

 

(22)                           the declaration and payment of dividends with respect to the Issuer’s common shares and/or any share repurchase with respect to the Issuer’s common shares after the Distribution Date, not to exceed $140 million per fiscal year of the Issuer (with unused amounts being carried over solely to the immediately succeeding fiscal year);

 

provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to clauses (6), (10) and (14) of this Section 4.09(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(c)               If any Restricted Payment or Investment (or a portion thereof) would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions of Section 4.09 and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Issuer may divide and classify such Investment or Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) in any manner that complies with Section 4.09 and may later divide and reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment so long as the Investment or Restricted Payment (as so divided and/or reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

 

(d)               As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “Investment.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to this Section 4.09 or the definition of “Permitted Investments”, and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.

 

SECTION 4.10.        Liens.

 

(a)               The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) on any of its assets or property, in each case whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness, other than:

 

(i)               in the case of any Initial Lien on any Collateral, such Initial Lien if such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien; and

 

(ii)              in the case of any Initial Lien on any asset or property not constituting or required to become Collateral, such Initial Lien if (A) the Notes and the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the Obligations secured by such Initial Lien, or (B) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien.

 

86

 

 

(b)               Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to Section 4.10(a)(ii) shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien, which release and discharge, in the case of any sale of such asset or property, shall not affect any Lien that the Second Priority Collateral Agent, Trustee or any other authorized representative may have on the proceeds from such sale.

 

(c)               Except to the extent expressly set forth in specific clauses of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” any Initial Lien on Collateral constituting a Permitted Lien that is created, incurred or permitted to exist by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.10(a)(i) may, at the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s election, have a lien priority that is senior to, junior to or equal with the lien priority for the Liens on such Collateral securing the Notes and the Guarantees.

 

(d)               If the Issuer or any Guarantor creates any Lien upon any property or assets to secure any First Priority Obligations, it must substantially concurrently grant a Lien upon such property or assets as security for the Notes or the applicable Guarantee such that the property or assets subject to such Lien becomes Collateral subject to a Second Priority Lien, except to the extent such property or assets constitutes cash or cash equivalents required to secure only letter of credit obligations under any Credit Facility.

 

SECTION 4.11.        Change of Control.

 

(a)               If a Change of Control occurs after the Distribution Date, unless the Issuer has, prior to or concurrently with the time the Issuer is required to make a Change of Control Offer (as defined below), delivered electronically or mailed a redemption notice that is or has become unconditional with respect to all the Outstanding Notes pursuant to Article 3 or Section 8.06, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first class mail or overnight mail, with a copy to the Trustee sent in the same manner, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, with the following information:

 

(1)                              that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.11 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

(2)                              the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

87

 

 

(3)                              that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)                              that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(5)                             that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(6)                             that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the expiration time of the Change of Control Offer, electronic transmission (in PDF), facsimile transmission or letter (sent in the same manner provided in the Change of Control Offer) setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7)                             that if the Issuer is purchasing less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes shall be issued new Notes and such new Notes shall be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(8)                             if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control and, if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time as the Change of Control shall occur or that such repurchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that the Issuer shall determine that such Change of Control shall not occur by the Change of Control Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment Date as so delayed; and

 

(9)                             the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.11, that a Holder must follow.

 

(b)               While the Notes are in the form of Global Notes and the Issuer makes an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder shall exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the Notes through the facilities of the Depositary subject to its rules and regulations.

 

(c)               The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

88

 

 

(d)               On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

 

(1)                             accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)                             deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

 

(3)                             deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that all Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

 

(e)               In the event that the Issuer makes a Change of Control Payment, the paying agent shall promptly mail or pay by wire transfer to each Holder of the Notes the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate a new Note (or cause to be transferred by book entry) equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

(f)                The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all such Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of the making of such Change of Control Offer.

 

(g)               If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party shall have the right, upon not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, provided that such notice is given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase on a date (the “Second Change of Control Payment Date”) at a price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment in respect of the Second Change of Control Payment Date plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

89

 

 

(h)               The provisions under this Indenture related to the Issuer’s obligations to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control and the definition of “Change of Control” may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding.

 

SECTION 4.12.        Company Existence.

 

Except as otherwise permitted by Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its company existence.

 

SECTION 4.13.        Future Guarantors.

 

(a)               On and after the Escrow Release Date, the Issuer shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries that incurs any Indebtedness, or guarantees the payment of any Indebtedness incurred, pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities to, within 30 days of such incurrence or guarantee:

 

(1)                              execute and deliver a supplemental indenture, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto, to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Subsidiary; and

 

(2)                              to the extent required by the Notes Collateral Documents, take all actions required to grant a second-priority security interest in the Collateral owned by such Subsidiary to the Second Priority Collateral Agent, including, without limitation, by entering into joinders, amendments, supplements or other instruments with respect to the Collateral Agreement and each other Collateral Document (as applicable) and executing, filing and recording such instruments in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Liens on such Collateral, together with such financing statements or comparable documents as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral that may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement or similar document under the Uniform Commercial Code or other similar statute or regulation of the relevant states or jurisdictions; and

 

(3)                              deliver an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent.

 

(b)               Further, the Issuer may cause any Restricted Subsidiary to become a Guarantor at its election.

 

(c)               Any such Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Article 10.

 

SECTION 4.14.        Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

90

 

 

(a)               (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or (2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)               make loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(c)               sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)                             contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date or the Distribution Date, if on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum, including those arising under the Senior Credit Facilities, this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Collateral Documents;

 

(2)                             purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired;

 

(3)                             applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(4)                             any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case that is in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated;

 

(5)                             contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(6)                             Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.07 and 4.10 that apply only to the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(7)                             restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(8)                             other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.07;

 

(9)                             customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;

 

91

 

 

(10)                           customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments, including but not limited to leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or similar agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)                           customary provisions that arise or are agreed to in the ordinary course of business and do not detract from the value of property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(12)                           Hedging Obligations;

 

(13)                           restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect in connection with such Receivables Facility; and

 

(14)                           any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing (or restrictions otherwise customary for the relevant type of Indebtedness (which may be in the form of “high-yield-style” notes or term loans)).

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.14: (i) the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common equity shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

 

SECTION 4.15.        Asset Sales.

 

(a)               The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate, directly or indirectly, an Asset Sale, unless:

 

(1)                             the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(2)                             except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Sale and all other Asset Sales since the Issue Date, on a cumulative basis received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

92

 

 

(A)       any liabilities (as reflected on the Issuer’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale) and for which the Issuer and all such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing,

 

(B)       any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), in each case, within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

 

(C)       any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) not to exceed the greater of $75 million and 1.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

 

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

 

(b)               Within 450 days after the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (the “Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period”), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may, at its option, apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

 

(1)                             if assets subject to such Asset Sale constitute Collateral, to repay, prepay, purchase, repurchase or redeem (a) First Priority Obligations or (b) Second Priority Obligations; provided, however, that (x) the Obligations in respect of the Notes shall be reduced on no less than a pro rata basis along with any such reduction of other Second Priority Obligations and (y) all reductions of Obligations in respect of the Notes shall be made as provided under Section 3.07, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.15 for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on such Notes;

 

(2)                             if assets subject to such Asset Sale do not constitute Collateral, to repay, prepay, purchase, repurchase or redeem any Indebtedness that is secured by the assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale, any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any Indebtedness that would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that in connection with any repayment, prepayment, purchase, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (2), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so repaid, prepaid, purchased, repurchased or redeemed;

 

93

 

 

(3)                             to reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Proceeds received by the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) or make capital expenditures in or that are used or useful in the Issuer’s business within 450 days from the later of the date of such Asset Sale and the date of receipt of such Net Proceeds; provided that, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have complied with this clause (3) if, within 450 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in this clause (3) with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds (as defined below); or

 

(4)                             any combination of the foregoing.

 

(c)               Within ten Business Days after the end of an Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period with respect to an Asset Sale, if the aggregate balance of any Net Proceeds not invested or applied in the timeframe and as permitted by clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) of Section 4.15(b) (any such Net Proceeds, whether from one or more Asset Sales, “Excess Proceeds”) exceeds $100.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all holders of the Notes, and, if the Issuer or any Guarantor elects, to the holders of any First Priority Obligations or other Second Priority Obligations, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes, First Priority Obligations and such other Second Priority Obligations, (with respect to the Notes only, in denominations of $2,000 initial principal amount and multiples of $1,000 thereafter), that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, First Priority Obligations and such other Second Priority Obligations, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing such First Priority Obligations or other Second Priority Obligations. In the event that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary prepays any First Priority Obligations or Second Priority Obligations other than the Notes that are outstanding under a revolving credit or other committed loan facility pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall cause the related loan commitment to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid.

 

94

 

 

The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer for the Notes by transmitting electronically or by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and, if applicable, First Priority Obligations or other Second Priority Obligations tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds (or, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture, the amount of Net Proceeds to be applied in such Asset Sale Offer), the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds (or such amount offered) in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, First Priority Obligations or other Second Priority Obligations surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuer shall determine the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be purchased or repaid on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes, First Priority Obligations or such other Second Priority Obligations tendered, and the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased or repaid on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes tendered or by lot or such similar method in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be repurchased in part. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero, and in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture, the amount of Net Proceeds to be applied in such Asset Sale Offer shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of Excess Proceeds.

 

(d)               Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.15, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise use such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(e)               The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

(f)                Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sales by a Subsidiary (x) are prohibited or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the Issuer or (y) would have a material adverse Tax consequence (taking into account any foreign tax credit or other net benefit actually realized in connection with such repatriation that would not otherwise be realized), as determined by the Issuer in its sole discretion, the portion of such Net Proceeds so affected shall not be required to be applied in compliance with this Section 4.15, and such amounts may be retained by the applicable Subsidiary; provided that, clause (x) of this paragraph shall apply to such amounts so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law shall not permit repatriation to the Issuer, and if such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds is permitted under the applicable local law and is not subject to clause (y) of this paragraph, then such repatriation shall be promptly effected and such repatriated Net Proceeds shall be applied (whether or not repatriation actually occurs) in compliance with this Section 4.15; provided, further, that the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds retained pursuant to clause (y) of this paragraph shall not exceed $250 million at any one time outstanding. The time periods set forth in this Section 4.15 shall not start with respect to such Net Proceeds until such time as the Net Proceeds may be repatriated (whether or not such repatriation actually occurs).

 

95

 

 

SECTION 4.16.        [Reserved].

 

SECTION 4.17.        Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates.

 

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $30 million, unless:

 

(1)                             such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

(2)                             in the case of an Affiliate Transaction including aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $60 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

 

(b)               The foregoing provisions shall not apply to the following:

 

(1)                             (i) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction and (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided that such parent company shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer and such merger or consolidation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

 

(2)                             Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.09 and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

 

(3)                             the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements provided on behalf of, or for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)                             transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

96

 

 

 

(5)                              transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Distribution Date and on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum or pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents (including the Transactions, all transactions in connection therewith (including but not limited to the financing thereof) and all fees and expenses paid or payable in connection with the Transactions) or any amendment, modification or supplement thereto or replacement thereof, as long as such agreement or arrangement, as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced is not materially more disadvantageous to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, than the agreement or arrangement in existence on the Distribution Date or pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents;

 

(6)                              the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or the equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date or the Distribution Date (on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum) and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date or the Distribution Date, as applicable, shall only be permitted by this clause (6) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect when taken as a whole;

 

(7)                              any transaction in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that is fair to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or is on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

(8)                              the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and the granting and performance of customary registration rights;

 

(9)                              sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein or other transactions, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

(10)                            payments, loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of loans, advances or guarantees) to employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees, directors, managers or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith;

 

(11)                             payments to any future, current or former employee, director, manager, officer, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; and any employment and severance arrangements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants that are, in each case, approved by the Issuer in good faith;

 

97

 

 

(12)                            any transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an Equity Interest in or otherwise controls such Person;

 

(13)                            any lease entered into between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Issuer, as lessor, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(14)                            intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)                            transactions between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because a director of such Person is also a director of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

 

(16)                            pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(17)                            transactions with joint ventures entered into in the ordinary course of business, or approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer;

 

(18)                            payments made pursuant to any customary tax consolidation and grouping arrangements; and

 

(19)                            transactions contemplated by Section 4.07(b)(19).

 

SECTION 4.18.        Suspension of Covenants.

 

(a)              During any period of time following the Issue Date that: (1) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from at least two Rating Agencies and (2) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture:

 

(A) Section 4.07;

 

(B) Section 4.09;

 

(C) Section 4.13;

 

(D) Section 4.14;

 

(E) Section 4.15;

 

(F) Section 4.17; and

 

(G) clause (a)(4) of Section 5.01.

 

98

 

 

(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Permitted Liens under Section 4.10 during any Suspension Period (as defined below) and without limiting the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s ability to incur Indebtedness during any Suspension Period, to the extent that calculations in Section 4.10 (including the definition of “Permitted Liens”) refer to Section 4.07, such calculations shall be made as though Section 4.07 remains in effect during the Suspension Period. Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event (the date of such occurrence, the “Suspension Date”), the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be set at zero. In the event that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants, and none of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising during the Suspension Period, as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period). The Issuer shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee indicating the occurrence of any Suspension Date or Reversion Date. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or notify the Holders of any Suspension Date or Reversion Date. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officer’s Certificate to any Holder of Notes upon request.

 

(b)               On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period shall be deemed to have been incurred or issued on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(3). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.09 shall be made as though Section 4.09 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period shall reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.09(a) and the items specified in Section 4.09(a)(C)(i) through (C)(iv) if occurring during the Suspension Period shall increase the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under such section. No Subsidiaries shall be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during any Suspension Period. Any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reversion Date pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant Section 4.17(b)(6). Any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in Section 4.14(a) through (c) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to the exception contained in clause (1) of Section 4.14 relating to existing encumbrances and restrictions.

 

99

 

 

(c)               The Issuer shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any Covenant Suspension Event. In the absence of such notice, the Trustee may conclusively assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. The Issuer shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any occurrence of a Reversion Date. After any such notice of the occurrence of a Reversion Date, the Trustee may conclusively assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE V
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS

 

SECTION 5.01.        The Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

 

(a)               The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into or wind up into, consummate a Division as the Dividing Person with (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

 

(1)                              (i) the Issuer is the surviving Person, or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, winding up or Division (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (in each of (i) and (ii), such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Issuer”);

 

(2)                              the Successor Issuer, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under (i) this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent and (ii) the applicable Collateral Documents and causes such amendments, supplements and other instruments to be executed, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Issuer, together with such financing statements or comparable documents as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral that may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement or similar document under the Uniform Commercial Code or other similar statute or regulation of the relevant states or jurisdictions;

 

(3)                              immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

 

(4)                              immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period,

 

(A)       the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.07(a) or

 

100

 

 

(B)       the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(5)                              in the case of Section 5.01(a)(1)(ii), each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that

 

(A)             its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

(B)              the grant of a security interest in all properties and assets owned by such Guarantor constituting Collateral in respect of its Guarantee of such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall remain valid following such transactions; and

 

(6)                               in the case of Section 5.01(a)(1)(ii), the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, winding up, Division, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition, and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and the applicable Collateral Documents and an Opinion of Counsel stating that this Indenture and the applicable Collateral Documents constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Issuer or Successor Issuer, as applicable, and each of the Guarantors party thereto.

 

(b)             The Successor Issuer shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture, the Notes and the applicable Collateral Documents, and the Issuer shall automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the applicable Collateral Documents; provided that, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Issuer shall not be released from its obligations under this Indenture, the Notes or the applicable Collateral Documents.

 

(c)              Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a):

 

(1)                              any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into, wind up into or consummate a Division as the Dividing Person with or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or any Guarantor or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)                              the Issuer may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into, wind up into or consummate a Division as the Dividing Person with or transfer all or substantially all its properties and assets to an Affiliate incorporated or organized solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Issuer in another jurisdiction within the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; and

 

(3)                              the Transactions and all transactions in connection therewith shall be permitted.

 

101

 

 

SECTION 5.02.        Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms. Subject to Section 10.05, no Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any such Guarantor to, consolidate or merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into or wind up into, consummate a Division as the Dividing Person with (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

 

(1)                              (A) (i) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, winding up or Division (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (in each of (i) and (ii), such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

 

(B)       the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guarantor under (i) this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent and (ii) the applicable Collateral Documents and causes such amendments, supplements and other instruments to be executed, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Person, together with such financing statements or comparable documents as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral that may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement or similar document under the Uniform Commercial Code or other similar statute or regulation of the relevant states or jurisdictions;

 

(C)       immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(D)       except in the case of Section 5.02(1)(A)(i), the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and the applicable Collateral Documents and an Opinion of Counsel stating that this Indenture, Guarantees and the applicable Collateral Documents, as applicable, constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the applicable Guarantor, subject to customary exceptions; or

 

(2)                               the transaction is an Asset Sale that is made in compliance with Section 4.15.

 

102

 

 

Subject to Section 10.05, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture, such Guarantor’s Guarantee and the applicable Collateral Documents and such Guarantor shall automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture, such Guarantor’s Guarantee and the applicable Collateral Documents; provided that, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Guarantor shall not be released from its obligations under this Indenture, such Guarantor’s Guarantee or the applicable Collateral Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (i) merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into or wind up into, consummate a Division as the Dividing Person with or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (ii) merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into or wind up into, or consummate a Division as the Dividing Person with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Guarantor under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby or (iii) convert into a Person organized or existing under the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States.

 

ARTICLE VI
REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.01.        Events of Default. “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(1)                              default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes issued under this Indenture;

 

(2)                              default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes issued under this Indenture;

 

(3)                              the failure to perform or comply with any of the provisions described under Article 5 hereof;

 

(4)                              the failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after the receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above) contained in this Indenture, the Notes or the Notes Collateral Documents;

 

(5)                              default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

 

103

 

 

(A)       such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and

 

(B)       the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $150 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

(6)                              the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $150 million (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable insurance companies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

(7)                              any of the following events with respect to the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary:

 

(A)          the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i)       commences a voluntary case;

 

(ii)       consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

(iii)       consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

(iv)       takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; or

 

(B)           a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(i)       is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(ii)       appoints a custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or all or substantially all of its property; or

 

(iii)       orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

 

104

 

 

(8)                               the Guarantee of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or hereof) and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the related Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture;

 

(9)                              (A) the failure by the Issuer to comply with, or the breach of, any material provision of the Escrow Agreement on or prior to the Escrow Release Date or (B) the failure by the Issuer to pay or cause to be paid the Special Mandatory Redemption on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 3.09; or

 

(10)                            (A) any Lien created by the Collateral Documents relating to the Notes and/or the Guarantees does not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any material portion of the Collateral (to the extent perfection is required by this Indenture or the Collateral Documents), except as otherwise permitted by the terms of this Indenture or the relevant Collateral Documents and other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture or the release or amendment of any such Lien in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents;

 

(B) except for amendment, modification, waiver, termination or release in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, any material Notes Collateral Document is for whatever reason terminated or ceases to be in full force and effect; or

 

(C) the enforceability of any Notes Collateral Document is contested by the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

except in each case to the extent that (x) any such invalidity or loss of perfection or termination results from the failure of the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facilities to make filings, renewals and continuations (or other equivalent filings) or take other appropriate action or the failure of such administrative agent to maintain possession of certificates, instruments or other documents actually delivered to it representing securities pledged or other possessory collateral pledged under the applicable Collateral Documents or (y) as to Collateral consisting of mortgaged real property, to the extent such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage.

 

SECTION 6.02.        Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

 

(a)             If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders of the Notes shall (subject to receiving indemnity, prefunding and/or security to its satisfaction), declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the Outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

105

 

 

(b)               Upon the effectiveness of a declaration under Section 6.02, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under Section 6.01(7) above with respect to the Issuer, all Outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

(c)               At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences with respect to the Notes, so long as such recission and annulment would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction and all amounts owing to the Trustee have been repaid, if

 

(1)                              The Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(A)       all overdue interest on all Outstanding Notes,

 

(B)       all unpaid principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Outstanding Notes which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest on such unpaid principal at the rate borne by the Notes,

 

(C)       to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes, and

 

(D)       all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the compensation and properly incurred expenses, disbursements and advances (including any indemnity payments) of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

 

(2)                               Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of amounts of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on Notes, which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 6.08;

 

provided that no such recission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

(d)             Notwithstanding Section 6.02(c) the preceding paragraph, in the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose,

 

106

 

 

(1)                              the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, or

 

(2)                              the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default, or

 

(3)                              the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

SECTION 6.03.        Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

SECTION 6.04.        Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 6.05.        Application of Money Collected. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order.

 

First: to the Trustee, the Agents, their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

107

 

 

Third: to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.05.

 

SECTION 6.06.        Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, a Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

 

(a)              the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(b)              the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(c)              such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer to the Trustee security, prefunding and/or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(d)              the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security, prefunding and/or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; and

 

(e)              within such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with the request.

 

SECTION 6.07.        Control by Holders. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

SECTION 6.08.        Waiver of Past Defaults. Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and interest on the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

108

 

 

SECTION 6.09.        Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.06 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

SECTION 6.10.        Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Each of the Issuer, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Issuer, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

ARTICLE VII
TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.01.        Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)               If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

 

(b)               Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)                 the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and Notes Collateral Documents and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)              in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon resolutions, statements, instruments, notices, directions certificates and/or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming on their face to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be furnished to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

109

 

 

(c)              The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)               this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

 

(ii)              the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(iii)             the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

(d)               Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to Section 7.01(a), (b) and (c).

 

(e)               No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)                The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)               The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee as set forth in Section 6.01 and such notice references this Indenture.

 

(h)               In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(i)                 The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of, or otherwise monitor compliance with, the Issuer’s covenants herein.

 

(j)                 Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01.

 

110

 

 

SECTION 7.02.        Rights of the Trustee.

 

(a)               The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document , resolution, statement, notice, direction, certificate and/or opinion believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.

 

(b)               Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)               The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

 

(d)               The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

(e)               Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

 

(f)                The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)               The Trustee shall not be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any covenants, conditions, or agreements on the part of the Issuer, make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its reasonable discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall reasonably determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(h)               The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it under this Indenture.

 

111

 

 

(i)                 The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its power and duties hereunder.

 

(j)                 The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee under this Article 7, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, U.S. Bank National Association in each of its capacities hereunder as an Agent, and to each agent, Custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(k)               The permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any actions enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty.

 

(l)                 The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, accidents; nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes, strikes or work stoppages; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action.

 

(m)             Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Trustee has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action

 

(n)               No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Trustee to take or omit to take any action, or suffer any action to be taken or omitted, in the performance of its duties or obligations under this Indenture, or to exercise any right or power thereunder, to the extent that taking or omitting to take such action or suffering such action to be taken or omitted would violate applicable law binding upon it.

 

(o)               Other than any information set forth in a notice to the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or any Notes Collateral Documents, the delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants under this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

(p)               The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(q)               The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including but not limited to as Registrar and Paying Agent), and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder.

 

112

 

 

(r)                The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its own negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such act.

 

(s)                Trustee entitled to assume without enquiry, that the Issuer has performed in accordance with all of the provisions in the Indenture, unless notified to the contrary.

 

SECTION 7.03.        Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, as such term is used in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 hereof.

 

SECTION 7.04.        Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

SECTION 7.05.        Notice of Defaults.

 

(a)               The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default with respect to Notes unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Issuer or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(b)               If a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to Holders of the Notes, notice of the Default within the later of 90 days after the occurrence of a Default or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the redemption provisions of the Notes), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

 

113

 

 

SECTION 7.06.        [Reserved].

 

SECTION 7.07.        Compensation and Indemnity.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to U.S. Bank National Association, in each of its capacities as Trustee and Agent, from time to time reasonable compensation for Agent’s and Trustee’s services hereunder, as agreed from time to time with U.S. Bank National Association. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, reimburse the Trustee and the Agents promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made, including costs of collection, by such party in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements, advances and expenses of the Trustee’s and Agents’ respective agents, counsel, accountants and experts.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Trustee, each Agent and each of their respective agents, representatives, officers, directors, and employees against any and all losses, liabilities, damages or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by them arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, the Escrow Agreement, Second Priority Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer and the Guarantors or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the enforcement of any rights hereunder, or arising out of or in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Guarantors promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Agents, as applicable, the satisfaction and discharge and the termination of this Indenture.

 

To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the satisfaction and discharge and the termination of this Indenture.

 

In addition, and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

114

 

 

Trustee” for purposes of this Section shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the negligence or willful misconduct of any predecessor Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder (other than a successor Trustee that is successor by merger or consolidation to such predecessor Trustee).

 

SECTION 7.08.        Replacement of Trustee.

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

 

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(a)               the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(b)               the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(c)               a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d)               the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer, or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes or the Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

115

 

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.09.        Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the successor corporation or banking association without any further act shall, if such successor corporation or banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.

 

Subject to Section 7.10, any business entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

 

SECTION 7.10.        Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

ARTICLE VIII
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 8.01.        Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuer may, at its option, at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

116

 

 

SECTION 8.02.        Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all Outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees and the Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of Outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust described in Section 8.04, (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and Agents hereunder and the obligations of each of the Guarantors and the Issuer in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 8.03.        Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be released from their obligations under Sections 5.01(a)(4) and (5), 5.02 and the covenants set forth in Sections 4.03 and 4.07 through 4.18 hereof with respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Issuer or any Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Sections 6.01(3) (solely with respect to such defeased covenant), (5) and (6) and, with respect to only any Significant Subsidiary and not the Issuer, Section 6.01(7), but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

 

117

 

 

SECTION 8.04.        Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 to the Outstanding Notes:

 

(a)               the Issuer shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 6.08 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article 8 applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders of such Notes; (A) cash in U.S. dollars, or (B) Government Securities, or (C) a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Outstanding Notes at the Stated Maturity (or Redemption Date, if applicable and so indicated to the Trustee in writing); provided that, upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of deposit, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such cash or the proceeds of such Government Securities or combination thereof to said payments with respect to the Notes. Before such a deposit, the Issuer may give to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a future date in accordance with Article 3 hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable. Such irrevocable redemption notice, if given, shall be given effect in applying the foregoing; in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(b)               in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(c)               the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.05.        Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

All cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Paying Agent (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of the Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

118

 

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee and Paying Agent, as applicable, against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Paying Agent shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

SECTION 8.06.        Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as set forth in the last paragraph of this Section 8.06 and as to surviving rights registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when either:

 

(a)               all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or segregated and held on their behalf by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 2.04) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(b)               (1) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,

 

(i)                 have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.03 or otherwise,

 

(ii)              shall become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 

(iii)            are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer,

 

119

 

 

and the Issuer or any Guarantor, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any and accrued interest to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited therefor shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption;

 

(1)                              the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;

 

(2)                              the Issuer has delivered irrevocable written instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and

 

(3)                              the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein to the satisfaction and discharge under this Indenture have been satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee and the Agents under Section 7.07, the obligations of the Issuer to any Authenticating Agent under Article 2 and, if money or Government Securities shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to this Article, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 7.01 and the last paragraph of Section 2.04 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 

SECTION 8.07.        Repayment to Issuer.

 

Any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

SECTION 8.08.        Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the cash and securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

120

 

 

SECTION 8.09.        Survival.

 

The Trustee’s rights under this Article 8 shall survive termination of this Indenture or the resignation of the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

SECTION 9.01.        Without Consent of Holder.

 

Without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to any amendment relating to its Guarantee), the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent (with respect to the Notes Collateral Documents), at any time and from time to time, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, any related Guarantee and the Notes Collateral Documents, in each case, for any of the following purposes:

 

(a)               to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

(b)               to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(c)               to comply with Article 5;

 

(d)               to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders;

 

(e)               to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders (including the addition of collateral to secure the Notes and/or additional Guarantees) or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder,

 

(f)                to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders of Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(g)               to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture or the Notes Collateral Documents, as applicable, of (i) a successor Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Sections 7.08 and 7.09 or (ii) a successor Second Priority Collateral Agent pursuant to the requirements of Section 13.05 and the applicable Notes Collateral Documents;

 

(h)               to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, in accordance with this Indenture;

 

(i)                 to add a Guarantor or a parent guarantor under this Indenture; provided that only the Issuer, the Trustee and the Guarantor or parent guarantor being added need to sign any such supplement or amendment, or release a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

121

 

 

(j)                 to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees, the Notes or the Notes Collateral Documents to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum; or

 

(k)               to amend the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, that:

 

(i)                 compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law; and

 

(ii)              such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; or

 

(l)                 to add additional assets as Collateral or to release any Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes or to subordinate such Lien (or conform the subordination of such Lien), in each case pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Notes Collateral Documents, as and when permitted or required by this Indenture and the Notes Collateral Documents.

 

In addition, (i) the intercreditor provisions of the Notes Collateral Documents and any other applicable Intercreditor Agreement may be amended, waived or otherwise modified from time to time with the consent of the parties thereto and (ii) the Issuer may, without the consent of any other party thereto, amend the Notes Collateral Documents and any other applicable Intercreditor Agreement to designate Indebtedness as “Second Priority Obligations”, or as any other Indebtedness subject to the terms and provisions of such agreement. Each Holder, by its acceptance of the Notes, shall be deemed to have consented and agreed to the terms of each Notes Collateral Document, as originally in effect and as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture; and authorizes, directs and empowers the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent (including through the Intercreditor Agreements) to bind the Holders of the Notes as set forth in the applicable Notes Collateral Documents to which they are a party and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights and powers thereunder.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee and the Agents shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but neither the Trustee nor the Agents shall be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuer shall deliver (by means of electronic transmission in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

122

 

 

SECTION 9.02.        With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

(a)               With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by act of said Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to any Guarantee to which it is a party or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes, and the Notes Collateral Agent may amend the Notes Collateral Documents, in each case for the purpose of adding any provisions hereto or thereto, changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders hereunder or thereunder (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes) and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees or the Notes Collateral Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes); provided that, without consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby, no such amendment, supplement or waiver shall, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

(1)                              reduce the principal amount of the Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)                              reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any such Note or reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07;

 

(3)                               reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)                              waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes issued under this Indenture, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders of the Notes;

 

(5)                               make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(6)                               make any change in Section 6.08 or the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

 

(7)                               make any changes to this Section 9.02;

 

(8)                               impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; or

 

(9)                              make any change to or modify the ranking of any Note or related Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes.

 

123

 

 

(b)               Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.02(a), without the consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange for, Notes) an amendment, supplement or waiver may not:

 

(i)                 release all or substantially all of the Collateral, except as otherwise permitted by this Indenture or the Notes Collateral Documents; or

 

(ii)              modify the Intercreditor Agreements or the provisions in this Indenture dealing with the Notes Collateral Documents in any manner materially adverse to the Holders, except as otherwise permitted by this Indenture or the Notes Collateral Documents.

 

(c)               It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.01 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment or waiver under either this Indenture, the Notes, as applicable, or any Guarantee, by any Holder given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

 

SECTION 9.03.        Payments for Consent.

 

Neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders (or in the case of an exchange offer, exchanged with all Holders) that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment; provided that if consents, waivers or amendments are sought in connection with an exchange offer where participation in such exchange offer is limited to Holders who are “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A, or “non-U.S. persons” within the meaning of Regulation S, then such consideration need only be offered to all such Holders and paid to all such Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the applicable time frame.

 

SECTION 9.04.        Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter shall bind every Holder.

 

124

 

 

SECTION 9.05.        Trustee and Agents to Sign Amendments.

 

The Trustee and Agents shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee and Agents, as applicable. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee and Agents shall be provided with and (subject to Sections 7.01 and 13.05) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof.

 

ARTICLE X
GUARANTEES

 

SECTION 10.01.    Guarantees.

 

From and after the Escrow Release Date, each Guarantor that is a party hereto on the Issue Date or that executes a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto, shall hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the Trustee, the Agents and their respective successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Notes when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes (all such obligations set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such Guarantor and that such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

 

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee, or Agents to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer, any other Guarantor or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any obligation of the Issuer under this Indenture or any Note, by operation of law or otherwise; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; or (d) except as set forth in Section 10.05, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that from and after the Escrow Release Date, its Guarantee shall constitute a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder, the Trustee or Agents to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

125

 

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that from and after the Escrow Release Date, its Guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder, the Trustee or Agents upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Trustee and the Agents, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of such Guarantor’s Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section.

 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Agents in enforcing any rights under this Section.

 

SECTION 10.02.    Limitation on Liability.

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance hereof each Holder, confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by each such Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or transfer, or being voidable, for purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and each such Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that shall not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to this Section 10.02, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting such fraudulent conveyance or transfer, or being avoidable.

 

SECTION 10.03.    Successors and Assigns.

 

This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee, the Agents and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder, the Trustee or the Agents, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

 

126

 

 

SECTION 10.04.     No Waiver.

 

Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee, the Agents or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee, the Agents and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

SECTION 10.05.    Release of Guarantor.

 

Any Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Notes shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(1)                              (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer) after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture (including pursuant to an enforcement action in accordance with the terms of an Intercreditor Agreement);

 

(B)       the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor with respect to the Senior Credit Facilities (including as a result of such Guarantor becoming an “Excluded Subsidiary” under the Senior Credit Facilities, other than any release or discharge resulting from the payment in full of the Senior Credit Facilities);

 

(C)       the designation of any such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

(D)       the exercise of the Legal Defeasance of the Notes under Section 8.02 hereof, and the Covenant Defeasance of the Notes under Section 8.03 hereof, or if the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Section 8.06 of this Indenture;

 

(E)       the merger or consolidation of such Guarantor with and into the Issuer or another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor,

 

(F)       as described under Section 9.01 or 9.02; and

 

(2)                              The Issuer and such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate (with no requirement for delivery of an Opinion of Counsel) stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such release have been complied with.

 

127

 

 

SECTION 10.06.     Contribution.

 

Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations to contribution from each Guarantor, as applicable, in an amount equal to such Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. Calculation of each Guarantor’s pro rata portion of any payment shall be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.01.    [Reserved].

 

SECTION 11.02.    Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, the Trustee or an Agent to the other parties is duly given if in writing in English and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or electronic transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address:

 

If to the Issuer:

 

Arconic Rolled Products Corporation

201 Isabella Street

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212

Attn: Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer

 

with copies to:

 

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP

One Liberty Plaza

New York, New York 10006

Attn: Craig B. Brod; Sung K. Kang

 

If to the Trustee, Second Priority Collateral Agent, Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent:

 

U.S. Bank National Association

Two Liberty Place

50 South 16th Street, Suite 2000

Mail Station: EX-PA-WBSP

Philadelphia, PA 19102

Attention: Michael Judge

Telephone: (215) 761-9326

Facsimile: (215) 761-9412

Email: Michael.Judge@usbank.com

 

128

 

 

The Issuer, the Trustee or the Agents, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

The Trustee and the Agents, as applicable, agree to accept and act upon email with portable document format (PDF) attached or facsimile transmission of written instructions pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that (a) the party providing such written instructions, subsequent to such transmission of written instructions, shall provide the originally executed instructions in a timely manner and (b) such originally executed instructions or directions shall be signed by an authorized representative of the party providing such instructions or directions.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to the Trustee, Agents or Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery. All notices and communications to the Trustee, Agents or Holders shall be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt. Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the security register for the Notes. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

SECTION 11.03.    [Reserved].

 

SECTION 11.04.    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee or an Agent to take any action under any provision of this Indenture (except for authentication of the Notes by the Trustee on the Issue Date or entry into any supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.13, which shall not require an Opinion of Counsel, or unless otherwise specified in this Indenture), the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee and/or Agent, as applicable:

 

(a)               an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and/or Agent, as applicable, (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(b)               an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and/or Agent, as applicable, (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

 

129

 

 

SECTION 11.05.    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof) and shall include:

 

(a)               a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b)               a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)               a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d)               a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 11.06.    Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

SECTION 11.07.    Business Days.

 

If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a Regular Record Date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

 

SECTION 11.08.    No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 

No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or of the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 11.09.    Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES.

 

130

 

 

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE (AND EACH HOLDER AND OWNER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, WILL BE DEEMED TO) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 11.10.    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

SECTION 11.11.    Successors.

 

All covenants and agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee and the Agents in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors.

 

SECTION 11.12.    Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 11.13.    Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of all the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes other than the Trustee’s signature on the certificate of authentication on each Note.

 

SECTION 11.14.    Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

 

The table of contents, cross-reference table and headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 11.15.    Force Majeure.

 

In no event shall the Trustee or the Agents be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility; it being understood that the Trustee and the Agents, as applicable, shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

131

 

 

SECTION 11.16.    Patriot Act Compliance.

 

In order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including, without limitation, those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering, including Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act of the United States (“Applicable AML Law”), the Trustee and Agent are required to obtain, verify, record and update certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Trustee and Agent. Accordingly, each of the parties agree to provide to the Trustee and Agent, upon their reasonable request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be reasonably available for such party in order to enable the Trustee and Agent to comply with Applicable AML Law.

 

ARTICLE XII
ESCROW MATTERS

 

SECTION 12.01.    Escrow Account.

 

On the Issue Date, the Issuer, the Escrow Agent and the Trustee shall enter into the Escrow Agreement, pursuant to which the Issuer shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) into the Escrow Account an amount equal to the net proceeds of the offering of the Notes sold on the Issue Date plus an additional amount in cash sufficient to make all interest payments due and payable on the Notes to, but excluding, the latest possible Special Mandatory Redemption Date and to pay the maximum possible Special Mandatory Redemption Price.

 

The Issuer shall grant the Trustee, upon the terms set forth in the Escrow Agreement and for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, a first-priority security interest in the Escrow Account and the Escrowed Property to secure the Issuer’s obligation pursuant to Section 3.09 hereof.

 

The Issuer shall only be entitled to direct the Escrow Agent to release the Escrowed Property in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. Upon the occurrence of the Escrow Release, the Escrow Account shall be reduced to zero and the Escrowed Property and interest accrued thereon from the date of deposit shall be paid out in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. On the Escrow Release Date, (i) the Guarantees of the Guarantors that have executed and delivered a supplemental indenture shall become effective and (ii) each of the Notes Collateral Documents shall become effective.

 

SECTION 12.02.    Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

If a Special Mandatory Redemption of the Notes is to occur pursuant to Section 3.09 hereof, the Escrow Agent shall cause the release of the Escrowed Property to the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. The Trustee shall apply the Escrowed Property to the payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price, as set forth in Section 3.09 hereof.

 

132

 

 

SECTION 12.03.    Release of Escrowed Property.

 

Upon delivery of the Escrow Release Request, the Escrow Agreement provides that the Escrow Agent shall cause the release of the proceeds of such Escrowed Property to or on the order of the Issuer on the Escrow Release Date in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

 

SECTION 12.04.    Trustee Direction to Execute Escrow Agreement.

 

The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver the Escrow Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XIII
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

 

SECTION 13.01.    Collateral and Notes Collateral Documents.

 

(a)               On the Escrow Release Date, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall enter into the Collateral Agreement and one or more other Notes Collateral Documents defining the terms of the security interests that will secure the Notes and the Guarantees as contemplated therein. The Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to complete or cause to be completed on or prior to the Escrow Release Date all filings and other similar actions required on its part under the Notes Collateral Documents in connection with the perfection of such security interests; provided, however, that the Issuer shall have up to 90 days following the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as may be agreed by the First Priority Collateral Agent in connection with the corresponding actions under the Senior Credit Facilities) to complete or cause to be completed those actions required on its part under the Notes Collateral Documents to perfect such security interests.

 

(b)               The Trustee and each Holder, by accepting any Notes and the Guarantees, acknowledges that, as more fully set forth in the Notes Collateral Documents, the Collateral as now or hereafter constituted shall be for the benefit of all the Holders, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the other holders of Second Priority Obligations, and that the Lien granted in the Notes Collateral Documents relating to the Notes in respect of the Trustee, the Second Priority Collateral Agent, the Holders and the other holders of Second Priority Obligations is subject to and qualified and limited in all respects by the Notes Collateral Documents and actions that may be taken thereunder. In the event of conflict between an Intercreditor Agreement, on the one hand, and any of the other Notes Collateral Documents and this Indenture, on the other, the applicable Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

 

133

 

 

SECTION 13.02.    Further Assurances.

 

From and after the Escrow Release Date, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, at their sole expense, duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further agreements, documents, instruments, financing and continuation statements and amendments thereto as may be necessary to confirm that the Second Priority Collateral Agent holds, for the benefit of itself, the Holders and the Trustee, duly created, enforceable and perfected (to the extent required by the Notes Collateral Documents) second priority Liens in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens. As necessary, or upon request of the Second Priority Collateral Agent, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, at their sole expense, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other financing statements, mortgages and deeds of trust) as may be necessary to effectuate the provisions and purposes of the Notes Collateral Documents, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

SECTION 13.03.    After Acquired Property.

 

From and after the Escrow Release Date, subject to the exceptions and limitations in the Notes Collateral Documents, if the Issuer or any Guarantor acquires any property of the type that would constitute Collateral (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Excluded Property) and that is not automatically subject to a perfected security interest or Lien under the Notes Collateral Documents, to the extent requested or required by the First Priority Collateral Agent to vest in the First Priority Collateral Agent a perfected (to the extent required by the Notes Collateral Documents) security interest (subject to liens permitted by this Indenture, including the Permitted Liens) in such after-acquired property to secure any of the First Priority Obligations and to have such after-acquired property added to the collateral for such obligations, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall be required to execute and deliver such security instruments, financing statements and such certificates in favor of the Notes and the Guarantees as are comparable in all material respects to the security instruments, financing statements and certificates so requested or required by the First Priority Collateral Agent (except as necessary to reflect the second priority lien status of the Notes and the Guarantees), and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such after-acquired property to the same extent and with the same force and effect

 

SECTION 13.04.    Release.

 

(a)               The Liens on the Collateral shall be automatically released (and such assets shall no longer be Collateral) with respect to the Notes and the Guarantees:

 

(i)                 in part, as to any property or asset constituting Collateral (A) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or deemed disposed of by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (other than to the Issuer or a Guarantor) in a transaction not prohibited by the First Priority Documents (whether or not an “event of default” under the First Priority Documents or the Second Priority Documents has occurred and is continuing) if all other Liens on that asset securing the First Priority Obligations are released, (B) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or deemed disposed of by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (other than to the Issuer or a Guarantor) in a transaction permitted under Section 4.15, (C) that is owned by a Guarantor to the extent such Guarantor has been released from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture or (D) otherwise in accordance with, and as expressly provided for under, this Indenture and the Notes Collateral Documents;

 

134

 

 

(ii)              as to any asset constituting Collateral, subject to the First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent the corresponding First Priority Liens securing obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities are released; provided that there is then outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities aggregate debt and aggregate commitments in an amount that exceeds the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes; provided further that this clause (ii) shall not apply with respect to a release of all or substantially all of the Collateral;

 

(iii)            in whole, upon a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance as described under Section 8.02 and 8.03;

 

(iv)             in whole, upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as described under Section 8.06;

 

(v)               in whole, upon payment in full of the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(vi)             as described under Article 9;

 

(vii)            in whole or in part, as applicable, as to all or any portion of property subject to such Liens which has been taken by eminent domain, condemnation or other similar circumstances;

 

(viii)           to the extent any particular item of Collateral becomes Excluded Property; or

 

(ix)              in whole, at the Issuer’s option (by written notice to the Trustee), in the event that (x) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from at least two Rating Agencies and (y) the Senior Credit Facilities (including any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) are unsecured.

 

Upon any sale or disposition of Collateral in compliance with this Indenture and the Notes Collateral Documents (other than to the Issuer or a Guarantor), the Liens in favor of the Second Priority Collateral Agent on such Collateral shall automatically terminate and be released and the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver such documents and instruments as the Issuer and the Guarantors may reasonably request, at their cost and expense, to evidence such termination and release (without recourse or warranty) without the consent of the Holders.

 

SECTION 13.05.      Second Priority Collateral Agent.

 

(a)               By accepting a Note, each Holder thereof shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed U.S. Bank National Association (and its successors) to act on its behalf as the Second Priority Collateral Agent under each of the Notes Collateral Documents and authorized the Second Priority Collateral Agent to (i) take such actions on its behalf and to exercise the rights and powers that are delegated to it by the terms of the Notes Collateral Documents or other documents to which it is a party, together with any other incidental rights and powers and (ii) execute each document expressed or permitted to be executed by the Second Priority Collateral Agent on its behalf. The Holders may not, individually or collectively, take any direct action to enforce any rights in their favor under the Notes Collateral Documents. The Holders of the Notes may only act through instruction to the Trustee, which, in turn, shall instruct the Second Priority Collateral Agent. The Second Priority Collateral Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Notes Collateral Documents to which it is party. The Second Priority Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Second Priority Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Second Priority Collateral Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Second Priority Collateral Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Issuer), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in reliance on the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Second Priority Collateral Agent:

 

135

 

 

 

(i)                 shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether an event of default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(ii)              shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the Notes Collateral Documents that the Second Priority Collateral Agent is required to exercise; provided that the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Second Priority Collateral Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Notes Collateral Document or applicable law;

 

(iii)            shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the Notes Collateral Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Issuer or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Second Priority Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

 

(iv)             shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (a) with the consent or at the request of the Trustee or (b) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct or (c) in reliance on a certificate of an authorized officer of the Issuer stating that such action is permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements. The Second Priority Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any event of default under any First Priority Obligations unless and until written notice describing such event of default is given to the Second Priority Collateral Agent by the First Priority Collateral Agent or the Issuer; and

 

(v)               shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (a) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with the Intercreditor Agreements or any other Notes Collateral Document, (b) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (c) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any event of default, (d) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of the Intercreditor Agreements, any other Notes Collateral Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Notes Collateral Documents, (e) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (f) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in any Notes Collateral Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Second Priority Collateral Agent.

 

136

 

 

The use of the term “agent” herein with reference to the Second Priority Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law other than as a “representative” as such term is used in Section 9-102(a)(73)(E) of the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

BY ACCEPTING A NOTE EACH HOLDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE IRREVOCABLY AGREED TO THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 13.05(A) AND SHALL BE BOUND BY THOSE AGREEMENTS TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

(b)               Without limiting the Intercreditor Agreements, the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall be subject to such directions as may be properly given it by the Trustee and/or other Agents, as applicable, from time to time in accordance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the other Notes Collateral Documents. Except as directed by the Trustee and/or other Agents, as applicable, and as expressly required by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the other Notes Collateral Documents, and in each case subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall not be obligated:

 

(i)                 to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any other Person;

 

(ii)              to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any Lien securing the Notes or any of the Guarantees; or

 

(iii)            to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Liens securing the Notes, the Guarantees or the Notes Collateral Documents or with regard to the Collateral.

 

(c)               The Second Priority Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to appoint one or more co-agents or sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact as it deems necessary or appropriate in connection herewith and shall not be liable for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith.

 

(d)               The Second Priority Collateral Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. The Second Priority Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory provisions of this Article 13 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of the Second Priority Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent.

 

137

 

 

(e)               A resignation or removal of the Second Priority Collateral Agent and appointment of a successor Second Priority Collateral Agent shall become effective only upon the successor Second Priority Collateral Agent’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

 

(i)                 The Second Priority Collateral Agent may resign in writing at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Second Priority Collateral Agent by so notifying the Second Priority Collateral Agent and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Second Priority Collateral Agent if:

 

(1)                                       the Second Priority Collateral Agent ceases to be a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition (an “Eligible Collateral Agent”);

 

(2)                                       the Second Priority Collateral Agent is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Second Priority Collateral Agent under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3)                                       a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Second Priority Collateral Agent or its property; or

 

(4)                                       the Second Priority Collateral Agent becomes incapable of acting.

 

(ii)              If the Second Priority Collateral Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Second Priority Collateral Agent for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Second Priority Collateral Agent. Within one year after the successor Second Priority Collateral Agent takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Second Priority Collateral Agent to replace the successor Second Priority Collateral Agent appointed by the Issuer.

 

(iii)            If a successor Second Priority Collateral Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Second Priority Collateral Agent resigns or is removed, the retiring Second Priority Collateral Agent, the Issuer, or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes or the Second Priority Collateral Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Second Priority Collateral Agent.

 

(iv)             If the Second Priority Collateral Agent, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to be an Eligible Collateral Agent, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Second Priority Collateral Agent and the appointment of a successor Second Priority Collateral Agent.

 

(v)               A successor Second Priority Collateral Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Second Priority Collateral Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Second Priority Collateral Agent shall become effective, and the successor Second Priority Collateral Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Second Priority Collateral Agent under this Indenture. The successor Second Priority Collateral Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Second Priority Collateral Agent shall promptly transfer all Collateral held by it as Second Priority Collateral Agent to the successor Second Priority Collateral Agent, provided that all sums owing to the Second Priority Collateral Agent hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Second Priority Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 13.05(e), the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Second Priority Collateral Agent.

 

138

 

 

(f)                Each Holder, by its acceptance of the Notes, shall be deemed to have consented and agreed to the terms of each Notes Collateral Document, as originally in effect and as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture; and authorizes and empowers the Trustee and the Second Priority Collateral Agent (including through the Intercreditor Agreements) to bind the Holders as set forth in the applicable Notes Collateral Documents to which they are a party and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights and powers thereunder.

 

(g)               Except as contemplated by the Notes Collateral Documents, neither the Trustee nor the Second Priority Collateral Agent shall be responsible (1) for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral, (2) for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral, (3) for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, (4) for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, (5) for the validity of the title of the Issuer or any Grantor to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or (6) for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or (7) otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral.

 

SECTION 13.06.    Intercreditor Agreements. Effective as of the Escrow Release Date, each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, (a) acknowledges that it has received a copy of the First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (b) consents to the subordination of Liens (as defined therein) provided for in the First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (c) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (d) authorizes and instructs the Second Priority Collateral Agent to enter into the First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement as the Second Lien Indenture Agent and on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities to permit the incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture and to extend credit to the Issuer and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

139

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first written above. 

    

  ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION
     
  By:        /s/ Peter Hong
    Name: Peter Hong
  Title: Vice President & Treasurer

 

 

 

 

TRUSTEE: U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

  By:        /s/ Michael Judge
    Name: Michael Judge
    Title: Vice President

 

  By:        /s/ Stacy L. Mitchell
    Name: Stacy L. Mitchell
    Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

  REGISTRAR, PAYING AGENT AND AUTHENTICATING AGENT: U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
     
  By:        /s/ Michael Judge
    Name: Michael Judge
    Title: Vice President

 

  By:        /s/ Stacy L. Mitchell
    Name: Stacy L. Mitchell
    Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

  SECOND PRIORITY COLLATERAL AGENT,
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
     
  By:        /s/ Michael Judge
    Name: Michael Judge
    Title: Vice President

 

  By:        /s/ Stacy L. Mitchell
    Name: Stacy L. Mitchell
    Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

 

[Global Note Legend]

 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE REGISTRAR FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

A-1

 

 

[Private Placement Legend]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF SO REQUEST), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

[Regulation S Global Note Legend]

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

A-2

 

 

CUSIP:     ISIN:  

 

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

 

6.125% Senior Secured Second-Lien Notes due 2028

 

No.______ $[__________]

 

ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION

 

promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of                DOLLARS on February 15, 2028, as such amount may be changed from time to time pursuant to the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests attached hereto.

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15

 

Record Dates: February 1 and August 1

 

Dated: February 7, 2020

 

  ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION
   
  By:  
    Name: [●]
    Title: [●]

  

A-3

 

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
as Authenticating Agent
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
By:    

 

A-4

 

 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

 

6.125% Senior Secured Second-Lien Note due 2028

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.       INTEREST. Arconic Rolled Products Corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of 6.125% from February 7, 2020 until maturity or earlier redemption or repayment of the Note. The Issuer will pay interest on this Note semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2020, or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holder of record of this Note on the immediately preceding February 1 and August 1 (each, a “Regular Record Date”). Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including February 7, 2020. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.       METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on this Note to the Person who is the registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Note is cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders, provided that (a) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, Notes represented by Global Notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof and (b) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to certificated Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may accept in its discretion). Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

3.       AUTHENTICATING AGENT, PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association will act as Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

A-5

 

 

4.       INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of February 7, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as second priority collateral agent (the “Second Priority Collateral Agent”), as authenticating agent (“Authenticating Agent”), registrar (“Registrar”) and paying agent (“Paying Agent”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

5.       OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. At any time prior to February 15, 2023, the Issuer may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

 

On and after February 15, 2023, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year   Percentage  
2023     103.063 %
2024     101.531 %
2025 and thereafter     100.000 %

 

In addition, until February 15, 2023, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 106.125% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 60% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided, further, that each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.07 of the Indenture.

 

6.       OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with Section 4.11 of the Indenture.

 

A-6

 

 

7.       MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Except as set forth in Sections 3.09 regarding a Special Mandatory Redemption and 4.11 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

8.       NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent.

 

9.       DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3 of the Indenture, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (b) any Note for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes or 15 days before an Interest Payment Date (whether or not an Interest Payment Date or other date determined for the payment of interest), and ending on such mailing date or Interest Payment Date, as the case may be.

 

10.       PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

11.       AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

 

12.       DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee (if given by the Holders). If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, then all Outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

13.       AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or Authenticating Agent.

 

A-7

 

 

14.       GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

 

15.       CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee or Registrar may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

16.       NOTES COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS; INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, shall be deemed to have consented and agreed to the terms of the Notes Collateral Documents and the performance by the Second Priority Collateral Agent of its obligations and the exercise of its rights thereunder and in connection therewith.

 

A-8

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  
  (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:    

 

   
  Your Signature:  
    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:    

 

 

· Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-9

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

¨ Section 4.11

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                           

 

Date:      
         
      Your Signature:  
        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
         
      Tax Identification No.:  
 

 

Signature Guarantee*:    

 

· Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-10

 

 

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                    . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Certificated Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Certificated Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange   Amount of
decrease in
Principal
amount of this
Global Note
  Amount of
increase in
Principal
amount of this
Global Note
  Principal
amount of this
Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
  Signature of
authorized
officer of Trustee
or Custodian
                 
                 
                 

 

 

*       This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-11

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Arconic Rolled Products Corporation 

201 Isabella Street

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212

Attn: Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer

 

U.S. Bank National Association 

Two Liberty Place 

50 South 16th Street, Suite 2000 

Mail Station: EX-PA-WBSP 

Philadelphia, PA 19102 

Attn: Michael Judge

 

Re:        6.125% Senior Secured Second-Lien Notes due 2028

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 7, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among Arconic Rolled Products Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as second priority collateral agent, registrar, paying agent and authenticating agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

(the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $       in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to       (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.            ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT CERTIFICATED NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Certificated Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Certificated Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

  B-1  

 

 

 

2.              ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT CERTIFICATED NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

3. ¨ CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT CERTIFICATED NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Certificated Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

(a)            ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

(b)            ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof.

 

4. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE.

 

(c)            ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Certificated Notes and in the Indenture.

 

  B-2  

 

 

(d)            ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Certificated Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(e)            ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Certificated Notes and in the Indenture.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

  By:                                        
    Name:
    Title:
     
Dated:        

 

  B-3  

 

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)   ¨ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP:                             ]), or

 

(ii)  ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP:               ]), or

 

(b) ¨ a Restricted Certificated Note.

 

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)        ¨ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP:         ]), or

 

(ii)       ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP:           ])or

 

(iii)      ¨ Unrestricted Global Note ([ ] [          ]); or

 

(b) ¨ a Restricted Certificated Note; or

 

(c) ¨ an Unrestricted Certificated Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

  B-4  

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

Arconic Rolled Products Corporation 

201 Isabella Street 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212 

Attn: Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer

 

U.S. Bank National Association 

Two Liberty Place 

50 South 16th Street, Suite 2000 

Mail Station: EX-PA-WBSP 

Philadelphia, PA 19102 

Attn: Michael Judge

 

Re:     6.125% Senior Secured Second-Lien Notes due 2028

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 7, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among Arconic Rolled Products Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as second priority collateral agent, registrar, paying agent and authenticating agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

(the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $          in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES

 

a)             ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

  C-1  

 

 

b)             ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Certificated Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Certificated Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Certificated Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

c)             ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Certificated Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

d)             ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Certificated Note for an Unrestricted Certificated Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Certificated Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Certificated Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Certificated Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES

 

a)             ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Certificated Note of the same series with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Certificated Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Certificated Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

  C-2  

 

 

b)             ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨ 144A Global Note ¨ Regulation S Global Note of the same series, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated

 

  [Insert Name of Transferor]
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
Dated:        

 

  C-3  

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

 

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of      , among      (the “Guaranteeing Party”), U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as second priority collateral agent (“Second Priority Collateral Agent”) authenticating agent (“Authenticating Agent”), registrar (“Registrar”) and paying agent (“Paying Agent).

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS, Arconic Rolled Products Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee that certain Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of February 7, 2020, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 6.125% Senior Secured Second-Lien Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Party shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Party shall fully and unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

(1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(2) Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Party hereby agrees as follows:

 

(a) Along with all other Guarantors named in the Indenture (including pursuant to any supplemental indentures), to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the Trustee, the Agents and their respective successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Notes when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes (all such obligations set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Subject to the provisions of Article 10 of the Indenture, such Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. The Guaranteeing Party further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from Guaranteeing Party and that Guaranteeing Party will remain bound under Article 10 of the Indenture notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

 

  D-1  

 

 

(b) The Guaranteeing Party waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. The Guaranteeing Party waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of the Guaranteeing Party hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or Agents to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder, the Trustee or Agents for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or Agents to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (f) except as set forth in Section 10.05 of the Indenture, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

 

(c) The Guaranteeing Party further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder, the Trustee or Agents to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

(d) The Guaranteeing Party further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder, the Trustee or Agents upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

 

(e) The Guaranteeing Party further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Trustee and the Agents, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of the Guaranteeing Party’s Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Party for the purposes of Section 10.01 of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture.

 

(f) The Guaranteeing Party also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Agents in enforcing any rights under Section 10.01 of the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture.

 

(3) Limitation on Liability. The limitations of Section 10.02 of the Indenture shall apply to Section 2 of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

  D-2  

 

 

(4) Successors and Assigns. This Supplemental Indenture and Article 10 of the Indenture shall be binding upon the Guaranteeing Party and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee, the Agents and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder, the Trustee or the Agents, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Supplemental Indenture, in the Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture.

 

(5) No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee, the Agents or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Supplemental Indenture or Article 10 of the Indenture shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee, the Agents and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Supplemental Indenture and Article 10 of the Indenture at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

(6) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

 

Section 5.02 of the Indenture shall apply to the Guaranteeing Party and such Guaranteeing Party shall be a Guarantor for such purpose.

 

(7) Releases.

 

Section 10.05 of the Indenture shall apply to the Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Party and such Guaranteeing Party shall be a Guarantor for such purpose.

 

(8) Contribution. If the Guaranteeing Party makes a payment under its Guarantee, it shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations to contribution from each other Guarantor, as applicable, in an amount equal to such Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. Calculation of each Guarantor’s pro rata portion of any payment shall be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

 

(9) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Party shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Party) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

(10) Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

  D-3  

 

 

(11) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

(12) Effect of Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

(13) The Trustee and the Agents. The Trustee and the Agents shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Party.

 

  D-4  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

  [GUARANTEEING PARTY]
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Paying Agent, Registrar and Authenticating Agent
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Second Priority Collateral Agent
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  D-5  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

 

[See attached]

 

E-1

 

 

Exhibit E

 

 

NOTES COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

 

[•], 2020

 

among

 

ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION
(to be known as ARCONIC CORPORATION),

 

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

IDENTIFIED HEREIN

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Notes Collateral Agent

 

Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of [•], 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as First Lien Credit Agreement Agent (as defined therein), and U.S. Bank National Association, as Second Lien Indenture Agent (as defined therein). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy in respect of the Collateral by the Notes Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the exercise of any right or remedy in respect of the Collateral by the Notes Collateral Agent and this Agreement, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

    Page
     
  ARTICLE I  
     
  Definitions  
     
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms 1
SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms 1
     
  Article II  
     
  [RESERVED]  
  Article III  
     
  Pledge of Securities  
     
SECTION 3.01. Pledge 7
SECTION 3.02. Delivery of the Pledged Collateral 8
SECTION 3.03. Representations and Warranties 8
SECTION 3.04. Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests 10
SECTION 3.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations 10
SECTION 3.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest 10
     
  Article IV  
     
  Security Interests in Personal Property  
     
SECTION 4.01. Security Interest 12
SECTION 4.02. Representations and Warranties 14
SECTION 4.03. Covenants 15
SECTION 4.04. Other Actions 16
SECTION 4.05. Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral 17
     
  Article V  
     
  Remedies  
     
SECTION 5.01. Remedies Upon Default 18
SECTION 5.02. Application of Proceeds 20
SECTION 5.03. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property 20
SECTION 5.04. Securities Act 21

 

  -i-  

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
  Article VI  
     
  [Reserved]  
     
  Article VII  
     
  Miscellaneous  
     
SECTION 7.01. Notices 22
SECTION 7.02. Waivers; Amendment 22
SECTION 7.03. Notes Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses 22
SECTION 7.04. Survival of Agreement 23
SECTION 7.05. Counterparts; Effectiveness, Successors and Assigns 23
SECTION 7.06. Severability 23
SECTION 7.07. [Reserved] 23
SECTION 7.08. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process 23
SECTION 7.09. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 24
SECTION 7.10. Headings 24
SECTION 7.11. Security Interest Absolute 24
SECTION 7.12. Termination or Release 25
SECTION 7.13. Additional Subsidiaries 25
SECTION 7.14. Notes Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact 26
SECTION 7.15. General Provisions Concerning the Notes Collateral Agent 26
SECTION 7.16. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral 27
SECTION 7.17. Benefit of Agreement 27
SECTION 7.18. Intercreditor Agreement 27
SECTION 7.19. Concerning the Notes Collateral Agent 27
     
Schedules    
     
Schedule I Subsidiary Guarantors  
Schedule II Pledged Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities  
Schedule III Intellectual Property  
Schedule IV Commercial Tort Claims  
     
Exhibits    
     
Exhibit I Form of Notes Collateral Agreement Supplement  
Exhibit II Form of Notes Patent Security Agreement  
Exhibit III Form of Notes Trademark Security Agreement  
Exhibit IV Form of Notes Copyright Security Agreement  

 

  -ii-  

 

 

NOTES COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of [•], 2020 (this “Agreement”), among ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION (to be known as ARCONIC CORPORATION), a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto and U.S. Bank National Association (“U.S. Bank”), as Notes Collateral Agent.

 

Reference is made to the Indenture dated as of February 7, 2020 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time, U.S. Bank, as trustee (in such capacity and together with its successors and assigns, the “Trustee”), and the Notes Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Issuer has issued on February 7, 2020, $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.125% Second-Lien Notes due 2028 (together with any Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture), the “Notes”).

 

WHEREAS, the Subsidiary Guarantors are Affiliates of the Issuer, and will derive substantial benefits from the issuance of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Article X of the Indenture, each Guarantor party thereto has agreed to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee to each Holder (as defined in the Indenture) and the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Indenture, the Issuer and the other Grantors entered into that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among the Issuer, the other Grantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as First Lien Credit Agreement Agent and U.S. Bank as Second Lien Indenture Agent, pursuant to which the Secured Obligations (as defined below) constitute “Second Lien Obligations” thereunder.

 

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I

 

Definitions

 

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. (a) Each capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture, provided that each term defined in the New York UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the New York UCC. The term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC.

 

(b)  The rules of construction specified in Section 1.04 of the Indenture also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

 

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

Account Debtor” means any Person that is or may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.

 

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

 

    2

  

Article 9 Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

 

Collateral” means Article 9 Collateral and Pledged Collateral.

 

Copyright License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right under any Copyright owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright owned by any other Person, or that any other Person now or hereafter otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.

 

Copyrights” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title and interest in and to the following throughout the world: (a) any and all copyrights, rights and interests in such copyrights, works protectable by copyright and copyright registrations, in each case whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, (b) all extensions, renewals and restorations for any of the foregoing, (c) all income, royalties, damages, license fees and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under any of the foregoing, including damages or payments for past or future infringements or other violations for any of the foregoing and (d) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements or other violations of any of the foregoing.

 

Effective Date” means the “Escrow Release Date” as such term is defined in the Indenture.

 

Excluded Equity Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

 

Excluded Personal Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01.

 

Excluded Property” means all the following assets and property of any Grantor:

 

(i) (A) all leasehold interests (other than any leasehold to the extent mortgaged under the Senior Credit Facilities), (B) fee-owned real property other than Material Real Property (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) (including requirements to deliver landlord waivers, estoppels and collateral access letters with respect to any real property, including Material Real Property) and (C) any building, structure or improvement located in an area determined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency to have special flood hazards (other than any such property required to be pledged under the Senior Credit Facilities);

 

(ii) aircraft, rolling stock, motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, letter-of-credit rights (except to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements) and commercial tort claims (x) for which a complaint or a counterclaim has not yet been filed in a court of competent jurisdiction or (y) reasonably expected to result in a judgment not in excess of $20,000,000;

 

(iii) “margin stock” (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and pledges and security interests prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation;

 

(iv) equity interests in the following subsidiaries of the Issuer: (A) each subsidiary designated by the Issuer for the purpose of this clause (A) from time to time, for so long as any such subsidiary does not constitute a Material Subsidiary (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) as of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters of the Issuer, (B) any Person that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or otherwise constitutes a joint venture (to the extent (1) requiring the consent of one or more third parties (other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any director, officer or employee thereof), (2) triggering a right of first refusal or co-sale rights or similar rights of third parties or (3) prohibited by the terms of any applicable organizational documents, joint venture agreement or shareholder’s agreement (provided that such requirement existed on the Issue Date or Distribution Date or exists at the time of the acquisition of such equity interests and was not incurred in contemplation of the entry into the Senior Credit Facilities or the acquisition of such equity interests (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit customary provisions in joint venture agreements))), (C) any special purpose entity or broker-dealer entity, (D) any non-profit entity, (E) any subsidiary designated an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) and (F) any Excluded Equity Interests (as defined in Section 3.01 hereof);

 

 

    3

  

(v) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Issuer);

 

(vi) any lease, license, sublicense or other agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest, capitalized lease obligation or similar arrangement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license, sublicense or agreement, purchase money arrangement, capitalized lease obligation or similar arrangement or require the consent of any Person or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition;

 

(vii) assets a pledge of which is (x) legally prohibited or requires governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization or (y) contractually prohibited on the Effective Date or the date of acquisition of such asset (or on the date a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor becomes a Guarantor), so long as such prohibition is not created in contemplation of such transaction or of becoming a Guarantor, and unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, in each case, after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and other applicable requirements of law;

 

(viii) any (x) intent-to-use trademark application filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1051, prior to the accepted filing of a “Statement of Use” and issuance of a “Certificate of Registration” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an accepted filing of an “Amendment to Allege Use” whereby such intent-to-use trademark application is converted to a “use in commerce” application pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act and (y) any other Intellectual Property in any jurisdiction where such pledge or security interest would cause the invalidation or abandonment of such Intellectual Property under applicable law;

 

(ix) accounts primarily holding funds received from insurance companies in connection with the third party claims of management and handling business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (together with the funds held in such accounts);

 

 

    4

 

(x) (a) any deposit account the funds in which are used solely for the payment of salaries and wages, workers’ compensation and similar expenses in the ordinary course of business, (b) any deposit account that is a zero-balance disbursement account, (c) any deposit account the funds in which consist solely of (i) funds held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in trust for any director, officer or employee of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan maintained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) funds representing deferred compensation for the directors and employees of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) funds held as part of escrow arrangements permitted under the terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement and the Indenture, (d) any securities account the funds in which are used solely for the payment of salaries and wages, workers’ compensation and similar expenses in the ordinary course of business and (e) any securities account the funds or assets in which consist solely of (i) funds or assets held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in trust for any director, officer or employee of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan maintained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) funds or assets representing deferred compensation for the directors and employees of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) funds held as part of escrow arrangements to the extent permitted under the terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement and the Indenture;

 

(xi) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in favor of the Second Lien Indenture Agent in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby or under applicable law, after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and other applicable requirements of law; provided that in the event of the termination or elimination of any such prohibition or restriction contained in any applicable license, franchise, charter or authorization or applicable law, a security interest in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations shall be automatically and simultaneously granted under the applicable Notes Collateral Documents and such license, franchise, charter or authorization shall be included as Collateral;

 

(xii) assets or rights (including Intellectual Property) located in, protected, registered, applied for or arising under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States;

 

(xiii) (A) voting Equity Interests in excess of 65% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests and (B) to the extent such pledge would result in material adverse tax consequences (as determined by the Issuer in its reasonable judgment), non-voting Equity Interests in excess of 65% of the issued and outstanding non-voting Equity Interests, in each case of any Foreign Subsidiary or any Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company;

 

(xiv) cash and Permitted Investments (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) securing Hedging Agreements (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) in the ordinary course of business submitted for clearing in accordance with applicable requirements of law; and

 

(xv) those assets as to which the First Lien Credit Agreement Agent and the Issuer reasonably agree that the cost or other consequences of obtaining a security interest or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the benefit to the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities of the security to be afforded thereby.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, any Delayed Parent Asset (as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement) shall also constitute Excluded Property.

 

 

    5

  

If the Senior Credit Facilities are terminated and no longer outstanding, each reference to the Senior Credit Facilities in this definition shall be deemed to refer to the Senior Credit Facilities as if they had remained outstanding in the form most recently in effect prior to such termination.

 

Federal Securities Laws” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04.

 

First Lien Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of date hereof, by and among, the Issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

First Lien Credit Agreement Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in such capacity under the Intercreditor Agreement, together with its successors and assigns.

 

Global Intercompany Note” means the global intercompany note substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, duly executed by the Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries.

 

Grantors” means the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

Intellectual Property” means any and all intellectual property and similar proprietary rights throughout the world, including such rights in any and all inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Licenses, trade secrets, domain names, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other proprietary data, software and databases and all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation and registrations, and all modifications of and improvements to any of the foregoing, and all rights to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation or other violation or impairment thereof, including the right to receive all income, payments, license fees, royalties, claims, damages and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto.

 

“Intercreditor Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

 

IP Security Agreements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.02(b).

 

Issuer” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

 

License” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other written license or sublicense agreement to which any Person is a party, and including all income, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past and future breaches thereof and all rights to sue for past, present and future breaches thereof.

 

Majority Holders” means Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes as determined in accordance with the Indenture.

 

 

    6

  

New York UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

 

Notes Documents” means the Indenture, the Notes Collateral Documents and all other agreements or instruments evidencing or creating any security interest or Lien in favor of the Second Priority Collateral Agent and / or Holders of Notes, the Notes, each guarantee by any Grantor of any or all of the Second Priority Obligations and any Second Lien Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Paid in Full” and “Payment in Full” means payment in full in cash of all of the Secured Obligations.

 

Patent License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to make, use or sell any invention under a Patent owned by any Grantor, or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention under a Patent owned by any other Person, or that any other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

 

Patents” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title and interest to the following throughout the world: (a) any and all patents and patent applications, (b) all inventions and improvements claimed therein, (c) all reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions, reexaminations and continuations-in-part thereof, (d) all income, royalties, damages, license fees and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under any of the foregoing, including damages or payments for past or future infringements or other violations for any of the foregoing and (e) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements or other violations of any of the foregoing.

 

Perfection Certificate” means the Perfection Certificate dated the Effective Date delivered by the Grantors to the First Lien Credit Agreement Agent.

 

Pledged Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

 

Pledged Debt Securities” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

 

Pledged Equity Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

 

Pledged Securities” means any promissory notes, stock certificates, unit certificates, limited liability membership interest certificates and other certificated securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

 

Second Lien Indenture Agent” means U.S. Bank in such capacity under the Intercreditor Agreement, together with its successors and assigns.

 

Secured Obligations” means the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors arising under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents related thereto.

 

Secured Parties” means the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes.

 

 

    7

 

Security Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

 

Subsidiary Guarantors” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement after the Effective Date.

 

Supplement” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto, or any other form approved by the Notes Collateral Agent, and in each case reasonably satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent.

 

Trademark License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to use any Trademark owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any Trademark owned by any other Person or that any other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

 

Trademarks” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title and interest in and to the following throughout the world: (a) any and all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, domain names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers and designs, all registrations, applications for registration and recordings thereof and all goodwill associated with or symbolize by any of the foregoing, (b) all extensions and renewals of the foregoing, (c) all income, royalties, damages, license fees and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under any of the foregoing, including damages or payments for past or future infringements or other violations for any of the foregoing and (d) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements or other violations of any of the foregoing.

 

UCC” means the New York UCC; provided that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, priority or remedies.

 

Article II

 

[RESERVED]

 

Article III

 

Pledge of Securities

 

SECTION 3.01. Pledge. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Notes Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Notes Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (a)(i) the shares of capital stock and other Equity Interests issued by any Grantor and any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Equity Interests constituting Excluded Property as set forth in the Senior Credit Facilities or, if the Senior Credit Facilities are terminated and no longer outstanding, that would qualify as Excluded Property thereunder if the Senior Credit Facilities remained outstanding in the form most recently in effect prior to such termination) (the Equity Interests so excluded being collectively referred to herein as “Excluded Equity Interests”)) now directly owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those set forth opposite the name of such Grantor (as the owner of such Equity Interest) on Schedule II, and (ii) all certificates and any other instruments representing all such Equity Interests (collectively, the “Pledged Equity Interests”); (b)(i) any debt securities now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II, and (ii) all promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing all such debt securities (collectively, the “Pledged Debt Securities”); (c) subject to Section 3.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities and instruments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above; (d) subject to Section 3.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities, instruments and other property referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above; and (e) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above being collectively referred to as the “Pledged Collateral”).

 

 

    8

 

SECTION 3.02. Delivery of the Pledged Collateral. (a)     Each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent any and all Pledged Securities (i) on the Effective Date, in the case of any such Pledged Securities owned by such Grantor on the Effective Date, and (ii) within 60 days following the acquisition thereof by such Grantor, in the case of any such Pledged Securities acquired by such Grantor after the Effective Date.

 

(b)            Each Grantor will cause (i) all Indebtedness of the Issuer and each Subsidiary that, in each case, is owing to such Grantor, to be evidenced by, at Grantor’s option, the Global Intercompany Note or one or more standalone promissory notes, (ii) the Global Intercompany Note to be delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms hereof and (iii) any intercompany Indebtedness not evidenced by the Global Intercompany Note but instead evidenced by a separate intercompany promissory note having a principal amount exceeding $25,000,000 that is owing to a Grantor to be delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms hereof along with proper powers and instruments of transfer pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(c)            Upon delivery to the Notes Collateral Agent, (i) any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by undated stock powers duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank or other undated instruments of transfer and (ii) all other tangible property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral to be delivered pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be accompanied by proper undated instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank. Each delivery of Pledged Securities after the date hereof shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the Pledged Securities so delivered, which schedule shall be deemed to supplement Schedule II and to be attached and made a part hereof, provided that failure to provide any such schedule or any error therein shall not affect the validity of the pledge of any Pledged Securities.

 

SECTION 3.03. Representations and Warranties. The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

 

(a)            Schedule II sets forth, as of the Effective Date, a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of (i) all Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor and the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by such Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor and (ii) all Pledged Debt Securities owned by such Grantor and all promissory notes and other instruments evidencing such Pledged Debt Securities, other than any Pledged Debt Security, or promissory note or other instrument evidencing any Pledged Debt Security, evidencing a Permitted Investment or Indebtedness of any Person (other than the Issuer or any Subsidiary) in a principal amount not in excess of $25,000,000;

 

 

    9

  

(b)            the Pledged Equity Interests and Pledged Debt Securities have been issued by the issuers thereof and, in the case of such Pledged Equity Interests and Pledged Debt Securities issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, have been duly and validly authorized and (i) in the case of such Pledged Equity Interests, issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) in the case of such Pledged Debt Securities, issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(c)            except for the security interests granted hereunder, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Indenture, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantor (it being understood that this clause shall not affect a Grantor’s ability to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of the Pledged Securities in accordance with Section 4.15 of the Indenture), (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created or permitted under the Notes Documents and Permitted Liens), (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral (other than Liens created or permitted under the Notes Documents, Permitted Liens and transfers made in compliance with the Indenture) and (iv) will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than Liens created or permitted under the Notes Documents and Permitted Liens), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;

 

(d)            except as disclosed on Schedule II or any supplemental schedule furnished pursuant to Section 3.02(c), and except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Notes Documents or securities laws generally, and, in the case of clause (ii) below, except for limitations existing as of the Effective Date in the articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of any Restricted Subsidiary, (i) the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and (ii) none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or bylaw provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Notes Collateral Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

 

(e)            each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated; and

 

(f)            by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, has a legal and valid security interest in the Pledged Securities securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations and when any Pledged Securities are delivered to and subject to continued possession by the Notes Collateral Agent in the State of New York in accordance with this Agreement, the Notes Collateral Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities, under the New York UCC to the extent such lien and security interest may be created and perfected under the New York UCC, as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, subject to no prior Lien (other than Liens created under the Notes Documents and Permitted Liens).

 

 

    10

 

SECTION 3.04. Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) to the extent any interest in any limited liability company or unlimited liability company or limited partnership controlled now or in the future by any Grantor and pledged hereunder is a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC and is governed by Article 8 of the UCC, such interest shall be at all times hereafter represented by a certificate and shall be at all times hereafter a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC and governed by Article 8 of the UCC and (ii) to the extent any interest in any limited liability company or unlimited liability company or limited partnership controlled now or in the future by any Grantor and pledged hereunder is not a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC, such Grantor shall at no time elect to treat any such interest as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC, nor shall such interest be represented by a certificate, unless such Grantor provides prior written notification to the Notes Collateral Agent of such election and such interest is thereafter represented by a certificate that is delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 3.02.

 

SECTION 3.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations. The Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall hold the Pledged Securities in the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Notes Collateral Agent may (and to the extent that action by it is required, the relevant Grantor, if directed to do so by the Notes Collateral Agent, will as promptly as practicable) cause each of the Pledged Securities (or any portion thereof specified in such direction) to be transferred of record into the name of the Notes Collateral Agent or its nominee. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor will promptly give to the Notes Collateral Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities registered in the name of such Grantor. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after prior written notice to the applicable Grantor, the Notes Collateral Agent shall at all times have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest. (a)  Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have notified the Grantors that their rights under this Section 3.06 are being suspended:

 

(i) each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Notes Collateral Agent in respect of the Pledged Collateral;

 

(ii) the Notes Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or other rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06; and

 

 

    11

  

(iii) each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Collateral, but only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the other Notes Documents and applicable laws, provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity Interests or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral and, if received by any Grantor, and required to be delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of, or for and on behalf of, the Notes Collateral Agent and shall be forthwith delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock powers or other instruments of transfer).

 

(b)            Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Notes Collateral Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06, all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Notes Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of, or for and on behalf of, the Notes Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock or note powers or other instruments of transfer). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Notes Collateral Agent in an account to be established by the Notes Collateral Agent upon receipt of such money or other property shall be held as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and the Issuer has delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or other Officer of the Issuer to that effect, the Notes Collateral Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise have been permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06 and that remain in such account.

 

(c)            Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Notes Collateral Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and other rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, and the obligations of the Notes Collateral Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 3.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Notes Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and other rights and powers, provided, that, unless otherwise directed by the Majority Holders, the Notes Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights.

 

 

    12

  

(d)            Any notice given by the Notes Collateral Agent to the Grantors suspending their rights under paragraph (a) of this Section 3.06 (i) shall be given in writing, (ii) may be given to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights and powers of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights or powers (as specified by the Notes Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Notes Collateral Agent’s right to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights and powers so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

Article IV

 

Security Interests in Personal Property

 

SECTION 4.01. Security Interest. (a)  As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations and subject to Section 4.01(d), each Grantor hereby grants to the Notes Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all right, title and interest in, to and under any and all of the following assets now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in, to or under which such Grantor now has or at any time hereafter may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Article 9 Collateral”):

 

(i) all Accounts;

 

(ii) all Chattel Paper;

 

(iii) all cash, cash equivalents and Deposit Accounts;

 

(iv) all Documents;

 

(v) all Equipment;

 

(vi) all General Intangibles, (including (x) any Equity Interests in other Persons that do not constitute Investment Property and (y) any Intellectual Property);

 

(vii) all Instruments;

 

(viii) all Inventory;

 

(ix) all other Goods;

 

(x) all Investment Property;

 

(xi) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

 

 

    13

  

(xii) all Commercial Tort Claims specifically described on Schedule IV, as such Schedule may be supplemented from time to time pursuant to Section 4.04(e);

 

(xiii) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral; and

 

(xiv) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

(b)            Each Grantor agrees that it will file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral as all assets, whether now owned or at any time hereafter acquired, of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number, if any, issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates.

 

Each Grantor will file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted by such Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Notes Collateral Agent as secured party.

 

(c)            The Security Interest and the security interest granted pursuant to Article III are granted as security only and shall not subject the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Article 9 Collateral include or security interest granted hereunder attach to (i) any Excluded Property, (ii) any assets if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Secured Obligations is prohibited by any requirements of law or contract (so long as any contractual restriction is not incurred in contemplation of such entity becoming a subsidiary of the Issuer) (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to any other applicable requirements of law, including pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC); provided that such security interest shall attach immediately at such time as the condition causing such prohibition shall no longer exist and, to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of such asset that does not result in such prohibition, (iii) any Excluded Equity Interests, (iv) any (A) intent-to-use trademark application filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1051, solely during the period prior to the accepted filing of a “Statement of Use” and issuance of a “Certificate of Registration” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an accepted filing of an “Amendment to Allege Use” whereby such intent-to-use trademark application is converted to a “use in commerce” application pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act (it being understood that, following such period, such trademark registration or application, as applicable, shall be deemed automatically subject to the security interest granted herein and included in the Article 9 Collateral) and (B) other Intellectual Property in any jurisdiction in all cases to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, where, such pledge or security interest would cause the invalidation or abandonment of such Intellectual Property under applicable law and (v) Commercial Tort Claims for which a complaint has not yet been filed in a court of competent jurisdiction and Commercial Tort Claims with a value, as reasonably determined by the Issuer, of less than $20,000,000 (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above being collectively referred to as the “Excluded Personal Property”); provided that Excluded Personal Property shall not include any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Personal Property (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Personal Property).

 

 

    14

 

SECTION 4.02. Representations and Warranties. The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties that:

 

(a)            Each Grantor has good and valid rights in all its Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant the Security Interest.

 

(b)            The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein, including the exact legal name, jurisdiction of organization and chief executive office of each Grantor, is correct and complete as of the Effective Date. The Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations as described in the Perfection Certificate to be filed in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedules 2(a) and 2(b) to the Perfection Certificate (or specified by notice from the Issuer to the Notes Collateral Agent after the Effective Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 4.13, 13.02 or 13.03 of the Indenture), are all the filings, recordings and registrations (other than filings required to be made in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of all United States registered or applied for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights and exclusive Copyright Licenses for which the applicable Grantor is the licensee and the licensed work is registered at the United States Copyright Office) that are necessary to publish notice of and protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by such filing, recording or registration of such documents in the United States of America (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements. A Patent Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit II hereto, a Trademark Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit III hereto and a Copyright Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit IV hereto (such agreements, collectively, the “IP Security Agreements”), in each case containing a description of the Article 9 Collateral consisting of all United States registered or applied for Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights or exclusive Copyright Licenses, as applicable, for which the applicable Grantor is the licensee and the licensed work is registered at the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, and executed by each Grantor owning any such Article 9 Collateral, shall be delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, to establish a perfected security interest in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of registered or applied-for United States Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and exclusive Copyright Licenses for which the applicable Grantor is the licensee and the licensed work is registered at the United States Copyright Office in which a security interest may be perfected by such filing, recording or registration of such documents in the above-referenced offices. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, other than the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, the IP Security Agreements, filings pursuant to Section ‎4.05(e) and, as applicable, Supplements, no Grantor shall be obligated to take any other steps or actions in connection with the grant or perfection of the security interest of the Notes Collateral Agent in any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property.

 

 

    15

 

(c)            The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors, or the Grantors have rights in such Article 9 Collateral, free and clear of any Lien, except for the Liens permitted under Section 4.10 of the Indenture.

 

(d)            Schedule III hereto sets forth, as of the Effective Date, a true and complete list of substantially all (i) registered and applied for United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by any Grantor and (ii) exclusive Copyright Licenses for which a Grantor is the licensee and the licensed work is registered at the United States Copyright Office, in each case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), that are included in the Article 9 Collateral. As of the Effective Date, all material registrations of Intellectual Property listed in Schedule III are unexpired, subsisting and have not been canceled, and to the knowledge of the Grantors, are valid. Schedule III, together with the supplement to Schedule III hereto required by Section 4.05(e), will set forth, as of the date such supplement is delivered pursuant to Section 4.05(e), a true and complete list of all (x) registered and applied for United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by any Grantor and (y) exclusive Copyright Licenses for which a Grantor is the licensee and the licensed work is registered at the United States Copyright Office, in each case of the foregoing clauses (x) and (y), that are included in the Article 9 Collateral. As of the date such supplement is delivered pursuant to Section 4.05(e), all material registrations of Intellectual Property included in such supplement will be unexpired, subsisting and not canceled, and to the knowledge of the Grantors, valid.

 

(e)            The Liens on all Article 9 Collateral owned by each Grantor (i) have been validly created hereunder, (ii) will attach to each item of such Article 9 Collateral on the Effective Date (or, if such Grantor first obtains rights thereto on a later date, on such later date) and (iii) when so attached, will secure all the Secured Obligations.

 

The Notes Collateral Agent shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon the information provided in this Section 4.02 and elsewhere in this Agreement as a full and exhaustive list of all actions required in order to perfect the Collateral, and shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify the adequacy of such actions.

 

SECTION 4.03. Covenants. (a)    Each Grantor agrees to promptly notify the Notes Collateral Agent in writing of any change (i) in its legal name, (ii) in the location of its chief executive office or its principal place of business, (iii) in its identity or type of organization or corporate form, (iv) in its federal taxpayer identification number or organizational identification number or (v) in its jurisdiction of organization. Each Grantor agrees to promptly provide the Notes Collateral Agent with certified organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this paragraph. Each Grantor agrees to make any and all filings under the UCC or otherwise that are required in order for the Notes Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest, having the priority required by this Agreement in all the Article 9 Collateral.

 

 

    16

 

(b)            Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Notes Collateral Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not permitted pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture.

 

(c)            Each Grantor shall remain liable to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.

 

(d)            None of the Grantors shall make or permit to be made any transfer of the Article 9 Collateral except as permitted by the Indenture or this Agreement, and except that the Grantors may use, license and dispose of the Article 9 Collateral in any lawful manner not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, the Indenture or any other Notes Document unless and until the Trustee shall notify the Grantors that an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and that during the continuance thereof the Grantors shall not sell, convey, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Article 9 Collateral (which notice may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing).

 

(e)            The Grantors, at their own expense, shall maintain or caused to be maintained insurance (which may be self-insurance) with risk retentions in such amounts and against such risks as are consistent with the past practices of the Grantors or otherwise as is customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Notes Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Notes Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) for the purpose, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, of endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. All sums disbursed by the Notes Collateral Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, upon demand, by the Grantors to the Notes Collateral Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.

 

SECTION 4.04. Other Actions. In order to further ensure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Notes Collateral Agent to enforce, the Security Interest, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:

 

(a)            Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments required to be delivered hereunder (other than any instrument with a face amount of less than $25,000,000 and checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business) or Tangible Chattel Paper, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Notes Collateral Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Notes Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(b)            [Reserved.]

 

(c)            [Reserved.]

 

(d)            [Reserved.]

 

 

    17

 

(e)           Commercial Tort Claims. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim (other than any Commercial Tort Claim for which a complaint has not yet been filed in a court of competent jurisdiction) in an amount reasonably estimated to exceed $20,000,000 (or its equivalent in U.S. Dollars), the Grantor shall promptly notify the Notes Collateral Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor, including an amendment or supplement to Schedule IV, with a summary description of such claim, and grant to the Notes Collateral Agent a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement.

 

(f)            No Grantor shall be required, nor shall the Notes Collateral Agent be authorized, (i) to perfect pledges, security interests or mortgages of Collateral of Grantors by any means other than by (A) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code, in the office of the Secretary of State (or similar central filing office) of the relevant jurisdiction where the grantor is located (as determined pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code) and filings in the applicable real estate records with respect to real properties required to be mortgaged under the Senior Credit Facilities, (B) with respect to Intellectual Property, filings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office as expressly required in the Notes Collateral Documents, and (C) delivery to the Notes Collateral Agent, to be held in its possession, of the Global Intercompany Note and all Collateral consisting of intercompany notes in a principal amount of $25,000,000 or more, owed by a single obligor, stock certificates of Restricted Subsidiaries and instruments, in each case as expressly required in the Notes Collateral Documents or (ii) to enter into any control agreement with respect to any cash and Permitted Investments, other deposit accounts, securities accounts or commodities accounts. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, including the foregoing, (x) no actions (including filings or searches) shall be required in order to create or perfect any security interest in any assets held or located outside of the United States of the Grantors (including any Intellectual Property registered or applied-for in, or otherwise located in, protected or arising under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States) and (y) no foreign law security or pledge agreements or foreign law mortgages or deeds shall be required outside of the United States with respect to any Grantor.

 

SECTION 4.05. Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral. (a)  Each Grantor agrees that it shall not, directly or indirectly, do any act or omit to do to any act whereby any material Intellectual Property included in the Article 9 Collateral may become invalidated or dedicated to the public.

 

(b)           Subject to Section 4.05(a), each Grantor shall notify the Notes Collateral Agent promptly if it knows or becomes aware that any material Intellectual Property included in the Article 9 Collateral may become abandoned, lost or dedicated to the public, or of any materially adverse determination or development (excluding routine office actions issued in the ordinary course of prosecution) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of such Intellectual Property, including, as applicable, its right to register the same, or its right to keep and maintain the same.

 

(c)           Each Grantor shall take all necessary steps that are consistent with such Grantor’s reasonable business judgment (including in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office) to maintain any Intellectual Property included in the Article 9 Collateral that is material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business.

 

 

    18

 

(d)            In the event that any Grantor has reason to believe that any material Intellectual Property owned by, or exclusively licensed to, such Grantor and included in the Article 9 Collateral has been or may become materially infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor promptly shall notify the Notes Collateral Agent and shall take such actions as are appropriate under the circumstances in the reasonable business judgment of such Grantor to protect such Article 9 Collateral.

 

(e)            If any Grantor, either directly or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, files an application for registration of any Patent, Trademark or Copyright with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office or otherwise becomes the owner of any Patent, Trademark or Copyright registered or applied for in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office or the exclusive licensee under a Copyright License for a Copyright registered at the United States Copyright Office, in each case, that would constitute Article 9 Collateral, such Grantor shall provide the Notes Collateral Agent with the information required by Schedule III hereto at the time of delivery of the annual reports pursuant to Section 4.03(a) of the Indenture, and, thereafter, upon request of the Notes Collateral Agent, such Grantor shall promptly execute and deliver any and all IP Security Agreements or other instruments as the Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence and perfect the Notes Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Intellectual Property.

 

(f)            Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to preserve, protect, pursue, renew, enforce, extend or keep in full force and effect, or otherwise allow to lapse, terminate, become invalid or unenforceable or dedicate to the public domain any of its Intellectual Property, to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities. For the purposes of this Section 4.05, the definition of “Intellectual Property” shall exclude Licenses.

 

Article V

 

Remedies

 

SECTION 5.01. Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and following notice to the Issuer, each Grantor agrees to deliver each item of Collateral to the Notes Collateral Agent on demand, and it is agreed that the Notes Collateral Agent shall have the right to take any of or all the following actions at the same or different times: (a) with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, to license or sublicense (subject, in the case of Trademarks, to reasonable quality control obligations and, in the case of trade secrets, to standard confidentiality obligations), whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Article 9 Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Notes Collateral Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing or other contractual arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained and subject to Section 5.03), and (b) with or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, to take possession of the Article 9 Collateral and without liability for trespass to enter any premises where the Article 9 Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Article 9 Collateral and, generally, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the UCC or other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Notes Collateral Agent shall have the right, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Notes Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate. The Notes Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Notes Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal that such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

 

 

    19

 

The Notes Collateral Agent shall give the applicable Grantors no less than 10 days’ prior written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Notes Collateral Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Notes Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Notes Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion, acting at the direction of the Majority Holders) determine. The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Notes Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Notes Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. In the event of a foreclosure by the Notes Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Notes Collateral Agent or any Holder of the Notes may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Notes Collateral Agent, at the direction of the Majority Holders, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Holder or Holders of Notes in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Majority Holders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Notes Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Notes Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations Paid in Full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Notes Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.01 shall be deemed to conform to commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

 

 

    20

 

SECTION 5.02. Application of Proceeds. Subject to Section 7.18 hereof, the Notes Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon the Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, as follows:

 

FIRST, to the payment of all costs and expenses incurred by, and all indemnity and fee obligations (other than contingent indemnification and expense reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) owed to, the Notes Collateral Agent in connection with such collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, any other Notes Document or any of the Secured Obligations, including all court costs and the fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Notes Document on behalf of any Grantor and any other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Notes Document;

 

SECOND, to the payment in full of the Secured Obligations (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the amounts of the Secured Obligations owed to them on the date of any such distribution); and

 

THIRD, to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same (including pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement), to the Grantors, their successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

 

The Notes Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Notes Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Notes Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the Grantors and the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such Grantors, purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Notes Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. The Grantors shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay all Secured Obligations, including any attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to collect such deficiency.

 

SECTION 5.03. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property. Solely for the purpose of enabling the Notes Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Notes Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Notes Collateral Agent an irrevocable (until terminated as provided below), nonexclusive, non-transferrable, limited license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors and effective solely upon the occurrence and solely during the continuation of an Event of Default), subject, in the case of Trademarks, to reasonable quality control obligations and, in the case of trade secrets, to standard confidentiality obligations, to use, license or sublicense any of the Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof, provided that such nonexclusive license and/or sublicense does not violate the express terms of any agreement between a Grantor and a third party, or gives such third party any right of acceleration, modification or cancellation therein. The use of such license by the Notes Collateral Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Notes Collateral Agent, solely upon the occurrence and solely during the continuation of an Event of Default, provided that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Notes Collateral Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon the Grantors notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default. For the avoidance of doubt, at the time of the release of the Liens on any Collateral as set forth in Section 7.12, the license granted to the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 5.03 with respect to such Collateral shall automatically and immediately terminate.

 

 

    21

 

SECTION 5.04. Securities Act. In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Pledged Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the Securities Act, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect, the “Federal Securities Laws”) with respect to any disposition of the Pledged Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Notes Collateral Agent if the Notes Collateral Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Notes Collateral Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable Blue Sky or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Notes Collateral Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Notes Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a single potential purchaser to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Notes Collateral Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price that the Notes Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a single purchaser were approached. The provisions of this Section 5.04 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Notes Collateral Agent sells.

 

 

    22

 

Article VI

 

[Reserved]

 

Article VII

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 7.01. Notices. All communications and notices to the Issuer and the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture. All communications and notices hereunder to any other Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Issuer as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.

 

SECTION 7.02. Waivers; Amendment. (a)  No failure or delay by any Secured Party in exercising any right or power under any Notes Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Secured Parties hereunder and under the other Notes Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 7.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

(b)            Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Notes Collateral Agent and the Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is applicable, subject to any consent required in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture; provided that the Notes Collateral Agent may, without the consent of any Secured Party, consent to a departure by any Grantor from any covenant of such Grantor set forth herein to the extent such departure is consistent with the terms of the Indenture.

 

(c)            This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.

 

SECTION 7.03. Notes Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses. (a)  The Grantors jointly and severally agree to reimburse the Notes Collateral Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 7.07 of the Indenture; provided that each reference therein to the “Issuer” shall be deemed to be a reference to the “Grantors.”

 

(b)            Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other Notes Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 7.03 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Notes Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Notes Document or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party.

 

 

    23

 

SECTION 7.04. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors in the Notes Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Notes Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Notes Documents, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Secured Party or any other Person, and shall continue in full force and effect until all the Secured Obligations have been Paid in Full.

 

SECTION 7.05. Counterparts; Effectiveness, Successors and Assigns. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Notes Collateral Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Notes Collateral Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Notes Collateral Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Notes Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Grantor may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be null and void), except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Indenture. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.06. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 7.07. [Reserved].

 

SECTION 7.08. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a)  This Agreement and any claim, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

(b)            Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action, litigation or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Notes Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such Federal court. Each Grantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Notes Document shall affect any right that the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may otherwise have to bring any action, litigation or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Notes Document against any Grantor or any of its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

 

    24

 

(c)            Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action, litigation or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Notes Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 7.08. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(d)            Each Grantor irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 7.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Notes Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

(e)            Each Grantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers the Issuer as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any such action or proceeding and the Issuer hereby accepts said designation and appointment.

 

SECTION 7.09. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER NOTES DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER NOTES DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 7.09.

 

SECTION 7.10. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.11. Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of the security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Indenture or any other Notes Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment to or waiver of, or any consent to any departure from the Indenture, any other Notes Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing (including any increase in the Secured Obligations resulting from the issuance of Additional Notes under the Indenture after the date hereof), (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral securing, or any release or amendment to or waiver of, or any consent to any departure from, any guarantee of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.

 

 

    25

 

SECTION 7.12. Termination or Release. (a)  This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate and be released when all the Secured Obligations have been Paid in Full.

 

(b)            A Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be automatically released at the time or times and in the manner set forth in Section 13.04 of the Indenture.

 

(c)            Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Indenture (other than a sale or other transfer to a Grantor), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 13.04 of the Indenture, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

 

(d)            In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 7.12, the Notes Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall be without warranty by the Notes Collateral Agent, and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any other Secured Party as a result of any release of Collateral by it in accordance with (or which the Notes Collateral Agent in good faith believes to be in accordance with) this Section 7.12.

 

SECTION 7.13. Additional Subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Indenture, certain Restricted Subsidiaries not a party hereto on the Effective Date are required to enter into this Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery by the Notes Collateral Agent and any such Restricted Subsidiary of a Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder, with the same force and effect as if originally named as such herein. If at any time a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to become a Guarantor in accordance with Section 4.13(b) of the Indenture, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary shall execute and deliver a Supplement. The execution and delivery of any Supplement shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Subsidiary Guarantor as a party to this Agreement.

 

 

    26

 

SECTION 7.14. Notes Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Notes Collateral Agent as the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing taking any action and executing any instrument that the Notes Collateral Agent may deem necessary for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Notes Collateral Agent shall have the right, solely upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with full power of substitution either in the Notes Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Notes Collateral Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary, to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Notes Collateral Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Notes Collateral Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Notes Collateral Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Notes Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment).

 

SECTION 7.15. General Provisions Concerning the Notes Collateral Agent.

 

(a)            The provisions of Article VII of the Indenture concerning the Trustee shall inure to the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent, and shall be binding upon all Grantors and all Secured Parties, in connection with this Agreement and the other Notes Collateral Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Notes Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Notes Collateral Documents that the Notes Collateral Agent is required in writing to exercise by the Majority Holders, and (iii) except as expressly set forth in the Notes Documents, the Notes Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for any failure to disclose, any information relating to any Grantor that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Notes Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Lien, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part under the Notes Collateral Documents, or for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office or otherwise perfecting or maintaining or the perfection of any security interest in, or insuring, any Collateral, provided that the Notes Collateral Agent will hold the possessory collateral in the event that the Notes Collateral Agent is the sole Secured Party. The Notes Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Notes Collateral Agent by the Issuer or a Secured Party. The permissive right of the Notes Collateral Agent to take or refrain from taking any actions enumerated in this Agreement shall not be construed as a duty, and the Notes Collateral Agent shall have no liability for any failure to exercise any such rights or take any such actions.

 

 

    27

 

(b)            The Notes Collateral Agent may perform any of its duties and exercise any of its rights and powers through one or more sub-agents appointed by it. The Notes Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any of its duties and exercise any of its rights and powers through its Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of Section 7.16 and this Section 7.15 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Notes Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent.

 

SECTION 7.16. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral. Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody and preservation thereof, the Notes Collateral Agent will have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any sub-agent or bailee or any income therefrom or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. The Notes Collateral Agent will be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession or control if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property, and will not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, solely by reason of any act or omission of any sub-agent or bailee selected by the Notes Collateral Agent in good faith, except to the extent that such liability arises from the Notes Collateral Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

SECTION 7.17. Benefit of Agreement. No Secured Party that obtains the benefit of this Agreement shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including, without limitation, the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as the Trustee, Notes Collateral Agent or a Holder of Notes, as applicable, and, in any such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Notes Documents, including Articles VII and XIII of the Indenture. Each Secured Party not a party to the Indenture that obtains the benefit of this Agreement shall be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and the Notes, including under Article XIII of the Indenture.

 

SECTION 7.18. Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Notes Document, (a) the liens and security interests granted to the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy with respect to any Collateral by the Notes Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be subject, in each case, to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and (b) in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of this Agreement and of the Intercreditor Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

 

SECTION 7.19. Concerning the Notes Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Notes Document to the contrary, in the exercise of any power or discretion under this Agreement, the Notes Collateral Agent shall be entitled to seek the direction of the Trustee or the Majority Holders and shall be entitled to refrain from acting (and shall have no liability to any Person for doing so) until it has received such direction accompanied by, if requested, indemnity or security satisfactory to the Notes Collateral Agent.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

 

    28

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written. 

 

  ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION
   
    by  
     
    Name:
    Title:

 

  [SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]
   
    by  
     
    Name:
    Title:

 

  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Notes Collateral Agent
   
    by
     
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

   

 

Schedule I to

the First Lien Collateral Agreement

 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

 

No. Subsidiary Guarantor Jurisdiction of Organization
1.    

 

 

     

 

Schedule II to

the Notes Collateral Agreement

 

PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS

 

  Current Legal Entities Owned Jurisdiction Record Owner No. Shares/Interest Issued Percent of
Shares/
Interest
owned
Certificate No.  No. Shares corresponding to Certificate Percent Pledged
1.                

 

PLEdGED DEBT SECURITIES

 

 

     

 

 

Schedule III to

the Notes Collateral Agreement

 

U.S. COPYRIGHTS

 

COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS

 

  Registration Number Registration Date Owner
1      

 

COPYRIGHT APPLICATIONS

 

EXCLUSIVE COPYRIGHT LICENSES

 

 

 

U.S. PATENTS

 

PATENTS AND DESIGN PATENTS

 

  Title Patent No. Issue Date Owner
1.        

 

PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

  Serial No. Filing Date Owner
1      

 

 

 

U.S. TRADEMARK/TRADE NAMES – [NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

U.S. TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS

 

  Trademark Registration Number Registration Date Owner
1.        

 

U.S. TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

 

  Trademark Application Number Application Date Owner
1.        

 

 

 

Schedule IV to

the Notes Collateral Agreement

 

Commercial Tort Claims

 

 

 

Exhibit I to

the Notes Collateral Agreement

 

SUPPLEMENT NO. __ dated as of [  ] (this “Supplement”), to the Notes Collateral Agreement dated as of [●], 2020 (the “Notes Collateral Agreement”), among ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION (to be known as ARCONIC CORPORATION), a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association (“U.S. Bank”), as Notes Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”).

 

A. Reference is made to the Indenture dated as of February 7, 2020 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the other Grantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank, as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent.

 

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Indenture and the Notes Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

 

C. Section 7.13 of the Notes Collateral Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer may become Subsidiary Guarantors under the Notes Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “New Subsidiary”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture to become a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes Collateral Agreement.

 

Accordingly, the Notes Collateral Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 7.13 of the Notes Collateral Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor under the Notes Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Notes Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Notes Collateral Agreement), does hereby create and grant to the Notes Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral (as defined in the Notes Collateral Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “Subsidiary Guarantor” or a “Grantor” in the Notes Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Notes Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Notes Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

 

 

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Notes Collateral Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary and the Notes Collateral Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Supplement.

 

SECTION 4. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a schedule with the true and correct legal name of the New Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office, (b) set forth on Schedule II attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of all the Pledged Securities of the New Subsidiary, (c) set forth on Schedule III attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of all (i) registered and applied for United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by the New Subsidiary as of the Effective Date and (ii) exclusive Copyright Licenses for which the New Subsidiary is the licensee and the licensed work is registered at the United States Copyright Office and (d) set forth in Schedule IV attached hereto is a true and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims in respect of which a complaint or counterclaim has been filed by the New Subsidiary seeking damages reasonably estimated to exceed $20,000,000, including a summary description of each such claim.

 

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Notes Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 7. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Notes Collateral Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 7.01 of the Notes Collateral Agreement.

 

SECTION 9. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Notes Collateral Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Notes Collateral Agent, as provided in Section 7.07 of the Indenture; provided that each reference therein to the “Issuer” shall be deemed to be a reference to the New Subsidiary.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Notes Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Notes Collateral Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

[Name Of New Subsidiary]
 
by
   
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Notes Collateral Agent
 
by
   
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

 

Schedule I

to Supplement No. __ to

the Notes Collateral Agreement

 

NEW SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

 

Name   Jurisdiction of Formation   Chief Executive Office
       
       
       

 

 

 

Schedule II

to Supplement No. __ to

the Notes Collateral Agreement

 

PLEDGED SECURITIES

 

Equity Interests

 

Issuer  

Number of

Certificate

 

Registered

Owner

 

Number and

Class of

Equity Interests

 

Percentage

of Equity Interests

                 
                 
                 

 

Debt Securities

 

Issuer  

Principal

Amount

  Date of Note   Maturity Date
             
             
             

 

 

 

Schedule III

to Supplement No. __ to

the Notes Collateral Agreement

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

 

 

Schedule IV

to Supplement No. __ to

the Notes Collateral Agreement

 

Commercial tort Claims

 

 

 

Exhibit II to

the Notes Collateral Agreement

 

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [●] (this “Agreement”), between [APPLICABLE GRANTOR(S)] (the “Grantors”) and U.S. Bank National Association (“U.S. BANK”), as Notes Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”).

 

Reference is made to (a) the Indenture dated as of February 7, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and U.S. Bank, as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent, and (b) the Notes Collateral Agreement dated as of [●], 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Notes Collateral Agreement”), among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto and U.S. Bank, as Notes Collateral Agent. The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Terms. Each capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture or the Notes Collateral Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.04 of the Indenture also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

 

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to the Notes Collateral Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Notes Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the portion of the Article 9 Collateral constituting the Patents listed on Schedule I hereto, subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) of the Notes Collateral Agreement (collectively, the “Patent Collateral”).

 

SECTION 3. Notes Collateral Agreement. This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in connection with the Notes Collateral Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Notes Collateral Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Notes Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Notes Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Notes Collateral Agreement shall govern.

 

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5. CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

 

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[●],

as Grantor

 
By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Notes Collateral Agent

 

 

By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Patent Security Agreement]

 

 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Patents

 

Patent No. Owner Title
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

Patent Applications

 

Serial No. Owner Application Date
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

 

 

Exhibit III to

the Notes Collateral Agreement

 

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [●] (this “Agreement”), between [APPLICABLE GRANTOR(S)] (the “Grantors”) and U.S. Bank National Association (“U.S. Bank”), as Notes Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”).

 

Reference is made to (a) the Indenture dated as of February 7, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and U.S. Bank, as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent, and (b) the Notes Collateral Agreement dated as of [●], 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Notes Collateral Agreement”), among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto and U.S. Bank, as Notes Collateral Agent. The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Terms. Each capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture or the Notes Collateral Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.04 of the Indenture also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

 

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to the Notes Collateral Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Notes Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the portion of the Article 9 Collateral constituting the Trademarks listed on Schedule I hereto but excluding any Trademarks that are Excluded Personal Property (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any intent-to-use trademark application filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1051, solely during the period prior to the accepted filing of a “Statement of Use” and issuance of a “Certificate of Registration” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an accepted filing of an “Amendment to Allege Use” whereby such intent-to-use trademark application is converted to a “use in commerce” application pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act; it being understood that, following such period, such trademark registration or application, as applicable, shall be deemed automatically subject to the security interest granted in the Notes Collateral Agreement and included in the Article 9 Collateral) and subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) of the Notes Collateral Agreement (collectively, the “Trademark Collateral”).

 

SECTION 3. Notes Collateral Agreement. This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in connection with the Notes Collateral Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Notes Collateral Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Notes Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Notes Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Notes Collateral Agreement shall govern.

 

     

 

 

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5. CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

     

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

[●],
as Grantor

   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Notes Collateral Agent
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 

     

 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Trademarks

 

Trademark Owner Registration
No.
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

Trademark Applications

 

Owner Mark Application No.
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

     

 

 

Exhibit IV to

the Notes Collateral Agreement

 

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [●] (this “Agreement”), between [APPLICABLE GRANTOR(S)] (the “Grantors”) and U.S. Bank National Association (“U.S. Bank”), as Notes Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”).

 

Reference is made to (a) the Indenture dated as of February 7, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and U.S. Bank, as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent, and (b) the Notes Collateral Agreement dated as of [●], 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Notes Collateral Agreement”), among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto and U.S. Bank, as Notes Collateral Agent. The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Terms. Each capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture or the Notes Collateral Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.04 of the Indenture also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

 

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to the Notes Collateral Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Notes Collateral Agent and its permitted successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the portion of the Article 9 Collateral constituting the Copyrights and Copyright Licenses for United States registered Copyrights under which Grantor is an exclusive licensee that are listed on Schedule I hereto, subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) of the Notes Collateral Agreement (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”).

 

SECTION 3. Notes Collateral Agreement. This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in connection with the Notes Collateral Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Noes Collateral Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Notes Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Notes Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Notes Collateral Agreement shall govern.

 

SECTION 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5. CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

     

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  [●],
as Grantor
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Notes Collateral Agent
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

  

[Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement]

 

     

 

 

Exhibit IV to the
Notes Collateral Agreement

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Copyrights

 

Registered Owner Title Registration Number
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

Copyright Applications

 

Registered Owner Title Application Number Date Filed
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       

 

Exclusive Copyright Licenses

 

Licensee Licensor Title Registration Number
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       

 

     

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF FIRST LIEN-SECOND LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

 

[See attached]

 

F-1

 

 

Exhibit F

 

 

 

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

dated as of

 

[●], 2020

 

between

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as First Lien Credit Agreement Agent

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Second Lien Indenture Agent

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
     
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
     
Section 1.1 Certain Definitions 1
Section 1.2 Other Definitions 1
Section 1.3 Rules of Construction 13
     
ARTICLE 2
LIEN PRIORITY
     
Section 2.1 Priority of Liens 13
Section 2.2 Waiver of Right to Contest Liens 15
Section 2.3 Remedies Standstill and Exclusive Rights of First Lien Agent and First Priority Secured Parties 16
Section 2.4 Exercise of Rights 17
Section 2.5 No New Liens 18
Section 2.6 Similar Liens and Agreements 19
Section 2.7 Waiver of Marshalling 20
Section 2.8 No Waiver by First Lien Secured Parties 20
Section 2.9 Rights as Unsecured Creditors 20
     
ARTICLE 3
ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES
     
Section 3.1 Certain Actions Permitted 20
Section 3.2 Agent for Perfection 21
Section 3.3 Sharing of Information and Access 21
Section 3.4 Insurance and Condemnation Awards 21
Section 3.5 No Additional Rights For the Credit Parties Hereunder 22
Section 3.6 Payments Over 22
     
ARTICLE 4
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
     
Section 4.1 Application of Proceeds 22
Section 4.2 Specific Performance 23
Section 4.3 Certain Agreements with Respect to Unenforceable Liens 24

 

i

 

 

ARTICLE 5
INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS
     
Section 5.1 Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers 24
Section 5.2 Modifications to First Lien Documents and Second Lien Documents 26
Section 5.3 Effect of Replacement of First Lien Documents 27
Section 5.4 Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement 27
     
ARTICLE 6
INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS
     
Section 6.1 DIP Financing 28
Section 6.2 Relief From Stay 29
Section 6.3 No Contest; Adequate Protection 29
Section 6.4 Asset Sales 31
Section 6.5 Post-Petition Interest 31
Section 6.6 Certain Waivers by the Second Lien Secured Parties 31
Section 6.7 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification 32
Section 6.8 Enforceability 32
Section 6.9 Reorganization Securities 32
Section 6.10 First Lien Obligations Unconditional 33
Section 6.11 Second Lien Obligations Unconditional 33
     
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS
     
Section 7.1 Rights of Subrogation 34
Section 7.2 Further Assurances 34
Section 7.3 Representations 34
Section 7.4 Amendments 35
Section 7.5 Substitute Facilities 35
Section 7.6 Additional Debt Facilities 36
Section 7.7 Addresses for Notices 37
Section 7.8 No Waiver; Remedies 38

 

  ii  
     

 

Section 7.9 Continuing Agreement; Transfer of Secured Obligations 39
Section 7.10 GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT 39
Section 7.11 Counterparts 39
Section 7.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries 39
Section 7.13 Headings 39
Section 7.14 Severability 40
Section 7.15 VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER 40
Section 7.16 Intercreditor Agreement 41
Section 7.17 No Warranties or Liability 41
Section 7.18 Conflicts 41
Section 7.19 Costs and Expenses 42
Section 7.20 Reliance; Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Credit Parties 42
Section 7.21 Additional Credit Parties 42
Section 7.22 Effectiveness; Survival 43
     
ARTICLE 8
PURCHASE OF FIRST LIEN OBLIGATIONS BY SECOND LIEN SECURED PARTIES
     
Section 8.1 Purchase Right 43
Section 8.2 Purchase Notice 44
Section 8.3 Purchase Price 44
Section 8.4 Purchase Closing 44
Section 8.5 Actions After Purchase Closing 45
Section 8.6 No Recourse or Warranties; Defaulting Creditors 45

 

  iii  
     

 

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

 

THIS INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [●], 2020, between (a) JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent (together with its successors and assigns in such capacities, the “First Lien Credit Agreement Agent”) for the First Lien Credit Agreement Secured Parties and (b) U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as collateral agent (together with its successors and assigns in such capacities, the “Second Lien Indenture Agent”) for the Second Lien Indenture Secured Parties, and each Additional First Lien Agent and Additional Second Lien Agent that from time to time becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 7.6. Reference is made to (A) that certain credit agreement among ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION (to be known as ARCONIC CORPORATION) (the “Borrower”), the Designated Borrowers from time to time parties thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and the First Lien Credit Agreement Agent, dated as of [●], 2020 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time as permitted herein, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”) and (B) that certain indenture among the Borrower, the Credit Parties party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and the Second Lien Indenture Agent, dated as of February 7, 2020 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time as permitted herein, the “Second Lien Indenture”), pursuant to which the Borrower issued its senior secured second-lien notes due 2028. In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the First Lien Credit Agreement Agent (for itself and on behalf of the other First Lien Credit Agreement Secured Parties), the Second Lien Indenture Agent (for itself and on behalf of the other Second Lien Indenture Secured Parties), each Additional First Lien Agent (for itself and on behalf of the other Additional First Lien Secured Parties under the applicable Additional First Lien Debt Facility) and each Additional Second Lien Agent (for itself and on behalf of the other Additional Second Lien Secured Parties under the applicable Additional Second Lien Debt Facility) agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1     Certain Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the First Lien Credit Agreement or the Second Lien Indenture, as the context requires. The following terms which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code are used herein as so defined: Account, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claim, Deposit Account, Document, Electronic Chattel Paper, Financial Asset, Fixtures, General Intangible, Instrument, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Right, Money, Payment Intangible, Promissory Note, Records, Securities Account, Security Entitlement, Supporting Obligation and Tangible Chattel Paper.

 

Section 1.2     Other Definitions. Subject to Section 1.1 hereof, as used in this Agreement (including in the preamble to this Agreement), the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

 

 

Additional Agent” means any Additional First Lien Agent or Additional Second Lien Agent.

 

Additional Debt Facility” means any Additional First Lien Debt Facility and any Additional Second Lien Debt Facility.

 

Additional Debt Parties” means (i) in the case of any Additional First Lien Debt Facility, the Additional First Lien Secured Parties thereunder or (ii) in the case of any Additional Second Lien Debt Facility, the Additional Second Lien Secured Parties thereunder.

 

Additional First Lien Agent” means the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under such Additional First Lien Debt Facility that executes the applicable Joinder Agreement as the First Lien Agent in respect of such Additional First Lien Debt Facility in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

 

Additional First Lien Debt” means (x) any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness constituting First Lien Credit Agreement Obligations) that is issued, borrowed or guaranteed by the Borrower or any other Credit Party, which Indebtedness and guarantees are secured by Liens on the Collateral (or a portion thereof) having the same Lien priority (but without regard to control of remedies) as the Liens securing other First Lien Obligations then outstanding; provided, however, that (i) the Borrower shall have delivered to each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred, secured and guaranteed on such basis by each then extant First Lien Document and Second Lien Document, (ii) the conditions set forth in Section 7.6 hereof shall have been satisfied with respect to such Indebtedness, (iii) the Credit Parties shall have granted First Priority Liens on the First Lien Collateral to secure such Indebtedness and (iv) the First Lien Agent for the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to (A) this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.6 hereof and (B) the First Lien Parity Intercreditor Agreement and (y) any Indebtedness issued, borrowed or guaranteed by the Borrower or any other Credit Party under any First Lien Substitute Facility that Replaces an Additional First Lien Debt Facility in accordance with Section 7.5; provided, further that if there is no First Lien Parity Intercreditor Agreement outstanding at the time such Additional First Lien Debt is incurred, then the Credit Parties, the First Lien Agent for such Indebtedness and the First Lien Agent for each other First Lien Debt Facility that will remain outstanding after giving effect to the incurrence of such Additional First Lien Debt shall have executed and delivered the First Lien Parity Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Additional First Lien Debt Documents” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional First Lien Debt, the promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, note purchase agreements, indentures, or other operative agreements evidencing or governing such Indebtedness or the Liens securing such Indebtedness, including the First Lien Collateral Documents securing Additional First Lien Debt.

 

Additional First Lien Debt Facility” means each credit agreement, loan agreement, note purchase agreement, indenture or other operative agreement evidencing or governing any Additional First Lien Debt.

 

  2  

 

 

Additional First Lien Debt Obligations” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional First Lien Debt, (a) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, the Borrower or any other Credit Party arising under or with respect to any such Additional First Lien Debt, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees, which accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy case or which would accrue but for the operation of Debtor Relief Laws, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding, (b) all other amounts payable (including indemnified amounts) to the related Additional First Lien Secured Parties under the related Additional First Lien Debt Documents and (c) any renewals or extensions of the foregoing.

 

Additional First Lien Secured Parties” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional First Lien Debt, the holders of such Indebtedness or any other related Additional First Lien Debt Obligation, the First Lien Agent with respect thereto, any trustee or agent therefor under any related Additional First Lien Debt Documents and the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by the Borrower or any other Credit Party under any related Additional First Lien Debt Documents.

 

Additional Second Lien Agent” means the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under such Additional Second Lien Debt Facility that is named as the Second Lien Agent in respect of such Additional Second Lien Debt Facility in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

 

Additional Second Lien Debt” means (x) any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness constituting Second Lien Indenture Obligations) that is issued, borrowed or guaranteed by the Borrower or any other Credit Party, which Indebtedness and guarantees are secured by Liens on the Collateral (or a portion thereof) having the same Lien priority (but without regard to control of remedies) as the Liens securing the other Second Lien Obligations then outstanding; provided, however, that (i) the Borrower shall have delivered to each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred, secured and guaranteed on such basis by each then extant First Lien Document and Second Lien Document, (ii) the conditions set forth in Section 7.6 hereof shall have been satisfied with respect to such Indebtedness, (iii) the Credit Parties shall have granted Second Priority Liens on the Second Lien Collateral to secure the obligations of such Indebtedness and (iv) the Second Lien Agent for the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to (A) this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.6 hereof and (B) the Second Lien Parity Intercreditor Agreement and (y) any Indebtedness issued, borrowed or guaranteed by the Borrower or any other Credit Party under any Second Lien Substitute Facility that Replaces an Additional Second Lien Debt Facility in accordance with Section 7.5; provided further that if there is no Second Lien Parity Intercreditor Agreement outstanding at the time such Additional Second Lien Debt is incurred, then the Credit Parties, the Second Lien Agent for such Indebtedness and the Second Lien Agent for each other Second Lien Debt Facility that will remain outstanding after giving effect to the incurrence of such Additional Second Lien Debt shall have executed and delivered the Second Lien Parity Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  3  

 

 

Additional Second Lien Debt Documents” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional Second Lien Debt, the promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, note purchase agreements, indentures or other operative agreements evidencing or governing such Indebtedness or the Liens securing such Indebtedness, including the Second Lien Collateral Documents securing Additional Second Lien Debt.

 

Additional Second Lien Debt Facility” means each credit agreement, loan agreement, note purchase agreement, indenture or other operative agreement evidencing or governing any Additional Second Lien Debt.

 

Additional Second Lien Obligations” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional Second Lien Debt, (a) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, the Borrower or any other Credit Party arising under or with respect to any such Additional Second Lien Debt, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees, which accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy case or which would accrue but for the operation of Debtor Relief Laws, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding, (b) all other amounts payable (including indemnified amounts) to the related Additional Second Lien Secured Parties under the related Additional Second Lien Debt Documents and (c) any renewals or extensions of the foregoing.

 

Additional Second Lien Secured Parties” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional Second Lien Debt, the holders of such Indebtedness or any other related Additional Second Lien Obligation, the Second Lien Agent with respect thereto, any trustee or agent therefor under any related Additional Second Lien Debt Documents and the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by the Borrower or any other Credit Party under any related Additional Second Lien Debt Documents.

 

Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

 

Agent(s)” means individually the First Lien Agent or the Second Lien Agent and collectively means both the First Lien Agent and the Second Lien Agent.

 

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as now or hereafter in effect or any successor thereto.

 

Borrower” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

 

  4  

 

 

Cash Management Services” has the meaning assigned to such term in the First Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Collateral” means the First Lien Collateral and the Second Lien Collateral.

 

Collateral Documents” means the First Lien Collateral Documents and the Second Lien Collateral Documents.

 

Company Related Party” means each of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons.

 

Control Collateral” means any Collateral consisting of any Certificated Security (as defined in Section 8−102 of the Uniform Commercial Code), Investment Property, Deposit Account, Instruments and any other Collateral as to which a Lien may be perfected through possession or control by the secured party or any agent therefor.

 

Credit Documents” means, collectively, any First Lien Documents and any Second Lien Documents.

 

Credit Parties” means, the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower that has granted a security interest pursuant to any First Lien Collateral Document or Second Lien Collateral Document to secure any First Lien Obligations or Second Lien Obligations.

 

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Defaulting Creditor” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(c) hereof.

 

DIP Financing” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof.

 

Discharge of First Lien Obligations” means, subject to reinstatement pursuant to Section 5.4, the time at which (i) all the First Lien Obligations (other than (a) contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations as to which no claim has been asserted in writing by the Person entitled thereto and (b) Other Liabilities) have been paid in full in cash, (ii) all letters of credit issued under each First Lien Debt Facility have expired or been terminated (other than any such letter of credit that has been cash collateralized or backstopped in an amount, by an institution and otherwise pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to each applicable “Issuing Bank” (or similar term under the applicable First Lien Debt Facility) have been made) and (iii) any commitments to extend credit under each First Lien Debt Facility have expired or been terminated. The First Lien Controlling Agent agrees to notify the Second Lien Controlling Agent of the occurrence of the Discharge of First Lien Obligations; provided that failure to deliver any such notice shall not impact whether such Discharge of First Lien Obligations has occurred.

 

  5  

 

 

Equity Interest” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests (whether voting or non-voting) in, or interests in the income or profits of, a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing (other than, prior to the date of such conversion, any debt security that is convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing).

 

Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies”, “Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies” or “Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies” means, except as otherwise provided in the final sentence of this definition:

 

(a)            the taking by any Secured Party of any action to enforce or realize upon any Lien, including the institution of any foreclosure proceedings or the noticing of any public or private sale pursuant to Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law;

 

(b)            the exercise by any Secured Party of any right or remedy provided to a secured creditor against a Lien under any of the Credit Documents, under applicable law, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, including the election to retain any of the Collateral in satisfaction of a Lien;

 

(c)            the taking of any action by any Secured Party or the exercise of any right or remedy by any Secured Party to collect, set off against, marshal, obtain an injunction as to or foreclose on, the Collateral or the Proceeds thereof;

 

(d)            the appointment on the application of a Secured Party of a receiver, receiver and manager or interim receiver of all or part of the Collateral;

 

(e)            the sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral by private or public sale conducted by any Secured Party or any other means at the direction of, or consent of, any Secured Party, in all cases as permissible under applicable law;

 

(f)            the exercise of any other right of a secured creditor under Part 6 of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or under provisions of similar effect under other applicable law to enforce the applicable Secured Party’s Lien;

 

(g)           the exercise by any Secured Party of any voting rights relating to any Equity Interest included in the Collateral; and

 

(h)           commencing or joining with any Person in commencing, or petitioning for or voting in favor of any resolution for, any action or proceeding described in clauses (a) through (g) above.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the taking of any action by any Second Lien Agent or other Second Lien Secured Party permitted under Sections 2.3(b), 2.9, 3.1, 5.2 and/or Articles 6 and 8, (ii) the imposition of any default rate of interest and (iii) the acceleration of any of the First Lien Obligations pursuant to the applicable First Lien Documents or the Second Lien Obligations pursuant to the applicable Second Lien Documents, shall, in each case, not be deemed (x) to constitute an Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies or an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies or (y) to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies.

 

  6  

 

 

First Lien Agent” means (i) in the case of any First Lien Obligations and the First Lien Credit Agreement Secured Parties, the First Lien Credit Agreement Agent and (ii) in the case of any Additional First Lien Debt Obligations and the Additional First Lien Secured Parties with respect thereto, the Additional First Lien Agent in respect thereof.

 

First Lien Cash Management Obligations” means “Secured Cash Management Obligations” as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

 

First Lien Collateral” means any “Collateral” as defined in any First Lien Document or any other assets of any Credit Party with respect to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to a First Lien Collateral Document as security for any First Lien Obligations.

 

First Lien Collateral Documents” means all “Security Documents” or similar term as defined in any First Lien Debt Facility, and all other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other collateral documents executed and delivered for purposes of providing collateral security for any First Lien Obligation.

 

First Lien Commercial Obligations” means “Secured Commercial Obligations” as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

 

First Lien Controlling Agent” means (a) at any time there is only one First Lien Debt Facility, the First Lien Agent for such First Lien Debt Facility and (b) at any time when clause (a) does not apply, the First Lien Agent authorized to act as the “Applicable Authorized Representative” (as such term or similar defined term is defined in the First Lien Parity Intercreditor Agreement) so long as such First Lien Agent is or becomes a party hereto. Whenever any First Lien Agent other than the First Lien Credit Agreement Agent becomes the First Lien Controlling Agent, it shall send a written notice of such replacement to the Second Lien Controlling Agent; provided that, until such time as such notice is received by the Second Lien Controlling Agent, each Second Lien Agent may treat the First Lien Credit Agreement Agent as the First Lien Controlling Agent.

 

First Lien Credit Agreement” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include any First Lien Substitute Facility that Replaces the First Lien Credit Agreement in accordance with Section 7.5, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

First Lien Credit Agreement Agent” has the meaning assigned to the term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

First Lien Credit Agreement Documents” means the First Lien Credit Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement).

 

  7  

 

 

First Lien Credit Agreement Obligations” means the “Obligations” as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

 

First Lien Credit Agreement Secured Parties” means the “Secured Parties” as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

 

First Lien Debt Facility” means (a) the First Lien Credit Agreement and (b) any Additional First Lien Debt Facilities.

 

First Lien Documents” means (a) the First Lien Credit Agreement Documents and (b) Additional First Lien Debt Documents.

 

First Lien Guaranty” means any guaranty pursuant to the applicable First Lien Documents by a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Credit Party of the First Lien Obligations under any First Lien Debt Facility.

 

First Lien Hedging Obligations” means “Secured Hedging Obligations” as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

 

First Lien Modification” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a) hereof.

 

First Lien Obligations” means the First Lien Credit Agreement Obligations and any Additional First Lien Debt Obligations.

 

First Lien Parity Intercreditor Agreement” means a customary “pari passu” intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the First Lien Agent with respect to each First Lien Debt Facility that is outstanding at the time such intercreditor agreement is entered into, which, among other things, allocates rights among the applicable First Lien Debt Facilities and the First Lien Secured Parties thereunder.

 

First Lien Recovery” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4 hereof.

 

First Lien Secured Parties” means (a) the First Lien Credit Agreement Secured Parties and (b) any Additional First Lien Secured Parties.

 

First Lien Substitute Facility” means the documentation governing any Indebtedness with respect to which the requirements contained in Section 7.5 have been satisfied and the proceeds of which are used to, among other things, Replace any then existing First Lien Debt Facility in accordance with Section 7.5.

 

First Lien Supply Chain Financing Obligations” means “Secured Supply Chain Financing Obligations” as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

 

First Priority Lien” means the Liens on the Collateral in favor of First Lien Secured Parties under the First Lien Collateral Documents.

 

  8  

 

 

Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any other agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

Incremental Facilities” has the meaning provided in the First Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Indebtedness” shall mean and include all obligations that constitute “Indebtedness” within the meaning of any First Lien Debt Facility or Second Lien Debt Facility.

 

Insolvency Proceeding” means (a) any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower or any other Credit Party, (b) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, interim receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding with respect to any Credit Party or with respect to any of its assets, (c) any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or winding up of any Credit Party, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy or (d) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of any Credit Party.

 

Joinder Agreement” means a supplement to this Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1, Exhibit B-2, Exhibit C-1 or Exhibit C-2 required to be delivered to the First Lien Controlling Agent and the Second Lien Controlling Agent pursuant to Section 7.5 or 7.6 hereof.

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest or other encumbrance in, on or of such asset or (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement or title retention agreement (or any capital lease or financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Lien Priority” means with respect to any Lien of the First Lien Secured Parties or the Second Lien Secured Parties in the Collateral, the order of priority of such Lien as specified in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

Loan” has the meaning provided in the First Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Other Liabilities” means, collectively, First Lien Cash Management Obligations, First Lien Hedging Obligations, First Lien Supply Chain Financing Obligations and First Lien Commercial Obligations.

 

party” means any First Lien Agent or Second Lien Agent, and “parties” means, collectively, each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent.

 

  9  

 

 

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Proceeds” means (a) all “Proceeds,” as defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code and (b) whatever is recoverable or recovered when any Collateral is sold, collected or otherwise disposed of.

 

Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

 

Purchase Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(e) hereof.

 

Purchase Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.

 

Purchase Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.

 

Purchase Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.

 

Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3 hereof.

 

Purchasing Creditors” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2 hereof.

 

Real Property” means any right, title or interest in and to real property, including any fee interest, leasehold interest, easement or license and any other right to use or occupy real property.

 

Reorganization Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9 hereof.

 

Replaces” means, with respect to any First Lien Substitute Facility or Second Lien Substitute Facility, that such First Lien Substitute Facility or Second Lien Substitute Facility refinances, replaces, exchanges or refunds in whole (and not in part) in a transaction that is in compliance with Section 7.5 hereof any then existing First Lien Debt Facility or Second Lien Debt Facility, as applicable, and that all commitments under such existing First Lien Debt Facility or Second Lien Debt Facility, as applicable, are terminated. “Replace,” “Replaced” and “Replacement” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Responsible Officer” means, as to any Person, the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, comptroller, treasury manager, treasurer or assistant treasurer of such Person, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, comptroller, treasurer or assistant treasurer of such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Responsible Officer” shall refer to a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

 

Second Lien Agent” means (i) in the case of any Second Lien Indenture Obligations and the Second Lien Indenture Secured Parties, the Second Lien Indenture Agent and (ii) in the case of any Additional Second Lien Obligations and the Additional Second Lien Secured Parties with respect thereto, the Additional Second Lien Agent in respect thereof.

 

  10  

 

 

Second Lien Collateral” means any “Collateral” as defined in any Second Lien Document or any other assets of any Credit Party with respect to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to a Second Lien Collateral Document as security for any Second Lien Obligations.

 

Second Lien Collateral Documents” means all “Security Documents” or similar term as defined in any Second Lien Debt Facility, and all other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other collateral documents executed and delivered for purposes of providing collateral security for any Second Lien Obligation.

 

Second Lien Controlling Agent” means (a) at any time that there is only one Second Lien Debt Facility, the Second Lien Agent for such Second Lien Debt Facility and (b) at any time when clause (a) does not apply, the Second Lien Agent authorized to act as the “Applicable Authorized Representative” (as such term or similar defined term is defined in the Second Lien Parity Intercreditor Agreement) so long as such Second Lien Agent is or becomes a party hereto. Whenever any Second Lien Agent other than the Second Lien Indenture Agent becomes the Second Lien Controlling Agent, it shall send a written notice of such replacement to the First Lien Controlling Agent; provided that, until such time as such notice is received by the First Lien Controlling Agent, each First Lien Agent may treat the Second Lien Indenture Agent as the Second Lien Controlling Agent.

 

Second Lien Debt Facility” means (a) the Second Lien Indenture and (b) any Additional Second Lien Debt Facility.

 

Second Lien Documents” means (a) the Second Lien Indenture Documents and (b) any Additional Second Lien Debt Documents.

 

Second Lien Guaranty” means any guaranty pursuant to the applicable Second Lien Documents by a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Credit Party of the Second Lien Obligations under any Second Lien Debt Facility.

 

Second Lien Indenture” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include any Second Lien Substitute Facility that Replaces the Second Lien Indenture in accordance with Section 7.5 hereof, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Second Lien Indenture Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Second Lien Indenture Documents” means the Second Lien Indenture and the Notes Collateral Documents (as defined in the Second Lien Indenture).

 

Second Lien Indenture Obligations” means the notes issued under the Second Lien Notes Indenture and all other obligations of the Borrower and the Credit Parties arising under the Second Lien Indenture Documents.

 

  11  

 

 

Second Lien Indenture Secured Parties” means (a) the holders of the Second Lien Indenture Obligations, (b) the trustee under the Second Lien Indenture and (c) the Second Lien Indenture Agent.

 

Second Lien Modification” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).

 

Second Lien Obligations” means (a) the Second Lien Indenture Obligations and (b) any Additional Second Lien Obligations.

 

Second Lien Parity Intercreditor Agreement” means a customary “pari passu” intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Second Lien Agent with respect to each Second Lien Debt Facility that is outstanding at the time such intercreditor agreement is entered into, and which, among other things, allocates rights among the applicable Second Lien Debt Facilities and the Second Lien Secured Parties thereunder.

 

Second Lien Secured Parties” means (a) the Second Lien Indenture Secured Parties and (b) any Additional Second Lien Secured Parties.

 

Second Lien Substitute Facility” means the documentation governing any Indebtedness with respect to which the requirements contained in Section 7.5 have been satisfied and the proceeds of which are used to, among other things, Replace any Second Lien Debt Facility in accordance with Section 7.5.

 

Second Priority Lien” means the Liens on the Second Lien Collateral in favor of Second Lien Secured Parties under the Second Lien Collateral Documents.

 

Secured Parties” means, collectively, the First Lien Secured Parties and the Second Lien Secured Parties.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held (unless parent does not control, directly or indirectly, such entity) or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent; provided, however, that a joint venture shall not be deemed to be a subsidiary solely as a result of this clause (b).

 

Substitute Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(b) hereof.

 

  12  

 

 

Substitute Facility” means any First Lien Substitute Facility and any Second Lien Substitute Facility.

 

Third Party” means any Person (other than a Company Related Party).

 

Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that if, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of a security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority or availability of such remedy, as the case may be.

 

United States” means the United States of America.

 

Section 1.3     Rules of Construction. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the term “including” is not limiting and shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, section, subsection, clause, schedule and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any references herein to agreements (including this Agreement) shall be deemed to refer to such agreements as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, any reference herein to the repayment in full of an obligation shall mean the payment in full in cash of such obligation, or in such other manner as may be approved in writing by the requisite holders or representatives in respect of such obligation.

 

ARTICLE 2
LIEN PRIORITY

 

Section 2.1     Priority of Liens.

 

(a)  Notwithstanding (i) the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection (including any defect or deficiency or alleged defect or deficiency in any of the foregoing) of any Liens granted to the First Lien Secured Parties in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral or of any Liens granted to the Second Lien Secured Parties in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral and regardless of how any such Lien was acquired (whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise), (ii) the order or time of filing or recordation of any document or instrument for perfecting the Liens in favor of any First Lien Agent or any Second Lien Agent (or any other First Lien Secured Parties or any other Second Lien Secured Parties) in any Collateral, (iii) any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code, Debtor Relief Laws or any other applicable law, or of the First Lien Documents or the Second Lien Documents (in each case, other than the provisions of this Agreement), (iv) whether any First Lien Agent or any Second Lien Agent, in each case, either directly or through agents, holds possession of, or has control over, all or any part of the Collateral, (v) the date on which the First Lien Obligations or the Second Lien Obligations are advanced or made available to the Credit Parties, (vi) the fact that any such Liens in favor of any First Lien Agent or the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties or any Second Lien Agent or the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties securing any of the First Lien Obligations or Second Lien Obligations, respectively, are (x) subordinated to any Lien securing any obligation of any Credit Party other than the Second Lien Obligations or the First Lien Obligations, respectively, or (y) otherwise subordinated, voided, avoided, invalidated or lapsed, or (vii) any other circumstance of any kind or nature whatsoever, each First Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, and each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, hereby agree that:

 

  13  

 

 

(1)  any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of any Second Lien Agent or any other applicable Second Lien Secured Party that secures all or any portion of the Second Lien Obligations shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to all Liens granted to each First Lien Agent and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties in the Collateral to secure all or any portion of the First Lien Obligations; and

 

(2)  any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of any First Lien Agent or any other applicable First Lien Secured Party that secures all or any portion of the First Lien Obligations shall in all respects be senior and prior to all Liens granted to each Second Lien Agent or any Second Lien Secured Party in the Collateral to secure all or any portion of the applicable Second Lien Obligations.

 

(b)  Notwithstanding any failure by any First Lien Secured Party to perfect its security interests in the Collateral or any avoidance, invalidation, priming or subordination by any Third Party or court of competent jurisdiction of the security interests in the Collateral granted to the First Lien Secured Parties, the priority and rights as between the First Lien Secured Parties and the Second Lien Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral shall be as set forth herein.

 

(c)  Each Second Lien Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently herewith or prior hereto, each First Lien Agent, for the benefit of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, has been, or may be, granted Liens upon all of the Collateral in which such Second Lien Agent has been granted Liens and each Second Lien Agent hereby consents thereto. Each First Lien Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently herewith, each Second Lien Agent, for the benefit of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, has been, or may be, granted Liens upon all of the Collateral in which such First Lien Agent has been granted Liens and each First Lien Agent hereby consents thereto. The subordination of Liens by each Second Lien Agent in favor of each First Lien Agent as set forth herein shall not be deemed to subordinate such Second Lien Agent’s Liens to the Liens of any other Person, nor shall such subordination be affected by the subordination of such Liens to any Lien of any other Person.

 

  14  

 

 

(d)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other First Lien Documents or Second Lien Documents to the contrary, collateral consisting of cash and cash equivalents pledged to secure First Lien Obligations consisting solely of reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit (not in excess of 105% of the undrawn amount thereof) and held by any First Lien Agent pursuant to Section 2.05(i), Section 2.20(c) or any other applicable provision of the First Lien Credit Agreement (or any equivalent provision of any other First Lien Debt Facility) shall be applied as specified in such Section of the First Lien Credit Agreement or any equivalent provision of any other First Lien Debt Facility, as applicable, and, so long as such amounts are held by such First Lien Agent for such purposes, will not constitute Collateral securing the Second Lien Obligations.

 

Section 2.2     Waiver of Right to Contest Liens.

 

(a)  Each Second Lien Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees that it and they shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability or perfection of the Liens of any First Lien Agent and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties as to the Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement. Each Second Lien Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees that none of such Second Lien Agent or the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties will take any action that would interfere with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies undertaken by any First Lien Agent or any other applicable First Lien Secured Party under the First Lien Documents, and in accordance with applicable law, against the Collateral, other than as expressly permitted by this Agreement. Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, each Second Lien Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights it or the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to contest, protest, object to or interfere with the manner in which any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party seeks to enforce its Liens in any Collateral; subject, however, in all respects to such First Lien Agent’s and such First Lien Secured Parties’ compliance with applicable law; provided that the foregoing clause is subject to Section 2.1. The foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit any Second Lien Agent from enforcing the provisions of this Agreement or any claims it, or any other Second Lien Secured Party, may have against any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party that are preserved under this Agreement or are not the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

(b)  Each First Lien Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, agrees that it and they shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability or perfection of the Liens of any Second Lien Agent or the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties against the Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement. The foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the First Lien Agent from enforcing the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  15  

 

 

Section 2.3     Remedies Standstill and Exclusive Rights of First Lien Agent and First Priority Secured Parties.

 

(a)  The First Lien Controlling Agent and First Priority Secured Parties shall have the exclusive right to exercise any secured remedies against any of the Collateral. Each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees that, from the date hereof until the date upon which the Discharge of First Lien Obligations shall have occurred, neither such Second Lien Agent nor any other Second Lien Secured Party will Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies against any of the Collateral without the prior written consent of the First Lien Controlling Agent, and will not take, receive or accept any Proceeds of Collateral.

 

(b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party from taking (and each Second Lien Agent and each other Second Lien Secured Party shall be permitted to take) any of the following actions: (i) filing a claim, proof of claim, statement of interest or any similar form with respect to the Second Lien Obligations owed to it in any Insolvency Proceeding commenced by or against any Credit Party, (ii) taking any action (not challenging the priority status of the Liens of any First Lien Agent or the other First Lien Secured Parties on the Collateral or the rights of any First Lien Agent or any of the First Lien Secured Parties to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies in respect thereof) in order to create, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce) its Lien on any Collateral, (iii) if any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party obtains relief from the stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding, any Second Lien Agent and any other Second Lien Secured Party may join (but not exercise any control with respect to) any judicial foreclosure proceeding or other judicial lien enforcement proceeding with respect to the Collateral initiated by any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party to the extent that any such action could not reasonably be expected, in any material respect, to restrain, hinder, limit, delay for any material period or otherwise interfere with the exercise of remedies by any First Lien Agent or such other First Lien Secured Party (it being understood that no Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party shall be entitled to receive any Proceeds thereof unless otherwise expressly permitted herein), (iv) filing any necessary or responsive pleadings (x) in opposition to any motion, adversary proceeding or other pleading or action filed by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking disallowance of, or (y) regarding the treatment of, the claim or Lien of any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party, (v) proposing or voting on any plan of reorganization in any Insolvency Proceeding of any Credit Party, (vi) exercising rights and remedies as unsecured creditors, as provided in Section 2.9, (vii) bidding for or purchasing assets of any of the Credit Parties at any public, private or judicial foreclosure upon such assets or any sale of assets during an Insolvency Proceeding (including with a credit bid, provided that, in connection with any such foreclosure or sale of assets, a Discharge of First Lien Obligations has occurred) and (viii) inspecting, appraising, valuing or exercising other similar rights with respect to the Collateral or receiving reports with respect to the Collateral so long as such actions do not interfere in any material respect with the right of the First Lien Secured Parties to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies. Except for the actions set forth in this clause (b), Sections 2.9, 3.1, and 5.2, and except as set forth in Articles 6 and 8, unless and until the Discharge of the First Lien Obligations has occurred, the sole right of the Second Lien Controlling Agent and the other Second Lien Secured Parties as to the Collateral shall be to receive the Collateral and Proceeds of the Collateral, if any, remaining after Discharge of First Lien Obligations has occurred and in accordance with the Second Lien Documents and applicable law.

 

  16  

 

 

Section 2.4      Exercise of Rights.

 

(a)  No Other Restrictions. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, each First Lien Secured Party shall have any and all rights and remedies it may have as a creditor under applicable law, including the right to the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies; provided, however, that the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies against the Collateral shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement. The First Lien Controlling Agent may enforce the provisions of the First Lien Documents and may Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies, all in such order and in such manner as it may determine in the exercise of its sole discretion, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the provisions of applicable law, and such enforcement and exercise shall include the rights of an agent appointed by the First Lien Controlling Agent to dispose of Collateral upon foreclosure, to incur expenses in connection with any such disposition and to exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code or any Debtor Relief Law; provided, however, that the First Lien Controlling Agent (or any other First Lien Secured Party exercising any right or remedy) agrees to provide to each Second Lien Agent (x) written notice prior to the commencement of an Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies and (y) copies of any notices that it is required under applicable law to deliver to any Credit Party; provided further, however, that the First Lien Controlling Agent’s failure to provide such written notice or any such copies to each Second Lien Agent shall not impair any of the First Lien Controlling Agent’s rights hereunder or under any of the First Lien Documents. Each Second Lien Agent and each Second Lien Secured Party agrees that it will not institute any suit or other proceeding or assert in any suit, Insolvency Proceeding or other proceeding any claim against either the First Lien Controlling Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise, with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by such Person against the Collateral which is permitted by (or not otherwise prohibited by) the terms of this Agreement, and none of such Persons shall be liable for any such action taken or omitted to be taken. Each of the First Lien Agent and the other First Lien Secured Parties agrees that it will not institute any suit or other proceeding or assert in any suit, Insolvency Proceeding or other proceeding any claim against any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise, with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by such Person against the Collateral which is permitted by (or not otherwise prohibited by) the terms of this Agreement, and none of such Persons shall be liable for any such action taken or omitted to be taken.

 

  17  

 

 

(b)  Release of Second Priority Liens. So long as the Discharge of First Lien Obligations has not occurred and will not occur in connection with any such sale, transfer or other disposition, in the event of (i) any private or public sale of all or any portion of the Collateral to any Third Party in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by or with the consent of the First Lien Controlling Agent, or (ii) any sale, transfer or other disposition to any Third Party of all or any portion of the Collateral, so long as, in the case of this clause (ii), such sale, transfer or other disposition to such Third Party is then permitted by the First Lien Documents and the Second Lien Documents, each Second Lien Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the applicable Second Lien Secured Parties that, so long as each Second Lien Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, shall retain a Lien on the Proceeds of such sale, transfer or other disposition (to the extent that such Proceeds are not applied to the First Lien Obligations as provided in Section 4.1(b) hereof), such sale, transfer or other disposition will be free and clear of the Liens on such Collateral (but not the Proceeds thereof) securing the Second Lien Obligations, and each Second Lien Agent’s and the other Second Lien Secured Parties’ Liens against the Collateral (but not the Proceeds thereof) so sold, transferred or disposed (and any Second Lien Guaranty by any Credit Party that, as a result of such sale, transfer or other disposition, is no longer a Subsidiary of the Borrower) shall terminate and be automatically released without further action concurrently with, and to the same extent as, the release of the First Lien Secured Parties’ Liens on such Collateral (and, as applicable, of the First Lien Guaranty by such Credit Party). In furtherance of, and subject to, the foregoing, each Second Lien Agent agrees that it will promptly execute any and all Lien releases or other comparable documents reasonably requested by the First Lien Controlling Agent in connection therewith, in each case in customary form (and in no event on terms less favorable to the Second Lien Secured Parties than the comparable document with respect to the First Lien Secured Parties). Each Second Lien Agent hereby appoints the First Lien Controlling Agent and any officer or duly authorized person of the First Lien Controlling Agent, until the date upon which the Discharge of First Lien Obligations shall have occurred, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power of attorney in the place and stead of such Second Lien Agent and in the name of such Second Lien Agent or in the First Lien Controlling Agent’s own name, from time to time, in the First Lien Controlling Agent’s sole discretion, for the purposes of carrying out the express terms of this paragraph, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments as may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the express purposes of this paragraph, including any financing statements, endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or instruments of transfer (which appointment, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable).

 

Section 2.5      No New Liens.

 

(a)  It is the anticipation of the parties hereto that, until the date upon which the Discharge of First Lien Obligations shall have occurred, no Second Lien Secured Party shall acquire or hold any consensual Lien on any assets securing any Second Lien Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of any First Lien Agent under the applicable First Lien Documents. If any Second Lien Secured Party shall (nonetheless and in breach hereof) acquire or hold any Lien on any assets of any Credit Party securing any Second Lien Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of any First Lien Agent under the applicable First Lien Documents, then the Second Lien Controlling Agent (or the relevant Second Lien Secured Party) shall, without the need for any further consent of any other Second Lien Secured Party, the Borrower, any other Credit Party or any other Person and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other Second Lien Document, be deemed to also hold and have held such Lien as agent or bailee for the benefit of such First Lien Agent as security for the First Lien Obligations (subject to the Lien Priority and other terms hereof) and shall promptly notify such First Lien Agent in writing of the existence of such Lien upon becoming aware thereof.

 

  18  

 

 

(b)  It is the anticipation of the parties hereto that, until the date upon which the Discharge of First Lien Obligations shall have occurred, no First Lien Secured Party shall acquire or hold any consensual Lien on any assets securing any First Lien Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of any Second Lien Agent under the applicable Second Lien Documents (other than as set forth in Section 2.1(d)) hereof. If any First Lien Secured Party shall (nonetheless and in breach hereof) acquire or hold any Lien on any assets of any Credit Party securing any First Lien Obligation which assets are not also subject to the Lien of any Second Lien Agent under the Second Lien Documents (other than as set forth in Section 2.1(d)) hereof, then the First Lien Controlling Agent (or the relevant First Lien Secured Party) shall, without the need for any further consent of any other First Lien Secured Party, the Borrower, any other Credit Party or any other Person and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other First Lien Document be deemed to also hold and have held such Lien as agent or bailee for the benefit of such Second Lien Agent as security for the Second Lien Obligations (subject to the Lien Priority and other terms hereof) and shall promptly notify such Second Lien Agent in writing of the existence of such Lien upon becoming aware thereof.

 

Section 2.6      Similar Liens and Agreements. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, except as set forth in Section 2.1(d), it is their intention that the Collateral subject to Liens securing the First Lien Obligations and the Collateral subject to Liens securing the Second Lien Obligations be identical. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree:

 

(a)  to cooperate in good faith in order to determine, upon any reasonable request by any First Lien Agent or any Second Lien Agent, the specific assets included in the Collateral subject to Liens securing the First Lien Obligations and the Collateral subject to Liens securing the Second Lien Obligations, the steps taken to perfect the Liens securing the First Lien Obligations thereon and the Liens securing the Second Lien Obligations thereon and the identity of the respective parties obligated under the First Lien Documents and the Second Lien Documents; and

 

(b)  that the documents, agreements and instruments creating or evidencing the Collateral subject to the Liens securing the Second Lien Obligations (and such Liens) shall be in all material respects in the same form as the documents, agreements and instruments creating or evidencing the Collateral subject to the Liens securing the First Lien Obligations (and such Liens), other than with respect to the first priority and second priority nature of the Liens created or evidenced thereunder, the identity of the Secured Parties that are parties thereto or secured thereby and other matters contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  19  

 

 

Section 2.7      Waiver of Marshalling. Until the Discharge of First Lien Obligations has occurred, each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees not to assert and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to demand, request, plead or otherwise assert or otherwise claim the benefit of any marshalling of the Collateral or any other similar rights a junior secured creditor may have under applicable law.

 

Section 2.8      No Waiver by First Lien Secured Parties. Other than with respect to the actions permitted under Sections 2.3(b), 2.9, 3.1, 5.2 and Articles 6 and 8 hereof, nothing contained herein shall prohibit or in any way limit any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party from opposing, challenging or objecting to, in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, any action taken, or any claim made, by any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party, including any request by any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party for adequate protection or any exercise by any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party of any of its rights and remedies under the Second Lien Documents or otherwise.

 

Section 2.9      Rights as Unsecured Creditors. The Second Lien Controlling Agent and the other Second Lien Secured Parties may, in accordance with the terms of the Second Lien Documents and applicable law, enforce all rights and exercise remedies against the Borrower and any other Credit Party as unsecured creditors; provided that no such action is otherwise in breach of or inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 3
ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES

 

Section 3.1      Certain Actions Permitted. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Second Lien Controlling Agent may make such demands or file such claims in respect of the Second Lien Obligations as it reasonably deems necessary to prevent the waiver or bar of such claims under applicable statutes of limitations or other statutes, court orders or rules of procedure at any time. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit (i) the receipt by any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party of the required payments of interest, principal and other amounts owed in respect of the applicable Second Lien Obligations so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies by such Second Lien Agent or such Second Lien Secured Party or (ii) any judgment lien in favor of any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party resulting from the exercise of remedies available to an unsecured creditor, to the extent such judgment lien applies to Collateral; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any such judgment lien in favor of such Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including in relation to the Liens in favor of the First Lien Secured Parties) as the other Liens granted to the Second Lien Secured Parties.

 

  20  

 

 

Section 3.2      Agent for Perfection. The First Lien Controlling Agent, for and on behalf of itself and each other First Lien Secured Party, agrees to hold all Collateral in its possession, custody or control (including as defined in Sections 9-104, 9-105, 9-106, 9-107 and 8-106 of the UCC) (or in the possession, custody or control of its agents or bailees) as gratuitous bailee for each Second Lien Agent solely for the purpose of perfecting or maintaining the perfection of the security interest granted to each Second Lien Agent in such Collateral, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 3.2. In the event that the First Lien Controlling Agent (or its agent or bailees) has Lien filings against IP Rights (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) that is part of the Collateral that are necessary for the perfection of Liens in such Collateral, the First Lien Controlling Agent agrees to hold such Liens as non-fiduciary agent and gratuitous bailee for each Second Lien Agent and any assignee solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted in such Liens pursuant to the Second Lien Collateral Documents, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 3.2. None of the First Lien Controlling Agent or the other First Lien Secured Parties shall have any obligation whatsoever to any Second Lien Agent or the other Second Lien Secured Parties to assure that the Collateral is genuine or owned by the Borrower, any other Credit Party or any other Person or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person. The duties or responsibilities of the First Lien Controlling Agent under this Section 3.2 are and shall be limited solely to holding or maintaining control of the Control Collateral as gratuitous bailee and/or agent for each Second Lien Agent for purposes of perfecting or maintaining the perfection of the Lien held by each Second Lien Agent. So long as the Discharge of First Lien Obligations has not occurred, the First Lien Controlling Agent shall be entitled to deal with the Control Collateral in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other First Lien Documents. The First Lien Controlling Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for the Second Lien Secured Parties or any other Person. In addition, each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, hereby agrees and acknowledges that other than as to Collateral that may be perfected through the filing of a UCC financing statement, the First Lien Controlling Agent’s Liens may be perfected on certain items of Collateral with respect to which each Second Lien Agent’s Liens would not be perfected but for the provisions of this Section 3.2, and each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, hereby further agrees that the foregoing described in this sentence shall not be deemed a breach of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.3      Sharing of Information and Access. In the event that the Second Lien Controlling Agent shall, in the exercise of its rights under the Second Lien Collateral Documents, receive possession or control of any books and records of any Credit Party which contain information identifying or pertaining to any of the Collateral, the Second Lien Controlling Agent shall, upon request from any First Lien Agent and as promptly as practicable thereafter (at the sole expense of the Credit Parties), either make available to such First Lien Agent such books and records for inspection and duplication or provide such First Lien Agent copies thereof.

 

Section 3.4      Insurance and Condemnation Awards. Proceeds of Collateral include insurance Proceeds and condemnation awards and, therefore, the Lien Priority shall govern the ultimate disposition of casualty insurance Proceeds and condemnation awards. Each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent shall each be named as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, with respect to all insurance policies relating to the Collateral as set forth in the First Lien Credit Agreement or the Second Lien Indenture, as applicable. The First Lien Controlling Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right, as against each Second Lien Agent, to adjust settlement of insurance claims in the event of any covered loss, theft or destruction of Collateral and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding, or any deed in lieu of condemnation, in respect of Collateral. All Proceeds of such insurance and any such award, or any payments with respect to a deed in lieu of condemnation, shall be remitted to the First Lien Controlling Agent, and each of the other First Lien Agents and each Second Lien Agent shall cooperate (if necessary) in a reasonable manner in effecting the payment of insurance Proceeds or any such awards or payments in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof.

 

  21  

 

 

Section 3.5      No Additional Rights For the Credit Parties Hereunder. If any First Lien Secured Party or Second Lien Secured Party shall enforce its rights or remedies in violation of the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Parties shall not be entitled to use such violation as a defense to any action by any First Lien Secured Party or Second Lien Secured Party, nor to assert such violation as a counterclaim or basis for set off or recoupment against any First Lien Secured Party or Second Lien Secured Party.

 

Section 3.6      Payments Over. So long as the Discharge of First Lien Obligations has not occurred, any Collateral or Proceeds thereof (other than, in any case, Reorganization Securities) received by any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Parties in connection with the Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedy (or any insurance policy claim or any condemnation award (or deed in lieu of condemnation)) in breach of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith paid over to the First Lien Controlling Agent for the benefit of the First Lien Secured Parties in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. The First Lien Controlling Agent is hereby authorized to make any such endorsements as agent for each Second Lien Agent and any such Second Lien Secured Parties. This authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable until such time as this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

ARTICLE 4
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

 

Section 4.1      Application of Proceeds.

 

(a)  Revolving Nature of Certain First Lien Obligations. Each Second Lien Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, expressly acknowledges and agrees that (i) any First Lien Debt Facility may include a revolving commitment, that the First Lien Agent and the First Lien Lenders will apply payments and make advances thereunder; and (ii) the amount of the First Lien Obligations that may be outstanding under any such revolving commitment at any time or from time to time may (to the extent permitted hereunder) be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, and that the terms of the First Lien Obligations under any such revolving commitment may (to the extent permitted hereunder) be modified, extended or amended from time to time, and that the aggregate amount of the First Lien Obligations under any such revolving commitment may (to the extent permitted hereunder) be increased or refinanced, in each case, without affecting the provisions hereof (including the Lien Priority); provided, however, that from and after the date on which the First Lien Controlling Agent (or any other First Lien Secured Party) commences the Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies, all amounts received by any First Lien Agent or any First Lien Secured Party shall be applied as specified in Section 4.1(b).

 

  22  

 

 

(b)  Application of Proceeds of Collateral. Each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent hereby agree that, so long as the Discharge of First Lien Obligations has not occurred, all Collateral and all Proceeds thereof received by any First Lien Agent (or any other First Lien Secured Party) or any Second Lien Agent (or any other Second Lien Secured Party) in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall be applied, first, to the payment of reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the First Lien Controlling Agent in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies, and second, to the payment or cash collateralization, as the case may be, of the First Lien Obligations in accordance with the First Lien Documents. All Collateral and all Proceeds received by any First Lien Agent after the Discharge of First Lien Obligations has occurred shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith paid over to the Second Lien Controlling Agent in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct for application to the payment of the Second Lien Obligations in accordance with the Second Lien Documents. The Second Lien Controlling Agent is hereby authorized to make any such endorsements as agent for the First Lien Agent or any such First Lien Secured Parties. The authorization provided for in the immediately preceding sentence shall be coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until such time as this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

(c)  Limited Obligation or Liability. In exercising remedies, whether as a secured creditor or otherwise, the First Lien Controlling Agent shall have no obligation or liability to any Second Lien Agent or to any Second Lien Secured Party regarding the adequacy of any Proceeds or for any action or omission, except solely for an action or omission that breaches the express obligations undertaken by the First Lien Controlling Agent under the terms of this Agreement. In exercising remedies permitted by this Agreement, whether as a secured creditor or otherwise, the Second Lien Controlling Agent shall have no obligation or liability to any First Lien Agent or to any First Lien Secured Party regarding the adequacy of any Proceeds or for any action or omission, except solely for an action or omission that breaches the express obligations undertaken by the Second Lien Collateral Agent under the terms of this Agreement.

 

(d)  Turnover of Collateral After Discharge. Upon the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, the First Lien Controlling Agent shall deliver to the Second Lien Controlling Agent or shall execute such documents as the Second Lien Controlling Agent may reasonably request to enable the Second Lien Controlling Agent to have control over any Control Collateral still in the First Lien Controlling Agent’s possession, custody or control in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

 

Section 4.2      Specific Performance. Each First Lien Agent and Second Lien Agent is hereby authorized to demand specific performance of this Agreement, whether or not the Borrower or any other Credit Party shall have complied with any of the provisions of any of the Credit Documents, at any time when the other Party shall have failed to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to it. Each First Lien Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, and each Second Lien Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, hereby irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law that might be asserted as a bar to such remedy of specific performance.

 

  23  

 

 

Section 4.3      Certain Agreements with Respect to Unenforceable Liens. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if in any Insolvency Proceeding a determination is made that any Lien encumbering any Collateral is not enforceable for any reason, then each Second Lien Agent and the other Second Lien Secured Parties agree that any distribution or recovery they may receive of such Collateral or the Proceeds thereof (other than Reorganization Securities) shall (for so long as the Discharge of First Lien Obligations has not occurred) be segregated and held in trust and forthwith paid over to the First Lien Controlling Agent for the benefit of the First Lien Secured Parties in the same form as received without recourse, representation or warranty (other than a representation of such Second Lien Agent that it has not otherwise sold, assigned, transferred or pledged any right, title or interest in and to such Collateral or Proceeds thereof) but with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct until such time as the Discharge of First Lien Obligations has occurred. Until the Discharge of First Lien Obligations occurs, each Second Lien Agent, for itself and on behalf of each other applicable Second Lien Secured Party, hereby appoints the First Lien Controlling Agent, and any officer or agent of the First Lien Controlling Agent, with full power of substitution, the attorney-in-fact of each Second Lien Secured Party for the limited purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Section 4.3 and taking any action and executing any instrument that the First Lien Controlling Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 4.3, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

 

ARTICLE 5
INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

Section 5.1      Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers.

 

(a)  All First Lien Obligations at any time made or incurred by the Borrower or any other Credit Party shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance, by any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation or non-payment of all or any part of the First Lien Obligations. All Second Lien Obligations at any time made or incurred by the Borrower or any other Credit Party shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and each First Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance, by any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation or non-payment of all or any part of the Second Lien Obligations.

 

  24  

 

 

(b)  None of any First Lien Agent, any First Lien Secured Party or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or any Proceeds, or for any delay in doing so, or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever against the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. If any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party honors (or fails to honor) a request by the Borrower for an extension of credit pursuant to any First Lien Debt Facility or any of the other First Lien Documents, whether such First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of any Second Lien Debt Facility or any other Second Lien Document or an act, condition or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under any First Lien Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither such First Lien Agent nor any other First Lien Secured Party shall have any liability whatsoever to any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party as a result of such action, omission or exercise (so long as any such exercise does not breach the express terms and provisions of this Agreement). Each First Lien Agent and the other First Lien Secured Parties shall be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under any applicable First Lien Debt Facility and any of the other First Lien Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that any Second Lien Agent or any of the other Second Lien Secured Parties have in the Collateral, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. Each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees that neither any First Lien Agent nor any other First Lien Secured Party shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral or Proceeds thereof, pursuant to the First Lien Documents, so long as such disposition is conducted in accordance with mandatory provisions of applicable law and does not breach the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(c)  If any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party honors (or fails to honor) a request by the Borrower for an extension of credit pursuant to any Second Lien Debt Facility or any of the other Second Lien Documents, whether such Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of any First Lien Debt Facility or any other First Lien Document or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under the Second Lien Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither such Second Lien Agent nor any other Second Lien Secured Party shall have any liability whatsoever to any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party as a result of such action, omission or exercise (so long as any such exercise does not breach the express terms and provisions of this Agreement). Each Second Lien Agent and the other Second Lien Secured Parties shall be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and extensions of credit under the Second Lien Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party has in the Collateral, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

  25  

 

 

Section 5.2      Modifications to First Lien Documents and Second Lien Documents.

 

(a)  Each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, hereby agrees that, without affecting the obligations of any Second Lien Agent and the other Second Lien Secured Parties hereunder, any First Lien Agent and the other First Lien Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion without the consent of or notice to any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party (except to the extent such notice or consent is required pursuant to the express provisions of this Section 5.2), and without incurring any liability to any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party or impairing or releasing the subordination provided for herein, (i) Replace any First Lien Debt Facility with a First Lien Substitute Facility in accordance with Section 7.5 hereof, (ii) add an Additional First Lien Debt Facility in accordance with Section 7.6 hereof or (iii) amend, restate, supplement, refinance, extend, consolidate, restructure or otherwise modify any of the applicable First Lien Documents in any manner whatsoever (each of such actions described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), a “First Lien Modification”); provided that, without the written consent of each Second Lien Agent (each acting with the consent of the applicable requisite Second Lien Secured Parties), no First Lien Modification shall (A) breach any of the express terms of this Agreement or (B) implement any covenant, agreement or event of default under any First Lien Document that directly restricts by its terms any Credit Party from making any payment under any of the Second Lien Documents that would otherwise be permitted under the First Lien Documents as in effect on the date hereof.

 

(b)  Each First Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, hereby agrees that, without affecting the obligations of any First Lien Agent and the other First Lien Secured Parties hereunder, each Second Lien Agent and the other Second Lien Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion without the consent of or notice to any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party (except to the extent such consent is required pursuant to the express provisions of this Section 5.2), and without incurring any liability to any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party or impairing or releasing the subordination provided for herein (i) Replace any Second Lien Debt Facility with a Second Lien Substitute Facility in accordance with Section 7.5 hereof, (ii) add an Additional Second Lien Debt Facility in accordance with Section 7.6 hereof or (iii) amend, restate, supplement, refinance, extend, consolidate, restructure or otherwise modify any of the Second Lien Documents in any manner whatsoever (each of such actions described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), a “Second Lien Modification”); provided that, so long as the Discharge of First Lien Obligations has not occurred, without the prior written consent of the each First Lien Agent (each acting with the consent of the applicable requisite First Lien Secured Parties), no such Second Lien Modification shall (A) breach the express terms of this Agreement, (B) result in a scheduled amortization payment under, or the scheduled final maturity date of, any Second Lien Debt Facility, occurring earlier than [●]1 (for the avoidance of doubt, any acceleration of the obligations under any Second Lien Document or Second Lien Modification that implements acceleration provisions in any Second Lien Document that, when taken as a whole, are not, at the time such Second Lien Modification becomes effective, materially more restrictive on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than the corresponding acceleration provisions of the First Lien Documents when taken as a whole shall not implicate this clause (B) (it being understood and agreed that the acceleration provisions of the Second Lien Indenture Documents as in effect on the date hereof, when taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than the corresponding acceleration provisions of the First Lien Documents when taken as a whole)), (C) implement mandatory prepayment, redemption or repurchase provisions in any Second Lien Debt Facility that would require such Second Lien Debt Facility to be mandatorily prepaid, redeemed or repurchased prior to [●]2; provided that this clause (C) shall not apply to (1) any provision in the Second Lien Indenture Documents as in effect on the date hereof or (2) any acceleration, event of default or mandatory offer to purchase/repurchase provisions of any Second Lien Document (including any Second Lien Indenture Document) that, when taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than the corresponding provisions of the Second Lien Indenture Documents as in effect on the date hereof when taken as a whole (provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Second Lien Modification with (x) a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such amendment and (y) drafts of the documentation relating thereto attached, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this clause (2) shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless any First Lien Agent notifies the Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)) or (D) implement covenants or events of defaults in any Second Lien Debt Facility that, when taken as a whole, are, at the time such Second Lien Modification becomes effective, materially more restrictive on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than the corresponding provisions of the First Lien Documents when taken as a whole (it being understood and agreed that neither the covenants in the Second Lien Indenture Documents as in effect on the date hereof, when taken as a whole, nor the events of default in the Second Lien Indenture Documents as in effect on the date hereof, when taken as a whole, are materially more restrictive on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than the corresponding provisions of the First Lien Documents when taken as a whole); provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Second Lien Modification with (x) a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such amendment and (y) drafts of the documentation relating thereto attached, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this clause (D) shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless any First Lien Agent notifies the Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees).

 

 

1 To be the date that is the 91st day after the maturity date of the first lien term loan facility.

2 To be the date that is the 91st day after the maturity date of the first lien term loan facility.

 

  26  

 

 

(c)  In the event that each First Lien Agent or the First Lien Secured Parties and the relevant Credit Party enter into any amendment, modification, waiver or consent in respect of any of the First Lien Collateral Documents (other than this Agreement) that is not prohibited under this Agreement, then such amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall apply automatically to any comparable provisions of the Second Lien Collateral Documents, in each case, without the consent of any Second Lien Secured Party and without any action by any Second Lien Agent, the Borrower or any other Credit Party; provided that (i) no such amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall (A) remove assets subject to the Liens securing the Second Lien Obligations or release any such Liens, except to the extent that such release is permitted or required by Section 2.4(b) hereof and provided that there is a concurrent release of the corresponding Liens securing the First Lien Obligations, (B) amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of any Second Lien Agent without its prior written consent or (C) permit Liens on the Collateral that are not permitted under the terms of the Second Lien Documents and (ii) notice of such amendment, modification waiver or consent shall have been given to each Second Lien Agent no later than the fifth Business Day following the effective date of such amendment, modification, waiver or consent.

 

(d)  The Borrower agrees that each applicable Second Lien Debt Facility and each applicable Second Lien Collateral Document shall contain the applicable provisions set forth on Annex I hereto, or similar provisions approved by each First Lien Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each of the Borrower and each Second Lien Agent further agrees that each Second Lien Collateral Document covering any Collateral that is comprised of Real Property shall contain such other language as each First Lien Agent may reasonably request to reflect the subordination of such Second Lien Collateral Document to the First Lien Collateral Document covering such Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.3      Effect of Replacement of First Lien Documents. If, contemporaneously with the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, the Borrower has Replaced one or more First Lien Debt Facilities with one or more First Lien Substitute Facilities in accordance with Section 7.5 then such Discharge of First Lien Obligations shall automatically be deemed not to have occurred for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.4      Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement. If any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of the Borrower, any other Credit Party or any other Person any payment made in satisfaction of all or any portion of the First Lien Obligations (a “First Lien Recovery”), then the applicable First Lien Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such First Lien Recovery. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such First Lien Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect in the event of such First Lien Recovery, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligations of the Parties from such date of reinstatement. All rights, interests, agreements and obligations of each First Lien Agent, each Second Lien Agent, the other First Lien Secured Parties and the other Second Lien Secured Parties under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue irrespective of the commencement of, or any discharge, confirmation, conversion or dismissal of, any Insolvency Proceeding by or against the Borrower or any other Credit Party or any other circumstance which otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any other Credit Party in respect of the First Lien Obligations or the Second Lien Obligations. No priority or right of any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party shall at any time be prejudiced or impaired in any way by any act or failure to act on the part of the Borrower or any other Credit Party or by the noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions or covenants of any of the First Lien Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party may have.

 

  27  

 

 

ARTICLE 6
INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS

 

Section 6.1      DIP Financing.

 

(a)  If the Borrower or any other Credit Party shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding at any time prior to the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, and any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Parties shall seek to provide the Borrower or any other Credit Party with, or consent to a Third Party providing, any financing under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or consent to any order for the use of cash collateral constituting Collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (in each case, or any similar provision of any foreign Debtor Relief Laws or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) (each, a “DIP Financing”), with such DIP Financing to be on commercially reasonable terms under the circumstances and secured by all or any portion of the Collateral (including assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any foreign Debtor Relief Laws), would be Collateral) and subject to the proviso in this Section 6.1(a), then each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees that it will raise no objection and will not support any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide “adequate protection” for the Liens of the Second Lien Agent securing the Second Lien Obligations or on any other grounds (and will not request any adequate protection solely as a result of such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral that is Collateral except as permitted by Section 6.3(b)(i) hereof) so long as: (i) the DIP Financing is not in excess of 120% of the sum of (x) to the extent refinanced in connection with, and included as part of, such DIP Financing, the aggregate principal amount of the pre-petition First Lien Obligations and (y) the amount of any unused revolving commitments under any First Lien Debt Facility outstanding immediately prior to the commencement of the applicable Insolvency Proceeding; (ii) each Second Lien Agent retains its Lien on the Collateral to secure the applicable Second Lien Obligations (in each case, including Proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of the case under any Debtor Relief Laws) and (iii) all Liens on Collateral securing any such DIP Financing shall be senior to or on a parity with the Liens of each First Lien Agent and the other First Lien Secured Parties securing the First Lien Obligations on Collateral. Nothing in this Section 6.1(a) shall prevent any Second Lien Agent and the other Second Lien Secured Parties from objecting to any provision in any DIP Financing directly relating to any provision or content of a plan of reorganization or other plan of similar effect under any Debtor Relief Laws.

 

  28  

 

 

(b)  All Liens granted to any First Lien Agent or any Second Lien Agent in any Insolvency Proceeding, whether as adequate protection or otherwise, are intended by the Parties to be and shall be deemed to be subject to the Lien Priority and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.2      Relief From Stay. Until the Discharge of First Lien Obligations has occurred, each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees not to seek relief from or modification of the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of any portion of the Collateral, any Proceeds thereof or any Lien in respect of the Second Lien Obligations, in each case without the First Lien Controlling Agent’s express prior written consent; provided, however, if any First Lien Agent or any First Lien Secured Party obtains relief from the stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding, the Second Lien Controlling Agent and any Second Lien Secured Party may join (but not exercise any control with respect to) any judicial foreclosure proceeding or other judicial lien enforcement proceeding with respect to the Collateral initiated by such First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party to the extent that any such action could not reasonably be expected, in any material respect, to restrain, hinder, limit, delay for any material period or otherwise interfere with the exercise of remedies by such First Lien Agent or such other First Lien Secured Party (it being understood that no Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party shall be entitled to receive any Proceeds thereof unless otherwise expressly permitted herein).

 

Section 6.3      No Contest; Adequate Protection.

 

(a)  Each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees that, prior to the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, none of them shall seek or accept any form of adequate protection under any or all of Section 361, 362, 363 or 364 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any comparable provision of any other Debtor Relief Law) with respect to the Collateral, except as set forth in this Section 6.3 or as may otherwise be consented to in writing by the First Lien Controlling Agent in its sole and absolute discretion. Each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees that, prior to the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, except to the extent expressly permitted by this Agreement, none of them shall contest (or support any other Person contesting) (i) any request by any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party for adequate protection of its interest in the Collateral or (ii) any objection by the First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on a claim by the First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party that its interests in the Collateral are not adequately protected (or any other similar request under any law applicable to an Insolvency Proceeding), so long as, in each case of clauses (i)  and (ii), any Liens granted to the First Lien Agent as adequate protection of its interests are subject to this Agreement.

 

(b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this Section 6.3, in any Insolvency Proceeding:

 

(i)  if the First Lien Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection with respect to the Collateral in the form of additional collateral (even if such collateral is not of a type which would otherwise have constituted Collateral), then each First Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, agrees that each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, may seek or request (and the First Lien Secured Parties will not oppose such request) adequate protection with respect to its interests in such Collateral in the form of a Lien on the same additional collateral, which Lien will be subordinated to the Liens securing the First Lien Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens of such Second Lien Agent on the Collateral;

 

  29  

 

 

(ii)  in the event the Second Lien Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection in respect of the Collateral in the form of additional collateral (even if such collateral is not of a type which would otherwise have constituted Collateral), then each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees that each First Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, shall be granted adequate protection with respect to its interests in such Collateral in the form of a Lien on the same additional collateral, which Lien will be senior to the Liens securing the Second Lien Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens of such First Lien Agent on the Collateral;

 

(iii)  if the First Lien Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection with respect to the Collateral in the form of an administrative claim or a super-priority administrative claim, then each First Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, agrees that each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, may seek or request (and the First Lien Secured Parties will not oppose such request) adequate protection with respect to its interests in such Collateral in the form of an administrative claim or a super-priority administrative claim on the same terms as granted to the First Lien Secured Parties, which administrative claim and/or super-priority administrative claim will be subordinated to the administrative claim and/or super-priority administrative claim granted to the First Lien Secured Parties on the same basis as the Lien Priority; and

 

(iv)  if the Second Lien Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection with respect to the Collateral in the form of an administrative claim or a super-priority claim, then such Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees that each First Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, shall be granted adequate protection with respect to its interests in such Collateral in the form of an administrative claim and/or super-priority administrative claim on the same terms as granted to the Second Lien Secured Parties, which administrative claim and/or super-priority claim will be senior to the administrative claim and/or superpriority claim granted to such Second Lien Agent on the same basis as the Lien Priority.

 

(c)  Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 6.1 hereof, nothing herein shall limit the rights of any First Lien Agent or the other First Lien Secured Parties from seeking adequate protection with respect to their rights in the Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding (including adequate protection in the form of a cash payment, periodic cash payments or otherwise). In the event that any such adequate protection is granted to any First Lien Agent or the other First Lien Secured Parties, then such First Lien Agent, on behalf of itself and the First Lien Secured Parties, agrees that each Second Lien Agent, on behalf of itself or any of the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, may seek or request (and the First Lien Secured Parties will not oppose such request) adequate protection; provided that such adequate protection obligations or Liens shall be (A) subordinated to the obligations or Liens granted to the First Lien Secured Parties and (B) subject to the right of the First Lien Secured Parties to object to the reasonableness of the amounts so sought by the Second Lien Secured Parties.

 

  30  

 

 

Section 6.4      Asset Sales. Each Second Lien Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, that it will not oppose any sale free and clear of Liens securing the Second Lien Obligations pursuant to Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision under the law applicable to any Insolvency Proceeding or under a court order in respect of measures granted with similar effect under any foreign Debtor Relief Laws) that is consented to by the First Lien Controlling Agent of any Collateral, so long as such Second Lien Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, shall retain a Lien on the Proceeds of such sale (to the extent such Proceeds are not applied to the First Lien Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1(b) hereof); provided, however, nothing herein shall limit the rights of the Second Lien Secured Parties from interposing any claim, objection, evidence or argument with respect to any such sale that could be raised by a general unsecured creditor; and provided further, however, any Second Lien Agent and any of the Second Lien Secured Parties shall have the right in connection with any such sale to credit bid pursuant to Section 363(k) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any Debtor Relief Laws, so long as any such credit bid provides for the payment in full in cash to cause a Discharge of the First Lien Obligations).

 

Section 6.5      Post-Petition Interest.

 

(a)  Each Second Lien Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees that no Second Lien Secured Party shall oppose or seek to challenge any claim by any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party for allowance in any Insolvency Proceeding of First Lien Obligations consisting of post-petition interest, fees or expenses to the extent of the value of the Liens securing the First Lien Obligations (it being understood and agreed that such value shall be determined without regard to the existence of the Liens securing the Second Lien Obligations on the Collateral).

 

(b)  Each First Lien Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, agrees that no First Lien Secured Party shall oppose or seek to challenge any claim by any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party for allowance in any Insolvency Proceeding of Second Lien Obligations consisting of post-petition interest, fees or expenses to the extent of the value of the Liens securing the Second Lien Obligations (it being understood and agreed that such value shall be determined taking into account the Liens securing the First Lien Obligations on the Collateral).

 

Section 6.6      Certain Waivers by the Second Lien Secured Parties. Each Second Lien Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, waives any claim any applicable Second Lien Secured Party may hereafter have against any First Lien Secured Party arising out of (a) the timely election by any First Lien Secured Party of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, or any comparable provision of any other Debtor Relief Law, or (b) any use of cash collateral or financing arrangement, or any grant of a security interest in the Collateral, in any Insolvency Proceeding that is permitted hereunder.

 

  31  

 

 

Section 6.7      Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification. Each First Lien Secured Party and each Second Lien Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that (a) the grants of Liens pursuant to the First Lien Collateral Documents and the Second Lien Collateral Documents constitute two separate and distinct grants of Liens and (b) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Collateral, the First Lien Obligations are fundamentally different from the Second Lien Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization (or other plan of similar effect under any Debtor Relief Laws) proposed or adopted in an Insolvency Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties hereto as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that the claims of the First Lien Secured Parties and the Second Lien Secured Parties against the Collateral constitute only one secured claim (rather than separate classes of senior and junior secured claims), then the First Lien Secured Parties and the Second Lien Secured Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all distributions shall be made as if there were separate classes of First Lien Obligation claims and Second Lien Obligation claims against the Credit Parties, with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the Second Lien Secured Parties), the First Lien Secured Parties shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of post-petition interest, fees and expenses that is allowed and available from the Collateral for First Lien Secured Parties before any distribution is made in respect of the claims held by the Second Lien Secured Parties from such Collateral, with the Second Lien Secured Parties hereby acknowledging and agreeing to turn over to the First Lien Secured Parties amounts otherwise received or receivable by them to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the aggregate recoveries.

 

Section 6.8      Enforceability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and shall be enforceable under Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Section 6.9      Reorganization Securities. If, in any Insolvency Proceeding, debt obligations or equity interests of the reorganized debtor are distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar dispositive restructuring plan on account of both the First Lien Obligations and the Second Lien Obligations (the “Reorganization Securities”), then, with respect to such Reorganization Securities that are debt obligations, to the extent the debt obligations are distributed on account of the First Lien Obligations and on account of the Second Lien Obligations and such debt obligations are secured by Liens upon any property of the reorganized debtor and such Liens are upon the same assets or property, the provisions of this Agreement will survive the distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to such plan and will apply with like effect to the Liens securing such debt obligations.

 

  32  

 

 

Section 6.10      First Lien Obligations Unconditional. All rights of each First Lien Agent hereunder, and all agreements and obligations of each Second Lien Agent and the Credit Parties (to the extent applicable) hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

 

(a)  any lack of validity or enforceability of any First Lien Document;

 

(b)  any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the First Lien Obligations (it being specifically acknowledged that a portion of the First Lien Obligations consists or may consist of Indebtedness that is revolving in nature, and the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed), or, subject to Sections 5.2(a) hereof, any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, refunding or restatement of any First Lien Document;

 

(c)  any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non-perfection of any security interest in any Collateral or any other collateral, or, subject to Sections 5.2(a) hereof, any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, refunding, restatement or increase of all or any portion of the First Lien Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or

 

(d)  any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Credit Party in respect of the First Lien Obligations, or of any of the Second Lien Agent or any Credit Party, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.11      Second Lien Obligations Unconditional. All rights of each Second Lien Agent hereunder, and all agreements and obligations of each First Lien Agent and the Credit Parties (to the extent applicable) hereunder, shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

 

(a)  any lack of validity or enforceability of any Second Lien Document;

 

(b)  any change in the time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any portion of the Second Lien Obligations, or, subject to Sections 5.2(b) and 5.2(c) hereof, any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, refunding or restatement of any Second Lien Document;

 

(c)  any exchange, release, voiding, avoidance or non-perfection of any security interest in any Collateral, or any other collateral, or, subject to Sections 5.2(b) and 5.2(c) hereof, any release, amendment, waiver or other modification, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, or any refinancing, refunding, restatement or increase of all or any portion of the Second Lien Obligations or any guarantee or guaranty thereof; or

 

(d)  any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Credit Party in respect of the Second Lien Obligations, or of any of the First Lien Agent or any Credit Party, to the extent applicable, in respect of this Agreement.

 

  33  

 

 

ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.1      Rights of Subrogation. Each Second Lien Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, agrees that no payment to any First Lien Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall entitle such Second Lien Agent or any other applicable Second Lien Secured Party to enforce any rights of subrogation in respect thereof until the Discharge of First Lien Obligations shall have occurred. Following the Discharge of First Lien Obligations, the First Lien Controlling Agent agrees to execute such documents, agreements and instruments as the Second Lien Controlling Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party may reasonably request to evidence the transfer by subrogation to any such Person of an interest in the First Lien Obligations resulting from payments to any First Lien Agent by such Person, so long as all costs and expenses (including all reasonable legal fees and disbursements) incurred in connection therewith by such First Lien Agent are paid by such Person upon request for payment thereof.

 

Section 7.2      Further Assurances. The Parties will, at the sole expense of the Credit Parties and at any time and from time to time, promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that either Party may reasonably request, in order to protect any right or interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable any First Lien Agent or any Second Lien Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder; provided, however, that no Party shall be required to pay over any payment or distribution, execute any instruments or documents, or take any other action referred to in this Section 7.2, to the extent that such action would contravene any law, order or other legal requirement or any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, and in the event of a controversy or dispute, such Party may interplead any payment or distribution in any court of competent jurisdiction, without further responsibility in respect of such payment or distribution under this Section 7.2.

 

Section 7.3      Representations. Each Second Lien Agent represents and warrants to each First Lien Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the applicable Second Lien Documents to enter into, execute, deliver and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties and that this Agreement shall be a binding obligation of such Second Lien Agent and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, enforceable against such Second Lien Agent and the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties in accordance with its terms. Each First Lien Agent represents and warrants to each Second Lien Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the applicable First Lien Documents to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties and that this Agreement shall be a binding obligation of such First Lien Agent and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, enforceable against such First Lien Agent and the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties in accordance with its terms.

 

  34  

 

 

Section 7.4      Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any Party hereto shall be effective unless it is in a written agreement executed by (x) each First Lien Agent (at the direction of the requisite First Lien Secured Parties as required under the applicable First Lien Debt Facility), (y) each Second Lien Agent (at the direction of the requisite Second Lien Secured Parties as required under the applicable Second Lien Debt Facility) and (z) in the case of any amendment or waiver that could reasonably be expected to be adverse to the interests, rights, liabilities or privileges of any Credit Party (it being agreed that any such amendment or waiver that conflicts with or is inconsistent with the obligations of any Credit Party under any other First Lien Documents or Second Lien Documents is adverse to the interests, rights, liabilities or privileges of a Credit Party) or imposes additional duties and obligations on any Credit Party, such Credit Party and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

Section 7.5      Substitute Facilities.

 

(a)  To the extent, but only to the extent, permitted to be so incurred and secured by the provisions of this Agreement (including Section 5.2 hereof) and the First Lien Documents and Second Lien Documents that will remain outstanding after giving effect to the establishment of the applicable Substitute Facility or Substitute Facilities, the Borrower or any other Credit Party may establish one or more Substitute Facilities. Any Second Lien Substitute Facility may be secured by a Second Priority Lien on Collateral, in each case under and pursuant to the relevant Second Lien Collateral Documents for such Second Lien Substitute Facility, if and subject to the condition that the relevant Second Lien Agent for such Second Lien Substitute Facility, becomes a party to this Agreement by satisfying conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii), as applicable, of Section 7.5(b) hereof. Any First Lien Substitute Facility may be secured by a First Priority Lien on Collateral, under and pursuant to the relevant First Lien Collateral Documents for such Substitute First Lien Facility, if and subject to the condition that the relevant First Lien Agent for such First Lien Substitute Facility, becomes a party to this Agreement by satisfying the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii), as applicable, of Section 7.5(b) hereof.

 

(b)  In order for a First Lien Agent or Second Lien Agent for any Substitute Facility (a “Substitute Agent”), as applicable, to become a party to this Agreement:

 

(i)  such Substitute Agent shall have executed and delivered a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 (if such Substitute Agent is a Second Lien Agent) or Exhibit C-1 (if such Substitute Agent is a First Lien Agent) pursuant to which it becomes an Agent hereunder, and the Indebtedness under the Substitute Facility in respect of which such Substitute Agent is the Agent and the related Secured Parties, as applicable, become subject hereto and bound hereby;

 

(ii)  the Borrower shall have delivered to each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that the conditions set forth in this Section 7.5 are satisfied with respect to such Substitute Facility, as applicable, and, if requested, true and complete copies of each of the Second Lien Documents or First Lien Documents, as applicable, relating to such Substitute Facility, certified as being true and correct by an Responsible Officer of the Borrower; and

 

  35  

 

 

 

(iii)  the Second Lien Documents or First Lien Documents, as applicable, relating to such Substitute Facility shall provide, or shall be amended to provide, that each Secured Party with respect to such Substitute Facility will be subject to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement in its capacity as a holder of obligations under such Substitute Facility.

 

(c)  With respect to any Substitute Facility that is established after the date hereof, each Secured Party, by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, hereby agrees to enter into, and authorizes the entry into (as the case may be), any technical amendments, modifications and/or supplements to the then existing guarantees and Collateral Documents (or to execute and deliver such additional Collateral Documents with the Borrower and any applicable Credit Parties) as may from time to time be reasonably requested by any First Lien Agent or any Second Lien Agent, to ensure that the Substitute Facility is secured by, and entitled to the benefits and relative priorities of, the relevant First Lien Collateral Documents or Second Lien Collateral Documents, as applicable, relating to such Substitute Facility, at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower and each of the other Credit Parties.

 

Section 7.6      Additional Debt Facilities.

 

(a)  To the extent, but only to the extent, permitted to be so incurred and, secured, by the provisions of this Agreement (including Section 5.2 hereof) and the First Lien Debt Documents and Second Lien Debt Documents that will remain outstanding following the establishment of the applicable Additional Debt Facility or Additional Debt Facilities, the Borrower or any other Credit Party may establish one or more Additional Debt Facilities. Any such Additional Second Lien Debt Facility may be secured by a Second Priority Lien on Collateral, in each case under and pursuant to the relevant Second Lien Collateral Documents for such Additional Second Lien Debt Facility, if and subject to the condition that the relevant Additional Second Lien Agent, acting on behalf of the Additional Second Lien Secured Parties, becomes a party to this Agreement by satisfying conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii), as applicable, of Section 7.6(b) hereof. Any such Additional First Lien Debt Facility may be secured by a First Priority Lien on Collateral, under and pursuant to the relevant First Lien Collateral Documents for such Additional First Lien Debt Facility, if and subject to the condition that the relevant Additional First Lien Agent, acting on behalf of the Additional First Lien Secured Parties, becomes a party to this Agreement by satisfying the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii), as applicable, of Section 7.6(b) hereof.

 

(b)  In order for an Additional Agent to become a party to this Agreement:

 

(i)  such Additional Agent shall have executed and delivered a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 (if such Agent is an Additional Second Lien Agent) or Exhibit C-2 (if such Agent is an Additional First Lien Agent) pursuant to which it becomes an Agent hereunder, and the Additional Debt Facility in respect of which such Additional Agent is the Agent and the related Additional Debt Parties become subject hereto and bound hereby;

 

  36  

 

 

(ii)  the Borrower shall have delivered to each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer that the conditions set forth in this Section 7.5 are satisfied with respect to such Additional Debt Facility and, if requested, true and complete copies of each of the Second Lien Documents or First Lien Documents, as applicable, relating to such Additional Debt Facility, certified as being true and correct by an Responsible Officer of the Borrower; and

 

(iii)  the Second Lien Documents or First Lien Documents, as applicable, relating to such Additional Debt Facility shall provide, or shall be amended to provide, that each Additional Debt Party with respect to such Additional Debt Facility will be subject to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement in its capacity as a holder of obligations under such Additional Debt Facility.

 

(c)  With respect to any Additional Debt Facility that is issued or incurred after the date hereof, each Secured Party, by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, hereby agrees to enter into, and authorizes the entry into (as the case may be), any technical amendments, modifications and/or supplements to the then existing guarantees and Collateral Documents (or to execute and deliver such additional Collateral Documents with the Borrower and any applicable Credit Parties) as may from time to time be reasonably requested by any First Lien Agent or any Second Lien Agent, to ensure that the Additional Debt Facility is secured by, and entitled to the benefits and relative priorities of, the relevant First Lien Collateral Documents or Second Lien Collateral Documents, as applicable, relating to such Additional Debt Facility, at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower and each of the other Credit Parties.

 

Section 7.7      Addresses for Notices. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served, telecopied, emailed or sent by overnight express courier service or United States mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a telecopy, upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient of an email (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment) or five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail (certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed). For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto (until notice of a change thereof is delivered as provided in this Section) shall be as set forth below or, as to each party, at such other address as may be designated by such party in a written notice to all of the other parties.

 

  37  

 

 

First Lien Credit Agreement Agent:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Loan and Agency Services Group
500 Stanton Christiana Rd., NCC5 / 1st Floor
Newark, DE 19713
Attention of Derrick Howard
Email: derrick.howard@chase.com

 

with a copy to:
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
383 Madison Avenue, Floor 24
New York, New York 10179
Attention of Allison Sellers
Telephone No.: (212) 270-5482
Email: allison.sellers@jpmorgan.com

   
  with a copy to:
   
  Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
Worldwide Plaza, 825 Eighth Avenue
New York, NY  10019
Attention:  George E. Zobitz
Tel.:  (212) 474-1996
Facsimile:  (212) 474-3700
Email:  gzobitz@cravath.com
   
Second Lien Indenture Agent: U.S. Bank National Association
Attn: Corporate Trust Services
50 South. 16th Street
Suite 2000
Philadelphia, PA 19102
Tel.: (215) 761-9326
Facsimile: (215) 761-9412
Email: Michael.Judge@usbank.com

 

Section 7.8      No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

  38  

 

 

Section 7.9      Continuing Agreement; Transfer of Secured Obligations. This Agreement is a continuing agreement and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of First Lien Obligations shall have occurred (subject to Section 5.4 hereof), (b) be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, transferees and assigns. Except as set forth in Section 7.4 and Section 7.12 hereof, nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed to give, any Person that is not a party hereto any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement or any Collateral. All references to any Credit Party shall include any Credit Party as debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Credit Party in any Insolvency Proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), any First Lien Agent, any other First Lien Secured Party, any Second Lien Agent or any other Second Lien Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the applicable First Lien Obligations or the applicable Second Lien Obligations in accordance with the First Lien Debt Facility or the Second Lien Debt Facility, in each case, as applicable, to any other Person (other than any Credit Party or any Affiliate of any Credit Party (except as provided in such First Lien Debt Facility or such Second Lien Debt Facility, as applicable)), and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the rights and obligations in respect thereof granted to any First Lien Agent, any Second Lien Agent, any other First Lien Secured Party or any other Second Lien Secured Party, as the case may be, herein or otherwise. The First Lien Secured Parties and the Second Lien Secured Parties may continue, at any time and without notice to the other parties hereto, to extend credit and other financial accommodations, lend monies and provide Indebtedness to, or for the benefit of, any Credit Party on the faith hereof.

 

Section 7.10      GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 

Section 7.11      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and it is not necessary that the signatures of all Parties be contained on any one counterpart hereof, each counterpart will be deemed to be an original and all together shall constitute one and the same document. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (in .pdf or similar format) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.12      No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is solely for the benefit of each First Lien Agent, the other First Lien Secured Parties, each Second Lien Agent, the other Second Lien Secured Parties and, solely to the extent the terms of this Agreement relate to the rights or obligations of the Credit Parties, the Credit Parties. Except for the Credit Parties to the extent set forth in the immediately preceding sentence and in Section 7.4 hereof, no Person shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.13      Headings. The headings of the articles and sections of this Agreement are inserted for purposes of convenience only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

  39  

 

 

Section 7.14      Severability. If any of the provisions in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement and shall not invalidate the Lien Priority or the application of Proceeds and other priorities set forth in this Agreement. The Parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.15      VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

 

(a)  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, THE BANKRUPTCY COURT (OR OTHER COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION) PRESIDING OVER ANY INSOLVENCY PROCEEDING OF THE CREDIT PARTIES, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY FIRST LIEN SECURED PARTY OR ANY SECOND LIEN SECURED PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY FIRST LIEN DOCUMENT OR ANY SECOND LIEN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY CREDIT PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

 

(b)  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (a) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

  40  

 

 

(c)  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. EACH PARTY HERETO REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

(d)  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 7.6 HEREOF. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

Section 7.16      Intercreditor Agreement. This Agreement is the “Intercreditor Agreement” referred to in the First Lien Credit Agreement and “First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement” referred to in the Second Lien Indenture. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to subordinate the obligations due to (a) any First Lien Secured Party to the obligations due to any Second Lien Secured Party or (b) any Second Lien Secured Party to the obligations due to any First Lien Secured Party (in each case, whether before or after the occurrence of an Insolvency Proceeding), it being the intent of the Parties that this Agreement shall effectuate a subordination of Liens but not a subordination of Indebtedness.

 

Section 7.17      No Warranties or Liability. Each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent acknowledge and agree that neither has made any representation or warranty with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectability or enforceability of any other First Lien Document or any other Second Lien Document. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent will be entitled to manage and supervise their respective extensions of credit to any Credit Party in accordance with law and their usual practices, modified from time to time as they deem appropriate.

 

Section 7.18      Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any First Lien Document or any Second Lien Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

 

  41  

 

 

Section 7.19      Costs and Expenses. All costs and expenses incurred by any First Lien Agent and any Second Lien Agent hereunder shall be reimbursed by the Borrower and the Credit Parties as provided in the applicable First Lien Documents or Second Lien Documents, as applicable.

 

Section 7.20      Reliance; Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Credit Parties. Each First Lien Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other applicable First Lien Secured Parties, and each Second Lien Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, acknowledges that (a) it and such Secured Parties have, independently and without reliance upon, in the case of the First Lien Secured Parties, any Second Lien Secured Party and, in the case of the Second Lien Secured Parties, any First Lien Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as they have deemed appropriate, made their own credit analysis and decision to enter into the Credit Documents to which they are party and (b) it and such Secured Parties will, independently and without reliance upon, in the case of the First Lien Secured Parties, any Second Lien Secured Party and, in the case of the Second Lien Secured Parties, any First Lien Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as they shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make their own credit decision in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document to which they are party. Each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Credit Parties and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the First Lien Obligations or the Second Lien Obligations. Each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent hereby agree that no party shall have any duty to advise any other party of information known to it regarding such condition or any such circumstances. In the event any First Lien Agent or any Second Lien Agent, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any other party to this Agreement, (i) it shall be under no obligation (A) to provide any such information to such other party or any other party on any subsequent occasion, (B) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine or (C) to disclose any other information, (ii) it makes no expressed or implied representation as to the accuracy or completeness of any such information and shall not be liable for any information contained therein and (iii) the Party receiving such information hereby agrees to hold the other Party harmless from any action the receiving Party may take or conclusion the receiving Party may reach or draw from any such information, as well as from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses to which such receiving Party may become subject arising out of or in connection with the use of such information.

 

Section 7.21      Additional Credit Parties. The Parties and the Credit Parties hereto agree that each Person that becomes a Credit Party at any time (including by executing and delivering to the parties hereto an acknowledgment to this Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A) (and any security granted by any such Person) shall be subject to the provisions hereof as fully as if the same constituted a Credit Party party hereto and be bound by the terms hereof to the same extent as if it had executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date hereof. The Borrower will promptly cause each Person that becomes a Credit Party after the date hereof to execute and deliver to the parties hereto an acknowledgment to this Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

 

  42  

 

 

Section 7.22      Effectiveness; Survival. This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by the parties hereto. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any party in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement shall survive, and shall continue in full force and effect, in any Insolvency Proceeding. Each Second Lien Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other applicable Second Lien Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights the applicable Second Lien Secured Parties may now or hereafter have under applicable law to revoke this Agreement or any of the provisions of this Agreement. Each First Lien Agent, for itself and on behalf of the applicable First Lien Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights the applicable First Lien Secured Parties may now or hereafter have under applicable law to revoke this Agreement or any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 8
PURCHASE OF FIRST LIEN OBLIGATIONS
BY SECOND LIEN SECURED PARTIES

 

Section 8.1      Purchase Right. If there is (i) an acceleration of the First Lien Obligations in accordance with the First Lien Documents, (ii) a payment default under any First Lien Debt Facility that is not cured (or waived or in respect of which the requisite First Lien Secured Parties have not agreed to forbear) within 60 days of its occurrence or (iii) the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding (each, a “Purchase Event”), then any Second Lien Secured Parties (other than, to the extent an assignment to a “Disqualified Institution” would not then be permitted under the then extant First Lien Documents, any “Disqualified Institution” (as such term is defined in the then extant First Lien Documents)) may, by written notice, delivered to each First Lien Agent within 30 days after the first date on which a Purchase Event occurs, require the First Lien Secured Parties to transfer, assign, and/or sell, and the First Lien Secured Parties hereby offer the Second Lien Secured Parties the option to purchase, all, but not less than all, of the First Lien Obligations (the “Purchase Obligations”) outstanding at the time of purchase. Such purchase shall:

 

(a)  include all principal of, and all accrued and unpaid interest, fees, indemnities, costs and expenses in respect of, all First Lien Obligations outstanding at the time of purchase;

 

(b)  be made pursuant to an assignment agreement in the form attached to the applicable First Lien Document; and

 

(c)  otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 8.

 

Each First Lien Secured Party will retain all rights to indemnification provided in the relevant First Lien Documents for all claims and other amounts relating to periods prior to the purchase of the Purchase Obligations pursuant to this Article 8 and such rights shall be secured on a pari passu basis by the Liens securing the First Lien Obligations.

 

  43  

 

 

Section 8.2      Purchase Notice. The Second Lien Secured Parties desiring to purchase all the Purchase Obligations (the “Purchasing Creditors”) will deliver a notice (such notice, a “Purchase Notice”) to the First Lien Controlling Agent that:

 

(a)  is signed by the Purchasing Creditors;

 

(b)  states that it is a Purchase Notice under this Article 8;

 

(c)  states that each Purchasing Creditor is irrevocably electing to purchase, in accordance with this Article 8, the percentage of all of the Purchase Obligations stated in the Purchase Notice for that Purchasing Creditor, which percentages must aggregate to 100% for all Purchasing Creditors;

 

(d)  represents and warrants that the Purchase Notice is in conformity with the Second Lien Documents and any other binding agreement among Second Lien Secured Parties; and

 

(e)  designates a date on which the purchase will occur (the “Purchase Date”), that is at least five (5) but not more than ten (10) Business Days after the First Lien Controlling Agent’s receipt of the Purchase Notice.

 

Upon the First Lien Controlling Agent’s receipt of an effective Purchase Notice conforming to this Section 8.2, the Purchasing Creditors will be irrevocably obligated to purchase, and the First Lien Secured Parties will be irrevocably obligated to sell, the Purchase Obligations in accordance with and subject to this Article 8.

 

Section 8.3      Purchase Price. The purchase price (the “Purchase Price”) for the Purchase Obligations will equal the sum of (a) the principal amount of all loans, advances, or similar extensions of credit included in the Purchase Obligations (including unreimbursed amounts drawn on letters of credit issued under any First Lien Debt Facility, but excluding the undrawn amount of outstanding letters of credit issued under any First Lien Debt Facility), and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the Purchase Date (excluding any acceleration prepayment penalties or premiums); (b) the net aggregate amount then owing to the First Lien Secured Parties in respect of First Lien Hedging Obligations, including all amounts owing to the counterparties as a result of the termination (or early termination) thereof; (c) the net aggregate amount then owing to the First Lien Secured Parties in respect of First Lien Cash Management Obligations, including all amounts owing to creditors as a result of the termination (or early termination) thereof; and (d) all accrued and unpaid fees, expenses, indemnities and other amounts owed to the First Lien Secured Parties under the First Lien Documents on the Purchase Date.

 

Section 8.4      Purchase Closing. On the Purchase Date, (a) the Purchasing Creditors and the each applicable First Lien Agent will execute and deliver the assignment agreement referenced in Section 8.1 hereof, (b) the Purchasing Creditors will pay the Purchase Price to the applicable First Lien Agent or First Lien Agents by wire transfer of immediately available funds, (c) the Purchasing Creditors will deposit with the applicable First Lien Agent or First Lien Agents or its or their designee by wire transfer of immediately available funds, 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount of all then outstanding letters of credit issued under any First Lien Debt Facility and the aggregate facing and similar fees that will accrue thereon through the stated maturity of such letters of credit (assuming no drawings thereon before stated maturity) and (d) each of the Purchasing Creditors will execute and deliver to the applicable First Lien Agent or First Lien Agents a waiver and release of all claims arising out of this Agreement, the relationship between the First Lien Secured Parties and the Second Lien Secured Parties in connection with the First Lien Documents and the Second Lien Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby as a result of exercising the purchase option contemplated by this Article 8.

 

  44  

 

 

Section 8.5      Actions After Purchase Closing.

 

(a)  Promptly after the closing of the purchase of all First Lien Obligations pursuant to this Article 8, the applicable First Lien Agent will distribute the Purchase Price to the applicable First Lien Secured Parties in accordance with the terms of the applicable First Lien Documents.

 

(b)  After the closing of the purchase of all Purchase Obligations pursuant to this Article 8, the Purchasing Creditors may request that each applicable First Lien Agent immediately resign as administrative agent and collateral agent under the applicable First Lien Documents, and each applicable First Lien Agent will immediately resign if so requested. Upon such resignation, a new administrative agent and a new collateral agent will be elected or appointed in accordance with the applicable First Lien Documents.

 

(c)  The applicable First Lien Agent will apply cash collateral to reimburse the “Issuing Banks” (or similar term as defined in the applicable First Lien Debt Facility) for drawings under letters of credit issued under any First Lien Debt Facility, any customary fees charged by the issuer in connection with such draws, and facing or similar fees. When all such letters of credit have been cancelled with the consent of the beneficiary thereof, expired, or been fully drawn, and after all payments from the account described above have been made, any remaining cash collateral will be returned to the Purchasing Creditors, as their interests appear. If for any reason the cash collateral is less than the amount owing with respect to any such letter of credit, then the Purchasing Creditors will, in proportion to their interests determined as of the time of demand for such reimbursement promptly reimburse the applicable First Lien Agent (who will then pay the applicable First Lien Secured Parties) the amount of the deficiency.

 

Section 8.6      No Recourse or Warranties; Defaulting Creditors.

 

(a)  The First Lien Secured Parties will be entitled to rely on the statements, representations and warranties in the Purchase Notice without investigation, even if the First Lien Secured Parties are notified that any such statement, representation or warranty is not or may not be true.

 

(b)  The purchase and sale of the Purchase Obligations under this Article 8 will be without recourse and without any representation or warranty whatsoever by the First Lien Secured Parties, except that the First Lien Secured Parties represent and warrant that on the Purchase Date, immediately before giving effect to the purchase, the First Lien Secured Parties own the Purchase Obligations free and clear of all Liens (other than participation interests not prohibited by the applicable First Lien Debt Facility, in which case the Purchase Price will be appropriately adjusted so that the Purchasing Creditors do not pay amounts represented by any such participation interests) and have the right to convey the claims and interests they own and have in respect of the Purchase Obligations.

 

  45  

 

 

(c)  The obligations of First Lien Secured Parties to sell their respective Purchase Obligations under this Article 8 are several and not joint and several. If a First Lien Secured Party breaches its obligations to sell it Purchase Obligations under this Article 8 (a “Defaulting Creditor”), no other First Lien Secured Party will be obligated to purchase the Defaulting Creditor’s Purchase Obligations for resale to the applicable Second Lien Secured parties. A First Lien Secured Party that complies with this Article 8 will not be in default of this Agreement or otherwise be deemed liable for any action or inaction of any Defaulting Creditor, provided that nothing in this paragraph will affect the Purchasing Creditors’ obligation to purchase all of the Purchase Obligations. Each Credit Party irrevocably consents to any assignment effected to one or more Purchasing Creditors pursuant to this Article 8.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

  46  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

  JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., in its capacity as the First Lien Credit Agreement Agent
   
  By:    
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as the Second Lien Indenture Agent
   
  By:    
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]

 

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

The Borrower and each other Credit Party hereby acknowledges that it has received a copy of this Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and consents thereto, agrees to its obligations as set forth herein and to recognize all rights granted hereby to each First Lien Agent, the other First Lien Secured Parties, each Second Lien Agent, and the other Second Lien Secured Parties (including pursuant to Section 7.19 hereof) and will not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth in this Agreement as in effect on the date hereof. The Borrower and each other Credit Party further acknowledges and agrees that (i) as between the First Lien Secured Parties, the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, the First Lien Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby, and (ii) as between the Second Lien Secured Parties, the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, the Second Lien Documents remain in full force and effect as written and are in no way modified hereby.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

  CREDIT PARTIES:
   
   
  ARCONIC ROLLED PRODUCTS CORPORATION
   
  By:                       
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  GUARANTORS:
   
  [TO BE UPDATED]
   
   
  By:                          
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  
     

 

[Signature Page to Intercreditor Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Annex I

 

Provision for the Second Lien Indenture

 

“Effective as of the Escrow Release Date, each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, (a) acknowledges that it has received a copy of the First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (b) consents to the subordination of Liens (as defined therein) provided for in the First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (c) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (d) authorizes and instructs the Second Priority Collateral Agent to enter into the First Lien-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement as the Second Lien Indenture Agent and on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities to permit the incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture and to extend credit to the Issuer and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions.”

 

Provision for the other Second Lien Debt Facilities

 

“Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of [●], 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as First Lien Credit Agreement Agent (as defined therein), and U.S. Bank National Association, as Second Lien Indenture Agent (as defined therein). Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, (a) acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (c) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (d) authorizes and instructs the Trustee to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as Second Priority Collateral Agent and on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the First Lien Credit Agreement to permit the incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture and to extend credit to the Issuer and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions.”

 

Provision for the Second Lien Collateral Documents

 

“Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of [●], 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as First Lien Credit Agreement Agent (as defined therein), and U.S. Bank National Association, as Second Lien Indenture Agent (as defined therein). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy in respect of the Collateral by the Notes Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the exercise of any right or remedy in respect of the Collateral by the Notes Collateral Agent and this Agreement, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.”

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B-1

 

[FORM OF] AGENT SUPPLEMENT (the “Agent Supplement”) NO. [ ] dated as of [ ], 20[ ] to the INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [●], 2020 (the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. or any successor thereof, as Administrative Agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION or any successor thereof, as Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent under the Second Lien Indenture, and the additional Agents from time to time a party thereto.

 

A.            Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

B.            [The Borrower intends to Replace the Second Lien Indenture with a Second Lien Substitute Facility][[The Borrower][applicable Credit Party] intends to Replace its existing Additional Second Lien Debt Facility with a Second Lien Substitute Facility].

 

C            As a condition to the ability of the Borrower or any other Credit Party to incur one or more series or classes of Second Lien Indebtedness under a Second Lien Substitute Facility after the date of the Intercreditor Agreement and to secure such Indebtedness under a Second Lien Substitute Facility with a Second Priority Lien, in each case under and pursuant to the Second Lien Collateral Documents, the Substitute Agent in respect of such Second Lien Indebtedness under a Second Lien Substitute Facility is required to become an Agent under, and such Indebtedness under a Second Lien Substitute Facility and the Second Lien Secured Parties in respect thereof are required to become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement. Section 7.5 of the Intercreditor Agreement provides that such Substitute Agent may become an Agent under, and such Indebtedness under a Second Lien Substitute Facility and such Second Lien Secured Parties may become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to the execution and delivery by the Substitute Agent of an instrument in the form of this Agent Supplement and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 7.5 of the Intercreditor Agreement. The undersigned Substitute Agent (the “New Agent”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the First Lien Debt Documents and the Second Lien Debt Documents.

 

Accordingly, the New Agent agrees as follows:

 

Section 1.      In accordance with Section 7.5 of the Intercreditor Agreement, the New Agent by its signature below becomes an Agent under, and the related Indebtedness under a Substitute Second Lien Facility and the applicable Second Lien Secured Parties become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if the New Agent had originally been named therein as a Second Lien Agent, and the New Agent, on behalf of itself and such Second Lien Secured Parties, hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it as a Second Lien Agent and to the Second Lien Secured Parties that it represents as Second Lien Secured Parties. Each reference to a “Second Lien Agent” in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Agent. The Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

Section 2.      The New Agent represents and warrants to the First Lien Agent, the Second Lien Agent and the other Secured Parties that (a) it has full power and authority to enter into this Agent Supplement, in its capacity as [agent] [trustee], (b) this Agent Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms and (c) the Second Lien Debt Documents relating to such Indebtedness under the Second Lien Substitute Facility provide that, upon the New Agent’s entry into this Agent Supplement, the Second Lien Secured Parties in respect of such Indebtedness incurred under the Second Lien Substitute Facility will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as Second Lien Secured Parties.

 

Section 3.      This Agent Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agent Supplement shall become effective when the First Lien Agent [and the Second Lien Agent] shall have received a counterpart of this Agent Supplement that bears the signature of the New Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agent Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic method shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agent Supplement.

 

Section 4.      Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 5.      THIS AGENT SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 6.      In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agent Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

Section 7.      All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 7.7 of the Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Agent shall be given to it at the address set forth below its signature hereto.

 

Section 8.      The Borrower agrees to reimburse each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent for their respective reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Agent Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the First Lien Agent and the Second Lien Agent, as applicable.
 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Agent has duly executed this Agent Supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  [NAME OF NEW AGENT], as [       ] for
the holders of [       ],
   
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  Address for notices:
   
   
   
  attention of:  
   
  Telecopy:  

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged by:

 

[        ]  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
[       ]  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
THE CREDIT PARTIES
LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO
 
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B-2

 

[FORM OF] AGENT SUPPLEMENT (the “Agent Supplement”) NO. [ ] dated as of [ ], 20[ ] to the INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [●], 2020 (the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. or any successor thereof, as Administrative Agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION or any successor thereof, as Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent under the Second Lien Indenture, and the additional Agents from time to time a party thereto.

 

A.            Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

B.            As a condition to the ability of the Borrower or any other Credit Party to incur one or more series or classes of Additional Second Lien Debt after the date of the Intercreditor Agreement and to secure such Additional Second Lien Debt with the Second Priority Lien, in each case under and pursuant to the Second Lien Collateral Documents, the Additional Second Lien Agent in respect of such Additional Second Lien Debt is required to become an Agent under, and such Additional Second Lien Debt and the Additional Second Lien Secured Parties in respect thereof are required to become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement. Section 7.6 of the Intercreditor Agreement provides that such Additional Second Lien Agent may become an Agent under, and such Additional Second Lien Debt and such Additional Second Lien Secured Parties may become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to the execution and delivery by the Additional Second Lien Agent of an instrument in the form of this Agent Supplement and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 7.6 of the Intercreditor Agreement. The undersigned Additional Second Lien Agent (the “New Agent”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the First Lien Debt Documents and the Second Lien Debt Documents.

 

Accordingly, the New Agent agrees as follows:

 

Section 1.      In accordance with Section 7.6 of the Intercreditor Agreement, the New Agent by its signature below becomes an Agent under, and the related Additional Second Lien Debt and Additional Second Lien Secured Parties become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if the New Agent had originally been named therein as a Second Lien Agent, and the New Agent, on behalf of itself and such Additional Second Lien Secured Parties, hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it as a Second Lien Agent and to the Additional Second Lien Secured Parties that it represents as Second Lien Secured Parties. Each reference to a “Second Lien Agent” in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Agent. The Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

Section 2.      The New Agent represents and warrants to the First Lien Agent, the Second Lien Agent and the other Secured Parties that (a) it has full power and authority to enter into this Agent Supplement, in its capacity as [agent] [trustee], (b) this Agent Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms and (c) the Second Lien Debt Documents relating to such Additional Second Lien Debt provide that, upon the New Agent’s entry into this Agent Supplement, the Additional Second Lien Secured Parties in respect of such Additional Second Lien Debt will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as Second Lien Secured Parties.

 

 

 

 

Section 3.      This Agent Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agent Supplement shall become effective when the First Lien Agent and the Second Lien Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Agent Supplement that bears the signature of the New Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agent Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic method shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agent Supplement.

 

Section 4.      Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 5.      THIS AGENT SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 6.      In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agent Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

Section 7.      All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 7.7 of the Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Agent shall be given to it at the address set forth below its signature hereto.

 

Section 8.      The Borrower agrees to reimburse each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent for their respective reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Agent Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the First Lien Agent and the Second Lien Agent, as applicable.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Agent has duly executed this Agent Supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  [NAME OF NEW AGENT], as [       ] for
  the holders of [       ],
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  Address for notices:
   
   
   
  attention of:  
   
  Telecopy:  

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged by:

 

[       ]  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
[       ]  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
THE CREDIT PARTIES  
LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit C-1

 

[FORM OF] AGENT SUPPLEMENT (the “Agent Supplement”) NO. [ ] dated as of [ ], 20[ ] to the INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [●], 2020 (the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. or any successor thereof, as Administrative Agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION or any successor thereof, as Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent under the Second Lien Indenture, and the additional Agents from time to time a party thereto.

 

A.            Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

B.            [The Borrower intends to Replace the First Lien Credit Agreement with a First Lien Substitute Facility][[The Borrower][applicable Credit Party] intends to Replace its existing Additional First Lien Debt Facility with a First Lien Substitute Facility].

 

C            As a condition to the ability of the Borrower or any other Credit Party to incur one or more series or classes of First Lien Indebtedness under a First Lien Substitute Facility after the date of the Intercreditor Agreement and to secure such Indebtedness under a First Lien Substitute Facility with a First Priority Lien, in each case under and pursuant to the First Lien Collateral Documents, the Substitute Agent in respect of such First Lien Indebtedness under a First Lien Substitute Facility is required to become an Agent under, and such Indebtedness under a First Lien Substitute Facility and the First Lien Secured Parties in respect thereof are required to become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement. Section 7.5 of the Intercreditor Agreement provides that such Substitute Agent may become an Agent under, and such Indebtedness under a First Lien Substitute Facility and such First Lien Secured Parties may become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to the execution and delivery by the Substitute Agent of an instrument in the form of this Agent Supplement and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 7.5 of the Intercreditor Agreement. The undersigned Substitute Agent (the “New Agent”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the First Lien Debt Documents and the Second Lien Debt Documents.

 

Accordingly, the New Agent agrees as follows:

 

Section 1.      In accordance with Section 7.5 of the Intercreditor Agreement, the New Agent by its signature below becomes an Agent under, and the related Indebtedness under a Substitute First Lien Facility and the applicable First Lien Secured Parties become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if the New Agent had originally been named therein as a First Lien Agent, and the New Agent, on behalf of itself and such First Lien Secured Parties, hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it as a First Lien Agent and to the First Lien Secured Parties that it represents as First Lien Secured Parties. Each reference to a “First Lien Agent” in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Agent. The Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

Section 2.      The New Agent represents and warrants to the [First Lien Agent,] the Second Lien Agent and the other Secured Parties that (a) it has full power and authority to enter into this Agent Supplement, in its capacity as [agent] [trustee], (b) this Agent Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms and (c) the First Lien Debt Documents relating to such Indebtedness under the First Lien Substitute Facility provide that, upon the New Agent’s entry into this Agent Supplement, the First Lien Secured Parties in respect of such Indebtedness incurred under the First Lien Substitute Facility will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as First Lien Secured Parties.

 

 

 

 

Section 3.      This Agent Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agent Supplement shall become effective when the [First Lien Agent and] the Second Lien Agent] shall have received a counterpart of this Agent Supplement that bears the signature of the New Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agent Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic method shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agent Supplement.

 

Section 4.      Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 5.      THIS AGENT SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 6.      In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agent Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

Section 7.      All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 7.7 of the Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Agent shall be given to it at the address set forth below its signature hereto.

 

Section 8.      The Borrower agrees to reimburse each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent for their respective reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Agent Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the First Lien Agent and the Second Lien Agent, as applicable.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Agent has duly executed this Agent Supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  [NAME OF NEW AGENT], as [       ] for
  the holders of [       ],
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  Address for notices:
   
   
   
  attention of:  
   
  Telecopy:  

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged by:

 

[       ]  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
[       ]  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
THE CREDIT PARTIES  
LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit C-2

 

[FORM OF] AGENT SUPPLEMENT (the “Agent Supplement”) NO. [ ] dated as of [     ], 20[ ] to the INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [●], 2020 (the “Intercreditor Agreement”), among JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. or any successor thereof, as Administrative Agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement, U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION or any successor thereof, as Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent under the Second Lien Indenture, and the additional Agents from time to time a party thereto.

 

A.            Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

B.            As a condition to the ability of the Borrower or any other Credit Party to incur one or more series or classes of Additional First Lien Debt after the date of the Intercreditor Agreement and to secure such Additional First Lien Debt with the First Priority Lien, in each case under and pursuant to the First Lien Collateral Documents, the Additional First Lien Agent respect of such Additional First Lien Debt is required to become an Agent under, and such Additional First Lien Debt and the Additional First Lien Secured Parties in respect thereof are required to become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement. Section 7.6 of the Intercreditor Agreement provides that such Additional First Lien Agent may become an Agent under, and such Additional First Lien Debt and such Additional First Lien Secured Parties may become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to the execution and delivery by the Additional First Lien Agent of an instrument in the form of this Agent Supplement and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 7.6 of the Intercreditor Agreement. The undersigned Additional First Lien Agent (the “New Agent”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the First Lien Debt Documents and the Second Lien Debt Documents.

 

Accordingly, the New Agent agrees as follows:

 

Section 1.      In accordance with Section 7.6 of the Intercreditor Agreement, the New Agent by its signature below becomes an Agent under, and the related Additional First Lien Debt and Additional First Lien Secured Parties become subject to and bound by, the Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if the New Agent had originally been named therein as a First Lien Agent, and the New Agent, on behalf of itself and such Additional First Lien Secured Parties, hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it as a First Lien Agent and to the Additional First Lien Secured Parties that it represents as First Lien Secured Parties. Each reference to a “First Lien Agent” in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Agent. Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

Section 2.      The New Agent represents and warrants to the First Lien Agent, the Second Lien Agent and the other Secured Parties that (a) it has full power and authority to enter into this Agent Supplement, in its capacity as [agent] [trustee], (b) this Agent Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms and (c) the First Lien Debt Documents relating to such Additional First Lien Debt provide that, upon the New Agent’s entry into this Agent Supplement, the Additional First Lien Secured Parties in respect of such Additional First Lien Debt will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as First Lien Secured Parties.

 

 

 

 

Section 3.      This Agent Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agent Supplement shall become effective when the First Lien Agent and the Second Lien Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Agent Supplement that bears the signature of the New Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agent Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic method shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agent Supplement.

 

Section 4.      Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 5.      THIS AGENT SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 6.      In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agent Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

Section 7.      All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 7.7 of the Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Agent shall be given to it at the address set forth below its signature hereto.

 

Section 8.      The Borrower agrees to reimburse each First Lien Agent and each Second Lien Agent for their respective reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Agent Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the First Lien Agent and the Second Lien Agent, as applicable.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Agent has duly executed this Agent Supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  [NAME OF NEW AGENT], as [       ] for
  the holders of [       ],
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  Address for notices:
   
   
   
  attention of:  
   
  Telecopy:  

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged by:

 

[       ]  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
[       ]  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
THE CREDIT PARTIES  
LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Name

State or Country

of Organization

Alti Forge Holding S.a.r.l. Switzerland
Alti Forge JSC Russian Federation
Alumax LLC Tennessee
Alumax U.K. Limited United Kingdom
Arconic Aluminium Deutschland Internationale VmbH & Co. Germany
Arconic Architectural Products LLC Delaware
Arconic Architectural Products SAS France
Arconic Austria Services GmbH Austria
Arconic Automotive Castings G.P. Michigan
Arconic China Investment Company Ltd. China
Arconic Closure Systems International UK Limited United Kingdom
Arconic Davenport LLC Iowa
Arconic France Holding SAS France
Arconic GmbH Germany
Arconic Holding GmbH Germany
Arconic Hungary Finance Kft Hungary
Arconic India Private Ltd. India
Arconic International Asia Ltd. Hong Kong
Arconic Italia S.r.l. Italy
Arconic Korea, Ltd. South Korea
Arconic Kunshan Aluminum Products Company, Ltd. China
Arconic Lafayette LLC Indiana
Arconic Lancaster Corp. Delaware
Arconic Manufacturing Gb Limited United Kingdom
Arconic Massena LLC New York
Arconic Nederland Holding B.V. Netherlands
Arconic Participacoes Ltda. Brazil
Arconic Qinhuangdao Aluminum Industries Co., Ltd. China
Arconic Service LLC Pennsylvania
Arconic Technology LLC Pennsylvania
Arconic Tennessee LLC Tennessee
Arconic Tube Specialties Inc. Pennsylvania
Arconic UK Finance United Kingdom
Arconic UK Holdings Limited United Kingdom
Halethorpe Extrusions, Inc. Delaware
Kawneer Aluminium Deutschland, Inc. Germany
Kawneer Commercial Windows LLC Pennsylvania
Kawneer Company Canada Limited Canada
Kawneer Company, Inc. Delaware
Kawneer Espana S.L. Spain
Kawneer France S.A. France
Kawneer Nederland B.V. Netherlands
Kawneer U.K. Limited United Kingdom
OOO Arconic Rus Investment Holdings Russian Federation
Pimalco, Inc. Arizona
Wexal International Limited Ireland
ZAO Arconic SMZ Russian Federation

 

     

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 Exhibit 99.1​
[MISSING IMAGE: HOWMETT_AEROSPACE-LOGO.JPG]
[         ], 2020
Dear Arconic Inc. Stockholder:
In February 2019, we announced our plan to separate into two independent, publicly traded companies. The separation will occur through a distribution by Arconic Inc. (“ParentCo”) of all of the outstanding shares of a newly formed company named Arconic Rolled Products Corporation (“Arconic Corporation”), consisting of the Rolled Products, Extrusions, and Building and Construction Systems businesses, which we expect will continue to be a global leader in manufacturing aluminum sheet, plate, extrusions and architectural products and systems, serving primarily the ground transportation, aerospace, building and construction, industrial, and packaging end-markets.
In conjunction with the separation, ParentCo, the existing publicly traded company, will remain publicly traded and will change its name to “Howmet Aerospace Inc.” (“Howmet Aerospace”) and its stock symbol from “ARNC” to “HWM”, and “Arconic Rolled Products Corporation” will change its name to “Arconic Corporation” and will apply for authorization to list its common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ARNC.” Howmet Aerospace will consist of the Engines, Fastening Systems, Engineered Structures, and Forged Wheels businesses, and will be a developer and manufacturer of high performance products mainly for the aerospace (commercial and defense), commercial transportation, and industrial end markets.
The separation is expected to create two industry-leading, independent public companies with distinct product portfolios and corporate strategies. The companies will have distinct business profiles, and the separation will allow each company to effectively allocate resources and deploy capital in line with their individual growth priorities and cash flow profiles. As separate entities, each company will be positioned to pursue its own independent strategies and capture opportunities in increasingly competitive and rapidly evolving markets.
Upon completion of the separation, each ParentCo stockholder as of March 19, 2020, the record date for the distribution, will continue to own shares of ParentCo (which, as a result of ParentCo’s name change to Howmet Aerospace, will be Howmet Aerospace shares) and will receive a pro rata share of the outstanding common stock of Arconic Corporation. Each ParentCo stockholder will receive one share of Arconic Corporation common stock for every four shares of ParentCo common stock held as of the close of business on the record date. Arconic Corporation common stock will be issued in book-entry form only, which means that no physical share certificates will be issued. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the distribution is intended to be generally tax free to ParentCo stockholders. No vote of ParentCo stockholders is required for the distribution. You do not need to take any action to receive shares of Arconic Corporation to which you are entitled as a ParentCo stockholder, and you do not need to pay any consideration or surrender or exchange your ParentCo common stock.
We encourage you to read the attached information statement, which is being provided to all ParentCo stockholders that held shares on the record date for the distribution. The information statement describes the distribution in respect of Arconic Corporation in detail and contains important business and financial information about Arconic Corporation. The included financial statements of Arconic Corporation are prepared from ParentCo’s historical accounting records and contain certain allocations of ParentCo costs as required, and we encourage you to read them together with the pro forma financial information included in the attached information statement, which gives effect to the separation and reflects Arconic Corporation’s anticipated post-separation capital structure, including the assignment of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities not included in the historical financial statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We believe the separation provides tremendous opportunities for our businesses, as we work to continue to build long-term value. We appreciate your continuing support of Arconic Inc., and look forward to your future support of Howmet Aerospace and Arconic Corporation.
Sincerely,
[          ]
John C. Plant
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Arconic Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: LG_ARCONIC.JPG]
[         ], 2020
Dear Future Arconic Corporation Stockholder:
I am excited to welcome you as a future stockholder of Arconic Rolled Products Corporation (“Arconic Corporation”). Arconic Corporation is a global leader in manufacturing aluminum sheet, plate, extrusions and architectural products and systems, serving primarily the ground transportation, aerospace, building and construction, industrial, and packaging end-markets. We have a leading position in the growing North American automotive aluminum sheet market, and we are a leading supplier of aluminum sheet and plate to the aerospace market. We supply industrial and commercial transportation products to customers around the world. Our Building and Construction Systems products carry recognized brand names and hold strong market positions in North America and Europe.
We believe we will be attractively positioned to:

Serve target markets — ground transportation, aerospace, building and construction, industrial and packaging — in which we have market-leading positions and long-standing, collaborative relationships with customers;

Build on our demonstrated track record developing differentiated products backed by advanced expertise and technological capabilities, focusing on technologically advanced products that facilitate long-term relationships as a key supplier to our customers;

Serve our customers’ needs for advanced lightweight materials through a global network of efficient facilities with a broad range of capabilities operated by a highly skilled workforce;

Grow by continuing to target investment in high-return opportunities in core market segments that exhibit attractive characteristics, including growing demand for high-strength, lightweight aluminum; and

Drive capital efficiency and operational performance by pursuing highly efficient operations through smart manufacturing.
Upon completion of the separation, “Arconic Rolled Products Corporation” will be renamed “Arconic Corporation,” and we intend to list Arconic Corporation’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ARNC.” ParentCo, to be renamed “Howmet Aerospace Inc.,” will change its stock symbol from “ARNC” to “HWM” in connection with the separation.
Arconic Corporation has a rich history and our vision for the future is clear. We intend to build innovative solutions and create value for our customers, strengthening our partnership with them. We plan to ensure operational excellence, invest in the growth of our company and generate strong cash flow, providing the best outcomes for our stockholders. We will strive to attract and maintain superior talent, treat our employees with respect and operate with the highest of ethical values. We look forward to our future as an independent, publicly traded company and to your support as a holder of Arconic Corporation common stock.
Sincerely,
[          ]
Timothy D. Myers
Chief Executive Officer
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A Registration Statement on Form 10 relating to these securities has been filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Preliminary and Subject to Completion, Dated February 7, 2020
INFORMATION STATEMENT
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
This information statement is being furnished in connection with the distribution by Arconic Inc. (“ParentCo”) to its stockholders of the outstanding shares of common stock of Arconic Rolled Products Corporation (“Arconic Corporation”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ParentCo that will hold the assets and liabilities associated with ParentCo’s Rolled Products, Extrusions, and Building and Construction Systems businesses. To implement the separation, ParentCo currently plans to distribute all of the shares of Arconic Corporation common stock on a pro rata basis to ParentCo stockholders in a distribution that is intended to qualify as generally tax-free to the ParentCo stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
For every four shares of common stock of ParentCo held of record by you as of the close of business on March 19, 2020, which is the record date for the distribution, you will receive one share of Arconic Corporation common stock. You will receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Arconic Corporation common stock that you would have received after application of the above ratio. As discussed under “The Separation and Distribution — Trading Between the Record Date and the Distribution Date,” if you sell your shares of ParentCo common stock in the “regular-way” market after the record date up to, and including through, the distribution date, you also will be selling your right to receive shares of Arconic Corporation common stock in connection with the distribution. We expect the shares of Arconic Corporation common stock to be distributed by ParentCo to you at 12:01 a.m., Eastern Time, on April 1, 2020. We refer to the date of the distribution of the Arconic Corporation common stock as the “distribution date.”
Until the separation occurs, Arconic Corporation will be a wholly owned subsidiary of ParentCo, and consequently, ParentCo will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine and change the terms of the separation (or to terminate the separation), including the establishment of the record date for the distribution and the distribution date, as well as to modify the amount of outstanding shares of common stock of Arconic Corporation that it will retain, if any, following the distribution.
No vote of ParentCo stockholders is required for the distribution. Therefore, you are not being asked for a proxy, and you are requested not to send ParentCo a proxy, in connection with the distribution. You do not need to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender your existing shares of ParentCo common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of Arconic Corporation common stock.
There is no current trading market for Arconic Corporation common stock, although we expect that a limited market, commonly known as a “when-issued” trading market, will develop on or shortly before the record date for the distribution, and we expect “regular-way” trading of Arconic Corporation common stock to begin on the first trading day following the completion of the distribution. “Arconic Rolled Products Corporation” will change its name to “Arconic Corporation” and intends to have its common stock authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “ARNC.” ParentCo will be renamed “Howmet Aerospace Inc.”(“Howmet Aerospace”) and will change its stock symbol from “ARNC” to “HWM” in connection with the separation.
In reviewing this information statement, you should carefully consider the matters described under the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23.
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this information statement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
This information statement does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.
The date of this information statement is [           ], 2020.
This information statement was first made available to ParentCo stockholders on or about [      ], 2020.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1
8
22
23
48
50
59
60
61
66
73
95
117
118
132
147
148
154
161
166
170
173
176
F-1
Presentation of Information
Unless the context otherwise requires:

The information included in this information statement about Arconic Corporation, including the Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation, which primarily comprise the assets and liabilities of ParentCo’s Arconic Corporation Businesses, assumes the completion of all of the transactions referred to in this information statement in connection with the separation and distribution.

References in this information statement to “Arconic Corporation,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our Company” and “the Company” refer to Arconic Rolled Products Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries.

References in this information statement to “ParentCo” refer to Arconic Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, including the Arconic Corporation Businesses, prior to completion of the separation and the distribution, and refer to Howmet Aerospace and its consolidated subsidiaries after the completion of the separation and the distribution, unless otherwise specified.

References in this information statement to the “Arconic Corporation Businesses” refer to the rolled aluminum products, aluminum extrusions, and architectural products operations of ParentCo, as well as the Latin America extrusions operations sold in April 2018.
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

References in this information statement to “Howmet Aerospace” refer to ParentCo after the completion of the separation and the distribution, following which ParentCo will change its name to “Howmet Aerospace Inc.” and its business will comprise the Howmet Aerospace Businesses.

References in this information statement to the “Howmet Aerospace Businesses” refer to the engines, engineered structures, fastening systems, and forged wheels operations of ParentCo.

References in this information statement to the “separation” refer to the separation of the Arconic Corporation Businesses from ParentCo’s other businesses and the creation, as a result of the distribution, of an independent, publicly traded company, Arconic Corporation, to hold the assets and liabilities associated with the Arconic Corporation Businesses after the distribution.

References in this information statement to the “2016 Separation Transaction” refer to the separation of Alcoa Inc. into two standalone, publicly traded companies, Arconic Inc. and Alcoa Corporation, on November 1, 2016.

References in this information statement to the “distribution” refer to the distribution of all of Arconic Corporation’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock to ParentCo stockholders as of the close of business on the record date for the distribution.

References in this information statement to Arconic Corporation’s per share data assume a distribution ratio of one share of Arconic Corporation common stock for every four shares of ParentCo common stock.

References in this information statement to Arconic Corporation’s historical assets, liabilities, products, businesses or activities generally refer to the historical assets, liabilities, products, businesses or activities of the Arconic Corporation Businesses as the businesses were conducted as part of ParentCo prior to the completion of the separation.

Certain information included in this information statement is derived from Arconic Corporation’s combined financial information but is not presented in Arconic Corporation’s combined financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). This information is considered “non-GAAP financial measures” under SEC regulations. These non-GAAP financial measures supplement our GAAP disclosures and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to the GAAP measures. Reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures and management’s rationale for the use of the non-GAAP financial measures can be found in this information statement immediately following the non-GAAP measures. See “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data of Arconic Corporation” for additional information.
Trademarks and Trade Names
Among the trademarks that Arconic Corporation owns or has rights to use that appear in this information statement are the names “Arconic,” “Arconic 951,” “A951,” “Kawneer,” “Reynobond” and “Reynolux.” Solely for convenience, we only use the ® symbol the first time any trademark or trade name is mentioned. Each trademark or trade name of any other company appearing in this information statement is, to our knowledge, owned by such other company.
Industry and Market Information
Unless indicated otherwise, the information concerning the industries and markets in which Arconic Corporation participates contained in this information statement is based on Arconic Corporation’s general knowledge of and expectations concerning the industry. The market positions, shares, market sizes and growth estimates included in this information statement are based on estimates using Arconic Corporation’s internal data and estimates, based on data from various industry analyses, our internal research and adjustments and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. Arconic Corporation has not independently verified data from industry analyses and cannot guarantee their accuracy or completeness. In addition, Arconic Corporation believes that data regarding the industry, market positions, shares, market sizes and growth estimates provide general guidance but are inherently imprecise. Further, Arconic Corporation’s
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
estimates and assumptions involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the “Risk Factors” section. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates and assumptions. Accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on this information.
iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION
What is Arconic Corporation and why is ParentCo separating the Arconic Corporation Businesses and distributing Arconic Corporation common stock?
Arconic Corporation, which is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of ParentCo, was formed to own and operate ParentCo’s Arconic Corporation Businesses. The separation of Arconic Corporation from ParentCo and the distribution of Arconic Corporation common stock is intended, among other things, to enable the management of the two companies to pursue opportunities for long-term growth and profitability unique to each company’s business and to allow each business to more effectively implement its own distinct capital structure and capital allocation strategies. ParentCo expects that the separation will result in enhanced long-term performance of each business for the reasons discussed in the section entitled “The Separation and Distribution — Reasons for the Separation.”
Why am I receiving this document?
ParentCo is delivering this document to you because you are a holder of shares of ParentCo common stock. If you are a holder of shares of ParentCo common stock as of the close of business on March 19, 2020, the record date of the distribution, you will be entitled to receive one share of Arconic Corporation common stock for every four shares of ParentCo common stock that you hold at the close of business on such date. This document will help you understand how the separation and distribution will affect your post-separation ownership in Howmet Aerospace and Arconic Corporation.
How will the separation of Arconic Corporation from ParentCo work?
As part of the separation, and prior to the distribution, ParentCo and its subsidiaries expect to complete an internal reorganization (which we refer to as the “internal reorganization”) in order to transfer the Arconic Corporation Businesses that Arconic Corporation will own following the separation to Arconic Corporation. To accomplish the separation, ParentCo will distribute all of the outstanding shares of Arconic Corporation common stock to ParentCo stockholders on a pro rata basis in a distribution intended to be generally tax-free to ParentCo stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Following the separation, the number of shares of ParentCo common stock (which, as a result of ParentCo’s name change to Howmet Aerospace, will be Howmet Aerospace shares) you own will not change as a result of the separation.
What is the record date for the distribution?
The record date for the distribution will be March 19, 2020.
When will the distribution occur?
We expect that all of the outstanding shares of Arconic Corporation common stock will be distributed by ParentCo at 12:01 a.m., Eastern Time, on April 1, 2020, to holders of record of shares of ParentCo common stock at the close of business on March 19, 2020, the record date for the distribution.
What do stockholders need to do to participate in the distribution?
Stockholders of ParentCo as of the record date for the distribution will not be required to take any action to receive Arconic Corporation common stock in the distribution, but you are urged to read this entire information statement carefully. No stockholder approval of the distribution is required. You are not being asked for a proxy. You do not need to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender your existing shares of ParentCo common stock or take
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
any other action to receive your shares of Arconic Corporation common stock. Please do not send in your ParentCo stock certificates. The distribution will not affect the number of outstanding shares of ParentCo common stock or any rights of ParentCo stockholders, although it will affect the market value of each outstanding share of ParentCo common stock (which, as a result of ParentCo’s name change to Howmet Aerospace, will be Howmet Aerospace shares).
How will shares of Arconic Corporation common stock be issued?
You will receive shares of Arconic Corporation common stock through the same channels that you currently use to hold or trade shares of ParentCo common stock, whether through a brokerage account, 401(k) plan or other channel. Receipt of Arconic Corporation shares will be documented for you in the same manner that you typically receive stockholder updates, such as monthly broker statements and 401(k) statements.
If you own shares of ParentCo common stock as of the close of business on the record date for the distribution, including shares owned in certificate form, ParentCo, with the assistance of Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the distribution agent for the distribution (the “distribution agent” or “Computershare”), will electronically distribute shares of Arconic Corporation common stock to you or to your brokerage firm on your behalf in book-entry form. Computershare will mail you a book-entry account statement that reflects your shares of Arconic Corporation common stock, or your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares.
How many shares of Arconic Corporation common stock will I receive in the distribution?
ParentCo will distribute to you one share of Arconic Corporation common stock for every four shares of ParentCo common stock held by you as of close of business on the record date for the distribution. Based on approximately 434,416,204 shares of ParentCo common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2020, a total of approximately 108,604,051 shares of Arconic Corporation common stock will be distributed to ParentCo’s stockholders. For additional information on the distribution, see “The Separation and Distribution.”
Will Arconic Corporation issue fractional shares of its common stock in the distribution?
No. Arconic Corporation will not issue fractional shares of its common stock in the distribution. Fractional shares that ParentCo stockholders would otherwise have been entitled to receive will be aggregated and sold in the public market by the distribution agent. The net cash proceeds of these sales will be distributed pro rata (based on the fractional share such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive) to those stockholders who would otherwise have been entitled to receive fractional shares. Recipients of cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be entitled to any interest on the amounts paid in lieu of fractional shares.
What are the conditions to the distribution?
The distribution is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by ParentCo in its sole and absolute discretion) of the following conditions:

the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) declaring effective the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part; there being no order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement in effect; and no proceedings for such purposes having been
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
instituted or threatened by the SEC;

this information statement having been made available to ParentCo stockholders;

the receipt by ParentCo and continuing validity of an opinion of its outside counsel, satisfactory to the ParentCo Board of Directors, regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”);

the internal reorganization having been completed and the transfer of assets and liabilities of the Arconic Corporation Businesses from ParentCo to Arconic Corporation, and the transfer of assets and liabilities of the Howmet Aerospace Businesses from Arconic Corporation to ParentCo, having been completed in accordance with the separation and distribution agreement, which is described below in this information statement (the “separation agreement”);

the receipt of one or more opinions from an independent appraisal firm to the ParentCo Board of Directors as to the solvency of Howmet Aerospace and Arconic Corporation after the completion of the distribution, in each case in a form and substance acceptable to the ParentCo Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion;

all actions necessary or appropriate under applicable U.S. federal, state or other securities or blue sky laws and the rules and regulations thereunder having been taken or made and, where applicable, having become effective or been accepted;

the execution of certain agreements contemplated by the separation agreement;

no order, injunction or decree issued by any government authority of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the separation, the distribution or any of the related transactions being in effect;

the shares of Arconic Corporation common stock to be distributed having been accepted for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;

ParentCo having received certain proceeds from the financing arrangements described under “Description of Material Indebtedness” and being satisfied in its sole and absolute discretion that, as of the effective time of the distribution, it will have no further liability under such arrangements; and

no other event or development existing or having occurred that, in the judgment of ParentCo’s Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, makes it inadvisable to effect the separation, the distribution and the other related transactions.
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ParentCo and Arconic Corporation cannot assure you that any or all of these conditions will be met, or that the separation or distribution will be consummated even if all of the conditions are met. ParentCo can decline at any time to go forward with the separation or distribution. In addition, ParentCo may waive any of the conditions to the distribution. To the extent that the ParentCo Board of Directors determines that any modifications by ParentCo, including any waivers of any conditions to the distribution, materially change the terms of the distribution, ParentCo will notify ParentCo stockholders in a manner reasonably calculated to inform them about the modifications as may be required by law, by publishing a press release, filing a current report on Form 8-K and/or circulating a supplement to this information statement. For a complete discussion of all of the conditions to the distribution, see “The Separation and Distribution — Conditions to the Distribution.”
What is the expected date of completion of the separation?
The completion and timing of the separation are dependent upon a number of conditions. We expect that the shares of Arconic Corporation common stock will be distributed by ParentCo at 12:01 a.m., Eastern Time, on April 1, 2020, to the holders of record of shares of ParentCo common stock at the close of business on March 19, 2020, the record date for the distribution. However, no assurance can be provided as to the timing of the separation or distribution or that all conditions to the distribution will be met.
Will ParentCo and Arconic Corporation be renamed in conjunction with the separation?
Yes. In conjunction with the separation, ParentCo will change its name to “Howmet Aerospace Inc.” and its stock symbol from “ARNC” to “HWM” and “Arconic Rolled Products Corporation” will change its name to “Arconic Corporation” and will apply for authorization to list its common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ARNC.”
Can ParentCo decide to cancel the distribution of Arconic Corporation common stock even if all the conditions have been met?
Yes. Until the distribution has occurred, the ParentCo Board of Directors has the right to terminate the distribution, even if all of the conditions are satisfied.
What if I want to sell my ParentCo common stock or my Arconic Corporation common stock?
You should consult with your financial advisors, such as your stock broker, bank or tax advisor. If you sell your shares of ParentCo common stock in the “regular-way” market after the record date and before the distribution date, you also will be selling your right to receive shares of Arconic Corporation common stock in connection with the distribution.
What is “regular-way” and “ex-distribution” trading of ParentCo common stock?
Beginning on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and continuing up to and through the distribution date, we expect that there will be two markets in ParentCo common stock: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. ParentCo common stock that trades in the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to shares of Arconic Corporation common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. Shares that trade in the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to Arconic Corporation common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. If you decide to sell any shares of ParentCo common stock before the distribution date, you should make sure your stockbroker, bank
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
or other nominee understands whether you want to sell your ParentCo common stock with or without your entitlement to Arconic Corporation common stock pursuant to the distribution.
Where will I be able to trade shares of Arconic Corporation common stock?
Arconic Corporation intends to apply for authorization to list its common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ARNC.” ParentCo will change its name to Howmet Aerospace and its stock symbol from “ARNC” to “HWM” upon completion of the separation. Arconic Corporation anticipates that trading in shares of its common stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and will continue up to and through the distribution date, and that “regular-way” trading in Arconic Corporation common stock will begin on the first trading day following the completion of the distribution. If trading begins on a “when-issued” basis, you may purchase or sell Arconic Corporation common stock up to and through the distribution date, but your transaction will not settle until after the distribution date. Arconic Corporation cannot predict the trading prices for its common stock before, on or after the distribution date.
What will happen to the listing of ParentCo common stock?
ParentCo common stock will continue to trade on the NYSE after the distribution but will be traded as Howmet Aerospace common stock due to ParentCo’s name change to Howmet Aerospace and under the stock symbol “HWM” instead of  “ARNC.”
Will the number of shares of ParentCo common stock that I own change as a result of the distribution?
No. The number of shares of ParentCo common stock that you own will not change as a result of the distribution. Following the separation, ParentCo common stock will be Howmet Aerospace common stock as a result of ParentCo’s name change to Howmet Aerospace.
Will the distribution affect the market price of my ParentCo common stock?
Yes. As a result of the distribution, ParentCo expects the trading price of shares of ParentCo common stock (which, as a result of ParentCo’s name change to Howmet Aerospace, will be Howmet Aerospace common stock) immediately following the distribution to be different from the “regular-way” trading price of such shares immediately prior to the distribution because the trading price will no longer reflect the value of the Arconic Corporation Businesses. There can be no assurance whether the aggregate market value of the Howmet Aerospace common stock and the Arconic Corporation common stock following the separation will be higher or lower than the market value of ParentCo common stock if the separation did not occur. This means, for example, that the combined trading prices of a share of Howmet Aerospace common stock and one-fourth of a share of Arconic Corporation common stock after the distribution may be equal to, greater than or less than the trading price of a share of ParentCo common stock before the distribution.
What are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the separation and the distribution?
It is a condition to the distribution that ParentCo receive an opinion of its outside counsel, satisfactory to the ParentCo Board of Directors, regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code.
If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, so qualifies, generally no gain or loss will be recognized by you, and no
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
amount will be included in your income, for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon your receipt of Arconic Corporation common stock in the distribution. You will, however, recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to cash received in lieu of a fractional share of Arconic Corporation common stock.
You should consult your own tax advisor as to the particular consequences of the distribution to you, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state and local tax laws, as well as any non-U.S. tax laws. For more information regarding the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution, see the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”
What will Arconic Corporation’s relationship be with Howmet Aerospace following the separation?
After the distribution, Howmet Aerospace and Arconic Corporation will be separate companies with separate management teams and separate boards of directors. Arconic Corporation will enter into a separation agreement with ParentCo to effect the separation and to provide a framework for Arconic Corporation’s relationship with Howmet Aerospace after the separation, and will enter into certain other agreements, including a tax matters agreement, an employee matters agreement, intellectual property license agreements, metal supply agreements and real estate and office leases. These agreements will provide for the allocation between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace of the assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including, among others, investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) of ParentCo and its subsidiaries attributable to periods prior to, at and after the separation and will govern the relationship between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace subsequent to the completion of the separation. For additional information regarding the separation agreement and other transaction agreements, see the sections entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Distribution” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Who will manage Arconic Corporation after the separation?
Led by Timothy D. Myers, who will be Arconic Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, and Erick R. Asmussen, who will be Arconic Corporation’s Chief Financial Officer, Arconic Corporation will benefit from a management team with an extensive background in the Arconic Corporation Businesses. For more information regarding Arconic Corporation’s management and directors, see “Management” and “Directors.”
Are there risks associated with owning Arconic Corporation common stock?
Yes. Ownership of Arconic Corporation common stock is subject to both general and specific risks relating to the Arconic Corporation Businesses, the industry in which it operates, its ongoing contractual relationships with Howmet Aerospace and its status as a separate, publicly traded company. Ownership of Arconic Corporation common stock is also subject to risks relating to the separation. Certain of these risks are described in the “Risk Factors” section of this information statement. We encourage you to read that section carefully.
Does Arconic Corporation plan to pay dividends?
We expect that we will pay cash dividends in an aggregate amount of up to approximately $50 million in the first year following the distribution and up to approximately $100 million per annum thereafter. However, the timing, declaration, amount of, and payment
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
of any dividends following the separation will be within the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our operating subsidiaries, covenants associated with certain of our debt service obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice, ability to access capital markets, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Moreover, if we determine to pay any dividend in the future, there can be no assurance that we will continue to pay such dividends or the amount of such dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”
Will Arconic Corporation incur any indebtedness prior to or at the time of the distribution?
Yes. Arconic Corporation expects to enter into the Senior Credit Facilities (as described in “Description of Material Indebtedness”) before the distribution is completed and has completed an offering of senior secured second-lien notes (the “notes”), with approximately $800 million of the proceeds of such financings expected to be distributed to ParentCo. As a result of such transactions, Arconic Corporation anticipates having approximately $1.2 billion of indebtedness upon completion of the distribution, consisting of  (i) a senior secured first-lien term loan in an aggregate principal amount of  $600 million and (ii) the notes in an aggregate principal amount of $600 million. Under the Senior Credit Facilities, Arconic Corporation would also have $1.0 billion of indebtedness available to be drawn under the Revolving Facility (as described in “Description of Material Indebtedness’’). See “Description of Material Indebtedness” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business.”
Who will be the distribution agent for the distribution and transfer agent and registrar for Arconic Corporation common stock?
The distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for the Arconic Corporation common stock will be Computershare. For questions relating to the transfer or mechanics of the stock distribution, you should contact Computershare Shareholder Services toll free at 877-373-6374 or non-toll free at 781-575-2879.
Where can I find more information about ParentCo and Arconic Corporation?
Before the distribution, if you have any questions relating to ParentCo, you should contact:
Arconic Inc.
390 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Investor Relations Department
After the distribution, Arconic Corporation stockholders who have any questions relating to Arconic Corporation should contact:
Arconic Corporation
201 Isabella Street
Pittsburgh, PA 15212
Attention: Investor Relations Department
The Arconic Corporation investor website (www.arconic.com) will be operational on or around March 19, 2020. The Arconic Corporation website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not incorporated into this information statement or the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part, or in any other filings with, or any information furnished or submitted to, the SEC.
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
INFORMATION STATEMENT SUMMARY
The following is a summary of selected information discussed in this information statement. This summary may not contain all of the details concerning the separation or other information that may be important to you. To better understand the separation and our business and financial position, you should carefully review this entire information statement. Unless the context otherwise requires, the information included in this information statement about Arconic Corporation, including the Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation, assumes the completion of all of the transactions referred to in this information statement in connection with the separation and distribution. Unless the context otherwise requires, or when otherwise specified, references in this information statement to “Arconic Corporation,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our Company” and “the Company” refer to Arconic Rolled Products Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this information statement to “ParentCo” refer to Arconic Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, including the Arconic Corporation Businesses prior to completion of the separation.
Unless the context otherwise requires, or when otherwise specified, references in this information statement to our historical assets, liabilities, products, businesses or activities of our businesses are generally intended to refer to the historical assets, liabilities, products, businesses or activities of the Arconic Corporation Businesses as they were conducted as part of ParentCo prior to completion of the separation.
Our Company
Overview
Arconic Corporation is a global leader in manufacturing aluminum sheet, plate, extrusions and architectural products, serving primarily the ground transportation, aerospace, building and construction, industrial, and packaging end-markets. We were previously part of Alcoa Inc. (which was renamed Arconic Inc. in 2016), which created the modern aluminum industry more than 125 years ago. Our technical expertise, long-standing, collaborative customer relationships and history in the lightweight metals industry as an innovator positions us as a supplier of choice to “blue-chip” customers in high-growth markets that require value-added products with performance-critical applications. Our product portfolio is diverse and most of our products command premium pricing as compared to more commoditized fabricated aluminum products. We maintain a leadership position in our targeted markets through our global footprint of 46 manufacturing, sales and service facilities located across North America, Europe, the United Kingdom, Russia and Asia.
We operate through three reportable segments: Rolled Products, Extrusions, and BCS. We strive to make our portfolio of integrated facilities among the most operationally efficient in the industry. We are well positioned in attractive markets that exhibit trends favorable to our industry, and our long-term contracts with customers enhance the strength and stability of our business and our earnings. We will strive to generate strong returns through growth in operating profit, disciplined capital deployment, increasing cash flow and continued optimization of working capital levels. We believe our more than 125 years of manufacturing experience and our commitment to quality and innovation have put us in a leadership position among our primary competitors.
Our business focuses on producing rolled and extruded products used principally for the following five market segments: (i) ground transportation, (ii) aerospace, (iii) building and construction, (iv) industrial and (v) packaging. Our primary market segments present attractive characteristics, including (i) demand for products that command premium pricing due to technical requirements; (ii) stability through economic cycles due to portfolio diversity; (iii) favorable secular growth trends, such as the substitution of heavier materials with aluminum in the automotive market (“aluminum lightweighting”), strong passenger growth in the commercial aerospace market and population growth driving urbanization for increased demand in the building and construction industry; and (iv) favorable trade conditions in the United States resulting from the Department of Commerce’s ruling on anti-dumping and countervailing duties imposed on imported Chinese common alloy products. We have a leading position in the growing North American automotive aluminum sheet market, and we are a leading supplier of aluminum sheet and plate to the aerospace market. We supply industrial and commercial transportation products to customers around the world. Our BCS products carry recognized brand names and hold strong market positions in North America and Europe.
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our customer base includes market leading companies. A sampling of our top customers includes Ford, General Motors, FCA, Airbus, Boeing, Daimler, Paccar, Ball and CANPACK. We predominantly focus on high-value-added products that we believe we are particularly well-suited to developing and manufacturing for our customers due to our technical and R&D capabilities, our ability to supply materials in the volume customers need, our unique manufacturing capabilities and the complex qualification processes that we have passed and are required for many of our products. Our core products require ongoing close collaboration and, in many instances, joint development with our customers.
Prices for rolled products and extrusions are generally based on the price of metal plus a premium for adding value to the aluminum to produce a semi-finished product, resulting in a business model in which the underlying price of metal is contractually passed-through to customers, or hedged. The financial performance of producers of rolled and extruded aluminum products, such as Arconic Corporation, is driven by the dynamics in the end markets that they serve, the degree of technical specification required for the products sold, the companies’ relative positioning in those markets and the efficiency of their industrial operations.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, we shipped approximately 1,309 thousand metric tons of finished products and generated revenues of  $7.4 billion and operating income of  $374 million.
The following charts present our revenues by market segment and by geography for the year ended December 31, 2018:
[MISSING IMAGE: TV531264-PC_OURCOMPANY4CLR.JPG]
*
Sales of a portion of aluminum products from Arconic Corporation’s plant in Russia were completed through the Company’s international selling company located in Hungary. Accordingly such sales are included in Europe in the revenue chart by region.
Our Strengths
We believe several key attributes add to the strength of our business: growing demand for high-strength, lightweight aluminum in our targeted markets; our leading positions in the markets we serve; our track record developing differentiated products backed by advanced expertise and technological capabilities; our collaborative and long-standing customer relationships; our global network of efficient facilities with a broad range of advanced manufacturing capabilities operated by a highly skilled workforce; and our healthy financial position, which positions us for future growth. Each of these attributes are described in more detail below.
Growing demand for high-strength, lightweight aluminum in our target markets.
Demand for aluminum and other lightweight products continues to grow at a steady pace. With unique properties that increase performance, improve efficiency and provide a lower carbon footprint throughout its life cycle, aluminum continues to draw demand from industries that require lightweight yet strong material. According to CRU International Limited, the projected annual growth rate from 2019 to 2023 of flat rolled aluminum products is 3.6%, and projected growth in the air and ground transportation market segment is 6.7%.
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Projected Demand for Flat Rolled Products from 2019-2023 (in thousand metric tons)
[MISSING IMAGE: TV531264-BC_PROJECTED4CLR.JPG]
Transportation consumption 2019:
4,761 and 2023: 6,161 CAGR 6.7%
Source: CRU International Limited
Asia Pacific includes: Japan, China, South East Asia and Middle East
Other includes: Africa, Australia, Central and South America
In the ground transportation market, even as vehicle production remains flat, we continue to benefit from growth in automotive aluminum applications, with automotive body sheet forecasted to grow at a 9% annual growth rate from 2019 through 2026 in North America. Acceleration of aluminum adoption and product penetration, noted by third-party research firm Ducker Worldwide in July 2017, continue to advance as automakers are increasingly selecting aluminum as the material of choice for vehicle design solutions that aid in meeting fuel consumption and greenhouse gas emissions regulations while delivering better performance, higher safety ratings and a lower carbon footprint than steel.
We continue to see interest in aluminum lightweighting from a growing customer base, and we currently have material on more than 60 programs with eight automotive original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), as well as many of their tier-one suppliers. We have significant forward revenue under contract across multiple OEMs. Our A951™ coating and bonding technology underpinned Ford’s design decision to go aluminum-intensive on the F-150 truck, which has since been expanded to Ford’s Super Duty, Navigator and Expedition vehicle platforms. In fact, all vehicles that have converted to aluminum-intensive structures have received 5-star safety ratings, better performance ratings, and increased fuel efficiency as a result of aluminum lightweighting. Additionally, in North America, demand for larger vehicles (small trucks and SUVs) — where the volume of aluminum use is greater — is increasing while demand for smaller vehicles is decreasing.
In the aerospace market, large commercial aircraft have an approximate seven-year backlog in their order book, driven by global population growth, increasing per capita incomes and higher penetration of air-travel. We have significant forward revenue under contract with major commercial aircraft OEMs or framers, such as Boeing, Airbus, Spirit AeroSystems and Embraer. In defense, spending under the current U.S. administration has been increasing and we have secured new contracts on multiple applications.
In the building and construction market, several secular trends — global warming, urbanization, and increased needs for personal security — are increasing demand for the products and solutions we provide, both in North America and in Europe. Population is expected to grow from 7.2 to 8 billion people by 2025, with more than 50% of population growth in urban areas that drive construction demand. With global energy demand expected to increase by more than 25% by 2040, energy efficiency is another strong market driver for our building and construction products and systems.
The industrial market in North America is closely tied to the U.S. GDP level, which indicates that the overall industrial flat rolled products segment is poised to grow 1% to 2% each year from 2020 to 2022. The common alloy sheet market, which is a significant portion of the total industrial products market, continues
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
to be significantly influenced by imports of common alloys into the United States. With the implementation of anti-dumping and countervailing duties imposed on Chinese common alloy sheet during 2018, the volume of imports from China has significantly decreased. Although there has been an increase of imports of common alloy into the United States from other countries as a result of the duties imposed on China, prices for common alloy sheet significantly improved in North America during the first half of 2019. We expect these duties to remain in place for at least the next five years.
In the packaging market, we are continuing to see positive trends in both demand and supply dynamics. As it relates to demand, trends are positive as a result of consumer preferences for more sustainable packaging options, driving a broad-based shift from plastic to aluminum. On the other hand, supply for aluminum packaging has tightened as more aluminum rolled products manufacturers redirect rolling mill capacity to supply the automotive end-market. As a result, manufacturers that continued to supply aluminum packaging are able to achieve more favorable pricing for packaging products relative to historical norms. Additionally, the packaging market can be expected to provide relatively steady demand, with resiliency evidenced by trends throughout past economic cycles.
Leading positions in our key markets.
In our core market segments — ground transportation, aerospace, building and construction, industrial and packaging — we have strong market positions and long-standing, collaborative relationships with customers. Within these attractive and diverse segments, we are particularly focused on product lines that require our expertise and advanced technical capabilities to produce efficiently.
In the ground transportation market, we captured a leading position in the North American automotive aluminum market when we invested a combined $600 million in 2014 to expand our automotive rolling capacity in Davenport, Iowa and Alcoa, Tennessee, and we continue to maintain that position by expanding capabilities to meet demand. In February 2019, we announced a $100 million investment in Tennessee to provide additional capacity to support automotive and industrial growth, and that capacity is expected to come online in late 2020. We have already secured customer commitments in support of this additional capacity in North America. Our position in this market segment also benefits from the natural characteristics of automotive aluminum sheet, which make importing of aluminum sheet more difficult as it hardens and strengthens with age and as a result is not as easily formed or stamped into parts as time progresses.
In the aerospace market, we have a growing position secured by long-term contracts, totaling more than $4 billion over the next several years, with some of the biggest players in the industry, including Boeing, Airbus, Embraer, Mitsubishi Heavy Industries and Spirit AeroSystems. In July 2018, we announced that we signed our largest multi-year supply contract with Boeing to supply aluminum sheet and plate for all models produced by Boeing Commercial Airplanes. The agreement expanded on our collaboration with Boeing for wing skins on all of its metallic structure airplanes and included polished fuselage skins and wing ribs. In addition, Boeing awarded us new business for the supply of structural plate used in a variety of other applications, including wing ribs for carbon fiber platforms such as the 787 and 777X.
In the building and construction market, we are differentiated through scale, expertise and a broad range of building envelope products. We have strong market positions in North America and Europe as a supplier of well-known, leading brands with differentiated products and service offerings that we believe enable us to deliver industry-leading service and performance. In total, BCS has more than 270 active patent matters. These are spread across multiple technology areas including: doors, windows, fixed fenestrations and material interfaces/coatings. Our products, which are offered as systems and are localized to address functional and building code requirements, span the range of building end-use and building complexities, making us a go-to provider for architects, general contractors and fabricators.
In the industrial market, we have a strong position, particularly in North America. Our recent $100 million investment in our Tennessee facility to expand our industrial and automotive capacity is aimed to capture favorable pricing in the North American market for industrial products as well as the anticipated resulting growth. With our diverse industrial portfolio, providing high quality mill finish product, we are positioned to capture opportunities in the industrial market segment.
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In the packaging market, we have strong positions in the regions we serve. Our rolling mill in Samara, Russia, serves various markets with its wide range of capabilities, including production of a full range of canstock products, from coated end and tab stock to body stock. Packaging volumes have increased year over year in Samara for the past five years, where demand for canstock is steadily increasing. To further differentiate among packaging suppliers in the region, Arconic Samara’s flagship coil coating line product portfolio was recently expanded with the start of commercial production of black-lacquered end stock, along with coil coated with gold and clear lacquers. Arconic Corporation also supplies canstock to the packaging market in China from its plant in Qinhuangdao.
Track record developing differentiated products backed by advanced expertise and technological capabilities.
Built on a heritage of innovation and operational excellence, Arconic Corporation develops and produces quality materials and technologies efficiently for customers of lightweight metals. In each of the markets we serve, we collaborate with our customers to deliver solutions that meet performance-critical specifications and give our customers a competitive advantage in terms of meeting fuel efficiency, strength and safety requirements. We believe that our ability to produce tailored, high-value-added products fosters longer-term and synergistic relationships with a customer base that includes well-established, blue-chip companies. We regard our relationships with our customers as partnerships in which we work together to utilize our unique technological capabilities to develop customized solutions to meet evolving requirements. This includes developing products together through long-term partnerships.
We have made substantial investments to develop unique technological capabilities, which we believe provide us with a competitive advantage as a supplier of the high-value-added, specialty products that make up the majority of our product portfolio. The Arconic Technology Center, located in New Kensington, Pennsylvania, serves as the headquarters for our Research and Development efforts, and we also have R&D facilities in Norcross, Georgia; Merxheim, France; Vendargues, France; and Harderwijk, Netherlands. These facilities focus on innovation and have given us a leading position in the development of proprietary next-generation specialty alloys and manufacturing processes as evidenced by our robust intellectual property portfolio, which includes over 900 granted or pending patents. We also have a significant number of trade secrets, mostly regarding manufacturing processes and material compositions that give us important advantages in our markets. We continue to strive to improve those processes and generate new material compositions that provide additional benefits.
Recent examples of collaborative and industry redefining innovations include:

Arconic Corporation’s Very Thick Plate Stretcher (VTPS). No supplier in the industry can currently produce plate as wide or as thick as we can. With our 220” mill and the VTPS, we are able to supply the exterior of large metallic planes as well as the most challenging structural plate applications on both metallic and carbon fiber aircrafts. Combined with a new horizontal heat treat furnace in Davenport, Iowa, which is commissioning and operating in a limited capacity as we work through the rigorous qualification processes of our aerospace customers, Arconic Corporation will be able to offer expanded capabilities and capacity in thick plate products.

Arconic 951® adhesive bonding technology. One of our most notable hallmark R&D achievements was the development of the breakthrough Arconic 951 adhesive bonding technology that is enabling the automotive industry’s historic shift to aluminum-intensive vehicles. One of the first customers to utilize this technology was Ford, for its flagship vehicle, the F-150, which — since going aluminum-intensive in 2015 — has increased its lead as America’s #1 best-selling vehicle, a position it has held for more than 40 years in a row.

High strength aerospace and automotive alloys. We continue to work with automotive and aerospace customers to develop solutions with innovative aluminum and aluminum lithium alloys. Working with automotive customer FCA US LLC, for example, our engineers developed a new, highly formable aluminum to enable FCA to shed weight and boost performance of its 2018 Jeep® Wrangler, one of the automaker’s top selling vehicles.
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Diverse, entrenched and collaborative customer relationships.
We have a diverse customer base that includes hundreds of companies that span our key market segments. A sampling of our top customers includes:
Key Markets
Key Customers
Ground Transportation Ford, FCA, General Motors, Daimler, Paccar, Entrans/Heil
Aerospace Boeing, Airbus, Spirit AeroSystems, Embraer
Building and Construction Fabricators, installers, architects and developers around the world
Industrial Ryerson, Thyssenkrupp MA, Reliance, Kloeckner, Champagne Metals
Packaging Ball, CANPACK
The average length of our relationships with our top 20 customers exceeds 25 years, and in some cases goes back as far as the beginning of their existence, particularly with our aerospace, automotive and building and construction customers. We have long-term contracts with many of our major customers, and we have partnered with some of them for substantial investments that support new product launches, increased capacity or unique capabilities that solve key challenges. Approximately 57% of 2019 Global Rolled Products revenue is under long-term agreements, and less than 10% of 2019 Global Rolled Products revenue is subject to long-term agreements that are expected to be up for renewal in 2020 and 2021. In addition, we frequently collaborate with our customers to complete a rigorous process for qualifying our products, which requires substantial time and investment and imposes high costs for customers to switch suppliers.
Global network of efficient facilities with a broad range of capabilities operated by a highly skilled workforce.
We operate a network of strategically located facilities within close proximity to our customers and/or raw materials, which we believe allows us to compete effectively in our selected end-markets across numerous geographies. Our facilities, which in many cases have been in operation for decades and are continuously assessed for optimal efficiency, enable us to reliably produce a broad range of high-quality products. Our production lines are operated by a highly skilled workforce with decades of accumulated operational experience. We believe this collective knowledge base would be very difficult to replicate and is a key contributing factor in our ability to produce consistently high-quality products.
Our production sites feature industry-leading manufacturing capabilities with required industry qualifications that are, in our view, difficult for market outsiders to accomplish. We believe our portfolio of facilities provides us with a strong platform to retain and grow our global customer base.
Our capabilities include the development, alloying, and casting of standard and patented Arconic aluminum and aluminum-lithium alloys that provide superior mechanical properties using continuous heat treat and batch heat treat processes. We also have continuous cast capability, as well as hot and cold rolling of aluminum coil, sheet and plate products of different thicknesses and widths. We have the world’s largest thick plate stretcher, which can stretch the thickest plate in the world, and we have state-of-the-art metallurgical laboratories.
Our processes include coil and sheet leveling, straightening, and trimming capabilities, indirect aluminum extrusion piercing press capabilities and non-destructive inspection and testing capabilities.
Healthy financial position.
We believe the following factors will contribute to our long-term financial stability and future growth:

Our revenue diversification in terms of geography, customers and end-markets gives Arconic Corporation a healthy financial position.

Approximately 50% of our revenue is under long-term agreements, which provides earnings visibility.
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our contracts are typically structured to contractually pass-through movements in underlying metal price, which, combined with our hedging program, helps to insulate us from commodity price volatility and generate earnings stability.

Profitability has improved due to targeted mix shift to more specialized, more engineered, higher margin products, as well as cost optimization initiatives.

We manage our business through a disciplined capital allocation framework.

Over the last two years, we have undertaken several cost cutting initiatives in a relentless pursuit of cost reduction, while consistently delivering productivity improvements through smart manufacturing (physical and digital automation), cast house optimization, lower procurement costs, and labor and equipment efficiency.

Our improved capital efficiency is delivering higher returns on our existing asset base. Our disciplined capital allocation with priority on high-return uses driving return on net assets (RONA) expansion has built an attractive margin profile and we believe we are positioned for future profitable growth upside. Examples include the automotive and industrial expansions in Alcoa, Tennessee to seek to capture future market growth, as well as expanding capabilities in Davenport, Iowa to capture demand in aerospace.
Our Business Strategies
Our objective is to expand our leading position as the industry’s supplier of choice for high-value-added, technologically advanced products for which we believe that we have a competitive advantage. Our strategy to achieve this objective has two primary pillars: (i) selective participation in attractive markets and (ii) continuing focus on capital efficiency and operational performance.
Selective Participation in Attractive Markets
Continue to target investment in high-return opportunities in our core market segments
We are focused on five strategic market segments (ground transportation, aerospace, building and construction, industrial and packaging) that we believe have attractive growth prospects for aluminum and a solid long-term outlook. These are also markets where we believe that we can differentiate ourselves through high-value-added products, strong customer relationships and R&D and advanced technical capabilities. We selectively pursue capital projects in response to specific volume requirements from long-term customer contracts, aiming for relatively short payback periods and good visibility into return on investment.
For example, in February 2019, in order to seek to capture the growing industrial and automotive aluminum demand in North America, we announced an investment of approximately $100 million to expand our hot mill capability and add downstream equipment capabilities to manufacture industrial and automotive aluminum products in our Tennessee Operations facility near Knoxville, Tennessee. The project is already underway and is expected to be completed by the fourth quarter of 2020.
Focus on technologically advanced products that facilitate long-term relationships as a key supplier to our customers
Our product portfolio is predominantly focused on high-value-added products that we believe we are particularly well-suited to developing and manufacturing for our customers. These products tend to require close collaboration with our customers to develop tailored solutions, as well as significant effort and investment to adhere to rigorous qualification procedures, which enables us to foster long-term relationships with our customers. Our products typically command premium prices and are supplied to end-markets that we believe have highly attractive characteristics and long-term growth trends.
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Focus on Capital Efficiency and Operational Performance
Pursuit of highly efficient operations through smart manufacturing
We believe that there are significant opportunities to improve our quality and to reduce our manufacturing costs by implementing smart manufacturing initiatives, which involve physical and digital automation. We continually evaluate the processes and flowpaths of our operations in order to work to improve our production efficiency. Sharing best practices throughout our network enables us to apply advanced manufacturing techniques globally to improve existing equipment and processes. We aim to establish highly efficient operations and achieve cost reductions by standardizing manufacturing processes and the associated production elements where possible, while still allowing the flexibility to respond to local market demands and volatility.
To focus our efforts, we have launched a smart manufacturing program, sponsored at the executive level that is designed to optimize productivity of our plants with the goal of delivering value to customers through quality and efficiency.
To advance manufacturing improvements and optimize capital efficiency, Arconic Corporation has developed teams made up of cross-functional experts working on projects that provide an impact across the network. These teams each have a primary focus, seeking to improve efficiencies for optimal operational performance, as follows:

Driving Operational Equipment Efficiency (OEE) on bottlenecked equipment, including cold mills, hot mills, annealing furnaces and finishing equipment.

Maximizing internal ingot production, minimizing third party ingot purchase, and managing outside scrap sales to deliver the best solution for our North American network.

Managing scrap charge solutions and driving scrap utilization in order to offset the need to purchase high cost primary alloy.

Driving down transportation costs by combining routes, eliminating surcharges, and finding lower cost transportation solutions.

Leveraging the excess internal process capabilities within the North American network to offset the need for expensive outside providers to perform key operations.

Managing energy contracts, leveraging volume purchases, and implementing energy conservation activities.
Along with these initiatives, Arconic Corporation has standing teams working on overall equipment effectiveness, cast house capacity improvements, and reduction improvements in planned and un-planned scrap.
Our Portfolio
We manage our business operations through three segments: Rolled Products, Extrusions, and BCS. These segments contributed approximately 77%, 7% and 15%, respectively, of the 2018 revenues for the businesses that comprise Arconic Corporation. For additional information regarding our three operating segments and our business, see “Business.”
Recent Developments
2019 Full Year Results
Our audited combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 are not yet complete and are not available as of the date of this information statement. On January 27, 2020, ParentCo reported unaudited financial results for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2019 for its Global Rolled Products (“GRP”) segment.
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our historical combined financial information was prepared from ParentCo’s historical accounting records, including the underlying financial data derived from the operations that comprise ParentCo’s GRP segment.
The financial information of ParentCo’s GRP segment presented below, including the unaudited financial results for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2019, is the information of ParentCo’s GRP segment as a reportable segment of ParentCo. This financial information was prepared on a different basis than, and may not be directly comparable to, the financial information of Arconic Corporation as it is presented elsewhere in this information statement, including the financial information of Arconic Corporation presented under “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data of Arconic Corporation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Our final audited combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 may differ from ParentCo’s GRP segment’s unaudited financial results presented below, and the unaudited financial results for ParentCo’s GRP segment for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2019 is not necessarily indicative of our future results for any subsequent periods. You should not place undue reliance on these unaudited financial results.
ParentCo’s unaudited financial results below should be read in conjunction with the financial information of the Arconic Corporation presented under “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data of Arconic Corporation,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and elsewhere in this information statement. Please also see “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”
Unaudited Financial Results — ParentCo’s Global Rolled Products Segment
ParentCo’s GRP segment reported fourth quarter 2019 revenue of  $1.7 billion, down 5% year-over-year. Segment operating profit was $150 million, up $57 million, or 61%, year-over-year, driven by net cost reductions, favorable aluminum prices, favorable pricing in industrial and commercial transportation, and the transition of Tennessee’s North American packaging business to more profitable industrial products. These impacts were partially offset by weakness in automotive, commercial transportation, and building and construction markets. ParentCo’s GRP’s operating profit margin for the quarter was 9.0%, up 370 basis points year-over-year.
For full-year 2019, ParentCo’s GRP reported revenue of  $7.1 billion, down 2% year-over-year, and Segment operating profit of  $625 million, up $144 million year-over-year. ParentCo’s GRP’s operating profit margin for full-year 2019 was 8.8%, up 210 basis points year-over-year.
($ in millions; shipments in thousands of metric tons (kmt))
For the three
months ended
December 31,
For the year
ended
December 31,
2019
2018
2019
2018
(Unaudited)
(Unaudited)
(Unaudited)
(Audited)
Third-party sales
$ 1,667 $ 1,755 $ 7,082 $ 7,223
Intersegment sales
$ 41 $ 44 $ 183 $ 205
Segment operating profit
$ 150 $ 93 $ 625 $ 481
Segment operating profit margin(1)
9.0% 5.3% 8.8% 6.7%
Provision for depreciation and amortization
$ 58 $ 68 $ 233 $ 253
Restructuring and other charges
$ (18) $ (160) $ 81 $ (157)
Third-party aluminum shipments (kmt)
330 319 1,379 1,301
Capital expenditures
$ 78 $ 120 $ 189 $ 308
(1)
Segment operating profit margin is calculated as Segment operating profit divided by Third-party sales.
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Historical Financial Information — Arconic Corporation’s Combined Segments
($ in millions; shipments in thousands of metric tons (kmt))
For the three
months ended
December 31,
For the year
ended
December 31,
2019
2018
2019
2018
Third-party sales – unrelated party
N/A N/A * $ 7,211
Third-party sales – related party
N/A N/A * $ 206
Segment operating profit(1)
N/A N/A * $ 420
Provision for depreciation and amortization
N/A N/A * $ 253
Restructuring and other charges
N/A N/A * $ (159)
Third-party aluminum shipments – unrelated party (kmt)
N/A N/A * $ 1,301
Capital expenditures
N/A N/A * $ 308
*
Our audited combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 are not yet complete and are not available as of the date of this information statement.
(1)
Total Segment operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes $59 million in employee benefit expenses under multiemployer plan accounting. This amount would be included in nonoperating income under defined benefit plan accounting. See note (a) in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information — Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements.”
Summary of Risk Factors
An investment in our Company is subject to a number of risks, including risks relating to our business, risks related to the distribution and risks related to our common stock. Set forth below is a high-level summary of some, but not all, of these risks. Please read the information in the section entitled “Risk Factors” of this information statement, for a more thorough description of these and other risks.
Risks Related to Our Business

The markets for Arconic Corporation’s products are highly cyclical and are influenced by a number of factors, including global economic conditions.

Arconic Corporation faces significant competition.

Arconic Corporation could be adversely affected by the loss of key customers or significant changes in the business or financial condition of its customers.

Arconic Corporation could encounter manufacturing difficulties or other issues that impact product performance, quality or safety.

Arconic Corporation’s business depends, in part, on its ability to meet increased program demand successfully and to mitigate the impact of program cancellations, reductions and delays.

Product liability, product safety, personal injury, property damage, and recall claims and investigations may materially affect Arconic Corporation’s financial condition and damage Arconic Corporation’s reputation.

Arconic Corporation’s global operations expose Arconic Corporation to risks.

A material disruption of Arconic Corporation’s operations, particularly at one or more of Arconic Corporation’s manufacturing facilities, could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s business.

Arconic Corporation may be unable to realize future targets or goals established for its business segments, or complete projects, at the levels, projected costs or by the dates targeted.
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Information technology system failures, cyber-attacks and security breaches may threaten the integrity of Arconic Corporation’s intellectual property and other sensitive information, disrupt its business operations, and result in reputational harm and other negative consequences.

Arconic Corporation may be unable to develop innovative new products or implement technology initiatives successfully.

Arconic Corporation may face challenges to its intellectual property rights.

A decline in Arconic Corporation’s financial performance or outlook or a deterioration in its credit profile could negatively impact Arconic Corporation’s access to the capital markets and commercial credit, reduce its liquidity, and increase its borrowing costs.

Arconic Corporation’s business could be adversely affected by increases in the cost of aluminum or volatility in the availability or cost of other raw materials.
Risks Related to the Distribution

We have no recent history of operating as an independent company, and our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

Following the separation, our financial profile will change, and we will be a smaller, less diversified company than ParentCo prior to the separation.

We may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the distribution.

ParentCo’s plan to separate into two independent, publicly traded companies is subject to various risks and uncertainties and may not be completed in accordance with the expected plans or anticipated timeline, or at all, and will involve significant time and expense.

If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, does not qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we, as well as ParentCo and ParentCo’s stockholders, could be subject to significant tax liabilities, and, in certain circumstances, we could be required to indemnify ParentCo for material taxes and other related amounts.

Until the distribution occurs, the ParentCo Board of Directors has sole and absolute discretion to change the terms of the separation in ways which may be unfavorable to us.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock

We cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after the distribution and, following the distribution, our stock price may fluctuate significantly.

A significant number of shares of our common stock may be sold following the distribution, which may cause our stock price to decline.

Your percentage of ownership in Arconic Corporation may be diluted in the future.

We cannot guarantee the timing, amount or payment of dividends on our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions could enable Arconic Corporation to resist a takeover attempt by a third party and limit the power of our stockholders.
The Separation and Distribution
In February 2019, we announced our plan to separate into two independent, publicly traded companies. The separation will occur through a pro rata distribution to ParentCo stockholders of 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Arconic Corporation, which was formed to hold the Arconic Corporation Businesses.
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
On February  5, 2020, the ParentCo Board of Directors approved the distribution of all of Arconic Corporation’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock on the basis of one share of Arconic Corporation common stock for every four shares of ParentCo common stock held as of the close of business on March 19, 2020, the record date for the distribution.
Arconic Corporation’s Post-Separation Relationship with Howmet Aerospace
After the distribution, Howmet Aerospace and Arconic Corporation will each be separate companies with separate management teams and separate boards of directors. Prior to the distribution, ParentCo and Arconic Corporation will enter into the separation agreement. In connection with the separation, we will also enter into various other agreements to effect the separation and to provide a framework for our relationship with Howmet Aerospace after the separation, including a tax matters agreement, an employee matters agreement, intellectual property license agreements, an agreement relating to the Davenport plant, metal supply agreements and real estate and office leases. These agreements will provide for the allocation between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace of the assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including, among others, investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) of ParentCo and its subsidiaries attributable to periods prior to, at and after the separation and will govern the relationship between us and Howmet Aerospace subsequent to the completion of the separation. For additional information regarding the separation agreement and other transaction agreements, see the sections entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Distribution” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Reasons for the Separation
The ParentCo Board of Directors believes that the separation of ParentCo into two independent, publicly traded companies through the separation of the Arconic Corporation Businesses from the Howmet Aerospace Businesses is in the best interests of ParentCo and its stockholders for a number of reasons, including:

Management Focus on Core Business and Distinct Opportunities.   The separation will permit each company to more effectively pursue its own distinct business, operating priorities and strategies, with Howmet Aerospace focusing primarily on aerospace and Arconic Corporation focusing on rolled products, extrusions, and building and construction systems. The separation will enable the management teams of each of the two companies to focus on strengthening its core business and operations, more effectively address unique operating and other needs, and pursue distinct and targeted opportunities for long-term growth and profitability.

Allocation of Financial Resources and Separate Capital Structures.   The separation will permit each company to allocate its financial resources to meet the unique needs of its own business, which will allow each company to intensify its focus on its distinct strategic priorities. The separation will also allow each business to more effectively pursue its own distinct capital structures and capital allocation strategies. In addition, after the separation, the respective businesses within each company will no longer compete internally with the businesses of the other company for capital and other corporate resources.

Simplified Business Structure.   The separation will separate and simplify the structures currently required to manage a number of distinct and differing underlying businesses. These differences include exposure to industry cycles, manufacturing and procurement methods, customer base, research and development activities, and overhead structures.

Targeted Investment Opportunity.   The separation will create two companies with more focused, aligned businesses, which will allow each company to more effectively articulate a clear investment thesis to attract a long-term investor base suited to its businesses and the industries in which it operates and serves, and will facilitate each company’s access to capital by providing investors with two distinct and targeted investment opportunities.

Employee Incentives, Recruitment and Retention.   The separation will allow each company to more effectively recruit, retain and motivate employees through the use of stock-based
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
compensation that more closely reflects and aligns management and employee incentives with specific growth objectives, financial goals and business performance. In addition, the separation will allow incentive structures and targets at each company to be better aligned with each underlying business. Similarly, recruitment and retention will be enhanced by more consistent talent requirements across the businesses, allowing both recruiters and applicants greater clarity and understanding of talent needs and opportunities associated with the core business activities, principles and risks of each company.

Creation of Independent Equity Currencies.   The separation will create independent equity securities, affording Arconic Corporation direct access to the capital markets, enabling it to use its own industry-focused stock to consummate future acquisitions or other transactions. As a result, Arconic Corporation will have more flexibility to capitalize on its unique strategic opportunities.
The ParentCo Board of Directors also considered a number of potentially negative factors in evaluating the separation, including:

Risk of Failure to Achieve Anticipated Benefits of the Separation.    We may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the separation for a variety of reasons, including, among others: the separation will demand significant management resources and require significant amounts of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating our business; and following the separation, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations, and other adverse events than if we were still a part of ParentCo because our business will be less diversified than ParentCo’s business prior to the completion of the separation.

Disruptions and Costs Related to the Separation.   The actions required to separate the Arconic Corporation Businesses and the Howmet Aerospace Businesses could disrupt our operations. In addition, we will incur substantial costs in connection with the separation and the transition to being a standalone, public company, which may include accounting, tax, legal and other professional services costs, recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring key senior management personnel who are new to Arconic Corporation, tax costs, and costs to separate information systems.

Loss of Scale and Increased Administrative Costs.   As a current part of ParentCo, Arconic Corporation takes advantage of ParentCo’s size and purchasing power in procuring certain goods and services. After the separation, as a standalone company, we may be unable to obtain these goods, services and technologies at prices or on terms as favorable as those ParentCo obtained prior to completion of the separation. In addition, as part of ParentCo, Arconic Corporation benefits from certain functions performed by ParentCo, such as accounting, tax, legal, human resources and other general and administrative functions. After the separation, Howmet Aerospace will not perform these functions for us and, because of our smaller scale as a standalone company, our cost of performing such functions could be higher than the amounts reflected in our historical financial statements, which would cause our profitability to decrease.

Limitations on Strategic Transactions.   Under the terms of the tax matters agreement that we will enter into with ParentCo, we will be restricted from taking certain actions that could cause the distribution or certain related transactions to fail to qualify as tax-free under applicable law. These restrictions may limit for a period of time our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions and equity issuances or engage in other transactions that might increase the value of our business.

Uncertainty Regarding Stock Prices. We cannot predict the effect of the separation on the trading prices of Arconic Corporation or Howmet Aerospace common stock or know with certainty whether the combined market value of one-fourth of a share of our common stock and one share of Howmet Aerospace common stock will be less than, equal to or greater than the market value of one share of ParentCo common stock prior to the distribution.
In determining to pursue the separation, the ParentCo Board of Directors concluded the potential benefits of the separation outweighed the foregoing factors. See the sections entitled “The Separation and Distribution — Reasons for the Separation” and “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this information statement.
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Corporate Information
Arconic Corporation was incorporated in Delaware on August 14, 2019 for the purpose of holding the Arconic Corporation Businesses in connection with the separation and distribution described herein. Prior to the transfer of the Arconic Corporation Businesses to us by ParentCo, which will occur prior to the distribution, Arconic Corporation will have no operations other than those incidental to the separation. The address of our principal executive offices will be 201 Isabella Street, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212. Our telephone number after the distribution will be [         ]. We maintain an Internet site at www.arconic.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not incorporated into this information statement or the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part, or in any other filings with, or any information furnished or submitted to, the SEC.
Reason for Furnishing this Information Statement
This information statement is being furnished solely to provide information to ParentCo stockholders who will receive shares of Arconic Corporation common stock in the distribution. It is not, and is not to be construed as, an inducement or encouragement to buy or sell any of Arconic Corporation’s securities. The information contained in this information statement is believed by Arconic Corporation to be accurate as of the date set forth on its cover. Changes may occur after that date, and neither ParentCo nor Arconic Corporation will update the information except as may be required in the normal course of their respective disclosure obligations and practices.
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY OF HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
The following summary financial data reflects the combined operations of Arconic Corporation. We derived the summary combined income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, and summary combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, as set forth below, from our audited Combined Financial Statements, which are included in the “Index to Financial Statements” section of this information statement. We derived the summary combined income statement data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, and summary combined balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019, as set forth below, from our unaudited Combined Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this information statement. To ensure a full understanding of this summary financial data, you should read the summary combined financial data presented below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this information statement. The historical results do not necessarily indicate the results expected for any future period.
The summary unaudited pro forma combined financial data for the year ended December 31, 2018 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 has been prepared to reflect the separation, including the incurrence of indebtedness of $1,200 million and the distribution of approximately $800 million of cash to ParentCo. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations presented for the year ended December 31, 2018 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 assumes the separation occurred on January 1, 2018. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2019 assumes the separation occurred on September 30, 2019. The assumptions used and pro forma adjustments derived from such assumptions are based on currently available information and we believe such assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information is not necessarily indicative of our results of operations or financial condition had the distribution and our anticipated post-separation capital structure been completed on the dates assumed. It may not reflect the results of operations or financial condition that would have resulted had we been operating as an independent, publicly traded company during such periods. In addition, it is not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition.
You should read this summary financial data together with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data of Arconic Corporation,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this information statement.
Summary of Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma
Combined Financial Data
As of and for the nine months ended September 30,
As of and for the year ended December 31,
(in millions)
Pro forma
2019
2019
2018
Pro forma
2018
2018
2017
2016
Sales
$ 5,569 $ 5,569 $ 5,633 $ 7,442 $ 7,442 $ 6,824 $ 6,661
Net income
81 39 71 210 170 209 155
Total assets
5,819 4,790 4,968 N/A 4,795 4,902 4,705
Total debt
1,174 250 260 N/A 250 255 256
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this information statement in evaluating Arconic Corporation and Arconic Corporation common stock. Any of the following risks and uncertainties could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Business
The markets for Arconic Corporation’s products are highly cyclical and are influenced by a number of factors, including global economic conditions.
Arconic Corporation is subject to cyclical fluctuations in global economic conditions and lightweight metals end-use markets. Arconic Corporation sells many products to industries that are cyclical, such as the aerospace, automotive, commercial transportation and building and construction industries, and the demand for its products is sensitive to, and quickly impacted by, demand for the finished goods manufactured by its customers in these industries, which may change as a result of changes in regional or worldwide economies, currency exchange rates, energy prices or other factors beyond its control.
In particular, Arconic Corporation derives a significant portion of its revenue from products sold to the aerospace industry, which can be highly cyclical and reflective of changes in the general economy. The commercial aerospace industry is historically driven by the demand from commercial airlines for new aircraft. The U.S. and international commercial aviation industries may face challenges arising from competitive pressures and fuel costs. Demand for commercial aircraft is influenced by airline industry profitability, trends in airline passenger traffic, the state of U.S., regional and world economies, the ability of aircraft purchasers to obtain required financing and numerous other factors, including the effects of terrorism, health and safety concerns, environmental constraints imposed upon aircraft operators, the retirement of older aircraft, the performance and cost of alternative materials, and technological improvements to aircraft.
Further, the demand for Arconic Corporation’s automotive and ground transportation products is driven by the number of vehicles produced by automotive and commercial transportation manufacturers and volume of aluminum content per vehicle. The automotive industry is sensitive to general economic conditions, including credit markets and interest rates, and consumer spending and preferences regarding vehicle ownership and usage, vehicle size, configuration and features. Automotive and commercial transportation sales and production can also be affected by other factors, including the age of the vehicle fleet and related scrappage rates, labor relations issues, fuel prices, regulatory requirements, government initiatives, trade agreements and levels of competition both within and outside of the aluminum industry.
Arconic Corporation’s products are used in a variety of industrial applications, including mold and tooling plate for semiconductors; general engineering/machinery and injection molding applications; specialty finishes for appliances, cosmetic packaging, and vehicle components; tread plate and sheet; and building and construction products. The common alloy sheet market, which is a significant portion of the total industrial products market, is particularly sensitive to the volume imports of common alloys into the United States. The implementation of anti-dumping and countervailing duties imposed on Chinese common alloy sheet during 2018 has led to a significant decrease in the volume of imports from China. However, that decrease has resulted in a significant increase in imports of common alloy into the United States from other countries, which could lead to softening prices and market saturation.
We are unable to predict the future course of industry variables, the strength of the U.S., regional or global economies, or the effects of government actions. Negative economic conditions, such as a major economic downturn, a prolonged recovery period, or disruptions in the financial markets, could have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
Arconic Corporation faces significant competition, which may have an adverse effect on profitability.
As discussed in the sections entitled “Business — Rolled Products — Competitive Conditions,” “Business — Extrusions — Competitive Conditions,” and “Business — BCS — Competitive Conditions,” the markets for Arconic Corporation’s products are highly competitive. Arconic Corporation’s competitors include a variety of both U.S. and non-U.S. companies in all major markets. New product offerings, new
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
technologies in the marketplace or new facilities may compete with or replace Arconic Corporation products. The willingness of customers to accept substitutes for the products sold by Arconic Corporation, the ability of large customers to exert leverage in the marketplace to affect the pricing for Arconic Corporation’s products, and technological advancements or other developments by or affecting Arconic Corporation’s competitors or customers could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
In addition, Arconic Corporation may face increased competition due to industry consolidation. As companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions in an evolving industry, companies could be acquired or merged. Companies that are strategic alliance partners in some areas of Arconic Corporation’s business may acquire or form alliances with Arconic Corporation’s competitors, thereby reducing their business with Arconic Corporation. Industry consolidation may result in stronger competitors who are better able to obtain favorable terms from suppliers or who are better able to compete as sole-source vendors for customers. Consolidation within Arconic Corporation’s customer base may result in customers who are better able to command increased leverage in negotiating prices and other terms of sale, which could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s profitability. Moreover, if, as a result of increased leverage, customers require Arconic Corporation to reduce its pricing such that its gross margins are diminished, Arconic Corporation could decide not to sell certain products to a particular customer, or not to sell certain products at all, which would decrease our revenue. Consolidation within Arconic Corporation’s customer base may also lead to reduced demand for Arconic Corporation’s products, a combined entity replacing Arconic Corporation’s products with those of Arconic Corporation’s competitors, and cancellations of orders. The result of these developments could have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s business, operating results and financial condition.
Arconic Corporation could be adversely affected by the loss of key customers or significant changes in the business or financial condition of its customers.
Arconic Corporation has long-term contracts with a significant number of its customers, some of which are subject to renewal, renegotiation or re-pricing at periodic intervals or upon changes in competitive supply conditions. Arconic Corporation’s failure to successfully renew, renegotiate or favorably re-price such agreements, or a material deterioration in or termination of these customer relationships, could result in a reduction or loss in customer purchase volume or revenue.
Additionally, a significant downturn or deterioration in the business or financial condition or loss of a key customer supplied by Arconic Corporation could affect Arconic Corporation’s financial results. Arconic Corporation’s customers may experience delays in the launch of new products, labor strikes, diminished liquidity or credit unavailability, weak demand for their products, or other difficulties in their businesses. For example, in 2019, Boeing announced a temporary reduction in the production rate of, and subsequently announced a temporary suspension of production of, the Boeing 737 MAX aircraft, which has resulted in, and is expected to continue to result in, a reduction in sales of aluminum sheet and plate products that Arconic Corporation produces for Boeing airplanes. The Boeing 737 MAX represents less than 8% of the annual revenue and gross margin for Arconic Corporation, including direct sales to Boeing and sales to its supply chain. As no firm timeline has been established for either the adjustment of Boeing’s manufacturing plans, or for returning the aircraft into service, we are currently unable to definitively quantify any such potential impact.
Arconic Corporation’s customers may also change their business strategies or modify their business relationships with Arconic Corporation, including to reduce the amount of Arconic Corporation’s products they purchase or to switch to alternative suppliers. If Arconic Corporation’s customers reduce, terminate or delay purchases from Arconic Corporation due to the foregoing factors or otherwise and Arconic Corporation is unsuccessful in replacing such business in whole or in part or replaces it with less profitable business, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Arconic Corporation could encounter manufacturing difficulties or other issues that impact product performance, quality or safety, which could affect Arconic Corporation’s reputation, business and financial statements.
The manufacture of many of Arconic Corporation’s products is a highly exacting and complex process. Problems may arise during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including equipment malfunction,
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
failure to follow specific protocols, specifications and procedures, including those related to quality or safety, problems with raw materials, supply chain interruptions, natural disasters, labor unrest, and environmental factors. Such problems could have an adverse impact on Arconic Corporation’s ability to fulfill orders or on product quality or performance. Product manufacturing or performance issues could result in recalls, customer penalties, contract cancellation and product liability exposure. Because of approval, license and qualification requirements applicable to manufacturers and/or their suppliers, alternatives to mitigate manufacturing disruptions may not be readily available to us or our customers. Accordingly, manufacturing problems, product defects or other risks associated with our products, could result in significant costs to and liability for us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, including the payment of potentially substantial monetary damages, fines or penalties, as well as negative publicity and damage to our reputation, which could adversely impact product demand and customer relationships.
Arconic Corporation’s business depends, in part, on its ability to meet increased program demand successfully and to mitigate the impact of program cancellations, reductions and delays.
Arconic Corporation is currently under contract to supply aluminum sheet, plate and extrusions for a number of new and existing commercial and general aviation aircraft programs, as well as aluminum sheet and extrusions for a number of aluminum-intensive automotive vehicle programs. Many of these programs are scheduled for production increases over the next several years. If Arconic Corporation fails to meet production levels or encounters difficulty or unexpected costs in meeting such levels, it could have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations. Similarly, program cancellations, reductions or delays could also have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s business.
Product liability, product safety, personal injury, property damage, and recall claims and investigations may materially affect Arconic Corporation’s financial condition and damage Arconic Corporation’s reputation.
The manufacture and sale of our products exposes Arconic Corporation to potential product liability, personal injury, property damage and related claims. These claims may arise from failure to meet product specifications, design flaws in our products, malfunction of our products, misuse of our products, use of our products in an unintended, unapproved or unrecommended manner, or use of our products with systems not manufactured or sold by us. New data and information, including information about the ways in which Arconic Corporation’s products are used, may lead Arconic Corporation, regulatory authorities, government agencies or other entities or organizations to publish guidelines or recommendations, or impose restrictions, related to the manufacturing or use of Arconic Corporation’s products.
In the event that an Arconic Corporation product fails to perform as expected, regardless of fault, or is used in an unexpected manner, and such failure or use results in, or is alleged to result in, bodily injury and/or property damage or other losses, Arconic Corporation may be subject to product liability lawsuits and other claims, or may be required or requested by its customers to participate in a recall or other corrective action involving such product. In addition, if an Arconic Corporation product is perceived to be defective or unsafe, sales of Arconic Corporation’s products could be diminished, Arconic Corporation’s reputation could be adversely impacted and Arconic Corporation could be subject to further liability claims. Moreover, events that give rise to actual, potential or perceived product safety concerns could expose Arconic Corporation to government investigations or regulatory enforcement action.
There can be no assurance that Arconic Corporation will be successful in defending any such proceedings or that insurance available to Arconic Corporation will be sufficient to cover any losses associated with such proceedings. An adverse outcome in one or more of these proceedings or investigations could have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition or profitability; impose substantial monetary damages and/or non-monetary penalties; result in additional litigation, regulatory investigations or other proceedings involving Arconic Corporation; result in loss of customers; require changes to our products or business operations; damage Arconic Corporation’s reputation and/or negatively impact the market price of Arconic Corporation’s common stock. Even if Arconic Corporation successfully defends against these types of claims, Arconic Corporation could still be required to spend a substantial amount of money in connection with legal proceedings or investigations
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
with respect to such claims; Arconic Corporation’s management could be required to devote significant time, attention and operational resources responding to and defending against these claims and responding to these investigations; and Arconic Corporation’s reputation could suffer. Product liability claims and related lawsuits and investigations, product recalls, and allegations of product safety or quality issues, regardless of their validity or ultimate outcome, may have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition and reputation and on our ability to attract and retain customers.
For further discussion of potential liability associated with some of our products, including proceedings and investigations relating to the June 13, 2017 fire at the Grenfell Tower in London, U.K., see the section entitled “Business — Legal Proceedings.”
Arconic Corporation’s global operations expose Arconic Corporation to risks that could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or the market price of its securities.
Arconic Corporation has operations or activities in numerous countries and regions outside the United States, including Europe, the United Kingdom, Canada, China and Russia. As a result, Arconic Corporation’s global operations are affected by economic, political and other conditions in the foreign countries in which Arconic Corporation does business as well as U.S. laws regulating international trade, including:

economic and commercial instability risks, including those caused by sovereign and private debt default, corruption, and changes in local government laws, regulations and policies, such as those related to tariffs, sanctions and trade barriers (including tariffs imposed by the United States as well as

retaliatory tariffs imposed by China or other foreign entities), taxation, exchange controls, employment regulations and repatriation of assets or earnings;

geopolitical risks such as political instability, civil unrest, expropriation, nationalization of properties by a government, imposition of sanctions, and renegotiation or nullification of existing agreements;

war or terrorist activities;

kidnapping of personnel;

major public health issues such as an outbreak of a pandemic or epidemic (such as Sudden Acute Respiratory Syndrome, Avian Influenza, H7N9 virus, coronavirus (including the novel strain that surfaced in Wuhan, China in December 2019, which has resulted in travel restrictions and shutdown of certain businesses in the region) or the Ebola virus), which could cause disruptions in Arconic Corporation’s operations or workforce or supply chain;

difficulties enforcing contractual rights and intellectual property, including a lack of remedies for misappropriation, in certain jurisdictions;

changes in trade and tax laws that may result in our customers being subjected to increased taxes, duties and tariffs and reduce their willingness to use our services in countries in which we are currently manufacturing their products;

rising labor costs;

labor unrest, including strikes;

compliance with antitrust and competition regulations;

compliance with foreign labor laws, which generally provide for increased notice, severance and consultation requirements compared to U.S. laws;

aggressive, selective or lax enforcement of laws and regulations by national governmental authorities;
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-bribery and corruption laws;

compliance with U.S. laws concerning trade, including the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, the Export Administration Regulations, and the sanctions, regulations and embargoes administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control;

imposition of currency controls; and

adverse tax audit rulings.
Although the effect of any of the foregoing factors is difficult to predict, any one or more of them could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition, or results of operations. The Company’s international operations subject Arconic Corporation to complex and dynamic laws and regulations that, in some cases, could result in conflict or inconsistency between applicable laws and/or legal obligations. While Arconic Corporation believes it has adopted appropriate risk management, compliance programs and insurance arrangements to address and reduce the associated risks, such measures may provide inadequate protection against costs, penalties, liabilities or other potential risks such as loss of export privileges or repatriation of assets that may arise from such events.
A material disruption of Arconic Corporation’s operations, particularly at one or more of Arconic Corporation’s manufacturing facilities, could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s business.
If Arconic Corporation’s operations, particularly one of Arconic Corporation’s manufacturing facilities, were to be disrupted as a result of significant equipment failures, natural disasters, power outages, fires, explosions, terrorism, theft, sabotage, adverse weather conditions, public health crises, labor disputes or other reasons, Arconic Corporation may be unable to effectively meet its obligations to or demand from its customers, which could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s financial performance.
Interruptions in production could increase Arconic Corporation’s costs and reduce its sales. Any interruption in production capability could require Arconic Corporation to incur costs for premium freight, make substantial capital expenditures or purchase alternative material at higher costs to fill customer orders, which could negatively affect Arconic Corporation’s profitability and financial condition. Furthermore, because customers may be dependent on planned deliveries from us, customers that have to reschedule their own production due to our delivery delays may be able to pursue financial claims against us, and we may incur costs to correct such problems in addition to any liability resulting from such claims. Arconic Corporation maintains property damage insurance that Arconic Corporation believes to be adequate to provide for reconstruction of facilities and equipment, as well as business interruption insurance to mitigate losses resulting from significant production interruption or shutdown caused by an insured loss. However, any recovery under Arconic Corporation’s insurance policies may not offset the lost profits or increased costs that may be experienced during the disruption of operations, which could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.
Arconic Corporation may be unable to realize future targets or goals established for its business segments, or complete projects, at the levels, projected costs or by the dates targeted.
From time to time, Arconic Corporation may announce future targets or goals for its business, which are based on Arconic Corporation’s then current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the operating environment, economies and markets in which Arconic Corporation operates. Future targets and goals reflect Arconic Corporation’s beliefs and assumptions and its perception of historical trends, then current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors appropriate in the circumstances. As such, targets and goals are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive and other uncertainties and contingencies regarding future events, including the risks discussed in this information statement. The actual outcome may be materially different. There can be no assurance that any targets or goals established by Arconic Corporation will be accomplished at the levels or by the dates targeted, if at all. Failure to achieve the targets or goals by Arconic Corporation may have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or the market price of its securities.
In addition, the implementation of Arconic Corporation’s business strategy may involve the entry into and the execution of complex projects, which place significant demands on Arconic Corporation’s management and personnel, and may depend on numerous factors beyond Arconic Corporation’s control.
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
There can be no assurance that such projects will be completed within budgeted costs, on a timely basis, or at all, whether due to the risks described in this information statement, or other factors. The failure to complete a material project as planned, or a significant delay in a material project, whatever the cause, could have an adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Information technology system failures, cyber-attacks and security breaches may threaten the integrity of Arconic Corporation’s intellectual property and other sensitive information, disrupt its business operations, and result in reputational harm and other negative consequences that could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.
Arconic Corporation relies on its information technology systems to manage and operate its business, process transactions, and summarize its operating results. Arconic Corporation’s information technology systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer, network and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, and catastrophic events, such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, acts of war or terrorism, and usage errors by employees. If Arconic Corporation’s information technology systems are damaged or cease to function properly, Arconic Corporation may have to make a significant investment to fix or replace them, and Arconic Corporation may suffer loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in its operations. Any material disruption in Arconic Corporation’s information technology systems, or delays or difficulties in implementing or integrating new systems or enhancing current systems, could have an adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
Arconic Corporation also faces global cybersecurity threats, which may range from uncoordinated individual attempts to sophisticated and targeted measures, known as advanced persistent threats, directed at Arconic Corporation. Cyber-attacks and security breaches may include, but are not limited to, attempts to access information, computer viruses, denial of service and other electronic security breaches.
Arconic Corporation believes that it faces the threat of cyber-attacks due to the industries it serves, the locations of its operations and its technological innovations. Arconic Corporation has experienced cybersecurity attacks in the past, including breaches of its information technology systems in which information was taken, and may experience them in the future, potentially with more frequency or sophistication. Based on information known to date, past attacks have not had a material impact on Arconic Corporation’s financial condition or results of operations. However, due to the evolving nature of cybersecurity threats, the scope and impact of any future incident cannot be predicted. Arconic Corporation employs a number of measures to protect and defend against cyber-attacks, including technical security controls, data encryption, firewalls, intrusion prevention systems, anti-virus software and frequent backups. Additionally, Arconic Corporation conducts regular periodic training of its employees regarding the protection of sensitive information which includes training intended to prevent the success of “phishing” attacks. While Arconic Corporation continually works to safeguard its systems and mitigate potential risks, there is no assurance that such actions will be sufficient to prevent cyber-attacks or security breaches that manipulate or improperly use its systems or networks, compromise confidential or otherwise protected information, destroy or corrupt data, or otherwise disrupt its operations. The occurrence of such events could negatively impact Arconic Corporation’s reputation and its competitive position and could result in litigation with third parties, regulatory action, loss of business, potential liability and increased remediation costs, any of which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations. In addition, such attacks or breaches could require significant management attention and resources and could result in the diminution of the value of Arconic Corporation’s investment in research and development.
Arconic Corporation’s enterprise risk management program and disclosure controls and procedures address cybersecurity and include elements intended to ensure that there is an analysis of potential disclosure obligations arising from cyber-attacks and security breaches. Arconic Corporation also maintains compliance programs to address the potential applicability of restrictions against trading while in possession of material, nonpublic information generally and in connection with a cyber-attack or security breach. However, a breakdown in existing controls and procedures around Arconic Corporation’s cybersecurity environment may prevent Arconic Corporation from detecting, reporting or responding to cyber incidents in a timely manner and could have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s financial condition or the market price of its securities.
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Corporation may be unable to develop innovative new products or implement technology initiatives successfully.
Arconic Corporation’s competitive position and future performance depends, in part, on Arconic Corporation’s ability to:

identify and evolve with emerging technological and broader industry trends in Arconic Corporation’s target end-markets;

identify and successfully execute on a strategy to remain an essential and sustainable element of its customers’ supply chains;

fund, develop, manufacture and bring innovative new products and services to market quickly and cost-effectively;

monitor disruptive technologies and understand customers’ and competitors’ abilities to deploy those disruptive technologies; and

achieve sufficient return on investment for new products based on capital expenditures and research and development spending.
Arconic Corporation is working on new developments for a number of strategic projects, including alloy development, engineered finishes and product design, high speed continuous casting and rolling technology and other advanced manufacturing technologies. For more information on Arconic Corporation’s research and development programs, see the section entitled “Business — Research and Development.”
While Arconic Corporation intends to continue to commit substantial financial resources and effort to the development of innovative new products and services, it may not be able to successfully differentiate its products or services from those of its competitors or match the level of research and development spending of its competitors, including those developing technology to displace Arconic Corporation’s current products. In addition, Arconic Corporation may not be able to adapt to evolving markets and technologies or achieve and maintain technological advantages. There can be no assurance that any of Arconic Corporation’s new products or services, development programs or technologies will be commercially adopted or beneficial to Arconic Corporation.
Arconic Corporation may face challenges to its intellectual property rights which could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s reputation, business and competitive position.
Arconic Corporation owns important intellectual property, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets. Arconic Corporation’s intellectual property plays an important role in maintaining Arconic Corporation’s competitive position in a number of the markets that Arconic Corporation serves. Arconic Corporation’s competitors may develop technologies that are similar or superior to Arconic Corporation’s proprietary technologies or design around the patents Arconic Corporation owns or licenses. Despite its controls and safeguards, Arconic Corporation’s technology may be misappropriated by its employees, its competitors or other third parties. The pursuit of remedies for any misappropriation of Arconic Corporation intellectual property is expensive and the ultimate remedies may be deemed insufficient. Further, in jurisdictions where the enforcement of intellectual property rights is less robust, the risk of misappropriation of Arconic Corporation intellectual property increases despite efforts Arconic Corporation undertakes to protect it. Developments or assertions by or against Arconic Corporation relating to intellectual property rights, and any inability to protect or enforce Arconic Corporation’s rights sufficiently, could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s business and competitive position.
A decline in Arconic Corporation’s financial performance or outlook or a deterioration in its credit profile could negatively impact Arconic Corporation’s access to the capital markets and commercial credit, reduce its liquidity, and increase its borrowing costs.
Arconic Corporation has significant capital requirements and may require, in the future, the issuance of debt to fund its operations and contractual commitments or to pursue strategic acquisitions. A decline in Arconic Corporation’s financial performance or outlook due to internal or external factors could affect Arconic Corporation’s access to, and the availability or cost of, financing on acceptable terms and
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
conditions. There can be no assurance that Arconic Corporation will have access to the capital markets on terms Arconic Corporation finds acceptable.
We expect to request that the major credit rating agencies evaluate our creditworthiness and give us specified credit ratings. These ratings would be based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and financial policies as well as our strategies, operations and execution. These credit ratings are limited in scope, and do not address all material risks related to investment in us, but rather reflect only the view of each rating agency at the time the rating is issued. Nonetheless, the credit ratings Arconic Corporation receives will impact our borrowing costs as well as the terms upon which we will have access to capital. Failure to obtain sufficiently high credit ratings could adversely affect the interest rate in future financings, our liquidity or our competitive position, and could also restrict our access to capital markets.
There can be no assurance that one or more of the rating agencies will not take negative actions with respect to Arconic Corporation’s ratings in the future. Increased debt levels, macroeconomic conditions, a deterioration in Arconic Corporation’s debt protection metrics, a contraction in Arconic Corporation’s liquidity, or other factors could potentially trigger such actions. A rating agency may lower, suspend or withdraw entirely a rating or place it on negative outlook or watch if, in that rating agency’s judgment, circumstances so warrant. A downgrade of Arconic Corporation’s credit ratings by one or more rating agencies could result in adverse consequences, including: adversely impact the market price of Arconic Corporation’s securities; adversely affect existing financing; limit access to the capital (including commercial paper) or credit markets or otherwise adversely affect the availability of other new financing on favorable terms, if at all; result in more restrictive covenants in agreements governing the terms of any future indebtedness that Arconic Corporation incurs; increase the cost of borrowing or fees on undrawn credit facilities; or result in vendors or counterparties seeking collateral or letters of credit from Arconic Corporation.
Limitations on Arconic Corporation’s ability to access the global capital markets, a reduction in Arconic Corporation’s liquidity or an increase in borrowing costs could materially and adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s ability to maintain or grow its business, which in turn may adversely affect its financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Arconic Corporation’s business and growth prospects may be negatively impacted by limits in its capital expenditures.
Arconic Corporation requires substantial capital to invest in growth opportunities and to maintain and prolong the life and capacity of its existing facilities. Insufficient cash generation or capital project overruns may negatively impact Arconic Corporation’s ability to fund as planned its sustaining and return-seeking capital projects. Over the long term, Arconic Corporation’s ability to take advantage of improved market conditions or growth opportunities in its businesses may be constrained by earlier capital expenditure restrictions, which could adversely affect the long-term value of its business and the Company’s position in relation to its competitors.
An adverse decline in the liability discount rate, lower-than-expected investment return on pension assets and other factors could affect Arconic Corporation’s results of operations or amount of pension funding contributions in future periods.
Arconic Corporation’s results of operations may be negatively affected by the amount of expense Arconic Corporation records for its pension and other postretirement benefit plans, reductions in the fair value of plan assets and other factors. Arconic Corporation calculates income or expense for its plans using actuarial valuations in accordance with GAAP.
These valuations reflect assumptions about financial market and other economic conditions, which may change based on changes in key economic indicators. The most significant year-end assumptions used by Arconic Corporation to estimate pension or other postretirement benefit income or expense for the following year are the discount rate applied to plan liabilities and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. In addition, Arconic Corporation is required to make an annual measurement of plan assets and liabilities, which may result in a significant charge to stockholders’ equity. For a discussion regarding how Arconic Corporation’s financial statements can be affected by pension and other postretirement
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
benefits accounting policies, see Note B to the Combined Financial Statements included in the “Index to Financial Statements” section of this information statement. Although GAAP expense and pension funding contributions are impacted by different regulations and requirements, the key economic factors that affect GAAP expense would also likely affect the amount of cash or securities Arconic Corporation would contribute to the pension plans.
Unanticipated changes in Arconic Corporation’s tax provisions or exposure to additional tax liabilities could affect Arconic Corporation’s future profitability.
Arconic Corporation is subject to income taxes in both the United States and various non-U.S. jurisdictions. Its domestic and international tax liabilities are dependent upon the distribution of income among these different jurisdictions. Changes in applicable domestic or foreign tax laws and regulations, or their interpretation and application, including the possibility of retroactive effect, could affect Arconic Corporation’s tax expense and profitability. Arconic Corporation’s tax expense includes estimates of additional tax that may be incurred for tax exposures and reflects various estimates and assumptions. The assumptions include assessments of future earnings of Arconic Corporation that could impact the valuation of its deferred tax assets. Arconic Corporation’s future results of operations could be adversely affected by changes in the effective tax rate as a result of a change in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the overall profitability of Arconic Corporation, changes in tax legislation and rates, changes in generally accepted accounting principles, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, the results of tax audits and examinations of previously filed tax returns or related litigation and continuing assessments of its tax exposures.
Corporate tax law changes continue to be analyzed in the United States and in many other jurisdictions. In particular, on December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Act”) was signed into law, significantly reforming the Code. During 2018, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) began a number of guidance projects which serve to both interpret and implement the 2017 Act. Those guidance projects, which include both Proposed and Final Treasury Regulations, have continued in 2019 and may continue into 2020. Arconic Corporation continues to review the components of the 2017 Act, as well as the ongoing interpretive guidance, and evaluate its consequences. As such, the ultimate impact of the 2017 Act may differ from reported amounts due to, among other things, changes in interpretations and assumptions Arconic Corporation has made to date; and actions Arconic Corporation may take as a result of the 2017 Act and related guidance. These changes to the U.S. corporate tax system could have a substantial impact, positive or negative, on Arconic Corporation’s future effective tax rate, cash tax expenditures, and deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Arconic Corporation may be unable to realize the expected benefits from acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and strategic alliances.
Arconic Corporation has made, and may continue to plan and execute, acquisitions and divestitures and take other actions to grow its business or streamline its portfolio. There is no assurance that anticipated benefits will be realized. Acquisitions present significant challenges and risks, including the effective integration of the acquired business into Arconic Corporation, unanticipated costs and liabilities, and the ability to realize anticipated benefits, such as growth in market share, revenue or margins, at the levels or in the timeframe expected. Arconic Corporation may be unable to manage acquisitions successfully. Additionally, adverse factors may prevent Arconic Corporation from realizing the benefits of its growth projects, including unfavorable global economic conditions, currency fluctuations, or unexpected delays in target timelines.
With respect to portfolio optimization actions such as divestitures, curtailments and closures, Arconic Corporation may face barriers to exit from unprofitable businesses or operations, including high exit costs or objections from customers, suppliers, unions, local or national governments, or other stakeholders. In addition, Arconic Corporation may retain unforeseen liabilities for divested entities or businesses, including, but not limited to, if a buyer fails to honor all commitments. Arconic Corporation’s business operations are capital intensive, and curtailment or closure of operations or facilities may include significant charges, including employee separation costs, asset impairment charges and other measures.
In addition, Arconic Corporation has participated in, and may continue to participate in, joint ventures, strategic alliances and other similar arrangements from time to time. Although Arconic
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Corporation has, in connection with past and existing joint ventures, sought to protect its interests, joint ventures and strategic alliances inherently involve special risks. Whether or not Arconic Corporation holds majority interests or maintains operational control in such arrangements, its partners may:

have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with or opposed to those of Arconic Corporation;

exercise veto rights to block actions that Arconic Corporation believes to be in our or the joint venture’s or strategic alliance’s best interests;

take action contrary to Arconic Corporation’s policies or objectives with respect to investments; or

as a result of financial or other difficulties, be unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations under the joint venture, strategic alliance or other agreements, such as contributing capital to expansion or maintenance projects.
There can be no assurance that acquisitions, growth investments, divestitures, closures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or similar arrangements will be undertaken or completed in their entirety as planned or that they will be beneficial to Arconic Corporation, whether due to the above-described risks, unfavorable global economic conditions, increases in construction costs, currency fluctuations, political risks, or other factors.
Arconic Corporation’s business could be adversely affected by increases in the cost of aluminum or volatility in the availability or cost of other raw materials.
Arconic Corporation derives a significant portion of its revenue from aluminum-based products. The price of primary aluminum has historically been subject to significant cyclical price fluctuations, and the timing of changes in the market price of aluminum is largely unpredictable. Although Arconic Corporation’s pricing of products is generally intended to pass substantially all the risk of metal price fluctuations on to Arconic Corporation’s customers or is otherwise hedged, there are situations where Arconic Corporation is unable to pass on the entire cost of increases to its customers and there is a potential time lag on certain products between increases in costs for aluminum and the point when Arconic Corporation can implement a corresponding increase in price to its customers and/or there are other timing factors that may result in Arconic Corporation’s exposure to certain price fluctuations which could have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations. Further, since metal prices fluctuate among the various exchanges, Arconic Corporation competitors may enjoy a metal price advantage from time to time.
Arconic Corporation may be adversely affected by changes in the availability or cost of other raw materials (including, but not limited to, copper, magnesium and zinc), as well as freight costs associated with transportation of raw materials. The availability and costs of certain raw materials necessary for the production of Arconic Corporation’s products may be influenced by private or government entities, including mergers and acquisitions, changes in world politics or regulatory requirements (such as human rights regulations or environmental regulations), labor relations between the producers and their work forces, unstable governments in exporting nations, export quotas, sanctions, new or increased import duties, countervailing or anti-dumping duties, market forces of supply and demand, and inflation. In addition, from time to time, commodity prices may fall rapidly. When this happens, suppliers may withdraw capacity from the market until prices improve, which may cause periodic supply interruptions. Arconic Corporation may be unable to offset fully the effects of raw material shortages or higher costs through customer price increases, productivity improvements or cost reduction programs. Shortages or price fluctuations in raw materials could have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s operating results.
Arconic Corporation is dependent on a limited number of suppliers for a substantial portion of our primary and scrap aluminum and certain other raw materials essential to our operations.
Arconic Corporation has supply arrangements with a limited number of suppliers for aluminum and other raw materials. We maintain annual or long-term contracts for a majority of our supply requirements, and for the remainder we depend on spot purchases. From time to time, increasing aluminum demand levels have caused regional supply constraints in the industry and further increases in demand levels could
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
exacerbate these issues. Such constraints could impact our production or force us to purchase primary metal and other supplies from alternative sources, which may not be available in sufficient quantities or may only be available on terms that are less favorable to us. Further, there can be no assurance that we will be able to renew, or obtain replacements for, any of our long-term contracts when they expire on terms that are as favorable as our existing agreements or at all. Additionally, Arconic Corporation could have exposure if a key supplier in a particular region is unable to deliver sufficient quantities of a necessary material on a timely basis. For example, our plant in Russia depends on a single supplier, UC Rusal PLC, for aluminum: a significant interruption in that supply could jeopardize the plant’s ability to continue as a going concern, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. In addition, a significant downturn in the business or financial condition of our significant suppliers exposes us to the risk of default by the supplier on our contractual agreements, and this risk is increased by weak and deteriorating economic conditions on a global, regional or industry sector level.
We also depend on scrap aluminum for our operations and acquire our scrap inventory from numerous sources. These suppliers generally are not bound by long-term contracts and have no obligation to sell scrap metal to us. In periods of low inventory prices, suppliers may elect to hold scrap until they are able to charge higher prices. If an adequate supply of scrap metal is not available to us, we would be unable to recycle metals at desired volumes and our results of operation, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Arconic Corporation is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, as well as inflation, economic factors, and currency controls in the countries in which it operates.
Economic factors, including inflation and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, competitive factors in the countries in which Arconic Corporation operates, and continued volatility or deterioration in the global economic and financial environment could affect Arconic Corporation’s revenues, expenses and results of operations. Changes in the valuation of the U.S. dollar against other currencies, including the Euro, British pound, Canadian dollar, Chinese yuan (renminbi) and Russian ruble, may affect Arconic Corporation’s profitability as some important inputs are purchased in other currencies, while Arconic Corporation’s products are generally sold in U.S. dollars.
In addition, we expect a portion of Arconic Corporation’s indebtedness to bear interest at rates equal to the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a margin. Accordingly, Arconic Corporation will be subject to risk from changes in interest rates on the variable component of the rate. Further, LIBOR is the subject of recent national, international and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. These reforms and other pressures may cause LIBOR to disappear entirely or to perform differently than in the past. The consequences of these developments cannot be entirely predicted, but could include changes in the cost of Arconic Corporation’s variable rate indebtedness.
Arconic Corporation also faces risks arising from the imposition of cash repatriation restrictions and exchange controls. Cash repatriation restrictions and exchange controls may limit Arconic Corporation’s ability to convert foreign currencies into U.S. dollars or to remit dividends and other payments by Arconic Corporation’s foreign subsidiaries or businesses located in or conducted within a country imposing restrictions or controls. While Arconic Corporation currently has no need, and does not intend, to repatriate or convert cash held in countries that have significant restrictions or controls in place, should Arconic Corporation need to do so to fund its operations, it may be unable to repatriate or convert such cash, or be unable to do so without incurring substantial costs. Arconic Corporation currently has substantial operations in countries that have cash repatriation restrictions or exchange controls in place, including China, and, if Arconic Corporation were to need to repatriate or convert such cash, these controls and restrictions may have an adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s operating results and financial condition.
Arconic Corporation’s customers may reduce their demand for aluminum products in favor of alternative materials.
Certain applications of Arconic Corporation’s aluminum-based products compete with products made from other materials, such as steel, titanium and composites. The willingness of customers to pursue materials other than aluminum often depends upon the desire to achieve specific attributes. For example,
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
the commercial aerospace industry has used and continues to evaluate the further use of alternative materials to aluminum, such as titanium and composites, in order to reduce the weight and increase the fuel efficiency of aircraft. Additionally, the automotive industry, while motivated to reduce vehicle weight through the use of aluminum, may revert to steel or other materials for certain applications. Further, the decision to use aluminum may be impacted by aluminum prices or compatibility of aluminum with other materials used by a customer in a given application. The willingness of customers to accept other materials in lieu of aluminum could adversely affect the demand for certain of Arconic Corporation’s products, and thus adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
Labor disputes and other employee relations issues could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
A significant portion of Arconic Corporation’s employees are represented by labor unions in a number of countries under various collective bargaining agreements with varying durations and expiration dates. While Arconic Corporation previously has been successful in renegotiating its collective bargaining agreements with various unions, Arconic Corporation may not be able to satisfactorily renegotiate all collective bargaining agreements in the United States and other countries when they expire. In addition, existing collective bargaining agreements may not prevent a strike or work stoppage at Arconic Corporation’s facilities in the future. Arconic Corporation may also be subject to general country strikes or work stoppages unrelated to its business or collective bargaining agreements. Any such work stoppages could have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
A failure to attract, retain or provide adequate succession plans for key personnel could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s operations and competitiveness.
Arconic Corporation’s existing operations and development projects require highly skilled executives and staff with relevant industry and technical experience. The inability of Arconic Corporation to attract and retain such people may adversely impact Arconic Corporation’s ability to meet project demands adequately and fill roles in existing operations. Skills shortages in engineering, manufacturing, technology, construction and maintenance contractors and other labor market inadequacies may also impact activities. These shortages may adversely impact the cost and schedule of development projects and the cost and efficiency of existing operations.
In addition, the continuity of key personnel and the preservation of institutional knowledge are vital to the success of Arconic Corporation’s growth and business strategy. The loss of key members of management and other personnel could significantly harm Arconic Corporation’s business, and any unplanned turnover, or failure to develop adequate succession plans for key positions, could deplete Arconic Corporation’s institutional knowledge base, result in loss of technical expertise, delay or impede the execution of Arconic Corporation’s business plans and erode Arconic Corporation’s competitiveness.
Arconic Corporation may be exposed to significant legal proceedings, investigations or changes in U.S. federal, state or foreign law, regulation or policy.
Arconic Corporation’s results of operations or liquidity in a particular period could be affected by new or increasingly stringent laws, regulatory requirements or interpretations, or outcomes of significant legal proceedings or investigations adverse to Arconic Corporation. Arconic Corporation may experience an unfavorable change in effective tax rates or become subject to unexpected or rising costs associated with business operations or provision of health or welfare benefits to employees due to changes in laws, regulations or policies.
Arconic Corporation is subject to a variety of legal and regulatory compliance risks in the United States and abroad in connection with its business and products. These risks include, among other things, potential claims relating to product liability, product testing, health and safety, environmental matters, employment matters, required record keeping and record retention, compliance with securities laws, intellectual property rights, government contracts and taxes, insurance or commercial matters, as well as compliance with U.S. and foreign laws and regulations governing import and export, anti-bribery, antitrust and competition, sales and trading practices, human rights and modern slavery, sourcing of raw materials,
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
third-party relationships, supply chain operations and the manufacture and sale of products. Arconic Corporation may be a party to litigation in a foreign jurisdiction where geopolitical risks might influence the ultimate outcome of such litigation. Arconic Corporation could be subject to fines, penalties, damages (in certain cases, treble damages), or suspension or debarment from government contracts.
The global and diverse nature of Arconic Corporation’s operations means that these risks will continue to exist, and additional legal proceedings and contingencies may arise from time to time. While Arconic Corporation believes it has adopted appropriate risk management and compliance programs to address and reduce these risks, including insurance arrangements with respect to these risks, such measures may provide inadequate protection against liabilities that may arise. In addition, various factors or developments can lead Arconic Corporation to change current estimates of liabilities or make such estimates for matters previously unsusceptible to reasonable estimates, such as a significant judicial ruling or judgment, a significant settlement, significant regulatory developments or changes in applicable law. A future adverse ruling or settlement or unfavorable changes in laws, regulations or policies, or other contingencies that Arconic Corporation cannot predict with certainty could have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in a particular period. Litigation and compliance efforts may require substantial attention from management and could result in significant legal expenses, settlement costs or damage awards that could have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. For additional information regarding the legal proceedings relating to Arconic Corporation, including proceedings and investigations relating to the June 13, 2017 fire at the Grenfell Tower in London, U.K., see the section entitled “Business — Legal Proceedings.”
Arconic Corporation is exposed to environmental and safety risks and is subject to a broad range of health, safety and environmental laws and regulations, which may result in substantial costs and liabilities.
Arconic Corporation’s operations worldwide are subject to numerous complex and increasingly stringent health, safety and environmental laws and regulations. The costs of complying with such laws and regulations, including participation in assessments and cleanups of sites, as well as internal voluntary programs, are significant and will continue to be so for the foreseeable future. Environmental laws may impose cleanup liability on owners and occupiers of contaminated property, including present, past or divested properties, regardless of whether the owners and occupiers caused the contamination or whether the activity that caused the contamination was lawful at the time it was conducted. Environmental matters for which Arconic Corporation may be liable may arise in the future at its present sites, at sites owned or operated by its predecessors or affiliates, at sites that it may acquire in the future, or at third-party sites used by its predecessors or affiliates for material and waste handling and disposal. Compliance with health, safety and environmental laws and regulations, including remediation obligations, may prove to be more challenging and costly than Arconic Corporation anticipates. Arconic Corporation’s results of operations or liquidity in a particular period could be affected by certain health, safety or environmental matters, including remediation costs and damages related to certain sites as well as other health and safety risks relating to its operations and products. Additionally, evolving regulatory standards and expectations can result in increased litigation and/or increased costs, including increased remediation costs, all of which can have a material and adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In addition, the heavy industrial activities conducted at Arconic Corporation’s facilities present a significant risk of injury or death to our employees, customers or third parties that may be on site. We have experienced serious injuries in the past, notwithstanding the safety protocols, practices and precautions we take. Our operations are subject to regulation by various federal, state and local agencies in the United States and regulation by foreign government entities abroad responsible for employee health and safety, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. From time to time, we have incurred fines for violations of various health and safety standards. While we maintain insurance and have in place policies to minimize such risks, we may nevertheless be unable to avoid material liabilities for any injury or death that may occur in the future. These types of incidents may not be covered by or may exceed our insurance coverage and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition or result in negative publicity and/or significant reputational harm.
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Corporation is subject to privacy and data security/protection laws in the jurisdictions in which it operates and may be exposed to substantial costs and liabilities associated with such laws and regulations.
The regulatory environment surrounding information security and privacy is increasingly demanding, with frequent imposition of new and changing requirements. For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which became effective in May 2018, imposed significant new requirements on how companies process and transfer personal data, as well as significant fines for non-compliance. Compliance with changes in privacy and information security laws and standards may result in significant expense due to increased investment in technology and the development of new operational processes, which could have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the payment of potentially significant fines or penalties in the event of a breach of the GDPR or other privacy and information security laws, as well as the negative publicity associated with such a breach, could damage Arconic Corporation’s reputation and adversely impact product demand and customer relationships.
Failure to comply with domestic or international employment and related laws could result in penalties or costs that could have a material adverse effect on Arconic Corporation’s business results.
Arconic Corporation is subject to a variety of domestic and foreign employment laws, such as the Fair Labor Standards Act (which governs such matters as minimum wages, overtime and other working conditions), state and local wage laws, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, and regulations related to safety, discrimination, organizing, whistle-blowing, classification of employees, privacy and severance payments, citizenship requirements, and healthcare insurance mandates. Allegations that Arconic Corporation has violated such laws or regulations could damage Arconic Corporation’s reputation and lead to fines from or settlements with federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities or damages payable to employees, which could have a material adverse impact on Arconic Corporation’s operations and financial condition.
Arconic Corporation may be affected by global climate change or by legal, regulatory, or market responses to such change.
Increased concern over climate change has led to new and proposed legislative and regulatory initiatives, such as cap-and-trade systems, additional limits on emissions of greenhouse gases or Corporate Average Fuel Economy standards in the United States. New or revised laws and regulations in this area could directly and indirectly affect Arconic Corporation and its customers and suppliers, including by increasing the costs of production or impacting demand for certain products, which could result in an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Compliance with any new or more stringent laws or regulations, or stricter interpretations of existing laws, could require additional expenditures by Arconic Corporation or its customers or suppliers. Also, Arconic Corporation relies on natural gas, electricity, fuel oil and transport fuel to operate its facilities. Any increased costs of these energy sources because of new laws could be passed along to Arconic Corporation and its customers and suppliers, which could also have a negative impact on Arconic Corporation’s profitability.
Changes in the United Kingdom’s economic and other relationships with the European Union could adversely affect Arconic Corporation.
In March 2017, the United Kingdom formally triggered the process to withdraw from the European Union (also referred to as “Brexit”) following the results of a national referendum that took place in June 2016. The ultimate effects of Brexit on Arconic Corporation are difficult to predict, but because Arconic Corporation currently operates and conducts business in the United Kingdom and in Europe, Brexit could cause disruptions and create uncertainty to Arconic Corporation’s businesses, including affecting the business of and/or our relationships with Arconic Corporation’s customers and suppliers, as well as altering the relationship among tariffs and currencies, including the value of the British pound and the Euro relative to the U.S. dollar. Such disruptions and uncertainties could adversely affect Arconic Corporation’s financial condition, operating results and cash flows. In addition, Brexit could result in legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as new legal relationships between the United Kingdom and the European Union are established. The ultimate effects of Brexit on Arconic Corporation will also depend on the terms of any agreements the United Kingdom and the European Union make to retain access to each other’s respective markets either during a transitional period or more permanently.
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Risks Related to the Distribution
We have no recent history of operating as an independent company, and our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.
The historical information about Arconic Corporation in this information statement refers to the Arconic Corporation Businesses as operated by and integrated with ParentCo. Our historical financial information included in this information statement is derived from ParentCo’s accounting records and is presented on a standalone basis as if the Arconic Corporation Business has been conducted independently from ParentCo. Additionally, the pro forma financial information included in this information statement is derived from our historical financial information and (i) gives effect to the separation and (ii) reflects Arconic Corporation’s anticipated post-separation capital structure, including the assignment of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities not included in the historical financial statements. Accordingly, the historical and pro forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company during the periods presented or those that we will achieve in the future primarily as a result of the factors described below:

Generally, our working capital requirements and capital for our general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures and acquisitions, have historically been satisfied as part of the corporate-wide cash management policies of ParentCo. Following the completion of the distribution, our results of operations and cash flows are likely to be more volatile, and we may need to obtain additional financing from banks, through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities, strategic relationships or other arrangements, which may or may not be available and may be more costly.

Prior to the distribution, our business has been operated by ParentCo as part of its broader corporate organization, rather than as an independent company. ParentCo or one of its affiliates performed various corporate functions for us, such as legal, treasury, accounting, auditing, human resources, investor relations, and finance. Our historical and pro forma financial results reflect allocations of corporate expenses from ParentCo for such functions, which may be less than the expenses we would have incurred had we operated as a separate, publicly traded company.

Currently, our business is integrated with the other businesses of ParentCo. Historically, we have shared economies of scope and scale in costs, employees, vendor relationships and customer relationships. While we have sought to minimize the impact on Arconic Corporation when separating these arrangements, there is no guarantee these arrangements will continue to capture these benefits in the future.

As a current part of ParentCo, we take advantage of ParentCo’s overall size and scope to obtain more advantageous procurement terms. After the distribution, as a standalone company, we may be unable to obtain similar arrangements to the same extent as ParentCo did, or on terms as favorable as those ParentCo obtained, prior to completion of the distribution.

After the completion of the distribution, the cost of capital for our business may be higher than ParentCo’s cost of capital prior to the distribution.

Our historical financial information does not reflect the debt that we have incurred and will incur as part of the distribution.

As an independent public company, we will separately become subject to, among other things, the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and the regulations of the NYSE and will be required to prepare our standalone financial statements according to the rules and regulations required by the SEC. These reporting and other obligations will place significant demands on our management and administrative and operational resources. Moreover, to comply with these requirements, we anticipate that we will need to migrate our systems, including information technology systems, implement additional financial and
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting and finance staff. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps, and those expenses may be significant. If we are unable to implement our financial and management controls, reporting systems, information technology and procedures in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with our financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies under the Exchange Act could be impaired.
Other significant changes may occur in our cost structure, management, financing and business operations as a result of operating as a company separate from ParentCo. For additional information about the past financial performance of our business and the basis of presentation of the historical combined financial statements and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements of our business, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data of Arconic Corporation,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this information statement.
Following the separation, our financial profile will change, and we will be a smaller, less diversified company than ParentCo prior to the separation.
The separation will result in each of Howmet Aerospace and Arconic Corporation being smaller, less diversified companies with more limited businesses concentrated in their respective industries. As a result, our Company may be more vulnerable to changing market conditions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the diversification of our revenues, costs, and cash flows will diminish as a standalone company, such that our results of operations, cash flows, working capital and financing requirements may be subject to increased volatility and our ability to fund capital expenditures and investments, pay dividends and service debt may be diminished. Following the separation we may also lose capital allocation efficiency and flexibility, as we will no longer be able to use cash flow from Howmet Aerospace to fund our investments into one of our other businesses.
We may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the distribution, and the distribution may materially adversely affect our business.
We may not be able to achieve the full strategic and financial benefits expected to result from the distribution, or such benefits may be delayed or not occur at all. The distribution is expected to provide the following benefits, among others: (1) enabling our management to more effectively pursue its own distinct operating priorities and strategies and to focus on strengthening our core business and unique needs, and pursue distinct and targeted opportunities for long-term growth and profitability; (2) permitting us to allocate our financial resources to meet the unique needs of our business, which will allow us to intensify our focus on distinct strategic priorities and to more effectively pursue our own distinct capital structures and capital allocation strategies; (3) allowing us to more effectively articulate a clear investment thesis to attract a long-term investor base suited to our business and providing investors with a distinct and targeted investment opportunity; (4) creating an independent equity security tracking our underlying business, affording us direct access to the capital markets and facilitating our ability to consummate future acquisitions or other transactions using our common stock; and (5) permitting us to more effectively recruit, retain and motivate employees through the use of stock-based compensation that more closely aligns management and employee incentives with specific business goals and objectives related to our business.
We may not achieve these and other anticipated benefits for a variety of reasons, including, among others: (1) the separation will demand significant management resources and require significant amounts of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating and growing our business; (2) following the separation, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if we were still a part of ParentCo because our business will be less diversified than ParentCo’s business prior to the completion of the separation; (3) after the separation, as a standalone company, we may be unable to obtain certain goods, services and technologies at prices or on terms as favorable as those ParentCo obtained prior to completion of the separation; (4) the separation may require us to pay costs that could be substantial and material to our financial resources, including accounting, tax, legal and other
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
professional services costs, recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring key senior management and personnel new to Arconic Corporation, tax costs and costs to separate information systems; (5) under the terms of the tax matters agreement that we will enter into with ParentCo, we will be restricted from taking certain actions that could cause the distribution or certain related transactions to fail to qualify as tax-free and these restrictions may limit us for a period of time from pursuing certain strategic transactions and equity issuances or engaging in other transactions that might increase the value of our business; and (6) after the separation, we cannot predict the trading prices of Arconic Corporation common stock or know whether the combined value of one-fourth of a share of our common stock and one share of Howmet Aerospace common stock will be less than, equal to or greater than the market value of one share of ParentCo common stock prior to the distribution. If we fail to achieve some or all of the benefits expected to result from the separation, or if such benefits are delayed, it could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
ParentCo’s plan to separate into two independent, publicly traded companies is subject to various risks and uncertainties and may not be completed in accordance with the expected plans or anticipated timeline, or at all, and will involve significant time and expense, which could disrupt or adversely affect our business.
In February 2019, ParentCo announced its plan to separate into two independent, publicly traded companies. The separation is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions (or waiver by ParentCo in its sole and absolute discretion), including final approval by ParentCo’s Board of Directors of the final terms of the separation and market and certain other conditions. Furthermore, the separation is complex in nature, and unanticipated developments or changes, including changes in the law, the macroeconomic environment, competitive conditions of ParentCo’s markets, regulatory approvals or clearances, the uncertainty of the financial markets and challenges in executing the separation, could delay or prevent the completion of the proposed separation, or cause the separation to occur on terms or conditions that are different or less favorable than expected. Additionally, the ParentCo Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, may decide not to proceed with the distribution at any time prior to the distribution date.
The process of completing the proposed separation has been and is expected to continue to be time- consuming and involves significant costs and expenses. The separation costs may be significantly higher than what we currently anticipate and may not yield a discernible benefit if the separation is not completed or is not well executed, or the expected benefits of the separation are not realized. Executing the proposed separation will also require significant amounts of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating and growing our business. Other challenges associated with effectively executing the separation include attracting, retaining and motivating employees during the pendency of the separation and following its completion; addressing disruptions to our supply chain, manufacturing, sales and distribution, and other operations resulting from separating ParentCo into two independent companies; and separating ParentCo’s information systems.
Challenges in the commercial and credit environment may adversely affect the expected benefits of the separation, the expected plans or anticipated timeline to complete the separation and our future access to capital on favorable terms.
Volatility in the world financial markets could increase borrowing costs or affect our ability to access the capital markets. Our ability to issue debt or enter into other financing arrangements on acceptable terms could be adversely affected if there is a material decline in the demand for our products or in the solvency of our customers or suppliers or if there are other significantly unfavorable changes in economic conditions. These conditions may adversely affect our anticipated timeline to complete the separation and the expected benefits of the separation, including by increasing the time and expense involved in the separation.
We have incurred, expect to incur, and may in the future incur additional, debt obligations that could adversely affect our business and profitability and our ability to meet other obligations.
We expect to enter into the Senior Credit Facilities on or prior to the completion of the distribution and we have completed an offering of the notes, with approximately $800 million of the proceeds of such financings expected to be used to distribute cash to ParentCo., consisting of  (i) a senior secured first-lien term loan in an aggregate principal amount of  $600 million and (ii) the notes in an aggregate principal
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
amount of  $600 million. Under the Senior Credit Facilities, we would also have $1.0 billion of indebtedness available to be drawn under the Revolving Facility. As a result of such transactions, we anticipate having approximately $1.2 billion of indebtedness upon completion of the distribution. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.” We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future.
This significant amount of debt could potentially have important consequences to us and our debt and equity investors, including:

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make interest payments;

making it more difficult to satisfy debt service and other obligations;

increasing the risk of a future credit ratings downgrade of our debt, which could increase future debt costs and limit the future availability of debt financing;

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

reducing the cash flow available to fund capital expenditures and other corporate purposes and to grow our business;

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry;

placing us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors that may not be as highly leveraged with debt; and

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds as needed or take advantage of business opportunities as they arise, pay cash dividends or repurchase ordinary shares.
Subject to the restrictions in the Senior Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the notes, we, including our subsidiaries, have the ability to incur significant additional indebtedness, including debt secured by the collateral securing the obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and the notes on a first-priority or parity basis with the notes, the amount of which may be substantial. Although the terms of the Senior Credit Facilities will, and the indenture governing the notes does, include restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions will be or are subject to a number of important exceptions, and indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.
To the extent that we incur additional indebtedness, the foregoing risks could increase. In addition, our actual cash requirements in the future may be greater than expected. Our cash flow from operations may not be sufficient to repay all of the outstanding debt as it becomes due, and we may not be able to borrow money, sell assets or otherwise raise funds on acceptable terms, or at all, to refinance our debt. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.’’
Our indebtedness will restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations.
The terms of the Senior Credit Facilities will, and the indenture governing the notes does, include a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:

make investments, loans, advances, guarantees and acquisitions;

dispose of assets;

incur or guarantee additional debt and issue certain disqualified equity interests and preferred stock;

make certain restricted payments, including a limit on dividends on equity securities or payments to redeem, repurchase or retire equity securities or other indebtedness;

engage in transactions with affiliates;

enter into certain restrictive agreements;

create liens on assets to secure debt; and
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Arconic Corporation’s or a subsidiary guarantor’s assets.
In addition, the credit agreement governing the Senior Credit Facilities will require us to comply with financial covenants. We expect that the Senior Credit Facilities will require that we maintain a consolidated total debt ratio no greater than 2.50 to 1.00 for the first four full fiscal quarters following the distribution date and no greater than 2.25 to 1.00 thereafter, and an interest expense coverage ratio no less than 3.00 to 1.00, in each case, for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Arconic Corporation.
For more information on the restrictive covenants in the Senior Credit Facilities and in the indenture governing the notes, see “Description of Material Indebtedness.”
Our ability to comply with these agreements may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. These covenants could have an adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger and acquisition or other opportunities. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or the indenture governing the notes.
Our failure to comply with the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
If there were an event of default under any of the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, including the Senior Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the notes, we may not be able to incur additional indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and the holders of the defaulted debt could cause all amounts outstanding with respect to that debt to be due and payable immediately. We cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments if accelerated upon an event of default, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue to operate as a going concern. Further, if we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our secured indebtedness, the holders of such indebtedness could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness. In addition, any event of default or declaration of acceleration under one debt instrument also could result in an event of default under one or more of our other debt instruments.
For more information on the events of default in the Senior Credit Facilities and in the indenture governing the notes, see “Description of Material Indebtedness.”
We could experience temporary interruptions in business operations and incur additional costs as we build our information technology infrastructure and transition our data to our own systems.
We are in the process of creating our own, or engaging third parties to provide, information technology infrastructure and systems to support our critical business functions, including accounting and reporting, in order to replace many of the systems ParentCo currently provides to us. We may incur temporary interruptions in business operations if we cannot transition effectively from ParentCo’s existing operating systems, databases and programming languages that support these functions to our own systems. Our failure to implement the new systems and transition our data successfully and cost-effectively could disrupt our business operations and have a material adverse effect on our profitability. In addition, our costs for the operation of these systems may be higher than the amounts reflected in our historical combined financial statements.
Our accounting and other management systems and resources may not be adequately prepared to meet the financial reporting and other requirements to which we will be subject as a standalone, publicly traded company following the distribution.
Our financial results previously were included within the consolidated results of ParentCo, and we believe that our reporting and control systems were appropriate for those of subsidiaries of a public company. However, we were not directly subject to the reporting and other requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the distribution, we will be directly subject to reporting and other obligations under the Exchange Act, including the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments. These reporting and other obligations will place significant demands on our management and administrative and operational resources, including accounting resources. We may not have sufficient time following the separation to meet these obligations by the applicable deadlines.
Moreover, to comply with these requirements, we anticipate that we will need to migrate our systems, including information technology systems, implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting and finance staff. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps, and those expenses may be significant. If we are unable to implement our financial and management controls, reporting systems, information technology and procedures in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with our financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies under the Exchange Act could be impaired. Any failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls could result in adverse regulatory consequences and/or loss of investor confidence, which could limit Arconic Corporation’s ability to access the global capital markets and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or the market price of Arconic Corporation securities.
In connection with the separation into two public companies, each of Howmet Aerospace and Arconic Corporation will indemnify each other for certain liabilities. If we are required to pay under these indemnities to Howmet Aerospace, our financial results could be negatively impacted. The Howmet Aerospace indemnities may not be sufficient to hold us harmless from the full amount of liabilities for which Howmet Aerospace will be allocated responsibility, and Howmet Aerospace may not be able to satisfy its indemnification obligations in the future.
Pursuant to the separation agreement and certain other agreements between ParentCo and Arconic Corporation, each party will agree to indemnify the other for certain liabilities, in each case for uncapped amounts, as discussed further in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Separation Agreement” of this information statement. Indemnities that we may be required to provide Howmet Aerospace are not subject to any cap, may be significant and could negatively impact our business. Third parties could also seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities that Howmet Aerospace has agreed to retain. Any amounts we are required to pay pursuant to these indemnification obligations and other liabilities could require us to divert cash that would otherwise have been used in furtherance of our operating business. Further, the indemnities from Howmet Aerospace for our benefit may not be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, and Howmet Aerospace may not be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations.
Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from Howmet Aerospace any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses ourselves. Each of these risks could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Howmet Aerospace may fail to perform under various transaction agreements that will be executed as part of the separation, or we may fail to have necessary systems and services in place when certain of the transaction agreements expire.
In connection with the separation and prior to the distribution, Arconic Corporation and ParentCo will enter into the separation agreement and will also enter into various other agreements, including a tax matters agreement, an employee matters agreement, intellectual property license agreements, an agreement relating to the Davenport plant, metal supply agreements and real estate and office leases. The separation agreement, the tax matters agreement and the employee matters agreement, together with the documents and agreements by which the internal reorganization will be effected, will determine the allocation of assets and liabilities between the companies following the separation for those respective areas and will include any necessary indemnifications related to liabilities and obligations. Arconic Corporation will rely on Howmet Aerospace to satisfy its performance and payment obligations under these agreements. If Howmet Aerospace is unable or unwilling to satisfy its obligations under these agreements, including its indemnification obligations, we could incur operational difficulties and/or losses. If we do not have in place our own systems and services, or if we do not have agreements with other providers of these services once certain transaction agreements expire, we may not be able to operate our business effectively, and our profitability may decline. We are in the process of creating our own, or engaging third parties to provide,
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
systems and services to replace many of the systems and services that ParentCo currently provides to us. However, we may not be successful in implementing these systems and services in a timely manner or at all, we may incur additional costs in connection with, or following, the implementation of these systems and services, and we may not be successful in transitioning data from ParentCo’s systems to ours.
The terms we will receive in our agreements with ParentCo could be less beneficial than the terms we may have otherwise received from unaffiliated third parties.
The agreements we will enter into with ParentCo in connection with the separation, including the separation agreement, a tax matters agreement, an employee matters agreement, intellectual property license agreements, an agreement relating to the Davenport plant, metal supply agreements and real estate and office leases, were prepared in the context of the separation while we were still a wholly owned subsidiary of ParentCo. Accordingly, during the period in which the terms of those agreements were prepared, we did not have an independent Board of Directors or a management team that was independent of ParentCo. As a result, the terms of those agreements may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations between unaffiliated third parties. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, does not qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we, as well as ParentCo and ParentCo’s stockholders, could be subject to significant tax liabilities, and, in certain circumstances, we could be required to indemnify ParentCo for material taxes and other related amounts pursuant to indemnification obligations under the tax matters agreement.
It is a condition to the distribution that ParentCo receive an opinion of its outside counsel, satisfactory to the ParentCo Board of Directors, regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. The opinion of counsel will be based upon and rely on, among other things, various facts and assumptions, as well as certain representations, statements and undertakings of ParentCo and Arconic Corporation, including those relating to the past and future conduct of ParentCo and Arconic Corporation. If any of these facts, assumptions, representations, statements or undertakings is, or becomes, inaccurate or incomplete, or if ParentCo or Arconic Corporation breaches any of its representations or covenants contained in the separation agreement and certain other agreements and documents or in any documents relating to the opinion of counsel, the opinion of counsel may be invalid and the conclusions reached therein could be jeopardized.
Notwithstanding receipt of the opinion of counsel, the IRS could determine that the distribution and/or certain related transactions should be treated as taxable transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes if it determines that any of the representations, assumptions or undertakings upon which the opinion of counsel was based are false or have been violated. In addition, the opinion of counsel will represent the judgment of such counsel and will not be binding on the IRS or any court, and the IRS or a court may disagree with the conclusions in the opinion of counsel. Accordingly, notwithstanding receipt of the opinion of counsel, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert that the distribution and/or certain related transactions do not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes or that a court would not sustain such a challenge. In the event the IRS were to prevail with such challenge, we, as well as ParentCo and ParentCo’s stockholders, could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability.
If the distribution were to fail to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, in general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, ParentCo would recognize taxable gain as if it had sold the Arconic Corporation common stock in a taxable sale for its fair market value, and ParentCo stockholders who receive such Arconic Corporation shares in the distribution would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of such shares. For more information, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”
Under the tax matters agreement to be entered into between ParentCo and Arconic Corporation in connection with the separation, we generally would be required to indemnify ParentCo for any taxes resulting from the separation (and any related costs and other damages) to the extent such amounts resulted
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
from (1) an acquisition of all or a portion of the equity securities or assets of Arconic Corporation, whether by merger or otherwise (and regardless of whether we participated in or otherwise facilitated the acquisition), (2) other actions or failures to act by Arconic Corporation, or (3) any of Arconic Corporation’s representations, covenants or undertakings contained in the separation agreement and certain other agreements and documents or in any documents relating to the opinion of counsel being incorrect or violated. Any such indemnity obligations could be material. For a more detailed discussion, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Tax Matters Agreement.” In addition, ParentCo, Arconic Corporation and their respective subsidiaries may incur certain tax costs in connection with the separation, including non-U.S. tax costs resulting from transactions (including the internal reorganization) in non-U.S. jurisdictions, which may be material.
We may not be able to engage in desirable capital-raising or strategic transactions following the separation.
Under current U.S. federal income tax law, a spin-off that otherwise qualifies for tax-free treatment can be rendered taxable to the parent corporation and its stockholders as a result of certain post-spin-off transactions, including certain acquisitions of shares or assets of the spun-off corporation. To preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and the distribution, and in addition to our indemnity obligations described above, the tax matters agreement will restrict us, for the two-year period following the distribution, except in specific circumstances, from, among other things: (1) entering into any transaction pursuant to which all or a portion of the shares of Arconic Corporation stock would be acquired, whether by merger or otherwise; (2) issuing equity securities beyond certain thresholds; (3) repurchasing shares of Arconic Corporation stock other than in certain open-market transactions; and (4) ceasing to actively conduct certain of its businesses. The tax matters agreement will also prohibit Arconic Corporation from taking or failing to take any other action that would prevent the distribution and certain related transactions from qualifying as a transaction that is generally tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. These restrictions may limit our ability to pursue certain equity issuances, strategic transactions, repurchases or other transactions that we may believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders or that might increase the value of our business. For more information, see the sections entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Tax Matters Agreement” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”
The transfer to us of certain contracts, permits and other assets and rights may require the consents or approvals of, or provide other rights to, third parties and governmental authorities. If such consents or approvals are not obtained, we may not be entitled to the benefit of such contracts, permits and other assets and rights, which could increase our expenses or otherwise harm our business and financial performance.
The separation agreement will provide that certain contracts, permits and other assets and rights are to be transferred from ParentCo or its subsidiaries to Arconic Corporation or its subsidiaries in connection with the separation. The transfer of certain of these contracts, permits and other assets and rights may require consents or approvals of third parties or governmental authorities or provide other rights to third parties. In addition, in some circumstances, we and ParentCo are joint beneficiaries of contracts, and we and ParentCo may need the consents of third parties in order to split or separate the existing contracts or the relevant portion of the existing contracts to us or ParentCo.
Some parties may use consent requirements or other rights to seek to terminate contracts or obtain more favorable contractual terms from us, which, for example, could take the form of adverse price changes, require us to expend additional resources in order to obtain the services or assets previously provided under the contract, or require us to seek arrangements with new third parties or obtain letters of credit or other forms of credit support. If we are unable to obtain required consents or approvals, we may be unable to obtain the benefits, permits, assets and contractual commitments that are intended to be allocated to us as part of our separation from ParentCo, and we may be required to seek alternative arrangements to obtain services and assets which may be more costly and/or of lower quality. The termination or modification of these contracts or permits or the failure to timely complete the transfer or separation of these contracts or permits could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Until the distribution occurs, the ParentCo Board of Directors has sole and absolute discretion to change the terms of the separation in ways which may be unfavorable to us.
Until the distribution occurs, Arconic Corporation will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of ParentCo. Accordingly, ParentCo will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine and change the terms of the
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
separation, including the establishment of the record date for the distribution and the distribution date. These changes could be unfavorable to us. In addition, the ParentCo Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, may decide not to proceed with the distribution at any time prior to the distribution date.
No vote of ParentCo stockholders is required in connection with the distribution. As a result, if the distribution occurs and you do not want to receive our common stock in the distribution, your sole recourse will be to divest yourself of your ParentCo common stock prior to the record date.
No vote of ParentCo stockholders is required in connection with the distribution. Accordingly, if the distribution occurs and you do not want to receive our common stock in the distribution, your only recourse will be to divest yourself of your ParentCo common stock prior to the record date for the distribution.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
We cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after the distribution and, following the distribution, our stock price may fluctuate significantly.
A public market for our common stock does not currently exist. We anticipate that on or prior to the record date for the distribution, trading of shares of our common stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis and will continue through the distribution date. However, we cannot guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be sustained for our common stock after the distribution, nor can we predict the prices at which shares of our common stock may trade after the distribution. Similarly, we cannot predict the effect of the distribution on the trading prices of our common stock or whether the combined market value of one-fourth of a share of our common stock and one share of Howmet Aerospace common stock will be less than, equal to or greater than the market value of one share of ParentCo common stock prior to the distribution.
Until the market has fully evaluated Howmet Aerospace’s businesses without Arconic Corporation, the price at which each share of Howmet Aerospace common stock trades may fluctuate more significantly than might otherwise be typical, even with other market conditions, including general volatility, held constant. Similarly, until the market has fully evaluated our business as a standalone entity, the prices at which shares of our common stock trade may fluctuate more significantly than might otherwise be typical, even with other market conditions, including general volatility, held constant. The increased volatility of our stock price following the distribution may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

changes in earnings estimated by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;

the operating and stock price performance of comparable companies;

changes to the regulatory and legal environment under which we operate;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in commodities prices; and

domestic and worldwide economic conditions.
A significant number of shares of our common stock may be sold following the distribution, which may cause our stock price to decline.
Any sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market or the perception that such sales might occur, in connection with the distribution or otherwise, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Upon completion of the distribution, we expect that we will have an aggregate of approximately 108,604,051 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding (based on 434,416,204 shares of ParentCo common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2020). Shares distributed to ParentCo
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
stockholders in the separation will generally be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for shares owned by one of our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
We are unable to predict whether large amounts of our common stock will be sold in the open market following the distribution. We are also unable to predict whether a sufficient number of buyers of our common stock to meet the demand to sell shares of our common stock at attractive prices would exist at that time.
Your percentage of ownership in Arconic Corporation may be diluted in the future.
In the future, your percentage ownership in Arconic Corporation may be diluted because of equity issuances for acquisitions, capital market transactions or otherwise, including any equity awards that we will grant to our directors, officers and employees. Our employees will have stock-based awards that correspond to shares of our common stock after the distribution as a result of conversion of their ParentCo stock-based awards. We anticipate that the compensation committee of our Board of Directors will grant additional stock-based awards to our employees after the distribution. Such awards will have a dilutive effect on the number of Arconic Corporation shares outstanding, and therefore on our earnings per share, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. From time to time, we will issue additional stock-based awards to our employees under our employee benefits plans.
We cannot guarantee the timing, amount or payment of dividends on our common stock.
We expect that we will pay cash dividends in an aggregate amount of up to approximately $50 million in the first year following the distribution and up to approximately $100 million per annum thereafter. However, the timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends to our stockholders will fall within the discretion of our Board of Directors. The Board of Directors’ decisions regarding the payment of dividends will depend on many factors, such as our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, debt service obligations, covenants associated with certain of our debt service obligations, industry practice, legal requirements, regulatory constraints and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. For more information, see the section entitled “Dividend Policy.”
Anti-takeover provisions could enable Arconic Corporation to resist a takeover attempt by a third party and limit the power of our stockholders.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain, and Delaware law contains, provisions that are intended to deter coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids by making such practices or bids unacceptably expensive to the bidder and to encourage prospective acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions are expected to include, among others:

the ability of our remaining directors to fill vacancies on our Board of Directors that do not arise as a result of removal by stockholders;

limitations on stockholders’ ability to call a special stockholder meeting;

rules regarding how stockholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at stockholder meetings; and

the right of our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval.
In addition, we expect to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law (the “DGCL”), which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control that you may favor. Section 203 provides that, subject to limited exceptions, persons that acquire, or are affiliated with persons that acquire, more than 15% of the outstanding voting stock of a Delaware corporation may not engage in a business combination with that corporation, including by merger, consolidation or acquisitions of additional shares, for a three-year period following the date on which that person or any of its affiliates becomes the holder of more than 15% of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock.
We believe these provisions will protect our stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors and by providing our Board of Directors with more time to assess any acquisition proposal. These provisions are not intended to
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
make Arconic Corporation immune from takeovers; however, these provisions will apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our Board of Directors determines is not in the best interests of Arconic Corporation and our stockholders. These provisions may also prevent or discourage attempts to remove and replace incumbent directors. See “Description of Arconic Corporation Common Stock — Other Matters.”
In addition, an acquisition or further issuance of our stock could trigger the application of Section 355(e) of the Code, causing the distribution to be taxable to ParentCo. For a discussion of Section 355(e) of the Code, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.” Under the tax matters agreement, we would be required to indemnify ParentCo for the resulting tax, and this indemnity obligation might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control that our stockholders may consider favorable.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the state courts within the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could discourage lawsuits against Arconic Corporation and our directors and officers.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the state courts within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of Arconic Corporation, any action asserting a claim for or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director or officer of Arconic Corporation to Arconic Corporation or to Arconic Corporation stockholders, including a claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against Arconic Corporation or any current or former director or officer of Arconic Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, any action asserting a claim relating to or involving Arconic Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, this exclusive forum provision will apply to state and federal law claims, including claims under the federal securities laws, including the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, although Arconic Corporation stockholders will not be deemed to have waived Arconic Corporation’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with claims arising under federal securities laws or otherwise, a court could find the exclusive forum provision contained in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable.
This exclusive forum provision may limit the ability of our stockholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholders find favorable for disputes with Arconic Corporation or our directors or officers, which may discourage such lawsuits against Arconic Corporation and our directors and officers. Alternatively, if a court were to find this exclusive forum provision inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings described above, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The combined post-separation value of one share of Howmet Aerospace common stock and one-fourth of a share of Arconic Corporation common stock may not equal or exceed the pre-distribution value of one share of ParentCo common stock.
As a result of the separation, Arconic expects the trading price of shares of Howmet Aerospace common stock immediately following the separation to be different from the “regular-way” trading price of ParentCo common shares immediately prior to the separation because the trading price will no longer reflect the value of the Arconic Corporation Businesses. There can be no assurance that the aggregate market value of a share of Howmet Aerospace common stock and one-fourth of a share of Arconic Corporation common stock following the separation will be higher than, lower than or the same as the market value of a share of ParentCo common stock if the separation did not occur.
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This information statement and other materials ParentCo and Arconic Corporation have filed or will file with the SEC (and oral communications that ParentCo or Arconic Corporation may make) contain or incorporate by reference statements that relate to future events and expectations and, as such, constitute forward-looking statements under the securities laws. Forward-looking statements include those containing such words as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “goal,” “guidance,” “intends,” “may,” “outlook,” “plans,” “projects,” “seeks,” “sees,” “should,” “targets,” “will,” “would,” or other words of similar meaning. All statements that reflect ParentCo’s or Arconic Corporation’s expectations, assumptions or projections about the future, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, forecasts relating to the growth of the aerospace, automotive, commercial transportation and other end markets; statements and guidance regarding future financial results or operating performance; statements about ParentCo’s or Arconic Corporation’s strategies, outlook, business and financial prospects; and statements regarding potential share gains. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Although each of ParentCo and Arconic Corporation believes that the expectations reflected in any forward-looking statements it makes are based on reasonable assumptions, it can give no assurance that these expectations will be attained and it is possible that actual results may differ materially from those indicated by these forward-looking statements due to a variety of risks and uncertainties. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:

deterioration in global economic and financial market conditions generally;

unfavorable changes in the markets served by ParentCo and Arconic Corporation;

competition from new product offerings, disruptive technologies, industry consolidation or other developments;

the loss of key customers or significant changes in the business or financial condition of customers;

manufacturing difficulties or other issues that impact product performance, quality or safety;

the inability to meet increased program demand successfully or to mitigate the impact of program cancellations, reductions or delays;

the outcome of product liability, product safety, personal injury, property damage, and recall claims and investigations, which can expose ParentCo and Arconic Corporation to substantial costs, liabilities and reputational harm;

political, economic, and regulatory risks relating to ParentCo’s and Arconic Corporation’s global operations, including compliance with U.S. and foreign trade and tax laws, sanctions, embargoes and other regulations;

a material disruption of Arconic Corporation’s operations, particularly at one or more of Arconic Corporations’ manufacturing facilities;

the inability to achieve the level of revenue growth, cash generation, cost savings, improvement in profitability and margins, fiscal discipline, or strengthening of competitiveness and operations anticipated or targeted;

the impact of potential cyber-attacks and information technology or data security breaches;

the inability to develop innovative new products or implement technology initiatives successfully;

challenges to Arconic Corporation’s intellectual property rights;

adverse changes in discount rates or investment returns on pension assets;

ParentCo’s and Arconic Corporation’s inability to realize expected benefits, in each case as planned and by targeted completion dates, from acquisitions, divestitures, facility closures, curtailments, expansions, or joint ventures;

increases in the cost of aluminum or volatility in the availability or costs of other raw materials;
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a significant downturn in the business or financial condition of a significant supplier;

the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on costs and results;

the outcome of contingencies, including legal proceedings, government or regulatory investigations, and environmental compliance and remediation, which can expose ParentCo and Arconic Corporation to substantial costs and liabilities;

the expected benefits and timing of the separation, and uncertainties regarding the planned separation, including the risk that conditions to the separation will not be satisfied and that it will not be completed pursuant to the targeted timing, asset perimeters, and other anticipated terms, if at all;

the impact of the separation on the businesses of ParentCo;

a determination by the IRS that the distribution or certain related transactions should be treated as taxable transactions;

the possibility that any consents or approvals required in connection with the separation will not be received or obtained within the expected time frame, on the expected terms or at all;

financing transactions expected to be undertaken or undertaken in connection with the separation and risks associated with additional indebtedness;

the risk that dissynergy costs, costs of restructuring transactions and other costs incurred in connection with the separation will exceed our estimates; and

the impact of the separation on our businesses and the risk that the businesses will not be separated successfully or such separation may be more difficult, time-consuming or costly than expected, which could result in additional demands on ParentCo’s resources, systems, procedures and controls, disruption of our ongoing business, and diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns and impact our relationships with customers, suppliers, employees and other business counterparties.
There can be no assurance that the separation, distribution or any other transaction described above will in fact be consummated in the manner described or at all. The above list of factors is not exhaustive or necessarily in order of importance. For additional information on identifying factors that may cause actual results to vary materially from those stated in forward-looking statements, see the discussions under “Risk Factors” in this information statement. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and each of ParentCo and Arconic Corporation assumes no obligation to update or revise such statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION
Overview
In February 2019, we announced our plan to separate into two independent, publicly traded companies. The separation will occur through a pro rata distribution to the ParentCo stockholders of 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Arconic Corporation, which was formed to hold the Arconic Corporation Businesses.
In connection with the distribution, we expect that:

ParentCo will complete the internal reorganization as a result of which Arconic Corporation will become the parent company of the ParentCo operations comprising, and the entities that will conduct, the Arconic Corporation Businesses;

ParentCo will change its name to “Howmet Aerospace Inc.”;

“Arconic Rolled Products Corporation” will change its name to “Arconic Corporation”;

Arconic Corporation will incur approximately $1.2 billion of indebtedness, as described under “Description of Material Indebtedness”; and

using a portion of the proceeds from one or more financing transactions on or prior to the completion of the distribution, Arconic Corporation will distribute approximately $800 million of cash to ParentCo.
On February 5, 2020, the ParentCo Board of Directors approved the distribution of all of Arconic Corporation’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock on the basis of one share of Arconic Corporation common stock for every four shares of ParentCo common stock held as of the close of business on March 19, 2020, the record date for the distribution.
At 12:01 a.m., Eastern Time, on April 1, 2020, the distribution date, each ParentCo stockholder will receive one share of Arconic Corporation common stock for every four shares of ParentCo common stock held at the close of business on the record date for the distribution, as described below. ParentCo stockholders will receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Arconic Corporation common stock that they would have received after application of this ratio. Upon completion of the separation, each Arconic stockholder as of the record date will continue to own shares of ParentCo (which, as a result of ParentCo’s name change to Howmet Aerospace, will be Howmet Aerospace shares) and will receive a proportionate share of the outstanding common stock of Arconic Corporation to be distributed. You will not be required to make any payment, surrender or exchange your ParentCo common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of Arconic Corporation common stock in the distribution. The distribution of Arconic Corporation common stock as described in this information statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions. For a more detailed description of these conditions, see “ — Conditions to the Distribution.”
Reasons for the Separation
The ParentCo Board of Directors believes that the separation of ParentCo into two independent, publicly traded companies through the separation of the Arconic Corporation Businesses from the Howmet Aerospace Businesses is in the best interests of ParentCo and its stockholders for a number of reasons, including:

Management Focus on Core Business and Distinct Opportunities.   The separation will permit each company to more effectively pursue its own distinct business, operating priorities and strategies, with Howmet Aerospace focusing primarily on aerospace and Arconic Corporation focusing on rolled products, extrusions, and building and construction systems. The separation will enable the management teams of each of the two companies to focus on strengthening its core business and operations, more effectively address unique operating and other needs, and pursue distinct and targeted opportunities for long-term growth and profitability.
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Allocation of Financial Resources and Separate Capital Structures.   The separation will permit each company to allocate its financial resources to meet the unique needs of its own business, which will allow each company to intensify its focus on its distinct strategic priorities. The separation will also allow each business to more effectively pursue its own distinct capital structures and capital allocation strategies. In addition, after the separation, the respective businesses within each company will no longer compete internally with the businesses of the other company for capital and other corporate resources.

Simplified Business Structure.   The separation will separate and simplify the structures currently required to manage a number of distinct and differing underlying businesses. These differences include exposure to industry cycles, manufacturing and procurement methods, customer base, research and development activities, and overhead structures.

Targeted Investment Opportunity.   The separation will create two companies with more focused, aligned businesses, which will allow each company to more effectively articulate a clear investment thesis to attract a long-term investor base suited to its businesses and the industries in which it operates and serves, and will facilitate each company’s access to capital by providing investors with two distinct and targeted investment opportunities.

Employee Incentives, Recruitment and Retention.   The separation will allow each company to more effectively recruit, retain and motivate employees through the use of stock-based compensation that more closely reflects and aligns management and employee incentives with specific growth objectives, financial goals and business performance. In addition, the separation will allow incentive structures and targets at each company to be better aligned with each underlying business. Similarly, recruitment and retention will be enhanced by more consistent talent requirements across the businesses, allowing both recruiters and applicants greater clarity and understanding of talent needs and opportunities associated with the core business activities, principles and risks of each company.

Creation of Independent Equity Currencies.   The separation will create independent equity securities, affording Arconic Corporation direct access to the capital markets, enabling it to use its own industry-focused stock to consummate future acquisitions or other transactions. As a result, Arconic Corporation will have more flexibility to capitalize on its unique strategic opportunities.
The ParentCo Board of Directors also considered a number of potentially negative factors in evaluating the separation, including:

Risk of Failure to Achieve Anticipated Benefits of the Separation.   We may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the separation for a variety of reasons, including, among others: the separation will demand significant management resources and require significant amounts of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating our business; and following the separation, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations, and other adverse events than if we were still a part of ParentCo because our business will be less diversified than ParentCo’s business prior to the completion of the separation.

Disruptions and Costs Related to the Separation.   The actions required to separate the Arconic Corporation Businesses and the Howmet Aerospace Businesses could disrupt our operations. In addition, we will incur substantial costs in connection with the separation and the transition to being a standalone, public company, which may include accounting, tax, legal and other professional services costs, recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring key senior management personnel who are new to Arconic Corporation, tax costs and costs to separate information systems.

Loss of Scale and Increased Administrative Costs.   As a current part of ParentCo, Arconic Corporation takes advantage of ParentCo’s size and purchasing power in procuring certain goods and services. After the separation, as a standalone company, we may be unable to obtain these goods, services and technologies at prices or on terms as favorable as those ParentCo obtained prior to completion of the separation. In addition, as part of ParentCo, Arconic Corporation benefits from certain functions performed by ParentCo, such as accounting, tax, legal, human
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
resources and other general and administrative functions. After the separation, Howmet Aerospace will not perform these functions for us and, because of our smaller scale as a standalone company, our cost of performing such functions could be higher than the amounts reflected in our historical financial statements, which would cause our profitability to decrease.

Limitations on Strategic Transactions.   Under the terms of the tax matters agreement that we will enter into with the ParentCo, we will be restricted from taking certain actions that could cause the distribution or certain related transactions to fail to qualify as tax-free under applicable law. These restrictions may limit for a period of time our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions and equity issuances or engage in other transactions that might increase the value of our business.

Uncertainty Regarding Stock Prices.   We cannot predict the effect of the separation on the trading prices of Arconic Corporation or Howmet Aerospace common stock or know with certainty whether the combined market value of one-fourth of a share of our common stock and one share of Howmet Aerospace common stock will be less than, equal to or greater than the market value of one share of ParentCo common stock prior to the distribution.
In determining to pursue the separation, the ParentCo Board of Directors concluded the potential benefits of the separation outweighed the foregoing factors. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this information statement.
Formation of Arconic Corporation
Arconic Corporation was formed in Delaware on August 14, 2019 for the purpose of holding the Arconic Corporation Businesses. As part of the plan to separate the Arconic Corporation Businesses from the remainder of its businesses, in connection with the internal reorganization, ParentCo plans to transfer the equity interests of certain entities that are expected to operate the Arconic Corporation Businesses and the assets and liabilities of the Arconic Corporation Businesses to Arconic Corporation prior to the distribution.
When and How You Will Receive the Distribution
With the assistance of Computershare, ParentCo expects to distribute Arconic Corporation common stock at 12:01 a.m., Eastern Time, on April 1, 2020, the distribution date, to all holders of outstanding ParentCo common stock as of the close of business on March 19, 2020, the record date for the distribution. Computershare will serve as the settlement and distribution agent in connection with the distribution and the transfer agent and registrar for Arconic Corporation common stock.
If you own ParentCo common stock as of the close of business on the record date for the distribution, Arconic Corporation common stock that you are entitled to receive in the distribution will be issued electronically, as of the distribution date, to you in direct registration form or to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf. If you are a registered holder, Computershare will then mail you a direct registration account statement that reflects your shares of Arconic Corporation common stock. If you hold your ParentCo shares through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the Arconic Corporation shares. Direct registration form refers to a method of recording share ownership when no physical share certificates are issued to stockholders, as is the case in this distribution. If you sell ParentCo common stock in the “regular-way” market up to and including the distribution date, you will be selling your right to receive shares of Arconic Corporation common stock in the distribution.
Commencing on or shortly after the distribution date, if you hold physical share certificates that represent your ParentCo common stock and you are the registered holder of the shares represented by those certificates, the distribution agent will mail to you an account statement that indicates the number of shares of Arconic Corporation common stock that have been registered in book-entry form in your name.
Most ParentCo stockholders hold their common stock through a bank or brokerage firm. In such cases, the bank or brokerage firm is said to hold the shares in “street name” and ownership would be recorded on the bank or brokerage firm’s books. If you hold your ParentCo common stock through a bank
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the Arconic Corporation common stock that you are entitled to receive in the distribution. If you have any questions concerning the mechanics of having shares held in “street name,” please contact your bank or brokerage firm.
Transferability of Shares You Receive
Shares of Arconic Corporation common stock distributed to holders in connection with the distribution will be transferable without registration under the Securities Act, except for shares received by persons who may be deemed to be our affiliates. Persons who may be deemed to be our affiliates after the distribution generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with us, which may include certain of our executive officers or directors. Securities held by our affiliates will be subject to resale restrictions under the Securities Act. Our affiliates will be permitted to sell shares of our common stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption afforded by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
Number of Shares of Arconic Corporation Common Stock You Will Receive
For every four shares of ParentCo common stock that you own at the close of business on March 19, 2020, the record date for the distribution, you will receive one share of Arconic Corporation common stock on the distribution date. ParentCo will not distribute any fractional shares of Arconic Corporation common stock to its stockholders. Instead, if you are a registered holder, Computershare will aggregate fractional shares into whole shares, sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices and distribute the aggregate cash proceeds (net of discounts and commissions) of the sales pro rata (based on the fractional share such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive) to each holder who otherwise would have been entitled to receive a fractional share in the distribution. The distribution agent, in its sole discretion, without any influence by ParentCo or Arconic Corporation, will determine when, how, and through which broker-dealer and at what price to sell the whole shares. Any broker-dealer used by the distribution agent will not be an affiliate of either ParentCo or Arconic Corporation and the distribution agent is not an affiliate of either ParentCo or Arconic Corporation. Neither Arconic Corporation nor ParentCo will be able to guarantee any minimum sale price in connection with the sale of these shares. Recipients of cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be entitled to any interest on the amounts paid in lieu of fractional shares.
The net cash proceeds of these sales of fractional shares will be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” for an explanation of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution. If you hold physical certificates for shares of ParentCo common stock and are the registered holder, you will receive a check from the distribution agent in an amount equal to your pro rata share of the net cash proceeds of the sales. We estimate that it will take approximately two weeks from the distribution date for the distribution agent to complete the distribution of the net cash proceeds. If you hold your shares of ParentCo common stock through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will receive, on your behalf, your pro rata share of the net cash proceeds of the sales and will electronically credit your account for your share of such proceeds.
Treatment of Equity-Based Compensation
In connection with the separation, equity-based awards granted by ParentCo prior to the separation are expected to be treated as described below. As of the separation, these awards will be held by (i) current and former employees of Arconic Corporation and its subsidiaries and certain other former employees classified as former employees of Arconic Corporation for purposes of post-separation compensation and benefits matters (the “Arconic Corporation Employees” and “Arconic Corporation Former Employees,” respectively), (ii) current and former employees of ParentCo and its subsidiaries and certain other former employees classified as former employees of ParentCo for purposes of post-separation compensation and benefits matters (the “ParentCo Employees” and “Former ParentCo Employees,” respectively), (iii) current non-employee directors of ParentCo who will continue to serve on the ParentCo Board of Directors after the separation (the “ParentCo Directors”), (iv) current non-employee directors of ParentCo who will serve
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
on the Arconic Corporation Board of Directors after the separation (the “Arconic Corporation Directors”), and (v) former non-employee directors of ParentCo who ceased serving on the ParentCo Board of Directors prior to the separation (the “Former Directors”).
Stock Options
Stock Options Held by Arconic Corporation Employees and Arconic Corporation Former Employees. Each award of ParentCo stock options held by an Arconic Corporation Employee or Arconic Corporation Former Employee will be converted into an award of stock options with respect to Arconic Corporation common stock. The exercise price of, and number of shares subject to, each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the original ParentCo award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. Such adjusted award will otherwise continue to have the same terms and conditions that applied to the original ParentCo award immediately prior to the separation.
Stock Options Held by ParentCo Employees and Former ParentCo Employees.   Each award of ParentCo stock options held by an ParentCo Employee or Former ParentCo Employee will continue to relate to ParentCo common stock, provided that the exercise price of, and number of shares subject to, each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the original ParentCo award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. Such adjusted award will otherwise continue to have the same terms and conditions that applied to the original ParentCo award immediately prior to the separation.
Restricted Share Units and Cash-Settled Deferred Share Units
Restricted Share Units Held by Arconic Corporation Employees, Arconic Corporation Former Employees and Arconic Corporation Directors.   Each award of ParentCo restricted share units held by an Arconic Corporation Employee, Arconic Corporation Former Employee, or Arconic Corporation Director will be converted into an award of restricted share units with respect to Arconic Corporation common stock. The number of shares subject to each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate value of the original ParentCo award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. Such adjusted award will otherwise continue to have the same terms and conditions that applied to the original ParentCo award immediately prior to the separation.
Restricted Share Units Held by ParentCo Employees, Former ParentCo Employees and ParentCo Directors.   Each award of ParentCo restricted share units held by a ParentCo Employee, Former ParentCo Employee, or ParentCo Director will continue to relate to ParentCo common stock, provided that the number of shares subject to each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate value of the original ParentCo award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. Such adjusted award will otherwise continue to have the same terms and conditions that applied to the original ParentCo award immediately prior to the separation.
Restricted Share Units Held by Former Directors.   Each Former Director who holds a vested award of ParentCo restricted share units that is deferred under the ParentCo deferred fee plan shall receive, upon the occurrence of the separation, a vested award of Arconic Corporation restricted share units relating to a number of Arconic Corporation restricted share units equal to the number of shares of ParentCo common stock subject to such award immediately prior to the separation multiplied by the distribution ratio. Each such vested ParentCo restricted share unit award and vested Arconic Corporation restricted share unit award will otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the applicable vested ParentCo restricted share unit award immediately prior to the separation.
Performance-Based Restricted Share Units
Performance-Based Restricted Share Units Held by Arconic Corporation Employees and Arconic Corporation Former Employees.   Each award of ParentCo performance-based restricted share units held by an Arconic Corporation Employee or Arconic Corporation Former Employee will be converted into an award of performance-based restricted share units with respect to Arconic Corporation common stock. The number of shares subject to each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
aggregate value of the original ParentCo award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. The performance conditions applicable to each Arconic Corporation restricted share unit award shall be (i) for the 2018-2020 performance period, deemed achieved based on the actual level of achievement of the applicable performance goals during the portion of the performance period ending on December 31, 2019 and (ii) for the 2020-2022 performance period, the conditions established by the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee prior to the separation. For the awards held by the current ParentCo Chief Executive Officer that have performance conditions based on the attainment of stock price goals relating to ParentCo, such goals shall remain in effect and the level of achievement of such goals shall be measured based on achievement of the combined stock prices of ParentCo and Arconic Corporation (as adjusted to reflect the distribution ratio). Each such adjusted award will otherwise continue to have the same terms and conditions that applied to the original ParentCo award immediately prior to the separation.
Performance-Based Restricted Share Units Held by ParentCo Employees and Former ParentCo Employees.   Each award of ParentCo performance-based restricted share units held by a ParentCo Employee or Former ParentCo Employee will continue to relate to ParentCo common stock, provided that the number of shares subject to each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate value of the original ParentCo award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. The performance conditions applicable to each ParentCo restricted share unit award shall be (i) for the 2018-2020 performance period, deemed achieved based on the actual level of achievement of the applicable performance goals during the portion of the performance period ending on December 31, 2019 and (ii) for the 2020-2022 performance period, the conditions established by the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee prior to the separation. Each such adjusted award will otherwise continue to have the same terms and conditions that applied to the original ParentCo award immediately prior to the separation.
Cash-Settled Deferred Share Units
Cash-Settled Deferred Share Units Held by Arconic Corporation Directors.   All cash-settled ParentCo deferred share units held by an Arconic Corporation Director will be converted into cash-settled Arconic Corporation deferred share units in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate value of the original ParentCo units as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding, unless the Arconic Corporation Director holds, as of the separation, ParentCo stock and equity awards with a value of at least two times the stock ownership guideline under ParentCo’s non-employee director compensation policy, in which case all of such Arconic Corporation Director’s cash-settled ParentCo deferred share units will be adjusted in the manner described below with respect to cash-settled ParentCo deferred share units held by Former Directors. Such adjusted units will otherwise continue to have the same terms and conditions that applied to the original ParentCo units immediately prior to the separation.
Cash-Settled Deferred Share Units Held by ParentCo Directors.   All cash-settled ParentCo deferred share units held by a ParentCo Director will continue to constitute cash-settled ParentCo deferred share units, provided that the number of units will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate value of the original ParentCo units as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding, unless the ParentCo Director holds, as of the separation, ParentCo stock and equity awards with a value of at least two times the stock ownership guideline under ParentCo’s non-employee director compensation policy, in which case all of such ParentCo Director’s cash-settled ParentCo deferred share units will be adjusted in the manner described below with respect to cash-settled ParentCo deferred share units held by Former Directors. Such adjusted units will otherwise continue to have the same terms and conditions that applied to the original ParentCo units immediately prior to the separation.
Cash-Settled Deferred Share Units Held by Former Directors.   Each Former Director who holds cash-settled ParentCo deferred share units credited under the ParentCo deferred fee plan shall be credited with, upon the occurrence of the separation, a number of Arconic Corporation cash-settled deferred share units equal to the number of cash-settled ParentCo deferred share units credited to such Former Director immediately prior to the separation multiplied by the distribution ratio. Such cash-settled ParentCo deferred share units and cash-settled Arconic Corporation deferred share units will otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the applicable cash-settled ParentCo deferred share units immediately prior to the separation.
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Internal Reorganization
As part of the separation, and prior to the distribution, ParentCo and its subsidiaries expect to complete an internal reorganization in order to transfer to Arconic Corporation the Arconic Corporation Businesses that it will hold following the separation. Among other things and subject to limited exceptions, the internal reorganization is expected to result in Arconic Corporation owning, directly or indirectly, the operations comprising, and the entities that conduct, the Arconic Corporation Businesses.
The internal reorganization is expected to include various restructuring transactions pursuant to which (1) the operations, assets and liabilities of ParentCo and its subsidiaries used to conduct the Arconic Corporation Businesses will be separated from the operations, assets and liabilities of ParentCo and its subsidiaries used to conduct the Howmet Aerospace Businesses and (2) such Arconic Corporation Businesses operations, assets and liabilities will be contributed, transferred or otherwise allocated to Arconic Corporation or one of its direct or indirect subsidiaries. These restructuring transactions may take the form of asset transfers, mergers, demergers, dividends, contributions and similar transactions, and may involve the formation of new subsidiaries in U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions to own and operate the Arconic Corporation Businesses or Howmet Aerospace Businesses in such jurisdictions.
As part of this internal reorganization, ParentCo will contribute to Arconic Corporation certain liabilities and certain assets, including equity interests in entities that are expected to conduct the Arconic Corporation Businesses.
Following the completion of the internal reorganization and immediately prior to the distribution, Arconic Corporation will be the parent company of the entities that are expected to conduct the Arconic Corporation Businesses and ParentCo will remain the parent company of the entities that are expected to conduct the Howmet Aerospace Businesses.
Results of the Distribution
After the distribution, Arconic Corporation will be an independent, publicly traded company. The actual number of shares to be distributed will be determined at the close of business on March 19, 2020, the record date for the distribution, and will reflect any exercise of ParentCo options between the date the ParentCo Board of Directors declares the distribution and the record date for the distribution. The distribution will not affect the number of outstanding shares of ParentCo common stock or any rights of ParentCo stockholders. ParentCo will not distribute any fractional shares of Arconic Corporation common stock.
We will enter into a separation agreement and other related agreements with ParentCo to effect the separation and to provide a framework for our relationship with Howmet Aerospace after the separation, and will enter into certain other agreements, including a tax matters agreement, an employee matters agreement, intellectual property license agreements, an agreement relating to the Davenport plant, metal supply agreements and real estate and office leases. These agreements will provide for the allocation between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace of the assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including, among others, investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) of ParentCo and its subsidiaries attributable to periods prior to, at and after Arconic Corporation’s separation from ParentCo and will govern the relationship between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace subsequent to the completion of the separation. For additional information regarding the separation agreement and other transaction agreements, see the sections entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Distribution” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Market for Arconic Corporation Common Stock
There is currently no public trading market for Arconic Corporation common stock. Arconic Corporation intends to apply to list its common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ARNC.” Arconic Corporation has not and will not set the initial price of its common stock. The initial price will be established by the public markets.
We cannot predict the price at which Arconic Corporation common stock will trade after the distribution. In fact, the combined trading prices, after the distribution, of the shares of Arconic
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Corporation common stock that each ParentCo stockholder will receive in the distribution, together with the ParentCo common stock (which, as a result of ParentCo’s name change to Howmet Aerospace, will be Howmet Aerospace common stock) held at the record date for the distribution, may not equal the “regular-way” trading price of the ParentCo common stock immediately prior to the distribution. The price at which Arconic Corporation common stock trades may fluctuate significantly, particularly until an orderly public market develops. Trading prices for Arconic Corporation common stock will be determined in the public markets and may be influenced by many factors. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Common Stock.”
Incurrence of Debt
Arconic Corporation expects to enter into the Senior Credit Facilities on or prior to the completion of the distribution and has completed an offering of the notes, with approximately $800 million of the proceeds of such financings expected to be used to distribute cash to ParentCo. As a result of such transactions, Arconic Corporation anticipates having approximately $1.2 billion of indebtedness upon completion of the distribution, consisting of  (i) a senior secured first-lien term loan in an aggregate principal amount of  $600 million and (ii) the notes in an aggregate principal amount of  $600 million. Under the Senior Credit Facilities, we would also have $1.0 billion of indebtedness available to be drawn under the Revolving Facility. For more information, see “Description of Material Indebtedness.”
Trading Between the Record Date and the Distribution Date
Beginning on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and continuing up to and including through the distribution date, ParentCo expects that there will be two markets in ParentCo common stock: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. ParentCo common stock that trades on the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to Arconic Corporation common stock distributed in the distribution. ParentCo common stock that trades on the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to Arconic Corporation common stock distributed in the distribution. Therefore, if you sell shares of ParentCo common stock in the “regular-way” market up to and including through the distribution date, you will be selling your right to receive shares of Arconic Corporation common stock in the distribution. If you own ParentCo common stock at the close of business on the record date and sell those shares on the “ex-distribution” market up to and including through the distribution date, you will receive the shares of Arconic Corporation common stock that you are entitled to receive pursuant to your ownership of shares of ParentCo common stock as of the record date.
Furthermore, beginning on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and continuing up to and including the distribution date, Arconic Corporation expects that there will be a “when-issued” market in its common stock. “When-issued” trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally because the security has been authorized but not yet issued. The “when-issued” trading market will be a market for Arconic Corporation common stock that will be distributed to holders of ParentCo common stock on the distribution date. If you owned ParentCo common stock at the close of business on the record date for the distribution, you would be entitled to Arconic Corporation common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. You may trade this entitlement to shares of Arconic Corporation common stock, without trading the ParentCo common stock you own, on the “when-issued” market. On the first trading day following the distribution date, “when-issued” trading with respect to Arconic Corporation common stock will end, and “regular-way” trading with respect to Arconic Corporation common stock will begin.
Conditions to the Distribution
The distribution will be effective at 12:01 a.m., Eastern Time, on April 1, 2020, which is the distribution date, provided that the conditions set forth in the separation agreement have been satisfied (or waived by ParentCo in its sole and absolute discretion), including, among others:

the SEC declaring effective the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part; there being no order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement in effect; and no proceedings for such purposes having been instituted or threatened by the SEC;

this information statement having been made available to ParentCo stockholders;
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the receipt by ParentCo and continuing validity of an opinion of its outside counsel, satisfactory to the ParentCo Board of Directors, regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;

the internal reorganization having been completed and the transfer of assets and liabilities of the Arconic Corporation Businesses from ParentCo to Arconic Corporation, and the transfer of assets and liabilities of the Howmet Aerospace Businesses from Arconic Corporation to ParentCo, having been completed in accordance with the separation agreement;

the receipt of one or more opinions from an independent appraisal firm to the ParentCo Board of Directors as to the solvency of Howmet Aerospace and Arconic Corporation after the completion of the distribution, in each case in a form and substance acceptable to the ParentCo Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion;

all actions necessary or appropriate under applicable U.S. federal, state or other securities or blue sky laws and the rules and regulations thereunder having been taken or made and, where applicable, having become effective or been accepted;

the execution of certain agreements contemplated by the separation agreement;

no order, injunction or decree issued by any government authority of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the separation, the distribution or any of the related transactions being in effect;

the shares of Arconic Corporation common stock to be distributed having been accepted for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;

ParentCo having received certain proceeds from the financing arrangements described under “Description of Material Indebtedness” and being satisfied in its sole and absolute discretion that, as of the effective time of the distribution, it will have no further liability under such arrangements; and

no other event or development existing or having occurred that, in the judgment of ParentCo’s Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, makes it inadvisable to effect the separation, the distribution and the other related transactions.
ParentCo will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine (and change) the terms of, and whether to proceed with, the distribution and, to the extent it determines to so proceed, to determine the record date for the distribution, the distribution date and the distribution ratio. ParentCo will also have sole and absolute discretion to waive any of the conditions to the distribution. ParentCo does not intend to notify its stockholders of any modifications to the terms of the separation or distribution that, in the judgment of its Board of Directors, are not material. For example, the ParentCo Board of Directors might consider material such matters as significant changes to the distribution ratio, significant changes to the assets to be contributed or the liabilities to be assumed in the separation. To the extent that the ParentCo Board of Directors determines that any modifications by ParentCo, including any waivers of any conditions to the distribution, materially change the terms of the distribution, ParentCo will notify ParentCo stockholders in a manner reasonably calculated to inform them about the modification as may be required by law, by publishing a press release, filing a current report on Form 8-K and/or circulating a supplement to this information statement.
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVIDEND POLICY
We expect that we will return to stockholders cash dividends in an aggregate amount of up to approximately $50 million in the first year following the distribution and up to approximately $100 million per annum thereafter. However, the timing, declaration, amount of, and payment of any dividends following the separation will be within the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our operating subsidiaries, covenants associated with certain of our debt service obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice, ability to access capital markets, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Moreover, if we determine to pay any dividend in the future, there can be no assurance that we will continue to pay such dividends or the amount of such dividends.
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2019, on a historical basis and on a pro forma basis to give effect to the pro forma adjustments included in our Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information. The information below is not necessarily indicative of what our capitalization would have been had the separation, distribution, and related financing transactions been completed as of September 30, 2019. In addition, it is not indicative of our future capitalization. This table should be read in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data of Arconic Corporation,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our Combined Financial Statements and notes included in the “Index to Financial Statements” section of this information statement.
September 30, 2019
(in millions)
As Reported
Pro Forma
(Unaudited)
Cash
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 47 $ 400
Capitalization:
Debt Outstanding
Long-term debt, including amount due within one year
$ 250 $ 1,174
Equity
Common stock, par value
$ $ 1
Additional capital
2,468
Parent Company net investment
2,416
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
310 (1,159)
Sub-total equity
2,726 1,310
Noncontrolling interest
14 14
Total equity
2,740 1,324
Total capitalization
$ 2,990 $ 2,498
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA OF ARCONIC CORPORATION
The following table presents the selected historical combined financial data for Arconic Corporation. We derived the selected statement of combined operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 and the selected combined balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019 from our unaudited Combined Financial Statements, which are included in the “Index to Financial Statements” section of this information statement. We derived the selected statement of combined operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, as set forth below, from our audited Combined Financial Statements, which are included in the “Index to Financial Statements” section of this information statement. We derived the selected statement of combined operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 from Arconic Corporation’s unaudited underlying financial records, which were derived from the financial records of ParentCo and are not included in this information statement.
The historical results do not necessarily indicate the results expected for any future period. You should read the selected historical combined financial data presented below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this information statement. Per share data has not been presented since Arconic Corporation was wholly-owned by ParentCo during the periods presented.
As of and for the nine months
ended September 30,
As of and for the year ended December 31,
(in millions)
2019
2018
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
Sales
$ 5,569 $ 5,633 $ 7,442 $ 6,824 $ 6,661 $ 7,046 $ 8,321
Net income (loss)
39 71 170 209 155 (60) (124)
Total assets
4,790 4,968 4,795 4,902 4,705 4,627 4,886
Total debt
250 260 250 255 256 253 249
Supplemental Information(1):
Capital expenditures
$ 120 $ 195 $ 317 $ 241 $ 350
Segment Information:
Rolled Products
Third-party sales
4,294 4,333 5,731 5,125 4,996
Segment operating profit
346 268 328 384 374
Extrusions
Third-party sales
420 409 546 518 551
Segment operating profit
(29) 2 1 34 74
Building and Construction Systems
Third-party sales
855 866 1,140 1,066 1,011
Segment operating profit
89 74 91 82 86
Non-GAAP Financial Measures(2):
Sales — as adjusted
$ 5,415 $ 5,432 $ 7,185 $ 6,443
Adjusted EBITDA
470 410 542 531
Further Adjusted EBITDA
595 472 632 671
Adjusted EBIT
280 212 270 265
Further Adjusted EBIT
407 277 363 399
Capital expenditures — as
adjusted
118 193 313 236
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
As of and for the nine months
ended September 30,
As of and for the year ended December 31,
(in millions)
2019
2018
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
Segment Information:
Rolled Products
Third-party sales — as adjusted
4,179 4,198 5,552 4,909
Adjusted EBITDA
485 422 540 589
Further Adjusted EBITDA
520 453 584 641
Extrusions
Third-party sales — as adjusted
381 368 493 468
Adjusted EBITDA
(7) 19 24 56
Further Adjusted EBITDA
(6) 20 26 59
Building and Construction Systems
Third-party sales — as adjusted
N/A N/A N/A N/A
Adjusted EBITDA
103 88 109 98
Further Adjusted EBITDA
105 90 111 101
(1)
The Supplemental Information is being included consistent with the periods presented in both the Audited Combined Financial Statements and Unaudited Combined Financial Statements included in the Index to Financial Statements.
(2)
The Non-GAAP Financial Measures are being included consistent with the periods presented in the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information, along with the most recent respective comparative period.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Basis for Inclusion and Reconciliations
Certain of the information included in the table above is derived from Arconic Corporation’s historical combined financial information but is not presented in Arconic Corporation’s historical combined financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. Such information is considered “non-GAAP financial measures” under SEC regulations. This non-GAAP financial information is being provided to supplement the understanding of Arconic Corporation’s GAAP financial information. In particular, Arconic Corporation believes these non-GAAP financial measures to be useful for the following reasons:
(i)
The measures presented provide additional information with respect to Arconic Corporation’s historical operating performance and Arconic Corporation’s ability to meet its current and future financial obligations;
(ii)
Certain of the measures, such as Adjusted EBITDA, are expected to be the basis for calculations with respect to compliance with certain debt covenants expected to be included in Arconic Corporation’s future financing arrangements; and
(iii)
The measures presented are expected to be used to market the debt Arconic Corporation will incur in connection with the capital structure to be established at the time of separation to both public and private lenders.
The non-GAAP financial measures presented in the table above are derived from the most directly comparable GAAP measures adjusted for the following items, as applicable:
(i)
Special items: defined as restructuring and other charges, discrete income tax items, and other items as deemed appropriate by management. There can be no assurances that additional special items will not occur in future periods;
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(ii)
Divestitures: this adjustment removes the impact related to previously divested businesses and planned divestitures. Specifically, divestitures pertain to the Fusina (Italy) rolling mill (divested in March 2017), the Latin America extrusions business (divested in April 2018), the Itapissuma (Brazil) rolling mill (reached agreement to sell in August 2019), and the hard alloy extrusions plant in South Korea (reached agreement to sell in October 2019); and
(iii)
Pension/OPEB: this adjustment reflects the pro forma impact related to benefit expenses associated with certain U.S. defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan obligations expected to be transferred to Arconic Corporation in connection with the separation. Accordingly, certain of the expenses related to these plans previously recognized by Arconic Corporation in its historical combined financial statements would have been recorded in nonoperating income instead of operating income (see note (a) in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information — Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements”).
The presentation of non-GAAP financial measures is not intended to be a substitute for, and should not be considered in isolation from, the financial measures reported in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, Arconic Corporation encourages consideration of non-GAAP measures as a supplement to the respective GAAP measures. The non-GAAP measures presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
Arconic Corporation’s definition of Adjusted EBITDA (Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) is net margin plus an add-back for depreciation and amortization. Net margin is equivalent to Sales minus the following items: Cost of goods sold; Selling, general administrative, and other expenses; Research and development expenses; and Provision for depreciation and amortization. Arconic Corporation’s definition of Adjusted EBIT (Earnings before interest and taxes) is equivalent to Net margin.
For the nine months
ended September 30,
For the year ended December 31,
(in millions)
2019
2018
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
Reconciliation of Adjusted Sales:
Sales
$ 5,569 $ 5,633 $ 7,442 $ 6,824
Adjustments:
Divestitures
(154) (201) (257) (381)
Sales — as adjusted
$ 5,415 $ 5,432 $ 7,185 $ 6,443
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA:
Net income
$ 39 $ 71 $ 170 $ 209
Add:
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Provision for income taxes
55 33 71 42
Other (income) expenses, net
(4) 9 4 (287)
Interest expense
86 99 129 168
Restructuring and other charges
104 (104) 133
Provision for depreciation and amortization
190 198 272 266
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 470 $ 410 $ 542 $ 531
Adjustments:
Other special items*
63 7 13 48
Divestitures
(6) (8) (8) (1)
Pension/OPEB
68 63 85 93
Further Adjusted EBITDA
$ 595 $ 472 $ 632 $ 671
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
For the nine months
ended September 30,
For the year ended December 31,
(in millions)
2019
2018
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBIT:
Net income
$ 39 $ 71 $ 170 $ 209
Add:
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Provision for income taxes
55 33 71 42
Other (income) expenses, net
(4) 9 4 (287)
Interest expense
86 99 129 168
Restructuring and other charges
104 (104) 133
Adjusted EBIT
$ 280 $ 212 $ 270 $ 265
Adjustments:
Other special items*
63 7 13 48
Divestitures
(4) (5) (5) (7)
Pension/OPEB
68 63 85 93
Further Adjusted EBIT
$ 407 $ 277 $ 363 $ 399
Reconciliation of Adjusted Capital Expenditures:
Capital expenditures
$ 120 $ 195 $ 317 $ 241
Adjustments:
Divestitures
(2) (2) (4) (5)
Capital expenditures — as adjusted
$ 118 $ 193 $ 313 $ 236
Reconciliation of Rolled Products Adjusted Third-Party Sales:
Third-party sales
$ 4,294 $ 4,333 $ 5,731 $ 5,125
Adjustments:
Divestitures
(115) (135) (179) (216)
Third-party sales — as adjusted
$ 4,179 $ 4,198 $ 5,552 $ 4,909
Reconciliation of Rolled Products Adjusted EBITDA:
Segment operating profit
$ 346 $ 268 $ 328 $ 384
Add:
Provision for depreciation and amortization
139 154 212 205
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 485 $ 422 $ 540 $ 589
Adjustments:
Divestitures
(3) (1) 5
Pension/OPEB
35 34 45 47
Further Adjusted EBITDA
$ 520 $ 453 $ 584 $ 641
Reconciliation of Extrusions Adjusted Third-Party Sales:
Third-party sales
$ 420 $ 409 $ 546 $ 518
Adjustments:
Divestitures
(39) (41) (53) (50)
Third-party sales — as adjusted
$ 381 $ 368 $ 493 $ 468
Reconciliation of Extrusions Adjusted EBITDA:
Segment operating profit
$ (29) $ 2 $ 1 $ 34
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
For the nine months
ended September 30,
For the year ended December 31,
(in millions)
2019
2018
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
Add:
Provision for depreciation and amortization
22 17 23 22
Adjusted EBITDA
$ (7) $ 19 $ 24 $ 56
Adjustments:
Divestitures
(8) (7) (10) (10)
Pension/OPEB
9 8 12 13
Further Adjusted EBITDA
$ (6) $ 20 $ 26 $ 59
Reconciliation of Building and Construction Systems Adjusted EBITDA:
Segment operating profit
$ 89 $ 74 $ 91 $ 82
Add:
Provision for depreciation and amortization
14 14 18 16
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 103 $ 88 $ 109 $ 98
Adjustments:
Pension/OPEB
2 2 2 3
Further Adjusted EBITDA
$ 105 $ 90 $ 111 $ 101
*
Other special items include the following:

for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a charge for an ongoing environmental remediation matter referred to as Grasse River ($25) and an allocation of ParentCo costs associated with the following matters: the planned separation of ParentCo ($23), negotiation of a collective bargaining agreement with the United Steelworkers ($9), a legal matter referred to as Grenfell Tower ($3), and a company-wide strategy and portfolio review by management ($3);

for the nine months ended September 30, 2018, an allocation of ParentCo costs associated with a legal matter referred to as Grenfell Tower;

for the year ended December 31, 2018, an allocation of ParentCo costs associated with both a legal matter referred to as Grenfell Tower ($9) and a company-wide strategy and portfolio review by management ($4); and

for the year ended December 31, 2017, an allocation of ParentCo costs associated with the following matters: proxy, advisory, and governance-related ($30), the separation of Alcoa Inc. ($9), a legal matter referred to as Grenfell Tower ($7), and ParentCo’s Delaware reincorporation ($2).
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information presented below has been derived from Arconic Corporation’s historical Combined Financial Statements included in this information statement. While the historical Combined Financial Statements reflect the past financial results of the Arconic Corporation Businesses, this pro forma information gives effect to the separation of that business into an independent, publicly traded company. The pro forma adjustments to reflect the distribution include:

the separation of the assets (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries) and liabilities related to the Arconic Corporation Businesses from ParentCo and the transfer of those assets (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries) and liabilities to Arconic Corporation;

the distribution of 100% of our issued and outstanding common stock by ParentCo in connection with the separation;

the effect of our anticipated post-separation capital structure, including the incurrence of indebtedness of $1,200 million and the distribution of approximately $800 million of cash to ParentCo; and

the impact of, and transactions contemplated by, the separation agreement, the tax matters agreement, the employee matters agreement, intellectual property license agreements, an agreement relating to the Davenport plant, metal supply agreements and real estate and office leases between us and ParentCo and the provisions contained therein.
The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and assumptions our management believes are reasonable; however, such adjustments are subject to change as the costs of operating as a standalone company are determined. In addition, such adjustments are estimates and may not prove to be accurate. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information has been derived from our historical Combined Financial Statements included in this information statement and includes certain adjustments to give effect to events that are (1) directly attributable to the distribution and related transaction agreements, (2) factually supportable, and (3) with respect to the statement of combined operations, expected to have a continuing impact on Arconic Corporation. Any change in costs or expenses associated with operating as a standalone company would constitute projected amounts based on estimates and, therefore, are not factually supportable; as such, the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information has not been adjusted for any such estimated changes. Only costs that management has determined to be factually supportable and recurring are included as pro forma adjustments, including the items described above. Incremental costs and expenses associated with operating as a standalone company, which are not reflected in the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information, are not practical to estimate as of the date of this filing.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 has been prepared as though the distribution occurred on January 1, 2018. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet at September 30, 2019 has been prepared as though the distribution occurred on September 30, 2019. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information is for illustrative purposes only, and does not reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had the distribution occurred on the dates indicated and is not necessarily indicative of our future financial position and future results of operations.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information should be read in conjunction with our historical combined financial information, “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this information statement. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information constitutes forward-looking information and is subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this information statement.
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Combined Operations
(in millions, except per-share amounts)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2019
As Reported
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Sales
$ 5,569 $ 5,569
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of expenses below)
4,810 (56)
(a)
4,754
Selling, general administrative, and other expenses
255 (33)
(a)(b)
222
Research and development expenses
34 (1)
(a)
33
Provision for depreciation and amortization
190 190
Restructuring and other charges
104 104
Operating income
176 90 266
Interest expense
86 (37)
(c)
49
Other (income) expenses, net
(4) 74
(a)
70
Income before income taxes
94 53 147
Provision for income taxes
55 11
(d)
66
Net income
39 42 81
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
$ 39 42 $ 81
Earnings per share:
Basic
$ 0.71 (e)
Diluted
$ 0.71 (e)
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic
112.7 (e)
Diluted
113.8 (e)
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Combined Operations
(in millions, except per-share amounts)
For the year ended December 31, 2018
As Reported
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Sales
$ 7,442 $ 7,442
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of expenses below)
6,549 (73)
(a)
6,476
Selling, general administrative, and other expenses
288 (10)
(a)
278
Research and development expenses
63 (1)
(a)
62
Provision for depreciation and amortization
272 272
Restructuring and other charges
(104) (104)
Operating income
374 84 458
Interest expense
129 (61)
(c)
68
Other expenses, net
4 93
(a)
97
Income before income taxes
241 52 293
Provision for income taxes
71 12
(d)
83
Net income
170 40 210
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
$ 170 40 $ 210
Earnings per share:
Basic
$ 1.74 (e)
Diluted
$ 1.72 (e)
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic
120.7 (e)
Diluted
122.1 (e)
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
(in millions)
September 30, 2019
As Reported
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 47 353
(c)
$ 400
Receivables from customers
436 386
(f)
822
Inventories
877 877
Other current assets
175 175
Total current assets
1,535 739 2,274
Properties, plants, and equipment, net
2,711 2,711
Other noncurrent assets
544 290
(c)(d)
834
Total assets
$ 4,790 1,029 $ 5,819
Liabilities
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable, trade
$ 1,056 $ 1,056
Environmental remediation
77 7
(g)
84
Other current liabilities
206 67
(a)(c)
273
Total current liabilities
1,339 74 1,413
Long-term debt
250 918
(c)
1,168
Accrued pension and other postretirement benefits
51 1,549
(a)
1,600
Environmental remediation
152 7
(g)
159
Other noncurrent liabilities
258 (103)
(d)
155
Total liabilities
2,050 2,445 4,495
Equity
Common stock
1
(h)
1
Additional capital
2,468
(h)
2,468
Parent Company net investment
2,416 (2,416)
(i)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
310 (1,469)
(a)(d)
(1,159)
Sub-total equity
2,726 (1,416) 1,310
Noncontrolling interest
14 14
Total equity
2,740 (1,416) 1,324
Total liabilities and equity
$ 4,790 1,029 $ 5,819
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
(a)
In connection with the separation, a portion of certain U.S. defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan obligations will be transferred to Arconic Corporation. These ParentCo plans were accounted for on a multiemployer basis in Arconic Corporation’s historical combined financial statements. Accordingly, no liability was recorded in Arconic Corporation’s historical combined balance sheet to recognize the funded status of these plans. However, benefit expenses related to these plans attributable to Arconic Corporation Businesses were recorded in Arconic Corporation’s historical statement of combined operations based primarily on pensionable compensation of active participants and estimated interest costs. Additionally, Arconic Corporation’s historical statement of combined operations included an allocation of benefit expenses related to these plans for ParentCo corporate participants as well as for participants of closed and sold operations.
The pro forma adjustment in the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2019 reflects the funded status (current liability of  $63 and noncurrent liability of $1,549) of the plan obligations that are expected to be transferred to Arconic Corporation, as well as the related amount (-$1,903) to be recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income.
The pro forma adjustment in the Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Combined Operations for both the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018 reflects a net amount composed of  (i) the removal of the allocation of benefit expenses (multiemployer plan accounting (see Note below)) related to these plans for ParentCo corporate participants, as well as for participants of closed and sold operations, (ii) the addition of estimated benefit expenses (defined benefit plan accounting – service cost and nonservice cost (see Note below)) related to these plans for expected Arconic Corporation corporate participants, as well as for certain participants of closed and sold operations, and (iii) a reclassification of a portion of benefit expenses related to these plans previously recognized under multiemployer accounting (see Note below) to nonservice cost under defined benefit plan accounting (see Note below) for participants associated with the Arconic Corporation Businesses (the total benefit expense under multiemployer plan accounting approximates the total benefit expense under defined benefit plan accounting). The following table details this net adjustment:
For the nine months ended
September 30, 2019
For the year ended
December 31, 2018
COGS(1)
SG&A(1)
R&D(1)
Other
expenses, net
Pretax
income
COGS(1)
SG&A(1)
R&D(1)
Other
expenses, net
Pretax
income
Pro forma adjustments:
Removal of corporate allocation
$ (10) $ (10) $ (1) $ $ 21 $ (14) $ (11) $ (2) $ $ 27
Addition of corporate expense
28 (28) 1 1 34 (36)
Reclassification of nonservice cost(2)
(46) 46 (59) 59
$ (56) $ (10) $ (1) $ 74 $ (7) $ (73) $ (10) $ (1) $ 93 $ (9)
(1)
COGS = Cost of goods sold; SG&A = Selling, general administrative, and other expenses; R&D = Research and development expenses
(2)
This reclassification relates to the nonservice portion of benefit expense associated with the Arconic Corporation Businesses (i.e., does not include corporate). See the “Addition of corporate expense” line item in this table for the nonservice portion of benefit expense associated with corporate.
Note: Multiemployer plan accounting results in benefit expense being recorded entirely in operating income (COGS, SG&A, and R&D). Defined benefit plan accounting results in benefit expense being split between operating income (service cost) and nonoperating income (nonservice cost).
(b)
Reflects the removal of costs related to the separation incurred by ParentCo and partially allocated to Arconic Corporation’s historical combined financial statements. These costs were primarily for legal, tax, accounting, and other professional fees, and will not continue to be incurred post-separation.
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(c)
Arconic Corporation has commitments for $1,200 in third-party indebtedness in connection with the capital structure to be established at the time of separation. Of this indebtedness amount, Arconic Corporation would retain approximately $400 in cash and the remainder of the proceeds would be distributed to ParentCo. This indebtedness is comprised of  $600 in 6.125% (fixed rate) Senior Secured Second-Lien Notes due 2028 and a $600 Senior Secured First-Lien Term B Loan Facility (variable rate and seven-year term). Additionally, Arconic Corporation will have access to a $1,000 Senior Secured First-Lien Revolving Credit Facility (variable rate and five-year term), which is expected to be undrawn at the time of the completion of the separation. Upfront financing costs associated with these debt arrangements are estimated to be $43 ($26 is reflected as a reduction to long-term debt and $17 is a noncurrent asset), which will be amortized to interest expense over the respective terms of the arrangements. Accordingly, the carrying value of the new third-party indebtedness is $1,174, of which $6 is classified as a current liability to reflect a mandatory 1% annual repayment provision of the Senior Secured First-Lien Term B Loan Facility.
   
Also, at separation, ParentCo is expected to remain the borrower associated with $250 in Midwestern Disaster Area Revenue Bonds Series 2012 due 2042 (the “Davenport Bond”), the net proceeds of which were used to acquire, construct, reconstruct, and renovate certain facilities at Arconic Corporation’s rolling mill plant in Davenport, IA. Accordingly, the $250 carrying value of the Davenport Bond, as well as the related accrued interest payable of  $2, has been removed from the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2019.
   
Additionally, a net adjustment to interest expense on the Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Combined Operations for both the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018 reflects a net amount composed of  (i) the elimination of the allocation of the cost of ParentCo’s debt included in Arconic Corporation’s historical combined financial statements that will not be an obligation of Arconic Corporation following the separation, (ii) the elimination of the cost of the Davenport Bond included in Arconic Corporation’s historical combined financial statements that will not be an obligation of Arconic Corporation following the separation, and (iii) the inclusion of the costs of the new third-party indebtedness, which will be an obligation of Arconic Corporation following the separation. The following table details this net adjustment:
For the nine months ended
September 30, 2019
For the year ended
December 31, 2018
Gross
expense
Amount
capitalized
Net
expense
Gross
expense
Amount
capitalized
Net
expense
As reported
$ 95 $ 9 $ 86 $ 138 $ 9 $ 129
Pro forma adjustments:
Removal of cost allocation
(86) (86) (125) (125)
Removal of Davenport Bond
(9) (9) (12) (12)
New indebtedness
58 58 76 76
(37) (37) (61) (61)
Pro forma
$ 58 $ 9 $ 49 $ 77 $ 9 $ 68
   
The assumed variable interest rate with respect to the Senior Secured First-Lien Term B Loan Facility is 1-month LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 275 basis points and the assumed variable commitment fee related to the Senior Secured First-Lien Revolving Credit Facility for undrawn capacity is 0.35%. For purposes of the pro forma adjustment, management calculated the average of the daily 1-month LIBOR during the respective periods for both the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018. A 0.125 percentage-point change to the assumed variable interest rate associated with the Senior Secured First-Lien Term B Loan Facility would change the estimated interest expense of the new third-party indebtedness by less than $1 annually.
(d)
The Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Combined Operations for both the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018 reflect the income tax impact of the pretax income pro forma adjustments described in notes (a), (b), and (c) above, as applicable. Also, the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2019 reflects the
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
deferred income tax impact associated with the establishment of the liabilities described in note (a) above and note (g) below. As such pro forma adjustments are related to the U.S. jurisdiction, the applicable statutory income tax rate, including the 21% federal rate, was used to calculate the income tax impact. The effective income tax rate of Arconic Corporation could differ depending on activities subsequent to the separation.
(e)
The weighted-average shares outstanding of Arconic Corporation common stock used to compute basic and diluted earnings per common share is based on the weighted-average shares outstanding of ParentCo common stock for both the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and year ended December 31, 2018, adjusted for the distribution ratio of one share of Arconic Corporation common stock for every four shares of ParentCo common stock. The diluted earnings per common share gives effect to the potential dilution from common share equivalents related to stock-based awards granted to employees under ParentCo’s stock-based compensation plan, which management believes is a reasonable approximation of the potential dilutive effect of stock-based awards related to employees of the Arconic Corporation Businesses for purposes of Arconic Corporation’s pro forma diluted earnings per share.
(f)
Reflects an add back of Arconic Corporation’s outstanding customer receivables sold to a bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of ParentCo in connection with ParentCo’s accounts receivable securitization arrangement. Upon completion of the separation, Arconic Corporation will no longer sell its customer receivables to ParentCo and Arconic Corporation does not expect to enter into a similar arrangement of its own.
(g)
Reflects the addition of environmental remediation liabilities associated with certain former operating locations of ParentCo, including those related to retained obligations from operating locations previously divested, that will be assumed by Arconic Corporation in accordance with the terms of the separation and distribution agreement.
(h)
On the distribution date, Parent Company net investment in Arconic Corporation (after reflecting the balance sheet impact of the pro forma adjustments described in notes (a), (c), (d), (f), and (g) above) will be re-designated as Arconic Corporation shareholders’ equity, which will be allocated between common stock and additional capital based on the number of outstanding shares of Arconic Corporation common stock at the record date (March 19, 2020). The number of such outstanding shares will be determined at a distribution ratio of one share of Arconic Corporation common stock for every four shares of ParentCo common stock. Arconic Corporation’s common stock will have a par value of  $0.01 per share. Accordingly, this adjustment reflects the distribution ratio applied to ParentCo’s outstanding shares of common stock (433,819,520) as of September 30, 2019.
(i)
Reflects a net adjustment related to the balance sheet impact of the pro forma adjustments described in notes (a), (c), (d), (f), (g), and (h) above.
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
BUSINESS
All amounts discussed in this section are in millions of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise indicated. This section discusses Arconic Corporation’s business assuming the completion of all of the transactions described in this information statement, including the separation.
Our Company
Overview
Arconic Corporation is a global leader in manufacturing aluminum sheet, plate, extrusions and architectural products, serving primarily the ground transportation, aerospace, building and construction, industrial, and packaging end-markets. We were previously part of Alcoa Inc. (which was renamed Arconic Inc. in 2016), which created the modern aluminum industry more than 125 years ago. Our technical expertise, long-standing, collaborative customer relationships and history in the lightweight metals industry as an innovator positions us as a supplier of choice to “blue-chip” customers in high-growth markets that require value-added products with performance-critical applications. Our product portfolio is diverse and most of our products command premium pricing as compared to more commoditized fabricated aluminum products. We maintain a leadership position in our targeted markets through our global footprint of 46 manufacturing, sales and service facilities located across North America, Europe, the United Kingdom, Russia and Asia.
We operate through three reportable segments: Rolled Products, Extrusions, and BCS. We strive to make our portfolio of integrated facilities among the most operationally efficient in the industry. We are well positioned in attractive markets that exhibit trends favorable to our industry, and our long-term contracts with customers enhance the strength and stability of our business and our earnings. We will strive to generate strong returns through growth in operating profit, disciplined capital deployment, increasing cash flow and continued optimization of working capital levels. We believe our more than 125 years of manufacturing experience and our commitment to quality and innovation have put us in a leadership position among our primary competitors.
Our business focuses on producing rolled and extruded products used principally for the following five market segments: (i) ground transportation, (ii) aerospace, (iii) building and construction, (iv) industrial and (v) packaging. Our primary market segments present attractive characteristics, including (i) demand for products that command premium pricing due to technical requirements; (ii) stability through economic cycles due to portfolio diversity; (iii) favorable secular growth trends, such as the substitution of heavier materials with aluminum in the automotive market (“aluminum lightweighting”), strong passenger growth in the commercial aerospace market and population growth driving urbanization for increased demand in the building and construction industry; and (iv) favorable trade conditions in the United States resulting from the Department of Commerce’s ruling on anti-dumping and countervailing duties imposed on imported Chinese common alloy products. We have a leading position in the growing North American automotive aluminum sheet market, and we are a leading supplier of aluminum sheet and plate to the aerospace market. We supply industrial and commercial transportation products to customers around the world. Our BCS products carry recognized brand names and hold strong market positions in North America and Europe.
Our customer base includes market leading companies. A sampling of our top customers includes Ford, General Motors, FCA, Airbus, Boeing, Daimler, Paccar, Ball and CANPACK. We predominantly focus on high-value-added products that we believe we are particularly well-suited to developing and manufacturing for our customers due to our technical and R&D capabilities, our ability to supply materials in the volume customers need, our unique manufacturing capabilities and the complex qualification processes that we have passed and are required for many of our products. Our core products require ongoing close collaboration and, in many instances, joint development with our customers.
Prices for rolled products and extrusions are generally based on the price of metal plus a premium for adding value to the aluminum to produce a semi-finished product, resulting in a business model in which the underlying price of metal is contractually passed-through to customers, or hedged. The financial
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
performance of producers of rolled and extruded aluminum products, such as Arconic Corporation, is driven by the dynamics in the end markets that they serve, the degree of technical specification required for the products sold, the companies’ relative positioning in those markets and the efficiency of their industrial operations.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, we shipped approximately 1,309 thousand metric tons of finished products and generated revenues of  $7.4 billion and operating income of  $374 million.
The following charts present our revenues by market segment and by geography for the year ended December 31, 2018:
[MISSING IMAGE: TV531264-PC_OURCOMPANY4CLR.JPG]
*
Sales of a portion of aluminum products from Arconic Corporation’s plant in Russia were completed through the Company’s international selling company located in Hungary. Accordingly such sales are included in Europe in the revenue chart by region.
Our Strengths
We believe several key attributes add to the strength of our business: growing demand for high-strength, lightweight aluminum in our targeted markets; our leading positions in the markets we serve; our track record developing differentiated products backed by advanced expertise and technological capabilities; our collaborative and long-standing customer relationships; our global network of efficient facilities with a broad range of advanced manufacturing capabilities operated by a highly skilled workforce; and our healthy financial position, which positions us for future growth. Each of these attributes are described in more detail below.
Growing demand for high-strength, lightweight aluminum in our target markets.
Demand for aluminum and other lightweight products continues to grow at a steady pace. With unique properties that increase performance, improve efficiency and provide a lower carbon footprint throughout its life cycle, aluminum continues to draw demand from industries that require lightweight yet strong material. According to CRU International Limited, the projected annual growth rate from 2019 to 2023 of flat rolled aluminum products is 3.6%, and projected growth in the air and ground transportation market segment is 6.7%.
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Projected Demand for Flat Rolled Products from 2019-2023 (in thousand metric tons)
[MISSING IMAGE: TV531264-BC_PROJECTED4CLR.JPG]
Transportation consumption 2019: 4,761 and 2023: 6,161 CAGR 6.7%
Source: CRU International Limited
Asia Pacific includes: Japan, China, South East Asia and Middle East
Other includes: Africa, Australia, Central and South America
In the ground transportation market, even as vehicle production remains flat, we continue to benefit from growth in automotive aluminum applications, with automotive body sheet forecasted to grow at a 9% annual growth rate from 2019 through 2026 in North America. Acceleration of aluminum adoption and product penetration, noted by third-party research firm Ducker Worldwide in July 2017, continue to advance as automakers are increasingly selecting aluminum as the material of choice for vehicle design solutions that aid in meeting fuel consumption and greenhouse gas emissions regulations while delivering better performance, higher safety ratings and a lower carbon footprint than steel.
We continue to see interest in aluminum lightweighting from a growing customer base, and we currently have material on more than 60 programs with eight automotive original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), as well as many of their tier-one suppliers. We have significant forward revenue under contract across multiple OEMs. Our A951™ coating and bonding technology underpinned Ford’s design decision to go aluminum-intensive on the F-150 truck, which has since been expanded to Ford’s Super Duty, Navigator and Expedition vehicle platforms. In fact, all vehicles that have converted to aluminum-intensive structures have received 5-star safety ratings, better performance ratings, and increased fuel efficiency as a result of aluminum lightweighting. Additionally, in North America, demand for larger vehicles (small trucks and SUVs) — where the volume of aluminum use is greater — is increasing while demand for smaller vehicles is decreasing.
In the aerospace market, large commercial aircraft have an approximate seven-year backlog in their order book, driven by global population growth, increasing per capita incomes and higher penetration of air-travel. We have significant forward revenue under contract with major commercial aircraft OEMs or framers, such as Boeing, Airbus, Spirit AeroSystems and Embraer. In defense, spending under the current U.S. administration has been increasing and we have secured new contracts on multiple applications.
In the building and construction market, several secular trends — global warming, urbanization, and increased needs for personal security — are increasing demand for the products and solutions we provide, both in North America and in Europe. Population is expected to grow from 7.2 to 8 billion people by 2025, with more than 50% of population growth in urban areas that drive construction demand. With global energy demand expected to increase by more than 25% by 2040, energy efficiency is another strong market driver for our building and construction products and systems.
The industrial market in North America is closely tied to the U.S. GDP level, which indicates that the overall industrial flat rolled products segment is poised to grow 1% to 2% each year from 2020 to 2022. The common alloy sheet market, which is a significant portion of the total industrial products market, continues to be significantly influenced by imports of common alloys into the United States. With the implementation of anti-dumping and countervailing duties imposed on Chinese common alloy sheet during 2018, the
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
volume of imports from China has significantly decreased. Although there has been an increase of imports of common alloy into the United States from other countries as a result of the duties imposed on China, prices for common alloy sheet significantly improved in North America during the first half of 2019. We expect these duties to remain in place for at least the next five years.
In the packaging market, we are continuing to see positive trends in both demand and supply dynamics. As it relates to demand, trends are positive as a result of consumer preferences for more sustainable packaging options, driving a broad-based shift from plastic to aluminum. On the other hand, supply for aluminum packaging has tightened as more aluminum rolled products manufacturers redirect rolling mill capacity to supply the automotive end-market. As a result, manufacturers that continued to supply aluminum packaging are able to achieve more favorable pricing for packaging products relative to historical norms. Additionally, the packaging market can be expected to provide relatively steady demand, with resiliency evidenced by trends throughout past economic cycles.
Leading positions in our key markets.
In our core market segments — ground transportation, aerospace, building and construction, industrial and packaging — we have strong market positions and long-standing, collaborative relationships with customers. Within these attractive and diverse segments, we are particularly focused on product lines that require our expertise and advanced technical capabilities to produce efficiently.
In the ground transportation market, we captured a leading position in the North American automotive aluminum market when we invested a combined $600 million in 2014 to expand our automotive rolling capacity in Davenport, Iowa and Alcoa, Tennessee, and we continue to maintain that position by expanding capabilities to meet demand. In February 2019, we announced a $100 million investment in Tennessee to provide additional capacity to support automotive and industrial growth, and that capacity is expected to come online in late 2020. We have already secured customer commitments in support of this additional capacity in North America. Our position in this market segment also benefits from the natural characteristics of automotive aluminum sheet, which make importing of aluminum sheet more difficult as it hardens and strengthens with age and as a result is not as easily formed or stamped into parts as time progresses.
In the aerospace market, we have a growing position secured by long-term contracts, totaling more than $4 billion over the next several years, with some of the biggest players in the industry, including Boeing, Airbus, Embraer, Mitsubishi Heavy Industries and Spirit AeroSystems. In July 2018, we announced that we signed our largest multi-year supply contract with Boeing to supply aluminum sheet and plate for all models produced by Boeing Commercial Airplanes. The agreement expanded on our collaboration with Boeing for wing skins on all of its metallic structure airplanes and included polished fuselage skins and wing ribs. In addition, Boeing awarded us new business for the supply of structural plate used in a variety of other applications, including wing ribs for carbon fiber platforms such as the 787 and 777X.
In the building and construction market, we are differentiated through scale, expertise and a broad range of building envelope products. We have strong market positions in North America and Europe as a supplier of well-known, leading brands with differentiated products and service offerings that we believe enable us to deliver industry-leading service and performance. In total, BCS has more than 270 active patent matters. These are spread across multiple technology areas including: doors, windows, fixed fenestrations and material interfaces/coatings. Our products, which are offered as systems and are localized to address functional and building code requirements, span the range of building end-use and building complexities, making us a go-to provider for architects, general contractors and fabricators.
In the industrial market, we have a strong position, particularly in North America. Our recent $100 million investment in our Tennessee facility to expand our industrial and automotive capacity is aimed to capture favorable pricing in the North American market for industrial products as well as the anticipated resulting growth. With our diverse industrial portfolio, providing high quality mill finish product, we are positioned to capture opportunities in the industrial market segment.
In the packaging market, we have strong positions in the regions we serve. Our rolling mill in Samara, Russia, serves various markets with its wide range of capabilities, including production of a full range of canstock products, from coated end and tab stock to body stock. Packaging volumes have increased year
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
over year in Samara for the past five years, where demand for canstock is steadily increasing. To further differentiate among packaging suppliers in the region, Arconic Samara’s flagship coil coating line product portfolio was recently expanded with the start of commercial production of black-lacquered end stock, along with coil coated with gold and clear lacquers. Arconic Corporation also supplies canstock to the packaging market in China from its plant in Qinhuangdao.
Track record developing differentiated products backed by advanced expertise and technological capabilities.
Built on a heritage of innovation and operational excellence, Arconic Corporation develops and produces quality materials and technologies efficiently for customers of lightweight metals. In each of the markets we serve, we collaborate with our customers to deliver solutions that meet performance-critical specifications and give our customers a competitive advantage in terms of meeting fuel efficiency, strength and safety requirements. We believe that our ability to produce tailored, high-value-added products fosters longer-term and synergistic relationships with a customer base that includes well-established, blue-chip companies. We regard our relationships with our customers as partnerships in which we work together to utilize our unique technological capabilities to develop customized solutions to meet evolving requirements. This includes developing products together through long-term partnerships.
We have made substantial investments to develop unique technological capabilities, which we believe provide us with a competitive advantage as a supplier of the high-value-added, specialty products that make up the majority of our product portfolio. The Arconic Technology Center, located in New Kensington, Pennsylvania, serves as the headquarters for our Research and Development efforts, and we also have R&D facilities in Norcross, Georgia; Merxheim, France; Vendargues, France; and Harderwijk, Netherlands. These facilities focus on innovation and have given us a leading position in the development of proprietary next-generation specialty alloys and manufacturing processes as evidenced by our robust intellectual property portfolio, which includes over 900 granted or pending patents. We also have a significant number of trade secrets, mostly regarding manufacturing processes and material compositions that give us important advantages in our markets. We continue to strive to improve those processes and generate new material compositions that provide additional benefits.
Recent examples of collaborative and industry redefining innovations include:

Arconic Corporation’s Very Thick Plate Stretcher (VTPS). No supplier in the industry can currently produce plate as wide or as thick as we can. With our 220” mill and the VTPS, we are able to supply the exterior of large metallic planes as well as the most challenging structural plate applications on both metallic and carbon fiber aircrafts. Combined with a new horizontal heat treat furnace in Davenport, Iowa, which is commissioning and operating in a limited capacity as we work through the rigorous qualification processes of our aerospace customers, Arconic Corporation will be able to offer expanded capabilities and capacity in thick plate products.

Arconic 951 adhesive bonding technology. One of our most notable hallmark R&D achievements was the development of the breakthrough Arconic 951 adhesive bonding technology that is enabling the automotive industry’s historic shift to aluminum-intensive vehicles. One of the first customers to utilize this technology was Ford, for its flagship vehicle, the F-150, which — since going aluminum-intensive in 2015 — has increased its lead as America’s #1 best-selling vehicle, a position it has held for more than 40 years in a row.

High strength aerospace and automotive alloys. We continue to work with automotive and aerospace customers to develop solutions with innovative aluminum and aluminum lithium alloys. Working with automotive customer FCA US LLC, for example, our engineers developed a new, highly formable aluminum to enable FCA to shed weight and boost performance of its 2018 Jeep Wrangler, one of the automaker’s top selling vehicles.
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Diverse, entrenched and collaborative customer relationships.
We have a diverse customer base that includes hundreds of companies that span our key market segments. A sampling of our top customers includes:
Key Markets
Key Customers
Ground Transportation Ford, FCA, General Motors, Daimler, Paccar, Entrans/Heil
Aerospace Boeing, Airbus, Spirit AeroSystems, Embraer
Building and Construction Fabricators, installers, architects and developers around the world
Industrial Ryerson, Thyssenkrupp MA, Reliance, Kloeckner, Champagne Metals
Packaging Ball, CANPACK
The average length of our relationships with our top 20 customers exceeds 25 years, and in some cases goes back as far as the beginning of their existence, particularly with our aerospace, automotive and building and construction customers. We have long-term contracts with many of our major customers, and we have partnered with some of them for substantial investments that support new product launches, increased capacity or unique capabilities that solve key challenges. Approximately 57% of 2019 Global Rolled Products revenue is under long-term agreements, and less than 10% of 2019 Global Rolled Products revenue is subject to long-term agreements that are expected to be up for renewal in 2020 and 2021. In addition, we frequently collaborate with our customers to complete a rigorous process for qualifying our products, which requires substantial time and investment and imposes high costs for customers to switch suppliers.
Global network of efficient facilities with a broad range of capabilities operated by a highly skilled workforce.
We operate a network of strategically located facilities within close proximity to our customers and/or raw materials, which we believe allows us to compete effectively in our selected end-markets across numerous geographies. Our facilities, which in many cases have been in operation for decades and are continuously assessed for optimal efficiency, enable us to reliably produce a broad range of high-quality products. Our production lines are operated by a highly skilled workforce with decades of accumulated operational experience. We believe this collective knowledge base would be very difficult to replicate and is a key contributing factor in our ability to produce consistently high-quality products.
Our production sites feature industry-leading manufacturing capabilities with required industry qualifications that are, in our view, difficult for market outsiders to accomplish. We believe our portfolio of facilities provides us with a strong platform to retain and grow our global customer base.
Our capabilities include the development, alloying, and casting of standard and patented Arconic aluminum and aluminum-lithium alloys that provide superior mechanical properties using continuous heat treat and batch heat treat processes. We also have continuous cast capability, as well as hot and cold rolling of aluminum coil, sheet and plate products of different thicknesses and widths. We have the world’s largest thick plate stretcher, which can stretch the thickest plate in the world, and we have state-of-the-art metallurgical laboratories.
Our processes include coil and sheet leveling, straightening, and trimming capabilities, indirect aluminum extrusion piercing press capabilities and non-destructive inspection and testing capabilities.
Healthy financial position.
We believe the following factors will contribute to our long-term financial stability and future growth:

Our revenue diversification in terms of geography, customers and end-markets gives Arconic Corporation a healthy financial position.

Approximately 50% of our revenue is under long-term agreements, which provides earnings visibility.
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our contracts are typically structured to contractually pass-through movements in underlying metal price, which, combined with our hedging program, helps to insulate us from commodity price volatility and generate earnings stability.

Profitability has improved due to targeted mix shift to more specialized, more engineered, higher margin products, as well as cost optimization initiatives.

We manage our business through a disciplined capital allocation framework.

Over the last two years, we have undertaken several cost cutting initiatives in a relentless pursuit of cost reduction, while consistently delivering productivity improvements through smart manufacturing (physical and digital automation), cast house optimization, lower procurement costs, and labor and equipment efficiency.

Our improved capital efficiency is delivering higher returns on our existing asset base. Our disciplined capital allocation with priority on high-return uses driving return on net assets (RONA) expansion has built an attractive margin profile and we believe we are positioned for future profitable growth upside. Examples include the automotive and industrial expansions in Alcoa, Tennessee to seek to capture future market growth, as well as expanding capabilities in Davenport, Iowa to capture demand in aerospace.
Our Business Strategies
Our objective is to expand our leading position as the industry’s supplier of choice for high-value-added, technologically advanced products for which we believe that we have a competitive advantage. Our strategy to achieve this objective has two primary pillars: (i) selective participation in attractive markets and (ii) continuing focus on capital efficiency and operational performance.
Selective Participation in Attractive Markets
Continue to target investment in high-return opportunities in our core market segments
We are focused on five strategic market segments (ground transportation, aerospace, building and construction, industrial and packaging) that we believe have attractive growth prospects for aluminum and a solid long-term outlook. These are also markets where we believe that we can differentiate ourselves through high-value-added products, strong customer relationships and R&D and advanced technical capabilities. We selectively pursue capital projects in response to specific volume requirements from long-term customer contracts, aiming for relatively short payback periods and good visibility into return on investment.
For example, in February 2019, in order to seek to capture the growing industrial and automotive aluminum demand in North America, we announced an investment of approximately $100 million to expand our hot mill capability and add downstream equipment capabilities to manufacture industrial and automotive aluminum products in our Tennessee Operations facility near Knoxville, Tennessee. The project is already underway and is expected to be completed by the fourth quarter of 2020.
Focus on technologically advanced products that facilitate long-term relationships as a key supplier to our customers
Our product portfolio is predominantly focused on high-value-added products that we believe we are particularly well-suited to developing and manufacturing for our customers. These products tend to require close collaboration with our customers to develop tailored solutions, as well as significant effort and investment to adhere to rigorous qualification procedures, which enables us to foster long-term relationships with our customers. Our products typically command premium prices and are supplied to end-markets that we believe have highly attractive characteristics and long-term growth trends.
Focus on Capital Efficiency and Operational Performance
Pursuit of highly efficient operations through smart manufacturing
We believe that there are significant opportunities to improve our quality and to reduce our manufacturing costs by implementing smart manufacturing initiatives, which involve physical and digital
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
automation. We continually evaluate the processes and flowpaths of our operations in order to work to improve our production efficiency. Sharing best practices throughout our network enables us to apply advanced manufacturing techniques globally to improve existing equipment and processes. We aim to establish highly efficient operations and achieve cost reductions by standardizing manufacturing processes and the associated production elements where possible, while still allowing the flexibility to respond to local market demands and volatility.
To focus our efforts, we have launched a smart manufacturing program, sponsored at the executive level that is designed to optimize productivity of our plants with the goal of delivering value to customers through quality and efficiency.
To advance manufacturing improvements and optimize capital efficiency, Arconic Corporation has developed teams made up of cross-functional experts working on projects that provide an impact across the network. These teams each have a primary focus, seeking to improve efficiencies for optimal operational performance, as follows:

Driving Operational Equipment Efficiency (OEE) on bottlenecked equipment, including cold mills, hot mills, annealing furnaces and finishing equipment.

Maximizing internal ingot production, minimizing third party ingot purchase, and managing outside scrap sales to deliver the best solution for our North American network.

Managing scrap charge solutions and driving scrap utilization in order to offset the need to purchase high cost primary alloy.

Driving down transportation costs by combining routes, eliminating surcharges, and finding lower cost transportation solutions.

Leveraging the excess internal process capabilities within the North American network to offset the need for expensive outside providers to perform key operations.

Managing energy contracts, leveraging volume purchases, and implementing energy conservation activities.
Along with these initiatives, Arconic Corporation has standing teams working on overall equipment effectiveness, cast house capacity improvements, and reduction improvements in planned and un-planned scrap.
Our Portfolio
We manage our business operations through three segments: Rolled Products, Extrusions, and BCS. These segments contributed approximately 77%, 7% and 15%, respectively, of the 2018 revenues for the businesses that comprise Arconic Corporation.
Rolled Products
Rolled products are used in the production of finished goods ranging from airframes and automotive body panels to industrial plate and brazing sheet. Sheet and plate are used extensively in the transportation industries as well as in building and construction. They are also used for industrial applications such as tooling plate for the production of plastic products.
Arconic Corporation’s Rolled Products segment produces a range of aluminum sheet and plate products for the following markets:
Ground Transportation — provides specialty aluminum sheet and plate products, including auto body sheet, structural reinforcement, proprietary heat exchanger products like multilayer brazing sheet, trailer and cab structures and sheet for fuel tanks.
Aerospace — supplies a wide range of highly differentiated sheet and plate products that meet strict quality requirements for aerospace and defense applications, including polished fuselage sheet, structural parts, aluminum-lithium stringers, wing skins and armored plate.
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Industrial — supplies a diverse range of industrial solutions for applications that include mold and tooling plate for semiconductors; general engineering/machinery and injection molding applications; specialty finishes for appliances, cosmetic packaging, RVs and vehicle components; tread plate/sheet for tool box and flooring applications; and circles for cookware.
Packaging — serves the packaging market in Europe and Asia through regional facilities located in Russia and China. The packaging market includes a full range of can stock products, from coated end and tab stock to body stock.
Rolled Products — Competitive Conditions
Arconic Corporation’s Rolled Products segment is one of the leaders in many of the aluminum flat rolled markets in which it participates, including ground transportation (including brazing sheet), aerospace, industrial and packaging markets. While Rolled Products participates in markets where Arconic Corporation believes it has a significant competitive advantage due to customer intimacy, advanced manufacturing capability, unique technology and/or differentiated products, in certain cases, our competitors are capable of making products similar to Arconic Corporation’s products. We continuously work to maintain and enhance our competitive position through innovation: new alloys such as aluminum lithium aerospace alloys, differentiated products such as our 5-layer brazing products and break-through processes such as A951™ bonding technology.
Some of Arconic Corporation’s Rolled Products markets are global and some are more regionally focused. Participation in these segments by competitors varies. For example, Novelis is the largest flat rolled products producer competing in automotive, but it does not participate in the aerospace market. On the other hand, Kaiser participates in aerospace, but does not participate in the automotive sheet market. Other competitors include Aleris, AMAG, Constellium, Hydro, Kobe, Nanshan, and UACJ.
Additionally, there are a number of new competitors emerging, particularly in China and other developing economies. Arconic Corporation expects that this competitive pressure will continue and increase in the future as customers seek to globalize their supply bases in order to reduce costs.
List of Major Competitors for Rolled Products:

Aleris

AMAG (Austria)

Constellium (Netherlands)

Granges (Sweden)

Hydro (Norway)

Kaiser Aluminum

Kobe (Japan)

Nanshan (China)

Novelis

UACJ (Japan)
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Rolled Products Principal Facilities
Country
Location
Products
Brazil Itapissuma(1) Specialty Foil
China Kunshan Sheet and Plate
Qinhuangdao(2) Sheet and Plate
Hungary Székesfehérvár Sheet and Plate/Slabs and Billets
Russia Samara
Sheet and Plate/Extrusions and Forgings
United Kingdom
Birmingham Plate
United States Davenport, IA Sheet and Plate
Danville, IL Sheet and Plate
Hutchinson, KS Sheet and Plate
Lancaster, PA Sheet and Plate
Alcoa, TN Sheet
San Antonio, TX(3)
Sheet
(1)
On August 23, 2019, we reached an agreement to sell the aluminum rolling mill in Itapissuma, Brazil to Companhia Brasileira de Aluminio for approximately $50 million in cash, subject to working capital and other adjustments. The transaction is expected to close by the first quarter of 2020, subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions.
(2)
Leased property or partially leased property.
(3)
On October 18, 2019, we announced plans to curtail operations in San Antonio by year end 2019.
Extrusions
Arconic Corporation’s Extrusions segment produces a range of extruded products, including aerospace shapes (wing stringer, floor beams, fuselage, cargo), automotive shapes (driveshafts, anti-lock brake housings, turbo charger), seamless tube, hollows, mortar fins and high strength rod and bar. With process and product technologies that include large and small extrusion presses, integrated cast houses, horizontal heat treat furnaces, vertical heat treat furnaces, annealing furnaces, induction billet heating and ultrasonic inspection capabilities, Arconic Corporation’s Extrusions operating segment serves a broad range of customers in several of our core market segments, including the following:
Ground Transportation — provides aluminum extrusions for applications that include drive shafts for the automotive market and aluminum frame rails for the commercial transportation market.
Aerospace — supplies a wide range of applications for commercial and military airframes.
Industrial — supplies a diverse range of industrial solutions for applications that include rods and bars for building supplies and other industrial applications.
Arconic Corporation’s Extrusions plants are strategically located in close proximity to key customers, which offers a competitive advantage for markets that require products within short lead times. It also fosters close collaboration with customers who work with us to develop solutions that drive performance, safety and efficiency in their end products.
Extrusions — Competitive Conditions
The Extrusions segment is a leader in many of the markets in which it participates, including aerospace, automotive (including driveshafts) and industrial markets. While Extrusions participates in markets where Arconic Corporation believes we have a significant competitive position due to customer intimacy, advanced manufacturing capability, unique technology and/or differentiated products, in certain
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
cases, our competitors are capable of making products similar to Arconic Corporation’s products. We continuously work to maintain and enhance our competitive position through innovation: new alloys such as aluminum lithium aerospace alloys and differentiated products.
Some of Arconic Corporation’s Extrusions markets are worldwide and some are more regionally focused. Participation in these segments by competitors varies. For example, UAC is the largest competitor in aerospace extrusions, but it does not participate in the drawn tubing market. On the other hand, Unna participates in drawn tubing, but they do not compete in extrusions. Other competitors include Kaiser, Constellium, Otto Fuchs, Taber, Ye Fong, and Impol.
Additionally, there are a number of other competitors emerging, particularly in China and other developing economies. We expect that this competitive pressure will continue and increase in the future as customers seek to globalize their supply bases in order to reduce costs.
List of Major Competitors for Extrusions:

Constellium (France)

Impol (Poland)

Kaiser (USA)

Otto Fuchs (Germany)

Taber (USA)

UAC (USA/Romania)

Unna (Germany)

Ye Fong (Taiwan)
Extrusions Principal Facilities
Country
Location
Products
Germany Hannover(1) Extrusions
United States
Massena, NY Extrusions
Lafayette, IN Extrusions
Halethorpe, MD(1)
Extrusions
Chandler, AZ(1) Extrusions
(1)
Leased property or partially leased property.
Building and Construction Systems
Our BCS business manufactures differentiated products and building envelope solutions, including entrances, curtain walls, windows, composite panel and coil coated sheet. The business operates in two market segments: architectural systems, which carry the Kawneer® brand, and architectural products, which carry the Reynobond® and Reynolux® brands. The BCS business has competitive positions in both market segments, attributable to its strong brand recognition, high quality products and strong relationships through the building and construction value chain.
Architectural systems make up 70% of the business segment’s revenue in 2018. As the inventor of the modern storefront more than 100 years ago, our Kawneer® branded architectural systems products include windows, doors and curtain walling. Kawneer is a premium brand, known for the breadth, depth and performance of its product portfolio and is a leading manufacturer of architectural systems in North America, with an established presence in Europe. Key customers of this market segment include fabricators and glazing subcontractors.
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Architectural products make up 30% of the business segment’s revenue. The Reynobond and Reynolux brands deliver innovative exterior and interior cladding and coil coated sheet solutions with end uses that include building façades, retail, sign and display, interior applications and various industrial applications. Reynobond is composite material that consists of an extruded core that is fused between two sheets of coil-coated aluminum and Reynolux is coil-coated aluminum sheet that can be sold in coil or flat-sheet form. Key customers include metal fabricators and installers.
With 27 total facilities, including 14 service centers and more than 3,300 employees, BCS differentiates itself through its global footprint and by offering a broad portfolio of building envelope products that span the range of building end-use and building complexities. Architects, general contractors and fabricators consider BCS a go-to provider of products that are offered as systems and are localized to address functional and building code requirements. We believe that our products and systems have a reputation for quality and reliability, with customer returns comprising less than 0.6% of revenue in 2018.
BCS — Competitive Conditions
In North America, Arconic Corporation’s BCS segment primarily competes in the nonresidential building segment. In Europe, it competes in both the residential and the nonresidential building segments. Arconic Corporation’s competitive advantage is based on strong brands, innovative products, customer intimacy and technical services.
In the architectural systems market, Arconic Corporation competes with regional competitors like Apogee, YKK, and Oldcastle in North America and Schüco, Hydro/SAPA and Reynaers in Europe. The competitive landscape in the architectural systems market has been relatively stable since the mid-2000s, with the major competitors in North America and Europe remaining constant, despite some industry consolidation in North America during the late 2000s.
The primary product categories in architectural products are aluminum composite material and coil coated sheet. The architectural products business is a more global market and is primarily served by subsidiaries of larger companies like Alpolic (Mitsubishi Corporation), Alucobond (Schweiter Technologies) and Novelis (Aditya Birla Group).
List of Major Competitors for Architectural Systems:

North America — Apogee, Oldcastle and YKK

Europe — Schüco (Germany), Hydro/SAPA (Norway), Reynaers (Belgium) and Corialis (Belgium)
List of Major Competitors for Architectural Products:

Composite Material — Alucobond, Alucoil and Alpolic

Coil Coated Sheet — Euramax, Novelis and Hydro
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Building and Construction Systems Principal Facilities
Country
Location
Products
Canada
Lethbridge, Alberta
Architectural Products and Systems
France Merxheim(1) Architectural Products
United Kingdom
Runcorn
Architectural Products and Systems
United States Springdale, AR
Architectural Products and Systems
Visalia, CA
Architectural Products and Systems
Eastman, GA Architectural Products
Bloomsburg, PA
Architectural Products and Systems
Cranberry, PA
Architectural Products and Systems
(1)
Leased property or partially leased property.
Principal facilities are listed, and do not include locations that serve as sales and administrative offices. In addition to the facilities listed above, BCS has 14 service centers. These centers perform light manufacturing, such as assembly and fabrication of certain products.
Our Market Segments
Ground Transportation
In our ground transportation market segment, we produce and develop customized aluminum sheet and extruded products for all major automakers in North America as well as commercial trucks, tankers, rail cars and buses around the world. Approximately 36% of the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 was for automotive and commercial transportation applications, which include aluminum sheet and extruded products, as well as brazing sheet.
We are a leading North American supplier of automotive aluminum sheet, which is one of the fastest growing markets for aluminum, with a 9% growth rate from 2019-2026, according to independent research firm Ducker Worldwide. We currently have material on more than 60 programs with the majority of global OEMs, as well as many of their tier-one suppliers. Our investment in technology has had a significant influence on the recent growth in this space for the aluminum industry overall. In fact, our A951™ coating and bonding technology underpinned Ford’s design decision to go aluminum-intensive on its flagship vehicle, the F-150, which has been America’s best-selling truck for more than 40 consecutive years. That decision was replicated on the Super Duty, Navigator and Expedition platforms, which are all now aluminum-intensive.
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Participation in the Automotive Market Segment
[MISSING IMAGE: TV531264-FC_AUTOMOTIVE4CLR.JPG]
Our automotive sheet revenue has grown by a factor of over six times in the past five years, from $229 million in 2013 to $1.4 billion in 2018. We have already captured over $7 billion of long-term contracts with multiple automotive OEMS for vehicle production in 2020 through the life of those vehicle programs, some of which extend through 2026. Our recent investment of  $100 million in Tennessee will provide additional capacity in 2020 to support this growth. Our automotive sheet is currently supplied by plants located in Davenport, Iowa; Lancaster, Pennsylvania; Danville, Illinois; and Alcoa, Tennessee. We also supply aluminum extrusions to the automotive market, from our plants in Lafayette, Indiana; Massena, New York; and Hannover, Germany; and we supply brazing sheet from our plants in Lancaster, Pennsylvania; Székesfehérvár, Hungary; and Kunshan, China.
In the commercial transportation industry, we are a leading supplier of aluminum sheet and extrusions in North America and have been pursuing growth opportunities in Europe and Russia. Our major commercial transportation customers include Daimler, Paccar, Entrans/Heil, MAC Trailer and Wabash.
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Participation in Commercial Transportation Applications
[MISSING IMAGE: TV531264-FC_TRANSPOR4CLR.JPG]
Aerospace
Our aerospace market segment has been a leader in the aerospace industry for decades. The Aerospace market segment accounted for 16% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018. With its 220” rolling mill and a plate stretcher that can manufacture the thickest plate in the world, no other supplier in the industry can produce aluminum plate as wide or as thick as Arconic Corporation. This allows Arconic Corporation to provide the majority of the exterior of the plane, as well as the most challenging structural plate applications on the aircraft. In addition, no other supplier in the industry can offer the breadth of material offerings or material development as Arconic Corporation.
Participation Across Airframe Platforms
[MISSING IMAGE: TV531264-FC_AIRFRAME4CLR.JPG]
Recent long-term agreements are expanding our share with the leaders in aerospace frames, including our largest-ever long-term contract with Boeing announced in July 2018, which includes 100% of Boeing’s fuselage and wing skins. We also have long-term contracts with Airbus, Spirit AeroSystems and Embraer, along with Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Kawasaki Heavy Industries and Subaru Heavy Industries.
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Recent investments allow us to provide more content on aircraft applications. Key differentiators for our aerospace market segment are alloy material development (7085 replacement — high strength 7xxx alloy, aluminum-lithium), the ability to manufacture a broad range of sheet with unique tempers and thermal capabilities, and both wide and heat treated, as well as the ability to produce the thickest and widest plate.
Our new horizontal heat treat line in Davenport, Iowa supports share gain in the same products with Airbus and retention of the Boeing wing share. We have similar capabilities in Kitts Green, United Kingdom, to support Airbus in Europe.
Ten of our manufacturing facilities serve our aerospace market segment. Our aerospace sheet and plate manufacturing facilities in Davenport, Iowa; Hutchinson, Kansas; Kitts Green, United Kingdom; and Samara, Russia, together offer the full spectrum of sheet and plate required by the aerospace industries (alloys, temper, dimensions, pre-machined) and have unique capabilities such as producing the widest plates required for some aerospace programs (civil and commercial). Our extrusions facilities in Lafayette, Indiana; Massena, New York; Chandler, Arizona; Halethorpe, Maryland and Hannover, Germany, produce components for aerospace customers. Downstream aluminum products for the aerospace market require relatively high levels of R&D investment and advanced technological capabilities, and therefore tend to command premium prices compared to more commoditized products. We work in close collaboration with our customers to develop highly engineered solutions to fulfill their specific requirements.
Aerospace products are typically subject to long qualification, development and supply lead times, and our contracts with our largest aerospace customers generally have a term of five years or longer, which provides us with volume and profitability visibility. In addition, demand for our aerospace products typically correlates directly with aircraft backlogs and build rates. As of January 2020, the passenger aircraft market continues to have a firm backlog estimated at seven years.
Building and Construction
Arconic Corporation operates in the building and construction markets in North America and Europe. In North America, Arconic Corporation sells architectural systems, composite material to the nonresidential building segment. In Europe, Arconic Corporation sells architectural systems in both the residential and the nonresidential building segments and sells sheet in the building and industrial segments. The BCS segment accounted for roughly 18% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018.
With leading positions in North America and a strong foundation in Europe, Arconic Corporation is well positioned to take advantage of strong fundamentals in its target markets. Overall, the global building and construction market is expected to continue to grow as population growth and urbanization drive underlying demand for structures. At the same time, demand for higher performing building facades is driving the value of the building envelope to increase over time. Key performance drivers include energy efficiency, enhanced building security and improved acoustics.
Participation in the BCS Market Segment
[MISSING IMAGE: TV531264-FC_PARTICI4CLR.JPG]
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Corporation invests in product innovation to deliver solutions offering increased thermal performance to meet evolving energy codes, hurricane impact products for buildings in extreme weather zones, and blast-resistant products to meet the needs of buildings with enhanced security requirements. The innovation in this segment is supported by more than 270 active patent matters, of which 230 are granted patents and the balance are pending applications.
Industrial
Our industrial market segment produces mold and tooling plate for semiconductors, general engineering/machinery and injection molding applications, specialty finishes for applications in appliances, cosmetic packaging, recreational vehicles and vehicle components, tread plate and sheet for tool box and flooring applications, plate circles for cookware and extrusions to distributors. Our industrial market segment accounted for 16% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018.
With a diverse industrial product portfolio in North America, we provide high quality mill finish product and have been expanding into the North American industrial market, displacing less profitable products. Our recently announced $100 million Tennessee investment, which aims to capture automotive growth, is also targeting to capture growth opportunities in the industrial market in 2020. We are continuing to optimize our portfolio to replace Chinese imports impacted by the common alloy trade case in the United States, which placed duties ranging from 96% – 176% on approximately $1.5 billion of Chinese common alloy imports. We expect these duties to remain in place for at least the next five years.
In North America, we supply industrial sheet and plate from our facilities in Alcoa, Tennessee; Lancaster, Pennsylvania; and Davenport, Iowa. For customers in Europe and Asia, we supply industrial sheet and plate from our plants in Székesfehérvár, Hungary; Qinhuangdao, China; Kitts Green, United Kingdom; and Samara, Russia.
Our major customers in the industrial market include key Service Centers partners (Ryerson, Thyssenkrupp MA, Reliance, Kloeckner, Champagne Metals) as well as end users (Airstream, Air Products, Applied Materials).
Packaging
Our packaging market segment is currently regionally focused, with operations in Bohai, China and Samara, Russia. We announced in August 2019 that our facility in Itapissuma, Brazil is under agreement to be sold to CBA. Including our Brazil operations, our packaging market segment accounted for 14% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018.
With highly efficient rolling mills operating in Russia and Asia, our packaging market segment has long-standing customer commitments for the supply of large volumes of can sheet and specialty packaging sheet. As with our other market segments, we collaborate with customers for innovations that meet the needs of consumers by developing new characteristics such as alternative coatings, distinctive sizes and variable thicknesses. Our major customers in the packaging space include Ball and CANPACK.
Major Product and Customer Revenues
Products that contributed 10% or more to combined revenues were as follows:
For the Years Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Flat-rolled aluminum
77% 75% 75%
Architectural aluminum systems
15% 16% 16%
Sales to Arconic Corporation’s largest customer, Ford, accounted for 13% of our total revenue for 2018. These sales were made under various contracts relating to Ford vehicle programs, such as the F-150, F-250/350, Explorer and Navigator vehicles. The loss of sales to Ford under all of these contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business if such sales are not replaced by sales to other customers. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue in 2018.
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Sales and Marketing
Rolled Products and Extrusions
Arconic Corporation’s Rolled Products group and Extrusions group have two primary sales channels for the segments in which we operate: direct sales to our customers and sales to distributors.
Direct Sales
Arconic Corporation’s Rolled Products group and Extrusions group supply various segments all over the world through a direct sales force operating from individual facilities or sales offices. The direct sales channel typically serves very large, sophisticated customers and OEMs, but can also service medium and small size customers as well. Long-standing relationships are maintained with leading companies in industries using aluminum rolled and extruded products. Supply contracts for large global customers generally range from one to five years in length and historically, in segments such as aerospace, there has been a high degree of renewal business with these customers. As the manufacture of aluminum-intensive and higher content aluminum vehicles continues to grow, we continue to develop long-term relationships with the automotive OEMs. In some cases, the products Arconic Corporation supplies are proprietary in nature. Further, certain industries, such as automotive and aerospace, and their related customers require suppliers to complete a rigorous qualification process; the ability to obtain and maintain these qualifications is an important part of doing business in these segments. A customer’s cost to switch and either find a new product or qualify a new supplier can be significant, so it is in both the customer’s and the supplier’s best interest to maintain these relationships.
Distributors
Arconic Corporation’s Rolled Products group and Extrusions group also sell their products through third-party distributors. Customers of distributors are typically widely dispersed, and sales through this channel are usually highly fragmented. Distributors sell mostly commodity or less specialized products into many end-use segments in smaller quantities.
BCS
Arconic Corporation’s BCS business supplies architectural façade systems and products principally in North America and Europe but also globally through both direct sales and distributors. Its typical customers are installers or fabricators who purchase product on a project-by-project basis. Long-standing relationships are maintained with its leading customers. BCS also maintains an e-commerce platform for numerous standard architectural products for use by its North American customers and offers standard architectural products for purchase in its service centers.
Sources and Availability of Raw Materials
Important raw materials used by Arconic Corporation are: alloying materials (including, but not limited to, copper, magnesium and zinc), aluminum scrap, coatings, electricity, lube oil, natural gas, packaging materials, primary aluminum (ingot, slab, billet, P1020, high purity), aluminum coil and resin. Generally, other materials are purchased from third-party suppliers under competitively priced supply contracts or bidding arrangements. We believe that the raw materials necessary to the Arconic Corporation Businesses are and will continue to be available.
Patents, Trade Secrets and Trademarks
We believe that our domestic and international patent, trade secret and trademark assets provide us with a significant competitive advantage. Our rights under our patents, as well as the products made and sold under them, are important to us as a whole. The patents owned by us generally concern metal alloys, particular products, manufacturing equipment or techniques. The Arconic Corporation business as a whole is not, however, materially dependent on any single patent, trade secret or trademark. As a result of product development and technological advancement, we continue to pursue patent protection in jurisdictions throughout the world. As of September 30, 2019, our worldwide patent portfolio consists of approximately 620 granted patents and 299 pending patent applications.
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We also have a significant number of trade secrets, mostly regarding manufacturing processes and material compositions that give us important advantages in our markets. We continue to strive to improve those processes and generate new material compositions that provide additional benefits.
With respect to domestic and foreign trademarks, we have many that have significant recognition within the markets that are served. Examples include the name “Arconic” and the Arconic symbol for aluminum products, Kawneer for building panels, and Reynobond and Reynolux for architectural products. As of September 30, 2019, our worldwide trademark portfolio consists of approximately 889 registered trademarks and 274 pending trademark applications. Our rights under our trademarks are important to us as a whole and, to varying degrees, important to each business segment.
Research and Development
We engage in research and development programs that include process and product development, and basic and applied research. Throughout 2019, we continued working on new developments and leveraging new technologies. The Arconic Technology Center (ATC), located in New Kensington, Pennsylvania, serves as the headquarters for our Research and Development efforts, and we also have R&D facilities in Norcross, Georgia, Merxheim, France, Vendargues, France, and Harderwijk, Netherlands. These facilities focus on innovation and have given us a leading position in the development of proprietary next-generation specialty alloys and manufacturing processes as evidenced by our robust intellectual property portfolio. See “Our Company — Our Strengths — Track record developing differentiated products backed by advanced expertise and technological capabilities.”
Environmental Matters
Approved capital expenditures for new or expanded facilities for environmental control are $8 million for 2019 and estimated expenditures for such purposes are $17 million for 2020. Information relating to environmental matters is included in Note S to the Combined Financial Statements under the caption “Contingencies and Commitments — Environmental Matters.”
Employees
Total worldwide employment at the end of 2018 was approximately 15,300 employees in 18 countries. Many of these employees are represented by labor unions. We believe that relations with our employees and any applicable union representatives generally are good.
In the United States, approximately 4,200 employees are represented by various labor unions. The largest collective bargaining agreement is the master collective bargaining agreement between us and the United Steelworkers (“USW”). The USW master agreement covers approximately 3,400 employees at four U.S. locations. The current labor agreement expires on May 15, 2022. There are eight other collective bargaining agreements in the United States with varying expiration dates.
On a regional basis, there are agreements between Arconic Corporation and unions with varying expiration dates that cover employees in Europe, Russia, North America, South America, and Asia.
Legal Proceedings
In connection with the separation, Arconic Corporation will agree to assume and indemnify ParentCo against certain liabilities relating to Arconic Corporation’s businesses, including potential liabilities associated with the following legal proceedings, as discussed further in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Separation Agreement.”
Environmental
Information relating to legal proceedings involving environmental matters is included in Note S to the Combined Financial Statements under the caption “Contingencies and Commitments — Environmental Matters.”
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Reynobond PE
All references to ParentCo in the matters described under this section Reynobond PE refer to Arconic Inc. only and do not include its subsidiaries, except as otherwise stated.
On June 13, 2017, the Grenfell Tower in London, U.K. caught fire resulting in fatalities, injuries and damage. A French subsidiary of ParentCo, Arconic Architectural Products SAS (AAP SAS), supplied a product, Reynobond PE, to its customer, a cladding system fabricator, which used the product as one component of the overall cladding system on Grenfell Tower. The fabricator supplied its portion of the cladding system to the façade installer, who then completed and installed the system under the direction of the general contractor. Neither ParentCo nor AAP SAS was involved in the design or installation of the system used at the Grenfell Tower, nor did it have a role in any other aspect of the building’s refurbishment or original design. Regulatory investigations into the overall Grenfell Tower matter are being conducted, including a criminal investigation by the London Metropolitan Police Service (the “Police”), a Public Inquiry by the British government and a consumer protection inquiry by a French public authority. The Public Inquiry was announced by the U.K. Prime Minister on June 15, 2017 and subsequently was authorized to examine the circumstances leading up to and surrounding the Grenfell Tower fire in order to make findings of fact and recommendations to the U.K. Government on matters such as the design, construction, and modification of the building, the role of relevant public authorities and contractors, the implications of the fire for the adequacy and enforcement of relevant regulations, arrangements in place for handling emergencies, and the handling of concerns from residents, among other things. Hearings for Phase 1 of the Public Inquiry began on May 21, 2018 and concluded on December 12, 2018. Phase 2 hearings of the Public Inquiry will begin in early 2020, following which a final report will be written and subsequently published. AAP SAS is participating as a Core Participant in the Public Inquiry and is also cooperating with the ongoing parallel investigation by the Police. ParentCo no longer sells the PE product for architectural use on buildings. Given the preliminary nature of these investigations and the uncertainty of potential future litigation, ParentCo cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
Behrens et al. v. Arconic Inc. et al.   On June 6, 2019, 247 plaintiffs comprised of survivors and estates of decedents of the Grenfell Tower fire filed a complaint against “Arconic Inc., Alcoa Inc., and Arconic Architectural Products, LLC” (collectively, for purposes of the description of such proceeding, the “ParentCo Defendants”), as well as Saint-Gobain Corporation, d/b/a Celotex and Whirlpool Corporation, in the Court of Common Pleas of Philadelphia County. The complaint alleges claims under Pennsylvania state law for products liability and wrongful death related to the fire. In particular, the plaintiffs allege that the ParentCo Defendants knowingly supplied a dangerous product (Reynobond PE) for installation on the Grenfell Tower despite knowing that Reynobond PE was unfit for use above a certain height. The ParentCo Defendants removed the case to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania on June 19, 2019. On August 29, 2019, the ParentCo Defendants moved to dismiss the complaint on the bases, among other things, that: (i) the case should be heard in the United Kingdom, not the United States; (ii) there is no jurisdiction over necessary parties; and (iii) Pennsylvania products liability law does not apply to manufacture and sale of product overseas. On December 23, 2019, the Court issued an order denying the motion to dismiss the complaint on bases (ii) and (iii) and suggesting a procedure for limited discovery followed by further briefing on those subjects. Discovery is ongoing on defendants’ motion to have the case dismissed in favor of a UK forum. Given the preliminary nature of this matter and the uncertainty of litigation, the ParentCo Defendants cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
Howard v. Arconic Inc. et al.   A purported class action complaint related to the Grenfell Tower fire was filed on August 11, 2017 in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against ParentCo and Klaus Kleinfeld. A related purported class action complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania on September 15, 2017, under the caption Sullivan v. Arconic Inc. et al., against ParentCo, three former ParentCo executives, several current and former ParentCo directors, and banks that acted as underwriters for ParentCo’s September 18, 2014 preferred stock offering (the “Preferred Offering”). The plaintiff in Sullivan had previously filed a purported class action against the same defendants on July 18, 2017 in the Southern District of New York and, on August 25, 2017, voluntarily dismissed that action without prejudice. On February 7, 2018, on
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
motion from certain putative class members, the court consolidated Howard and Sullivan, closed Sullivan, and appointed lead plaintiffs in the consolidated case. On April 9, 2018, the lead plaintiffs in the consolidated purported class action filed a consolidated amended complaint. The consolidated amended complaint alleged that the registration statement for the Preferred Offering contained false and misleading statements and omitted to state material information, including by allegedly failing to disclose material uncertainties and trends resulting from sales of Reynobond PE for unsafe uses and by allegedly expressing a belief that appropriate risk management and compliance programs had been adopted while concealing the risks posed by Reynobond PE sales. The consolidated amended complaint also alleged that between November 4, 2013 and June 23, 2017 ParentCo and Kleinfeld made false and misleading statements and failed to disclose material information about ParentCo’s commitment to safety, business and financial prospects, and the risks of the Reynobond PE product, including in ParentCo’s Form 10-Ks for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, its Form 10-Qs and quarterly financial press releases from the fourth quarter of 2013 through the first quarter of 2017, its 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016 Annual Reports, its 2016 Annual Highlights Report, and on its official website. The consolidated amended complaint sought, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages and an award of attorney and expert fees and expenses. On June 8, 2018, all defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint for failure to state a claim. On June 21, 2019, the Court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss in full, dismissing the consolidated amended complaint in its entirety without prejudice. On July 23, 2019, the lead plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint. The second amended complaint alleges generally the same claims as the consolidated amended complaint with certain additional allegations, as well as claims that the risk factors set forth in the registration statement for the Preferred Offering were inadequate and that certain additional statements in the sources identified above were misleading. The second amended complaint seeks, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages and an award of attorney and expert fees and expenses. On September 11, 2019, all defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint. Plaintiffs’ opposition to that motion was filed on November 1, 2019 and all defendants filed a reply brief on November 26, 2019. Given the preliminary nature of this matter and the uncertainty of litigation, ParentCo cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
Raul v. Albaugh, et al.   On June 22, 2018, a derivative complaint was filed nominally on behalf of ParentCo by a purported ParentCo stockholder against the then members of ParentCo’s Board of Directors and Klaus Kleinfeld and Ken Giacobbe, naming ParentCo as a nominal defendant, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. The complaint raises similar allegations as the consolidated amended complaint and second amended complaint in Howard, as well as allegations that the defendants improperly authorized the sale of Reynobond PE for unsafe uses, and asserts claims under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and Delaware state law. On July 13, 2018, the parties filed a stipulation agreeing to stay this case until the final resolution of the Howard case, the Grenfell Tower Public Inquiry in London, and the investigation by the Police and on July 23, 2018, the Court approved the stay. Given the preliminary nature of this matter and the uncertainty of litigation, ParentCo cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
While ParentCo believes that these cases are without merit and intends to challenge them vigorously, there can be no assurances regarding the ultimate resolution of these matters.
Stockholder Demands.   The ParentCo Board of Directors also received letters, purportedly sent on behalf of stockholders, reciting allegations similar to those made in the federal court lawsuits and demanding that the ParentCo Board authorize ParentCo to initiate litigation against members of management, the ParentCo Board, and others. The ParentCo Board of Directors appointed a Special Litigation Committee of the ParentCo Board to review, investigate, and make recommendations to the ParentCo Board regarding the appropriate course of action with respect to these stockholder demand letters. On May 22, 2019, the Special Litigation Committee, following completion of its investigation into the claims demanded in the demand letters, recommended to the ParentCo Board that it reject the demands to authorize commencement of litigation. On May 28, 2019, the ParentCo Board adopted the Special Litigation Committee’s findings and recommendations and rejected the demands that it authorize commencement of actions to assert the claims set forth in the demand letters.
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Other
In addition to the matters discussed above, various other lawsuits, claims, and proceedings have been or may be instituted or asserted against Arconic Corporation, including those pertaining to environmental, product liability, safety and health, employment, tax and antitrust matters. While the amounts claimed in these other matters may be substantial, the ultimate liability cannot currently be determined because of the considerable uncertainties that exist. Therefore, it is possible that the Company’s liquidity or results of operations in a period could be materially affected by one or more of these other matters. However, based on facts currently available, management believes that the disposition of these other matters that are pending or asserted will not have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the results of operations, financial position or cash flows of the Company.
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) in conjunction with the audited Combined Financial Statements and corresponding notes and the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information and corresponding notes included elsewhere in this information statement. This MD&A contains forward-looking statements. The matters discussed in these forward-looking statements are subject to risk, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or implied in the forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks, and assumptions associated with these statements.
All amounts are in millions of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise indicated.
Overview
The Separation
The Proposed Separation.   On February 8, 2019, ParentCo announced that its Board of Directors approved a plan to separate into two standalone, publicly-traded companies. The spin-off company, Arconic Rolled Products Corporation (“Arconic Corporation” or the “Company”), will include the rolled aluminum products, aluminum extrusions, and architectural products operations of ParentCo, as well as the Latin America extrusions operations sold in April 2018 (collectively, the “Arconic Corporation Businesses”). The existing publicly traded company, ParentCo, will continue to own the engines, engineered structures, fastening systems, and forged wheels operations (collectively, the “Howmet Aerospace Businesses”).
The separation will occur by means of a pro rata distribution by ParentCo of all the outstanding shares of common stock of Arconic Corporation. In conjunction with the consummation of the separation, ParentCo will change its name to Howmet Aerospace Inc. (“Howmet Aerospace”) and Arconic Rolled Products Corporation will change its name to Arconic Corporation.
The separation, which is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2020, is subject to a number of conditions, including, but not limited to: final approval by ParentCo’s Board of Directors; receipt of an opinion of legal counsel regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code (i.e., a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes); and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) declaring effective the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part.
Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace will enter into several agreements to implement the legal and structural separation between the two companies; govern the relationship between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace after the completion of the separation; and allocate between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace various assets, liabilities, and obligations, including, among other things, employee benefits, environmental liabilities, intellectual property, and tax-related assets and liabilities. One agreement in particular, the separation agreement, will identify the assets to be transferred, the liabilities to be assumed, and the contracts to be transferred to each of Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace as part of the separation, and will provide for when and how these transfers and assumptions will occur.
ParentCo may, at any time and for any reason until the separation is complete, abandon the separation plan or modify its terms.
ParentCo will incur costs to evaluate, plan, and execute the separation, and Arconic Corporation will be allocated a pro rata portion of these costs based on segment revenue (see “— Overview — The Separation — Cost Allocations”). The allocated amounts will be included in Selling, general administrative, and other expenses on Arconic Corporation’s Statement of Combined Operations.
Basis of Presentation.   The Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). In accordance with GAAP, certain situations require management to make estimates based on judgments and
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS
assumptions, which may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. They also may affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates upon subsequent resolution of identified matters.
The Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation are prepared from ParentCo’s historical accounting records and are presented on a standalone basis as if the Arconic Corporation Businesses have been conducted independently from ParentCo. Such Combined Financial Statements include the historical operations that are considered to comprise the Arconic Corporation Businesses, as well as certain assets and liabilities that have been historically held at ParentCo’s corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to Arconic Corporation.
Cost Allocations.   The Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation include general corporate expenses of ParentCo that were not historically charged to the Arconic Corporation Businesses for certain support functions that are provided on a centralized basis, such as expenses related to finance, audit, legal, information technology, human resources, communications, compliance, facilities, employee benefits and compensation, and research and development activities. These general corporate expenses are included on Arconic Corporation’s Statement of Combined Operations within Cost of goods sold, Selling, general administrative and other expenses, and Research and development expenses. These expenses have been allocated to Arconic Corporation on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated based on the Arconic Corporation Businesses’ segment revenue as a percentage of ParentCo’s total segment revenue, as reported in the respective periods.
All external debt not directly attributable to Arconic Corporation has been excluded from the Company’s Combined Balance Sheet. Financing costs related to these debt obligations have been allocated to Arconic Corporation and are included on the Company’s Statement of Combined Operations within Interest expense. In general, the allocation was calculated as the capital invested by ParentCo in the Arconic Corporation Businesses to the total capital invested by ParentCo in all its businesses. For 2018, 2017, and the last two months of 2016, ParentCo’s businesses were composed of the Arconic Corporation Businesses and the Howmet Aerospace Businesses. For the first ten months of 2016, ParentCo’s businesses also included the Alcoa Corporation business, which was spun-off from ParentCo in the 2016 Separation Transaction; however, Alcoa Corporation did not assume any of ParentCo’s corporate debt upon consummation of the 2016 Separation Transaction. Accordingly, for the periods subsequent to the 2016 Separation Transaction, Arconic Corporation was allocated a higher amount of interest expense due to the absence of the Alcoa Corporation business from the ratio.
The following table reflects the allocations described above:
2018
2017
2016
Cost of goods sold(1)
$ 11 $ 35 $ 30
Selling, general administrative, and other expenses(2)
56 120 141
Research and development expenses
24 28 33
Provision for depreciation and amortization
10 10 8
Restructuring and other charges(3)
50 6 9
Interest expense
125 162 94
Other expenses (income), net(4)
(12) (285) (11)
(1)
For all periods presented, amount principally relates to an allocation of expenses for ParentCo’s retained pension and other postretirement benefit obligations associated with closed and sold operations.
(2)
In 2017, amount includes an allocation of  $30 in costs related to ParentCo’s proxy, advisory, and governance-related matters. Also, in 2016, amount includes an allocation of  $68 in separation costs associated with the 2016 Separation Transaction.
(3)
In 2018, amount includes an allocation of settlement and curtailment charges and benefits related to several actions taken (lump sum payments and benefit reductions) by ParentCo associated with pension and other postretirement benefit plans.
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(4)
In 2017, amount includes an allocation of two gains related to ParentCo’s investing and financing activities. Specifically, an allocation of  $182 associated with the sale of a portion of ParentCo’s investment in Alcoa Corporation common stock and an allocation of  $87 related to an exchange of cash and the remaining portion of ParentCo’s investment in Alcoa Corporation common stock to acquire a portion of ParentCo’s outstanding debt. These amounts were allocated to Alcoa Corporation in preparing the accompanying Combined Financial Statements as the Company participates in ParentCo’s centralized treasury function, which includes cash and debt management. As a result, Arconic Corporation benefitted from the cash received by ParentCo and/or the reduction of ParentCo debt, including the reduction in related interest cost, in the respective transactions.
Management believes the assumptions regarding the allocation of ParentCo’s general corporate expenses and financing costs are reasonable.
Nevertheless, the Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation may not include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred and may not reflect the Company’s combined results of operations, financial position, and cash flows had it been a standalone company during the periods presented. Actual costs that would have been incurred if Arconic Corporation had been a standalone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure, capital structure, and strategic decisions made in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. Transactions between Arconic Corporation and ParentCo, including sales to the Howmet Aerospace Businesses, have been presented as related party transactions on Arconic Corporation’s Combined Financial Statements and are considered to be effectively settled for cash at the time the transaction is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these transactions is reflected on Arconic Corporation’s Statement of Combined Cash Flows as a financing activity and on the Company’s Combined Balance Sheet as Parent Company net investment.
Results of Operations
Earnings Summary
Net Income.   Net income was $170 in 2018 compared to $209 in 2017. The decrease in results of  $39 was principally caused by the non-recurring nature of an allocation of two gains related to ParentCo’s 2017 investing and financing activities, an allocation of a net charge associated with several actions taken by ParentCo related to employee retirement benefit plans, and unfavorable pricing and product mix. These negative impacts were mostly offset by a gain on the sale of the Texarkana (Texas) rolling mill, lower allocations of ParentCo’s corporate overhead and financing costs, the absence of charges related to the divestiture of the Fusina (Italy) rolling mill and Latin America extrusions business, and higher volumes in the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems segments.
Net income was $209 in 2017 compared with $155 in 2016. The increase in results of  $54 was primarily due to an allocation of two gains related to ParentCo’s 2017 investing and financing activities, higher volumes in the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems segments, a lower allocation of ParentCo’s corporate overhead costs, and the absence of a charge related to a decision to permanently close the Tennessee can sheet facility. These positive impacts were mostly offset by charges related to the divestiture of the Fusina (Italy) rolling mill and Latin America extrusions business, a higher allocation of ParentCo’s financing costs, and unfavorable pricing and product mix.
Sales.   Sales in 2018 were $7,442 compared with $6,824 in 2017, an increase of  $618, or 9%. The improvement was largely attributable to volume growth in the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems segments and both higher aluminum prices and favorable product mix in the Rolled Products segment. These positive impacts were somewhat offset by lower sales of  $190 as a result of each of the following: the divestitures of both the Latin America Extrusions business (April 2018) and the rolling mill in Fusina, Italy (March 2017) and the ramp down of the North American packaging operations (completed in December 2018).
Sales in 2017 were $6,824 compared with $6,661 in 2016, an increase of  $163, or 2%. The increase was mainly the result of volume growth in the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems segments, partially offset by the ramp down and toll processing agreement relating to the North America
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS
packaging business in Tennessee (Rolled Products segment), as well as the absence of sales of  $111 as a result of the divestiture of the rolling mill in Fusina, Italy (March 2017). Pursuant to the toll processing agreement that ParentCo entered into with Alcoa Corporation on October 31, 2016 in connection with the 2016 Separation Transaction, Arconic Corporation provides can body stock to Alcoa Corporation using aluminum supplied by Alcoa Corporation, resulting in the absence of metal sales in 2017 compared to 2016.
Cost of Goods Sold.   COGS as a percentage of Sales was 88.0% in 2018 compared with 86.0% in 2017. The percentage was negatively impacted by higher aluminum prices, unfavorable aerospace product mix, and higher transportation costs. These negative impacts were partially offset by higher volumes in the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems segments and a favorable last in, first out (LIFO) inventory adjustment (difference of  $59).
COGS as a percentage of Sales was 86.0% in 2017 compared with 84.1% in 2016. The percentage was negatively impacted by net higher aluminum prices, a lower margin product mix, and an unfavorable LIFO inventory adjustment (difference of  $64). These negative impacts were mostly offset by higher volumes in the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems segments and net cost savings.
Selling, General Administrative, and Other Expenses.   SG&A expenses were $288, or 3.9% of Sales, in 2018 compared with $361, or 5.3% of Sales, in 2017. The decline of  $73 was primarily the result of a lower allocation (decrease of  $64) of ParentCo’s corporate overhead, which was mostly driven by overall cost reductions and the non-recurring nature of certain ParentCo costs in 2017 for proxy, advisory, and governance-related matters.
SG&A expenses were $361, or 5.3% of Sales, in 2017 compared with $396, or 5.9% of Sales, in 2016. The decrease of  $35 was primarily the result of a lower allocation (decrease of  $21) of ParentCo’s corporate overhead. The lower allocation was mainly driven by a substantial decrease in the non-recurring nature of costs incurred by ParentCo in 2016 related to the 2016 Separation Transaction, as well as overall cost reductions, partially offset by certain costs incurred by ParentCo in 2017 for proxy, advisory, and governance-related matters and a higher ratio used to make the overall allocation (see “— Overview — The Separation — Cost Allocations”).
Research and Development Expenses.   R&D expenses were $63 in 2018 compared with $66 in 2017 and $83 in 2016. The decrease in both periods was principally related to a lower allocation of ParentCo’s expenses, which was driven by decreased spending.
Provision for Depreciation and Amortization.   The provision for D&A was $272 in 2018 compared with $266 in 2017 and $257 in 2016. The increase in both periods was primarily due to capital projects placed into service related to Arconic Corporation’s Davenport (Iowa) (very thick plate stretcher related to aerospace expansion) and Tennessee (equipment upgrades and conversions to transition to automotive sheet and industrial applications from can sheet) rolling mills.
Restructuring and Other Charges.   In 2018, Restructuring and other charges were a net benefit of $104, which were comprised of the following components: a $154 gain on the sale of the Texarkana (Texas) rolling mill and cast house; a $50 charge for an allocation of ParentCo’s corporate restructuring charges (see “— Overview — The Separation — Cost Allocations”); a $2 charge for a post-closing adjustment related to the divestiture of the Latin America extrusions business; an $8 net charge for other items; and a $10 benefit for the reversal of several layoff reserves related to prior periods.
In 2017, Restructuring and other charges were $133, which were comprised of the following components: a $60 loss related to the divestiture of the Fusina (Italy) rolling mill; a $41 impairment charge for the assets associated with the Latin America extrusions business as a result of signing a definitive sale agreement (completed sale in April 2018); a $31 charge for layoff costs related to cost reduction initiatives, including the separation of approximately 400 employees (the majority of which related to the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems segments); a $6 charge for an allocation of ParentCo’s corporate restructuring charges (see “— Overview — The Separation — Cost Allocations”); a $2 net benefit for other items; and a $3 benefit for the reversal of several layoff reserves related to prior periods.
In 2016, Restructuring and other charges were $67, which were comprised of the following components: a $37 charge for exit costs related to a decision to permanently shut down the Tennessee can sheet facility; an $11 charge for layoff costs, including the separation of approximately 300 employees (the
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
majority of which related to the Latin America extrusions business); a $9 charge for an allocation of ParentCo’s corporate restructuring charges (see “— Overview — The Separation — Cost Allocations”); a $17 net charge for other items; and a $7 benefit for the reversal of several layoff reserves related to prior periods.
See Note E to the Combined Financial Statements in the Index within this information statement for additional information.
Interest Expense.   Interest expense was $129 in 2018 compared with $168 in 2017. The decrease of $39, or 23%, was mostly the result of a lower allocation (decrease of  $37) of ParentCo’s financing costs due to a lower average amount of ParentCo’s outstanding debt in 2018 compared to 2017.
Interest expense was $168 in 2017 compared with $97 in 2016. The increase of  $71, or 73%, was mostly due to a higher allocation (increase of  $68) of ParentCo’s financing costs, which was the result of a higher ratio used to make such allocation (see “— Overview — The Separation — Cost Allocations”).
Other Expenses (Income), Net.   Other expenses, net was $4 in 2018 compared with Other income, net of  $287 in 2017. The change of  $291 was largely attributable to the non-recurring nature of an allocation ($269) of two gains related to ParentCo’s 2017 investing and financing activities (see below).
Other income, net was $287 in 2017 compared with $9 in 2016. The change of  $278 was largely attributable to an allocation of two gains related to ParentCo’s investing and financing activities. Specifically, an allocation of  $182 associated with the sale of a portion of ParentCo’s investment in Alcoa Corporation common stock and an allocation of  $87 related to an exchange of cash and the remaining portion of ParentCo’s investment in Alcoa Corporation common stock to acquire a portion of ParentCo’s outstanding debt. See “— Overview — The Separation — Cost Allocations” for an explanation of the allocation methodology of ParentCo activities for purposes of Arconic Corporation’s Combined Financial Statements.
Income Taxes.   Arconic Corporation’s effective tax rate was 29.5% in 2018 compared with the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21%. The effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily as a result of a $15 charge related to an increase in valuation allowance attributable to non-U.S. jurisdictions, primarily in Brazil and China, and a $6 charge for U.S. state taxes.
Arconic Corporation’s effective tax rate was 16.7% in 2017 compared with the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%. The effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily as a result of a $50 benefit related to the remeasurement of U.S. net deferred tax assets as a result of the federal tax rate reduction from 35% to 21% pursuant to the provision of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “2017 Act”). In addition, the effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate as a result of a $37 tax benefit related to the tax impact of corporate allocations, a $37 charge related to an increase in valuation allowance attributable to non-U.S. jurisdictions, primarily in Brazil and China, an $18 charge for an increase in unrecognized tax benefits recorded in Germany, a $16 benefit for foreign income taxed in lower rate jurisdictions, a $7 charge for U.S. state taxes, and a $7 benefit related to intercompany transactions within Arconic Corporation and between Arconic Corporation and ParentCo.
Arconic Corporation’s effective tax rate was 7.7% in 2016 compared with the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%. The effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily as a result of a $17 tax benefit related to statutory tax rate and law changes, primarily attributable to a write-off of a deferred tax liability associated with foreign branch earnings in the United States. In addition, the effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate as a result of an $11 charge related to an increase in valuation allowance attributable to non-U.S. jurisdictions, primarily in Brazil and China, a $20 discrete tax benefit for the release of valuation allowances in Russia, a $10 benefit for foreign income taxed in lower rate jurisdictions, and a $9 benefit related to intercompany transactions within Arconic Corporation and between Arconic Corporation and ParentCo.
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Segment Information
Arconic Corporation’s operations consist of three reportable segments: Rolled Products, Extrusions, and Building and Construction Systems. Segment performance under Arconic Corporation’s management reporting system is evaluated based on several factors; however, the primary measure of performance is Segment operating profit. Arconic Corporation calculates Segment operating profit as Total sales (third-party and intersegment) minus the following items: Cost of goods sold; Selling, general administrative, and other expenses; Research and development expenses; and Provision for depreciation and amortization. Segment operating profit may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
Segment operating profit for all reportable segments totaled $420 in 2018, $500 in 2017, and $534 in 2016. The following information provides Sales and Segment operating profit for each reportable segment for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018. See Note D to the Combined Financial Statements in the Index within this information statement for additional information.
Rolled Products
2018
2017
2016
Third-party sales*
$ 5,731 $ 5,125 $ 4,996
Intersegment sales
15 15 9
Total sales
$ 5,746 $ 5,140 $ 5,005
Segment operating profit
$ 328 $ 384 $ 374
Third-party aluminum shipments (kmt)*
1,309 1,257 1,400
*
In 2018, 2017, and 2016, third-party sales included $145, $133, and $132, respectively, and third-party aluminum shipments included 60 kmt, 60 kmt, and 61 kmt, respectively, related to sales to ParentCo’s Howmet Aerospace Businesses. These sales are deemed to be related-party sales and are presented as such on Arconic Corporation’s Statement of Combined Operations.
Overview.   The Rolled Products segment produces aluminum sheet and plate for a variety of end markets. Sheet and plate are sold directly to customers and through distributors related to the aerospace, automotive, commercial transportation, packaging, building and construction, and industrial products (mainly used in the production of machinery and equipment and consumer durables) end markets. A small portion of this segment also produces aseptic foil for the packaging end market. While the customer base for flat-rolled products is large, a significant amount of sales of sheet and plate is to a relatively small number of customers. Generally, the sales and costs and expenses of this segment are transacted in the local currency of the respective operations, which are the U.S. dollar and, to a lesser extent, each of the following: the Russian ruble, Chinese yuan, the euro, the British pound, and the Brazilian real.
On April 6, 2018, the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) announced new sanctions against Russian “oligarchs” and extended those sanctions to companies that are majority-owned or substantively controlled by those oligarchs. These sanctions block U.S. persons — both individuals and companies — from engaging in transactions with listed oligarchs and their companies. These sanctions originally extended to UC Rusal PLC (“Rusal”), which supplies primary aluminum to Arconic Corporation in Europe, the United States, and to the Company’s Samara plant in Russia. The Company operated under a series of temporary licenses issued by OFAC until January 27, 2019 when OFAC removed Rusal from the list of sanctioned parties. The Company complies with and expects to continue to comply with all other aspects of these sanctions and does not anticipate any interruption in Samara’s ability to operate normally.
In March 2017, Arconic Corporation completed the divestiture of its Fusina, Italy rolling mill. The rolling mill generated third-party sales of  $54 and $165 in 2017 (through the date of divestiture) and 2016, respectively, and had 312 employees at the time of the divestiture. See “Results of Operations — Earnings Summary — Restructuring and Other charges.”
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
On November 1, 2016, Arconic Corporation entered into a toll processing agreement with Alcoa Corporation for the tolling of metal for the Warrick, IN rolling mill which became a part of Alcoa Corporation upon the completion of the 2016 Separation Transaction. As part of this arrangement, Arconic Corporation provided a toll processing service to Alcoa Corporation to produce can sheet products at its facility in Tennessee through the end date of the contract, December 31, 2018. Alcoa Corporation supplied all required raw materials to Arconic Corporation, which processed the raw materials into finished can sheet coils ready for shipment to the end customer. Tolling revenue for 2018, 2017, and the two months ended December 31, 2016 was $144, $190, and $37, respectively.
Sales.   Third-party sales for the Rolled Products segment increased $606, or 12%, in 2018 compared with 2017, primarily attributable to higher aluminum prices; higher volumes in the automotive, commercial transportation, and industrial end markets; and favorable product mix; partially offset by the absence of sales of  $54 from the rolling mill in Fusina, Italy (see above) and the ramp down of the North American packaging operations (completed in December 2018).
Third-party sales for this segment increased $129, or 3%, in 2017 compared with 2016, primarily attributable to volume growth in the automotive end market and higher aluminum pricing, partially offset by the impact of  $362 associated with the ramp-down and toll processing agreement with Alcoa Corporation at the Company’s North America packaging business in Tennessee, the absence of sales of $111 from the rolling mill in Fusina, Italy (see above), aerospace customer inventory destocking and reduced build rates, and pricing pressures in the global packaging market.
Segment Operating Profit.   Segment operating profit for the Rolled Products segment decreased $56, or 15%, in 2018 compared with 2017, primarily driven by unfavorable aerospace wide-body production mix, higher aluminum prices, and higher transportation costs and scrap spreads, partially offset by higher automotive, commercial transportation, and industrial volumes.
Segment operating profit for this segment increased $10, or 3%, in 2017 compared with 2016, primarily driven by net cost savings and increased automotive volumes, partially offset by lower aerospace volume from customer destocking and reduced build rates, continued pricing pressure on global packaging products, and higher aluminum prices.
Extrusions
2018
2017
2016
Third-party sales*
$ 546 $ 518 $ 551
Segment operating profit
$ 1 $ 34 $ 74
Third-party aluminum shipments (kmt)*
59 59 57
*
In 2018, 2017, and 2016, third-party sales included $61, $49, and $47, respectively, and third-party aluminum shipments included 7 kmt, 6 kmt, and 6 kmt, respectively, related to sales to ParentCo’s Howmet Aerospace Businesses. These sales are deemed to be related-party sales and are presented as such on Arconic Corporation’s Statement of Combined Operations.
Overview.   The Extrusions segment produces a range of extruded and machined parts for the aerospace, automotive, commercial transportation, and industrial products end markets. These products are sold directly to customers and through distributors. Generally, the sales and costs and expenses of this segment are transacted in the local currency of the respective operations, which are the U.S. dollar and, to a lesser extent, the euro.
Sales.   Third-party sales for the Extrusions segment increased $28, or 5%, in 2018 compared with 2017, primarily driven by higher aluminum prices and higher volumes in the automotive end market, partially offset by lower volumes in the aerospace and industrial end markets.
Third-party sales for this segment decreased $33, or 6%, in 2017 compared with 2016, primarily driven by lower volumes in the aerospace and industrial end markets, partially offset by higher aluminum prices and higher volumes in the automotive end market.
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Segment Operating Profit.   Segment operating profit for the Extrusions segment declined $33, or 97%, in 2018 compared with 2017, principally driven by operational challenges at one plant, higher aluminum prices, and lower volumes for aerospace and industrial products, partially offset by higher volumes for automotive products.
Segment operating profit for this segment decreased $40, or 54%, in 2017 compared with 2016, principally driven by lower volumes for aerospace and industrial products and higher aluminum prices, partially offset by higher volumes for automotive products.
Building and Construction Systems
2018
2017
2016
Third-party sales
$ 1,140 $ 1,066 $ 1,011
Segment operating profit
$ 91 $ 82 $ 86
Overview.   The Building and Construction Systems segment manufactures products that are used in the non-residential building and construction end market. These products include integrated aluminum architectural systems and architectural extrusions, which are sold directly to customers and through distributors. Generally, the sales and costs and expenses of this segment are transacted in the local currency of the respective operations, which are the U.S. dollar and, to a lesser extent, each of the following: the euro, the British pound, and Canadian dollar.
Sales.   Third-party sales for the Building and Construction Systems segment increased $74, or 7%, in 2018 compared with 2017, primarily driven by higher volume related to the building and construction end market, increased product pricing, and favorable foreign currency movements due to a stronger euro and British pound.
Third-party sales for this segment increased $55, or 5%, in 2017 compared with 2016, primarily driven by increased volume related to the building and construction end market and favorable pricing, mostly due to an increase in the LME aluminum price.
Segment Operating Profit.   Segment operating profit for the Building and Construction Systems segment increased $9, or 11%, in 2018 compared with 2017, principally driven by favorable product pricing and higher volume related to the building and construction end market, mostly offset by higher costs. The improved pricing was mainly the result of price increases partially offset by absorption of a portion of a higher LME aluminum price.
Segment operating profit for this segment decreased $4, or 5%, in 2017 compared with 2016, principally driven by lower product pricing and unfavorable product mix, mostly offset by net cost savings. The lower pricing was mainly the result of the absorption of a portion of a higher LME aluminum price, somewhat offset by price increases.
Reconciliation of Total Segment Operating Profit to Combined Income before Income Taxes
2018
2017
2016
Total segment operating profit
$ 420 $ 500 $ 534
Unallocated amounts:
Cost allocations(1)
(101) (193) (212)
Restructuring and other charges(2)
104 (133) (67)
Other
(49) (42) 1
Combined operating income
$ 374 $ 132 $ 256
Interest expense(2)
(129) (168) (97)
Other (expenses) income, net(2)
(4) 287 9
Combined income before income taxes
$ 241 $ 251 $ 168
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(1)
Cost allocations are composed of an allocation of ParentCo’s general administrative and other expenses related to operating its corporate headquarters and other global administrative facilities, as well as an allocation of ParentCo’s research and development expenses associated with its corporate technical center. See “— Overview — The Separation — Cost Allocations.”
(2)
See same titled sections under “— Results of Operations — Earnings Summary” for a description of notable changes.
Environmental Matters
See the Environmental Matters section of Note S to the Combined Financial Statements in the Index within this information statement.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Historically, ParentCo has provided capital, cash management, and other treasury services to Arconic Corporation. ParentCo will continue to provide these services to Arconic Corporation until the separation is consummated. Only cash amounts specifically attributable to Arconic Corporation were reflected in the Company’s Combined Financial Statements. Transfers of cash, both to and from ParentCo’s centralized cash management system, were reflected as a component of Parent Company net investment in the Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation.
Arconic Corporation’s primary future cash needs will be centered on operating activities, including working capital, as well as recurring and strategic capital expenditures. Following the separation, Arconic Corporation’s capital structure and sources of liquidity will change significantly from its historical capital structure. Arconic Corporation will no longer participate in capital management with ParentCo; rather Arconic Corporation’s ability to fund its cash needs will depend on its ongoing ability to generate and raise cash in the future. Although Arconic Corporation believes that its future cash from operations, together with its access to capital markets, will provide adequate resources to fund its operating and investing needs, our access to, and the availability of, financing on acceptable terms in the future will be affected by many factors, including: (i) Arconic Corporation’s credit rating; (ii) the liquidity of the overall capital markets; and (iii) the current state of the economy. There can be no assurances that Arconic Corporation will continue to have access to capital markets on terms acceptable to it. See “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this information statement for further information.
ParentCo has an arrangement with several financial institutions to sell certain customer receivables without recourse on a revolving basis. The sale of such receivables is completed through the use of a bankruptcy-remote special-purpose entity, which is a consolidated subsidiary of ParentCo. In connection with this arrangement, certain of Arconic Corporation’s customer receivables are sold on a revolving basis to this bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of ParentCo; these sales were reflected as a component of Parent Company net investment in Arconic Corporation’s Combined Financial Statements.
In addition, ParentCo participates in several account payable settlement arrangements with certain vendors and third-party intermediaries. These arrangements provide that, at the vendor’s request, the third-party intermediary advances the amount of the scheduled payment to the vendor, less an appropriate discount, before the scheduled payment date and ParentCo makes payment to the third-party intermediary on the date stipulated in accordance with the commercial terms negotiated with its vendors. In connection with these arrangements, certain of Arconic Corporation’s accounts payable are settled, at the vendor’s request, before the scheduled payment date; these settlements were reflected as a component of Parent Company net investment in Arconic Corporation’s Combined Financial Statements.
Arconic Corporation may seek similar standalone arrangements regarding the potential sale of certain customer receivables and settlement of accounts payable upon the separation. However, there can be no assurance that Arconic Corporation will be able to establish such arrangements on terms acceptable to it.
Operating Activities
Cash provided from operations was $503 in 2018 compared with $182 in 2017 and $618 in 2016.
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In 2018, cash provided from operations was comprised primarily of a positive add-back for non-cash transactions in earnings of  $196, net income of  $170, and a favorable change in working capital of  $159.
In 2017, cash provided from operations was comprised principally of net income of  $209 and a positive add-back for non-cash transactions in earnings of  $194, partially offset by an unfavorable change in working capital of  $185.
In 2016, cash provided from operations was comprised mainly of a positive add-back for non-cash transactions in earnings of  $334, net income of  $155, and a favorable change in working capital of  $141.
Financing Activities
Cash used for financing activities was $536 in 2018 compared with cash provided from financing activities of  $136 in 2017 and cash used for financing activities of  $278 in 2016. The amount in each period primarily reflects net cash activity between Arconic Corporation and ParentCo.
Investing Activities
Cash used for investing activities was $10 in 2018 compared with $250 in 2017 and $350 in 2016.
The use of cash in 2018 reflects capital expenditures of  $317, including for a horizontal heat treat furnace at the Davenport, Iowa plant, mostly offset by proceeds of  $302 from the sale of the Texarkana, Texas rolling mill and cast house.
The use of cash in both 2017 and 2016 reflects capital expenditures in the amount of  $241 and $350, respectively, including for the aerospace expansion (very thick plate stretcher and/or horizontal heat treat furnace) at the Davenport, Iowa plant.
Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Following the separation, Arconic Corporation’s capital structure and sources of liquidity will differ from its historical capital structure. Please refer to the “The Separation and Distribution,” “Capitalization,” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” sections included elsewhere in this information statement for additional information regarding the capital structure of Arconic Corporation following the distribution.
Also, following the separation, Arconic Corporation will no longer participate in cash management and intercompany funding arrangements with ParentCo. Arconic Corporation’s ability to fund its operating and capital needs will depend on the Company’s ability to generate cash from operations and access capital markets. The following table and discussion summarize Arconic Corporation’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018 that may have an impact on liquidity and cash flows in future periods.
Contractual Obligations.   Arconic Corporation is required to make future payments under various contracts, including long-term purchase obligations, lease agreements, and financing arrangements. Arconic Corporation also has commitments to fund its pension plans, provide payments for other postretirement benefit plans, and fund capital projects. As of December 31, 2018, a summary of Arconic Corporation’s
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS
outstanding contractual obligations is as follows (these contractual obligations are grouped in the same manner as they are classified in the Statement of Combined Cash Flows in order to provide a better understanding of the nature of the obligations and to provide a basis for comparison to historical information):
Total
2019
2020 – 2021
2022 – 2023
Thereafter
Operating activities:
Raw material purchase obligations
$ 324 $ 316 $ 8 $ $
Energy-related purchase obligations
67 33 28 6
Other purchase obligations
19 4 7 6 2
Operating leases
158 34 50 31 43
Interest related to debt
285 12 24 24 225
Estimated minimum required pension funding
12 3 6 3
Other postretirement benefit payments
1 1
Layoff and other restructuring payments
4 4
Deferred revenue arrangements
18 12 6
Uncertain tax positions
18 18
Financing activities:
Debt
250 250
Investing activities:
Capital projects
207 155 52
Totals
$ 1,363 $ 573 $ 181 $ 70 $ 539
Obligations for Operating Activities
Energy-related purchase obligations consist primarily of electricity and natural gas contracts with expiration dates ranging from one year to five years. Raw material purchase obligations consist mostly of aluminum with expiration dates ranging from less than one year to two years. Many of these purchase obligations contain variable pricing components, and, as a result, actual cash payments may differ from the estimates provided in the preceding table. Operating leases represent multi-year obligations for certain land and buildings, plant equipment, vehicles, and computer equipment.
Interest related to debt is based on a stated interest rate of 4.75% calculated on Arconic Corporation’s lone outstanding debt obligation, which matures in 2042.
Estimated minimum required pension funding and postretirement benefit payments are based on actuarial estimates using current assumptions for, among others, discount rates, long-term rate of return on plan assets, rate of compensation increases, and/or health care cost trend rates. It is Arconic Corporation’s policy to fund amounts for pension plans sufficient to meet the minimum requirements set forth in applicable country benefits laws and tax laws. Arconic Corporation has determined that it is not practicable to present pension funding and other postretirement benefit payments beyond 2023 and 2028, respectively.
In addition, in connection with the separation, the Shared Plans (see “— Critical Accounting Policies — Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits”) are expected to be separated; Arconic Corporation will be the sponsor of new defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans and assume the associated unfunded obligations. Estimates of future contributions and/or benefit payments related to such plans have yet to be determined. For additional information, please refer to the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” section included elsewhere in this information statement.
Layoff and other restructuring payments to be paid within one year relate to contract payments associated with closed and divested plants and severance costs.
Deferred revenue arrangements require Arconic Corporation to deliver sheet and plate to a certain customer over the specified contract period (through 2020). While this obligation is not expected to result in cash payments, it is included in the preceding table as Arconic Corporation would have such an obligation if the specified product deliveries could not be made.
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on an income tax return may result in additional payments to tax authorities. As of December 31, 2018, no interest and penalties were accrued related to such positions. The total amount of uncertain tax positions is included in the “Thereafter” column as Arconic Corporation is not able to reasonably estimate the timing of potential future payments. If a tax authority agrees with the tax position taken or expected to be taken or the applicable statute of limitations expires, then additional payments will not be necessary.
Obligations for Financing Activities
The debt amount in the preceding table represents the principal amount of Arconic Corporation’s lone outstanding debt obligation, which matures in 2042.
In addition, in connection with the separation, Arconic Corporation has incurred and expects to incur certain indebtedness related to its initial capitalization structure, which has yet to be determined. Please refer to the “The Separation and Distribution,” “Capitalization,” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” sections included elsewhere in this information statement for additional information regarding the capital structure of Arconic Corporation following the distribution.
Obligations for Investing Activities
Capital projects in the preceding table only include amounts approved by management as of December 31, 2018. Funding levels may vary in future years based on anticipated construction schedules of the projects. It is expected that significant expansion projects will be funded through various sources, including cash provided from operations. Total capital expenditures are anticipated to be approximately $185 in 2019.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.   ParentCo has outstanding bank guarantees, on behalf of Arconic Corporation, related to, among others, tax matters and customs duties. The total amount committed under these guarantees, which expire at various dates between 2019 and 2026 was $11 at December 31, 2018.
ParentCo has outstanding letters of credit, on behalf of Arconic Corporation, primarily related to environmental and lease obligations. The total amount committed under these letters of credit, which automatically renew or expire at various dates, mostly in 2019, was $45 at December 31, 2018.
ParentCo has outstanding surety bonds, on behalf of Arconic Corporation, primarily related to customs duties and environmental-related matters. The total amount committed under these surety bonds, which expire at various dates, primarily in 2019, was $9 at December 31, 2018.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation are prepared from ParentCo’s historical accounting records and are presented on a standalone basis as if the Arconic Corporation Businesses have been conducted independently from ParentCo. Such Combined Financial Statements include the historical operations that are considered to comprise the Arconic Corporation Businesses, as well as certain assets and liabilities that have been historically held at ParentCo’s corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to Arconic Corporation.
The preparation of Arconic Corporation’s Combined Financial Statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make certain estimates based on judgments and assumptions regarding uncertainties that affect the amounts reported in the Combined Financial Statements and disclosed in the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements. Areas that require such estimates include cost allocations (see “— Overview — The Separation — Cost Allocations”), the review of properties, plants, and equipment and goodwill for impairment, and accounting for each of the following: environmental and litigation matters; pension and other postretirement employee benefit obligations; stock-based compensation; and income taxes.
Management uses historical experience and all available information to make these estimates, and actual results may differ from those used to prepare Arconic Corporation’s Combined Financial Statements at any given time. Despite these inherent limitations, management believes that Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the Combined Financial Statements, including the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements, provide a meaningful and fair perspective of the Company.
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS
A summary of Arconic Corporation’s significant accounting policies is included in Note B to the Combined Financial Statements in the Index within this information statement. Management believes that the application of these policies on a consistent basis enables Arconic Corporation to provide the users of the Combined Financial Statements with useful and reliable information about Arconic Corporation’s operating results and financial condition.
Properties, Plants, and Equipment.   Properties, plants, and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is determined by comparing the estimated undiscounted net cash flows of the related operations (asset group) to the carrying value of the associated assets. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying value of the assets exceeds the estimated undiscounted net cash flows of the asset group. The amount of the impairment loss to be recorded is calculated as the excess of the carrying value of the assets over their fair value, with fair value determined using the best information available, which generally is a discounted cash flow (DCF) model. The determination of what constitutes an asset group, the associated estimated undiscounted net cash flows, and the estimated useful lives of the assets also require significant judgments.
Goodwill.   Goodwill is not amortized; instead, it is reviewed for impairment annually (in the fourth quarter) or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist or if a decision is made to sell, exit, or realign a business. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others, deterioration in general economic conditions, negative developments in equity and credit markets, adverse changes in the markets in which an entity operates, increases in input costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows, or a trend of negative or declining cash flows over multiple periods. The fair value that could be realized in an actual transaction may differ from that used to evaluate goodwill for impairment.
Goodwill is allocated among and evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. Beginning in April 2018, Arconic Corporation has three reporting units, the Rolled Products segment, the Extrusions segment, and the Building and Construction Systems segment, all of which contain goodwill. As of December 31, 2018, the carrying value of the goodwill for Rolled Products, Extrusions, and Building and Construction Systems was $245, $71, and $69, respectively. Previously, Arconic Corporation had a fourth reporting unit, the Latin America Extrusions business, which was sold in April 2018. All goodwill ($25) related to this reporting unit was impaired in 2015.
In reviewing goodwill for impairment, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not (greater than 50%) that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity elects to perform a qualitative assessment and determines that an impairment is more likely than not, the entity is then required to perform a quantitative impairment test (described below), otherwise no further analysis is required. An entity also may elect not to perform the qualitative assessment and, instead, proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test. The ultimate outcome of the goodwill impairment review for a reporting unit should be the same whether an entity chooses to perform the qualitative assessment or proceeds directly to the quantitative impairment test.
Arconic Corporation determines annually, based on facts and circumstances, which of its reporting units will be subject to the qualitative assessment. For those reporting units where a qualitative assessment is either not performed or for which the conclusion is that an impairment is more likely than not, a quantitative impairment test will be performed. Arconic Corporation’s policy is that a quantitative impairment test be performed for each reporting unit at least once during every three-year period.
Under the qualitative assessment, various events and circumstances (or factors) that would affect the estimated fair value of a reporting unit are identified (similar to impairment indicators above). These factors are then classified by the type of impact they would have on the estimated fair value using positive, neutral, and adverse categories based on current business conditions. Additionally, an assessment of the level of impact that a particular factor would have on the estimated fair value is determined using high, medium, and low weighting. Furthermore, management considers the results of the most recent quantitative impairment test completed for a reporting unit and compares the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) between the current and prior years for each reporting unit.
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS
During the 2018 annual review of goodwill, management performed the qualitative assessment for the Extrusions reporting unit. Management concluded it was not more likely than not that the estimated fair value of this reporting unit was less than the carrying value. As such, no further analysis was required.
Under the quantitative impairment test, the evaluation of impairment involves comparing the current fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. Arconic Corporation uses a DCF model to estimate the current fair value of its reporting units when testing for impairment, as management believes forecasted cash flows are the best indicator of such fair value. Several significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the DCF model to forecast operating cash flows, including sales growth (volumes and pricing), production costs, capital spending, and discount rate. Certain of these assumptions may vary significantly among the reporting units. Cash flow forecasts are generally based on approved business unit operating plans for the early years and historical relationships in later years. The WACC rate for the individual reporting units is estimated by management with the assistance of valuation experts. In the event the estimated fair value of a reporting unit per the DCF model is less than the carrying value, Arconic Corporation would recognize an impairment charge equal to the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value over its fair value without exceeding the total amount of goodwill applicable to that reporting unit.
During the 2018 annual review of goodwill, management proceeded directly to the quantitative impairment test for the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems reporting units. The estimated fair value for both reporting units was substantially in excess of the respective carrying value, resulting in no impairment.
The annual review in 2017 and 2016 indicated that goodwill was not impaired for any of Arconic Corporation’s reporting units and there were no triggering events that necessitated an impairment test for any of the reporting units.
Environmental Matters.   Expenditures for current operations are expensed or capitalized, as appropriate. Expenditures relating to existing conditions caused by past operations, which will not contribute to future revenues, are expensed. Liabilities are recorded when remediation costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. The liability may include costs such as site investigations, consultant fees, feasibility studies, outside contractors, and monitoring expenses. Estimates are generally not discounted or reduced by potential claims for recovery, which are recognized when probable and as agreements are reached with third parties. The estimates also include costs related to other potentially responsible parties to the extent that Arconic Corporation has reason to believe such parties will not fully pay their proportionate share. The liability is continuously reviewed and adjusted to reflect current remediation progress, prospective estimates of required activity, and other factors that may be relevant, including changes in technology or regulations.
Litigation Matters.   For asserted claims and assessments, liabilities are recorded when an unfavorable outcome of a matter is deemed to be probable and the loss is reasonably estimable. Management determines the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome based on many factors such as, among others, the nature of the matter, available defenses and case strategy, progress of the matter, views and opinions of legal counsel and other advisors, applicability and success of appeals processes, and the outcome of similar historical matters. Once an unfavorable outcome is deemed probable, management weighs the probability of estimated losses, and the most reasonable loss estimate is recorded. If an unfavorable outcome of a matter is deemed to be reasonably possible, the matter is disclosed and no liability is recorded. With respect to unasserted claims or assessments, management must first determine the probability an assertion will be made is likely, then, a determination as to the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to reasonably estimate the potential loss is made. Legal matters are reviewed on a continuous basis to determine if there has been a change in management’s judgment regarding the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the estimate of a potential loss.
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits.   Certain employees attributable to Arconic Corporation operations participate in defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans (“Shared Plans”) sponsored by ParentCo, which also includes ParentCo participants. For purposes of these Combined Financial Statements, Arconic Corporation accounts for the portion of the Shared Plans related to its employees as multiemployer benefit plans. Accordingly, Arconic Corporation does not record an asset or
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS
liability to recognize the funded status of the Shared Plans. However, the related expense recorded by Arconic Corporation is based primarily on pensionable compensation and estimated interest costs related to participants attributable to Arconic Corporation operations.
Certain ParentCo plans that are entirely attributable to employees of Arconic Corporation-related operations (“Direct Plans”) are accounted for as defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans for purposes of the Combined Financial Statements. Accordingly, the funded and unfunded position of each Direct Plan is recorded in the Combined Balance Sheet. Actuarial gains and losses that have not yet been recognized in earnings are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income net of taxes, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. The determination of benefit obligations and recognition of expenses related to the Direct Plans are dependent on various assumptions, including discount rates, long-term expected rates of return on plan assets, and future compensation increases. ParentCo’s management develops each assumption using relevant company experience in conjunction with market-related data for each individual location in which such plans exist.
The following table summarizes the total expenses recognized by Arconic Corporation related to the pension and other postretirement benefits described above:
Pension benefits
Other postretirement
benefits
For the year ended
December 31,
For the year ended
December 31,
Type of Plan
Type of Expense
2018
2017
2016
2018
2017
2016
Direct Plans
Net periodic benefit cost* $ 5 $ 5 $ 5 $ $ $
Shared Plans
Multiemployer contribution expense
67 82 78 21 20 23
Shared Plans
Cost allocation 20 39 31 5 4 8
$ 92 $ 126 $ 114 $ 26 $ 24 $ 31
*
In each of 2018, 2017 and 2016, net periodic benefit cost for pension benefits was comprised of service cost of  $3 and non-service cost of  $2.
Stock-Based Compensation.   Eligible employees attributable to Arconic Corporation operations participate in ParentCo’s stock-based compensation plans. Until consummation of the separation, these employees will continue to participate in ParentCo’s stock-based compensation plans and Arconic Corporation will record compensation expense based on the awards granted to relevant employees. ParentCo recognizes compensation expense for employee equity grants using the non-substantive vesting period approach, in which the expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period based on the grant date fair value. The compensation expense recorded by Arconic Corporation, in all periods presented, includes the expense associated with employees historically attributable to Arconic Corporation operations, as well as the expense associated with the allocation of stock-based compensation expense for ParentCo’s corporate employees. The fair value of new stock options is estimated on the date of grant using a lattice-pricing model. The fair value of performance stock units containing a market condition is valued using a Monte Carlo valuation model. Determining the fair value at the grant date requires judgment, including estimates for the average risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, volatility, and exercise behavior. These assumptions may differ significantly between grant dates because of changes in the actual results of these inputs that occur over time. In 2018, 2017, and 2016, Arconic Corporation recognized stock-based compensation expense of  $22 ($17 after-tax), $23 ($15 after-tax), and $26 ($17 after-tax), respectively.
Income Taxes.   Arconic Corporation’s operations have historically been included in the income tax filings of ParentCo. The provision for income taxes in Arconic Corporation’s Statement of Combined Operations is based on a separate return methodology using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, the provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable (or received or receivable) for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year calculated as if Arconic Corporation was a standalone taxpayer filing hypothetical income tax returns where applicable. Any additional accrued tax liability or refund arising as a result of this approach is assumed to be immediately settled with ParentCo as a component of Parent Company net investment.
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Deferred taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid and result from differences between the financial and tax bases of Arconic Corporation’s assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when enacted. Deferred tax assets are reflected in the Combined Balance Sheet for net operating losses, credits or other attributes to the extent that such attributes are expected to transfer to Arconic Corporation upon the separation. Any difference from attributes generated in a hypothetical return on a separate return basis is adjusted as a component of Parent Company net investment.
Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not (greater than 50%) that a tax benefit will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, management considers all potential sources of taxable income, including income available in carryback periods, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, projections of taxable income, and income from tax planning strategies, as well as all available positive and negative evidence. Positive evidence includes factors such as a history of profitable operations, projections of future profitability within the carryforward period, including from tax planning strategies, and Arconic Corporation’s experience with similar operations. Existing favorable contracts and the ability to sell products into established markets are additional positive evidence. Negative evidence includes items such as cumulative losses, projections of future losses, or carryforward periods that are not long enough to allow for the utilization of a deferred tax asset based on existing projections of income. Deferred tax assets for which no valuation allowance is recorded may not be realized upon changes in facts and circumstances, resulting in a future charge to establish a valuation allowance. Existing valuation allowances are re-examined under the same standards of positive and negative evidence. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will be realized, the appropriate amount of the valuation allowance, if any, is released. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are also re-measured to reflect changes in underlying tax rates due to law changes and the grant and lapse of tax holidays.
Arconic Corporation applies a tax law ordering approach when considering the need for a valuation allowance on net operating losses expected to offset Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (GILTI) income inclusions. Under this approach, reductions in cash tax savings are not considered as part of the valuation allowance assessment. Instead, future GILTI inclusions are considered a source of taxable income that support the realizability of deferred tax assets.
Tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return are recorded when such benefits meet a more likely than not threshold. Otherwise, these tax benefits are recorded when a tax position has been effectively settled, which means that the statute of limitations has expired or the appropriate taxing authority has completed its examination even though the statute of limitations remains open. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as part of the provision for income taxes and are accrued beginning in the period that such interest and penalties would be applicable under relevant tax law until such time that the related tax benefits are recognized.
Related Party Transactions
Transactions between the Arconic Corporation Businesses and the Howmet Aerospace Businesses have been presented as related party transactions on Arconic Corporation’s Combined Financial Statements. In 2018, 2017, and 2016, sales to the Howmet Aerospace Businesses from the Arconic Corporation Businesses were $206, $182, and $180, respectively.
Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance
See the Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance section of Note B to the Combined Financial Statements in the Index within this information statement.
Recently Issued Accounting Guidance
See the Recently Issued Accounting Guidance section of Note B to the Combined Financial Statements in the Index within this information statement.
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018
Results of Operations
Cost Allocations.   The following table reflects allocations of certain ParentCo costs included in Arconic Corporation’s unaudited Statement of Combined Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 that are relevant to the discussion below (see “Overview — The Separation — Cost Allocations”):
For the nine months ended September 30,
2019
2018
Cost of goods sold(1)
$ 11 $ 9
Selling, general administrative, and other expenses(2)
80 49
Research and development expenses
8 18
Provision for depreciation and amortization
9 7
Restructuring and other charges
5 (3)
Interest expense
86 95
Other expenses (income), net
4 (4)
(1)
For all periods presented, amount principally relates to an allocation of expenses for ParentCo’s retained pension and other postretirement benefit obligations associated with closed and sold operations.
(2)
In the 2019 nine-month period, amount includes costs incurred by ParentCo ($44, of which $23 was allocated to Arconic Corporation) associated with the proposed separation transaction (see “Overview — The Separation — The Proposed Separation”).
Earnings Summary:
Net income.   Net income was $39 in the 2019 nine-month period compared to $71 in the 2018 nine-month period. The decrease in results of  $32 was mainly driven by asset impairment charges and layoff costs, costs to transition a plant to a new product line, and an allocation of costs related to the proposed separation. These negative impacts were mostly offset by favorable product pricing and volume growth.
Sales.   Sales decreased $64, or 1%, in the 2019 nine-month period compared to the same period in 2018. The decline was principally due to lower aluminum prices, the absence of sales ($151 combined) as a result of both the ramp down of Arconic Corporation’s North American packaging operations (completed in December 2018) and the divestiture of the Latin America Extrusions business (April 2018); and unfavorable foreign currency movements. These negative impacts were mostly offset by volume growth related to the packaging (excluding North America), aerospace, and industrial end markets and favorable product pricing and mix in the Rolled Products segment.
Cost of goods sold (COGS).   COGS as a percentage of Sales was 86.4% in the 2019 nine-month period compared with 87.9% in the 2018 nine-month period. The percentage was positively impacted by the previously mentioned favorable product pricing and volume growth, a favorable change in LIFO inventory accounting ($73 — see below), and the absence of a charge for a physical inventory adjustment at an Extrusions plant ($14). These positive impacts were partially offset by costs associated with the transition of Arconic Corporation’s Tennessee plant to industrial products from packaging, a charge to increase an environmental reserve related to a U.S. Extrusions plant ($25), and a charge, primarily for a one-time employee signing bonus, related to a collective bargaining agreement negotiation ($9 — see below).
The positive change in LIFO inventory accounting was mostly related to a decrease in the price of aluminum at September 30, 2019 indexed to December 31, 2018 compared to an increase in the price of aluminum at September 30, 2018 indexed to December 31, 2017.
In June of 2019, Arconic Corporation and the United Steelworkers (USW) reached a tentative three-year labor agreement covering approximately 3,400 employees at four U.S. locations; the previous labor agreement expired on May 15, 2019. The tentative agreement was ratified on July 11, 2019.
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Selling, general administrative, and other expenses (SG&A).   SG&A expenses increased $31, or 14%, in the 2019 nine-month period compared with the corresponding period in 2018. The increase was attributable to a higher allocation (increase of  $31) of ParentCo’s corporate overhead, which was largely related to the following: costs incurred for the planned separation ($44, of which $23 was allocated to Arconic Corporation) and higher expenses for both executive compensation and estimated annual employee incentive compensation, all of which was somewhat offset by reductions in several other overhead costs. SG&A as a percentage of Sales increased from 4.0% in the 2018 nine-month period to 4.6% in the 2019 nine-month period.
Research and development expenses (R&D).   R&D expenses decreased $13, or 28%, in the 2019 nine-month period compared to the same period in 2018. The decline was primarily driven by a lower allocation (decrease of  $10) of ParentCo’s expenses, which was caused by decreased spending.
Restructuring and other charges.   Restructuring and other charges in the 2019 nine-month period were $104, which were comprised of the following components: a $59 impairment charge for the assets associated with an aluminum rolling mill in Brazil as a result of signing a definitive sale agreement (see “Results of Operations — Segment Information — Rolled Products”); a $28 charge for layoff costs, including the separation of approximately 370 employees (virtually all of which related to the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems segments); a $10 charge for the impairment of the carrying value of a trade name intangible asset; a $5 charge for an allocation of ParentCo’s corporate restructuring charges (see “Results of Operations — Cost Allocations”); and a $2 net charge for other items.
Restructuring and other charges in the 2018 nine-month period were comprised of the following components: a $7 net charge for miscellaneous items; a $3 benefit for an allocation of ParentCo’s corporate restructuring activity (see “Results of Operations — Cost Allocations”); and a $4 benefit for the reversal of several layoff reserves related to prior periods.
See Note E to the unaudited Combined Financial Statements in the Index within this information statement for additional information.
Interest expense.   Interest expense declined $13, or 13%, in the 2019 nine-month period compared with the corresponding period in 2018. The decrease was principally related to a smaller allocation (decrease of  $9) of ParentCo’s financing costs, which was largely due to a lower average amount of ParentCo’s outstanding debt in the 2019 nine-month period compared to the 2018 nine-month period. An increase in the amount of interest capitalized ($3) due to expansion projects at Arconic Corporation’s Davenport (Iowa) and Tennessee facilities (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Investing Activities”) also contributed to the referenced decline.
Other (income) expenses, net.   Other income, net was $4 in the 2019 nine-month period compared to Other expenses, net of  $9 in the 2018 nine-month period. The positive change of  $13 was mainly the result of net favorable foreign currency movements ($16).
Provision for income taxes.   The effective tax rate was 58.5% in the 2019 nine-month period and 31.7% in the 2018 nine-month period. See Note H to the unaudited Combined Financial Statements in the Index within this information statement for additional information.
Segment Information
Arconic Corporation produces aluminum sheet and plate products (Rolled Products segment) for Boeing 737 MAX airplanes. The temporary reduction in the production rate of the 737 MAX airplanes that was announced by Boeing in April 2019 did not have a significant impact on the Rolled Products segment’s revenues or segment operating profit in the 2019 nine-month period. Additionally, Arconic Corporation does not expect a significant impact on this segment’s revenue and segment operating profit for the remainder of 2019.
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Rolled Products
Nine months ended
September 30,
2019
2018
Third-party sales*
$ 4,294 $ 4,333
Intersegment sales
20 12
Total sales
$ 4,314 $ 4,345
Segment operating profit
$ 346 $ 268
Third-party aluminum shipments (kmt)*
1,058 986
*
In the 2019 and 2018 nine-month periods, third-party sales included $101 and $110, respectively, and third-party aluminum shipments included 49 kmt and 45 kmt, respectively, related to sales to ParentCo’s Howmet Aerospace Businesses. These sales are deemed to be related-party sales and are presented as such on Arconic Corporation’s Statement of Combined Operations.
In August 2019, Arconic Corporation reached an agreement to sell its aluminum rolling mill in Itapissuma, Brazil to Companhia Brasileira de Alumínio. This rolling mill produces specialty foil and sheet products and its operating results and assets and liabilities are included in the Rolled Products segment. The transaction is expected to close in early 2020, subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions. See “Results of Operations — Earnings Summary — Restructuring and other charges” for additional information.
Third-party sales for the Rolled Products segment decreased $39, or 1%, in the 2019 nine-month period compared to the same period in 2018. The decline was primarily due to lower aluminum prices (see below), the absence of sales ($126) as a result of the ramp down of Arconic Corporation’s North American packaging operations (completed in December 2018), and unfavorable foreign currency movements. These negative impacts were partially offset by higher volumes in the packaging (excluding North America), aerospace, and industrial products end markets and favorable product pricing and mix.
Segment operating profit for this segment increased $78 in the 2019 nine-month period compared with the corresponding period in 2018. The improvement was largely attributable to favorable pricing adjustments on industrial products and commercial transportation products, the previously mentioned higher volumes, and net cost savings. These positive impacts were somewhat offset by Arconic Corporation’s Tennessee plant’s transition to industrial production from packaging production.
Changes in aluminum prices in the 2019 nine-month period compared to the same period in 2018 negatively impacted Third-party sales by approximately $250 and positively impacted Segment operating profit by approximately $5. Metal price is a pass-through to this segment's customers with limited exception (e.g., fixed-priced contracts, certain regional premiums). On average, the price of aluminum on the London Metal Exchange declined approximately 15% in the 2019 nine-month period compared with the corresponding period in 2018.
In the fourth quarter of 2019 compared to the fourth quarter of 2018, demand from the aerospace end market for commercial airframes is expected to increase, while the automotive end market is expected to decline. Also, demand in the North American commercial transportation end market is expected to decrease, while growth is anticipated in the industrial products end market with the transition of Arconic Corporation’s Tennessee plant from packaging. Favorable pricing and net productivity improvements are also anticipated to continue.
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Extrusions
Nine months ended
September 30,
2019
2018
Third-party sales*
$ 420 $ 409
Segment operating profit
$ (29) $ 2
Third-party aluminum shipments (kmt)*
45 46
*
In the 2019 and 2018 nine-month periods, third-party sales included $41 and $51, respectively, and third-party aluminum shipments included 5 kmt (both periods) related to sales to ParentCo’s Howmet Aerospace Businesses. These sales are deemed to be related-party sales and are presented as such on Arconic Corporation’s Statement of Combined Operations.
Third-party sales for the Extrusions segment increased $11, or 3%, in the 2019 nine-month period compared to the same period in 2018. The improvement was principally the result of favorable product mix (mainly related to the automotive end market), somewhat offset by a 2% decrease in overall volume. The lower volume was primarily caused by decreased customer demand in the industrial products end market, mostly offset by demand growth in the aerospace end market.
Segment operating profit for this segment declined $31 in the 2019 nine-month period compared with the corresponding period in 2018. The decrease was largely driven by higher operating costs, including labor, maintenance, and transportation. These negative impacts were partially offset by the absence of a charge for a physical inventory adjustment at one plant ($14) and a favorable change in LIFO inventory accounting ($10).
In the fourth quarter of 2019 compared to the fourth quarter of 2018,higher costs and lower volumes are expected, partially offset by favorable pricing.
Building and Construction Systems
Nine months ended
September 30,
2019
2018
Third-party sales
$ 855 $ 866
Segment operating profit
$ 89 $ 74
Third-party sales for the Building and Construction Systems segment decreased $11, or 1%, in the 2019 nine-month period compared to the same period in 2018. The decline was mainly due to unfavorable foreign currency movements, principally driven by a weaker euro, and unfavorable aluminum pricing (see below). These negative impacts were partially offset by higher volume.
Segment operating profit for this segment increased $15 in the 2019 nine-month period compared with the corresponding period in 2018, largely the result of net cost savings and higher volume.
Changes in aluminum prices in the 2019 nine-month period compared to the same period in 2018 negatively impacted Third-party sales by approximately $15 and positively impacted Segment operating profit by approximately $5. A limited amount of this segment’s product sales is directly impacted by metal pricing, which is a pass-through to the related customers. On average, the price of aluminum on the London Metal Exchange declined approximately 15% in the 2019 nine-month period compared with the corresponding period in 2018.
In the fourth quarter of 2019, compared to the fourth quarter of 2018, net cost savings are expected.
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Reconciliation of Total Segment Operating Profit to Combined Income before Income Taxes
For the nine-months ended September 30,
2019
2018
Total segment operating profit
$ 406 $ 344
Unallocated amounts:
Cost allocations(1)
(108) (83)
Restructuring and other charges(2)
(104)
Other
(18) (49)
Combined operating income
$ 176 $ 212
Interest expense(2)
(86) (99)
Other income (expenses), net(2)
4 (9)
Combined income before income taxes
$ 94 $ 104
(1)
Cost allocations are composed of an allocation of ParentCo’s general administrative and other expenses related to operating its corporate headquarters and other global administrative facilities, as well as an allocation of ParentCo’s research and development expenses associated with its corporate technical center. See — Overview — The Separation — Cost Allocations.
(2)
See same titled sections under — Results of Operations — Earnings Summary for a description of notable changes.
Environmental Matters
See the Environmental Matters section of Note M to the unaudited Combined Financial Statements in the Index within this information statement.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Operating Activities
Cash provided from operations was $145 in the 2019 nine-month period compared with $306 in the 2018 nine-month period. In the 2019 nine-month period, cash provided from operations was comprised primarily of a positive add-back for non-cash transactions in earnings of  $353 and net income of  $39, partially offset by an unfavorable change in working capital of  $260. In the 2018 nine-month period, cash provided from operations was comprised principally of a positive add-back for non-cash transactions in earnings of  $221, net income of  $71, and a favorable change in working capital of  $31.
Financing Activities
Cash used for financing activities was $68 in the 2019 nine-month period compared with $126 in the 2018 nine-month period. The amount in each period primarily reflects net cash activity between Arconic Corporation and ParentCo.
Investing Activities
Cash used for investing activities was $109 in the 2019 nine-month period compared with $190 in the 2018 nine-month period. The use of cash in both the 2019 and 2018 nine-month periods reflects capital expenditures of  $120 and $195, respectively, including for an approximately $140 project at the Davenport (Iowa) plant and an approximately $100 project at the Tennessee plant. At Davenport, Arconic Corporation installed a new horizontal heat treat furnace to capture growth in the aerospace and industrial products markets. This project began near the end of 2017 and was completed earlier in 2019 (furnace is in customer qualification stage). At Tennessee, Arconic Corporation is expanding its hot mill capability and adding downstream equipment capabilities to capture growth in the automotive and industrial products markets. This project began in early 2019 and is expected to be completed by the end of 2020.
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting Guidance
See Note B to the unaudited Combined Financial Statements in the Index within this information statement.
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers Following the Distribution
The following table sets forth information as of February 7, 2020 regarding the individuals who are expected to serve as executive officers of Arconic Corporation following the distribution.
Name
Age
Position
Timothy D. Myers
54
Chief Executive Officer
Erick R. Asmussen
53
Chief Financial Officer
Mary Zik
48
Controller
Diana C. Toman
41
Chief Legal Officer
Timothy D. Myers will be the Chief Executive Officer of Arconic Corporation. From October 2017 until the separation, Mr. Myers was Executive Vice President and Group President, Global Rolled Products, which now includes the Extrusions and Building and Construction Systems businesses of ParentCo. From May 2016 to June 2019, he served as Executive Vice President and Group President of ParentCo’s Transportation and Construction Solutions segment, which then comprised Arconic Wheel and Transportation Products and Building and Construction Systems and which segment was eliminated in the third quarter of 2019, with the Building and Construction Systems business then moved to the Global Rolled Products segment. Prior to that assignment, he was President of Alcoa Wheel and Transportation Products, from June 2009 to May 2016. Mr. Myers was Vice President and General Manager, Commercial Vehicle Wheels for the Alcoa Wheel Products business from January 2006 to June 2009. Mr. Myers joined ParentCo in 1991 as an automotive applications engineer in the Commercial Rolled Products Division, and held a series of engineering, marketing, sales and management positions with ParentCo since that time.
Erick R. Asmussen will be the Chief Financial Officer of Arconic Corporation. Mr. Asmussen previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Momentive Performance Materials Inc. from May 2015 to July 2019. Prior to joining Momentive, Mr. Asmussen served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GrafTech International, Ltd. from September 2013 to May 2015. Mr. Asmussen joined GrafTech in 1999 and served in multiple leadership roles, including Vice President of Strategy, Planning and Corporate Development, Worldwide Controller, Tax Director and Treasurer. Prior to GrafTech, Mr. Asmussen worked in various financial positions with Corning Incorporated, AT&T Corporation, and Arthur Andersen LLP.
Mary Zik will be the Controller of Arconic Corporation. Ms. Zik has served as Assistant Controller for ParentCo since February 2017, responsible for establishing and maintaining financial accounting policies, overseeing the consolidation of ParentCo’s financial results and financial reporting and compliance with the SEC. Previously, Ms. Zik was Director of Financial Transactions and Policy for ParentCo. Ms. Zik joined ParentCo in 2000, prior to the 2016 Separation Transaction, and has held several positions of increasing responsibility across various Controllership functions including corporate consolidations, external reporting, financial policy and reporting, and financial planning and analysis. Prior to joining ParentCo, she worked at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for five years.
Diana C. Toman will be the Chief Legal Officer of Arconic Corporation. From November 2015 to July 2019, Ms. Toman served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary for Compass Minerals International, Inc. From March 2010 to October 2015, Ms. Toman served in multiple leadership roles at General Cable Corporation, including as Vice President, Strategy and General Counsel, Asia Pacific & Africa, and Vice President, Assistant General Counsel and Assistant Secretary. Prior to joining General Cable, Ms. Toman held legal positions at Gardner Denver, Inc. from October 2006 to February 2010 and Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. from August 2003 to October 2006. She began her career as an attorney with the law firm of Levy & Craig, P.C.
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIRECTORS
Board of Directors Following the Distribution
The following table sets forth information as of February 7, 2020 regarding those persons who are expected to serve on Arconic Corporation’s Board of Directors following completion of the distribution and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified. Arconic Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors will be elected annually.
Name
Age
Position
Frederick “Fritz” A. Henderson
61
Chairman
Timothy D. Myers
54
Director and Chief Executive Officer
William F. Austen
61
Director
Christopher L. Ayers
53
Director
Margaret “Peg” S. Billson
58
Director
Austin G. Camporin
37
Director
Jacques Croisetiere
65
Director
Elmer L. Doty
65
Director
Carol S. Eicher
61
Director
E. Stanley O’Neal
68
Director
Jeffrey Stafeil
50
Director
Frederick “Fritz” A. Henderson
Age:   61
Other Current Public Directorships:   Adient plc; Horizon Global Corporation; Marriott International Inc.
Career Highlights and Qualifications:   Mr. Henderson served as the Interim Chief Executive Officer of Adient plc from June 2018 to September 2018. Previously, Mr. Henderson served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Suncoke Energy, Inc. from December 2010 to December 2017 and as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Suncoke Energy Partners GP LLC from January 2013 to December 2017. Mr. Henderson served as Senior Vice President of Sunoco, Inc. from September 2010 until the completion of Suncoke Energy, Inc.’s initial public offering and separation from Sunoco in July 2011. Prior to joining the leadership of Suncoke and Sunoco, Mr. Henderson held a number of senior management positions at General Motors from 1984 to 2009, including President and Chief Executive Officer from March 2009 to December 2009.
Other Current Affiliations:   Mr. Henderson is a Trustee of the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation and a Principal at the Hawksbill Group, a business advisory and consulting firm.
Previous Directorships:   Mr. Henderson served as a director of Compuware Corporation.
Attributes and Skills:   Mr. Henderson has proven business acumen, having served as the chief executive officer for both a large, publicly-traded global automotive company as well as a key supplier of manufactured product and energy to the steel industry. His expertise in these industries and management experience brings valuable insight to the Board.
Timothy D. Myers
Age:   54
Career Highlights and Qualifications:   Mr. Myers will be the Chief Executive Officer of Arconic Corporation. From October 2017 until the separation, Mr. Myers was Executive Vice President and Group President, Global Rolled Products, which now includes the Extrusions and Building and Construction Systems businesses, of ParentCo. From May 2016 to June 2019, he served as Executive Vice President and Group President of ParentCo’s Transportation and Construction Solutions segment, which then comprised
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Wheel and Transportation Products and Building and Construction Systems and which segment was eliminated in the third quarter of 2019, with the Building and Construction Systems business then moved to the Global Rolled Products segment. Prior to that assignment, he was President of Alcoa Wheel and Transportation Products, from June 2009 to May 2016. Mr. Myers was Vice President and General Manager, Commercial Vehicle Wheels for the Alcoa Wheel Products business from January 2006 to June 2009. Mr. Myers joined ParentCo in 1991 as an automotive applications engineer in the Commercial Rolled Products Division, and held a series of engineering, marketing, sales and management positions with ParentCo since that time.
Attributes and Skills:   As the only current management representative on the Board, Mr. Myers’ leadership of, and extensive experience and familiarity with, Arconic Corporation’s business provides the Board with invaluable insight into the Company’s operations and strategic direction. His range of operational and other roles at ParentCo has given him an in-depth and well-rounded understanding of the Company and its customers.
William F. Austen
Age:   61
Other Current Public Directorships:   Tennant Company.
Career Highlights and Qualifications:   Mr. Austen retired in June 2019 as the President, Chief Executive Officer and member of the Board of Directors for Bemis Company, Inc., a global flexible packaging company, where he had served since August 2014. From 2004 to August 2014, Mr. Austen served in various leadership roles at Bemis Company, including as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Group President and Vice President, Operations. Mr. Austen also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Adhesive Company from 2000 to 2004. From 1980 to 2000, Mr. Austen held various positions with General Electric Company, culminating in General Manager of the Switch Gear Business.
Other Current Affiliations:   Mr. Austen is a director of the SUNY Maritime Foundation, Inc.
Previous Directorships:   Mr. Austen served as a director of Bemis Company, Inc.
Attributes and Skills:   Mr. Austen brings a broad strategic perspective with experience in business strategy, mergers, acquisitions and business integration. He is a talented leader in global manufacturing and operations and his experience will assist Arconic Corporation in pursuing its strategic plans as an independent publicly-traded company.
Christopher L. Ayers
Age:   53
Other Current Public Directorships:   Universal Stainless & Alloy Products, Inc.
Career Highlights and Qualifications:   Mr. Ayers served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of WireCo WorldGroup, Inc., a leading producer of specialty steel wire ropes and high performance synthetic ropes from July 2013 through January 2017. Prior to WireCo, from May 2011 to May 2013, Mr. Ayers served as Executive Vice President of Alcoa Inc. and President of Alcoa’s Global Primary Products Group. Mr. Ayers joined Alcoa in February 2010 as the Chief Operating Officer of the Company’s Cast, Forged and Extruded Products businesses. From 1999 to 2008, Mr. Ayers held several executive positions at Precision Castparts Corporation (PCC), a manufacturer of metal components and products. In 2006, he was appointed PCC Executive Vice President and President of the PCC Forging Division. Mr. Ayers began his career at Pratt & Whitney, the aircraft engine division of United Technologies Corporation.
Other Current Affiliations:   Mr. Ayers has served as a director of privately-held Samuel, Son & Co., Limited since 2018.
Attributes and Skills:   Mr. Ayers’ management and executive experience in the specialty materials industry, with a strong focus on aerospace markets, offers valuable strategic and operational insights.
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Margaret “Peg” S. Billson
Age:   58
Other Current Public Directorships:   CAE, Inc.
Career Highlights and Qualifications:   Ms. Billson served as President and CEO of BBA Aviation, plc’s Global Engine Services Division from 2013 to 2016. Ms. Billson joined BBA Aviation in 2009 as President of BBA Aviation Legacy Support. During her seven-year tenure with BBA Aviation, Ms. Billson’s responsibilities included running a portfolio of internationally based companies delivering new production, spare and repaired parts to the aviation industry. Prior to BBA Aviation, Ms. Billson was the President/ General Manager of the Airplane Division and Chief Operation Officer of Eclipse Aviation. Ms. Billson previously held a number of leadership roles at Honeywell International Inc., including as Vice President and General Manager of Airframe Systems and Aircraft Landing Systems, and in various key leadership positions in engineering, product support and program management at McDonnell Douglas Corporation. Ms. Billson has also served as a consultant for the Gerson Lehman Group and for the Carlyle Group.
Other Current Affiliations:   Ms. Billson serves on advisory boards for Global Aviation and Basin Holdings.
Previous Directorships:   Ms. Billson served as a director of Skywest, Inc.
Attributes and Skills:   Ms. Billson is a seasoned executive with 35 years of experience leading technology-rich multi-national companies and organizations and also has direct experience with aviation applications. She brings a strong set of cross-functional experiences and valuable perspective to the Board.
Austin G. Camporin
Age:   37
Career Highlights and Qualifications:   Mr. Camporin is a Portfolio Manager at Elliott Management Corporation, a New York-based investment fund with $40 billion in assets under management. He joined Elliott in 2009, focusing primarily upon public equity and credit opportunities. Prior to joining Elliott, Mr. Camporin began his career at J.P. Morgan in 2004, first as a high-yield credit analyst and then in 2007 moving to the proprietary trading group.
Other Current Affiliations:   Mr. Camporin is a member of the board of directors of Acosta, Inc. and cxLoyalty Group Holdings, co-president and founder of the Good Shepherd of Darien Foundation and co-founder of A Second Chance for Ziva dog rescue.
Attributes and Skills:   Mr. Camporin’s experience in financial markets analyzing private and public companies, with a strong focus on the rolled products and aluminum markets as well as the automotive sector, offers valuable industry-specific knowledge to the Board.
Jacques Croisetiere
Age:   65
Career Highlights and Qualifications:   Mr. Croisetiere was the Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Bacardi Limited from August 2009 until his retirement in December 2012. From 2007 until April 2009 he was Executive Vice-President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Strategy Officer of Rohm and Haas Company and had additional operating responsibilities for the Salt and Powder Coatings businesses, as well as the Procurement, Corporate Business Development and Strategic Planning groups. Mr. Croisetiere was elected Chief Financial Officer of Rohm and Haas in April 2003. Before that he was Rohm and Haas’s European Region Director and responsible for the worldwide activities of its Ion Exchange Resins and Inorganic and Specialty Solutions businesses.
Previous Directorships:   Mr. Croisetiere served as a director at Versum Materials, Inc.
Attributes and Skills:   Mr. Croisetiere brings to the Board significant operating and financial expertise with a deep understanding of financial markets, corporate finance, accounting and controls, and investor relations. As a former Chief Financial Officer and Chief Strategy Officer of multinational corporations, he has extensive experience in international operations and strategy.
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Elmer L. Doty
Age:   65
Career Highlights and Qualifications:   Mr. Doty served as President and Chief Operating Officer of ParentCo from February 2019 to August 2019. Previously, Mr. Doty was an Operating Executive at The Carlyle Group LP, a multinational private equity, alternative asset management and financial services corporation, where he previously held a similar position in 2012. From December 2012 to February 2016, Mr. Doty was President and Chief Executive Officer of Accudyne Industries LLC, a provider of precision-engineered flow control systems and industrial compressors. Mr. Doty also was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Vought Aircraft Industries, Inc. from 2006 until its acquisition in 2010 by Triumph Group, a leader in manufacturing and overhauling aerospace structures, systems and components. He then served as the President of Triumph Aerostructures — Vought Aircraft Division. Prior to Vought, Mr. Doty was Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Land Systems Division of United Defense Industries, Inc. (now BAE Systems). Earlier in his career, Mr. Doty held executive positions at both General Electric Company and FMC Corporation.
Previous Directorships:   Mr. Doty was a director of Vought Aircraft Industries, Inc. and Triumph Group, Inc.
Attributes and Skills:   Building on his broad aerospace experience, including serving as a CEO and business executive with several industry leaders, Mr. Doty has a deep knowledge of the aerospace and defense markets and strong relationships with key customers. This experience enables him to make a valuable contribution to the Board’s considerations of investments and other portfolio matters.
Carol S. Eicher
Age:   61
Other Current Public Directorships:   Tennant Company; Advanced Emissions Solutions.
Career Highlights and Qualifications:   Ms. Eicher’s career spans thirty years of manufacturing, commercial and executive leadership in the chemicals industry. Ms. Eicher served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Innocor, Inc. from May 2014 to July 2017 and as a non-executive board chairman of Innocor, Inc. from August 2017 to April 2018. Prior to Innocor, Inc., Ms. Eicher held various positions at The Dow Chemical Company, including Business President for Coatings and Construction at Dow Chemical from 2009 to 2013, was an executive officer and business leader at Rohm and Haas Company from 2000 to 2009, held various senior management positions with Ashland Chemical Company, a division of Ashland Inc., from 1992 to 1999, and held numerous manufacturing and technology leadership roles at E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Company from 1979 to 1992.
Other Current Affiliations:   In addition to her public company board memberships, Ms. Eicher serves on the boards of Aurora Plastics, Hexion Holdings Corporation and Opera Philadelphia. She also serves as Treasurer of the Board of Directors of the Fairmount Park Conservancy and Secretary of the Board of Trustees of York College of Pennsylvania.
Previous Directorships:   Ms. Eicher was a director of A Schulman Company.
Attributes and Skills:   Ms. Eicher’s leadership experience at complex manufacturing companies brings to the Board proven business acumen, management experience and industry expertise.
E. Stanley O’Neal
Age:   68
Other Current Public Directorships:   Clearway Energy, Inc.; Element Solutions Inc. (formerly Platform Specialty Products Corporation).
Career Highlights and Qualifications:   Mr. O’Neal served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. until October 2007. He became Chief Executive Officer of Merrill Lynch in 2002 and was elected Chairman of the Board in 2003. Mr. O’Neal was employed with Merrill Lynch for 21 years, serving as President and Chief Operating Officer from July 2001 to December 2002;
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS
President of U.S. Private Client from February 2000 to July 2001; Chief Financial Officer from 1998 to 2000; and Executive Vice President and Co-head of Global Markets and Investment Banking from 1997 to 1998. Before joining Merrill Lynch, Mr. O’Neal was employed at General Motors Corporation where he held a number of financial positions of increasing responsibility.
Previous Directorships:   Mr. O’Neal was a director of General Motors Corporation from 2001 to 2006, chairman of the board of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. from 2003 to 2007, and a director of American Beacon Advisors, Inc. (investment advisor registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission) from 2009 to September 2012. In addition to his prior public company board memberships, Mr. O’Neal previously served on the board of the Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, and was a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, the Center for Strategic and International Studies and the Economic Club of New York.
Attributes and Skills:   Mr. O’Neal’s extensive leadership, executive and investment banking experience and financial expertise provide the Board with valuable insight and perspective.
Jeffrey Stafeil
Age:   50
Career Highlights and Qualifications:   Mr. Stafeil has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Adient plc, leading all of Adient’s financial activities including treasury, tax and audit as well as information technology, since April 2016. Prior to Adient, Mr. Stafeil served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Visteon Corporation from 2012 to March 2016 and has additionally held a series of domestic and international executive finance roles within the automotive sector. Mr. Stafeil also held management positions at Booz Allen Hamilton, Peterson Consulting and Ernst & Young.
Other Current Affiliations:   Mr. Stafeil is a member of the board of trustees for the Autism Alliance of Michigan.
Previous Directorships:   Mr. Stafeil was a director of Mentor Graphics and Metaldyne Performance Group, where he was chairman of the audit committee.
Attributes and Skills:   Over the course of his career, Mr. Stafeil has developed extensive operational leadership and financial management experience within publicly-traded automotive supplier companies. His experience in the automotive industry and his background in risk management through his board service is an important asset to Arconic Corporation.
Director Independence
Our Corporate Governance Guidelines will provide that the Board recognize that independence depends not only on directors’ individual relationships, but also on the directors’ overall attitude. Providing objective, independent judgment will be at the core of the Board’s oversight function. Under Arconic Corporation’s Director Independence Standards, which will conform to the corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE, a director will not be considered “independent” unless the Board affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with Arconic Corporation or any subsidiary in the consolidated group. The Director Independence Standards will comprise a list of all categories of material relationships affecting the determination of a director’s independence. Any relationship that falls below a threshold set forth in the Director Independence Standards, or is not otherwise listed in the Director Independence Standards, and is not required to be disclosed under Item 404(a) of SEC Regulation S-K, will be deemed to be an immaterial relationship.
The Board is expected to affirmatively determine that all the directors are independent except Elmer L. Doty and Timothy D. Myers. In the course of its determination regarding independence, the Board is expected not to find any material relationships between Arconic Corporation and any of the directors, other than Elmer L. Doty’s past employment as President and Chief Operating Officer of ParentCo and Timothy D. Myers’ employment as Chief Executive Officer of Arconic Corporation.
Committees of the Board
There will be four standing committees of the Board. The Board is expected to adopt written charters for each committee, which will be available on our website.
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Each of the Audit, Compensation and Benefits, Finance and Governance and Nominating Committees are expected to be composed solely of directors who have been determined by the Board of Directors to be independent in accordance with SEC regulations, NYSE listing standards and the Company’s Director Independence Standards (including the heightened independence standards for members of the Audit and Compensation and Benefits Committees).
The following table sets forth the committees of the Board of Directors and the expected membership and chairpersons of the committees as of the completion of the distribution:
Audit
Compensation
and Benefits
Finance
Governance
and
Nominating
William F. Austen*
Chair
Christopher L. Ayers*
Margaret “Peg” S. Billson*
Austin G. Camporin*
Jacques Croisetiere*
Chair
Chair
Elmer L. Doty
Carol S. Eicher*
Frederick “Fritz” A. Henderson*
Timothy D. Myers
E. Stanley O’Neal*
Chair
Jeffrey Stafeil*
*
Independent Director
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table sets forth the expected responsibilities of the committees of the Board:
COMMITTEE
RESPONSIBILITIES
Audit Committee

Oversees the integrity of the financial statements and internal controls, including review of the scope and the results of the audits of the internal and independent auditors

Appoints the independent auditors and evaluates their independence and performance

Reviews the organization, performance and adequacy of the internal audit function

Pre-approves all audit, audit-related, tax and other services to be provided by the independent auditors

Oversees Arconic Corporation’s compliance with legal, ethical and regulatory requirements

Reviews employee retirement plan assets and liabilities

Discusses with management and the auditors the policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including major financial risk exposures
Each member of the Audit Committee is expected to be financially literate, and the Board of Directors is expected to determine that at least one member qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under applicable SEC rules.
Compensation and Benefits Committee

Establishes the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation for Board ratification, based upon an evaluation of performance in light of approved goals and objectives

Reviews and approves the compensation of Arconic Corporation’s officers

Oversees the implementation and administration of Arconic Corporation’s compensation and benefits plans, including pension, savings, incentive compensation and equity-based plans

Reviews and approves general compensation and benefit policies

Approves the Compensation Discussion and Analysis for inclusion in the proxy statement

Has the sole authority to retain and terminate a compensation consultant, as well as to approve the consultant’s fees and other terms of engagement
The Compensation and Benefits Committee will be able to form and delegate its authority to subcommittees, including subcommittees of management when appropriate. Executive officers will not determine the amount or form of executive or director compensation, although the Chief Executive Officer will provide recommendations to the Compensation and Benefits Committee regarding compensation changes and incentive compensation for executive officers other than himself or herself. For more information on the responsibilities and activities of the committee, including its processes for determining executive compensation, see the section entitled “Executive Compensation.”
Finance Committee
Reviews and provides advice and counsel to the Board regarding Arconic Corporation’s:

capital structure;

financing transactions;

capital expenditures and capital plan;

acquisitions and divestitures;

share repurchase and dividend programs;

policies relating to interest rate, commodity and currency hedging; and

employee retirement plan performance and funding.
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Governance and Nominating Committee

Identifies individuals qualified to become Board members and recommends them to the full Board for consideration, including evaluating all potential candidates, whether initially recommended by management, other Board members or stockholders

Reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the appropriate structure and operations of the Board and Board committees

Makes recommendations to the Board regarding Board committee assignments

Develops and annually reviews corporate governance guidelines for the Company, and oversees other corporate governance matters

Reviews related person transactions

Oversees an annual performance review of the Board, Board committees and individual director nominees

Periodically reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding director compensation
How We Make Pay Decisions and Assess Our Programs
During our fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, Arconic Corporation was not an independent company, and did not have a compensation committee or any other committee serving a similar function. Decisions as to the compensation of those who currently serve as our executive officers were made by ParentCo, as described in the section of this information statement entitled “Executive Compensation.”
Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance Materials Available on Arconic Corporation’s Website
The following documents, as well as additional corporate governance information and materials, will be available on our website at www.arconic.com/investors:

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Amended and Restated Bylaws

Board Confidentiality Policy

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Director Independence Standards

Anti-Corruption Policy

Business Conduct Policies

Code of Ethics for the CEO, CFO and Other Financial Professionals

Hiring Members (or Former Members) of Independent Public Auditors

Human Rights Policy

Insider Trading Policy

Political Contributions

Related Person Transaction Approval Policy
In addition, the following documents will be available on our website at www.arconic.com/investors:

Charters of each of our Board committees
Copies of these documents will also available in print form at no charge by sending a request to Arconic Corporation, Corporate Secretary’s Office, 201 Isabella Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15212.
125

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Arconic Corporation website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not incorporated into this information statement or the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part, or in any other filings with, or any information furnished or submitted to, the SEC.
Board Leadership Structure
Upon the completion of the separation, the Board’s leadership structure is expected to be comprised of a separate Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; the Board is expected to conclude that the separation of the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer best serves the interests of stockholders and Arconic Corporation because it allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on operating and managing the Company, while our Chairman can focus on the leadership of the Board. Thereafter, the Board will exercise its judgment under the circumstances at the time to evaluate the leadership structure that the Board believes will provide effective leadership, oversight and direction, while optimizing the functioning of both the Board and management and facilitating effective communication between the two.
Board, Committee and Director Evaluations
The Board of Directors will annually assess the effectiveness of the full Board, the operations of its committees and the contributions of director nominees. The Governance and Nominating Committee will oversee the evaluation of the Board as a whole and its committees, as well as individual evaluations of those directors who are being considered for possible re-nomination to the Board.
Nominating Board Candidates — Procedures and Director Qualifications
Stockholder Recommendations for Director Nominees
Any stockholder wishing to recommend a candidate for director should submit the recommendation in writing to our principal executive offices: Arconic Corporation, Governance and Nominating Committee, c/o Corporate Secretary’s Office, 201 Isabella Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15212. The written submission should comply with all requirements set forth in Arconic Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. The committee will consider all candidates recommended by stockholders in compliance with the foregoing procedures and who satisfy the minimum qualifications for director nominees and Board member attributes.
Stockholder Nominations
Arconic Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that any stockholder entitled to vote at an annual meeting of stockholders may nominate one or more director candidates for election at that annual meeting by following certain prescribed procedures. The stockholder must provide to Arconic Corporation’s Corporate Secretary timely written notice of the stockholder’s intent to make such a nomination or nominations. In order to be timely, the stockholder must provide such written notice not earlier than the 120th day and not later than the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The notice must contain all of the information required in Arconic Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. Any such notice must be sent to our principal executive offices: Arconic Corporation, Corporate Secretary’s Office, 201 Isabella Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15212.
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Minimum Qualifications for Director Nominees and Board Member Attributes
The Governance and Nominating Committee is expected to adopt the following Criteria for Identification, Evaluation and Selection of Directors:
1.
Directors must have demonstrated the highest ethical behavior and must be committed to Arconic Corporation’s values.
2.
Directors must be committed to seeking and balancing the legitimate long-term interests of all of Arconic Corporation’s stockholders, as well as its other stakeholders, including its customers, employees and the communities where Arconic Corporation has an impact. Directors must not be beholden primarily to any special interest group or constituency.
3.
It is the objective of the Board that all non-management directors be independent. In addition, no director should have, or appear to have, a conflict of interest that would impair that director’s ability to make decisions consistently in a fair and balanced manner.
4.
Directors must be independent in thought and judgment. They must each have the ability to speak out on difficult subjects; to ask tough questions and demand accurate, honest answers; to constructively challenge management; and at the same time, act as an effective member of the team, engendering by his or her attitude an atmosphere of collegiality and trust.
5.
Each director must have demonstrated excellence in his or her area and must be able to deal effectively with crises and to provide advice and counsel to the Chief Executive Officer and his or her peers.
6.
Directors should have proven business acumen, serving or having served as a chief executive officer, or other senior leadership role, in a significant, complex organization; or serving or having served in a significant policy-making or leadership position in a well-respected, nationally or internationally recognized educational institution, not-for-profit organization or governmental entity; or having achieved a widely recognized position of leadership in the director’s field of endeavor which adds substantial value to the oversight of material issues related to Arconic Corporation’s business.
7.
Directors must be committed to understanding Arconic Corporation and its industry; to regularly preparing for, attending and actively participating in meetings of the Board and its committees; and to ensuring that existing and future individual commitments will not materially interfere with the director’s obligations to Arconic Corporation. The number of other board memberships, in light of the demands of a director nominee’s principal occupation, should be considered, as well as travel demands for meeting attendance.
8.
Directors must understand the legal responsibilities of board service and fiduciary obligations. All members of the Board should be financially literate and have a sound understanding of business strategy, business environment, corporate governance and board operations. At least one member of the Board must satisfy the requirements of an “audit committee financial expert.”
9.
Directors must be self-confident and willing and able to assume leadership and collaborative roles as needed. They need to demonstrate maturity, valuing Board and team performance over individual performance and respect for others and their views.
10.
New director nominees should be able and committed to serve as a member of the Board for an extended period of time.
11.
While the diversity, the variety of experiences and viewpoints represented on the Board should always be considered, a director nominee should not be chosen nor excluded solely or largely because of race, color, gender, national origin or sexual orientation or identity. In selecting a director nominee, the committee will focus on any special skills, expertise or background that would complement the existing Board, recognizing that Arconic Corporation’s businesses and operations are diverse and global in nature.
12.
Directors should have reputations, both personal and professional, consistent with Arconic Corporation’s image and reputation.
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Minimum Qualifications for Director Nominees and Board Member Attributes
The Governance and Nominating Committee will make a preliminary review of a prospective director candidate’s background, career experience and qualifications based on available information or information provided by an independent search firm, which will identify or provide an assessment of a candidate, or by a stockholder nominating or suggesting a candidate. If a consensus is reached by the committee that a particular candidate would likely contribute positively to the Board’s mix of skills and experiences, and a Board vacancy exists or is likely to occur, the candidate will be contacted to confirm his or her interest and willingness to serve. The committee will conduct interviews and may invite other Board members or senior Arconic Corporation executives to interview the candidate to assess the candidate’s overall qualifications. The committee will consider the candidate against the criteria it has adopted in the context of the Board’s then current composition and the needs of the Board and its committees.
At the conclusion of this process, the committee will report the results of its review to the full Board. The report will include a recommendation as to whether the candidate should be nominated for election to the Board. This procedure will be the same for all candidates, including director candidates identified by stockholders.
The Governance and Nominating Committee may retain from time to time the services of a search firm that specializes in identifying and evaluating director candidates. Services provided by the search firm may include identifying potential director candidates meeting criteria established by the committee, verifying information about the prospective candidate’s credentials, and obtaining a preliminary indication of interest and willingness to serve as a Board member.
The Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
The Board of Directors will be actively engaged in overseeing and reviewing Arconic Corporation’s strategic direction and objectives, taking into account, among other considerations, Arconic Corporation’s risk profile and exposures. It will be management’s responsibility to manage risk and bring to the Board’s attention the most material risks to Arconic Corporation. The Board will have oversight responsibility of the processes established to report and monitor material risks applicable to Arconic Corporation. The Board will annually review Arconic Corporation’s enterprise risk management and receive regular updates on risk exposures.
The Board as a whole will have responsibility for risk oversight, including succession planning relating to the Chief Executive Officer and risks relating to the competitive landscape, strategy, economic conditions, capital requirements, and operations of Arconic Corporation. The committees of the Board will also oversee Arconic Corporation’s risk profile and exposures relating to matters within the scope of their authority. The Board will regularly receive detailed reports from the committees regarding risk oversight in their areas of responsibility.
The Audit Committee will regularly review treasury risks (including those relating to cash generation, liquidity, insurance, credit, debt, interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates), financial accounting and reporting risks, legal and compliance risks, pension asset and liability risks, and risks relating to information technology including cybersecurity, tax matters, asset impairments, contingencies, and internal controls.
The Compensation and Benefits Committee will consider risks related to the attraction and retention of talent, and the design of compensation programs and incentive arrangements.
The Finance Committee will review and provide advice to the Board regarding financial matters, including Arconic Corporation’s capital structure, capital allocation, financial exposures, capital plan, significant transactions such as acquisitions and divestitures, and the investment performance and funding of Arconic Corporation’s retirement plans, and the risks relating to such matters.
The Governance and Nominating Committee will consider risks related to corporate governance, and oversee succession planning for the Board of Directors, the structure and function of the Board, and the appropriate assignment of directors to the Board committees for risk oversight and other areas of responsibilities.
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: TV536897_BOARD4C-FLOW.JPG]
Communications with Directors and Business Conduct Policies and Code of Ethics
The Board of Directors will be committed to meaningful engagement with Arconic Corporation stockholders and will welcome input and suggestions. Stockholders and other interested parties wishing to contact the Chairman will be able to do so by sending a written communication to the attention of the Chairmanc/o Arconic Corporation, Corporate Secretary’s Office, 201 Isabella Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15212. To communicate issues or complaints regarding questionable accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, stockholders will be able to send a written communication to the Audit Committee c/o Arconic Corporation, Corporate Secretary’s Office, 201 Isabella Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15212. Alternatively, you will be able to place an anonymous, confidential, toll free call in the United States to Arconic Corporation’s Integrity Line at [      ]. For a listing of Integrity Line telephone numbers outside the United States, you will be able to go to our website at www.arconic.com.
Communications addressed to the Board or to a Board member will be distributed to the Board or to any individual director or directors as appropriate, depending upon the facts and circumstances outlined in the communication.
The Board of Directors is expected to ask the Corporate Secretary’s Office to submit to the Board all communications received, excluding only those items that are not related to Board duties and responsibilities, such as junk mail and mass mailings; product complaints and product inquiries; new product or technology suggestions; job inquiries and resumes; advertisements or solicitations; and surveys.
Arconic Corporation’s Business Conduct Policies will apply equally to the directors and to all officers and employees of Arconic Corporation, as well as those of our controlled subsidiaries, affiliates and joint ventures. The directors and employees in positions to make discretionary decisions will be surveyed annually regarding their compliance with the policies.
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Corporation will also have a Code of Ethics applicable to the CEO, CFO and other financial professionals, including the principal accounting officer, and those subject to it will be surveyed annually for compliance with it. Only the Audit Committee will be able to amend or grant waivers from the provisions of Arconic Corporation’s Code of Ethics, and any such amendments or waivers will be posted promptly at www.arconic.com/investors.
Procedures for Approval of Related Persons Transactions
Arconic Corporation will have a written Related Person Transaction Approval Policy regarding the review, approval and ratification of transactions between Arconic Corporation and related persons. The policy will apply to any transaction in which Arconic Corporation or an Arconic Corporation subsidiary is a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person has a direct or indirect material interest. A related person will mean any director or executive officer of Arconic Corporation, any nominee for director, any stockholder known to Arconic Corporation to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of Arconic Corporation’s voting securities, and any immediate family member of any such person.
Under this policy, reviews will be conducted by management to determine which transactions or relationships should be referred to the Governance and Nominating Committee for consideration. The Governance and Nominating Committee will then review the material facts and circumstances regarding a transaction and determine whether to approve, ratify, revise or reject a related person transaction, or to refer it to the full Board or another committee of the Board for consideration. Arconic Corporation’s Related Person Transaction Approval Policy will operate in conjunction with other aspects of Arconic Corporation’s compliance program, including its Business Conduct Policies, which will require that all directors, officers and employees have a duty to be free from the influence of any conflict of interest when they represent Arconic Corporation in negotiations or make recommendations with respect to dealings with third parties, or otherwise carry out their duties with respect to Arconic Corporation.
The Board is expected to consider the following types of potential related person transactions and pre-approve them under Arconic Corporation’s Related Person Transaction Approval Policy as not presenting material conflicts of interest:
(i)
employment of Arconic Corporation executive officers (except employment of an Arconic Corporation executive officer that is an immediate family member of another Arconic Corporation executive officer, director, or nominee for director) as long as the Compensation and Benefits Committee has approved the executive officers’ compensation;
(ii)
director compensation that the Board has approved;
(iii)
any transaction with another entity in which the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the greater of   $1,000,000 or 2% of the other entity’s total annual revenues, if a related person’s interest arises only from:
(a)
such person’s position as an employee or executive officer of the other entity; or
(b)
such person’s position as a director of the other entity; or
(c)
the ownership by such person, together with his or her immediate family members, of less than a 10% equity interest in the aggregate in the other entity (other than a partnership); or
(d)
both such position as a director and ownership as described in (b) and (c) above; or
(e)
such person’s position as a limited partner in a partnership in which the person, together with his or her immediate family members, have an interest of less than 10%;
(iv)
charitable contributions in which a related person’s only relationship is as an employee (other than an executive officer), or a director or trustee, if the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the greater of  $250,000 or 2% of the charitable organization’s total annual receipts;
(v)
transactions, such as the receipt of dividends, in which all stockholders receive proportional benefits;
(vi)
transactions involving competitive bids;
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(vii)
transactions involving the rendering of services as a common or contract carrier, or public utility, at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law or governmental authority; and
(viii)
transactions with a related person involving services as a bank depositary of funds, transfer agent, registrar, trustee under a trust indenture, or similar services.
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Introduction
As discussed above, Arconic Corporation is currently part of ParentCo and not an independent company, and its compensation committee has not yet been formed. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes the historical compensation practices of ParentCo and outlines certain aspects of Arconic Corporation’s anticipated compensation structure for its executive officers following the separation. After the separation, Arconic Corporation’s executive compensation programs, policies, and practices for its executive officers will be subject to the review and approval of Arconic Corporation’s Compensation and Benefits Committee.
The individuals who have been selected prior to February 7, 2020 to serve as Arconic Corporation’s executive officers are listed below.
1.
Timothy D. Myers is expected to serve as Arconic Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer commencing upon the separation. Mr. Myers will continue to hold his current role of Executive Vice President and Group President, Global Rolled Products and Transportation and Construction Solutions until the separation.
2.
Erick R. Asmussen is expected to serve as Chief Financial Officer of Arconic Corporation commencing upon the separation.
3.
Diana C. Toman is expected to serve as Chief Legal Officer of Arconic Corporation commencing upon the separation.
4.
Mary Zik is expected to serve as Arconic Corporation’s Controller, commencing upon the separation. Ms. Zik will continue to hold her current role of Assistant Controller until the separation.
Of this group of executive officers, only Mr. Myers was a “named executive officer” (a term that refers to the group of executive officers including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer and three other most highly compensated executive officers) of the Arconic Corporation Businesses in 2019. In 2020, Mr. Myers and Mr. Asmussen will each be named executive officers of Arconic Corporation by virtue of their positions. The remaining named executive officers of Arconic Corporation for 2020 will be determined at a future date in accordance with applicable SEC rules.
Key Compensation Practices
ParentCo is committed to executive compensation practices that drive performance, mitigate risk and align the interests of its leadership team with the interests of its stockholders. Below is a summary of ParentCo’s best practices in 2019.
What ParentCo Does
1.
Pay for Performance: ParentCo links compensation to measured performance in key areas. ParentCo’s strategic priorities are reflected in its metrics at the corporate, group and individual levels.
2.
Cancellation of Unvested Equity Awards Upon Termination of Employment: Unvested ParentCo equity awards are generally forfeited upon termination of employment, other than in connection with disability, death or change in control, or if retirement-eligible.
3.
Robust Stock Ownership Guidelines: ParentCo officers and directors are subject to stock ownership guidelines to align their interests with stockholder interests.
4.
Double-Trigger Change in Control Provisions: ParentCo equity awards for ParentCo named executive officers generally require a “double-trigger” of both a change in control and termination of employment for vesting acceleration benefits to apply.
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS
5.
Active Engagement with Investors: ParentCo engages with investors throughout the year to obtain insights that guide ParentCo’s executive compensation programs.
6.
Independent Compensation Consultant: The ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee retains a compensation consultant, who is independent and without conflicts of interest with ParentCo.
7.
Conservative Risk Profile: ParentCo generally applies varied performance measures in incentive programs to mitigate risk that executives will be motivated to pursue results with respect to any one performance measure to the detriment of ParentCo as a whole.
8.
Claw-Back Policy: Both ParentCo’s annual cash incentive compensation plan and its stock incentive plan contain “claw-back” provisions providing for reimbursement of incentive compensation from ParentCo named executive officers in certain circumstances.
What ParentCo Does Not Do
1.
No Guaranteed Bonuses: ParentCo’s annual incentive compensation plan is performance-based and does not include any minimum payment levels.
2.
No Parachute Tax Gross-Ups: ParentCo’s Change in Control Severance Plan provides that no excise or other tax gross-ups will be paid.
3.
No Short Sales, Derivative Transactions or Hedging: ParentCo does not allow short sales or derivative or speculative transactions in, or hedging of, ParentCo securities by its directors, officers or employees. Directors and certain officers are also prohibited from pledging ParentCo securities as collateral.
4.
No Dividends on Unvested Equity Awards: ParentCo does not pay dividends on unvested equity awards but accrues dividend equivalents that only vest when and if the award vests.
5.
No Share Recycling or Option Repricing: ParentCo equity plans prohibit share recycling, the adding back of shares tendered in payment of the exercise price of a stock option award or withheld to pay taxes, and repricing underwater stock options.
6.
No Significant Perquisites: ParentCo limits the perquisites it pays to its named executive officers to those that serve reasonable business purposes.
Compensation Philosophy and Design
ParentCo’s executive compensation philosophy to provide pay for performance and stockholder alignment underlies its 2019 compensation structure, which is designed based on four guiding principles. We expect that these principles will initially guide Arconic Corporation’s executive compensation structure following the separation.
1.
Make equity long-term incentive (“LTI”) compensation the most significant portion of total compensation for senior executives and managers.
2.
Choose annual incentive compensation (“IC”) metrics and LTI metrics that focus management’s actions on achieving the greatest positive impact on ParentCo’s financial performance and that include a means to assess and motivate performance relative to peers.
3.
Set annual IC and LTI targets that challenge management to achieve continuous improvement in performance and deliver long-term growth.
4.
Target total compensation at median of market, while using annual IC and LTI compensation to motivate performance and to attract and retain exceptional talent.
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ParentCo’s 2019 Executive Compensation Design Relies on a Diversified Mix of Pay Elements
Compensation Type
Guiding Principle
Base Salary Target total direct compensation, including salary, at median of market to provide competitive pay
Short-Term Annual Incentive Compensation
Choose annual IC weighted metrics that focus management’s actions on achieving greatest positive impact on ParentCo’s financial performance and that include a means to assess and motivate performance relative to peers
Set annual IC targets that challenge management to achieve continuous improvement as part of an overall strategy to deliver long-term growth
Take into account individual performance that may include non-financial measures of the success of ParentCo
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
Make LTI equity the most significant portion of total compensation for senior executives and managers
Set LTI target grant levels in line with median among industry peers that are competitive to attract, retain and motivate executives and factor in individual performance and future potential for long-term retention
In prior years, ParentCo has granted a portion of each ParentCo named executive officer’s LTI awards as performance-based restricted share units, choosing performance metrics that focus management’s actions on achieving the greatest positive impact on ParentCo’s financial performance and that include a means to assess and motivate performance relative to peers and setting targets that challenge management to achieve continuous improvement in performance and deliver long-term growth. However, in anticipation of the separation and given the difficulty of continuing to measure multi-year performance goals after the separation, 100% of the full value LTI awards granted to ParentCo named executive officers in 2019 (other than the ParentCo chief executive officer, who received certain performance-based restricted share units in connection with the extension of his employment agreement) are in the form of time-based vesting restricted share units.
Executive Compensation Decision-Making Process in 2019
Included below is a description of the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee’s executive compensation decision-making process in 2019. We expect that the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee will initially follow a similar process following the separation.
Use of Independent Compensation Consultant
The ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee has authority under its charter to retain its own advisors, including compensation consultants. In 2019, the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee directly retained Pay Governance LLC, which is independent and without conflicts of interest with ParentCo. Pay Governance provided advice, as requested by the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee, on the amount and form of certain executive compensation components, including, among other things, executive compensation best practices, insights concerning SEC and say-on-pay policies, analysis and review of ParentCo’s compensation plans for executives and advice on setting the ParentCo chief executive officer’s compensation. ParentCo uses survey data from Willis Towers Watson to help
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS
evaluate whether ParentCo’s compensation programs are competitive with the market. This data is not customized based on parameters developed by Willis Towers Watson. Willis Towers Watson does not provide any advice or recommendations to the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee on the amount or form of executive or director compensation.
Use of Peer Groups and Tally Sheets
The ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee generally uses peer group data to determine the target compensation levels of ParentCo’s named executive officers. ParentCo aims, subject to certain exceptions, to set target annual direct compensation of each of its named executive officers at the median of the applicable peer group. In making annual compensation decisions, the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee also reviews tally sheets that summarize various elements of historic and current compensation for each ParentCo named executive officer. This information includes compensation opportunity, actual compensation realized, and wealth accumulation. ParentCo has found that the tally sheets help to synthesize the various components of ParentCo’s compensation programs in making decisions.
In anticipation of the separation, the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee has approved an initial chief executive officer compensation peer group for Arconic Corporation consisting of the following companies from the capital goods and auto parts industries with median 2018 revenue of $7.2 billion.
Alcoa Corp. Spirit AeroSystems
U.S. Steel TransDigm Group
Reliance Steel & Aluminum Triumph Group
AK Steel Holding Oshkosh
Commercial Metals Terex Corp.
Allegheny Technologies AGCO Corp.
Olin Corp. Stanley Black & Decker
The Chemours Co. Dover Corp.
Ball Corp. Flowserve Corp.
The ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee has also approved an initial compensation peer group for named executive officers of Arconic Corporation other than the chief executive officer of the companies listed below, which are heavily weighted towards industrials with revenues between $3 billion and $15 billion.
Harris AMETEK Worthington Industries
L3 Technologies General Cable Xylem
Rockwell Collins TE Connectivity CSX
SAIC Ameren Norfolk Southern
Spirit AeroSystems AVANGRID Agilent Technologies
Textron CMS Energy Boston Scientific
Triumph Group Eversource Energy Zimmer Biomet
Air Products and Chemicals PPL Alcoa
Axalta Coating Systems UGI Allegheny Technologies
Chemours Company Vistra Energy Commercial Metals
Eastman Chemical WEC Energy Group Newmont Mining
Ecolab Williams Companies Peabody Energy
Mosaic Ball United States Steel
Praxair Crown Holdings CVR Energy
Westlake Chemical Fortive Corporation DCP Midstream
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EMCOR Group
Goodyear Tire & Rubber
EnLink Midstream
Jacobs Engineering Greif Occidental Petroleum
Fortune Brands Home & Security
Ingersoll Rand ONEOK
Masco Owens Corning BorgWarner
Newell Brands Parker Hannifin
Cooper Standard Automotive
Polaris Industries Rockwell Automation Dana
Sonoco Products Snap-on Inc. Harley-Davidson
Avery Dennison
Stanley Black & Decker
Oshkosh
Berry Plastics Terex Tenneco
Clorox Timken Trinity Industries
PVH Corp. Vulcan Materials
It is intended that the data from these peer groups will be considered in establishing executive compensation targets and to ensure that Arconic Corporation provides and maintains compensation levels in line with the market, including similar companies, and to attract, retain and motivate employees.
Compensation Risk Profile
ParentCo evaluates the risk profile of its compensation programs when establishing policies and approving plan design. These evaluations have noted numerous factors that effectively manage or mitigate compensation risk, including the following:
1.
A balance of corporate and business unit weighting in incentive compensation programs;
2.
A balanced mix between short-term and long-term incentives;
3.
Caps on incentives;
4.
Use of multiple performance measures in the annual cash incentive compensation plan and the equity LTI plan;
5.
Discretion retained by the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee to adjust awards;
6.
Stock ownership guidelines requiring holding substantial equity in ParentCo until retirement;
7.
Claw-back policies applicable to all forms of incentive compensation;
8.
Anti-hedging provisions in ParentCo’s Insider Trading Policy; and
9.
Restricting stock options to 20% of the value of equity awards to senior officers.
In addition, (i) no business unit has a compensation structure significantly different from that of other units or that deviates significantly from ParentCo’s overall risk and reward structure; (ii) unlike financial institutions involved in the financial crisis, where leverage exceeded capital by many multiples, ParentCo has a conservative leverage policy; and (iii) compensation incentives are not based on the results of speculative trading. In 1994, the ParentCo Board of Directors adopted resolutions creating the Strategic Risk Management Committee with oversight of hedging and derivative risks and a mandate to use such instruments to manage risk and not for speculative purposes. As a result of these evaluations, ParentCo has determined that it is not reasonably likely that risks arising from its compensation and benefit plans would have a material adverse effect on ParentCo.
Tax Deductibility and our Incentive Compensation Plans
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, restricts deductibility for federal income tax purposes of annual individual compensation in excess of $1 million paid to covered executive officers. Prior to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, Section 162(m)’s deductibility limitation was subject to an exception for compensation that meets the requirements of  “qualified performance-based compensation.” However, effective for tax years beginning after 2017, this exception has been eliminated, subject to limited transition relief that applies to certain
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS
written binding contracts which were in effect on November 2, 2017. Accordingly, for 2018 and later years, compensation in excess of  $1 million paid to ParentCo’s named executive officers generally will not be deductible and no assurances can be given that compensation payable under certain of ParentCo’s compensation programs which were intended to qualify for the performance-based exception will in fact be deductible.
As a general matter, while the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee considers tax deductibility as one of several relevant factors in determining executive compensation, it retains the flexibility to approve compensation that is not deductible by ParentCo for federal income tax purposes. Further, the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee believes that a significant portion of the ParentCo’s named executive officer compensation should continue to be tied to ParentCo’s performance, notwithstanding the elimination of the qualified performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m).
Arconic Corporation Executive Compensation Program
We expect that the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee will annually review the compensation of the Arconic Corporation executive officers. The Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee will use its business judgment and may take into account numerous factors in determining the compensation of Arconic Corporation executive officers, including:
1.
Market positioning based on peer group data;
2.
Individual, group, and corporate performance;
3.
Complexity and importance of the role and responsibilities;
4.
Aggressiveness of targets;
5.
Contributions that positively impact Arconic Corporation’s future performance;
5.
Unanticipated events impacting target achievement;
6.
Retention of key individuals in a competitive talent market; and
8.
Leadership and growth potential.
Base Salary
The table below sets forth the annual base salary expected to be in effect for each Arconic Corporation named executive officer as of the separation.
Arconic Corporation Named Executive Officer
Base Salary
Timothy D. Myers, Chief Executive Officer
$ 850,000
Annual Cash Incentive Compensation
Arconic Corporation is expected to establish an annual cash incentive program, which, similar to that of ParentCo, will be designed to reward the achievement of operational and financial performance goals established by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee. Each Arconic Corporation named executive officer will be assigned an annual incentive compensation opportunity expressed as a percentage of base salary. The table below sets forth the annual incentive compensation opportunity expected to be in effect for each Arconic Corporation named executive officer as of the separation.
Arconic Corporation Named Executive Officer
Annual Incentive Compensation Opportunity
Timothy D. Myers, Chief Executive Officer
125% of base salary
To encourage Arconic Corporation named executive officers to focus on achievement of annual operational and financial performance, annual incentive compensation awards for 2020 are expected to be based on Arconic Corporation’s performance with respect to specified measures and an individual performance evaluation, each as determined by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee.
137

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Performance targets are expected to be established by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee in the first quarter of each year (or, in the case of 2020, by the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee) and will be based on expected performance in accordance with Arconic Corporation’s approved business plan for the year. The components and weightings of the performance measures will be reviewed and determined annually by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee to reflect Arconic Corporation strategy. The Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee may also consider an evaluation of the individual performance for each executive officer and may adjust the formulaic bonus calculation based on its evaluation. The performance goals and relative weightings are expected to reflect the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee’s objective of ensuring that a substantial amount of each Arconic Corporation named executive officer’s total compensation is tied to applicable overall performance.
In 2019, Mr. Myers participated in ParentCo’s annual cash incentive compensation program, with a target bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his base salary. The actual bonus payable to Mr. Myers in respect of 2019 is $861,500, representing a payout level of 150% of target based on the actual level of achievement of business performance goals relating to Adjusted Operating Income and Controllable Free Cash Flow and Mr. Myers’s individual performance, each as determined by the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee.
Annual LTI Awards
We expect that Arconic Corporation’s long-term equity incentive plan will be designed to retain key executives and align the interests of its executives with the achievement of sustainable long-term growth and performance. For 2020, annual LTI awards for the Arconic Corporation named executive officers will be approved by the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee prior to the separation. Such awards will initially be denominated by reference to ParentCo shares but will convert upon the separation into awards denominated by reference to Arconic Corporation shares. See “The Separation and Distribution — Treatment of Equity-Based Compensation.” The 2020 LTI awards will be a mixture of time-based and performance-based awards, as described in the table below. It is expected that 2020 performance-based restricted share units granted to Arconic Corporation named executive officers will have performance-based vesting conditions measured over a three-year performance period based on Arconic Corporation’s revenue, EBITDA margin, and return on net assets, with TSR multiplier based on Arconic Corporation’s TSR percentile ranking relative to its peer group.
Arconic Corporation Named
Executive Officer
Grant Date Value of
2020 Time-Based
Annual LTI Award
Grant Date Value of
2020 Performance-Based
Annual LTI Award
(at Target)
Timothy D. Myers, Chief Executive Officer
$ 1,720,000(1) $ 2,580,000(2)
(1)
Consists of restricted share units vesting in equal annual installments over three years.
(2)
Consists of performance-based restricted share units vesting over a three-year performance period as described above.
In 2019, Mr. Myers received an annual ParentCo equity award consisting entirely of RSUs with a target grant date value of  $1,200,000. The RSUs cliff vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. The award of performance-based RSUs previously granted to Mr. Myers in respect of the performance period 2017-2019 was earned at 78.3% of target based on the actual level of achievement of the applicable performance goals relating to revenue, EBITDA margin, and return on net assets and the application of the TSR modifier.
In light of the separation, the ParentCo Compensation and Benefits Committee shortened the performance period for the performance-based RSUs previously granted to Mr. Myers in 2018 from three years (covering 2018-2020) to two years (covering 2018-2019). This award was earned at 97.5% of target based on the actual level of achievement of the applicable performance goals relating to revenue, EBITDA margin, and return on assets and the application of the TSR modifier, but remains subject to the original service-based vesting requirements.
138

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Certain Executive Compensation Policies
Included below is a description of certain executive compensation policies that applied to ParentCo named executive officers in 2019. We expect that Arconic Corporation named executive officers will initially be subject to the same policies.
Compliance with Stock Ownership Guidelines
ParentCo’s stock ownership requirements further align the interests of management with those of its stockholders by requiring executives to hold substantial equity in ParentCo until retirement. ParentCo’s stock ownership guidelines require that the ParentCo chief executive officer retain equity equal in value to six times his base salary and that each of the other continuing ParentCo named executive officers retain equity equal in value to three times salary. Unlike many of its peers, ParentCo does not count any unvested or unexercised options, restricted share units, performance-based restricted share units or any stock appreciation rights towards compliance. Its guidelines reinforce management’s focus on long-term stockholder value and commitment to ParentCo. Until the stock ownership requirements are met, each named executive officer is required to retain until retirement 50% of shares acquired upon vesting of restricted share units (including performance-based restricted shares units) or upon exercise of stock options, after deducting shares used to pay for the option exercise price and taxes.
No Short Sales, Derivative or Speculative Transactions, Hedging, or Pledging of ParentCo Securities
Short sales of ParentCo securities (a sale of securities which are not then owned) and derivative or speculative transactions in ParentCo securities by our directors, officers and employees are prohibited. No director, officer or employee or any designee of such director, officer or employee is permitted to purchase or use financial instruments (including prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars, and exchange funds) that are designed to hedge or offset any decrease in the market value of ParentCo securities. Directors and officers subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act are prohibited from holding ParentCo securities in margin accounts, pledging ParentCo securities as collateral, or maintaining an automatic rebalance feature in savings plans, deferred compensation plans or deferred fee plans.
Arconic Corporation Compensation Plans and Agreements
Overview
In connection with the separation, Arconic Corporation generally expects to adopt compensation and benefit plans, including deferred compensation, retirement plans and supplemental retirement plans, that are similar to those in effect at Arconic Corporation before the separation. It is expected that Arconic Corporation will also adopt an annual bonus plan, executive severance plan, and change in control severance plan, each as described below, and an equity-based compensation plan (see “Arconic Corporation 2020 Stock Incentive Plan”).
Offer Letters with Arconic Corporation Named Executive Officers
Employment Letter Agreement with Chief Executive Officer.   ParentCo entered into an employment letter agreement on January 13, 2020 with Mr. Myers, in connection with his appointment as the Chief Executive Officer of Arconic Corporation effective upon the separation. Until the separation, Mr. Myers will continue to serve as Executive Vice President and Group President, Arconic Global Rolled Products, Extrusions and Building and Construction Systems. The effectiveness of the letter agreement is contingent upon the occurrence of the separation no later than July 31, 2020 (as such date may be extended by mutual agreement of Mr. Myers and ParentCo).
The letter agreement provides for an annual compensation package consisting of a base salary of $850,000, a target annual bonus award of 125% of base salary, and eligibility for annual equity compensation awards. Pursuant to the letter agreement, Mr. Myers’ 2020 annual equity award grants will consist of  (i) a restricted share unit award with a grant date value of  $1,720,000, which will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Myers’ continued employment through such date, and (ii) a performance-based restricted share unit award with a grant date value (at target) of  $2,580,000, which will
139

TABLE OF CONTENTS
be subject to performance goals applicable to Arconic Corporation, as well as Mr. Myers’ continued employment through the third anniversary of the grant date. The letter agreement also provides for certain relocation benefits in connection with Mr. Myers’ required relocation to the Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania metropolitan area no later than September 30, 2020.
Pursuant to the letter agreement, Mr. Myers will be designated as a Tier I participant in our Executive Severance Plan and the Change in Control Severance Plan.
Concurrently with signing the employment letter agreement, Mr. Myers agreed to execute a confidentiality, developments, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with ParentCo, which includes, among other things, a perpetual confidentiality covenant and one-year post-termination non-competition and employee and customer non-solicitation covenants.
The employment letter agreement and confidentiality, developments, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with Mr. Myers will be assigned to Arconic Corporation effective upon the separation.
Employment Letter Agreement with Chief Financial Officer. ParentCo entered into an employment letter agreement on January 29, 2020 with Mr. Asmussen, in connection with his appointment as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Arconic Corporation effective upon the separation. Until the separation, Mr. Asmussen will serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Designate of Arconic Corporation. The effectiveness of the letter agreement is contingent upon Mr. Asmussen’s availability to commence employment no later than February 17, 2020.
The letter agreement provides for an annual compensation package consisting of a base salary of $530,000, a target annual bonus award of 85% of base salary, and eligibility for annual equity compensation awards. Pursuant to the letter agreement, Mr. Asmussen’s 2020 annual equity award grants will consist of (i) a restricted share unit award with a grant date value of  $380,000, which will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Asmussen’s continued employment through such date and (ii) a performance-based restricted share unit award with a grant date value (at target) of  $570,000, which will be subject to performance goals applicable to Arconic Corporation, as well as Mr. Asmussen’s continued employment through the third anniversary of the grant date. The letter agreement also provides for certain relocation benefits in connection with Mr. Asmussen’s required relocation to the Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania metropolitan area no later than September 30, 2020.
Pursuant to the letter agreement, Mr. Asmussen will be designated as a Tier II participant in our Executive Severance Plan and the Change in Control Severance Plan. In the event the separation has not occurred by July 31, 2020, either Mr. Asmussen or ParentCo may terminate Mr. Asmussen’s employment without notice at any time during the 30-day period commencing on August 1, 2020, in which case he will receive a severance payment equal to the sum of his annual base salary and target bonus in lieu of benefits under a severance plan.
Concurrently with signing the employment letter agreement, Mr. Asmussen agreed to execute a confidentiality, developments, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with ParentCo, which includes, among other things, a perpetual confidentiality covenant and one-year post-termination non-competition and employee and customer non-solicitation covenants.
The employment letter agreement and confidentiality, developments, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with Mr. Asmussen will be assigned to Arconic Corporation effective upon the separation.
Arconic Corporation Annual Bonus Plan
Arconic Corporation maintains the Arconic Corporation 2020 Annual Cash Incentive Plan (the “Cash Incentive Plan”). The first performance period under the Cash Incentive Plan commenced on January 1, 2020 and the Cash Incentive Plan will remain in effect for successive fiscal years until terminated by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee in its sole discretion.
140

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pursuant to the Cash Incentive Plan, each Arconic Corporation named executive officer will be eligible for a discretionary annual cash incentive award payable based on the achievement of pre-established performance goals determined by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee, including company and/or individual performance goals. in each case, based on one or more performance measures specified in the Cash Incentive Plan.
Payment of annual cash incentive awards under the Cash Incentive Plan is generally contingent on the named executive officer’s continued employment with Arconic Corporation through the applicable payment date, subject to certain exceptions, including that the named executive officer will remain eligible for an award under the Cash Incentive Plan following an involuntary termination of employment that occurs after the officer has been employed by Arconic Corporation for a continuous period of not less than six months in a plan year.
Arconic Corporation Executive Severance Plan
It is expected that Arconic Corporation will adopt an Arconic Corporation Executive Severance Plan, and that all of the Arconic Corporation named executive officers will be eligible to participate in the Arconic Corporation Executive Severance Plan. The plan will provide that, upon a termination of employment without cause and subject to execution and non-revocation of a general release of legal claims against Arconic Corporation, the applicable named executive officer will receive a cash severance payment equal to one year of base salary and one year of target annual cash incentive (one and one half years for the Arconic Corporation chief executive officer), continued health care benefits for a twelve-month period (eighteen months for the Arconic Corporation chief executive officer), and twelve additional months (eighteen months for the Arconic Corporation chief executive officer) of retirement plan accrual calculated as described in the plan.
Arconic Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan
It is expected that Arconic Corporation will adopt an Arconic Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan, and that all of the Arconic Corporation named executive officers will be eligible to participate in the Arconic Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan. The plan will be designed to serve stockholders by assuring that Arconic Corporation will have the continued dedication of the covered executives, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a change in control. The protections provided by the plan will be intended to encourage the executives to provide their full attention and dedication to Arconic Corporation in the event of any threatened or pending change in control, which can result in significant distraction by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks that executives frequently face under such circumstances. Severance benefits under the Change in Control Severance Plan will be provided upon a termination of employment without cause or resignation by the executive for good reason, in either case within two years after a change in control of Arconic Corporation.
Upon a qualifying termination, the severance benefits under the Change in Control Severance Plan will include: (i) a cash payment equal to two times annual salary plus target annual cash incentive compensation (two and one half times for the Arconic Corporation chief executive officer), (ii) a cash payment equal to the target annual cash incentive compensation amount prorated through the severance date, (iii) continuation of health care benefits for two years (or thirty months for the Arconic Corporation chief executive officer), (iv) two additional years of applicable pension credit and company savings plan contributions, and (v) six months of outplacement benefits. There will be no excise tax gross-up provision under the plan.
141

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Executive Compensation Tables
2019 Summary Compensation Table
Name and Principal
Position
Year
Salary
($)
Bonus
($)
Stock
Awards
($)
Option
Awards
($)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan 
Compensation
($)
Change in
Pension Value
and Non-
Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
All Other
Compensation
($)
Total
($)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Timothy D. Myers(1)
Chief Executive Officer
2019 $ 574,333 $ 0 $ 1,200,001 $ 0 $ 861,500 $ 657,119 $ 58,705 $ 3,351,658
2018 $ 542,500 $ 0 $ 1,056,189 $ 264,036 $ 233,818 $ 0 $ 57,120 $ 2,153,663
2017 $ 436,250 $ 0 $ 949,308 $ 228,052 $ 396,356 $ 516,994 $ 19,333 $ 2,546,293
NOTES:
1.
Mr. Myers currently serves as Executive Vice President and Group President, Global Rolled Products, Extrusions and Building and Construction Systems. Summary Compensation Table data reflects compensation for the positions in which Mr. Myers served at ParentCo in 2019. Mr. Myers will become Chief Executive Officer of Arconic Corporation effective upon the separation.
Column (i)  —  All Other Compensation.
Company Contributions to Savings Plans.
Company Matching Contribution
3% Retirement Contribution
Total Company
Contribution
Name
Savings Plan
Def. Comp. Plan
Savings Plan1
Def. Comp. Plan
Timothy D. Myers
$ 16,800 $ 17,660 $ 8,400 $ 15,844 $ 58,705
2019 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)
All Other
Stock Awards:
Number of
Shares
of Stock
or Units(2)
(#)
2019 Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards
($)
Name
Grant Dates
Threshold ($)
Target ($)
Maximum ($)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(i)
(l)
Timothy D. Myers
$ 287,167 $ 574,333 $ 1,723,000
2/28/2019 64,900 $ 1,200,001
(1)
The amounts reported in the Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards columns represent the potential amounts for annual cash incentive compensation for 2019. Actual amounts earned by our named executive officers are reflected in the 2019 Summary Compensation Table.
(2)
Time-vested restricted share unit awards granted under the 2013 ParentCo Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated.
142

TABLE OF CONTENTS
2019 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
Option Awards
Stock Awards
Name
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(Exercisable)
(#)
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(Unexercisable)
(#)
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Number
of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
Market
Value of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
($)
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not
Vested (#)
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not Vested
($)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Timothy D. Myers
Stock Awards1
132,780 4,085,641
Time-Vested Options2
12,144 12,143 $ 21.13 1/13/2027
8,990 17,980 $ 30.22 1/19/2028
(1)
Stock awards in column (g) include time-vested restricted share unit awards. Stock awards in column (i) include unearned performance-based restricted share unit awards at the target level. Stock awards are in the form of restricted share units that ordinarily vest three years from the date of grant, generally subject to continued employment and are paid in common stock when they vest.
(2)
Time-vested options include stock options granted on the annual grant date when the ParentCo’s Compensation and Benefits Committee met in January. Options have a term of ten years and vest ratably over three years (1/3 each year), generally subject to continued employment.
2019 Option Exercises and Stock Vested
Option Awards
Stock Awards
Name
Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise
(#)
Value Realized
on Exercise
($)
Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
(#)
Value Realized
on Vesting
($)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Timothy D. Myers
31,502 $ 192,134 18,487 $ 315,943
2019 Pension Benefits
Name(1)
Plan Name(s)
Years of
Credited
Service
Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefits
Payments During
Last Fiscal Year
Timothy D. Myers
ParentCo Retirement Plan​
26.52 $ 1,213,338
Excess Benefits Plan C​
$ 1,661,316
Total​
$
2,874,654
N/A
Valuation and Assumptions: For a discussion of the valuation method and assumptions applied in quantifying the present value of the accumulated benefit, please refer to the following sections in ParentCo’s upcoming Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019: “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits” and Note G to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Qualified Defined Benefit Plan.   In 2019, Mr. Myers participated in the ParentCo Retirement Plan. The ParentCo Retirement Plan is a funded, tax-qualified, non-contributory defined benefit pension plan
143

TABLE OF CONTENTS
that covers a majority of U.S. salaried employees. Benefits under the plan are based upon years of service and final average earnings as of March 31, 2018. Final average earnings include salary plus 100% of annual cash incentive compensation, and are calculated using the average of the highest five of the last ten years of earnings. The amount of annual compensation that may be taken into account under the ParentCo Retirement Plan is subject to a limit imposed by the U.S. tax code, which was $275,000 for 2018 when pension accruals were frozen (see “ParentCo Retirement Savings Plan” section below). The base benefit payable at age 65 is 1.1% of final average earnings up to the Social Security covered compensation limit plus 1.475% of final average earnings above the Social Security covered compensation limit, times years of service. Final average earnings and service after April 1, 2018 are no longer reflected as the company has moved all future benefits to the ParentCo Retirement Savings Plan. Benefits are payable as a single life annuity, a reduced 50% joint and survivor annuity, a reduced 75% joint and survivor annuity, or a single lump sum payment after termination of employment.
Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans.   Mr. Myers participates in ParentCo’s Excess Benefits Plan C. This plan is a nonqualified plan which provides for benefits taking into account compensation that exceeds the limits on compensation imposed by the U.S. tax code. The benefit formula is identical to the ParentCo Retirement Plan formula. Benefits under the nonqualified plan are payable as a reduced 50% joint and survivor annuity if the executive is married. Otherwise, the benefit is payable as a single life annuity.
ParentCo Retirement Savings Plan.   For U.S. salaried employees, ParentCo makes an Employer Retirement Income Contribution (ERIC) in an amount equal to 3% of salary and annual incentive eligible for contribution to the ParentCo Retirement Savings Plan. This benefit was previously provided to employees hired after March 1, 2006 as a pension contribution in lieu of a defined benefit pension plan. However, following the freeze of pension accruals effective April 1, 2018, all salaried employees are now eligible. In addition to the 3% ERIC contributions, Mr. Myers was eligible for 3% transition contribution to the ParentCo Retirement Savings Plan from April 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018, as were all other employees impacted by the freeze of pension accruals. In addition, all U.S. salaried employees, including named executive officers, are eligible to receive a company matching contribution of 100% up to the first 6% of deferred salary. In 2019, ParentCo matching contribution amount was $16,800 for Mr. Myers. This amount is included in the column “All Other Compensation” in the “2019 Summary Compensation Table” above.
2019 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Name
Executive
Contributions
in 2019
($)
Registrant
Contributions
in 2019
($)
Aggregate
Earnings in
2019
($)
Aggregate
Withdrawals
Distributions
($)
Aggregate
Balance at
12/31/2019
FYE
($)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
$ 272,235 E
Timothy D. Myers
$ 17,660 $ 33,505 $ 2,169 D $ 680,629
E — Earnings
D — Dividends on ParentCo common stock or share equivalents
The investment options under ParentCo’s nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan are the same choices available to all salaried employees under the ParentCo Retirement Savings Plan and the named executive officers do not receive preferential earnings on their investments. Named executive officers may defer up to 25% of their salaries in total to the ParentCo Retirement Savings Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan and up to 100% of their annual cash incentive compensation to the Deferred Compensation Plan.
ParentCo contributes matching contributions on employee base salary deferrals that exceed the limits on compensation imposed by the U.S. tax code. In 2019, ParentCo matching contribution amount was $17,660 for Mr. Myers.
In addition, when the U.S. tax code limits Employer Retirement Income Contributions (“ERIC”) are reached, the ERIC and transition contributions are made into the ParentCo Deferred Compensation Plan. In 2019, ParentCo contributed $15,845 for Mr. Myers.
144

TABLE OF CONTENTS
These amounts are included in the column “All Other Compensation” in the “2019 Summary Compensation Table” included above.
All nonqualified pension and deferred compensation obligations are general unsecured liabilities of ParentCo until paid. Upon termination of employment, deferred compensation will be paid in cash as a lump sum or in up to ten annual installments, depending on the individual’s election, account balance and retirement eligibility.
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
Executive Severance Plan.   Mr. Myers was eligible for ParentCo’s Executive Severance Plan during 2019. The plan provides that, upon a termination of employment without cause and subject to execution and non-revocation of a general release of legal claims against ParentCo, Mr. Myers would receive a cash severance payment equal to one year of base salary and one year of target annual cash incentive , continued health care benefits for a period of twelve months, and twelve additional months of retirement accrual calculated as described in the plan.
The following table shows the severance payments and benefits that would have been payable to Mr. Myers under the ParentCo Executive Severance Plan upon a termination without cause on December 31, 2019.
Name
Estimated Net
Present Value of
Cash Severance
Payments
Estimated Net
Present Value of
Two Years
Additional
Retirement Accrual
Estimated net
present value of
continued active
health care benefits
Total
Timothy D. Myers
$ 1,138,237 $ 1,377,103 $ 41,664 $ 2,557,004
Change in Control Severance Plan.   Mr. Myers was eligible for ParentCo’s Change in Control Severance Plan during 2019. The plan is designed to serve stockholders by assuring that ParentCo will have the continued dedication of the covered executives, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a change in control. These protections are intended to encourage the executives’ full attention and dedication to ParentCo in the event of any threatened or pending change in control, which can result in significant distraction by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks that executives frequently face under such circumstances. Severance benefits under the Change in Control Severance Plan are provided upon a termination of employment without cause or resignation by the executive for good reason, in either case within two years after a change in control of ParentCo.
Upon a qualifying termination, the severance benefits under the Change in Control Severance Plan for Mr. Myers are: (i) a cash payment equal to two times annual salary plus target annual cash incentive compensation, (ii) a cash payment equal to the target annual cash incentive compensation amount prorated through the severance date, (iii) continuation of health care benefits for two years, (iv) two additional years of applicable pension credit and company savings plan contributions, and (v) six months of outplacement benefits. There is no excise tax gross-up provision under the Plan.
The terms of the 2013 ParentCo Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated, provide that unvested equity awards, including awards held by the continuing named executive officers, do not immediately vest upon a change in control if a replacement award is provided. However, the replacement award will vest immediately if, within a two-year period following a change in control, a plan participant is terminated without cause or leaves for good reason. Performance-based stock awards will be converted to time-vested stock awards upon a change in control under the following terms: (i) if 50% or more of the performance period has been completed as of the date on which the change in control has occurred, then the number of shares or the value of the award will be based on actual performance completed as of the date of the change in control; or (ii) if less than 50% of the performance period has been completed as of the date on which the change in control has occurred, then the number of shares or the value of the award will be based on the target number or value.
The following table shows the severance payments and benefits that would have been payable under the ParentCo Change in Control Severance Plan if both a change in control and a termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurred on December 31, 2019, under the terms of the plan as in effect on
145

TABLE OF CONTENTS
such date, as well as the estimated net present value of unvested equity awards that would have become vested upon such termination or resignation. Equity award values are estimated using ParentCo’s closing stock price on December 30, 2019, which was $30.77 per share.
Change in Control Severance Benefits
Name
Estimated net present value of change
in control severance and benefits
Timothy D. Myers
$ 6,092,905
Retirement Benefits.   If Mr. Myers had voluntarily terminated employment as of December 31, 2019, it is estimated that his pension would have paid an annual annuity of  $207,407 starting at age 62.
146

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
The Arconic Corporation director compensation program will be subject to the review and approval of the Arconic Corporation Board of Directors or a committee thereof after the separation. Director compensation for the period prior to any change approved by the Arconic Corporation Board of Directors or a committee thereof will be as described below.
Treatment of outstanding ParentCo equity-based compensation awards held by Arconic Corporation non-employee directors in connection with the separation is described under “The Separation and Distribution — Treatment of Equity-Based Compensation.”
Compensation for non-employee directors of Arconic Corporation will be a mix of cash and equity-based compensation. Mr. Myers, who will serve as an employee director following the separation, will not receive any additional compensation for his service as a member of the Board of Directors of Arconic Corporation.
Annual Compensation
The table below describes the components of compensation for non-employee directors:
Compensation Element
Amount
Annual Cash Retainer
$ 120,000
Annual Equity Award (Restricted Share Units Granted Following Each Annual Meeting of Stockholders)
$ 150,000
Other Annual Fees

Lead Director Fee
$ 30,000

Audit Committee Chair Fee (includes Audit Committee Member Fee)
$ 20,000

Compensation and Benefits Committee Chair Fee
$ 15,000

Other Committee Chair Fee
$ 15,000
Per Meeting Fee for Meetings in Excess of Regularly Scheduled Meetings
$ 1,2001
(1)
A fee of  $1,200 is paid to a non-employee director for each Board of Director or committee meeting attended by the director in excess of five special Board of Director or committee meetings during the applicable calendar year and applies only to non-regularly scheduled meetings in excess of a two-hour duration.
Stock Ownership Guideline
Within a period of six years from the date of a non-employee director’s initial appointment as a member of the Board of Directors of Arconic Corporation, such non-employee director is required to attain ownership of at least $750,000 in Arconic Corporation’s common stock and must maintain such ownership until retirement from the Arconic Corporation Board of Directors.
Director Compensation Limit
Under Arconic Corporation’s Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, the sum of the grant date value of all equity awards granted and all cash compensation paid by Arconic Corporation to each non-employee director as compensation for services as a non-employee director shall not exceed $750,000 in any calendar year.
147

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARCONIC CORPORATION 2020 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
Prior to the separation, Arconic Corporation will adopt the Arconic Corporation 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”). ParentCo., as our sole stockholder, will approve the 2020 Plan prior to the separation, and the 2020 Plan will become effective as of the date of the separation (the “Plan Effective Date”). The Arconic Corporation equity-based compensation awards into which certain outstanding ParentCo equity-based compensation awards are converted upon the separation (see “The Separation and Distribution — Treatment of Equity-Based Compensation”) will be issued pursuant to the 2020 Plan (such awards, the “Converted Awards”).
The following description is a summary of certain terms of the 2020 Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this information statement is a part. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2020 Plan.
Purpose of the 2020 Plan
The purpose of the 2020 Plan is to encourage participants to acquire a proprietary interest in the long-term growth and financial success of Arconic Corporation and to further link the interests of such individuals to the long-term interests of stockholders. The 2020 Plan authorizes the plan administrator, which will generally be the Compensation and Benefits Committee of Arconic Corporation’s Board of Directors, to grant stock-based awards to employees of Arconic Corporation and its subsidiaries. The 2020 Plan also authorizes the Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board, to make stock-based awards to non-employee directors.
Authorized Shares and Fungible Equity Pool
The maximum aggregate number of shares of our common stock authorized to be granted under the 2020 Plan will be 8,500,000 shares, subject to adjustment as described below under “Adjustment Provision.”
Shares subject to the Converted Awards will reduce the shares authorized for issuance under the 2020 Plan. Shares subject to awards under the 2020 Plan (including Converted Awards) that are forfeited, cancelled or expired will become available for issuance thereunder. Shares tendered in payment of the purchase price of a stock option or other award or withheld to pay taxes may not be added back to the available pool of shares authorized under the 2020 Plan, nor may shares purchased using option proceeds or not issued upon settlement of a stock appreciation right.
Administration of the 2020 Plan
Under the 2020 Plan, the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee, which will be composed of non-employee directors, has authority to grant awards to employees of Arconic Corporation and its subsidiaries, and the full Board of Directors has authority to grant awards to non-employee directors upon the recommendation of the Governance and Nominating Committee. Arconic Corporation’s Board of Directors also may assume responsibilities otherwise assigned to the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee.
The Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2020 Plan, to select employees to whom it will grant awards, to determine the types of awards and the number of shares covered, to set the terms and conditions of the awards, to cancel or suspend awards and to modify outstanding awards. The Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee also has authority to interpret the 2020 Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules applicable to the 2020 Plan or awards under the 2020 Plan, to approve the terms and provisions of any agreements relating to 2020 Plan awards, to determine whether any corporate transaction, such as a spin-off or joint venture, will result in a participant’s termination of service, to make adjustments in performance award criteria or in the terms and conditions of other awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting Arconic Corporation or its financial statements or changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles and to make all determinations relating to awards under the 2020 Plan. The Arconic Corporation Board of Directors has similar authority with respect to awards to non-employee directors.
148

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The 2020 Plan permits delegation of certain authority to executive officers in limited instances to make, cancel or suspend awards to employees who are not Arconic Corporation directors or executive officers, and the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee may delegate other of its administrative powers to the extent not prohibited by applicable laws.
Eligibility
All employees of Arconic Corporation and its subsidiaries and all non-employee directors of Arconic Corporation are eligible to be selected as participants.
Term
No award may be granted under the 2020 Plan after the 10th anniversary of the Plan Effective Date.
Shares Issuable for Awards
Shares of Arconic Corporation common stock issuable under the 2020 Plan may come from authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, shares purchased on the open market or otherwise or any combination of the foregoing.
Types of Awards
The following types of awards may be granted under the 2020 Plan:
Nonqualified stock options;
Stock appreciation rights;
Restricted shares;
Restricted share units; and
Other forms of awards authorized by the 2020 Plan.
These forms of awards may have a performance feature under which the award is not earned unless performance goals are achieved.
The Converted Awards that will be granted under the 2020 Plan may be in the form of nonqualified stock options or restricted share units, including restricted share units that are performance-based awards.
Minimum Vesting Requirements
The 2020 Plan mandates a minimum one-year vesting period for all awards granted thereunder, except that up to 5% of the shares available for grant as of the Plan Effective Date may be made subject to awards that do not have such a minimum vesting requirement. The minimum vesting requirement does not apply to Converted Awards, substitute awards, or to awards granted to non-employee directors which vest on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the next annual meeting of Arconic Corporation’s stockholders (provided such next annual meeting is at least 50 weeks after the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting). The minimum vesting requirement does not prevent Arconic Corporation from granting awards that contain rights to accelerated vesting on a termination of employment or service or otherwise accelerating vesting, as provided in the 2020 Plan, and does not limit the ability to make adjustments upon a capitalization event.
Stock Option Awards
Under the 2020 Plan, stock option awards entitle a participant to purchase shares of Arconic Corporation common stock during the option term at a fixed price that may not be less than the fair market value of Arconic Corporation’s common stock on the date of grant, except in connection with an adjustment upon a capitalization event or as provided for Converted Awards or substitute awards (see “Adjustment Provision” and “Substitute Awards” below). The maximum term of stock options granted is ten years. The Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee has discretion to cap the amount of gain that may be obtained in the exercise of the stock option. The option price must be paid in
149

TABLE OF CONTENTS
full by the participant upon exercise of the option, in cash, shares or other consideration having a fair market value equal to the option price or by a combination of cash, shares or other consideration specified by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee.
Stock Appreciation Rights
A stock appreciation right (“SAR”) entitles the holder to receive, on exercise, the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (or, if the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee so determines, as of any time during a specified period before the exercise date) over the SAR grant price. The SAR grant price is set by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee and may not be less than the fair market value of Arconic Corporation’s common stock on the date of grant, except in connection with an adjustment upon a capitalization event or as provided for Converted Awards or substitute awards. The Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee may grant SAR awards as stand-alone awards or in combination with a related stock option award under the 2020 Plan. Payment by Arconic Corporation upon exercise will be in cash, stock or other property or any combination of cash, stock or other property as the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee may determine. The Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee has discretion to cap the amount of gain that may be obtained in the exercise of a stock appreciation right. The maximum term of stock appreciation rights is ten years, or if granted in tandem with an option, the expiration date of the option.
Restricted Shares
A restricted share is a share issued with such contingencies or restrictions as the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee may impose. Until the conditions or contingencies are satisfied or lapse, the stock is subject to forfeiture. A recipient of a restricted share award has the right to vote the shares and receive dividends on them unless the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee determines otherwise. If the participant ceases to be an employee before the end of the contingency period, the award is forfeited, subject to such exceptions as authorized by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee.
Restricted Share Units
A restricted share unit is an award of a right to receive, in cash or shares, as the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee may determine, the fair market value of one share of Company common stock, on such terms and conditions as the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee may determine.
Other Awards
Other awards of shares and other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares or other property may be granted to eligible individuals, subject to such terms and conditions as approved by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee.
Performance Awards
A performance award may be in any form of award permitted under the 2020 Plan. The Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee may select periods of at least one year during which performance criteria chosen by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee are measured for the purpose of determining the extent to which a performance award has been earned. This minimum performance period does not apply to Converted Awards. The Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee decides whether the performance levels have been achieved, what amount of the award will be paid and the form of payment, which may be cash, stock or other property or any combination thereof.
Unless otherwise determined by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee, performance awards (other than options or stock appreciation rights) granted to Arconic Corporation’s executive officers will be subject to achievement of company and/or individual performance goals
150

TABLE OF CONTENTS
established within the first 25% of the performance period, as well as to potential downward, but not upward, adjustment of the amount payable on vesting, and will not be subject to any waiver of the achievement of the performance goals. Except as otherwise determined by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee, the annual limits on performance awards per executive officer are: 750,000 shares if the award is in the form of restricted shares or restricted share units; 2,500,000 shares if the award is in the form of stock options or stock appreciation rights; and $15,000,000 in value if the award is paid in property other than shares. Converted Awards are disregarded for purposes of applying these limits.
Dividends and Dividend Equivalents
No dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid on stock options or stock appreciation rights. Dividend equivalents may not be paid on any unvested restricted share units but will be accrued and paid only if and when the restricted share units vest. No dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid on unearned performance-based restricted share units. In no event will any other award under the 2020 Plan provide for the participant’s receipt of dividends or dividend equivalents in any form prior to the vesting of such award or applicable portion of such award.
Substitute Awards
The Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee may grant awards to employees of companies acquired by Arconic Corporation or a subsidiary in exchange or substitution for, or upon assumption of, outstanding stock-based awards issued by the acquired company. Shares covered by substitute awards will not reduce the number of shares otherwise available for award under the 2020 Plan.
Stock Option and SAR Repricing Prohibited
The 2020 Plan prohibits repricing of stock options or stock appreciation rights without stockholder approval. Repricing means the cancellation of an option or stock appreciation right in exchange for cash or other awards at a time when the exercise price of such option or stock appreciation right is higher than the fair market value of a share of Arconic Corporation’s stock, the grant of a new stock option or stock appreciation right with a lower exercise price than the original option or stock appreciation right, or the amendment of an outstanding award to reduce the exercise price. The grant of a Converted Award or substitute award (as described above) is not a repricing, nor is an adjustment upon a capitalization event.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit
Notwithstanding any other provision in the 2020 Plan or in any Company policy regarding non-employee director compensation, the maximum amount of total compensation payable to an Arconic Corporation non-employee director for services in a calendar year may not exceed $750,000, calculated as the sum of  (i) the grant date fair value (determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718) of all awards payable in shares and the maximum cash value of any other award granted under the 2020 Plan, plus (ii) cash compensation in the form of Board and committee retainers and meeting or similar fees.
Adjustment Provision
The 2020 Plan defines certain transactions with our stockholders, not involving our receipt of consideration, that affect the shares or the share price of Arconic Corporation’s common stock as “equity restructurings” (e.g., a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend). In the event that an equity restructuring occurs, the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee will adjust the terms of the 2020 Plan and each outstanding award as it deems equitable to reflect the equity restructuring, which may include (i) adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding award and/or adjusting the number of shares available under the 2020 Plan or the individual award limitations; (ii) adjusting the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the performance targets or other criteria included in, outstanding awards; and (iii) granting new awards or making cash payments to participants. Such adjustments will be nondiscretionary, although the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee will determine whether an adjustment is equitable.
151

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Other types of transactions may also affect Arconic Corporation’s common stock, such as a dividend or other distribution, reorganization, merger or other changes in corporate structure. In the event that there is such a transaction, which is not an equity restructuring, or in the case of other unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events or changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee will determine, in its discretion, whether any adjustment to the 2020 Plan and/or to any outstanding awards is appropriate to prevent any dilution or enlargement of benefits under the 2020 Plan or to facilitate such transactions or events or give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles.
Consideration for Awards
Unless otherwise determined by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee, and except as required to pay the exercise price of stock options, recipients of awards are not required to make any payment or provide consideration other than rendering of services.
Transferability of Awards
Awards may be transferred by laws of descent and distribution or to a guardian or legal representative or, unless otherwise provided by the Arconic Corporation Compensation and Benefits Committee or limited by applicable laws, to family members or a trust for family members; provided however, that awards may not be transferred to a third party for value or consideration.
Change in Control Provisions
The definition of change in control generally provides that if one of the following events has occurred, a change in control of Arconic Corporation will have happened: (i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group of 30% or more of Arconic Corporation’s common stock or the combined voting power of all voting securities of Arconic Corporation, subject to certain exceptions, (ii) individuals who, as of the Plan Effective Date, constituted the Board of Directors (the “Incumbent Board”) ceasing for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors, subject to certain exceptions providing, in general, that directors joining the Board of Directors after the Plan Effective Date whose election or nomination is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board will be considered members of the Incumbent Board, (iii) the consummation of certain corporate transactions involving Arconic Corporation, and (iv) approval by the stockholders of Arconic Corporation of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of Arconic Corporation.
The 2020 Plan provides for double-trigger equity vesting in the event of a change in control. If outstanding awards under the 2020 Plan are replaced by the acquirer or related entity in a change in control of Arconic Corporation, those replacement awards will not immediately vest on a “single trigger” basis, but would accelerate only if the participant is terminated without cause or quits for good reason (as those terms are defined in the Arconic Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan) within 24 months following the change in control.
Clawback
The 2020 Plan contains a clawback feature reflecting the policy adopted by Arconic Corporation and further authorizes Arconic Corporation to recover from participants awards or payments as may be required under any Company recoupment policy then in effect or any recoupment requirement imposed by applicable laws, including pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act. In addition, the 2020 Plan authorizes cancellation of awards if a participant engages in certain specified conduct that is injurious to Arconic Corporation or any subsidiary or if cancellation is necessary to comply with applicable laws or due to the inability or impracticability of Arconic Corporation to obtain or maintain approval from any regulatory body whose approval is necessary to lawfully grant awards or issue or sell shares under the 2020 Plan.
152

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Amendment and Termination of the 2020 Plan
The Arconic Corporation Board of Directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time, except that it may not amend the 2020 Plan without stockholder approval if such approval would be required pursuant to applicable law or the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange or such other stock exchange on which the shares trade. The Arconic Corporation Board or Compensation and Benefits Committee generally may not amend the 2020 Plan or the terms of any award previously granted without the consent of the affected participant, if such action would materially impair the rights of such participant under any outstanding award.
153

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Agreements with ParentCo
Following the separation and distribution, Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace will each operate separately, each as an independent public company. In connection with the separation, Arconic Corporation will enter into a separation agreement with ParentCo to effect the separation and to provide a framework for Arconic Corporation’s relationship with Howmet Aerospace after the separation and will enter into certain other agreements, including a tax matters agreement, an employee matters agreement, intellectual property license agreements, an agreement relating to the Davenport plant, metal supply agreements and real estate and office leases. These agreements will provide for the allocation between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace of the assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including, among others, investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) of ParentCo and its subsidiaries attributable to periods prior to, at and after the separation and will govern the relationship between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace subsequent to the completion of the separation.
The material agreements described below will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this information statement is a part. The summaries of each of these agreements set forth below are qualified in their entireties by reference to the full text of the applicable agreements, which are incorporated by reference into this information statement.
Separation Agreement
Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities
The separation agreement will identify the assets to be transferred, the liabilities to be assumed and the contracts to be transferred to each of Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace as part of the separation of ParentCo into two independent companies, and will provide for when and how these transfers and assumptions will occur. In particular, the separation agreement will provide that, among other things, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein:

certain assets related to the Arconic Corporation Businesses, which we refer to as the “Arconic Corporation Assets,” will be retained by or transferred to Arconic Corporation or one of its subsidiaries, including:

equity interests in certain ParentCo subsidiaries that hold assets relating to the Arconic Corporation Businesses;

the Arconic Corporation brands, certain other trade names and trademarks, and certain other intellectual property (including patents, know-how and trade secrets), software, information and technology used in the Arconic Corporation Businesses or related to the Arconic Corporation Assets, the Arconic Corporation Liabilities (as defined below) or the Arconic Corporation Businesses;

facilities related to the Arconic Corporation Businesses;

contracts (or portions thereof) that relate to the Arconic Corporation Businesses;

rights and assets expressly allocated to Arconic Corporation pursuant to the terms of the separation agreement or certain other agreements entered into in connection with the separation;

permits that primarily relate to the Arconic Corporation Businesses; and

other assets that are included in Arconic Corporation’s pro forma balance sheet, such as the pension assets included in Arconic Corporation’s Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information, which appear in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information”;
154

TABLE OF CONTENTS

certain liabilities related to the Arconic Corporation Businesses or the Arconic Corporation Assets, which we refer to as the “Arconic Corporation Liabilities,” will be retained by or transferred to Arconic Corporation. Subject to limited exceptions, liabilities that relate primarily to the Arconic Corporation Businesses, including liabilities of various legal entities that will be subsidiaries of Arconic Corporation following the separation, will be Arconic Corporation Liabilities; and

all of the assets and liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) other than the Arconic Corporation Assets and the Arconic Corporation Liabilities (such assets and liabilities, other than the Arconic Corporation Assets and the Arconic Corporation Liabilities, we refer to as the “Howmet Aerospace Assets” and “Howmet Aerospace Liabilities,” respectively) will be retained by or transferred to Howmet Aerospace.
Except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement or any ancillary agreement, neither of Arconic Corporation nor ParentCo will make any representation or warranty as to the assets, business or liabilities transferred or assumed as part of the separation, as to any approvals or notifications required in connection with the transfers, as to the value of or the freedom from any security interests of any of the assets transferred, as to the absence or presence of any defenses or right of setoff or freedom from counterclaim with respect to any claim or other asset of either of Arconic Corporation or ParentCo, or as to the legal sufficiency of any document or instrument delivered to convey title to any asset or thing of value to be transferred in connection with the separation. All assets will be transferred on an “as is,” “where is” basis, and the respective transferees will bear the economic and legal risks that any conveyance will prove to be insufficient to vest in the transferee good and marketable title, free and clear of all security interests, that any necessary consents or governmental approvals are not obtained, or that any requirements of law, agreements, security interests or judgments are not complied with.
Information in this information statement with respect to the assets and liabilities of the parties following the distribution is presented based on the allocation of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the separation agreement, unless the context otherwise requires. The separation agreement will provide that in the event that the transfer of certain assets and liabilities (or a portion thereof) to Arconic Corporation or Howmet Aerospace, as applicable, does not occur prior to the separation, then until such assets or liabilities (or a portion thereof) are able to be transferred, Arconic Corporation or Howmet Aerospace, as applicable, will hold such assets on behalf and for the benefit of the transferee and will pay, perform and discharge such liabilities, for which the transferee will reimburse Arconic Corporation or Howmet Aerospace, as applicable, for all commercially reasonable payments made in connection with the performance and discharge of such liabilities.
The Distribution
The separation agreement will also govern the rights and obligations of the parties regarding the distribution following the completion of the separation. On the distribution date, ParentCo will distribute to its stockholders that hold ParentCo common stock as of the record date for the distribution all of the issued and outstanding shares of Arconic Corporation common stock on a pro rata basis. Stockholders will receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares.
Conditions to the Distribution
The separation agreement will provide that the distribution is subject to satisfaction (or waiver by ParentCo in its sole and absolute discretion) of certain conditions. These conditions are described under “The Separation and Distribution — Conditions to the Distribution.” ParentCo will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine (and change) the terms of, and to determine whether to proceed with, the distribution and, to the extent that it determines to so proceed, to determine the record date for the distribution, the distribution date and the distribution ratio.
Claims
In general, each party to the separation agreement will assume liability for all pending, threatened and unasserted legal matters related to its own business or its assumed or retained liabilities and will indemnify the other party for any liability to the extent arising out of or resulting from such assumed or retained legal matters.
155

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Releases
The separation agreement will provide that Arconic Corporation and its affiliates will release and discharge Howmet Aerospace and its affiliates from all liabilities assumed by Arconic Corporation as part of the separation, from all acts and events occurring or failing to occur, and all conditions existing, on or before the distribution date relating to the Arconic Corporation Businesses, except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement. Howmet Aerospace and its affiliates will release and discharge Arconic Corporation and its affiliates from all liabilities retained by Howmet Aerospace and its affiliates as part of the separation, from all acts and events occurring or failing to occur, and all conditions existing, on or before the distribution date relating to the Arconic Corporation Businesses, and from all liabilities existing or arising in connection with the implementation of the separation, except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement.
These releases will not extend to obligations or liabilities under any agreements between the parties that remain in effect following the separation, which agreements include the separation agreement and the other agreements described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Indemnification
In the separation agreement, Arconic Corporation will agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Howmet Aerospace, each of Howmet Aerospace’s affiliates, and each of Howmet Aerospace’s affiliates’ directors, officers and employees, from and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

the Arconic Corporation Liabilities;

Arconic Corporation’s failure or the failure of any other person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any of the Arconic Corporation Liabilities, in accordance with their respective terms, whether prior to, at or after the distribution;

except to the extent relating to a Howmet Aerospace Liability, any guarantee, indemnification or contribution obligation for the benefit of Arconic Corporation by Howmet Aerospace that survives the distribution;

any breach by Arconic Corporation of the separation agreement or any of the ancillary agreements; and

any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission of material fact in the Form 10 or in this information statement (as amended or supplemented), except for any such statements or omissions made explicitly in Howmet Aerospace’s name.
Howmet Aerospace will agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Arconic Corporation, each of Arconic Corporation’s affiliates and each of Arconic Corporation’s affiliates’ directors, officers and employees from and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

the Howmet Aerospace Liabilities;

the failure of Howmet Aerospace or any other person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any of the Howmet Aerospace Liabilities in accordance with their respective terms whether prior to, at or after the distribution;

except to the extent relating to an Arconic Corporation Liability, any guarantee, indemnification or contribution obligation for the benefit of Howmet Aerospace by Arconic Corporation that survives the distribution;

any breach by Howmet Aerospace of the separation agreement or any of the ancillary agreements; and

any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made explicitly in Howmet Aerospace’s name in the Form 10 or in this information statement (as amended or supplemented).
The separation agreement will also establish procedures with respect to claims subject to indemnification and related matters.
156

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Indemnification with respect to taxes, and the procedures related thereto, will be governed by the tax matters agreement.
Insurance
The separation agreement will provide for the allocation between the parties of rights and obligations under existing insurance policies with respect to occurrences prior to the distribution and set forth procedures for the administration of insured claims and related matters.
Further Assurances
In addition to the actions specifically provided for in the separation agreement, except as otherwise set forth therein or in any ancillary agreement, Arconic Corporation and ParentCo will agree in the separation agreement to use reasonable best efforts, prior to, on and after the distribution date, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws, regulations and agreements to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the separation agreement and the ancillary agreements.
Dispute Resolution
The separation agreement will contain provisions that govern, except as otherwise provided in any ancillary agreement, the resolution of disputes, controversies or claims that may arise between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace related to the separation or distribution and that are unable to be resolved through good faith discussions between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace. These provisions will contemplate that efforts will be made to resolve disputes, controversies and claims by escalation of the matter to executives of the parties in dispute. If such efforts are not successful, one of the parties in dispute may submit the dispute, controversy or claim to nonbinding mediation or, if such nonbinding mediation is not successful, binding alternative dispute resolution, subject to the provisions of the separation agreement.
Expenses
Except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement or in any ancillary agreement, ParentCo will be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the separation incurred prior to the distribution date, including costs and expenses relating to legal and tax counsel, financial advisors and accounting advisory work related to the separation. Except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement or in any ancillary agreement, or as otherwise agreed in writing by Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the separation after the distribution will also be paid by the party incurring such cost and expense.
Other Matters
Other matters governed by the separation agreement will include ParentCo’s name change to “Howmet Aerospace Inc.”, Howmet Aerospace’s right to continue to use the “Arconic” name and related trademark for limited purposes for a limited period following the distribution, licenses for Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace to certain patents and trade secrets owned by the other company at the separation, access to financial and other information, confidentiality, access to and provision of records and treatment of outstanding guarantees and similar credit support.
Amendment and Termination
The separation agreement will provide that it may be terminated, and the separation and distribution may be modified or abandoned, at any time prior to the distribution date in the sole and absolute discretion of the ParentCo Board of Directors without the approval of any person, including Arconic Corporation or ParentCo stockholders. In the event of a termination of the separation agreement, no party, nor any of its directors, officers or employees, will have any liability of any kind to the other parties or any other person. After the distribution date, the separation agreement may not be amended or terminated, except by an agreement in writing signed by both Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace.
157

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Tax Matters Agreement
In connection with the separation, Arconic Corporation and ParentCo will enter into a tax matters agreement that will govern the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to taxes (including responsibility for taxes, entitlement to refunds, allocation of tax attributes, preparation of tax returns, control of tax contests and other tax matters).
The tax matters agreement will provide special rules that allocate tax liabilities in the event the distribution, together with certain related transactions, fails to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. Under the tax matters agreement, each party will be responsible for any taxes and related amounts imposed on Howmet Aerospace or Arconic Corporation as a result of the failure to so qualify, to the extent that the failure to so qualify is attributable to actions, events or transactions relating to such party’s respective stock, assets or business, or a breach of the relevant representations or covenants made by that party in the tax matters agreement.
In addition, the tax matters agreement will impose certain restrictions on Arconic Corporation and its subsidiaries during the two-year period following the distribution that will be intended to prevent the distribution, together with certain related transactions, from failing to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. Specifically, during such period, except in specific circumstances, Arconic Corporation and its subsidiaries will be prohibited from: (1) ceasing to conduct certain businesses; (2) entering into certain transactions or series of transactions pursuant to which all or a portion of the shares of Arconic Corporation common stock (or stock of certain of its subsidiaries) would be acquired or all or a portion of certain assets of Arconic Corporation and its subsidiaries would be acquired; (3) liquidating, merging or consolidating with any other person; (4) issuing equity securities beyond certain thresholds; (5) repurchasing Arconic Corporation stock (or stock of certain of its subsidiaries) other than in certain open-market transactions; (6) amending its certificate of incorporation to affect its stockholders’ voting rights or (7) taking or failing to take any other action that would cause the distribution, together with certain related transactions, to fail to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code.
Employee Matters Agreement
Arconic Corporation and ParentCo will enter into an employee matters agreement in connection with the separation to allocate liabilities and responsibilities relating to employment matters, employee compensation and benefits plans and programs, and other related matters. The employee matters agreement will govern certain compensation and employee benefit obligations with respect to the current and former employees and non-employee directors of each company.
The employee matters agreement will provide that, unless otherwise specified, each party will be responsible for liabilities associated with current and former employees of such party and its subsidiaries and certain other former employees classified as former employees of such party for purposes of post-separation compensation and benefit matters.
The employee matters agreement will also govern the terms of equity-based awards granted by ParentCo prior to the separation. See “The Separation and Distribution — Treatment of Equity-Based Compensation.”
Intellectual Property License Agreements
In connection with the separation, Arconic Corporation and ParentCo will enter into an Arconic Corporation to Howmet Aerospace Patent, Know-How, and Trade Secret License Agreement, a Howmet Aerospace to Arconic Corporation Patent, Know-How, and Trade Secret License Agreement, an Arconic Corporation to Howmet Aerospace Trademark License Agreement, and a Howmet Aerospace to Arconic Corporation Trademark License Agreement, which we refer to, collectively, as the “intellectual property license agreements.”
158

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Under the intellectual property license agreements, certain Arconic Corporation businesses will have ongoing rights to use a name and mark of ParentCo for a 10-year period following the separation, and certain Howmet Aerospace businesses will have rights to use the “Arconic” name and mark for a one-year (or less) period following the separation, in each case for limited purposes.
The intellectual property license agreements will also govern patents that were developed jointly and will continue to be used by both Howmet Aerospace and Arconic Corporation, as well as shared know-how. The intellectual property license agreements will provide for a license of these patents and know-how from Howmet Aerospace or Arconic Corporation, as applicable, to the other on a perpetual, royalty-free, non-exclusive basis, subject to certain limitations primarily directed to the technology areas of each company.
Either party may terminate the license with respect to any trademark under the intellectual property license agreements upon an uncured material breach of the other party with respect to such trademark that remains uncured, after at least 120 days.
Davenport Plant Agreement
In connection with the separation, Arconic Corporation and its subsidiary, Arconic Davenport LLC, and ParentCo will enter into a Second Supplemental Tax and Project Certificate and Agreement (the “Davenport Plant Agreement”) in connection with the transfer to Arconic Davenport LLC of ParentCo’s aluminum rolled products plant located in Davenport, Iowa (the “Davenport Plant”).
Following the separation, ParentCo will continue as the borrower under the Loan Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2012, between ParentCo and Iowa Finance Authority (together with certain related agreements, the “Davenport Loan Documents”) relating to the Midwestern Disaster Area Revenue Bonds (Alcoa Inc. Project) Series 2012 in the aggregate principal amount of  $250,000,000 (the “Davenport Bonds”). Certain obligations under the terms of the Davenport Loan Documents relate to the Davenport Plant, and pursuant to the Davenport Plant Agreement, ParentCo will delegate to Arconic Corporation and Arconic Davenport LLC responsibility for operating a project located at the Davenport Plant involving the acquisition, construction, reconstruction and/or renovation of nonresidential real property (and related improvements) to be used to produce aluminum for the automotive market (the “Project”) in a manner and location consistent with the terms of the Davenport Loan Documents. The Davenport Plant Agreement will further provide that Arconic Corporation and Arconic Davenport LLC will (i) undertake certain notification, recordkeeping and cooperation obligations relating to the Project, and (ii) indemnify ParentCo against losses arising from, among other things, their actions or omissions with respect to the Project or their violation of any Davenport Loan Documents.
Metal Supply Agreements
In connection with the separation, Arconic Corporation and ParentCo will enter into two agreements for the supply of billet, plate, extruded aluminum, and related tolling and cutting services (the “metal supply agreements”) pursuant to which Arconic Corporation or certain of its subsidiaries will supply Howmet Aerospace or certain of its subsidiaries with aluminum for use in its businesses in the United States and Hungary. Each metal supply agreement will set forth the general terms and conditions of the overall supply arrangement, with an initial term of five years, as well as pricing, quantity, quality, delivery, liability and other terms with respect to the supply of a particular item. Each agreement will be generally based on the form of agreement currently used by the Arconic Corporation Businesses with third-party customers for metal supply arrangements or the purchase of such materials by ParentCo from third party suppliers. Notwithstanding the metal supply agreements, Howmet Aerospace will have the right to purchase metal from other suppliers.
Real Estate/Site Arrangements
In connection with the separation, Arconic Corporation and ParentCo will have joint ownership of the real estate at the manufacturing facilities located in Székesfehérvár, Hungary (the “Kofem site”), pursuant to a legal demerger and a land use agreement. The site is currently shared with other third party tenants. Arconic Corporation and ParentCo will enter into agreements for shared common facilities (the “site
159

TABLE OF CONTENTS
services agreements”) pursuant to which Howmet Aerospace or certain of its subsidiaries will provide engineering, maintenance, utilities, security, lab and other services at the Kofem site to Arconic Corporation or certain of its subsidiaries. Each service agreement will have an initial term of one to five years, with automatic renewals provided certain conditions are met, except that utility services will have an indefinite period in accordance with Hungarian law. Each site services agreement will be generally based on the form of agreement currently used by ParentCo with other third parties at the Kofem site.
160

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following is a general discussion of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution to “U.S. holders” (as defined below) of ParentCo common stock. This summary is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, rulings and other administrative pronouncements issued by the IRS, and judicial decisions, in each case as in effect and available as of the date of this information statement and all of which are subject to differing interpretations and change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change or interpretation could affect the accuracy of the statements and conclusions set forth in this document. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below.
This discussion applies only to U.S. holders of shares of ParentCo common stock who hold such shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion proceeds on the basis that the separation and the distribution, together with certain related transactions, were or will be consummated in accordance with the separation agreement and the other agreements related to the separation and as described in this information statement. This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. It does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular holders of ParentCo common stock in light of their particular circumstances nor does it address tax considerations applicable to holders that are or may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as, without limitation:

dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

tax-exempt entities or organizations;

cooperatives;

banks, trusts, financial institutions or insurance companies;

holders who acquired ParentCo common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;

holders who own, or are deemed to own, at least five percent or more, by voting power or value, of ParentCo common stock;

persons owning ParentCo common stock as part of a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, conversion, synthetic security, integrated investment, constructive sale transaction or other risk reduction or integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

holders that are not U.S. holders;

S corporations, personal holding companies, mutual funds, regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;

holders who elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting;

holders required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement;

holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

holders who are subject to alternative minimum tax; or

partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities, or investors therein.
This discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of ParentCo common stock who do not hold such stock as capital assets. Moreover, this discussion does not address any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences or any estate, gift or other non-income tax consequences, or any considerations under U.S. federal laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax. This discussion also does not address any tax consequences arising under the unearned Medicare contribution
161

TABLE OF CONTENTS
tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 or with respect to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act of 2010 (including the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and any intergovernmental agreements entered in connection therewith and any laws, regulations or practices adopted in connection with any such agreement).
If a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds ParentCo common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Holders of ParentCo common stock that are partnerships and partners in such partnerships should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of the distribution.
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of ParentCo common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

a trust, if  (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW AND IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. ALL HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO THEM IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND THE EFFECT OF POSSIBLE CHANGES IN LAW THAT MIGHT AFFECT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED HEREIN.
It is a condition to the distribution that ParentCo receive an opinion of its outside counsel, satisfactory to the ParentCo Board of Directors, regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. The opinion of counsel will be based upon and rely on, among other things, various facts and assumptions, as well as certain representations, statements and undertakings of Arconic Corporation and ParentCo (including those relating to the past and future conduct of Arconic Corporation and ParentCo). If any of these facts, assumptions, representations, statements or undertakings is, or becomes, inaccurate or incomplete, or if Arconic Corporation or ParentCo breaches any of its respective representations or covenants contained in the separation agreement and certain other agreements and documents or in any documents relating to the opinion of counsel, such opinion of counsel may be invalid and the conclusions reached therein could be jeopardized.
Notwithstanding receipt by ParentCo of the opinion of counsel, the IRS could determine that the distribution and/or certain related transactions should be treated as taxable transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes if it determines that any of the facts, representations, assumptions, statements or undertakings upon which the opinion of counsel was based is false or has been violated, or that the distribution and/or certain related transactions should be taxable for other reasons, including as a result of certain transactions occurring after the distribution. In addition, an opinion of counsel represents the judgment of such counsel and is not binding on the IRS or any court and the IRS or a court may disagree with the conclusions in the opinion of counsel. Accordingly, notwithstanding receipt by ParentCo of the opinion of counsel, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert that the distribution and/or certain related transactions do not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes or
162

TABLE OF CONTENTS
that a court would not sustain such a challenge. In the event the IRS were to prevail with such challenge, ParentCo, Arconic Corporation and ParentCo stockholders could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability or tax indemnification obligations. Please refer to “— Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if the Distribution Is Taxable” below.
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if the Distribution, Together with Certain Related Transactions, Qualifies as a Transaction That is Generally Tax-Free Under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code.
If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, qualifies as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution are as follows:

no gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be includible in the income of ParentCo as a result of the distribution;

no gain or loss will be recognized by (and no amount will be includible in the income of) U.S. holders upon the receipt of Arconic Corporation common stock in the distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Arconic Corporation common stock (as described below);

the aggregate tax basis in the ParentCo common stock and the Arconic Corporation common stock received in the distribution (including any fractional share interest in Arconic Corporation common stock for which cash is received) in the hands of each U.S. holder immediately after the distribution will equal the aggregate basis of ParentCo common stock held by such U.S. holder immediately before the distribution, allocated between the ParentCo common stock and the Arconic Corporation common stock (including any fractional share interest in Arconic Corporation common stock for which cash is received) in proportion to the relative fair market value of each at the time of the distribution; and

a U.S. holder’s holding period in the Arconic Corporation common stock received in the distribution (including any fractional share interest in Arconic Corporation common stock for which cash is received) will generally include the holding period of ParentCo common stock with respect to which the distribution is made.
A U.S. holder who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of Arconic Corporation common stock in the distribution will be treated as having received such fractional share in the distribution and then sold such fractional share for cash, and will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such fractional share. Such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for its ParentCo common stock exceeds one year at the time of distribution.
If a U.S. holder of ParentCo common stock holds different blocks of ParentCo common stock (generally shares of ParentCo common stock purchased or acquired on different dates or at different prices), such holder should consult its tax advisor regarding the determination of the basis and holding period of shares of Arconic Corporation common stock received in the distribution in respect of particular blocks of ParentCo common stock.
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if the Distribution Is Taxable.
As discussed above, notwithstanding receipt by ParentCo of an opinion of counsel, the IRS could assert that the distribution does not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were successful in taking this position, some or all of the consequences described above would not apply, and ParentCo, Arconic Corporation and ParentCo stockholders could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability. In addition, certain events that may or may not be within the control of ParentCo or Arconic Corporation could cause the distribution and certain related transactions to not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Depending on the circumstances, Arconic Corporation may be required to indemnify ParentCo for taxes (and certain related losses) resulting from the distribution and certain related transactions not qualifying as tax-free.
163

TABLE OF CONTENTS
If the distribution fails to qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in general, ParentCo would recognize taxable gain as if it had sold the Arconic Corporation common stock in a taxable sale for its fair market value (unless ParentCo and Arconic Corporation jointly make an election under Section 336(e) of the Code with respect to the distribution, in which case, in general, (1) the ParentCo group would recognize taxable gain as if Arconic Corporation had sold all of its assets in a taxable sale in exchange for an amount equal to the fair market value of the Arconic Corporation common stock and the assumption of all Arconic Corporation’s liabilities and (2) Arconic Corporation would obtain a related step up in the basis of its assets), and ParentCo stockholders who receive Arconic Corporation common stock in the distribution would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of such shares.
Even if the distribution were to otherwise qualify as generally tax-free under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, it may result in taxable gain to ParentCo under Section 355(e) of the Code if the distribution were later deemed to be part of a plan (or series of related transactions) pursuant to which one or more persons acquire, directly or indirectly, shares representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in ParentCo or Arconic Corporation. For this purpose, any acquisitions of ParentCo or Arconic Corporation shares within the period beginning two years before the distribution and ending two years after the distribution are presumed to be part of such a plan, although ParentCo or Arconic Corporation may be able to rebut that presumption depending on the circumstances.
In connection with the distribution, Arconic Corporation and ParentCo will enter into a tax matters agreement pursuant to which Arconic Corporation will be responsible for certain liabilities and obligations following the distribution. In general, under the terms of the tax matters agreement, if the distribution, together with certain related transactions, were to fail to qualify as generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code (including as a result of Section 355(e) of the Code) or if certain related transactions were to fail to qualify for their intended tax treatment under applicable law and if such failure were the result of actions taken after the distribution by ParentCo or Arconic Corporation, the party responsible for such failure will be responsible for all taxes imposed on ParentCo or Arconic Corporation to the extent such taxes result from such actions. However, if such failure was the result of any acquisition of Arconic Corporation shares or assets, or of any of Arconic Corporation’s representations, statements or undertakings contained in separation agreement and certain other agreements and documents or in any documents relating to the opinion of counsel being incorrect, incomplete or breached, Arconic Corporation generally will be responsible for all taxes imposed as a result of such acquisition or breach. For a discussion of the tax matters agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Tax Matters Agreement.” Arconic Corporation’s indemnification obligations to ParentCo under the tax matters agreement are not expected to be limited in amount or subject to any cap. If Arconic Corporation is required to pay any taxes or indemnify ParentCo and its subsidiaries and their respective officers and directors under the circumstances set forth in the tax matters agreement, Arconic Corporation may be subject to substantial liabilities.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting.
Payments of cash to U.S. holders of ParentCo common stock in lieu of fractional shares of Arconic Corporation common stock may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (currently, at a rate of 24%), unless such U.S. holder delivers a properly completed IRS Form W-9 certifying such U.S. holder’s correct taxpayer identification number and certain other information, or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW AND IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION DOES NOT PURPORT TO ADDRESS ALL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION OR TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE TAX LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS OR THAT MAY APPLY TO PARTICULAR HOLDERS OR CATEGORIES OF HOLDERS. ALL HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE
164

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO THEM, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND THE EFFECT OF POSSIBLE CHANGES IN TAX LAWS THAT MAY AFFECT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED ABOVE.
165

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS
In connection with the separation and distribution, Arconic Corporation has entered into or expects to enter into the material debt agreements described below.
Senior Credit Facilities
We expect to enter into the Senior Credit Facilities (as defined below) pursuant to a credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.
We expect the credit agreement will provide for (i) the Term Loan B Facility (the “Term Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of  $600 million and (ii) the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount of  $1 billion (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”). Letters of credit will be available for issuance under the credit agreement on terms and conditions customary for financings of this kind, which issuances will reduce availability under the Revolving Credit Facility. We can provide no assurance that the conditions precedent to the availability of the Senior Credit Facilities will be satisfied on the distribution date or any other time or that the Senior Credit Facilities will be available to us to finance, in part, the separation and distribution.
We expect to use the Term Facility to finance, in part, a distribution of cash to ParentCo in connection with the separation and distribution, subject to the satisfaction of certain closing conditions customary for financings of this type and the payment of certain upfront fees and/or original issue discount in respect of the Senior Credit Facilities. A portion of the Revolving Credit Facility will be available to be drawn for working capital and other general corporate purposes on the effective date of the Senior Credit Facilities. After the effective date, the letters of credit and Revolving Credit Facility will be available for working capital and other general corporate purposes from time to time prior to the final maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility.
Maturity
We expect that the Revolving Credit Facility will mature five years after the effective date of the Senior Credit Facilities, with certain extension rights in the discretion of each lender. We expect that the Term Facility will mature seven years after the effective date of the Senior Credit Facilities, with certain extension rights in the discretion of each lender.
Interest Rate and Fees
The Senior Credit Facilities are expected to be subject to an interest rate, at our option, of either (a) base rate (“ABR”) determined by reference to the highest of  (1) the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” in the United States, (2) the greater of the federal funds effective rate and the overnight bank funding rate, plus 0.5% and (3) the one-month adjusted LIBOR rate, plus 1% per annum or (b) an adjusted LIBOR rate (which shall not be less than zero). We expect the applicable margin for the Revolving Credit Facility will vary based on our leverage ratio. Accordingly, the interest rates for the Senior Credit Facilities will fluctuate during the term of the credit agreement based on changes in the ABR, LIBOR or future changes in our leverage ratio. We expect that interest payments with respect to the Term Facility will be required either on a quarterly basis (for ABR loans) or at the end of each interest period (for LIBOR based loans) or, if the duration of the applicable interest period exceeds three months, then every three months.
In addition to paying interest on outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, we will be required to pay applicable lenders a quarterly commitment fee based on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility, which will also be determined by our leverage ratio.
We will be obligated to make quarterly principal payments throughout the term of the Term Facility according to the amortization provisions in the Senior Credit Facilities, as such payments may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Senior Credit Facilities as a result of the application of loan prepayments made by us, if any, prior to the scheduled date of payment thereof.
166

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prepayments
We expect the Senior Credit Facilities to include voluntary prepayment provisions, which will allow us to voluntarily prepay borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities without premium or penalty, subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium in connection with any repricing transaction with respect to the Term Facility in the first six months after the effective date of the Senior Credit Facilities and customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR based loans. We anticipate that the Senior Credit Facilities will also permit us to reduce the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, in whole or in part, in each case, subject to certain minimum amounts and increments.
We expect the Senior Credit Facilities to also contain certain mandatory prepayment provisions relating to (i) the incurrence of certain types of indebtedness, (ii) receipt of net cash proceeds from certain non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property or (iii) starting with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2021, 50% of excess cash flow on an annual basis (with step-downs to 25% and 0% subject to compliance with certain leverage ratios), in each case subject to terms and conditions customary for financings of this kind.
Credit Parties; Guarantees and Security
The Company will be the borrower under the Senior Credit Facilities. Additional subsidiaries of ours may be added as borrowers and guarantors of the Senior Credit Facilities from time to time on the terms and conditions set forth in the Senior Credit Facilities. The obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities will be guaranteed by certain of our existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned material subsidiaries organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Senior Credit Facilities (the Company and the guarantors collectively, the “Loan Parties”). All obligations of the Company and the guarantors of the Senior Credit Facilities will be secured by, subject to certain exceptions (including a limitation of pledges of voting equity interests in certain foreign subsidiaries to 65% and certain thresholds with respect to real property), a first priority lien on substantially all assets of the Loan Parties. The foregoing guarantees and collateral will also benefit and secure, on a pari passu basis, obligations of certain members of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries under certain swap contracts, cash management arrangements, commercial obligations and supply chain financing arrangements with lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities or their affiliates.
Representations and Warranties
We expect the Senior Credit Facilities to contain certain representations and warranties (subject to certain agreed qualifications), including, among others, (i) status, binding obligations, non-conflict with other obligations, power and authority and validity, (ii) solvency, taxation and litigation matters, (iii) financial statements and reports, (iv) property ownership, (v) investment company status, (vi) government approvals, (vii) environmental matters and (viii) compliance with sanctions and anti-corruption laws.
Certain Covenants
We expect the Senior Credit Facilities to contain certain affirmative and negative covenants customary for financings of this type that, among other things, limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness or liens, to dispose of assets, to make certain fundamental changes, to enter into restrictive agreements, to make certain investments, loans, advances, guarantees and acquisitions, to prepay certain indebtedness and to pay dividends, to make other distributions or redemptions/repurchases, in respect of our and our subsidiaries’ equity interests, to engage in transactions with affiliates and to amend certain material documents.
In addition, we expect the Senior Credit Facilities will also contain financial covenants requiring the maintenance of a consolidated total leverage ratio of not greater than 2.50 to 1.00 (with a step-down to 2.25 after the first full fiscal year) and a consolidated interest coverage ratio of not less than 3.00 to 1.00.
Events of Default
We expect the Senior Credit Facilities will contain customary events of default, including with respect to a failure to make payments under the Senior Credit Facilities, cross-default, certain bankruptcy and insolvency events and customary change of control events.
167

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Senior Secured Second-Priority Notes
On February 7, 2020, Arconic Corporation completed an offering of  $600 million aggregate principal amount of Arconic Corporation’s 6.125% Senior Secured Second-Lien Notes due 2028 (the “notes”). The notes and related guarantees have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements. The notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated February 7, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among the Arconic Corporation, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent, and U.S. Bank National Association, as registrar, paying agent and authenticating agent.
Concurrently with the closing of the notes, Arconic Corporation deposited (i) the net proceeds from the offering of notes and (ii) an additional amount of cash sufficient to fund the redemption of the notes at the maximum possible Special Mandatory Redemption Price (as described below) and to pay all regularly scheduled interest on the notes to, but excluding, the latest possible redemption date for the Special Mandatory Redemption (as defined below). The net proceeds from the sale of the notes will be used by Arconic Corporation, together with borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities, (i) to distribute cash to ParentCo in connection with the separation and distribution and (ii) for general corporate purposes. The proceeds from the notes offering will be held in escrow until satisfaction of certain conditions precedent set forth in the Escrow Agreement (as defined below). If  (1) the separation and distribution have not been completed on or before August 1, 2020 (the “Outside Date”) or the other conditions for the release of escrow have not been satisfied by such date or (2) prior to the Outside Date, Arconic Corporation has delivered to the Trustee and SunTrust Bank (the “Escrow Agent”) an officer’s certificate stating that the separation and distribution have been abandoned or that the conditions for the release of escrow will not be satisfied, then Arconic Corporation will redeem (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) the notes at a redemption price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to (a) 100% of the principal amount of the notes if on or prior to June 6, 2020 or (b) 101% of the principal amount of the notes if after June 6, 2020, in each case, plus the accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.
Notes Guarantees
Prior to the escrow release date, the notes will not be guaranteed. From and after the escrow release date, the notes will be guaranteed on a senior secured second-priority basis by each of our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are guarantors under the Senior Credit Facilities (the “guarantors”) and the notes and the related guarantees will be secured on a second-priority basis by liens on the assets of Arconic Corporation and the guarantors that secure the obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities on a first-priority basis, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined below). Each of the guarantors will be released from their note guarantees upon the occurrence of certain events, including the release of such guarantor from its obligations as guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities.
Maturity and Interest Payments
The notes mature on February 15, 2028. Interest on the notes accrues at 6.125% per annum and will be paid semi-annually, in arrears, on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2020.
Intercreditor Agreement
Pursuant to an intercreditor agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) between the administrative agent for the Senior Credit Facilities as the first-priority collateral agent, the notes collateral agent as the second-priority collateral agent, Arconic Corporation and the guarantors, the liens securing the notes will be expressly made junior in priority to all liens that secure the Senior Credit Facilities and all future first-priority lien debt of Arconic Corporation and the guarantors. Consequently, the second-priority liens securing the notes may not be enforced at any time when any obligations with respect to first-priority lien indebtedness are outstanding, subject to certain limited exceptions. In certain circumstances, a release of the liens securing the first-priority indebtedness will automatically trigger a release of the second-priority liens securing the notes on the same collateral. The holders of first-priority lien debt will receive all proceeds from any realization on the collateral until all obligations secured by the first-priority liens are paid and discharged.
168

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Redemption
On and after February 15, 2023, Arconic Corporation may redeem all or a portion of the notes at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the redemption date) set forth under the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. At any time prior to such date, Arconic Corporation may redeem all or a portion of the notes at the “make-whole” redemption prices set forth under the Indenture. Additionally, at any time prior to February 15, 2023, Arconic Corporation may, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price equal to 106.125% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings.
Certain Covenants
The Indenture limits Arconic Corporation’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, make investments, loans, advances, guarantees and acquisitions; incur or guarantee additional debt and issue certain disqualified equity interests and preferred stock; make certain restricted payments, including a limit on dividends on equity securities or payments to redeem, repurchase or retire equity securities or other indebtedness; dispose of assets; create liens on assets to secure debt; engage in transactions with affiliates; enter into certain restrictive agreements; and consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their assets. These covenants are subject to a number of limitations and exceptions.
Additionally, upon certain events constituting a change of control under the Indenture, Arconic Corporation will be required to make an offer to repurchase the notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase.
Further, if Arconic Corporation or its restricted subsidiaries sell assets, under certain circumstances and subject to certain conditions, Arconic Corporation will be required to use any excess net proceeds of such sale above $100 million to offer to purchase outstanding notes at a purchase price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing such first priority obligations or other second priority obligations.
The Indenture also provides for customary events of default, which, if any of them occurs, may cause the principal of, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then-outstanding notes issued under the Indenture to become, or to be declared, due and payable. Events of default (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), include, among others, default in payment of principal or premium on the notes, default for 30 days or more in the payment of interest on the notes, failure to perform or comply with certain obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Indenture or the notes, default under certain other indebtedness, failure to pay certain final judgments, failure of certain guarantees to be enforceable, failure to comply with, or any breach of, any material provision of the Escrow Agreement, failure to pay or cause to be paid the Special Mandatory Redemption on the date that is five business days after notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption is delivered by Arconic Corporation, certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency and failure of certain security interests to be valid, subject to certain limitations and exceptions.
169

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
Before the separation and distribution, all of the outstanding shares of Arconic Corporation common stock will be owned beneficially and of record by ParentCo. Following the separation and distribution, Arconic Corporation expects to have outstanding an aggregate of approximately 108,604,051 shares of common stock based upon approximately 434,416,204 shares of ParentCo common stock issued and outstanding on January 31, 2020, excluding treasury shares, assuming no exercise of ParentCo options and applying the distribution ratio.
Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
The following table shows all holders known to Arconic Corporation that are expected to be beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Arconic Corporation common stock immediately following the completion of the distribution, based on information available as of February 6, 2020 and based upon the assumption that, for every four shares of ParentCo common stock held by such persons, they will receive one share of Arconic Corporation common stock.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Amount and Nature of Beneficial
Ownership
Percent of Class
The Vanguard Group
100 Vanguard Boulevard
Malvern, PA 19355
11,529,889(1) 10.17%
Elliott Investment Management L.P.
40 West 57th Street
New York, NY 10019
10,391,414(2) 9.6%
BlackRock, Inc.
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
8,479,035(3) 7.8%
Orbis Investment Management Limited
Orbis House
25 Front Street
Hamilton, Bermuda HM11
7,221,179(4) 6.65%
Orbis Investment Management (U.S.), L.P.
600 Montgomery Street, Suite 3800
San Francisco, CA 94111
First Pacific Advisors, LP
J. Richard Atwood
Steven T. Romick
11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1200
Los Angeles, CA 90025
6,547,112(5) 6.03%
(1)
As of March 29, 2019, as reported in a Schedule 13G amendment dated April 8, 2019, The Vanguard Group, an investment adviser, reported that it had sole power to vote 503,765 shares of ParentCo common stock, shared power to vote 106,439 shares of ParentCo common stock, sole power to dispose of 45,517,911 shares of ParentCo common stock, and shared power to dispose of 601,646 shares of ParentCo common stock.
(2)
As of January 1, 2020, as reported in a Schedule 13D amendment dated January 13, 2020, Elliott Investment Management L.P. had shared power to vote and dispose of 41,565,658 shares of ParentCo common stock. In addition, Elliott International, L.P. and Elliott Associates L.P. collectively had economic exposure comparable to approximately 4.1% of the shares of ParentCo common stock outstanding pursuant to certain derivative agreements disclosed in the Schedule 13D amendment.
(3)
As of December 31, 2019, as reported in a Schedule 13G amendment dated February 5, 2020, BlackRock, Inc., a parent holding company, reported that it had sole power to vote 29,896,429 shares of ParentCo common stock and sole power to dispose of 33,916,141 shares of ParentCo common stock, and no shared voting or dispositive power.
170

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(4)
As of December 31, 2018, as reported in a Schedule 13G amendment dated February 13, 2019, Orbis Investment Management Limited and Orbis Investment Management (U.S.), L.P. reported that they may be deemed to constitute a “group” for the purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as such they had sole power to vote 28,884,716 shares of ParentCo common stock, sole power to dispose of 28,884,716 shares of ParentCo common stock, and no shared voting or dispositive power.
(5)
As of December 31, 2018, as reported in a Schedule 13G amendment dated February 11, 2019, First Pacific Advisors, LP (“FPA”), an investment adviser, and J. Richard Atwood and Steven T. Romick, each a controlling person of FPA, reported that they had shared power to vote 26,188,451 shares of ParentCo common stock, shared power to dispose of 26,188,451 shares of ParentCo common stock, and no sole voting or dispositive power.
Stock Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers
The following table shows the ownership or Arconic Corporation common stock, deferred share units and deferred restricted share units expected to be beneficially owned by our current directors, named executive officers, and our directors and current executive officers as a group immediately following the completion of the distribution, based on information available as of February 6, 2020 and based on the assumption that, for every four shares of ParentCo common stock held by such persons, they will receive one share of Arconic Corporation common stock. None of these individuals, or the group as a whole, would be expected to beneficially own more than 1% of our common stock immediately following the completion of the distribution. Each person listed in the following table had sole voting and investment power of the shares shown, except as noted in the footnotes below.
Name of Beneficial Owner
Shares of
Common Stock(1)
Deferred Share
Units(2)
Deferred
Restricted Share
Units(3)
Total
Directors
William F. Austen
Christopher L. Ayers
1,875 7,310 9,185
Margaret “Peg” S. Billson
Austin G. Camporin
Jacques Croisetiere
Elmer L. Doty(4)
17,670 4,321 21,991
Carol S. Eicher
Frederick “Fritz” A. Henderson
E. Stanley O’Neal
10,418 11,717 22,135
Jeffrey Stafeil
Executive Officers
Erick R. Asmussen
Timothy D. Myers*
27,922 5,139 24,744 57,805
Diana C. Toman
Mary Zik
1,624 2,820 4,444
All directors and executive officers as a group
(14 persons)
49,091 27,188 39,281 115,560
*
Also serves as a director.
(1)
This column shows beneficial ownership of Arconic Corporation common stock as calculated under SEC rules. Unless otherwise noted, each director and named executive officer has sole voting and investment power over the shares of Arconic Corporation common stock reported. None of the shares
171

TABLE OF CONTENTS
are subject to pledge. This column includes shares held of record, shares held by a bank, broker or nominee for the person’s account, shares held through family trust arrangements, and for executive officers, share equivalent units held in the Arconic Corporation Retirement Savings Plan, which confer voting rights through the plan trustee with respect to shares of Arconic Corporation common stock. This column also includes shares of Arconic Corporation common stock that may be acquired under employee stock options that are exercisable as of February 6, 2020 or will become exercisable within 60 days after February 6, 2020 as follows: Mr. Myers (10,566); and Ms. Zik (1,624); and all executive officers as a group (12,190). No awards of stock options have been made to non-employee directors.
(2)
This column lists (i) for executive officers, deferred share equivalent units held under the Arconic Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, and (ii) for directors, deferred share equivalent units held under the Arconic Corporation Deferred Fee Plan for Directors. Each deferred share equivalent unit tracks the economic performance of one share of Arconic Corporation common stock and is fully vested upon grant, but does not have voting rights. Upon a holder’s separation from Arconic Corporation, the deferred share units are settled in cash at a value equivalent to the then-prevailing market value of our common stock.
(3)
This column lists deferred restricted share units issued under the Arconic Corporation 2020 Stock Incentive Plan. Each deferred restricted share unit is an undertaking by Arconic Corporation to issue to the recipient one share of Arconic Corporation common stock upon settlement. The annual deferred restricted share units to directors vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, or, if earlier, the date of the next subsequent annual meeting of stockholders following the grant date, subject to continued service through the vesting date (however, accelerated vesting provisions apply for certain termination scenarios, such as death and change in control, and pro rata vesting provisions apply in the event of a director’s termination of service for any other reason). Deferred restricted share units granted in lieu of cash compensation pursuant to a director’s deferral election are fully vested at grant.
(4)
Includes 1,500 shares held by a revocable trust of which Mr. Doty and his spouse are trustees and beneficiaries.
172

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION OF ARCONIC CORPORATION CAPITAL STOCK
Arconic Corporation’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be amended and restated prior to the distribution. The following briefly summarizes the material terms of our capital stock that will be contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. These summaries do not describe every aspect of these securities and documents and are subject to all the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the time of the distribution, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to these documents, which you should read (along with the applicable provisions of Delaware law) for complete information on our capital stock as of the time of the distribution. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each in a form expected to be in effect at the time of the distribution, are included as exhibits to Arconic Corporation’s registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement forms a part. We will include our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as in effect at the time of the distribution, in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC. The following also summarizes certain relevant provisions of the DGCL. Since the terms of the DGCL are more detailed than the general information provided below, you should read the actual provisions of the DGCL for complete information.
General
Arconic Corporation’s authorized capital stock will consist of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.
Immediately following the distribution, we expect that approximately 108,604,051 shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding (based on 434,416,204 shares of ParentCo common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2020), all of which will be fully paid and nonassessable, and that no shares of our preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.
Arconic Corporation’s common stock is expected to be listed on the NYSE under the symbol “ARNC”.
Dividend Rights
Holders of Arconic Corporation common stock will be entitled to receive dividends as declared by Arconic Corporation’s Board of Directors. However, no dividend will be declared or paid on the Arconic Corporation common stock until Arconic Corporation has paid (or declared and set aside funds for payment of) all dividends that have accrued on all classes of outstanding preferred stock, if any.
Voting Rights
Holders of Arconic Corporation common stock will be entitled to one vote per share.
Liquidation Rights
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Arconic Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payments to creditors and holders of preferred stock of amounts to which they are then entitled under the terms of any classes or series of preferred stock and Arconic Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, plus any accrued dividends, Arconic Corporation’s remaining assets will be divided among holders of Arconic Corporation common stock. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the consolidation or merger of Arconic Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations or share exchange or division involving Arconic Corporation in pursuance of applicable statutes providing for the consolidation, merger, share exchange or division shall not be deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Arconic Corporation.
Preemptive or Other Subscription Rights
Holders of Arconic Corporation common stock will not have any preemptive right to subscribe for any securities of Arconic Corporation.
173

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Conversion and Other Rights
No conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions will apply to the Arconic Corporation common stock, and the Arconic Corporation common stock will not be liable to further call or assessment by Arconic Corporation.
Other Matters
Limitation of Liability
Delaware law permits a corporation to adopt a provision in its certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting, with exceptions, the monetary liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for breach of the director’s fiduciary duties. Arconic Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that eliminate the liability of directors to Arconic Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duties as directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Under Delaware law, such a provision may not eliminate or limit a director’s monetary liability for: (i) breaches of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law; (iii) the payment of unlawful dividends or stock repurchases or redemptions; or (iv) transactions in which the director received an improper personal benefit.
Anti-Takeover Effects
Certain provisions of Delaware law and Arconic Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have certain anti-takeover effects and may delay, defer or prevent a change in control of Arconic Corporation.
Under Section 203 of the DGCL, a Delaware corporation is generally prohibited from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for three years following the time that such person or entity becomes an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares (A) owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (B) in employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or (iii) at or following the time that such stockholder become an interested stockholder, the board of directors and two-thirds of the shares (other than owned by the interested stockholder) approve the transaction. A corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 of the DGCL in its certificate of incorporation. Arconic Corporation will not “opt out” of, and will be subject to, Section 203 of the DGCL.
In addition, Arconic Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions which:

provide that the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of preferred stock and in general may fix the designations, powers, rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof;

establish advance notice requirements for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or present other business for consideration at meetings of stockholders; and

pursuant to Section 115 of the DGCL, provide that the sole and exclusive forum for certain “internal corporate claims” will be a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware).
The above provisions of Arconic Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have certain anti-takeover effects.
174

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Listing
We intend to apply to have our shares of common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol “ARNC.”
Sale of Unregistered Securities
On August 14, 2019, Arconic Corporation issued 1,000 shares of its common stock to ParentCo pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. We did not register the issuance of the issued shares under the Securities Act because such issuance did not constitute a public offering.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
After the distribution, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare.
175

TABLE OF CONTENTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed a registration statement on Form 10 with the SEC with respect to the shares of our common stock being distributed as contemplated by this information statement. This information statement is a part of, and does not contain all of the information set forth in, the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to Arconic Corporation and Arconic Corporation common stock, please refer to the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules. Statements made in this information statement relating to any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement include the material terms of such contract or other document. However, such statements are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document. You may review a copy of the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, on the Internet website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov. Information contained on or connected to any website referenced in this information statement is not incorporated into this information statement or the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part, or in any other filings with, or any information furnished or submitted to, the SEC.
As a result of the distribution, Arconic Corporation will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.
We intend to furnish holders of our common stock with annual reports containing combined financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and audited and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent registered public accounting firm.
You should rely only on the information contained in this information statement or to which this information statement has referred you. We have not authorized any person to provide you with different information or to make any representation not contained in this information statement.
176

TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
Audited Combined Financial Statements
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
Unaudited Combined Financial Statements
F-44
F-45
F-46
F-47
F-48
F-49
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors of Arconic Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the rolled aluminum products, aluminum extrusions, architectural products, and Latin America extrusions operations of Arconic Inc. (collectively, “Arconic Rolled Products Corporation” or the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and the related statements of combined operations, of combined comprehensive income (loss), of combined cash flows, and of changes in combined equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “combined financial statements”). In our opinion, the combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s combined financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these combined financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
October 30, 2019
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Statement of Combined Operations
(in millions)
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Sales to unrelated parties
$ 7,236 $ 6,642 $ 6,481
Sales to related parties (A)
206 182 180
Total Sales (C and D)
7,442 6,824 6,661
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of expenses below)
6,549 5,866 5,602
Selling, general administrative, and other expenses
288 361 396
Research and development expenses
63 66 83
Provision for depreciation and amortization
272 266 257
Restructuring and other charges (E)
(104) 133 67
Operating income
374 132 256
Interest expense (F)
129 168 97
Other expenses (income), net (G)
4 (287) (9)
Income before income taxes
241 251 168
Provision for income taxes (I)
71 42 13
Net income
170 209 155
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
$ 170 $ 209 $ 155
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Statement of Combined Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in millions)
Arconic Rolled Products
Corporation
Noncontrolling
interests
Total
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
2018
2017
2016
2018
2017
2016
Net income
$ 170 $ 209 $ 155 $ $ $ $ 170 $ 209 $ 155
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net
of tax (K):
Change in unrecognized net actuarial loss and prior service cost related to pension and other postretirement benefits
4 (4) (4) 4 (4) (4)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(164) (214) 334 2 (1) (164) (212) 333
Total Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(160) (218) 330 2 (1) (160) (216) 329
Comprehensive income (loss)
$ 10 $ (9) $ 485 $ $ 2 $ (1) $ 10 $ (7) $ 484
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Combined Balance Sheet
(in millions)
December 31,
2018
2017
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 81 $ 126
Receivables from customers, less allowances of  $2 in 2018 and $5 in 2017(A)
408 423
Other receivables
127 123
Inventories (L)
818 804
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
42 64
Total current assets
1,476 1,540
Properties, plants, and equipment, net (M)
2,861 2,861
Goodwill (N)
385 394
Deferred income taxes (I)
15 26
Other noncurrent assets
58 81
Total assets
$ 4,795 $ 4,902
Liabilities
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable, trade
$ 1,165 $ 958
Accrued compensation and retirement costs
66 74
Taxes, including income taxes
37 51
Environmental remediation (S)
69 30
Other current liabilities
56 77
Total current liabilities
1,393 1,190
Long-term debt (O)
250 250
Deferred income taxes (I)
82 92
Accrued pension and other postretirement benefits (H)
55 59
Environmental remediation (S)
170 236
Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits (P)
168 68
Total liabilities
2,118 1,895
Contingencies and commitments (S)
Equity
Parent Company net investment (A)
2,415 2,584
Accumulated other comprehensive income (K)
250 410
Sub-total equity
2,665 2,994
Noncontrolling interests
12 13
Total equity
2,677 3,007
Total liabilities and equity
$ 4,795 $ 4,902
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Statement of Combined Cash Flows
(in millions)
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Operating Activities
Net income
$ 170 $ 209 $ 155
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided from operations:
Depreciation and amortization
272 266 257
Deferred income taxes (I)
(4) 29 (31)
Restructuring and other charges (E)
(104) 133 67
Net loss (gain) from investing activities — asset sales (G)
4 (267) 3
Net periodic pension benefit cost (H)
5 5 5
Stock-based compensation (J)
22 30 26
Other
1 (2) 7
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions, divestitures, and foreign currency translation adjustments:
(Increase) in receivables
(24) (32) (7)
(Increase) in inventories
(51) (137) (25)
Decrease (Increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets
24 (4) (8)
Increase in accounts payable, trade
247 71 190
(Decrease) in accrued expenses
(38) (51) (21)
Increase (Decrease) in taxes, including income taxes
1 (32) 12
Pension contributions (H)
(4) (4) (2)
(Increase) in noncurrent assets
(2) (14) (19)
(Decrease) Increase in noncurrent liabilities
(16) (18) 9
Cash provided from operations
503 182 618
Financing Activities
Net transfers (to) from Parent Company
(531) 148 (292)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
11
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
(14)
Other
(5) 2 3
Cash (used for) provided from financing activities
(536) 136 (278)
Investing Activities
Capital expenditures
(317) (241) (350)
Proceeds from the sale of assets and businesses (R)
307 (9)
Cash used for investing activities
(10) (250) (350)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
(2) 4 (3)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash (B)
(45) 72 (13)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year (B)
126 54 67
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year (B)
$ 81 $ 126 $ 54
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Statement of Changes in Combined Equity
(in millions)
Parent
Company net
investment
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
Noncontrolling
interests
Total
equity
Balance at December 31, 2015
$ 2,645 $ 298 $ 13 $ 2,956
Net income
155 155
Other comprehensive income (loss) (K)
330 (1) 329
Change in ParentCo contribution
(623) (623)
Contributions
11 11
Other
2 2
Balance at December 31, 2016
$ 2,177 $ 628 $ 25 $ 2,830
Net income
209 209
Other comprehensive (loss) income (K)
(218) 2 (216)
Change in ParentCo contribution
198 198
Distributions
(14) (14)
Balance at December 31, 2017
$ 2,584 $ 410 $ 13 $ 3,007
Net income
170 170
Other comprehensive loss (K)
(160) (160)
Change in ParentCo contribution
(339) (339)
Other
(1) (1)
Balance at December 31, 2018
$ 2,415 $ 250 $ 12 $ 2,677
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
(dollars in millions)
A.   The Proposed Separation and Basis of Presentation
References in these Notes to (i) “ParentCo” refer to Arconic Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, and (ii) “2016 Separation Transaction” refer to the separation of Alcoa Inc. a Pennsylvania corporation, into two standalone, publicly traded companies, Arconic Inc. and Alcoa Corporation on November 1, 2016.
The Proposed Separation.   On February 8, 2019, ParentCo announced that its Board of Directors approved a plan to separate into two standalone, publicly-traded companies (the “Separation”). The spin-off company, Arconic Rolled Products Corporation (“Arconic Corporation” or the “Company”), will include the rolled aluminum products, aluminum extrusions, and architectural products operations of ParentCo, as well as the Latin America extrusions operations sold in April 2018 (see Note R), (collectively, the “Arconic Corporation Businesses”). The existing publicly traded company, ParentCo, will continue to own the engines, engineered structures, fastening systems, and forged wheels operations (collectively, the “Howmet Aerospace Businesses”).
The Separation will occur by means of a pro rata distribution by ParentCo of all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Arconic Corporation. In conjunction with the consummation of the Separation, ParentCo will change its name to Howmet Aerospace Inc. (“Howmet Aerospace”) and Arconic Rolled Products Corporation will change its name to Arconic Corporation.
The Separation, which is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2020, is subject to a number of conditions, including, but not limited to: final approval by ParentCo’s Board of Directors; receipt of an opinion of legal counsel regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 335 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (i.e., a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes); and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) declaring effective the registration statement of which these Combined Financial Statements form a part.
Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace will enter into several agreements to implement the legal and structural separation between the two companies; govern the relationship between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace after the completion of the Separation; and allocate between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace various assets, liabilities, and obligations, including, among other things, employee benefits, environmental liabilities, intellectual property, and tax-related assets and liabilities. One agreement in particular, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, will identify the assets to be transferred, the liabilities to be assumed, and the contracts to be transferred to each of Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace as part of the Separation, and will provide for when and how these transfers and assumptions will occur.
ParentCo may, at any time and for any reason until the Separation is complete, abandon the separation plan or modify its terms.
ParentCo will incur costs to evaluate, plan, and execute the Separation, and Arconic Corporation will be allocated a pro rata portion of these costs based on segment revenue (see Cost Allocations below). The allocated amounts will be included in Selling, general administrative, and other expenses on Arconic Corporation’s Statement of Combined Operations.
Basis of Presentation.   The Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). In accordance with GAAP, certain situations require management to make estimates based on judgments and assumptions, which may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. They also may affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates upon subsequent resolution of identified matters.
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Principles of Combination.   The Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation are prepared from ParentCo’s historical accounting records and are presented on a standalone basis as if the Arconic Corporation Businesses have been conducted independently from ParentCo. Such Combined Financial Statements include the historical operations that are considered to comprise the Arconic Corporation Businesses, as well as certain assets and liabilities that have been historically held at ParentCo’s corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to Arconic Corporation. ParentCo’s net investment in these operations is reflected as Parent Company net investment on the accompanying Combined Financial Statements. All significant transactions and accounts within Arconic Corporation have been eliminated. All significant intercompany transactions between ParentCo and Arconic Corporation are included within Parent Company net investment on the accompanying Combined Financial Statements.
Cost Allocations.   The Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation include general corporate expenses of ParentCo that were not historically charged to the Arconic Corporation Businesses for certain support functions that are provided on a centralized basis, such as expenses related to finance, audit, legal, information technology, human resources, communications, compliance, facilities, employee benefits and compensation, and research and development activities. These general corporate expenses are included on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations within Cost of goods sold, Selling, general administrative and other expenses, and Research and development expenses. These expenses have been allocated to Arconic Corporation on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated based on the Arconic Corporation Businesses’ segment revenue as a percentage of ParentCo’s total segment revenue, as reported in the respective periods.
All external debt not directly attributable to Arconic Corporation has been excluded from the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. Financing costs related to these debt obligations have been allocated to Arconic Corporation and are included on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations within Interest expense. In general, the allocation was calculated as the capital invested by ParentCo in the Arconic Corporation Businesses to the total capital invested by ParentCo in all its businesses. For 2018, 2017, and the last two months of 2016, ParentCo’s businesses were composed of the Arconic Corporation Businesses and the Howmet Aerospace Businesses. For the first ten months of 2016, ParentCo’s businesses also included the Alcoa Corporation business, which was spun-off from ParentCo in the 2016 Separation Transaction; however, Alcoa Corporation did not assume any of ParentCo’s corporate debt upon consummation of the 2016 Separation Transaction. Accordingly, for the periods subsequent to the 2016 Separation Transaction, Arconic Corporation was allocated a higher amount of interest expense due to the absence of the Alcoa Corporation business from the ratio.
The following table reflects the allocations described above:
2018
2017
2016
Cost of goods sold(1)
$ 11 $ 35 $ 30
Selling, general administrative, and other expenses(2)
56 120 141
Research and development expenses
24 28 33
Provision for depreciation and amortization
10 10 8
Restructuring and other charges (E)(3)
50 6 9
Interest expense (F)
125 162 94
Other expenses (income), net (G)(4)
(12) (285) (11)
(1)
For all periods presented, amount principally relates to an allocation of expenses for ParentCo’s retained pension and other postretirement benefit obligations associated with closed and sold operations.
(2)
In 2017, amount includes an allocation of  $30 in costs related to ParentCo’s proxy, advisory, and governance-related matters. Also, in 2016, amount includes an allocation of  $68 in separation costs associated with the 2016 Separation Transaction.
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(3)
In 2018, amount includes an allocation of settlement and curtailment charges and benefits related to several actions taken (lump sum payments and benefit reductions) by ParentCo associated with pension and other postretirement benefit plans.
(4)
In 2017, amount includes an allocation of two gains related to ParentCo’s investing and financing activities. Specifically, an allocation of  $182 associated with the sale of a portion of ParentCo’s investment in Alcoa Corporation common stock and an allocation of  $87 related to an exchange of cash and the remaining portion of ParentCo’s investment in Alcoa Corporation common stock to acquire a portion of ParentCo’s outstanding debt. These amounts were allocated to Alcoa Corporation in preparing the accompanying Combined Financial Statements as the Company participates in ParentCo’s centralized treasury function, which includes cash and debt management. As a result, Arconic Corporation benefitted from the cash received by ParentCo and/or the reduction of ParentCo debt, including the reduction in related interest cost, in the respective transactions.
Management believes the assumptions regarding the allocation of ParentCo’s general corporate expenses and financing costs are reasonable.
Nevertheless, the Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation may not include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred and may not reflect Arconic Corporation’s combined results of operations, financial position, and cash flows had it been a standalone company during the periods presented. Actual costs that would have been incurred if Arconic Corporation had been a standalone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure, capital structure, and strategic decisions made in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. Transactions between Arconic Corporation and ParentCo, including sales to the Howmet Aerospace Businesses, have been presented as related party transactions in these Combined Financial Statements and are considered to be effectively settled for cash at the time the transaction is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these transactions is reflected on the accompanying Statement of Combined Cash Flows as a financing activity and on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet as Parent Company net investment.
Cash management.   Cash is managed centrally with certain net earnings reinvested locally and working capital requirements met from existing liquid funds. Accordingly, the cash and cash equivalents held by ParentCo at the corporate level were not attributed to Arconic Corporation for any of the periods presented. Only cash amounts specifically attributable to Arconic Corporation are reflected in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. Transfers of cash, both to and from ParentCo’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a component of Parent Company net investment on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet and as a financing activity on the accompanying Statement of Combined Cash Flows.
ParentCo has an arrangement with several financial institutions to sell certain customer receivables without recourse on a revolving basis. The sale of such receivables is completed through the use of a bankruptcy-remote special-purpose entity, which is a consolidated subsidiary of ParentCo. In connection with this arrangement, certain of Arconic Corporation’s customer receivables are sold on a revolving basis to this bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of ParentCo; these sales are reflected as a component of Parent Company net investment on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the amount of Arconic Corporation’s outstanding customer receivables sold to ParentCo’s subsidiary was $291 and $267, respectively.
ParentCo participates in several account payable settlement arrangements with certain vendors and third-party intermediaries. These arrangements provide that, at the vendor’s request, the third-party intermediary advances the amount of the scheduled payment to the vendor, less an appropriate discount, before the scheduled payment date and ParentCo makes payment to the third-party intermediary on the date stipulated in accordance with the commercial terms negotiated with its vendors. In connection with these arrangements, certain of Arconic Corporation’s accounts payable are settled, at the vendor’s request, before the scheduled payment date; these settlements are reflected as a component of Parent Company net investment on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the amount of Arconic Corporation’s accounts payables settled under such arrangements that have yet to be extinguished between ParentCo and third-party intermediaries was $1 and $2, respectively.
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Related Party Transactions.   Transactions between the Arconic Corporation Businesses and the Howmet Aerospace Businesses have been presented as related party transactions on the accompanying Combined Financial Statements. In 2018, 2017, and 2016, sales to the Howmet Aerospace Businesses from the Arconic Corporation Businesses were $206, $182, and $180, respectively.
B.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Cash Equivalents.   Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less. The cash and cash equivalents held by ParentCo at the corporate level were not attributed to Arconic Corporation for any periods presented. Only cash amounts specifically attributable to Arconic Corporation were reflected in the Combined Balance Sheet.
Inventory Valuation.   Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost for virtually all U.S. inventories determined under the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. The cost of other inventories is determined under a combination of the first-in, first-out (FIFO) and average-cost methods.
Properties, Plants, and Equipment.   Properties, plants, and equipment are recorded at cost. Also, interest related to the construction of qualifying assets is capitalized as part of the construction costs. Depreciation is recorded principally on the straight-line method at rates based on the estimated useful lives of the assets. The following table details the weighted-average useful lives of structures and machinery and equipment by reporting segment (numbers in years):
Structures
Machinery
and
equipment
Rolled Products
31 21
Extrusions
32 19
Building and Construction Systems
24 18
Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Gains or losses from the sale of asset groups are generally recorded in Restructuring and other charges while gains and losses from the sale of individual assets are recorded in Other expenses (income), net.
Properties, plants, and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is determined by comparing the estimated undiscounted net cash flows of the related operations (asset group) to the carrying value of the associated assets. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying value of the assets exceeds the estimated undiscounted net cash flows of the asset group. The amount of the impairment loss to be recorded is calculated as the excess of the carrying value of the assets over their fair value, with fair value determined using the best information available, which generally is a discounted cash flow (DCF) model. The determination of what constitutes an asset group, the associated estimated undiscounted net cash flows, and the estimated useful lives of the assets also require significant judgments.
Goodwill.   Goodwill is not amortized; instead, it is reviewed for impairment annually (in the fourth quarter) or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist or if a decision is made to sell, exit, or realign a business. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others, deterioration in general economic conditions, negative developments in equity and credit markets, adverse changes in the markets in which an entity operates, increases in input costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows, or a trend of negative or declining cash flows over multiple periods. The fair value that could be realized in an actual transaction may differ from that used to evaluate goodwill for impairment.
Goodwill is allocated among and evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. Beginning in April 2018, Arconic Corporation has three reporting units, the Rolled Products segment, the Extrusions segment, and the Building and Construction Systems segment, all of which contain goodwill. As of December 31, 2018, the carrying value of the goodwill for Rolled Products, Extrusions, and Building and Construction Systems was $245, $71, and $69, respectively. Previously, Arconic Corporation had a fourth reporting unit, the Latin America Extrusions business, which was sold in April 2018. All goodwill ($25) related to this reporting unit was impaired in 2015.
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In reviewing goodwill for impairment, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not (greater than 50%) that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity elects to perform a qualitative assessment and determines that an impairment is more likely than not, the entity is then required to perform a quantitative impairment test (described below), otherwise no further analysis is required. An entity also may elect not to perform the qualitative assessment and, instead, proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test. The ultimate outcome of the goodwill impairment review for a reporting unit should be the same whether an entity chooses to perform the qualitative assessment or proceeds directly to the quantitative impairment test.
Arconic Corporation determines annually, based on facts and circumstances, which of its reporting units will be subject to the qualitative assessment. For those reporting units where a qualitative assessment is either not performed or for which the conclusion is that an impairment is more likely than not, a quantitative impairment test will be performed. Arconic Corporation’s policy is that a quantitative impairment test be performed for each reporting unit at least once during every three-year period.
Under the qualitative assessment, various events and circumstances (or factors) that would affect the estimated fair value of a reporting unit are identified (similar to impairment indicators above). These factors are then classified by the type of impact they would have on the estimated fair value using positive, neutral, and adverse categories based on current business conditions. Additionally, an assessment of the level of impact that a particular factor would have on the estimated fair value is determined using high, medium, and low weighting. Furthermore, management considers the results of the most recent quantitative impairment test completed for a reporting unit and compares the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) between the current and prior years for each reporting unit.
During the 2018 annual review of goodwill, management performed the qualitative assessment for the Extrusions reporting unit. Management concluded it was not more likely than not that the estimated fair value of this reporting unit was less than the carrying value. As such, no further analysis was required.
Under the quantitative impairment test, the evaluation of impairment involves comparing the current fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. Arconic Corporation uses a DCF model to estimate the current fair value of its reporting units when testing for impairment, as management believes forecasted cash flows are the best indicator of such fair value. Several significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the DCF model to forecast operating cash flows, including sales growth (volumes and pricing), production costs, capital spending, and discount rate. Certain of these assumptions may vary significantly among the reporting units. Cash flow forecasts are generally based on approved business unit operating plans for the early years and historical relationships in later years. The WACC rate for the individual reporting units is estimated by management with the assistance of valuation experts. In the event the estimated fair value of a reporting unit per the DCF model is less than the carrying value, Arconic Corporation would recognize an impairment charge equal to the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value over its fair value without exceeding the total amount of goodwill applicable to that reporting unit.
During the 2018 annual review of goodwill, management proceeded directly to the quantitative impairment test for the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems reporting units. The estimated fair value for both reporting units was substantially in excess of the respective carrying value, resulting in no impairment.
The annual review in 2017 and 2016 indicated that goodwill was not impaired for any of Arconic Corporation’s reporting units and there were no triggering events that necessitated an impairment test for any of the reporting units.
Other Intangible Assets.   Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized generally on a straight-line basis over the periods benefited. The following table details the weighted-average useful lives of software and other intangible assets by reporting segment (numbers in years):
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Software
Other
intangible
assets
Rolled Products
5 9
Extrusions
4 10
Building and Construction Systems
4 16
Environmental Matters.   Expenditures for current operations are expensed or capitalized, as appropriate. Expenditures relating to existing conditions caused by past operations, which will not contribute to future revenues, are expensed. Liabilities are recorded when remediation costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. The liability may include costs such as site investigations, consultant fees, feasibility studies, outside contractors, and monitoring expenses. Estimates are generally not discounted or reduced by potential claims for recovery, which are recognized when probable and as agreements are reached with third parties. The estimates also include costs related to other potentially responsible parties to the extent that Arconic Corporation has reason to believe such parties will not fully pay their proportionate share. The liability is continuously reviewed and adjusted to reflect current remediation progress, prospective estimates of required activity, and other factors that may be relevant, including changes in technology or regulations.
Litigation Matters.   For asserted claims and assessments, liabilities are recorded when an unfavorable outcome of a matter is deemed to be probable and the loss is reasonably estimable. Management determines the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome based on many factors such as, among others, the nature of the matter, available defenses and case strategy, progress of the matter, views and opinions of legal counsel and other advisors, applicability and success of appeals processes, and the outcome of similar historical matters. Once an unfavorable outcome is deemed probable, management weighs the probability of estimated losses, and the most reasonable loss estimate is recorded. If an unfavorable outcome of a matter is deemed to be reasonably possible, the matter is disclosed and no liability is recorded. With respect to unasserted claims or assessments, management must first determine the probability an assertion will be made is likely; then a determination as to the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to reasonably estimate the potential loss is made. Legal matters are reviewed on a continuous basis to determine if there has been a change in management’s judgment regarding the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the estimate of a potential loss.
Revenue Recognition.   Arconic Corporation’s contracts with customers are comprised of acknowledged purchase orders incorporating the Company’s standard terms and conditions, or for larger customers, may also generally include terms under negotiated multi-year agreements. These contracts with customers typically consist of the manufacture of products which represent single performance obligations that are satisfied upon transfer of control of the product to the customer. Arconic Corporation produces aluminum sheet and plate; extruded, machined, and formed shapes; integrated aluminum structural systems; and architectural extrusions. Transfer of control is assessed based on alternative use of the products produced and Arconic Corporation’s enforceable right to payment for performance to date under the contract terms. Transfer of control and revenue recognition generally occur upon shipment or delivery of the product, which is when title, ownership, and risk of loss pass to the customer and is based on the applicable shipping terms. The shipping terms vary across all businesses and depend on the product, the country of origin, and the type of transportation (truck, train, or vessel).
In certain circumstances, Arconic Corporation receives advanced payments from its customers for product to be delivered in future periods. These advanced payments are recorded as deferred revenue until the product is delivered and title and risk of loss have passed to the customer in accordance with the terms of the contract. Deferred revenue is included in Other current liabilities and Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits on the Combined Balance Sheet.
Stock-Based Compensation.   Eligible employees attributable to Arconic Corporation operations participate in ParentCo’s stock-based compensation plans. Until consummation of the Separation, these employees will continue to participate in ParentCo’s stock-based compensation plans and Arconic Corporation will record compensation expense based on the awards granted to relevant employees. ParentCo recognizes compensation expense for employee equity grants using the non-substantive vesting period approach, in which the expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period based on the
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
grant date fair value. The compensation expense recorded by Arconic Corporation, in all periods presented, includes the expense associated with employees historically attributable to Arconic Corporation operations, as well as the expense associated with the allocation of stock-based compensation expense for ParentCo’s corporate employees. The fair value of new stock options is estimated on the date of grant using a lattice-pricing model. The fair value of performance stock units containing a market condition is valued using a Monte Carlo valuation model. Determining the fair value at the grant date requires judgment, including estimates for the average risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, volatility, and exercise behavior. These assumptions may differ significantly between grant dates because of changes in the actual results of these inputs that occur over time.
Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.   Certain employees attributable to Arconic Corporation operations participate in defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans (“Shared Plans”) sponsored by ParentCo, which also includes ParentCo participants. For purposes of these Combined Financial Statements, Arconic Corporation accounts for the portion of the Shared Plans related to its employees as multiemployer benefit plans. Accordingly, Arconic Corporation does not record an asset or liability to recognize the funded status of the Shared Plans. However, the related expense recorded by the Company is based primarily on pensionable compensation and estimated interest costs related to participants attributable to Arconic Corporation operations.
Certain ParentCo plans that are entirely attributable to employees of Arconic Corporation-related operations (“Direct Plans”) are accounted for as defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans for purposes of the Combined Financial Statements. Accordingly, the funded and unfunded position of each Direct Plan is recorded in the Combined Balance Sheet. Actuarial gains and losses that have not yet been recognized in earnings are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income net of taxes, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. The determination of benefit obligations and recognition of expenses related to the Direct Plans are dependent on various assumptions, including discount rates, long-term expected rates of return on plan assets, and future compensation increases. ParentCo’s management develops each assumption using relevant company experience in conjunction with market-related data for each individual location in which such plans exist.
Income Taxes.   Arconic Corporation’s operations have historically been included in the income tax filings of ParentCo. The provision for income taxes in Arconic Corporation’s Statement of Combined Operations is based on a separate return methodology using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, the provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable (or received or receivable) for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year calculated as if Arconic Corporation was a standalone taxpayer filing hypothetical income tax returns where applicable. Any additional accrued tax liability or refund arising as a result of this approach is assumed to be immediately settled with ParentCo as a component of Parent Company net investment. Deferred taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid and result from differences between the financial and tax bases of Arconic Corporation’s assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when enacted. Deferred tax assets are reflected in the Combined Balance Sheet for net operating losses, credits or other attributes to the extent that such attributes are expected to transfer to Arconic Corporation upon the Separation. Any difference from attributes generated in a hypothetical return on a separate return basis is adjusted as a component of Parent Company net investment.
Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not (greater than 50%) that a tax benefit will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, management considers all potential sources of taxable income, including income available in carryback periods, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, projections of taxable income, and income from tax planning strategies, as well as all available positive and negative evidence. Positive evidence includes factors such as a history of profitable operations, projections of future profitability within the carryforward period, including from tax planning strategies, and Arconic Corporation’s experience with similar operations. Existing favorable contracts and the ability to sell products into established markets are additional positive evidence. Negative evidence includes items such as cumulative losses, projections of future losses, or carryforward periods that are not long enough to allow for the utilization of a deferred tax asset based on existing projections of income. Deferred tax assets for which no valuation allowance is
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
recorded may not be realized upon changes in facts and circumstances, resulting in a future charge to establish a valuation allowance. Existing valuation allowances are re-examined under the same standards of positive and negative evidence. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will be realized, the appropriate amount of the valuation allowance, if any, is released. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are also re-measured to reflect changes in underlying tax rates due to law changes and the grant and lapse of tax holidays.
Arconic Corporation applies a tax law ordering approach when considering the need for a valuation allowance on net operating losses expected to offset Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (GILTI) income inclusions. Under this approach, reductions in cash tax savings are not considered as part of the valuation allowance assessment. Instead, future GILTI inclusions are considered a source of taxable income that support the realizability of deferred tax assets.
Tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return are recorded when such benefits meet a more likely than not threshold. Otherwise, these tax benefits are recorded when a tax position has been effectively settled, which means that the statute of limitations has expired or the appropriate taxing authority has completed its examination even though the statute of limitations remains open. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as part of the provision for income taxes and are accrued beginning in the period that such interest and penalties would be applicable under relevant tax law until such time that the related tax benefits are recognized.
Foreign Currency.   The local currency is the functional currency for Arconic Corporation’s significant operations outside the United States, except for certain operations in Canada and Russia, where the U.S. dollar is used as the functional currency. The determination of the functional currency for Arconic Corporation’s operations is made based on the appropriate economic and management indicators.
Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance.   In May 2014, the FASB issued changes to the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. These changes created a comprehensive framework for all entities in all industries to apply in the determination of when to recognize revenue and, therefore, supersede virtually all existing revenue recognition requirements and guidance. This framework is expected to result in less complex guidance in application while providing a consistent and comparable methodology for revenue recognition. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract(s), (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract(s), and (v) recognize revenue when, or as, the entity satisfies a performance obligation. These changes became effective for Arconic Corporation on January 1, 2018. Arconic Corporation adopted this new guidance using the modified retrospective transition approach applied to those contracts that were not completed as of January 1, 2018. There was no cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of Parent Company net investment in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet, as the adoption did not result in a change to Arconic Corporation’s timing of revenue recognition, which continues to be at a point in time (see Revenue Recognition above).
In August 2016, the FASB issued changes to the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments within the statement of cash flows. The guidance identifies eight specific cash flow items and the sections where they must be presented within the statement of cash flows. These changes became effective for Arconic Corporation on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Combined Financial Statements.
In November 2016, the FASB issued changes to the classification of cash and cash equivalents within the statement of cash flow. Restricted cash and cash equivalents will be included within the cash and cash equivalents line on the cash flow statement and a reconciliation must be prepared to the statement of financial position. Transfers between restricted cash and cash and cash equivalents will no longer be presented as cash flow activities in the Statement of Combined Cash Flows and for material balances of restricted cash and cash equivalents, Arconic Corporation will disclose information regarding the nature of the restrictions. These changes became effective for Arconic Corporation on January 1, 2018 and have been applied retrospectively. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Statement of Combined Cash Flows.
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In March 2017, the FASB issued changes to the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost. The new guidance requires registrants to present the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost in the same income statement line item or items as other employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period. Also, only the service cost component will be eligible for asset capitalization. Entities will present the other components of net periodic benefit cost separately from the service cost component, and, the line item or items used in the income statement to present the other components of net periodic benefit cost must be disclosed. These changes became effective for Arconic Corporation on January 1, 2018 and were adopted retrospectively for the presentation of the service cost component and the other components of net periodic benefit cost in the Statement of Combined Operations, and prospectively for the asset capitalization of the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost. Arconic Corporation recorded the service related net periodic benefit cost within Cost of goods sold, Selling, general administrative, and other expenses and Research and development expenses and recorded the non-service related net periodic benefit cost (except for the curtailment cost which was recorded in Restructuring and other charges) separately from service cost in Other expenses (income), net within the Statement of Combined Operations. The impact of the retrospective adoption of this guidance was an immaterial change to Operating income, and no impact to Net income, for 2017 and 2016.
In May 2017, the FASB issued clarification to guidance on the modification accounting criteria for share-based payment awards. The new guidance requires entities to apply modification accounting unless three specific criteria are met. The three criteria are (i) the fair value of the award is the same before and after the modification, (ii) the vesting conditions are the same before and after the modification and (iii) the classification as a debt or equity award is the same before and after the modification. These changes became effective for Arconic Corporation on January 1, 2018 and were applied prospectively to new awards modified after adoption. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Combined Financial Statements.
In February 2018, the FASB issued guidance that allows an optional reclassification from Accumulated other comprehensive income to Parent Company net investment for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted on December 22, 2017. Stranded tax effects were created when U.S. deferred taxes, originally established in Other comprehensive income at 35%, were revalued to 21% as a component of income tax expense. Arconic Corporation elected to early adopt this provision in 2018. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Combined Financial Statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance which requires cloud computing arrangement implementation costs to be accounted for in accordance with the software stage model, regardless of whether the cloud computing arrangement contains a license. Arconic Corporation subsequently adopted this guidance in 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Combined Financial Statements.
On January 1, 2017, Arconic Corporation early adopted guidance issued by the FASB to the assessment of goodwill for impairment as it relates to the quantitative test. Prior to this guidance, there were two steps when performing a quantitative impairment test. The first step required an entity to compare the current fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. In the event the reporting unit’s estimated fair value was less than its carrying value, an entity performed the second step, which was to compare the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the fair value amounts assigned to all the assets and liabilities of that unit as if the reporting unit was acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit represented the purchase price. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to such excess was recognized. This guidance eliminates the second step of the quantitative impairment test. Accordingly, an entity would recognize an impairment of goodwill for a reporting unit, if under what was previously referred to as the first step, the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value. The impairment would be equal to the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value over its fair value not to exceed the total amount of goodwill assigned to that reporting unit. The adoption of this guidance had no immediate impact on the Combined Financial Statements; however, this guidance will need to be considered each time the Company performs an assessment of goodwill for impairment under the quantitative test (see Goodwill above).
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Recently Issued Accounting Guidance.   In February 2016, the FASB issued changes to the accounting and presentation of leases. These changes require lessees to recognize a right of use asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize a right of use asset and lease liability. Also, when measuring assets and liabilities arising from a lease, optional payments should be included only if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend the lease, exercise a purchase option, or not exercise an option to terminate the lease. As originally released, the standards update required application at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented at the time of adoption. However, in July 2018, the FASB provided entities the option to instead apply the provisions of the new lease guidance at the effective date, without adjusting the comparative periods presented. Arconic Corporation will apply the provisions of the new lease guidance at the effective date, without adjusting the comparative periods presented. These changes become effective for Arconic Corporation on January 1, 2019.
As of December 31, 2018, Arconic Corporation’s operating lease portfolio is primarily comprised of land and buildings, plant equipment, vehicles, and computer equipment. A cross-functional implementation team has determined the scope of arrangements that will be subject to this standard and continues to assess the impact to Arconic Corporation’s systems, processes, and internal controls. Arconic Corporation has contracted with a third-party vendor to implement a software solution. Concurrently, Arconic Corporation has been compiling and uploading lease data into the software solution to account for leases under the new standard. Management has completed its evaluation of the impact of these changes on the Combined Balance Sheet, which will require right of use assets and lease liabilities be recorded for operating leases. Arconic Corporation has determined the impact of adoption on January 1, 2019 will result in a right of use asset and total lease liability related to operating leases of approximately $160, while the accounting for capital leases will remain unchanged. Additionally, Arconic Corporation will reclassify cash proceeds of $119 from Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits to Parent Company net investment reflecting the cumulative effect of an accounting change related to the sale-leaseback of the Texarkana, Texas cast house (see Note R). The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Statement of Combined Operations or Statement of Combined Cash Flows.
In June 2016, the FASB added a new impairment model (known as the current expected credit loss (CECL) model) that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under the new guidance, an entity recognizes as an allowance its estimate of expected credit losses. The CECL model applies to most debt instruments, trade receivables, lease receivables, financial guarantee contracts, and other loan commitments. The CECL model does not have a minimum threshold for recognition of impairment losses and entities will need to measure expected credit losses on assets that have a low risk of loss. These changes become effective for Arconic Corporation on January 1, 2020. Management is currently evaluating the potential impact of these changes on the Combined Financial Statements.
In August 2017, the FASB issued guidance that will make more financial and nonfinancial hedging strategies eligible for hedge accounting. It also amends the presentation and disclosure requirements and changes how companies assess effectiveness. It is intended to more closely align hedge accounting with companies’ risk management strategies, simplify the application of hedge accounting, and increase transparency as to the scope and results of hedging programs. These changes become effective for Arconic Corporation on January 1, 2019. For cash flow and net investment hedges existing at the date of adoption, Arconic Corporation will apply a cumulative-effect adjustment related to eliminating the separate measurement of ineffectiveness to Accumulated other comprehensive income with a corresponding adjustment to the opening balance of Parent Company net investment as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which the amendment is adopted. The amended presentation and disclosure guidance are required only prospectively. Arconic Corporation has engaged a third-party consultant to assist with a review of the Company’s risk management and hedging strategies, with any changes to be implemented in conjunction with the adoption of the new guidance. Under the new guidance, management expects to utilize cash flow hedge accounting of its variable priced purchases and sales. Management determined that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Combined Financial Statements.
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance that impacts disclosures for defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. These changes become effective for Arconic Corporation’s annual report for the year ending December 31, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Management has determined that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Combined Financial Statements.
C.   Revenue from Contracts with Customers
The following table disaggregates revenue by major end market served. Differences between segment totals and combined Arconic Corporation are in Corporate.
For the year ended December 31,
Rolled
Products
Extrusions
Building and
Construction
Systems
Total
Segments
2018
Ground Transportation
$ 2,585 $ 107 $ $ 2,692
Building and Construction
217 1,140 1,357
Aerospace
895 285 1,180
Industrial Products
994 104 1,098
Packaging
1,005 1,005
Other
35 50 85
Total end-market revenue
$ 5,731 $ 546 $ 1,140 $ 7,417
2017
Ground Transportation
$ 2,110 $ 92 $ $ 2,202
Building and Construction
204 1,065 1,269
Aerospace
887 273 1,160
Industrial Products
894 123 1,017
Packaging
995 995
Other
35 30 1 66
Total end-market revenue
$ 5,125 $ 518 $ 1,066 $ 6,709
2016
Ground Transportation
$ 1,683 $ 81 $ $ 1,764
Building and Construction
200 1,010 1,210
Aerospace
944 309 1,253
Industrial Products
820 136 956
Packaging
1,328 1,328
Other
21 25 1 47
Total end-market revenue
$ 4,996 $ 551 $ 1,011 $ 6,558
D.   Segment and Related Information
Segment Information
Arconic Corporation has three operating and reportable segments, which are organized by product on a global basis: Rolled Products, Extrusions, and Building and Construction Systems (see segment descriptions below). The chief operating decision maker function regularly reviews the financial information of these three segments to assess performance and allocate resources.
Segment performance under Arconic Corporation’s management reporting system is evaluated based on several factors; however, the primary measure of performance is Segment operating profit. Arconic Corporation calculates Segment operating profit as Total sales (third-party and intersegment) minus the following items: Cost of goods sold; Selling, general administrative, and other expenses; Research and development expenses; and Provision for depreciation and amortization. Segment operating profit may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Segment assets include, among others, customer receivables (third-party and intersegment), inventories (including the impact of LIFO accounting), and properties, plants, and equipment, net.
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (see Note B). Transactions among segments are established based on negotiation among the parties.
The following are detailed descriptions of Arconic Corporation’s reportable segments:
Rolled Products.   This segment produces aluminum sheet and plate for a variety of end markets. Sheet and plate are sold directly to customers and through distributors related to the aerospace, automotive, commercial transportation, packaging, building and construction, and industrial products (mainly used in the production of machinery and equipment and consumer durables) end markets. A small portion of this segment also produces aseptic foil for the packaging end market. While the customer base for flat-rolled products is large, a significant amount of sales of sheet and plate is to a relatively small number of customers.
Extrusions.   This segment produces a range of extruded and machined parts for the aerospace, automotive, commercial transportation, and industrial products end markets. These products are sold directly to customers and through distributors.
Building and Construction Systems.   This segment manufactures products that are used in the non-residential building and construction end market. These products include integrated aluminum architectural systems and architectural extrusions, which are sold directly to customers and through distributors.
The operating results and assets of Arconic Corporation’s reportable segments were as follows (differences between segment totals and Arconic Corporation’s combined totals for line items not reconciled are in Corporate):
Rolled
Products
Extrusions
Building and
Construction
Systems
Total
2018
Sales:
Third-party sales – unrelated party
$ 5,586 $ 485 $ 1,140 $ 7,211
Third-party sales – related party
145 61 206
Intersegment sales
15 3 18
Total sales
$ 5,746 $ 549 $ 1,140 $ 7,435
Segment operating profit
$ 328 $ 1 $ 91 $ 420
Supplemental information:
Provision for depreciation and amortization
$ 212 $ 23 $ 18 $ 253
Restructuring and other charges
(156) (3) (159)
2017
Sales:
Third-party sales – unrelated party
$ 4,992 $ 469 $ 1,066 $ 6,527
Third-party sales – related party
133 49 182
Intersegment sales
15 2 1 18
Total sales
$ 5,140 $ 520 $ 1,067 $ 6,727
Segment operating profit
$ 384 $ 34 $ 82 $ 500
Supplemental information:
Provision for depreciation and amortization
$ 205 $ 22 $ 16 $ 243
Restructuring and other charges
73 11 84
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Rolled
Products
Extrusions
Building and
Construction
Systems
Total
2016
Sales:
Third-party sales – unrelated party
$ 4,864 $ 504 $ 1,010 $ 6,378
Third-party sales – related party
132 47 1 180
Intersegment sales
9 2 11
Total sales
$ 5,005 $ 553 $ 1,011 $ 6,569
Segment operating profit
$ 374 $ 74 $ 86 $ 534
Supplemental information:
Provision for depreciation and amortization
$ 201 $ 20 $ 16 $ 237
Restructuring and other charges
40 1 41
2018
Assets:
Segment assets
$ 3,627 $ 490 $ 469 $ 4,586
Supplemental information:
Capital expenditures
255 32 21 308
Goodwill
245 71 69 385
2017
Assets:
Segment assets
$ 3,667 $ 462 $ 475 $ 4,604
Supplemental information:
Capital expenditures
178 28 25 231
Goodwill
252 71 71 394
The following tables reconcile certain segment information to combined totals:
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Sales:
Total segment sales
$ 7,435 $ 6,727 $ 6,569
Elimination of intersegment sales
(18) (18) (11)
Other*
25 115 103
Combined sales
$ 7,442 $ 6,824 $ 6,661
*
For all periods presented, the Other amount represents third-party sales generated by the Latin America extrusions business, which was sold in April 2018 (see Note R).
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Income before income taxes:
Total segment operating profit
$ 420 $ 500 $ 534
Unallocated amounts:
Cost allocations (A)
(101) (193) (212)
Restructuring and other charges (E)
104 (133) (67)
Other
(49) (42) 1
Combined operating income
$ 374 $ 132 $ 256
Interest expense (F)
(129) (168) (97)
Other (expenses) income, net (G)
(4) 287 9
Combined income before income taxes
$ 241 $ 251 $ 168
December 31,
2018
2017
Assets:
Total segment assets
$ 4,586 $ 4,604
Unallocated amounts:
Cash and cash equivalents
81 126
Corporate fixed assets, net
102 103
Deferred income taxes (I)
15 26
Other
11 43
Combined assets
$ 4,795 $ 4,902
Product Information
Sales by major product grouping were as follows:
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Sales:
Flat-rolled aluminum
5,700 5,097 4,985
Architectural aluminum systems
1,152 1,113 1,055
Extrusions
559 584 609
Other
31 30 12
$ 7,442 $ 6,824 $ 6,661
Customer Information
In 2018 and 2017, Arconic Corporation generated more than 10% of its combined sales from one customer, Ford Motor Company. These sales amounted to $983 and $816 in 2018 and 2017, respectively, and were included in the Rolled Products segment.
Geographic Area Information
Geographic information for sales was as follows (based upon the country where the point of sale occurred):
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Sales:
United States
$ 4,713 $ 4,146 $ 4,120
Hungary*
675 608 497
Russia*
553 500 433
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
China
487 486 484
France
328 293 275
Other
686 791 852
$ 7,442 $ 6,824 $ 6,661
*
In all periods presented, sales of a portion of aluminum products from Arconic Corporation’s plant in Russia were completed through the Company’s international selling company located in Hungary.
Geographic information for long-lived assets was as follows (based upon the physical location of the assets):
December 31,
2018
2017
Long-lived assets:
United States
$ 2,028 $ 1,960
China
274 301
Russia
253 276
Hungary
112 117
Other
194 207
$ 2,861 $ 2,861
E.   Restructuring and Other Charges
Restructuring and other charges for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018 were comprised of the following:
2018
2017
2016
Net (gain) loss on divestitures of assets and businesses (R)
$ (152) $ 60 $  —
Asset impairments
4 43 27
Layoff costs
1 31 18
Other*
53 2 29
Reversals of previously recorded layoff costs
(10) (3) (7)
Restructuring and other charges
$ (104) $ 133 $ 67
*
In 2018, 2017, and 2016. Other includes $50, $6, and $9, respectively, related to the allocation of ParentCo’s corporate restructuring charges to Arconic Corporation (see Cost Allocations in Note A).
Layoff costs were recorded based on approved detailed action plans submitted by the operating locations that specified positions to be eliminated, benefits to be paid under existing severance plans, union contracts or statutory requirements, and the expected timetable for completion of the plans.
2018 Actions.   In 2018, Arconic Corporation recorded a net benefit of  $104 in Restructuring and other charges, which were comprised of the following components: a $154 gain on the sale of the Texarkana (Texas) rolling mill and cast house (see Note R); a $50 charge for an allocation of ParentCo’s corporate restructuring charges (see Cost Allocations in Note A); a $2 charge for a post-closing adjustment related to the divestiture of the Latin America extrusions business (see Note R); an $8 net charge for other items; and a $10 benefit for the reversal of several layoff reserves related to prior periods.
2017 Actions.   In 2017, Arconic Corporation recorded Restructuring and other charges of  $133, which were comprised of the following components: a $60 loss related to the divestiture of the Fusina (Italy) rolling mill (see Note R); a $41 impairment charge for the assets associated with the Latin America extrusions business as a result of signing a definitive sale agreement (completed sale in April 2018 — see Note R); a $31 charge for layoff costs related to cost reduction initiatives, including the separation of
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
approximately 400 employees (the majority of which related to the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems segments); a $6 charge for an allocation of ParentCo’s corporate restructuring charges (see Cost Allocations in Note A); a $2 net benefit for other items; and a $3 benefit for the reversal of several layoff reserves related to prior periods.
As of December 31, 2018, the employee separations associated with 2017 restructuring programs were essentially complete. In 2018 and 2017, cash payments of  $11 and $13 respectively, were made against layoff reserves related to 2017 restructuring programs.
2016 Actions.   In 2016, Arconic Corporation recorded Restructuring and other charges of  $67, which were comprised of the following components: a $37 charge for exit costs related to a decision to permanently shut down a can sheet facility (see below); an $11 charge for layoff costs, including the separation of approximately 300 employees (the majority of which related to the Latin America extrusions business); a $9 charge for an allocation of ParentCo’s corporate restructuring charges (see Cost Allocations in Note A); a $17 net charge for other items; and a $7 benefit for the reversal of several layoff reserves related to prior periods.
In 2016, management approved the shutdown and demolition of the can sheet facility in Tennessee upon completion of the Toll Processing and Services Agreement with Alcoa Corporation (ended on December 31, 2018). Costs related to this action included $21 in asset impairments, $7 for the separation of approximately 145 employees, $4 in asset retirement obligations, $3 in environmental remediation, and $2 in other exit costs. The costs related to asset retirement obligations and environmental remediation were triggered by the decision to permanently shut down and demolish this facility.
As of March 31, 2018, the employee separations associated with 2016 restructuring programs were essentially complete. In 2018, 2017, and 2016, cash payments of  $1, $4, and $6, respectively, were made against layoff reserves related to 2016 restructuring programs.
Activity and reserve balances for restructuring charges were as follows:
Layoff costs
Other costs
Total
Reserve balances at December 31, 2015
$ 8 $ 9 $ 17
2016
Cash payments
(10) (12) (22)
Restructuring charges
18 14 32
Other(1) (4) (7) (11)
Reserve balances at December 31, 2016
12 4 16
2017
Cash payments
(18) (2) (20)
Restructuring charges
31 1 32
Other(1) (3) (1) (4)
Reserve balances at December 31, 2017
22 2 24
2018
Cash payments
(12) (1) (13)
Restructuring charges
1 1 2
Other(1) (10) 1 (9)
Reserve balances at December 31, 2018(2)
$ 1 $ 3 $ 4
(1)
Other includes reversals of previously recorded restructuring charges and the effects of foreign currency translation. In 2016, Other for Other costs also included a reclassification of  $4 and $3 in asset retirement and environmental remediation obligations, respectively, as these liabilities were included in Arconic Corporation’s separate reserves for asset retirement obligations and environmental remediation.
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(2)
The remaining reserves are expected to be paid in cash during 2019.
F.   Interest Cost Components
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Amount charged to expense
$ 129 $ 168 $ 97
Amount capitalized
9 8 10
$ 138 $ 176 $ 107
In 2018, 2017, and 2016, total interest costs include an allocation of ParentCo’s financing costs of $125, $162, and $94, respectively (see Cost Allocations in Note A).
G.   Other Expenses (Income), Net
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Interest income
$ (13) $ (10) $ (6)
Foreign currency losses (gains), net
17 1 (1)
Net loss (gain) from asset sales
4 (267) 3
Other, net
(4) (11) (5)
$ 4 $ (287) $ (9)
In 2017, Net loss (gain) from asset sales included an allocation of two gains related to ParentCo’s investing and financing activities. Specifically, an allocation of  $182 associated with the sale of a portion of ParentCo’s investment in Alcoa Corporation common stock and an allocation of  $87 related to an exchange of cash and the remaining portion of ParentCo’s investment in Alcoa Corporation common stock to acquire a portion of ParentCo’s outstanding debt. See Cost Allocations in Note A for an explanation of the allocation methodology of ParentCo activities for purposes of these Combined Financial Statements.
H.   Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
Defined Benefit Plans
Certain Arconic Corporation employees participate in ParentCo-sponsored defined benefit pension plans (“Shared Pension Plans”) and health care and life insurance postretirement benefit plans (“Shared OPEB Plans,” and, together with the Shared Pension Plans, the “Shared Plans”), which include ParentCo corporate and Howmet Aerospace participants as well as eligible U.S. retired employees and certain retirees from foreign locations.
Pension benefits under the Shared Pension Plans generally depend on length of service, job grade, and remuneration. Substantially all benefits are paid through pension trusts that are sufficiently funded to ensure that all plans can pay benefits to retirees as they become due. Most salaried and non-bargaining hourly U.S. employees hired after March 1, 2006 participate in a defined contribution plan instead of a defined benefit plan. Additionally, effective April 1, 2018, benefit accruals for future service and compensation under all ParentCo’s qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans for salaried and non-bargaining hourly U.S. employees ceased. Furthermore, effective February 1, 2019, benefit accruals for future service and compensation under ParentCo’s defined benefit pension plans for all employees in the United Kingdom will cease.
Generally, ParentCo’s health care plans are unfunded and pay a percentage of medical expenses, reduced by deductibles and other coverage. Life benefits are generally provided by insurance contracts. ParentCo retains the right, subject to existing agreements, to change or eliminate these benefits. All salaried and certain non-bargaining hourly U.S. employees hired after January 1, 2002 and certain bargaining hourly U.S. employees hired after July 1, 2010 are not eligible for postretirement health care benefits. Additionally, all salaried and certain hourly U.S. employees that retire on or after April 1, 2008 are not eligible for postretirement life insurance benefits. Furthermore, effective December 31, 2018, ParentCo terminated all pre-Medicare medical, prescription drug, and vision coverage for current and future salaried and non-bargained hourly U.S. employees and retirees of ParentCo and its subsidiaries.
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Corporation accounts for the portion of the Shared Plans related to its employees as multiemployer benefit plans. Accordingly, Arconic Corporation does not record an asset or liability to recognize the funded status of the Shared Plans. However, the related pension and other postretirement benefit expenses attributable to Arconic Corporation are based primarily on pensionable compensation of active Arconic Corporation participants and estimated interest costs, respectively.
The accompanying Combined Financial Statements also include an allocation of pension and other postretirement benefit expenses for the Shared Plans attributable to ParentCo corporate participants as well as to closed and sold operations (see Cost Allocations in Note A).
Certain ParentCo plans that are specific only to Arconic Corporation employees (“Direct Plans”) are accounted for as defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans in the accompanying Combined Financial Statements. Accordingly, the funded status of each Direct Plan is recorded in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. Actuarial gains and losses that have not yet been recognized in earnings are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. The determination of benefit obligations and recognition of expenses related to Direct Plans are dependent on various assumptions, including discount rates, long-term expected rates of return on plan assets, and future compensation increases. Management develops each assumption using relevant company experience in conjunction with market-related data for each of the plans.
The following table summarizes the total expenses recognized by Arconic Corporation related to the pension and other postretirement benefits described above:
Pension benefits
Other postretirement benefits
For the year ended December 31,
For the year ended December 31,
Type of Plan
Type of Expense
2018
2017
2016
2018
2017
2016
Direct Plans
Net periodic benefit cost $ 5 $ 5 $ 5 $  — $  — $  —
Shared Plans
Multiemployer contribution
67 82 78 21 20 23
Shared Plans
Cost allocation 20 39 31 5 4 8
$ 92 $ 126 $ 114 $ 26 $ 24 $ 31
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The funded status of Arconic Corporation’s Direct Plans, all of which are non-U.S. plans, are measured as of December 31 each calendar year. All the information that follows is applicable only to the pension benefit plans classified as Direct Plans (as of both December 31, 2018 and 2017, the accumulated benefit obligation for other postretirement benefit plans classified as Direct Plans was $2, which was presented as a noncurrent liability on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet):
Obligations and Funded Status
Pension benefits
December 31,
2018
2017
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$ 134 $ 115
Service cost
3 3
Interest cost
4 4
Actuarial (gains) losses
(5) 6
Benefits paid
(7) (5)
Foreign currency translation impact
(7) 11
Benefit obligation at end of year
$ 122 $ 134
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
$ 79 $ 68
Actual return on plan assets
(3) 6
Employer contributions
4 4
Benefits paid
(5) (4)
Foreign currency translation impact
(5) 5
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
$ 70 $ 79
Funded status
$ (52) $ (55)
Amounts recognized in the Combined Balance Sheet consist of:
Noncurrent assets
$ 2 $ 3
Current liabilities
(1) (1)
Noncurrent liabilities
(53) (57)
Net amount recognized
$ (52) $ (55)
Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income consist of:
Net actuarial loss, before tax effect
$ 45 $ 51
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other Comprehensive Loss consist of:
Net actuarial (gain) loss
$ (3) $ 8
Amortization of accumulated net actuarial loss
(3) (3)
Total, before tax effect
$ (6) $ 5
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pension Plan Benefit Obligations
Pension benefits
2018
2017
The projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was as follows:
Projected benefit obligation
$ 122 $ 134
Accumulated benefit obligation
115 130
The aggregate projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets was as follows:
Projected benefit obligation
104 114
Fair value of plan assets
50 56
The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans
with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets was as follows:
Accumulated benefit obligation
98 106
Fair value of plan assets
50 56
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Pension benefits
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Service cost
$ 3 $ 3 $ 3
Interest cost
4 4 3
Expected return on plan assets
(5) (5) (4)
Recognized net actuarial loss(1)
3 3 3
Net periodic benefit cost(2)
$ 5 $ 5 $ 5
(1)
In 2019, the Company expects to recognize $3 in net periodic benefit cost for the amortization of the accumulated net actuarial loss.
(2)
Service cost was included within Cost of goods sold and all other cost components were included in Other expenses (income), net on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations.
Assumptions
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost for pension benefit plans were as follows:
Benefit obligations
Net periodic benefit cost
December 31,
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2018
2017
2016
Discount rate
3.12% 2.94% 2.94% 3.26% 3.31%
Rate of compensation increase
3.42 3.33 3.33 3.31 3.27
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
6.72 6.76 6.79
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Plan Assets
Arconic Corporation’s pension plan investment policy and weighted average asset allocations at December 31, 2018 and 2017, by asset class, were as follows:
Plan assets
at
December 31,
Asset class
Policy range
2018
2017
Equities
20 – 50%​
40% 42%
Fixed income
20 – 50%​
40 40
Other investments
15 – 30%​
20 18
Total
100% 100%
The principal objectives underlying the investment of the pension plan assets are to ensure that Arconic Corporation can properly fund benefit obligations as they become due under a broad range of potential economic and financial scenarios, maximize the long-term investment return with an acceptable level of risk based on such obligations, and broadly diversify investments across and within various asset classes to protect asset values against adverse movements. The use of derivative instruments is permitted where appropriate and necessary for achieving diversification across the balance of the asset portfolio (no such instruments were included in plan assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017). Investment practices comply with the requirements of applicable country laws and regulations.
Except for $4 as of both December 31, 2018 and 2017, all pension plan assets are valued at their net asset value, which refers to the net asset value of an investment on a per share basis (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient. The following table presents the value of pension plan assets by major investment category:
December 31,
2018
2017
Equity securities(1)
$ 28 $ 33
Fixed income:
Intermediate and long duration government/credit(2)
$ 23 $ 26
Other
1 2
$ 24 $ 28
Other investments(3):
Real estate
$ 7 $ 9
Other
7 5
$ 14 $ 14
Net asset value sub-total
$ 66 $ 75
Other fixed income
4 4
Total
$ 70 $ 79
(1)
Equity securities consist of the plans’ share of commingled funds that are invested in the stock of publicly-traded companies.
(2)
Intermediate and long duration government/credit securities consist of institutional funds that are invested in provincial bonds.
(3)
Other investments consist of both institutional funds that are invested in global real estate and a relative value multi-strategy hedge fund.
Funding and Cash Flows
It is Arconic Corporation’s policy to fund amounts for pension plans sufficient to meet the minimum requirements set forth in applicable country employee benefit and tax regulations. From time to time,
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Corporation (through ParentCo) may contribute additional amounts as deemed appropriate. In each of 2018 and 2017, cash contributions to Arconic Corporation’s pension plans were $4. The minimum required contribution to Arconic Corporation’s pension plans in 2019 is estimated to be $3. Annual benefit payments expected to be paid to pension plan participants are $5 in each of 2019, 2020, 2021, and 2022; $6 in 2023; and a combined $29 in 2024 through 2029.
Defined Contribution Plans
Arconic Corporation employees participate in ParentCo-sponsored savings and investment plans in the United States and certain other countries. In the United States, Arconic Corporation employees may contribute a portion of their compensation to the plans, and ParentCo matches a specified percentage of these contributions in equivalent form of the investments elected by the employee. Also, ParentCo makes contributions to a retirement savings account based on a percentage of eligible compensation for certain U.S. employees hired after March 1, 2006 that are not able to participate in ParentCo’s defined benefit pension plans. Arconic Corporation’s expenses (contributions) related to all defined contribution plans were $37 in 2018, $28 in 2017, and $27 in 2016. The 2018 amount includes an increase in such expenses related to certain employees who no longer are accruing benefits (as of April 1, 2018) under ParentCo’s U.S. defined benefit pension plans (see Defined Benefit Plans above).
I.   Income Taxes
The components of income from continuing operations before income taxes were as follows:
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
United States
$ 171 $ 264 $ 86
Foreign
70 (13) 82
$ 241 $ 251 $ 168
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Current:
Federal
$ 47 $ (7) $ 19
Foreign
20 17 21
State and local
8 3 4
75 13 44
Deferred:
Federal
(13) (1) (7)
Foreign
9 28 (24)
State and local
2
(4) 29 (31)
Total
$ 71 $ 42 $ 13
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate to Arconic Corporation’s effective tax rate was as follows:
For the year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2016
U.S. federal statutory rate
21.0% 35.0% 35.0%
Taxes on foreign operations
0.8 (6.2) (5.9)
Net income/loss related to intercompany amounts capitalized
0.4 (2.9) (5.1)
U.S. state and local taxes
2.1 1.9 1.0
Permanent differences on restructuring and other charges and asset disposals
(12.1) (1.2)
Statutory tax rate and law changes*
(19.9) (9.8)
Changes in valuation allowances
6.3 14.7 (4.9)
Changes in uncertain tax positions
7.0 (0.1)
Tax holidays
(1.1) (0.6) (1.2)
Other
(0.2) (0.1)
Effective tax rate
29.5% 16.7% 7.7%
*
In December 2017, a $50 tax benefit was recorded with respect to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “2017 Act”). In December 2016, the United States enacted tax law changes, which resulted in the remeasurement of certain deferred tax liabilities recorded by Arconic Corporation.
On December 22, 2017, the 2017 Act was signed into law, making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code. Changes included, but were not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the previously non-taxed post-1986 foreign earnings and profits of certain U.S.-owned foreign corporations as of December 31, 2017. The full impact of the 2017 Act was accounted for in the tax provision and related income tax account balances for the year ended and as of December 31, 2017, as described below.
Arconic Corporation calculated the impact of the 2017 Act’s tax rate reduction and one-time transition tax in the Company’s 2017 year-end income tax provision in accordance with the Company’s understanding of the 2017 Act and guidance available and, as a result, recorded a $50 benefit in December 2017, the period in which the legislation was enacted.
As a result of the 2017 Act, the previously non-taxed post-1986 foreign earnings and profits (calculated based on U.S. tax principles) of certain U.S.-owned foreign corporations was subjected to U.S. tax under the one-time transition tax provisions. The 2017 Act also created a new requirement that certain income earned by foreign subsidiaries, GILTI, must be included in the gross income of the U.S. shareholder. The 2017 Act also established the Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax (BEAT) and foreign-derived intangible income (FDII).
Arconic Corporation does not anticipate a GILTI inclusion for 2018 as it has been determined that foreign operations attributable to the Company are generating losses subject to GILTI, and therefore, does not expect additional tax expense to be incurred associated with GILTI. In addition, for 2018 Arconic Corporation does not anticipate there to be an impact for BEAT and FDII. In December 2017, Arconic Corporation made a final, accounting policy election to treat taxes due from future inclusions in U.S. taxable income related to GILTI as a current period expense when incurred.
Arconic Corporation considered the impact of the 2017 Act’s one-time transition tax in the Company’s 2017 year-end income tax provision in accordance with the Company’s understanding of the 2017 Act and guidance available as of December 31, 2017. Based on calculations pursuant to the 2017 Act, Arconic Corporation recorded no tax expense in connection with the one-time transition tax during the year ended December 31, 2017 as the Company is in an overall deficit with respect to accumulated post-1986 earnings and profits. The full impact of the 2017 Act was accounted for in the tax provision and related income tax account balances for the year ended December 31, 2017.
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The components of net deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
2018
2017
December 31,
Deferred
tax
assets
Deferred
tax
liabilities
Deferred
tax
assets
Deferred
tax
liabilities
Depreciation
$ 23 $ 185 $ 24 $ 194
Employee benefits
33 35
Loss provisions
61 79
Deferred income/expense
7 3 2 3
Tax loss carryforwards
109 98
Other
6 11 9 13
$ 239 $ 199 $ 247 $ 210
Valuation allowance
(107) (103)
$ 132 $ 199 $ 144 $ 210
The following table details the expiration periods of the deferred tax assets presented above:
December 31, 2018
Expires
within
10 years
Expires
within
11 – 12 years
No
Expiration(1)
Other(2)
Total
Tax loss carryforwards
$ 52 $ 5 $ 52 $ $ 109
Other
16 114 130
Valuation allowance
(52) (1) (54) (107)
$ $ 4 $ 14 $ 114 $ 132
(1)
Deferred tax assets with no expiration may still have annual limitations on utilization.
(2)
Other represents deferred tax assets whose expiration is dependent upon the reversal of the underlying temporary difference. A substantial amount of Other relates to (i) employee benefits that will become deductible for tax purposes over an extended period of time as contributions are made to employee benefit plans and payments are made to retirees, (ii) fixed assets which are deductible for tax purposes according to tax depreciation methodologies, (iii) and accruals and reserves, which are typically deductible for tax purposes during the period payments are made, which can vary depending on the nature of the item.
The total deferred tax asset (net of valuation allowance) is supported by projections of future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences (87%) and taxable temporary differences that reverse within the carryforward period (13%).
The following table details the changes in the valuation allowance:
December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Balance at beginning of year
$ 103 $ 88 $ 100
Establishment of new allowances(1)
3 8
Net change to existing allowances(2)
7 7 3
Release of allowances(3)
(19)
Foreign currency translation
(3) 5 (4)
Balance at end of year
$ 107 $ 103 $ 88
(1)
This line item reflects valuation allowances initially established as a result of a change in management’s judgment regarding the realizability of deferred tax assets.
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(2)
This line item reflects movements in previously established valuation allowances, which increase or decrease as the related deferred tax assets increase or decrease. Such movements occur as a result of remeasurement due to a tax rate change and changes in the underlying attributes of the deferred tax assets, including expiration of the attribute and reversal of the temporary difference that gave rise to the deferred tax assets.
(3)
In 2016, Arconic Corporation recognized discrete income tax benefits related to the release of valuation allowances on certain net deferred tax assets in Russia. After weighing all available evidence, management determined that it was more likely than not that the net income tax benefits associated with the underlying deferred tax assets would be realizable based on historical cumulative income and projected taxable income.
Foreign U.S. GAAP earnings that have not otherwise been subject to U.S. tax will generally be exempt from future U.S. tax under the 2017 Act when distributed. Such distributions, as well as distributions of previously taxed foreign earnings, could potentially be subject to U.S. state tax in certain states, and foreign withholding taxes. Foreign currency gains/losses related to the translation of previously taxed earnings from functional currency to U.S. dollars could also be subject to U.S. tax when distributed. At this time, Arconic Corporation has no plans to distribute such earnings in the foreseeable future. If such earnings were to be distributed, Arconic Corporation would expect the potential U.S. state tax and withholding tax impacts to be immaterial and the potential deferred tax liability associated with future foreign currency gains to be impracticable to determine.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties) was as follows:
December 31,
2018
2017
2016
Balance at beginning of year
$ 23 $  — $ 1
Additions for tax positions of the current year
23
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
(4)
Expiration of the statute of limitations
(1)
Foreign currency translation
(1)
Balance at end of year
$ 18 $ 23 $  —
The effect of unrecognized tax benefits, if recorded, that would impact the annual effective tax rate for 2018 and 2017 would be 7% and 9%, respectively, of pre-tax book income. Arconic Corporation does not anticipate that changes in its unrecognized tax benefits will have a material impact on the Statement of Combined Operations during 2019.
It is Arconic Corporation’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of the Provision for income taxes on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations. Arconic Corporation did not recognize any interest or penalties in 2018, 2017, and 2016. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, no interest and penalties were accrued.
J.   Stock-Based Compensation
ParentCo has a stock-based compensation plan under which stock options and stock units are generally granted in January each calendar year to eligible employees. Until consummation of the Separation, employees of the Arconic Corporation Businesses will continue to participate in ParentCo’s stock-based compensation plan. Stock options are granted at the closing market price of ParentCo’s common stock on the date of grant and typically grade-vest over a three-year service period (1/3 each year) with a ten-year contractual term. In 2018, there were stock options granted that cliff-vest over a four-year service period. Stock units typically cliff-vest on the third anniversary of the award grant date. As part of ParentCo’s stock-based compensation plan design, individuals who are retirement-eligible have a six-month requisite service period in the year of grant.
Certain of the stock unit grants also include either performance and market conditions (2018 and 2017) or a performance condition (2016). The final number of such stock units earned is dependent on ParentCo’s achievement of certain targets over a three-year measurement period for the 2018 and 2017
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
grants and a one-year measurement period for each of the three tranches of the 2016 grants. The performance condition for the applicable stock units is based on ParentCo’s achievement of sales and profitability targets calculated from January 1 of the grant year through December 31 of the third year in the service period for 2018 and 2017 grants and from January 1 of the issuance year through December 31 of that same year for 2016 grants. For those 2018 and 2017 stock unit grants that also contain a market condition, the number of units earned will be scaled by a total shareholder return (“TSR”) multiplier, which depends upon ParentCo’s relative three-year (January 1 of the grant year through December 31 of the third year in the service period) performance against the TSRs of a group of peer companies.
In 2018, 2017, and 2016, Arconic Corporation recognized stock-based compensation expense of  $22 ($17 after-tax), $23 ($15 after-tax), and $26 ($17 after-tax), respectively, of which a minimum of approximately 80% was related to stock units in each period. No stock-based compensation expense was capitalized in 2018, 2017, or 2016. The stock-based compensation expense recorded by Arconic Corporation was comprised of two components: (i) the expense associated with employees of the Arconic Corporation Businesses, and (ii) an allocation of expense related to ParentCo corporate employees (see Cost Allocations in Note A). In 2018, 2017, and 2016, this allocation was $12, $19, and $15, respectively, of Arconic Corporation’s recognized stock-based compensation expense. Also, in 2017, Arconic Corporation’s recognized stock-based compensation expense includes a benefit of  $7 ($6 through allocation) for certain executive pre-vest stock award cancellations. This benefit was recorded in Restructuring and other charges (see Note E) on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations.
Stock-based compensation expense is based on the grant date fair value of the applicable equity grant. For stock units with no market condition, the fair value was equivalent to the closing market price of ParentCo’s common stock on the date of grant. For stock units with a market condition, the fair value was estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model, which generated a result of  $20.25 and $21.99 per unit in 2018 and 2017, respectively. To estimate the fair value of a stock unit, the Monte Carlo simulation model uses certain assumptions, including a risk-free interest rate and volatility, to estimate the probability of satisfying market conditions. The risk-free interest rate (2.7% in 2018 and 1.5% in 2017) was based on a yield curve of interest rates at the time of the grant based on the remaining performance period. Because of limited historical information due to the 2016 Separation Transaction, volatility (32.0% in 2018 and 38.0% in 2017) was estimated using implied volatility and the representative price return approach, which uses price returns of comparable companies to develop a correlation assumption. For stock options, the fair value was estimated on the date of grant using a lattice-pricing model, which generated a result of  $9.79 ($10.99 for four-year cliff options), $6.26, and $4.78 per option in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The lattice-pricing model uses several assumptions to estimate the fair value of a stock option, including a risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, volatility, annual forfeiture rate, exercise behavior, and contractual life.
The following describes in detail the assumptions ParentCo used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted in 2018 (the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted in 2017 and 2016 were not materially different, except as noted). The risk-free interest rate (2.5%) was based on a yield curve of interest rates at the time of the grant over the contractual life of the option. The dividend yield (0.9%) was based on a one-year average. Volatility (34.0% for 2018, 38.1% for 2017, and 44.5% in 2016) was based on comparable companies (2018 and 2017) or historical volatilities (2016) and implied volatilities (all three years) over the term of the option. ParentCo utilized historical option forfeiture data to estimate annual pre- and post-vesting forfeitures (6%). Exercise behavior (61%) was based on a weighted average exercise ratio (exercise patterns for grants issued over the number of years in the contractual option term) of an option’s intrinsic value resulting from historical employee exercise behavior. Based upon the other assumptions used in the determination of the fair value, the life of an option (6.0 years (7.3 years for four-year cliff options)) was an output of the lattice-pricing model.
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The activity for stock options and stock units related to employees of the Arconic Corporation Businesses (i.e. does not include awards related to ParentCo corporate employees) during 2018 was as follows:
Stock options
Stock units
Number of
options
Weighted
average
exercise price
Number of
units
Weighted
average FMV
per unit
Outstanding, January 1, 2018
1,743,703 $ 23.94 1,257,500 $ 21.47
Granted
99,680 28.94 397,500 27.22
Exercised
(166,389) 17.48
Converted
(222,191) 34.53
Expired or forfeited
(62,789) 24.13 (59,387) 19.27
Performance share adjustment
(36,883) 18.79
Other
115 23.12 43,183 21.04
Outstanding, December 31, 2018
1,614,320 24.93 1,379,722 21.18
As of December 31, 2018, the 1,614,320 outstanding options had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 4.7 years and an immaterial total intrinsic value. Additionally, 1,242,041 of the total outstanding stock options were fully vested and exercisable and had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 3.8 years and a weighted average exercise price of  $26.04 as of December 31, 2018. In 2018, 2017, and 2016, cash received from stock option exercises was $3, $8, and $1, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2018 and 2017 was $1 and $2, respectively (2016 was immaterial).
At December 31, 2018, there was $10 (pre-tax) of combined unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested grants of both stock options and stock units. This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.
K.   Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The following table details the activity of the two components that comprise Accumulated other comprehensive income for Arconic Corporation (such activity for noncontrolling interests was immaterial for all periods presented):
2018
2017
2016
Pension and other postretirement benefits (H)
Balance at beginning of period
$ (36) $ (32) $ (28)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrecognized net actuarial loss and prior service cost
1 (8) (7)
Tax benefit
1 2 1
Total Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net
of tax
2 (6) (6)
Amortization of net actuarial loss and prior service cost(1)
3 3 3
Tax expense(2)
(1) (1) (1)
Total amount reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax(4)
2 2 2
Total Other comprehensive income (loss)
4 (4) (4)
Balance at end of period
$ (32) $ (36) $ (32)
Foreign currency translation
Balance at beginning of period
$ 446 $ 660 $ 326
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
2018
2017
2016
Other comprehensive (loss) income(3)
(164) (214) 334
Balance at end of period
$ 282 $ 446 $ 660
Total balance at end of period
$ 250 $ 410 $ 628
(1)
These amounts were included in the non-service component of net periodic benefit cost for pension and other postretirement benefits (see Note H).
(2)
These amounts were included in Provision for income taxes on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations.
(3)
In all periods presented, there were no tax impacts related to rate changes and no amounts were reclassified to earnings.
(4)
A positive amount indicates a corresponding charge to earnings and a negative amount indicates a corresponding benefit to earnings. These amounts were reflected on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations in the line items indicated in footnotes 1 through 3.
L.   Inventories
December 31,
2018
2017
Finished goods
$ 235 $ 238
Work-in-process
812 760
Purchased raw materials
79 91
Operating supplies
65 65
1,191 1,154
LIFO reserve
(373) (350)
$ 818 $ 804
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the portion of Inventories subject to the LIFO inventory accounting method was $800, or 67%, and $720, or 62%, respectively, of total inventories before LIFO adjustments. Reductions in LIFO inventory quantities caused partial liquidations of the lower cost LIFO inventory base resulting in the recognition of immaterial income amounts in 2018, 2017, and 2016.
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
M.   Properties, Plants, and Equipment, Net
December 31,
2018
2017
Land and land rights
$ 27 $ 30
Structures:
Rolled Products
1,068 1,090
Extrusions
152 152
Building and Construction Systems
96 99
Other
24 45
1,340 1,386
Machinery and equipment:
Rolled Products
4,629 4,641
Extrusions
537 493
Building and Construction Systems
191 182
Other
164 214
5,521 5,530
6,888 6,946
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
4,341 4,333
2,547 2,613
Construction work-in-progress
314 248
$ 2,861 $ 2,861
N.   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The following table details the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:
Rolled
Products
Extrusions
Building and
Construction
Systems
Other*
Total
Balances at December 31, 2016
Goodwill
$ 241 $ 71 $ 95 $ 25 $ 432
Accumulated impairment losses
(28) (25) (53)
Goodwill, net
241 71 67 379
Translation
11 4 15
Balances at December 31, 2017
Goodwill
252 71 99 25 447
Accumulated impairment losses
(28) (25) (53)
Goodwill, net
252 71 71 394
Translation
(7) (2) (9)
Balances at December 31, 2018
Goodwill
245 71 97 413
Accumulated impairment losses
(28) (28)
Goodwill, net
$ 245 $ 71 $ 69 $ $ 385
*
Other represents activity related to Arconic Corporation’s Latin America extrusions business, which is reflected in Corporate. Arconic Corporation sold this business in April 2018 (see Note R).
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Other intangible assets, which are included in Other noncurrent assets on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet, were as follows:
December 31, 2018
Gross
carrying
amount
Accumulated
amortization
Net carrying
amount
Computer software
$ 194 $ (172) $ 22
Patents and licenses
28 (28)
Other
34 (14) 20
Total other intangible assets
$ 256 $ (214) $ 42
December 31, 2017
Gross
carrying
amount
Accumulated
amortization
Net carrying
amount
Computer software
$ 227 $ (189) $ 38
Patents and licenses
28 (28)
Other
34 (11) 23
Total other intangible assets
$ 289 $ (228) $ 61
Computer software consists primarily of software costs associated with an enterprise business solution within Arconic Corporation to drive common systems among all businesses.
Amortization expense related to the intangible assets in the tables above for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $18, $16, and $15, respectively, and is expected to be in the range of approximately $15 to $20 annually from 2019 to 2023.
O.   Debt
In August 2012, ParentCo and the Iowa Finance Authority entered into a loan agreement for the proceeds from the issuance of  $250 in Midwestern Disaster Area Revenue Bonds Series 2012 due 2042 (the “Bonds”). The Bonds were issued by the Iowa Finance Authority pursuant to the Heartland Disaster Tax Relief Act of 2008 for the purpose of financing all or part of the cost of acquiring, constructing, reconstructing, and renovating certain facilities at Arconic Corporation’s rolling mill plant in Davenport, IA. The loan proceeds could only be used for this purpose and, therefore, were initially classified as restricted cash, which was released as funds were expended on the project (completed in 2014). Interest on the Bonds is at a rate of 4.75% per annum and is paid semi-annually in February and August, which commenced February 2013. ParentCo has the option through the loan agreement to redeem the Bonds, as a whole or in part, on or after August 1, 2022, on at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior notice to the holders of the Bonds at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, without premium, plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date.
P.   Other Noncurrent Liabilities and Deferred Credits
December 31,
2018
2017
Sale-leaseback financing obligation
$ 119 $  —
Accrued compensation and retirement costs
38 42
Other
11 26
$ 168 $ 68
The sale-leaseback financing obligation represents the cash received from the sale of the Texarkana, Texas cast house and was accounted for as a deferred gain due to continuing involvement (see 2018 Divestitures in Note R).
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Q.   Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for interest and income taxes was as follows:
2018
2017
2016
Interest, net of amount capitalized*
$ 120 $ 146 $ 88
Income taxes, net of amount refunded
$ 24 $ 37 $ 10
*
Amount includes cash paid by ParentCo related to interest expense allocated to Alcoa Corporation (see Cost Allocations in Note A).
R.   Acquisitions and Divestitures
2018 Divestitures.   In April 2018, Arconic Corporation completed the sale of its Latin America extrusions business to a subsidiary of Hydro Extruded Solutions AS for $2, following the settlement of post-closing and other adjustments in December 2018. As a result of entering into the agreement to sell the Latin America extrusions business in December 2017, a charge of  $41 was recognized in Restructuring and other charges (see Note E) on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations related to the non-cash impairment of the net book value of the business. Additionally, in 2018, a charge of  $2 related to a post-closing adjustment was recognized in Restructuring and other charges (see Note E) on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations. This transaction is no longer subject to any post-closing adjustments. The Latin America extrusions business generated sales of  $25, $115, and $103 in 2018 (through the date of divestiture), 2017, and 2016 respectively, and had 612 employees at the time of the divestiture.
In October 2018, Arconic Corporation sold its Texarkana, Texas rolling mill and cast house, which had a combined net book value of  $63, to Ta Chen International, Inc. for $302 in cash, subject to post-closing adjustments, plus additional contingent consideration of up to $50. The contingent consideration relates to the achievement of various milestones associated with operationalizing the rolling mill equipment within 36 months of the transaction closing date. The Texarkana rolling mill facility had previously been idle since late 2009. In early 2016, Arconic Corporation restarted the Texarkana cast house to meet demand for aluminum slab. While owned by Arconic Corporation, the operating results and assets and liabilities of the business were included in the Rolled Products segment. As part of the sale agreement, Arconic Corporation will continue to produce aluminum slab at the facility for a period of 18 months through a lease back of the cast house building and equipment, after which time Ta Chen will perform toll processing of metal for Arconic Corporation for a period of six months. Arconic Corporation will supply Ta Chen with cold-rolled aluminum coil during this 24-month period.
The sale of the rolling mill and cast house was accounted for separately. In 2018, a gain on the sale of the rolling mill of  $154, including the fair value of contingent consideration of  $5, was recorded in Restructuring and other charges (see Note E) on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations. Arconic Corporation will reevaluate its estimate of the amount of contingent consideration to which it will be entitled at the end of each reporting period and recognize any changes thereto in the Statement of Combined Operations. Arconic Corporation has continuing involvement related to the lease back of the cast house, and, therefore, deferred the gain associated with the cast house in 2018. As a result, Arconic Corporation continues to treat the cast house building and equipment that it sold to Ta Chen as owned and, therefore, reflected these assets in its accompanying Combined Balance Sheet and will continue depreciating them over their remaining useful life. Additionally, Arconic Corporation recorded the cash proceeds associated with the sale of the cast house assets as a noncurrent liability in its accompanying Combined Balance Sheet which included a deferred gain of  $95. Arconic Corporation adopted the new lease accounting standard (see Recently Issued Accounting Guidance in Note B) on January 1, 2019, under which Arconic Corporation’s continuing involvement no longer requires deferral of the cast house gain. As such, the deferred gain on the sale of the cast house was treated as a cumulative effect of an accounting change within equity on January 1, 2019.
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
2017 Divestitures.   In March 2017, Arconic Corporation completed the divestiture of its Fusina, Italy rolling mill to Slim Aluminum. This transaction resulted in a $60 loss, which was recorded in Restructuring and other charges (see Note E) on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations. As part of the transaction, Arconic Corporation injected $10 of cash into the business and provided a third-party guarantee with a fair value of  $5 related to Slim Aluminum’s environmental remediation. This transaction is no longer subject to any post-closing adjustments. While owned by Arconic Corporation, the operating results and assets and liabilities of the Fusina rolling mill were included in the Rolled Products segment. The rolling mill generated sales of  $54 and $165 in 2017 (through the date of divestiture) and 2016, respectively, and had 312 employees at the time of the divestiture.
S.   Contingencies and Commitments
The matters described within this section are those of ParentCo that are associated directly or indirectly with the Arconic Corporation Businesses. For those matters where the outcome remains uncertain, the ultimate allocation of any potential future costs between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace will be addressed in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
Contingencies
Environmental Matters.   ParentCo participates in environmental assessments and cleanups at several locations. These include owned or operating facilities and adjoining properties, previously owned or operating facilities and adjoining properties, and waste sites, including Superfund (Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA)) sites.
A liability is recorded for environmental remediation when a cleanup program becomes probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. As assessments and cleanups proceed, the liability is adjusted based on progress made in determining the extent of remedial actions and related costs. The liability can change substantially due to factors such as, among others, the nature and extent of contamination, changes in remedial requirements, and technological changes.
Arconic Corporation’s remediation reserve balance was $239 and $266 (of which $69 and $30, respectively, was classified as a current liability) at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and reflects the most probable costs to remediate identified environmental conditions for which costs can be reasonably estimated for current and certain former Arconic Corporation operating locations. In 2018, Arconic Corporation experienced higher expenditures with the start of construction related to the Grasse River project (see Massena West, NY below). Arconic Corporation expects that trend to continue for 2019 as reflected by the increase in the current portion of the reserve. Payments related to remediation expenses applied against the reserve were $27 in 2018 and $20 in 2017, which include expenditures currently mandated, as well as those not required by any regulatory authority or third party.
The following description provides details regarding the current status of one reserve, which represents the majority of the Company’s total remediation reserve balance, related to a current Arconic Corporation site.
Massena West, NY — Arconic Corporation has an ongoing remediation project related to the Grasse River, which is adjacent to Arconic Corporation’s Massena plant site. Many years ago, it was determined that sediments and fish in the river contain varying levels of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). The project, which was selected by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in a Record of Decision issued in April 2013, is aimed at capping PCB contaminated sediments with concentration in excess of one part per million in the main channel of the river and dredging PCB contaminated sediments in the near-shore areas where total PCBs exceed one part per million. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the reserve balance associated with this matter was $198 and $215, respectively. Arconic Corporation completed the final design phase of the project, which was approved by the EPA in March 2019. Following the EPA’s approval, the actual remediation fieldwork commenced. The majority of the expenditures related to the project are expected to occur between 2019 and 2022.
In June 2019, Arconic Corporation increased the reserve balance by $25 due to changes required in the EPA-approved remedial design and post-construction monitoring. These changes were necessary due to several items, the majority of which relate to navigation issues identified by a local seaway development
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
company. Accordingly, the EPA requested an addendum to the final remedial design be submitted to address these issues. The proposed remedy is to dredge certain of the sediments originally identified for capping in the affected areas of the Grasse River, resulting in incremental project costs. As the project progresses, further changes to the reserve may be required due to factors such as, among others, additional changes in remedial requirements, increased site restoration costs, and incremental ongoing operation and maintenance costs.
Litigation.
All references to ParentCo in the matters described under this section Litigation refer to Arconic Inc. only and do not include its subsidiaries, except as otherwise stated.
Reynobond PE — On June 13, 2017, the Grenfell Tower in London, U.K. caught fire resulting in fatalities, injuries, and damage. A French subsidiary of ParentCo, Arconic Architectural Products SAS (AAP SAS), supplied a product, Reynobond PE, to its customer, a cladding system fabricator, which used the product as one component of the overall cladding system on Grenfell Tower. The fabricator supplied its portion of the cladding system to the façade installer, who then completed and installed the system under the direction of the general contractor. Neither ParentCo nor AAP SAS was involved in the design or installation of the system used at the Grenfell Tower, nor did it have a role in any other aspect of the building’s refurbishment or original design. Regulatory investigations into the overall Grenfell Tower matter are being conducted, including a criminal investigation by the London Metropolitan Police Service (the “Police”), a Public Inquiry by the British government, and a consumer protection inquiry by a French public authority. The Public Inquiry was announced by the U.K. Prime Minister on June 15, 2017 and subsequently was authorized to examine the circumstances leading up to and surrounding the Grenfell Tower fire in order to make findings of fact and recommendations to the U.K. Government on matters such as the design, construction, and modification of the building, the role of relevant public authorities and contractors, the implications of the fire for the adequacy and enforcement of relevant regulations, arrangements in place for handling emergencies, and the handling of concerns from residents, among other things. Hearings for Phase 1 of the Public Inquiry began on May 21, 2018 and concluded on December 12, 2018. Phase 2 hearings of the Public Inquiry are expected to begin in early 2020, following which a final report will be written and subsequently published. AAP SAS is participating as a Core Participant in the Public Inquiry and is also cooperating with the ongoing parallel investigation by the Police. ParentCo no longer sells the PE product for architectural use on buildings. Given the preliminary nature of these investigations and the uncertainty of potential future litigation, ParentCo cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
Behrens et al. v. Arconic Inc. et al.   On June 6, 2019, 247 plaintiffs comprised of survivors and estates of decedents of the Grenfell Tower fire filed a complaint against “Arconic Inc., Alcoa Inc., and Arconic Architectural Products, LLC” (collectively, for purposes of the description of such proceeding, the “ParentCo Defendants”), as well as Saint-Gobain Corporation, d/b/a Celotex and Whirlpool Corporation, in the Court of Common Pleas of Philadelphia County. The complaint alleges claims under Pennsylvania state law for products liability and wrongful death related to the fire. In particular, the plaintiffs allege that the ParentCo Defendants knowingly supplied a dangerous product (Reynobond PE) for installation on the Grenfell Tower despite knowing that Reynobond PE was unfit for use above a certain height. The ParentCo Defendants removed the case to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania on June 19, 2019. On August 29, 2019, the ParentCo Defendants moved to dismiss the complaint on the bases, among other things, that: (i) the case should be heard in the United Kingdom, not the United States; (ii) there is no jurisdiction over necessary parties; and (iii) Pennsylvania products liability law does not apply to manufacture and sale of product overseas. Given the preliminary nature of this matter and the uncertainty of litigation, the ParentCo Defendants cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
Howard v. Arconic Inc. et al.   A purported class action complaint related to the Grenfell Tower fire was filed on August 11, 2017 in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against ParentCo and Klaus Kleinfeld. A related purported class action complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania on August 25, 2017, under the caption
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Sullivan v. Arconic Inc. et al., against ParentCo, two former ParentCo executives, several current and former ParentCo directors, and banks that acted as underwriters for ParentCo’s September 18, 2014 preferred stock offering (the “Preferred Offering”). The plaintiff in Sullivan had previously filed a purported class action against the same defendants on July 18, 2017 in the Southern District of New York and, on August 25, 2017, voluntarily dismissed that action without prejudice. On February 7, 2018, on motion from certain putative class members, the court consolidated Howard and Sullivan, closed Sullivan, and appointed lead plaintiffs in the consolidated case. On April 9, 2018, the lead plaintiffs in the consolidated purported class action filed a consolidated amended complaint. The consolidated amended complaint alleged that the registration statement for the Preferred Offering contained false and misleading statements and omitted to state material information, including by allegedly failing to disclose material uncertainties and trends resulting from sales of Reynobond PE for unsafe uses and by allegedly expressing a belief that appropriate risk management and compliance programs had been adopted while concealing the risks posed by Reynobond PE sales. The consolidated amended complaint also alleged that between November 4, 2013 and June 23, 2017 ParentCo and Kleinfeld made false and misleading statements and failed to disclose material information about ParentCo’s commitment to safety, business and financial prospects, and the risks of the Reynobond PE product, including in ParentCo’s Form 10-Ks for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, its Form 10-Qs and quarterly financial press releases from the fourth quarter of 2013 through the first quarter of 2017, its 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016 Annual Reports, its 2016 Annual Highlights Report, and on its official website. The consolidated amended complaint sought, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages and an award of attorney and expert fees and expenses. On June 8, 2018, all defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint for failure to state a claim. On June 21, 2019, the Court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss in full, dismissing the consolidated amended complaint in its entirety without prejudice. On July 23, 2019, the lead plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint. The second amended complaint alleges generally the same claims as the consolidated amended complaint with certain additional allegations, as well as claims that the risk factors set forth in the registration statement for the Preferred Offering were inadequate and that certain additional statements in the sources identified above were misleading. The second amended complaint seeks, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages and an award of attorney and expert fees and expenses. On September 11, 2019, all defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint. Plaintiffs' opposition to that motion is due by November 1, 2019. Given the preliminary nature of this matter and the uncertainty of litigation, ParentCo cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
Raul v. Albaugh, et al.   On June 22, 2018, a derivative complaint was filed nominally on behalf of ParentCo by a purported ParentCo stockholder against the then members of ParentCo’s Board of Directors and Klaus Kleinfeld and Ken Giacobbe, naming ParentCo as a nominal defendant, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. The complaint raises similar allegations as the consolidated amended complaint and second amended complaint in Howard, as well as allegations that the defendants improperly authorized the sale of Reynobond PE for unsafe uses, and asserts claims under Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Delaware state law. On July 13, 2018, the parties filed a stipulation agreeing to stay this case until the final resolution of the Howard case, the Grenfell Tower Public Inquiry in London, and the investigation by the Police and on July 23, 2018, the Court approved the stay. Given the preliminary nature of this matter and the uncertainty of litigation, ParentCo cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
While ParentCo believes that these cases are without merit and intends to challenge them vigorously, there can be no assurances regarding the ultimate resolution of these matters.
Stockholder Demands.   The ParentCo Board of Directors also received letters, purportedly sent on behalf of stockholders, reciting allegations similar to those made in the federal court lawsuits and demanding that the ParentCo Board authorize ParentCo to initiate litigation against members of management, the ParentCo Board, and others. The ParentCo Board of Directors appointed a Special Litigation Committee of the ParentCo Board to review, investigate, and make recommendations to the ParentCo Board regarding the appropriate course of action with respect to these stockholder demand letters. On May 22, 2019, the Special Litigation Committee, following completion of its investigation into the claims demanded in the demand letters, recommended to the ParentCo Board that it reject the demands
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
to authorize commencement of litigation. On May 28, 2019, the ParentCo Board adopted the Special Litigation Committee’s findings and recommendations and rejected the demands that it authorize commencement of actions to assert the claims set forth in the demand letters.
General.   In addition to the matters described above, various other lawsuits, claims, and proceedings have been or may be instituted or asserted against ParentCo or Arconic Corporation, including those pertaining to environmental, product liability, safety and health, employment, tax, and antitrust matters. While the amounts claimed in these other matters may be substantial, the ultimate liability is not readily determinable because of the considerable uncertainties that exist. Accordingly, it is possible that Arconic Corporation’s liquidity or results of operations in a reporting period could be materially affected by one or more of these other matters. However, based on facts currently available, management believes that the disposition of these other matters that are pending or asserted will not have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the results of operations, financial position or cash flows of Arconic Corporation.
Commitments
Purchase Obligations.   ParentCo has entered into purchase commitments, on behalf of Arconic Corporation, for raw materials, energy, and other goods and services, which total $353 in 2019, $36 in 2020, $7 in 2021, $7 in 2022, $5 in 2023, and $2 thereafter as of December 31, 2018.
Operating Leases.   Certain land and buildings, plant equipment, vehicles, and computer equipment are under operating lease agreements. Total expense for all leases was $52 in 2018, $48 in 2017, and $50 in 2016. As of December 31, 2018, minimum annual payments under long-term operating leases are $34 in 2019, $28 in 2020, $22 in 2021, $17 in 2022, $14 in 2023, and $43 thereafter.
Guarantees.   ParentCo has outstanding bank guarantees, on behalf of Arconic Corporation, related to, among others, tax matters and customs duties. The total amount committed under these guarantees, which expire at various dates between 2019 and 2026 was $11 at December 31, 2018.
Letters of Credit.   ParentCo has outstanding letters of credit, on behalf of Arconic Corporation, primarily related to environmental and lease obligations. The total amount committed under these letters of credit, which automatically renew or expire at various dates, mostly in 2019, was $45 at December 31, 2018.
Surety Bonds.   ParentCo has outstanding surety bonds, on behalf of Arconic Corporation, primarily related to customs duties and environmental-related matters. The total amount committed under these surety bonds, which expire at various dates, primarily in 2019, was $9 at December 31, 2018.
T.   Subsequent Events
Management evaluated all activity of Arconic Corporation through October 30, 2019 (the date on which the Combined Financial Statements were issued) and concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the Combined Financial Statements or disclosure in the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements, except as described below.
In the first half of 2019, Arconic Corporation received EPA approval of the final design for an environmental remediation project, and, subsequently, increased the related remediation reserve to address post-approval challenges (see Massena West, NY within Environmental Matters under Contingencies in Note S).
Also in the first half of 2019, several events occurred related to ParentCo’s Reynobond PE matter, including the filing of a new complaint (see Reynobond PE within Litigation under Contingencies in Note S).
F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In August 2019, Arconic Corporation reached an agreement to sell its aluminum rolling mill in Itapissuma, Brazil to Companhia Brasileira de Aluminio for approximately $50 in cash, subject to working capital and other adjustments. The transaction is expected to close in early 2020, subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions. As a result of the agreement, Arconic Corporation expects to recognize a restructuring-related charge of approximately $40 to $50 (pretax) in 2019, primarily related to the non-cash impairment of the net book value of this business.
F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Statement of Combined Operations (unaudited)
(in millions)
For the nine months ended September 30,
2019
2018
Sales to unrelated parties
$ 5,427 $ 5,472
Sales to related parties (A)
142 161
Total Sales (C and D)
5,569 5,633
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of expenses below)
4,810 4,952
Selling, general administrative, and other expenses
255 224
Research and development expenses
34 47
Provision for depreciation and amortization
190 198
Restructuring and other charges (E)
104
Operating income
176 212
Interest expense
86 99
Other (income) expenses, net (F)
(4) 9
Income before income taxes
94 104
Provision for income taxes (H)
55 33
Net income
39 71
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
$ 39 $ 71
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.
F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Statement of Combined Comprehensive Income (unaudited)
(in millions)
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Noncontrolling
interest
Total
For the nine months ended September 30,
2019
2018
2019
2018
2019
2018
Net income
$ 39 $ 71 $ $ $ 39 $ 71
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (I):
Change in unrecognized net actuarial loss and prior service cost related to pension and other postretirement benefits
1 6 1 6
Foreign currency translation adjustments
59 (10) 59 (10)
Total Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
60 (4) 60 (4)
Comprehensive income
$ 99 $ 67 $ $ $ 99 $ 67
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.
F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Combined Balance Sheet (unaudited)
(in millions)
September 30,
2019
Pro Forma
(Note A)
September 30,
2019
December 31,
2018
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 47 $ 47 $ 81
Receivables from customers, less allowances of  $3 in 2019 and $2 in 2018
436 436 408
Other receivables
126 126 127
Inventories (J)
877 877 818
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
49 49 42
Total current assets
1,535 1,535 1,476
Properties, plants, and equipment
7,131 7,131 7,202
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
4,420 4,420 4,341
Properties, plants, and equipment, net
2,711 2,711 2,861
Goodwill
380 380 385
Operating lease right-of-use assets (K)
127 127
Deferred income taxes
2 2 15
Other noncurrent assets
35 35 58
Total assets
$ 4,790 $ 4,790 $ 4,795
Liabilities
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable, trade
$ 1,056 $ 1,056 $ 1,165
Accrued compensation and retirement costs
74 74 66
Taxes, including income taxes
38 38 37
Environmental remediation (M)
77 77 69
Operating lease liabilities (K)
31 31
Distribution payable to ParentCo (A)
804
Other current liabilities
63 63 56
Total current liabilities
2,143 1,339 1,393
Long-term debt
250 250 250
Deferred income taxes
113 113 82
Accrued pension and other postretirement benefits
51 51 55
Environmental remediation (M)
152 152 170
Operating lease liabilities (K)
97 97
Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits (B)
48 48 168
Total liabilities
2,854 2,050 2,118
Contingencies and commitments (M)
Equity
Parent Company net investment (A)
1,612 2,416 2,415
Accumulated other comprehensive income (I)
310 310 250
Sub-total equity
1,922 2,726 2,665
Noncontrolling interest
14 14 12
Total equity
1,936 2,740 2,677
Total liabilities and equity
$ 4,790 $ 4,790 $ 4,795
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.
F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Statement of Combined Cash Flows (unaudited)
(in millions)
For the nine months ended September 30,
2019
2018
Operating Activities
Net income
$ 39 $ 71
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided from operations:
Depreciation and amortization
190 198
Deferred income taxes
20 (3)
Restructuring and other charges (E)
104
Net loss from investing activities – asset sales (F)
1 3
Net periodic pension benefit cost (G)
4 4
Stock-based compensation
28 18
Other
6 1
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions, divestitures, and foreign currency translation adjustments:
(Increase) in receivables
(48) (74)
(Increase) in inventories
(69) (117)
(Increase) Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets
(12) 3
(Decrease) Increase in accounts payable, trade
(96) 225
(Decrease) in accrued expenses
(48) (27)
Increase in taxes, including income taxes
13 21
Pension contributions
(2) (3)
(Increase) in noncurrent assets
(6) (6)
Increase (Decrease) in noncurrent liabilities
21 (8)
Cash provided from operations
145 306
Financing Activities
Net transfers to Parent Company
(69) (131)
Other
1 5
Cash used for financing activities
(68) (126)
Investing Activities
Capital expenditures
(120) (195)
Proceeds from the sale of assets and businesses (L)
11 5
Cash used for investing activities
(109) (190)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
(2) (2)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
(34) (12)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year
81 126
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
$ 47 $ 114
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.
F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Statement of Changes in Combined Equity (unaudited)
(in millions)
Parent
Company net
investment
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
Noncontrolling
interest
Total
equity
Balance at December 31, 2017
$ 2,584 $ 410 $ 13 $ 3,007
Net income
71 71
Other comprehensive loss (I)
(4) (4)
Change in ParentCo contribution
(147) (147)
Balance at September 30, 2018
$ 2,508 $ 406 $ 13 $ 2,927
Balance at December 31, 2018
$ 2,415 $ 250 $ 12 $ 2,677
Adoption of accounting standard (B)
73 73
Net income
39 39
Other comprehensive income (I)
60 60
Change in ParentCo contribution
(111) (111)
Other
2 2
Balance at September 30, 2019
$ 2,416 $ 310 $ 14 $ 2,740
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.
F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Rolled Products Corporation
Notes to the Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
(dollars in millions)
A.
The Proposed Separation and Basis of Presentation
The interim Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Rolled Products Corporation (“Arconic Corporation” or the “Company”) are unaudited. These Combined Financial Statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary by management to fairly state the Company’s results of operations, financial position, and cash flows. The results reported in these Combined Financial Statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year. The 2018 year-end balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). These interim Combined Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements for the three years ended December 31, 2018, included elsewhere in this Information Statement.
References in these Notes to (i) “ParentCo” refer to Arconic Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, and (ii) “2016 Separation Transaction” refer to the separation of Alcoa Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, into two standalone, publicly traded companies, Arconic Inc. and Alcoa Corporation on November 1, 2016.
The Proposed Separation.   On February 8, 2019, ParentCo announced that its Board of Directors approved a plan to separate into two standalone, publicly-traded companies (the “Separation”). The spin-off company, Arconic Corporation, will include the rolled aluminum products, aluminum extrusions, and architectural products operations of ParentCo, as well as the Latin America extrusions operations sold in April 2018, (collectively, the “Arconic Corporation Businesses”). The existing publicly traded company, ParentCo, will continue to own the engines, engineered structures, fastening systems, and forged wheels operations (collectively, the “Howmet Aerospace Businesses”).
The Separation will occur by means of a pro rata distribution by ParentCo of all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Arconic Corporation. In conjunction with the consummation of the Separation, ParentCo will change its name to Howmet Aerospace Inc. (“Howmet Aerospace”) and Arconic Rolled Products Corporation will change its name to Arconic Corporation.
The Separation, which is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2020, is subject to a number of conditions, including, but not limited to: final approval by ParentCo’s Board of Directors; receipt of an opinion of legal counsel regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 335 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (i.e., a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes); and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) declaring effective the registration statement of which these Combined Financial Statements form a part.
Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace will enter into several agreements to implement the legal and structural separation between the two companies; govern the relationship between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace after the completion of the Separation; and allocate between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace various assets, liabilities, and obligations, including, among other things, employee benefits, environmental liabilities, intellectual property, and tax-related assets and liabilities. One agreement in particular, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, will identify the assets to be transferred, the liabilities to be assumed, and the contracts to be transferred to each of Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace as part of the Separation, and will provide for when and how these transfers and assumptions will occur.
ParentCo may, at any time and for any reason until the Separation is complete, abandon the separation plan or modify its terms.
ParentCo is incurring costs to evaluate, plan, and execute the Separation, and Arconic Corporation is allocated a pro rata portion of these costs based on segment revenue (see Cost Allocations below). In the 2019 nine-month period, ParentCo recognized $44 for costs related to the proposed separation transaction, of which $23 was allocated to Arconic Corporation. The allocated amounts were included in Selling, general administrative, and other expenses on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations.
F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Arconic Corporation expects to pay a cash distribution to ParentCo upon Separation from the net proceeds to be received from the issuance of new third-party indebtedness. This distribution is estimated to be $804 as of September 30, 2019. The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet gives effect to such planned distribution.
Basis of Presentation.   The Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation are prepared in conformity with GAAP. In accordance with GAAP, certain situations require management to make estimates based on judgments and assumptions, which may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. They also may affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates upon subsequent resolution of identified matters.
Principles of Combination.   The Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation are prepared from ParentCo’s historical accounting records and are presented on a standalone basis as if the Arconic Corporation Businesses have been conducted independently from ParentCo. Such Combined Financial Statements include the historical operations that are considered to comprise the Arconic Corporation Businesses, as well as certain assets and liabilities that have been historically held at ParentCo’s corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to Arconic Corporation. ParentCo’s net investment in these operations is reflected as Parent Company net investment on the accompanying Combined Financial Statements. All significant transactions and accounts within Arconic Corporation have been eliminated. All significant intercompany transactions between ParentCo and Arconic Corporation are included within Parent Company net investment on the accompanying Combined Financial Statements.
Cost Allocations.   The Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation include general corporate expenses of ParentCo that were not historically charged to the Arconic Corporation Businesses for certain support functions that are provided on a centralized basis, such as expenses related to finance, audit, legal, information technology, human resources, communications, compliance, facilities, employee benefits and compensation, and research and development activities. These general corporate expenses are included on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations within Cost of goods sold, Selling, general administrative and other expenses, and Research and development expenses. These expenses have been allocated to Arconic Corporation on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated based on the Arconic Corporation Businesses’ segment revenue as a percentage of ParentCo’s total segment revenue, as reported in the respective periods.
All external debt not directly attributable to Arconic Corporation has been excluded from the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. Financing costs related to these debt obligations have been allocated to Arconic Corporation based on the ratio of capital invested by ParentCo in the Arconic Corporation Businesses to the total capital invested by ParentCo in both the Arconic Corporation Businesses and the Howmet Aerospace Businesses, and are included on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations within Interest expense.
The following table reflects the allocations described above:
For the nine months ended September 30,
2019
2018
Cost of goods sold(1)
$ 11 $ 9
Selling, general administrative, and other expenses(2)
80 49
Research and development expenses
8 18
Provision for depreciation and amortization
9 7
Restructuring and other charges (E)
5 (3)
Interest expense
86 95
Other expenses (income), net (F)
4 (4)
(1)
For all periods presented, amount principally relates to an allocation of expenses for ParentCo’s retained pension and other postretirement benefit obligations associated with closed and sold operations.
F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(2)
In the 2019 nine-month period, amount includes costs incurred by ParentCo associated with the proposed separation transaction (see The Proposed Separation above).
Management believes the assumptions regarding the allocation of ParentCo’s general corporate expenses and financing costs are reasonable.
Nevertheless, the Combined Financial Statements of Arconic Corporation may not include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred and may not reflect Arconic Corporation’s combined results of operations, financial position, and cash flows had it been a standalone company during the periods presented. Actual costs that would have been incurred if Arconic Corporation had been a standalone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure, capital structure, and strategic decisions made in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. Transactions between Arconic Corporation and ParentCo, including sales to the Howmet Aerospace Businesses, have been presented as related party transactions in these Combined Financial Statements and are considered to be effectively settled for cash at the time the transaction is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these transactions is reflected on the accompanying Statement of Combined Cash Flows as a financing activity and on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet as Parent Company net investment.
Cash management.   Cash is managed centrally with certain net earnings reinvested locally and working capital requirements met from existing liquid funds. Accordingly, the cash and cash equivalents held by ParentCo at the corporate level were not attributed to Arconic Corporation for any of the periods presented. Only cash amounts specifically attributable to Arconic Corporation are reflected in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. Transfers of cash, both to and from ParentCo’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a component of Parent Company net investment on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet and as a financing activity on the accompanying Statement of Combined Cash Flows.
ParentCo has an arrangement with several financial institutions to sell certain customer receivables without recourse on a revolving basis. The sale of such receivables is completed through the use of a bankruptcy-remote special-purpose entity, which is a consolidated subsidiary of ParentCo. In connection with this arrangement, certain of Arconic Corporation’s customer receivables are sold on a revolving basis to this bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of ParentCo; these sales are reflected as a component of Parent Company net investment on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. As of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the amount of Arconic Corporation’s outstanding customer receivables sold to ParentCo’s subsidiary was $386 and $291, respectively.
ParentCo participates in several accounts payable settlement arrangements with certain vendors and third-party intermediaries. These arrangements provide that, at the vendor’s request, the third-party intermediary advances the amount of the scheduled payment to the vendor, less an appropriate discount, before the scheduled payment date and ParentCo makes payment to the third-party intermediary on the date stipulated in accordance with the commercial terms negotiated with its vendors. In connection with these arrangements, certain of Arconic Corporation’s accounts payable are settled, at the vendor’s request, before the scheduled payment date; these settlements are reflected as a component of Parent Company net investment on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. As of both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the amount of Arconic Corporation’s accounts payables settled under such arrangements that have yet to be extinguished between ParentCo and third-party intermediaries was $1.
Related Party Transactions. Transactions between the Arconic Corporation Businesses and the Howmet Aerospace Businesses have been presented as related party transactions on the accompanying Combined Financial Statements. In the 2019 and 2018 nine-month period, sales to the Howmet Aerospace Businesses from the Arconic Corporation Businesses were $142 and $161, respectively.
B.
Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting Guidance
Adopted
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued changes to the accounting and presentation of leases. These changes require lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability on the balance sheet, initially measured at the present value of the future lease payments for all operating leases with a term greater than 12 months.
F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
These changes became effective for Arconic Corporation on January 1, 2019 and have been applied using the modified retrospective approach as of the date of adoption, under which leases existing at, or entered into after, January 1, 2019 were required to be measured and recognized on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. Prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reflected in accordance with the Company’s historical accounting. The Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which allowed, among other things, the Company to carry forward the historical lease classification. The Company also elected to separate lease components from non-lease components for all classes of assets.
The adoption of this new guidance resulted in the Company recording operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities of  $150 on the Combined Balance Sheet as of January 1, 2019. Also, the Company reclassified a net $73 to Parent Company net investment comprised of  $119 from Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits, $24 from Properties, plants, and equipment, net, and $22 from Deferred income tax assets reflecting the cumulative effect of an accounting change related to the sale-leaseback of Arconic Corporation’s Texarkana (Texas) cast house. The adoption of the standard had no impact on the Statement of Combined Operations or Statement of Combined Cash Flows. See Note K for disclosures related to the Company’s operating leases.
In August 2017, the FASB issued guidance that made more financial and nonfinancial hedging strategies eligible for hedge accounting. It also amended the presentation and disclosure requirements and changed how a company assesses effectiveness. It is intended to more closely align hedge accounting with a company’s risk management strategies, simplify the application of hedge accounting, and increase transparency as to the scope and results of hedging programs. These changes became effective for Arconic Corporation on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Combined Financial Statements.
Issued
In June 2016, the FASB added a new impairment model (known as the current expected credit loss (CECL) model) that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under the new guidance, an entity recognizes as an allowance its estimate of expected credit losses. The CECL model applies to most debt instruments, trade receivables, lease receivables, financial guarantee contracts, and other loan commitments. The CECL model does not have a minimum threshold for recognition of impairment losses and entities will need to measure expected credit losses on assets that have a low risk of loss. These changes become effective for Arconic Corporation on January 1, 2020. Management has determined that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Combined Financial Statements.
C.
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
The following table disaggregates revenue by major end market served. Differences between segment totals and combined Arconic Corporation are in Corporate.
For the nine-months ended September 30,
Rolled
Products
Extrusions
Building and
Construction
Systems
Total
Segments
2019
Ground Transportation
$ 1,878 $ 88 $ $ 1,966
Building and Construction
149 855 1,004
Aerospace
754 221 975
Industrial Products
804 75 879
Packaging
687 687
Other
22 36 58
Total end-market revenue
$ 4,294 $ 420 $ 855 $ 5,569
F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
For the nine-months ended September 30,
Rolled
Products
Extrusions
Building and
Construction
Systems
Total
Segments
2018
Ground Transportation
$ 1,942 $ 78 $ $ 2,020
Building and Construction
167 866 1,033
Aerospace
648 207 855
Industrial Products
760 90 850
Packaging
788 788
Other
28 34 62
Total end-market revenue
$ 4,333 $ 409 $ 866 $ 5,608
D.
Segment and Related Information
The operating results of Arconic Corporation’s reportable segments were as follows (differences between segment totals and Arconic Corporation’s combined totals are in Corporate):
For the nine-months ended September 30,
Rolled
Products
Extrusions
Building and
Construction
Systems
Total
2019
Sales:
Third-party sales—unrelated party
$ 4,193 $ 379 $ 855 $ 5,427
Third-party sales—related party
101 41 142
Intersegment sales
20 1 21
Total sales
$ 4,314 $ 421 $ 855 $ 5,590
Segment operating profit
$ 346 $ (29) $ 89 $ 406
Supplemental information:
Provision for depreciation and amortization
$ 139 $ 22 $ 14 $ 175
Restructuring and other charges
69 (1) 31 99
2018
Sales:
Third-party sales—unrelated party
$ 4,223 $ 358 $ 866 $ 5,447
Third-party sales—related party
110 51 161
Intersegment sales
12 3 15
Total sales
$ 4,345 $ 412 $ 866 $ 5,623
Segment operating profit
$ 268 $ 2 $ 74 $ 344
Supplemental information:
Provision for depreciation and amortization
$ 154 $ 17 $ 14 $ 185
Restructuring and other charges
2 1 3
F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table reconciles total segment operating profit to combined income before income taxes:
For the nine-months ended September 30,
2019
2018
Total segment operating profit
$ 406 $ 344
Unallocated amounts:
Cost allocations (A)
(108) (83)
Restructuring and other charges (E)
(104)
Other
(18) (49)
Combined operating income
$ 176 $ 212
Interest expense
(86) (99)
Other income (expenses), net (F)
4 (9)
Combined income before income taxes
$ 94 $ 104
E.
Restructuring and Other Charges
In the 2019 nine-month period, Arconic Corporation recorded Restructuring and other charges of $104, which were comprised of the following components: a $59 impairment charge for the assets associated with an aluminum rolling mill in Brazil as a result of signing a definitive sale agreement (see Note L); a $28 charge for layoff costs, including the separation of approximately 370 employees (virtually all of which related to the Rolled Products and Building and Construction Systems segments); a $10 charge for the impairment of the carrying value of a trade name intangible asset; a $5 charge for an allocation of ParentCo’s corporate restructuring charges (see Cost Allocations in Note A); and a $2 net charge for other items.
In the 2018 nine-month period, Arconic Corporation recorded the following activity related to Restructuring and other charges: a $7 net charge for miscellaneous items; a $3 benefit for an allocation of ParentCo’s corporate restructuring activity (see Cost Allocations in Note A); and a $4 benefit for the reversal of several layoff reserves related to prior periods.
As of September 30, 2019, approximately 110 of the 370 employees associated with 2019 restructuring programs were separated. The remaining separations for the 2019 restructuring programs are expected to be completed between the remainder of 2019 and the first half of 2020. In the 2019 nine-month period, Arconic Corporation made cash payments of  $7 against layoff reserves related to 2019 restructuring programs.
Activity and reserve balances for restructuring charges were as follows:
Layoff costs
Other costs
Total
Reserve balances at December 31, 2017
$ 22 $ 2 $ 24
Cash payments
(12) (1) (13)
Restructuring charges
1 1 2
Other(1)
(10) 1 (9)
Reserve balances at December 31, 2018
1 3 4
Cash payments
(7) (3) (10)
Restructuring charges
28 1 29
Other(1)
(1) (1)
Reserve balances at September 30, 2019(2)
$ 21 $ 1 $ 22
(1)
Other includes reversals of previously recorded restructuring charges and the effects of foreign currency translation.
(2)
The remaining reserves are expected to be paid in cash during the remainder of 2019, with the exception of  $12, which is expected to be paid in the first half of 2020 related to severance payments.
F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
F.
Other (Income) Expenses, Net
For the nine months ended September 30,
2019
2018
Interest income
(11) (9)
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
(3) 13
Net loss from asset sales
1 3
Other, net
9 2
$ (4) $ 9
G.
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
Certain Arconic Corporation employees participate in ParentCo-sponsored defined benefit pension plans (“Shared Pension Plans”) and health care and life insurance postretirement benefit plans (“Shared OPEB Plans,” and, together with the Shared Pension Plans, the “Shared Plans”), which include ParentCo corporate and Howmet Aerospace participants as well as eligible U.S. retired employees and certain retirees from foreign locations.
Pension benefits under the Shared Pension Plans generally depend on length of service, job grade, and remuneration. Substantially all benefits are paid through pension trusts that are sufficiently funded to ensure that all plans can pay benefits to retirees as they become due. Most salaried and non-bargaining hourly U.S. employees hired after March 1, 2006 participate in a defined contribution plan instead of a defined benefit plan. Additionally, effective April 1, 2018, benefit accruals for future service and compensation under all ParentCo’s qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans for salaried and non-bargaining hourly U.S. employees ceased. Furthermore, effective February 1, 2019, benefit accruals for future service and compensation under ParentCo’s defined benefit pension plans for all employees in the United Kingdom ceased.
Generally, ParentCo’s health care plans are unfunded and pay a percentage of medical expenses, reduced by deductibles and other coverage. Life benefits are generally provided by insurance contracts. ParentCo retains the right, subject to existing agreements, to change or eliminate these benefits. All salaried and certain non-bargaining hourly U.S. employees hired after January 1, 2002 and certain bargaining hourly U.S. employees hired after July 1, 2010 are not eligible for postretirement health care benefits. Additionally, all salaried and certain hourly U.S. employees that retire on or after April 1, 2008 are not eligible for postretirement life insurance benefits. Furthermore, ParentCo initiated the following actions between the second half of 2018 and the first half of 2019: (i) effective December 31, 2018, ParentCo terminated all pre-Medicare medical, prescription drug, and vision coverage for current and future salaried and non-bargaining hourly U.S. employees and retirees of ParentCo and its subsidiaries, (ii) effective May 1, 2019, ParentCo eliminated the life insurance benefit for salaried and non-bargaining hourly U.S. retirees of ParentCo and its subsidiaries, and (iii) effective December 31, 2019, ParentCo will eliminate certain health care subsidies for salaried and non-bargaining hourly U.S. retirees of ParentCo and its subsidiaries.
Arconic Corporation accounts for the portion of the Shared Plans related to its employees as multiemployer benefit plans. Accordingly, Arconic Corporation does not record an asset or liability to recognize the funded status of the Shared Plans. However, the related pension and other postretirement benefit expenses attributable to Arconic Corporation are based primarily on pensionable compensation of active Arconic Corporation participants and estimated interest costs, respectively.
The accompanying Combined Financial Statements also include an allocation of pension and other postretirement benefit expenses for the Shared Plans attributable to ParentCo corporate participants as well as to closed and sold operations (see Cost Allocations in Note A).
Certain ParentCo plans that are specific only to Arconic Corporation employees (“Direct Plans”) are accounted for as defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans in the accompanying Combined Financial Statements. Accordingly, the funded status of each Direct Plan is recorded in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. Actuarial gains and losses that have not yet been recognized in earnings are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income until they are amortized as a component of net
F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
periodic benefit cost. The determination of benefit obligations and recognition of expenses related to Direct Plans are dependent on various assumptions, including discount rates, long-term expected rates of return on plan assets, and future compensation increases. Management develops each assumption using relevant company experience in conjunction with market-related data for each of the plans.
The following table summarizes the total expenses recognized by Arconic Corporation related to the pension and other postretirement benefits described above:
Pension benefits
Other postretirement
benefits
For the nine months ended
September 30,
For the nine months ended
September 30,
Type of Plan
Type of Expense
2019
2018
2019
2018
Direct Plans
Net periodic benefit cost $ 4 $ 4 $ $
Shared Plans
Multiemployer contribution
46 51 15 15
Shared Plans
Cost allocation 15 15 4 4
$ 65 $ 70 $ 19 $ 19
The components of net periodic benefit cost for pension plans classified as Direct Plans were as follows:
For the nine months ended September 30,
2019
2018
Service cost
$ 2 $ 2
Interest cost
3 3
Expected return on plan assets
(4) (4)
Recognized net actuarial loss
3 3
Net periodic benefit cost*
$ 4 $ 4
*
Service cost was included within Cost of goods sold and all other cost components were included in Other (income) expenses, net on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations.
H.
Income Taxes
Arconic Corporation’s year-to-date tax provision is comprised of the most recent estimated annual effective tax rate applied to year-to-date pre-tax ordinary income. The tax impacts of unusual or infrequently occurring items, including changes in judgment about valuation allowances and effects of changes in tax laws or rates, are recorded discretely in the interim period in which they occur. In addition, the tax provision is adjusted for the interim period impact of non-benefited pre-tax losses.
The estimated annual effective tax rate, before discrete items, applied to ordinary income was 57.6% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 29.6% in the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The estimated annual rates for 2019 and 2018 were higher than the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21.0% primarily due to the state tax impact of domestic taxable income and foreign income taxed in higher rate jurisdictions. The 2019 estimated annual rate was also increased by certain nondeductible costs related to the proposed separation transaction and estimated U.S. tax on Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the tax rate including discrete items was 59.1% and 31.7%, respectively.
F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The tax provisions for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 were comprised of the following:
For the nine months ended September 30,
2019
2018
Pre-tax income at estimated annual effective income tax rate before discrete items
$ 54 $ 31
Interim period treatment of operational losses in foreign jurisdictions for which no tax benefit
is recognized
1
Other discrete items
1 1
Provision for income taxes
$ 55 $ 33
I.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The following table details the activity of the two components that comprise Accumulated other comprehensive income for Arconic Corporation (such activity for noncontrolling interest was immaterial for all periods presented):
For the nine months ended September 30,
2019
2018
Pension and other postretirement benefits (G)
Balance at beginning of period
$ (32) $ (36)
Other comprehensive income:
Unrecognized net actuarial loss and prior service cost
(1) 6
Tax expense
(2)
Total Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications, net of tax
(1) 4
Amortization of net actuarial loss and prior service cost(1)
3 3
Tax expense(2)
(1) (1)
Total amount reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax(4)
2 2
Total Other comprehensive income
1 6
Balance at end of period
$ (31) $ (30)
Foreign currency translation
Balance at beginning of period
$ 282 $ 446
Other comprehensive income (loss)(3)
59 (10)
Balance at end of period
$ 341 $ 436
Total balance at end of period
$ 310 $ 406
(1)
These amounts were included in the non-service component of net periodic benefit cost for pension and other postretirement benefits (see Note G).
(2)
These amounts were included in Provision for income taxes on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations.
(3)
In all periods presented, there were no tax impacts related to rate changes and no amounts were reclassified to earnings.
(4)
A positive amount indicates a corresponding charge to earnings and a negative amount indicates a corresponding benefit to earnings. These amounts were reflected on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations in the line items indicated in footnotes 1 through 3.
F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
J.
Inventories
September 30,
2019
December 31,
2018
Finished goods
$ 256 $ 235
Work-in-process
804 812
Purchased raw materials
80 79
Operating supplies
70 65
1,210 1,191
LIFO reserve
(333) (373)
$ 877 $ 818
At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the portion of Inventories subject to the last-in, first-out (LIFO) inventory accounting method was $809, or 67%, and $800, or 67%, respectively, of total inventories before LIFO adjustments.
K.
Leases
Arconic Corporation determines whether a contract contains a lease at inception. The Company leases certain land and buildings, plant equipment, vehicles, and computer equipment, which have been classified as operating leases. Certain real estate leases include one or more options to renew; the exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s discretion. Arconic Corporation includes renewal option periods in the lease term when it is determined that the options are reasonably certain to be exercised. Certain of the Company’s real estate lease agreements include rental payments that either have fixed contractual increases over time or adjust periodically for inflation. Also, certain of the Company’s lease agreements include variable lease payments. The variable portion of payments is not included in the initial measurement of the right-of-use asset or lease liability due to the uncertainty of the payment amount and is recorded as lease cost in the period incurred.
Operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities with an initial term greater than 12 months are recorded on the balance sheet at the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term calculated at the lease commencement date and are recognized as lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Arconic Corporation uses an incremental collateralized borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of future payments, as most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate. The operating lease right-of-use assets also include any lease prepayments made and were reduced by lease incentives and accrued exit costs as of the adoption date.
Operating lease cost, which includes short-term leases and variable lease payments and approximates cash paid, was $47 and $44 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 were $8.
F-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Future minimum contractual operating lease obligations were as follows:
September 30,
2019
December 31,
2018
2019
$ 10 $ 34
2020
35 28
2021
27 22
2022
20 17
2023
16 14
Thereafter
50 43
Total lease payments
$ 158 $ 158
Less: imputed interest
30
Present value of lease liabilities
$ 128
The weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rate for Arconic Corporation’s operating leases at September 30, 2019 was 6.8 years and 6.1%, respectively.
L.
Acquisitions and Divestitures
In August 2019, Arconic Corporation reached an agreement to sell its aluminum rolling mill in Itapissuma, Brazil to Companhia Brasileira de Alumínio for $50 in cash, subject to working capital and other adjustments. This rolling mill produces specialty foil and sheet products and its operating results and assets and liabilities are included in the Rolled Products segment. The transaction is expected to close in early 2020, subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions. As a result of the agreement, Arconic Corporation recognized a charge of  $59 (pretax) in Restructuring and other charges (see Note E) on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations for the non-cash impairment of the carrying value of the rolling mill’s net assets, primarily properties, plants, and equipment.
M.
Contingencies and Commitments
The matters described within this section are those of ParentCo that are associated directly or indirectly with the Arconic Corporation Businesses. For those matters where the outcome remains uncertain, the ultimate allocation of any potential future costs between Arconic Corporation and Howmet Aerospace will be addressed in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
Contingencies
Environmental Matters.   ParentCo participates in environmental assessments and cleanups at several locations. These include owned or operating facilities and adjoining properties, previously owned or operating facilities and adjoining properties, and waste sites, including Superfund (Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA)) sites.
A liability is recorded for environmental remediation when a cleanup program becomes probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. As assessments and cleanups proceed, the liability is adjusted based on progress made in determining the extent of remedial actions and related costs. The liability can change substantially due to factors such as, among others, the nature and extent of contamination, changes in remedial requirements, and technological changes.
Arconic Corporation’s remediation reserve balance was $229 and $239 (of which $77 and $69, respectively, was classified as a current liability) at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, and reflects the most probable costs to remediate identified environmental conditions for which costs can be reasonably estimated for current and certain former Arconic Corporation operating locations. In the 2019 nine-month period, the remediation reserve was increased by $25 related to the Grasse River project (see Massena West, NY below). This charge was recorded in Cost of goods sold on the accompanying Statement of Combined Operations. Payments related to remediation expenses applied against the reserve, including expenditures currently mandated, as well as those not required by any regulatory authority or third party, were $35 in the 2019 nine-month period.
F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following description provides details regarding the current status of one reserve, which represents the majority of the Company’s total remediation reserve balance, related to a current Arconic Corporation site.
Massena West, NY—Arconic Corporation has an ongoing remediation project related to the Grasse River, which is adjacent to Arconic Corporation’s Massena plant site. Many years ago, it was determined that sediments and fish in the river contain varying levels of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). The project, which was selected by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in a Record of Decision issued in April 2013, is aimed at capping PCB contaminated sediments with concentration in excess of one part per million in the main channel of the river and dredging PCB contaminated sediments in the near-shore areas where total PCBs exceed one part per million. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the reserve balance associated with this matter was $191 and $198, respectively. Arconic Corporation completed the final design phase of the project, which was approved by the EPA in March 2019. Following the EPA’s approval, the actual remediation fieldwork commenced. The majority of the expenditures related to the project are expected to occur between 2019 and 2022.
In June 2019, Arconic Corporation increased the reserve balance by $25 due to changes required in the EPA-approved remedial design and post-construction monitoring. These changes were necessary due to several items, the majority of which relate to navigation issues identified by a local seaway development company. Accordingly, the EPA requested an addendum to the final remedial design be submitted to address these issues. The proposed remedy is to dredge certain of the sediments originally identified for capping in the affected areas of the Grasse River, resulting in incremental project costs. As the project progresses, further changes to the reserve may be required due to factors such as, among others, additional changes in remedial requirements, increased site restoration costs, and incremental ongoing operation and maintenance costs.
Litigation.
All references to ParentCo in the matters described under this section Litigation refer to Arconic Inc. only and do not include its subsidiaries, except as otherwise stated.
Reynobond PE — On June 13, 2017, the Grenfell Tower in London, U.K. caught fire resulting in fatalities, injuries, and damage. A French subsidiary of ParentCo, Arconic Architectural Products SAS (AAP SAS), supplied a product, Reynobond PE, to its customer, a cladding system fabricator, which used the product as one component of the overall cladding system on Grenfell Tower. The fabricator supplied its portion of the cladding system to the façade installer, who then completed and installed the system under the direction of the general contractor. Neither ParentCo nor AAP SAS was involved in the design or installation of the system used at the Grenfell Tower, nor did it have a role in any other aspect of the building’s refurbishment or original design. Regulatory investigations into the overall Grenfell Tower matter are being conducted, including a criminal investigation by the London Metropolitan Police Service (the “Police”), a Public Inquiry by the British government, and a consumer protection inquiry by a French public authority. The Public Inquiry was announced by the U.K. Prime Minister on June 15, 2017 and subsequently was authorized to examine the circumstances leading up to and surrounding the Grenfell Tower fire in order to make findings of fact and recommendations to the U.K. Government on matters such as the design, construction, and modification of the building, the role of relevant public authorities and contractors, the implications of the fire for the adequacy and enforcement of relevant regulations, arrangements in place for handling emergencies, and the handling of concerns from residents, among other things. Hearings for Phase 1 of the Public Inquiry began on May 21, 2018 and concluded on December 12, 2018. Phase 2 hearings of the Public Inquiry are expected to begin in early 2020, following which a final report will be written and subsequently published. AAP SAS is participating as a Core Participant in the Public Inquiry and is also cooperating with the ongoing parallel investigation by the Police. ParentCo no longer sells the PE product for architectural use on buildings. Given the preliminary nature of these investigations and the uncertainty of potential future litigation, ParentCo cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
F-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Behrens et al. v. Arconic Inc. et al. On June 6, 2019, 247 plaintiffs comprised of survivors and estates of decedents of the Grenfell Tower fire filed a complaint against “Arconic Inc., Alcoa Inc., and Arconic Architectural Products, LLC,” (collectively, for purposes of the description of such proceeding, the “ParentCo Defendants”), as well as Saint-Gobain Corporation, d/b/a Celotex and Whirlpool Corporation, in the Court of Common Pleas of Philadelphia County. The complaint alleges claims under Pennsylvania state law for products liability and wrongful death related to the fire. In particular, the plaintiffs allege that the ParentCo Defendants knowingly supplied a dangerous product (Reynobond PE) for installation on the Grenfell Tower despite knowing that Reynobond PE was unfit for use above a certain height. The ParentCo Defendants removed the case to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania on June 19, 2019. On August 29, 2019, the ParentCo Defendants moved to dismiss the complaint on the bases, among other things, that: (i) the case should be heard in the United Kingdom, not the United States; (ii) there is no jurisdiction over necessary parties; and (iii) Pennsylvania product liability law does not apply to manufacture and sale of product overseas. A hearing was held before the Court on November 25, 2019 on a motion to dismiss the complaint on bases (ii) and (iii), followed by a scheduling order on December 3, 2019 in which the judge did not issue a ruling on the bases for dismissal but instead, among other things, suggested a procedure for limited discovery followed by a briefing on those bases. Discovery is ongoing on defendants’ motion to have the case dismissed in favor of a U.K. forum. Given the preliminary nature of this matter and the uncertainty of litigation, the ParentCo Defendants cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
Howard v. Arconic Inc. et al. A purported class action complaint related to the Grenfell Tower fire was filed on August 11, 2017 in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against ParentCo and Klaus Kleinfeld. A related purported class action complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania on August 25, 2017, under the caption Sullivan v. Arconic Inc. et al., against ParentCo, two former ParentCo executives, several current and former ParentCo directors, and banks that acted as underwriters for ParentCo’s September 18, 2014 preferred stock offering (the “Preferred Offering”). The plaintiff in Sullivan had previously filed a purported class action against the same defendants on July 18, 2017 in the Southern District of New York and, on August 25, 2017, voluntarily dismissed that action without prejudice. On February 7, 2018, on motion from certain putative class members, the court consolidated Howard and Sullivan, closed Sullivan, and appointed lead plaintiffs in the consolidated case. On April 9, 2018, the lead plaintiffs in the consolidated purported class action filed a consolidated amended complaint. The consolidated amended complaint alleged that the registration statement for the Preferred Offering contained false and misleading statements and omitted to state material information, including by allegedly failing to disclose material uncertainties and trends resulting from sales of Reynobond PE for unsafe uses and by allegedly expressing a belief that appropriate risk management and compliance programs had been adopted while concealing the risks posed by Reynobond PE sales. The consolidated amended complaint also alleged that between November 4, 2013 and June 23, 2017 ParentCo and Kleinfeld made false and misleading statements and failed to disclose material information about ParentCo’s commitment to safety, business and financial prospects, and the risks of the Reynobond PE product, including in ParentCo’s Form 10-Ks for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, its Form 10-Qs and quarterly financial press releases from the fourth quarter of 2013 through the first quarter of 2017, its 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016 Annual Reports, its 2016 Annual Highlights Report, and on its official website. The consolidated amended complaint sought, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages and an award of attorney and expert fees and expenses. On June 8, 2018, all defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint for failure to state a claim. On June 21, 2019, the Court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss in full, dismissing the consolidated amended complaint in its entirety without prejudice. On July 23, 2019, the lead plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint. The second amended complaint alleges generally the same claims as the consolidated amended complaint with certain additional allegations, as well as claims that the risk factors set forth in the registration statement for the Preferred Offering were inadequate and that certain additional statements in the sources identified above were misleading. The second amended complaint seeks, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages and an award of attorney and expert fees and expenses. On September 11, 2019, all defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint. Plaintiffs’ opposition to that motion was filed on November 1, 2019 and all defendants filed a reply brief on November 26, 2019. Given the preliminary nature of this matter and the uncertainty of litigation, ParentCo
F-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
Raul v. Albaugh, et al. On June 22, 2018, a derivative complaint was filed nominally on behalf of ParentCo by a purported ParentCo stockholder against the then members of ParentCo’s Board of Directors and Klaus Kleinfeld and Ken Giacobbe, naming ParentCo as a nominal defendant, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. The complaint raises similar allegations as the consolidated amended complaint and second amended complaint in Howard, as well as allegations that the defendants improperly authorized the sale of Reynobond PE for unsafe uses, and asserts claims under Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Delaware state law. On July 13, 2018, the parties filed a stipulation agreeing to stay this case until the final resolution of the Howard case, the Grenfell Tower Public Inquiry in London, and the investigation by the Police and on July 23, 2018, the Court approved the stay. Given the preliminary nature of this matter and the uncertainty of litigation, ParentCo cannot reasonably estimate at this time the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the possible loss or range of losses in the event of an unfavorable outcome.
While ParentCo believes that these cases are without merit and intends to challenge them vigorously, there can be no assurances regarding the ultimate resolution of these matters.
Stockholder Demands. The ParentCo Board of Directors also received letters, purportedly sent on behalf of stockholders, reciting allegations similar to those made in the federal court lawsuits and demanding that the ParentCo Board authorize ParentCo to initiate litigation against members of management, the ParentCo Board, and others. The ParentCo Board of Directors appointed a Special Litigation Committee of the ParentCo Board to review, investigate, and make recommendations to the ParentCo Board regarding the appropriate course of action with respect to these stockholder demand letters. On May 22, 2019, the Special Litigation Committee, following completion of its investigation into the claims demanded in the demand letters, recommended to the ParentCo Board that it reject the demands to authorize commencement of litigation. On May 28, 2019, the ParentCo Board adopted the Special Litigation Committee’s findings and recommendations and rejected the demands that it authorize commencement of actions to assert the claims set forth in the demand letters.
General.   In addition to the matters described above, various other lawsuits, claims, and proceedings have been or may be instituted or asserted against ParentCo or Arconic Corporation, including those pertaining to environmental, product liability, safety and health, employment, tax, and antitrust matters. While the amounts claimed in these other matters may be substantial, the ultimate liability is not readily determinable because of the considerable uncertainties that exist. Accordingly, it is possible that Arconic Corporation’s liquidity or results of operations in a reporting period could be materially affected by one or more of these other matters. However, based on facts currently available, management believes that the disposition of these other matters that are pending or asserted will not have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the results of operations, financial position or cash flows of Arconic Corporation.
N.
Subsequent Events
Management evaluated all activity of Arconic Corporation through December 16, 2019 (the date on which the Combined Financial Statements were issued) and concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the Combined Financial Statements or disclosure in the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements, except as described below.
In October 2019, ParentCo announced that Arconic Corporation will curtail the Company’s operations in San Antonio, Texas no later than the end of 2019. The plant generates approximately $50 of annual revenue. The commercial business will be transferred to other rolling mills, which will improve the overall effectiveness of Arconic Corporation’s rolled product operations. The Company expects to record a restructuring charge of  $4 in December 2019 associated with this curtailment.
Also in October 2019, Arconic Corporation reached an agreement to sell its hard alloy extrusions plant in South Korea for $61 in cash, subject to working capital and other adjustments. The transaction is expected to close in early 2020, subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions. Arconic Corporation expects to recognize a gain of  $20 to $25 (pretax) upon completion of the sale. The gain will be recorded in Restructuring and other charges on the Company’s Statement of Combined Operations.
F-62